Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2013

Registration No. 333-             

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

NATIONAL GENERAL HOLDINGS CORP.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   6331   27-1046208

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

59 Maiden Lane, 38th Floor

New York, New York 10038

(212) 380-9500

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Jeffrey Weissmann

General Counsel and Secretary

59 Maiden Lane, 38th Floor

New York, New York 10038

(212) 380-9500

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

J. Brett Pritchard

Locke Lord LLP

111 South Wacker Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60606

(312) 443-0700

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: From time to time after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:   þ

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

Calculation of Registration Fee

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Amount
to be
Registered
  Proposed
Maximum
Offering Price
Per Share
  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

  21,850,000(1)   $12.10   $264,385,000   $36,062.11

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. No exchange or over-the-counter market exists for the registrant’s common stock. Shares of the registrant’s common stock issued to qualified institutional buyers in connection with a private offering that closed in June 2013 are eligible for trading on the FBR Plus TM System. To the registrant’s knowledge, the last sale of shares of the registrant’s common stock that was reported on the FBR Plus TM System occurred on July 30, 2013 at a price of $12.10 per share.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

21,850,000 Shares of Common Stock, $0.01 Par Value Per Share

 

 

This prospectus relates solely to the resale of up to an aggregate of 21,850,000 shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus. The selling stockholders acquired the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus in a private placement in June 2013 in reliance on exemptions from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. We are registering the offer and sale of the shares of common stock to satisfy registration rights we have granted. See “Selling Stockholders” beginning on page 144 in this prospectus for a complete description of the selling stockholders.

The selling stockholders will receive all proceeds from the sale of our common stock, and therefore we will not receive any of the proceeds from their sale of shares of our common stock. The shares which may be resold by the selling stockholders constituted approximately 27.4% of our issued and outstanding common stock on August 1, 2013.

Prior to the offering pursuant to this prospectus, there has been no public market for our common stock. We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “NGHC”.

Because all of the shares being offered under this prospectus are being offered by the selling stockholders, we cannot currently determine the price or prices at which our shares of common stock may be sold under this prospectus. We are aware that, prior to the date of this prospectus, certain qualified institutional buyers who purchased shares of our common stock in a private offering that closed in June, 2013, have traded shares of our common stock through the FBR Plus TM System, which is operated by FBR Capital Markets & Co. (“FBR”), at prices ranging from $12.00 to $12.25 during the period from the closing of the private placement to July 30, 2013 (the date of the most recent trade known to us). The selling stockholders may sell all or a portion of their shares from time to time in market transactions through any stock exchange on which the common shares are listed at the time of sale, in the over-the-counter market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, and at prices and on terms that will be determined by market prices prevailing at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices directly or through a broker or brokers, who may act as agent or as principal or by a combination of such methods of sale. For additional information on the methods of sale, you should refer to the section entitled “Plan of Distribution.”

We are an “emerging growth company” under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules and will be eligible for reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Summary—We are an Emerging Growth Company.”

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. You should read the section entitled “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 13 for a discussion of certain risk factors that you should consider before investing in our common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) nor any other regulatory body has passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

The date of this prospectus is             , 2013


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

       Page  

CERTAIN IMPORTANT INFORMATION

     ii   

SUMMARY

     1   

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

     10   

RISK FACTORS

     13   

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     34   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     35   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     36   

CAPITALIZATION

     37   

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     38   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     42   

BUSINESS

     81   

REGULATION

     98   

MANAGEMENT

     105   

EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

     109   

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     124   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     125   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     131   

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     137   

SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     141   

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

     144   

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     148   

LEGAL MATTERS

     151   

EXPERTS

     151   

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     151   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     152   

 

i


Table of Contents

CERTAIN IMPORTANT INFORMATION

This Prospectus

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized any other person to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. The selling stockholders are offering to sell and seeking offers to buy our common stock only in jurisdictions where such offers and sales are permitted. You should assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. Information contained on our website, or any other website operated by us, is not part of this prospectus.

Frequently Used Terms

In this prospectus, unless the context suggests otherwise:

 

   

references to “National General,” “the Company,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to National General Holdings Corp. (formerly known as American Capital Acquisition Corporation) and all of its consolidated subsidiaries; and

 

   

references to “NGHC” refer solely to National General Holdings Corp.

  The following terms used in this prospectus have the meanings set forth below:

 

   

“accident/AD&D” refers to insurance coverage that indemnifies or pays a stated benefit to the insured or his/her beneficiary in the event of bodily injury or death due to accidental means (other than natural causes);

 

   

“incurred but not reported” or “IBNR” refers to reserves for estimated losses that have been incurred by insureds and reinsureds but not yet reported to the insurer or reinsurer, including unknown future developments on losses which are known to the insurer or reinsurer;

 

   

“quota share reinsurance” refers to reinsurance under which the insurer (the “ceding company”) transfers, or cedes, a fixed percentage of liabilities, premium and related losses for each policy covered on a pro rata basis in accordance with the terms and conditions of the relevant agreement. The reinsurer may pay the ceding company a commission, called a ceding commission, on the premiums ceded to compensate the ceding company for various expenses, such as underwriting and policy acquisition expenses, that the ceding company incurs in connection with the ceded business.

 

   

“stop loss insurance” refers to insurance coverage purchased by employers in order to limit their exposure under self-insurance medical plans. This coverage is available in two types: “specific stop loss-coverage” applies any time an employee claim reaches the threshold selected by the employer, after which the stop loss policy would pay claims up to the lifetime limit per employee for the self-insurance medical plan; and “aggregate stop loss coverage” applies when the employer’s self-insurance total group health claims for all its employees reach a threshold selected by the employer.

 

   

“PPACA” refers to the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act.

 

   

“private placement” refers to NGHC’s June 6, 2013 issuance and private sale of 21,850,000 shares of its common stock pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) and other exemptions under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

All of the trade names and trademarks included in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

Market and Industry Data

Market and industry data used in this prospectus have been obtained from independent sources and publications as well as from research reports prepared for other purposes. Forward-looking information obtained from these sources is subject to the same qualifications and additional uncertainties regarding the other forward-looking statements in this prospectus.

 

ii


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus, but it does not contain all of the information that you may consider important in making your investment decision. Therefore, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including, in particular, the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 13 of this prospectus and the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus before making an investment decision.

Overview

We are a specialty personal lines insurance holding company. Through our subsidiaries, we provide personal and commercial automobile insurance, health insurance products and other niche insurance products. We sell insurance products with a focus on underwriting profitability through a combination of our customized and predictive analytics and our technology driven low cost infrastructure.

Our property and casualty (“P&C”) insurance products protect our customers against losses due to physical damage to their motor vehicles, bodily injury and liability to others for personal injury or property damage arising out of auto accidents. We offer our P&C insurance products through a network of over 19,000 independent agents, more than a dozen affinity partners and through direct-response marketing programs. We have over one million P&C policyholders and, based on 2012 gross premium written, we are the 20th largest private passenger auto insurance carrier in the United States according to financial data compiled by SNL Financial.

We launched our accident and health (“A&H”) business in 2012 to provide accident and non-major medical health insurance products targeting our existing P&C policyholders and the anticipated emerging market of employed persons who are uninsured or underinsured. We market our and other carriers’ A&H insurance products through a multi-pronged distribution platform that includes a network of over 8,000 independent agents, direct-to-consumer marketing, wholesaling and worksite marketing. We believe that our A&H business is complementary to our P&C business and should enable us to enhance our relationships with our existing P&C agents, affinity partners and insureds.

Our company (formerly known as American Capital Acquisition Corporation) was formed in 2009 to acquire the private passenger auto business of the U.S. consumer property and casualty insurance segment of General Motors Acceptance Corporation (“GMAC,” now known as Ally Financial), which operations date back to 1939. We acquired this business on March 1, 2010.

We are licensed to operate in 50 states and the District of Columbia, but focus on underserved niche markets. A significant portion of our insurance, approximately 75% of our P&C premium written, is originated in six core states: North Carolina, New York, California, Florida, Virginia and Michigan. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, our gross premium written was $1,352 million and $1,179 million, net premium written was $632 million and $538 million, total consolidated revenues were $908 million and $766 million, and consolidated pre-tax income was $51 million and $72 million, respectively. In addition, during 2012 the A&H businesses that we acquired placed approximately $126 million of written premium with other carriers.

Our net income reflects the fact that 50% of our P&C gross premium written and related losses (excluding premium ceded to state-run reinsurance facilities) have historically been ceded to our quota share reinsurers, reducing our retained underwriting income and investment income. With the net proceeds of a private capital raising transaction we completed in June 2013, as described below under the heading “—Private Placement,” we will retain more of our written business. Effective August 1, 2013, we terminated our cession of P&C premium to our quota share reinsurers and now retain 100% of such P&C gross premium written and related losses with respect to all new and renewal P&C policies bound after August 1, 2013. We will continue to cede 50% of P&C gross premium written and related losses with respect to policies in effect as of July 31, 2013 to the quota share reinsurers until the expiration of such policies. This retention of our P&C premium will provide us the opportunity to substantially increase our underwriting and investment income, while also increasing our exposure to losses. In addition, our results for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 included several charges that make the comparison of our net income for these periods less meaningful. These charges pertained to the adoption of a new accounting pronouncement relating to the recognition of deferred acquisition costs, the consolidation of certain operations to our new Cleveland regional operations center, continued maintenance of three costly legacy policy administration systems in addition to our new policy administration

 

 

1


Table of Contents

system, and the impact of an acquisition of an A&H business. We also believe that the efficiencies that we expect to realize from completing the transition to our new policy administration system by the end of 2013 and the implementation of our RAD 5.0 underwriting pricing tool will enable us to improve our future profitability.

Our wholly owned subsidiaries include eleven regulated domestic insurance companies, of which ten write primarily P&C insurance and one writes solely A&H insurance. Our property and casualty insurance subsidiaries have been assigned an “A-” (Excellent) group rating by A.M. Best Company, Inc. (“A.M. Best”).

Business Segments

We are a specialty national carrier with regional focuses. We manage our business through two segments:

 

   

Property and Casualty (“P&C”) Our P&C segment operates its business through two primary distribution channels: agency and affinity. Our agency channel focuses primarily on writing standard and sub-standard auto coverage through our network of over 19,000 independent agents. In our affinity channel, we partner with over a dozen affinity groups and membership organizations to deliver insurance products tailored to the needs of our affinity partners’ members or customers under our affinity partners’ brand name or label, which we refer to as selling on a “white label” basis. A primary focus of a number of our affinity relationships is providing recreational vehicle coverage, of which we believe we are one of the top writers in the U.S.

 

   

Accident and Health (“A&H”) Our A&H segment was formed in 2012 to provide accident and non-major medical health insurance products targeting our existing insureds and the anticipated emerging market of uninsured or underinsured employees. Through six recent acquisitions of both carriers and general agencies, including Velapoint, LLC, our call center general agency, and National Health Insurance Company, a life and health insurance carrier established in 1979, we have assembled a multi-pronged distribution platform that includes direct-to-consumer marketing through our call center agency, selling through independent agents, wholesaling insurance products through large general agencies/program managers and, through our affinity relationships, worksite marketing through employers.

Our Products

We offer a broad range of products through multiple distribution channels. In our P&C segment, products sold consist of:

 

   

Standard and preferred automobile insurance . These policies provide coverage designed for drivers with a less risky driving and claims history and are renewed with greater frequency than sub-standard policies.

 

   

Sub-standard automobile insurance . These policies are designed for drivers who represent a higher-than-normal level of risk as a result of factors such as their driving record, limited driving experience, claims history or credit history. The premium on these policies is generally higher than those for drivers who qualify for standard or preferred coverage. We also earn policy service fees from these policies.

 

   

Recreational vehicle (“RV”) insurance . Our policies carry RV-specific endorsements tailored to these vehicles, including automatic personal effects coverage, optional replacement cost coverage, RV storage coverage and full-time liability coverage. We also bundle coverage for RVs and passenger cars in a single policy for which the customer is billed on a combined statement.

 

   

Commercial automobile insurance . These policies include coverage for liability and physical damage caused by light-to-medium duty commercial vehicles, focused on artisan contractor vehicles, with an average of two vehicles per policy.

 

   

Motorcycle insurance . We provide coverage for most types of motorcycles, as well as golf carts and all-terrain vehicles. Our policy coverage offers flexibility to permit the customer to select the type (e.g., liability) and limit of insurance, and to include other risks, such as add-on equipment and towing.

 

 

2


Table of Contents
   

Homeowners’ insurance . Comprehensive homeowners’ insurance plans, which we sell on behalf of third-party carriers, include coverage for medical payments, personal liability and temporary living assistance in the event the insured’s home is declared uninhabitable. We do not retain any underwriting risk on these policies but instead receive commission income from these third-party carriers. We offer these policies to generate fee income and to provide a service to our insureds.

We believe there is a substantial existing and emerging market in the United States for supplemental healthcare products. Our focus in our A&H segment is offering products not covered by the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“PPACA”) and concentrating on the anticipated emerging market of employed persons who are uninsured or underinsured. In our A&H segment we provide accident and non-major medical health insurance, such as accident/AD&D, limited medical/hospital indemnity, short-term medical, cancer/critical illness, stop loss, travel accident/trip cancellation and dental/vision coverages. We intend to utilize our specialty P&C products and distribution channels to increase sales of these A&H products to this target market and enhance our relationships with our existing agents, affinity partners and insureds by being a provider of multiple products. We have filed and are in the process of receiving approvals for a significant number of our target A&H insurance products for individuals and groups.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that our product mix, distribution channels and technology systems, coupled with our focus on conservative underwriting, prudent reserving and efficient claims management, provide us with the following competitive strengths:

 

   

Concentrate on Niche Markets . We believe that our focus on specialty markets and niche distribution channels provides us with the greatest opportunity for achieving superior long-term growth and profitability. As a specialty national carrier with regional focuses, we concentrate our resources on writing insurance in our core markets in which we are experienced and recognize profitable opportunities. We are also seeking to increase sales of our niche products such as RV insurance and commercial vehicle insurance. Our diversification into the A&H insurance business continues this niche focus by enabling us to sell supplemental healthcare insurance products that are complementary to our existing businesses and customers.

 

   

Focus on Profitability, Disciplined Underwriting and Expense Management . We focus on profitability in all functional areas of the Company, from initial underwriting to claims management. We take an analytical approach to underwriting risks and adhere to a conservative reserving philosophy. Our new policy administration system allows for efficient servicing of policies that enables us to reduce operational expense and achieve strong future earning potential. We developed our RAD 5.0 underwriting pricing tool in order to more accurately evaluate specific risk exposures and assist us in profitably underwriting our P&C products. We plan to continue to leverage our strengths in underwriting, reserving, expense management and claims adjudication to further improve our profitability.

 

   

New Policy Administration System . We have recently launched our new policy administration system for our P&C insurance business to replace our three legacy policy administration systems. Since inception, we have reduced our information technology operating expenses significantly and we expect that we will continue to substantially reduce our information technology, policy sales and service and related back office operating expenses in the future as we fully retire the three legacy systems. By the end of 2013, we expect to have fully integrated this system across all lines of our P&C business, retired the three legacy systems and also to have significantly incorporated our RAD 5.0 underwriting pricing tool into this system. We are also in the process of developing a new policy administration system for our A&H business that will be integrated with our new policy administration system.

 

   

Growth Opportunities . We believe that many of our competitors are running multiple or outdated legacy systems, which can be costly to operate and difficult to replace or upgrade. We designed our new advanced policy administration system specifically for our lines of business. Our scalable technology should afford us the opportunity to acquire companies and books of business that we believe are soundly underwritten but have higher cost structures and to realize increased profits from the expected costs savings from transitioning the acquired business onto our lower cost system.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
   

Extensive Agency Distribution Network . We are committed to the independent agent channel, which has proven to be a cost-effective distribution platform. We distribute our P&C insurance products through a network of over 19,000 independent agents and brokers, and unlike some of our competitors, we do not compete with our independent agents. We believe that our niche products, knowledgeable and responsive customer service staff, superior claims service, competitive commission structure and user-friendly technology platform have created a network of loyal, incentivized and productive agents. We believe that having our new A&H insurance products available to our existing agents will deepen the relationships with many of our existing P&C agents by providing complementary products and additional earning opportunities. We have also recently developed a captive agent program that will allow selected agents to become reinsurance partners with us on business they write, which we believe will increase loyalty and enhance our relationships with the agents who participate in the program. In addition, our close relationship with AmTrust Financial Services, Inc. (“AmTrust”) should allow us to develop joint marketing initiatives to distribute both our and AmTrust’s products across each other’s distribution channels.

 

   

Long-Standing Affinity Partnerships . The affinity distribution channel of our P&C insurance business has been operating since 1953 and is a leader in affinity marketing, relying on best-in-class marketing strategies and analytics to maximize the value of our longstanding affinity relationships. Since acquiring our P&C insurance business in 2010, we have worked to strengthen our affinity relationships, and recently entered into a 20-year extension of our relationship with two of our largest affinity partners. We target affinity partners with strong brands, actively managed mailing lists, high traffic web-sites and an active membership base. New affinity relationships are developed through an in-house sales force as well as through brokers, and are generally long-term in nature. Our affinity channel utilizes a specialized team that continuously refines our analytical tools and predictive modeling capabilities, which helps to influence all aspects of profitability. Our A&H business complements our affinity channel business because we believe that many of the customers of our affinity partners are purchasers of supplemental health insurance products.

 

   

Proven Leadership and Experienced Management . We have a highly experienced and capable management team, led by Michael Karfunkel, our chairman and chief executive officer, who is responsible for setting and directing the overall strategy for our company. Mr. Karfunkel has over 40 years of experience in insurance, banking, and real estate, and has been instrumental in founding certain of our affiliated companies, including AmTrust and Maiden Holdings, Ltd. (“Maiden”). Mr. Karfunkel has a successful track record of acquiring businesses and developing high quality service and low cost expense structures. Mr. Karfunkel is a long-term investor in the companies that he has founded. Our management team is further supported by the leadership of our P&C president, Byron Storms, our chief financial officer, Michael Weiner, our executive vice president and chief marketing officer, Barry Karfunkel, our executive vice president – strategy and development, Robert Karfunkel, our chief product officer, Thomas Newgarden and our executive vice president – A&H, Michael Murphy.

Our Growth Strategies

We intend to continue our profitable growth by focusing on the following strategies:

 

   

Continue Growth Through Selective Acquisitions . Since forming the Company in 2009, we have completed 10 acquisitions and expanded into the A&H business. Our scalable technology should afford us the opportunity to acquire companies and books of business that we believe are soundly underwritten but have higher cost structures and to realize increased profits from the expected costs savings from transitioning the acquired business onto our lower cost system.

 

   

Increase Net Income by Reducing Our Reliance on Reinsurance. Using reinsurance, we have been able to generate a larger premium volume than otherwise would have been possible given the current level of our capital. Historically, we have ceded 50% of our P&C gross premium written and related losses (excluding premium ceded to state-run reinsurance facilities) to our quota share reinsurers. With the net proceeds from the private placement, we will retain more of our written business. Effective August 1, 2013, we terminated our cession of P&C premium to our quota share reinsurers and now retain 100% of such P&C gross premium written and related losses with respect to all new and renewal P&C policies bound after August 1, 2013. We will continue to cede 50% of P&C gross premium written and related losses with respect to policies in effect as of July 31, 2013 to the quota share reinsurers until the expiration of such policies. This retention of our P&C premium will provide us the opportunity to substantially increase our underwriting and investment income, while also increasing our exposure to losses.

 

 

4


Table of Contents
   

Expand A&H Insurance Operations. Our A&H insurance products include products that are alternatives or supplemental to major medical coverage, and are either purchased by the customer directly or through groups and associations. We believe that these supplemental products generally produce attractive loss ratios. We plan to utilize our distribution platform and suite of products to achieve substantial growth in premium revenues. In addition, we believe that our new A&H insurance products will deepen our relationships with many of our existing agents by providing complementary products to our insureds and additional earning opportunities for our P&C agents. Once PPACA becomes fully implemented, we believe that the demand for these products will only increase. While PPACA will likely reduce the number of uninsured Americans, many individuals, smaller employers and families will remain exempt from PPACA’s individual and employer mandates under current regulations. In addition, we believe that, due to the high cost of providing health insurance to employees under the new regulations, it is possible that some employers will cease or reduce their health insurance offerings to their employees, which could increase the number of people who are employed yet uninsured or underinsured. We have designed cost-effective products for this population to help fill this gap. In addition, we expect an increase in the demand for self-insured stop loss policies, as self-insured plans covered by ERISA may be exempt from many of the mandates applicable to fully insured plans under PPACA.

 

   

Technology-Driven Product Offerings . We focus on profitable product opportunities that allow us to leverage our technology infrastructure. Consistent with this niche, technology-driven focus, we have recently entered into an arrangement with a managing general agency that has developed advanced vehicle telematics technology that monitors miles driven and other driver behavior, enabling us to offer lower cost, low mileage products with less exposure.

Private Placement

On June 6, 2013, we completed the sale of an aggregate of 21,850,000 shares of our common stock in a private placement exempt from registration under the Securities Act, which we refer to in this prospectus as the private placement, and received net proceeds of approximately $213 million. In the private placement, FBR Capital Markets & Co., or FBR, acted as the initial purchaser for the shares sold to investors pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act, and as placement agent for the shares sold to investors pursuant to Regulation D under the Securities Act. The shares of common stock were sold to investors at an offering price of $10.50 per share, except for 485,532 shares that were sold to FBR and an affiliate of FBR, which were sold at a price of $9.765 per share representing the offering price per share sold to other investors less the amount of the initial purchaser discount or placement agent fee per share in the private placement. We determined the offering price per share in the private placement in consultation with FBR. In making such determination we considered many factors, including our business strategy and the amount of capital we needed to raise in the private placement to implement our business strategy, the market demand for our stock and our capital structure.

We used approximately $12.2 million of the net proceeds to pay dividends on our Series A Preferred Stock upon the conversion of our Series A Preferred Stock into shares of our common stock upon the completion of the private placement; and we intend to use the remaining proceeds for general corporate purposes, including for contribution to the capital of our insurance company subsidiaries to support the growth of our business and retain more of our written business by substantially reducing the percentage of the P&C premium that we cede to our quota share reinsurers, and for potential acquisitions, although we have no current understandings or agreements regarding such acquisitions.

In connection with the private placement, we entered into a registration rights agreement for the benefit of the holders of the shares sold in the private placement, which are being registered pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights—Purchasers in the Private Placement.”

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Determination of Offering Price for This Offering

Because all of the shares being offered under this prospectus are being offered by the selling stockholders, we cannot currently determine the price or prices at which our shares of common stock may be sold under this prospectus. We are aware that, prior to the date of this prospectus, certain qualified institutional buyers who purchased shares of our common stock in the private placement have traded shares of our common stock through the FBR Plus TM System, which is operated by FBR, at prices ranging from $12.00 to $12.25 during the period from the closing of the private placement to July 30, 2013 (the date of the most recent trade known to us). Thereafter, the selling stockholders may sell all or a portion of these shares from time to time in market transactions through any stock exchange on which the common shares are listed at the time of sale, in the over-the-counter market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, and at prices and on terms that will be determined by market prices prevailing at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices directly or through a broker or brokers, who may act as agent or as principal or by a combination of such methods of sale. We cannot assure you that the selling stockholders will sell all or any portion of the common stock offered by this prospectus. Please also read “Plan of Distribution.”

Our History

Michael Karfunkel, our chairman and chief executive officer, sponsored the formation of our company in 2009 (then known as American Capital Acquisition Corporation) for the purpose of acquiring the P&C insurance business from GMAC. The acquisition included ten insurance companies.

Michael Karfunkel is a successful businessman with over 40 years of experience and significant interests in the financial services industry, including insurance, banking and real estate. Together with his brother, George Karfunkel, he founded, built and managed American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, one of the largest independent stock transfer agents, which was founded in 1971 and sold in 2008. Mr. Karfunkel has been instrumental in founding certain of our affiliated companies, including AmTrust, where he serves as chairman of the board of directors, and Maiden, both of which are publicly traded companies. Mr. Karfunkel has a successful track record of acquiring and efficiently integrating businesses and developing low cost expense structures and is a long-term investor in the companies that he has founded.

At the time of our formation, AmTrust purchased 53,054 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock for approximately $53 million, which shares were converted into 12,295,430 shares of our common stock in connection with the completion of the private placement. Barry Zyskind, the president and chief executive officer of AmTrust is the son-in-law of Mr. Karfunkel. Mr. Karfunkel and Leah Karfunkel, as sole trustee of the Karfunkel Trust, beneficially own 23.9% of the outstanding common stock of AmTrust. The shares of common stock held by Mr. Karfunkel, Leah Karfunkel, as sole trustee of the Karfunkel Trust, and AmTrust currently represent approximately 15.8%, 41.4% and 15.4%, respectively, of our outstanding shares of common stock. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Since acquiring our P&C insurance business from GMAC, our principal accomplishments include:

 

   

developing and implementing an advanced policy administration system to replace three costly legacy systems;

 

   

developing our new RAD 5.0 underwriting pricing tool, which allows us to more accurately evaluate specific risk exposures in order to assist us in profitably underwriting our P&C products;

 

   

increasing gross premium written from $912 million for the 10 months ended December 31, 2010 to $1,352 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012;

 

   

renewing two of our largest affinity customer relationships for an additional 20 years;

 

   

transitioning a portion of our operations to our newly purchased regional operations center in Cleveland, Ohio, which we expect will result in additional operational efficiencies;

 

   

completing nine acquisitions and diversifying our insurance business by entering the A&H market to better serve our existing clients and enhance our relationships with our independent agents and affinity partners;

 

   

entering into an arrangement with a managing general agency that has developed vehicle telematics technology that monitors miles driven and other driver behavior, enabling us to offer lower cost, profitable low mileage products; and

 

   

successfully completing the private placement.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Our Challenges and Risks

Our company and our business are subject to numerous risks. As part of your evaluation of our business, you should consider the challenges and risks we face in implementing our business strategies, as described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors.”

 

   

Underwriting and pricing risk. To be profitable, we must accurately underwrite risk at the time we issue our policies and we must set our premium rates at levels that are profitable but also competitive in the market. If we fail to accurately assess the risks we insure or set premium rates too low, our premiums may not cover our losses and expenses. If our premium rates are too high, we may lose business to our competitors.

 

   

Loss reserves . We maintain loss reserves representing our best estimate of the amounts we will ultimately pay on incurred claims. There is inherent uncertainty in establishing appropriate loss reserves. If we fail to maintain loss reserves that are sufficient to meet our obligations, we will be forced to immediately recognize the unfavorable development and increase our reserves, each of which could significantly adversely affect our financial performance.

 

   

Competition . Both the private passenger automobile insurance industry and the A&H insurance industry are highly competitive. In each of these markets, we compete with both large national insurance carriers and smaller regional companies. Some of our competitors are significantly larger than we are and have more resources than we do. Smaller or more specialized insurance carriers may be better able to focus on a market or region in which we are a participant. We must therefore deliver superior service and maintain our relationships with independent agents and affinity groups to be successful. If we are unable to do so, our business will suffer.

 

   

Sub-standard auto insurance market . A significant percentage of our business is in the sub-standard private passenger automobile insurance market. As a result, developments which adversely affect this market and the consumers making up this market may have a disproportionate effect on our business when compared with a more diversified auto insurance carrier.

We are an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, commonly known as the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure obligations and reductions in other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. We do not intend to take advantage of the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, except that we will not provide otherwise required financial disclosures for any period prior to the earliest audited period presented in this registration statement. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenues, have more than $700 million in market value of our capital stock held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we reported approximately $908 million in total revenue. If we exceed $1.0 billion in revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013, we would cease to be an emerging growth company beginning in 2014. In such event, consistent with interpretations by the staff of the SEC, in subsequently filed registration statements and periodic reports, we would continue to not present financial disclosures for any period prior to the earliest audited period presented in this registration statement.

Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, we are choosing to opt out of any extended transition period, and as a result we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for publicly reporting companies which are not emerging growth companies. Section 107 provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Company Information

Our executive offices are located at 59 Maiden Lane, 38th Floor, New York, New York, 10038 and our telephone number is 212-380-9500. Our website address is www.nationalgeneral.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and such information should not be considered to be part of this prospectus.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common Stock Offered by the Selling Stockholders

A total of up to 21,850,000 shares of our common stock. The selling stockholders may from time to time sell some, all or none of the shares of common stock pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

Shares of Common Stock Outstanding(1)

79,700,000

 

Use of Proceeds

The selling stockholders will receive all of the proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholder.

 

Dividend Policy

Our board of directors currently intends to authorize the payment of a nominal quarterly cash dividend to our stockholders of record. Any declaration and payment of dividends by our board of directors will depend on many factors, including general economic and business conditions, our strategic plans, our financial results and condition, legal and regulatory requirements and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Stock Exchange Symbol

Shares of our common stock are not currently listed on any national securities exchange. We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “NGHC.”

 

Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. For a discussion of factors you should consider in making an investment, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13.

 

(1) Throughout this prospectus, unless the context expressly states otherwise, the number of shares of common stock outstanding excludes: (i) 5,086,969 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of the date of this prospectus with a weighted average exercise price of $8.47 per share; and (ii) 2,348,031 additional shares of common stock available for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, throughout this prospectus, unless the context states otherwise, all share amounts give effect to a 286.22 to 1 stock split in the form of a stock dividend which was effected immediately prior to the consummation of the private placement.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth our historical consolidated summary financial data for the periods ended and as of the dates indicated. The summary income statement data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary income statement data for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2013 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in our opinion, include all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such financial statements in all material respects. The results of any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for a full year or any future period.

You should read the following selected consolidated financial information together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including the section captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(amounts in thousands)    Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended December 31,     Period from
March 1,
2010
(Inception) to
December 31,
 
     2013     2012     2012     2011     2010  

Income Statement Data:

          

Gross premium written

   $ 356,524      $ 349,602      $ 1,351,924      $ 1,178,891      $ 911,991   

Ceded gross premium written

     (184,008     (163,807     (719,430     (640,655     (23,913
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premium written

   $ 172,516      $ 185,795      $ 632,494      $ 538,236      $ 888,078   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in unearned premium

     (20,360     (49,261     (58,242     (40,026     (327,161
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earned premium

   $ 152,156      $ 136,534      $ 574,252      $ 498,210      $ 560,917   

Ceding commission income

     50,444        45,327        188,916        168,530        92,359   

Service and fee income

     27,261        22,697        93,739        66,116        53,539   

Net investment income

     6,473        8,799        30,550        28,355        25,391   

Net realized gain on investments

     1,698        163        16,612        4,775        3,293   

Bargain purchase gain and other revenue

     16        —          3,728        —          14,887   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 238,048      $ 213,520      $ 907,797      $ 765,986      $ 750,386   

Loss and loss adjustment expense (“LAE”)

     100,823        89,433        394,666        333,848        391,633   

Acquisition and other underwriting costs

     54,378        54,046        206,387        163,337        79,458   

General and administrative

     70,206        55,470        252,673        218,152        155,108   

Interest expense

     343        470        1,787        1,994        1,795   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

   $ 225,750      $ 199,419      $ 855,513      $ 717,331      $ 627,994   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

10


Table of Contents
(amounts in thousands)    Three Months Ended
March 31,
     Year Ended December 31,     Period from
March 1,
2010
(Inception) to
December 31,
 
     2013     2012              2012                     2011             2010  

Income before provision for income taxes and equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated subsidiaries

   $ 12,298      $ 14,101       $ 52,284      $ 48,655      $ 122,392   

Provision for income taxes

     3,771        4,982         17,307        28,301        24,065   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated subsidiaries and non-controlling interest

   $ 8,527      $ 9,119       $ 34,977      $ 20,354      $ 98,327   

Equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     (811     389         (1,338     23,760        3,876   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 7,716      $ 9,508       $ 33,639      $ 44,114      $ 102,203   

Non-controlling interest

     —          —           —          (14     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to National General Holdings Corp.

   $ 7,716      $ 9,508       $ 33,639      $ 44,100      $ 102,203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

11


Table of Contents
(amounts in thousands)    As of March 31,
2013
     As
Adjusted(1)
 

Balance Sheet Data

     

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

   $ 29,789       $ 230,585   

Investments

   $ 948,469       $ 948,469   

Reinsurance recoverable

   $ 987,443       $ 987,443   

Premiums receivable, net

   $ 485,390       $ 485,390   

Goodwill and intangibles assets

   $ 112,670       $ 112,670   

Total assets

   $ 2,733,725       $ 2,934,521   

Reserves for loss and LAE

   $ 1,281,260       $ 1,281,260   

Unearned premium

   $ 511,577       $ 511,577   

Deferred income tax asset (liability)

   $ 39,004       $ 39,004   

Notes payable

   $ 60,886       $ 60,886   

Preferred stock

   $ 53,054         —     

Common stock, additional paid-in capital, retained earnings, accumulated other comprehensive income and non-controlling interests

   $ 379,449       $ 633,299   

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 432,503       $ 633,299   

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to (i) the consummation of the private placement and our receipt of net proceeds therefrom of approximately $213 million, (ii) the conversion, prior to the completion of the private placement, of all of our then-outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock into 12,295,430 shares of our common stock, and (iii) the use of approximately $12.2 million of the net proceeds from the private placement to pay dividends that were payable on our outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock at the time of their conversion into common stock.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider each of the following risk factors and all of the other information set forth in this prospectus. If any one or more of the risks discussed in this prospectus actually occurs, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. If this were to happen, the price of shares of our common stock could decline significantly, and you may lose all or a part of your investment. The risk factors described below are not the only ones that may affect us. Additional risks and uncertainties that we do not currently know about or that we currently deem immaterial may also adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. See “Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements.”

Risks Relating to Our Business Generally

If we are unable to accurately underwrite risks and charge competitive yet profitable rates to our policyholders, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

In general, the premiums for our insurance policies are established at the time a policy is issued and, therefore, before all of our underlying costs are known. Like other insurance companies, we rely on estimates and assumptions in setting our premium rates. Establishing adequate premiums is necessary, together with investment income, to generate sufficient revenue to offset losses, loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”) and other underwriting costs and to earn a profit. If we do not accurately assess the risks that we assume, we may not charge adequate premiums to cover our losses and expenses, which would negatively affect our results of operations and our profitability. Alternatively, we could set our premiums too high, which could reduce our competitiveness and lead to lower revenues.

Pricing involves the acquisition and analysis of historical loss data, and the projection of future trends, loss costs and expenses, and inflation trends, among other factors, for each of our products in multiple risk tiers and many different markets. In order to accurately price our policies, we:

 

   

collect and properly analyze a substantial volume of data from our insureds;

 

   

develop, test and apply appropriate actuarial projections and rating formulas;

 

   

closely monitor and timely recognize changes in trends; and

 

   

project both frequency and severity of our insureds’ losses with reasonable accuracy.

We seek to implement our pricing accurately in accordance with our assumptions. Over the past 24 months, we have generally increased our private passenger auto rates approximately 15%. Our ability to undertake these efforts successfully and, as a result, accurately price our policies, is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including:

 

   

insufficient or unreliable data;

 

   

incorrect or incomplete analysis of available data;

 

   

uncertainties generally inherent in estimates and assumptions;

 

   

our failure to implement appropriate actuarial projections and rating formulas or other pricing methodologies;

 

   

regulatory constraints on rate increases;

 

   

unexpected escalation in the costs of ongoing medical treatment;

 

   

our failure to accurately estimate investment yields and the duration of our liability for loss and LAE; and

 

   

unanticipated court decisions, legislation or regulatory action.

 

13


Table of Contents

Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to minimum capital and surplus requirements. Our failure to meet these requirements could subject us to regulatory action.

The laws of the states of domicile of our insurance subsidiaries impose risk-based capital standards and other minimum capital and surplus requirements. Failure to meet applicable risk-based capital requirements or minimum statutory capital requirements could subject us to further examination or corrective action imposed by state regulators, including limitations on our writing of additional business, state supervision or liquidation. Any changes in existing risk-based capital requirements or minimum statutory capital requirements may require us to increase our statutory capital levels, which we may be unable to do.

If we are unable to establish and maintain accurate loss reserves, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Our financial statements include loss reserves, which represent our best estimate of the amounts that our insurance subsidiaries ultimately will pay on claims that have been incurred, and the related costs of adjusting those claims, as of the date of the financial statements. There is inherent uncertainty in the process of establishing insurance loss reserves.

As a result of these uncertainties, the ultimate paid loss and LAE may deviate, perhaps substantially, from the point-in-time estimates of such losses and expenses, as reflected in the loss reserves included in our financial statements. To the extent that loss and LAE exceed our estimates, we will be required to immediately recognize the unfavorable development and increase loss reserves, with a corresponding reduction in our net income in the period in which the deficiency is identified. Consequently, ultimate losses paid could materially exceed reported loss reserves and have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have recently transitioned our advertising and marketing to our new brand name, “National General Insurance” from our prior name “GMAC Insurance.”

Since we acquired our P&C business from GMAC in March 2010, we have marketed many of our products and services using the “GMAC Insurance” brand name and logo. We have recently decided to transition to our new brand name “National General Insurance” and have not extended our license to use the “GMAC Insurance” brand. We have recently transitioned our marketing materials, operating materials and legal entity names containing “GMAC Insurance” to our new brand name, “National General.” We currently market under several of our own and our affinity partners’ brand names, and do not believe that brand name is a significant component in our customers’ decision to purchase insurance. Nonetheless, it is possible that our association with the “GMAC Insurance” brand may have provided us with some brand recognition among certain of our agents, affinity partners and insureds and this change could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation.

Ongoing economic uncertainty could materially and adversely affect our business, our liquidity and financial condition.

Global economies and financial markets have experienced significant weakness and volatility since 2008, although the most extreme of these circumstances have abated since that time. Despite improved financial market performance since 2009, near-term U.S. economic prospects have only very gradually improved, with unemployment continuing at historically elevated levels. In addition, U.S. federal and state governments continue to experience significant structural fiscal deficits, creating uncertainty as to levels of taxation, inflation, regulation and other economic fundamentals that may impact future growth prospects. Significantly greater economic, fiscal and monetary uncertainty remains in Europe, due to the combination of poor economic growth, high unemployment and significant sovereign deficits which have called into question the future of the common currency used across most of Europe. While immediate concerns regarding the prospects of the European common currency abated somewhat in the second half of 2012, these issues remain unresolved and may have an indirect and potentially significant impact on the U.S. economy, although these prospects are not clearly defined at this time. Continuation of these conditions may potentially affect (among other aspects of our business) the demand for and claims made under our products, the ability of customers, counterparties and others to establish or maintain their relationships with us, our ability to

 

14


Table of Contents

access and efficiently use internal and external capital resources and our investment performance. In the event that these conditions persist and result in a prolonged period of economic uncertainty, our results of operations, our financial condition and/or liquidity, our prospects and competitor landscape could be materially and adversely affected.

Our business is dependent on the efforts of our executive officers and other personnel. If we are unsuccessful in our efforts to attract, train and retain qualified personnel, our business may be materially adversely affected.

Our success is dependent on the efforts of our executive officers because of their industry expertise, knowledge of our markets, and relationships with our independent agents. Our principal executive officers are Michael Karfunkel, our chairman and chief executive officer; Byron Storms, our P&C president; Michael Weiner, our chief financial officer; Barry Karfunkel, our executive vice president and chief marketing officer; Robert Karfunkel, our executive vice president – strategy and development; Thomas Newgarden, our chief product officer; and Michael Murphy, our executive vice president – A&H. Should any of our executive officers cease working for us, we may be unable to find acceptable replacements with comparable skills and experience in the specialty P&C and A&H sectors that we target. In addition, our business is also dependent on skilled underwriters and other skilled employees. We cannot assure you that we will be able to attract, train and retain, on a timely basis and on anticipated economic and other terms, experienced and capable senior management, underwriters and support staff. We intend to pay competitive salaries, bonuses and equity-based rewards in order to attract and retain such personnel, but there can be no assurance that we will be successful in such endeavors. The loss of key personnel, or the inability to recruit and retain qualified personnel in the future, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results. We do not currently maintain life insurance policies with respect to our executive officers or other employees.

Revenues and operating profits from our P&C segment depend on our production in several key states and adverse developments in these key states could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, our P&C segment derived 72.6% of its gross premium written from the following six states: North Carolina (25.5%); New York (13.7%); California (13.3%), Florida (9.1%), Virginia (5.5%) and Michigan (5.5%). As a result, our financial results are subject to prevailing regulatory, legal, economic, demographic, competitive, and other conditions in these states. Adverse developments relating to any of these conditions could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we cannot sustain our business relationships, including our relationships with independent agents and agencies, we may be unable to compete effectively and operate profitably.

We market our P&C segment products primarily through a network of over 19,000 independent agents. Our relationships with our agents are generally governed by agreements that may be terminated on short notice. Independent agencies generally are not obligated to promote our products and may sell insurance offered by our competitors. As a result, our ability to compete and remain profitable depends, in part, on our maintaining our business relationship with our independent agents and agencies, the marketing efforts of our independent agents and agencies and on our ability to offer insurance products and maintain financial strength ratings that meet the requirements and preferences of our independent agents and agencies and their policyholders. Any failure on our part to be effective in any of these areas could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our affinity channel depends on a relatively small number of affinity partner relationships for a significant percentage of the net premium revenue that it generates, and the loss of one of these significant affinity partner relationships could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our affinity channel operates primarily through relationships with affinity partners, which include major retailers and membership organizations. See “Business—P&C Segment—Distribution and Marketing—Affinity Distribution Channel.” Our top five affinity relationships collectively represent 77.9% of our affinity channel written premium. Although our relationships with these and most of our other affinity partners are long-standing, in the event of the termination of any of our significant affinity partner relationships, our net earned premium could be adversely affected.

 

15


Table of Contents

If we, together with our affiliates and the other third parties that we contract with, are unable to maintain our technology platform or our technology platform fails to operate properly, or meet the technological demands of our customers with respect to the products and services we offer, our business and financial performance could be significantly harmed.

In 2010, we engaged AmTrust to develop a new policy administration system to replace our three legacy mainframe systems. By the end of 2013, we expect to have this system fully integrated across all lines of our P&C business. In addition, we recently developed our new RAD 5.0 underwriting pricing tool, which allows us to more accurately evaluate specific risk exposures in order to assist us in profitably underwriting our P&C products. However, the transition to our new policy administration system is not yet complete, and we have not yet implemented our RAD 5.0 technology. There can be no assurance that the transition and implementation of these systems will be completed successfully or within the time frame that we contemplate. Our inability to successfully complete the transition and implementation of these systems could cause disruptions in our business and have a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business profitably.

If we are unable to properly maintain our policy administration system and the remainder of our technology systems or if our technology systems otherwise fail to perform in the manner we currently contemplate, our ability to effectively underwrite and issue policies, process claims and perform other business functions could be significantly impaired and our business and financial performance could be significantly harmed. In addition, the success of our business is dependent on our ability to resolve any issues identified with our technology arrangements during operations and make any necessary improvements in a timely manner. Further, we will need to match or exceed the technological capabilities of our competitors over time. We cannot predict with certainty the cost of such maintenance and improvements, but failure to make such improvements could have an adverse effect on our business. See “Business—Technology” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Master Services Agreement.”

Also, we use e-commerce and other technology to provide, expand and market our products and services. Accordingly, we believe that it will be essential to continue to invest resources in maintaining electronic connectivity with customers and, more generally, in e-commerce and technology. Our business may suffer if we do not maintain these arrangements or keep pace with the technological demands of customers.

If we experience security breaches or other disruptions involving our technology, our ability to conduct our business could be adversely affected, we could be liable to third parties and our reputation could suffer, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our business is dependent upon the uninterrupted functioning of our information technology and telecommunication systems. We rely upon our systems, as well as the systems of our vendors, for all our business operations, including underwriting and issuing policies, processing claims, providing customer service, complying with insurance regulatory requirements and performing actuarial and other analytical functions necessary for underwriting, pricing and product development. Our operations are dependent upon our ability to timely and efficiently maintain and improve our information and telecommunications systems and protect them from physical loss, telecommunications failure or other similar catastrophic events, as well as from security breaches. A shut-down of, or inability to access, one or more of our facilities; a power outage; or a failure of one or more of our information technology, telecommunications or other systems could significantly impair our ability to perform such functions on a timely basis. In the event of a disaster such as a natural catastrophe, terrorist attack or industrial accident, or due to a computer virus, our systems could be inaccessible for an extended period of time. While we have implemented business contingency plans and other reasonable and appropriate internal controls to protect our systems from interruption, loss or security breaches, a sustained business interruption or system failure could adversely impact our ability to process our business, provide customer service, pay claims in a timely manner or perform other necessary business functions.

 

16


Table of Contents

Our operations depend on the reliable and secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in our computer systems and networks. Computer viruses, hackers, employee misconduct and other external hazards could expose our data systems to security breaches, cyber-attacks or other disruptions. In addition, we routinely transmit and receive personal, confidential and proprietary information by electronic means. We have implemented security measures designed to protect against breaches of security and other interference with our systems and networks resulting from attacks by third parties, including hackers, and from employee or advisor error or malfeasance. We also assess and monitor the security measures of our third-party business partners, who in the provision of services to us are provided with or process information pertaining to our business or our customers. Despite these measures, we cannot assure that our systems and networks will not be subject to breaches or interference. Any such event may result in operational disruptions as well as unauthorized access to or the disclosure or loss of our proprietary information or our customers’ information, which in turn may result in legal claims, regulatory scrutiny and liability, reputational damage, the incurrence of costs to eliminate or mitigate further exposure, the loss of customers or affiliated advisors or other damage to our business. In addition, the trend toward broad consumer and general public notification of such incidents could exacerbate the harm to our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if we successfully protect our technology infrastructure and the confidentiality of sensitive data, we could suffer harm to our business and reputation if attempted security breaches are publicized. We cannot be certain that advances in criminal capabilities, discovery of new vulnerabilities, attempts to exploit vulnerabilities in our systems, data thefts, physical system or network break-ins or inappropriate access, or other developments will not compromise or breach the technology or other security measures protecting the networks and systems used in connection with our business.

We may not be able to successfully acquire or integrate additional businesses or manage the growth of our operations, which could make it difficult for us to compete and could adversely affect our profitability.

Since our formation in 2009, we have grown our business primarily through 10 acquisitions. Part of our growth strategy is to continue to grow our business through acquisitions. This strategy of growing through acquisitions subjects us to numerous risks, including risks associated with:

 

   

our ability to identify profitable geographic markets for entry;

 

   

our ability to identify potential acquisition targets and successfully acquire them on acceptable terms and in a timely manner;

 

   

our ability to integrate acquired businesses smoothly and efficiently;

 

   

our ability to achieve expected synergies, profitability and return on our investment;

 

   

the diversion of management’s attention from the day-to day operations of our business;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel for expanded operations;

 

   

encountering unforeseen operating difficulties or incurring unforeseen costs and liabilities;

 

   

our ability to manage risks associated with entering into geographic and product markets with which we are less familiar;

 

   

our ability to obtain necessary regulatory approvals;

 

   

our ability to expand existing agency relationships; and

 

   

our ability to augment our financial, administrative and other operating systems to accommodate the growth of our business.

Due to any of the above risks, we cannot assure you that (i) we will be able to successfully identify and acquire additional businesses on acceptable terms or at all, (ii) we will be able to successfully integrate any business we acquire, (iii) we will be able effectively manage our growth or (iv) any new business that we acquire or enter into will be profitable. Our failure in any of these areas could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

17


Table of Contents

Recently we have diversified our insurance business by expanding into the A&H segment through six acquisitions. The A&H insurance business is a relatively new business for us, and we have a limited operating history in this market. As a result, the risks describe above with respect to growing our business by expanding into new product markets are particularly relevant with respect to our A&H business. Our plans for our A&H segment include selling new health insurance products, however we have not yet received many of the regulatory approvals that we need before we can commence selling these products. We cannot assure you that we will obtain the regulatory approvals necessary for us to conduct this business as planned or that any approval granted will not be subject to conditions that restrict our operations. Our inability to successfully implement our business plan for our A&H segment could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

If our businesses, including businesses we have acquired, do not perform well, we may be required to recognize an impairment of our goodwill or other intangible assets, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

As of March 31, 2013, we had $14.2 million of goodwill recorded on our balance sheet. Goodwill represents the excess of the amounts we paid to acquire subsidiaries and other businesses over the fair value of their net assets at the date of acquisition. We are required to perform goodwill impairment tests at least annually and whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable from estimated future cash flows. If we determine that the goodwill has been impaired, we would be required to write down the goodwill by the amount of the impairment, with a corresponding charge to net income. Such write-downs could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

As of March 31, 2013, we had $98.4 million aggregate amount of intangible assets, excluding goodwill, recorded on our balance sheet. Intangible assets represent the amount of fair value assigned to certain assets when we acquire a subsidiary or a book of business. Intangible assets are classified as having either a finite or an indefinite life. We test the recoverability of our intangible assets at least annually. We test the recoverability of finite life intangibles whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of a finite life intangible may not be recoverable. We recognize an impairment if the carrying value of an intangible asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value, in which circumstances we must write down the intangible asset by the amount of the impairment with a corresponding charge to net income. Such write downs could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our principal stockholders have the ability to control our business, which may be disadvantageous to other stockholders.

Michael Karfunkel, Leah Karfunkel, the wife of Michael Karfunkel and the sole trustee of the Karfunkel Trust, and AmTrust, collectively, beneficially own or control approximately 72.6% of our outstanding shares of common stock. As a result, these holders have the ability to control all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election and removal of directors, amendments to our certificate of incorporation (other than changes to the rights of the common stock) and bylaws, any proposed merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets and other corporate transactions. These individuals may have interests that are different from those of other stockholders.

In addition, we are a “controlled company” pursuant to Rule 5615(c) of the corporate governance standards of the NASDAQ Global Market. We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market. We intend to rely on the exemption from the NASDAQ Global Market board of directors independence requirements available to a controlled company. Also, each of our board committees, except our audit committee, may include non-independent directors.

In addition, Michael Karfunkel, through entities that he controls, has entered into transactions with us and may from time to time in the future enter into other transactions with us. As a result, he may have interests that are different from, or are in addition to, his interest as a stockholder in our company. Such transactions may adversely affect our results or operations or financial condition. See the next two risk factors immediately following this risk factor and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

18


Table of Contents

Our officers, directors and principal stockholders could delay or prevent an acquisition or merger of our company even if the transaction would benefit other stockholders. Moreover, this concentration of share ownership makes it impossible for other stockholders to replace directors and management without the consent of Michael Karfunkel, Leah Karfunkel and AmTrust. In addition, this significant concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the price at which prospective buyers are willing to pay for our common stock because investors often perceive disadvantages in owning stock in companies with controlling stockholders. See “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” for a more detailed description of our share ownership.

Our relationship with AmTrust and its subsidiaries may present, and make us vulnerable to, difficult conflicts of interest, related party transactions, business opportunity issues and legal challenges.

AmTrust is a publicly-traded insurance holding company controlled by Michael Karfunkel, Leah Karfunkel, as the sole trustee of the Karfunkel Trust, George Karfunkel, Michael Karfunkel’s brother, and Barry Zyskind. AmTrust beneficially owns or controls approximately 15.4% of our outstanding shares of common stock. Mr. Zyskind is the chief executive officer of AmTrust, the son-in-law of Mr. Karfunkel and is a member of our board of directors. See “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” for a more detailed description of our share ownership. Also, AmTrust (through a subsidiary) is a reinsurer under our quota share reinsurance treaty (“Personal Lines Quota Share”) pursuant to which we have historically ceded 50% of our P&C gross premium written and related losses (excluding premium ceded to state-run reinsurance facilities) to our quota share reinsurers. AmTrust currently receives 10% of such ceded premium and assumes 10% of the related losses solely with respect to policies in effect as of July 31, 2013.

We are party to a number of other arrangements with AmTrust and its affiliates, including, among others, an asset management agreement pursuant to which a subsidiary of AmTrust provides investment management services to us; a master services agreement pursuant to which AmTrust provides us and our affiliates with information technology development services in connection with the development and licensing of our policy administration system; a consulting and marketing agreement pursuant to which a subsidiary of AmTrust provides certain consulting and marketing services to promote our captive insurance program; joint investments in entities owning life settlement contracts; a joint investment in an entity owning an office building in Cleveland, Ohio; and an aircraft timeshare agreement with a subsidiary of AmTrust. These and other arrangements with AmTrust are described under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” Conflicts of interest could arise with respect to any of our contractual arrangements with AmTrust and its affiliates, as well as any other business opportunities that could be advantageous to AmTrust or its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and disadvantageous to us or our subsidiaries, on the other hand. AmTrust’s interests may be different from the interests of our company and the interests of our other stockholders.

Our relationship with Maiden and its subsidiaries may present, and make us vulnerable to, difficult conflicts of interest, related party transactions, business opportunity issues and legal challenges.

Maiden is a publicly-held Bermuda insurance holding company (NASDAQ: MHLD) of which Michael Karfunkel, our founder, major stockholder and chairman and chief executive officer, was a founding stockholder. As of December 31, 2012, Michael Karfunkel, Leah Karfunkel, as the sole trustee of the Karfunkel Trust, George Karfunkel and Barry Zyskind owned or controlled approximately 6.2%, 7.6%, 9.4% and 5.1%, respectively, of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Maiden. Mr. Zyskind serves as the non-executive chairman of Maiden’s board of directors. Maiden Insurance Company, Ltd. (“Maiden Insurance”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Maiden, is a Bermuda reinsurer.

Maiden Insurance has historically been the primary reinsurer under the Personal Lines Quota Share pursuant to which we currently cede 50% of our P&C gross premium written and related losses (excluding premium ceded to state-run reinsurance facilities) from our P&C business to our quota share reinsurers. Maiden Insurance currently receives 25% of the ceded premium and assumes 25% of the related losses solely with respect to policies in effect as of July 31, 2013. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Personal Lines Quota Share.” Conflicts of interest could arise with respect to matters relating to the Personal Lines Quota Share, as well as business opportunities that could be advantageous to Maiden or its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and disadvantageous to us or our subsidiaries, on the other hand. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

19


Table of Contents

Our relationship with ACP Re may present, and make us vulnerable to, difficult conflicts of interest, related party transactions, business opportunity issues and legal challenges.

ACP Re, Ltd. (“ACP Re”) is a Bermuda reinsurer that is a subsidiary of the Karfunkel Trust. ACP Re is a reinsurer under the Personal Lines Quota Share pursuant to which we have historically ceded 50% of our P&C gross premium written and related losses (excluding premium ceded to state-run reinsurance facilities) to our quota share reinsurers. ACP Re currently receives 15% of the ceded premium and assumes 15% of the related losses under this agreement solely with respect to policies in effect as of July 31, 2013. We also provide management services to ACP Re pursuant to a services agreement we entered into effective November 1, 2012, and owe $18.7 million under an amended and restated note for that amount we issued to ACP Re effective February 20, 2013. For a more detailed description of our arrangements with ACP Re, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” Conflicts of interest could arise with respect to any of the contractual arrangements between us and ACP Re, as well as business opportunities that could be advantageous to ACP Re, on the one hand, and disadvantageous to us or our subsidiaries, on the other hand. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

A downgrade in the A.M. Best rating of our insurance subsidiaries would likely reduce the amount of business we are able to write and could materially adversely impact the competitive positions of our insurance subsidiaries.

Rating agencies evaluate insurance companies based on their ability to pay claims. Our property and casualty insurance subsidiaries have been assigned an “A-” (Excellent) group rating by A.M. Best Company, Inc. Our recently acquired A&H insurance subsidiary, National Health Insurance Company (“NHIC”) is not yet rated, though we intend to seek a favorable A.M. Best rating for NHIC. The ratings of A.M. Best are subject to periodic review using, among other things, proprietary capital adequacy models, and are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time. Our competitive position relative to other companies is determined in part by the A.M. Best rating of our insurance subsidiaries. A.M. Best ratings are directed toward the concerns of policyholders and insurance agencies and are not intended for the protection of investors or as a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities.

There can be no assurances that our insurance subsidiaries will be able to maintain their current ratings or, in the case of NHIC, obtain a favorable rating. Any downgrade in ratings, or failure to obtain a favorable rating in the case of NHIC, would likely adversely affect our business through the loss of certain existing and potential policyholders and the loss of relationships with independent agencies that might move to other companies with higher ratings. We are not able to quantify the percentage of our business, in terms of premiums or otherwise, that would be affected by a downgrade in our A.M. Best ratings.

Performance of our investment portfolio is subject to a variety of investment risks that may adversely affect our financial results.

Our results are affected, in part, by the performance of our investment portfolio. Our investment portfolio contains interest rate sensitive investments, such as fixed-income securities. As of March 31, 2013, our investment in fixed-income securities was approximately $774.7 million, or 78.6% of our total investment portfolio, including cash and accrued interest. Increases in market interest rates may have an adverse impact on the value of our investment portfolio by decreasing the value of fixed-income securities. Conversely, declining market interest rates could have an adverse impact on our investment income as we invest positive cash flows from operations and as we reinvest proceeds from maturing and called investments in new investments that could yield lower rates than our investments have historically generated. Defaults in our investment portfolio may produce operating losses and adversely impact our results of operations.

Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions, and other factors beyond our control. Although we take measures to manage the risks of investing in a changing interest rate environment, we may not be able to manage interest rate sensitivity effectively. Despite our efforts to maintain a high quality portfolio and manage the duration of the portfolio to reduce the effect of interest rate changes, a significant change in interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

20


Table of Contents

In addition, the performance of our investment portfolio generally is subject to other risks, including the following:

 

   

the risk of decrease in value due to a deterioration in the financial condition, operating performance or business prospects of one or more issuers of our fixed-income securities;

 

   

the risk that our portfolio may be too heavily concentrated in the securities of one or more issuers, sectors or industries;

 

   

the risk that we will not be able to convert investment securities into cash on favorable terms and on a timely basis; and

 

   

general movements in the values of securities markets.

If our investment portfolio were to suffer a substantial decrease in value due to market, sector or issuer-specific conditions, our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. A decrease in value of an insurance subsidiary’s investment portfolio could also put the subsidiary at risk of failing to satisfy regulatory minimum capital requirements and could limit the subsidiary’s ability to write new business.

Our holding company structure and certain regulatory and other constraints, including adverse business performance, could affect our ability to satisfy our obligations.

We are a holding company and conduct our business operations through our various subsidiaries. Our principal sources of funds are dividends and other payments from our insurance subsidiaries, income from our investment portfolio and funds that may be raised from time to time in the capital markets. We will be largely dependent on amounts from our insurance subsidiaries to pay principal and interest on any indebtedness that we may incur, to pay holding company operating expenses, to make capital investments in our other subsidiaries and to pay dividends on our common stock. In addition, our credit agreement contains covenants that limit our ability to pay cash dividends to our stockholders under certain circumstances. See “—The covenants in our credit agreement limit our financial and operational flexibility, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition.”

Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to statutory requirements as to maintenance of policyholders’ surplus and payment of dividends. In general, the maximum amount of dividends that the insurance subsidiaries may pay in any 12-month period without regulatory approval is the greater of adjusted statutory net income or 10% of statutory policyholders’ surplus as of the preceding calendar year end. Adjusted statutory net income is generally defined for this purpose to be statutory net income, net of realized capital gains, for the calendar year preceding the date of the dividend. In addition, other states may limit or restrict our insurance subsidiaries’ ability to pay stockholder dividends generally or as a condition to issuance of a certificate of authority. See “Regulation—State Insurance Regulation.”

The insurance industry is subject to extensive regulation, which may affect our ability to execute our business plan and grow our business.

We are subject to comprehensive regulation and supervision by government agencies in each of the 6 states in which our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled or commercially domiciled, as well as all states in which they are licensed, sell insurance products, issue policies, or handle claims. Some states impose restrictions or require prior regulatory approval of specific corporate actions, which may adversely affect our ability to operate, innovate, obtain necessary rate adjustments in a timely manner or grow our business profitably. These regulations provide safeguards for policyholders and are not intended to protect the interests of stockholders. Our ability to comply with these laws and regulations, and to obtain necessary regulatory action in a timely manner is, and will continue to be, critical to our success. Some of these regulations include:

 

   

Required Licensing. We operate under licenses issued by the insurance department in the states in which we sell insurance. If a regulatory authority denies or delays granting a new license, our ability to enter that market quickly or offer new insurance products in that market may be substantially impaired. In addition, if the insurance department in any state in which we currently operate suspends, non-renews, or revokes an existing license, we would not be able to offer affected products in that state.

 

21


Table of Contents
   

Transactions Between Insurance Companies and Their Affiliates. Transactions between us or other of our affiliates and our insurance companies generally must be disclosed, and prior approval is required before any material or extraordinary transaction may be consummated. Approval may be refused or the time required to obtain approval may delay some transactions, which may adversely affect our ability to innovate or operate efficiently.

 

   

Regulation of Insurance Rates and Approval of Policy Forms. The insurance laws of most states in which we conduct business require insurance companies to file insurance rate schedules and insurance policy forms for review and approval. If, as permitted in some states, we begin using new rates before they are approved, we may be required to issue refunds or credits to the policyholders if the new rates are ultimately deemed excessive or unfair and disapproved by the applicable insurance department. In other states, prior approval of rate changes is required and there may be long delays in the approval process or the rates may not be approved. Accordingly, our ability to respond to market developments or increased costs in that state could be adversely affected.

 

   

Restrictions on Cancellation, Non-Renewal or Withdrawal. Many of the states in which we operate have laws and regulations that limit our ability to exit a market. For example, some states limit a private passenger auto insurer’s ability to cancel and refuse to renew policies and some prohibit insurers from withdrawing one or more lines of insurance business from the state unless prior approval is received. In some states, these regulations extend to significant reductions in the amount of insurance written, not just to a complete withdrawal. Laws and regulations that limit our ability to cancel and refuse to renew policies in some states or locations and that subject withdrawal plans to prior approval requirements may restrict our ability to exit unprofitable markets, which may harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

   

Other Regulations. We must also comply with regulations involving, among other matters:

 

   

the use of non-public consumer information and related privacy issues;

 

   

the use of credit history in underwriting and rating policies;

 

   

limitations on the ability to charge policy fees;

 

   

limitations on types and amounts of investments;

 

   

restrictions on the payment of dividends by our insurance subsidiaries;

 

   

the acquisition or disposition of an insurance company or of any company controlling an insurance company;

 

   

involuntary assignments of high-risk policies, participation in reinsurance facilities and underwriting associations, assessments and other governmental charges;

 

   

reporting with respect to financial condition; and

 

   

periodic financial and market conduct examinations performed by state insurance department examiners.

The failure to comply with these laws and regulations may also result in regulatory actions, fines and penalties, and in extreme cases, revocation of our ability to do business in a particular jurisdiction. In the past we have been fined by state insurance departments for failing to comply with certain laws and regulations. In addition, we may face individual and class action lawsuits by insured and other parties for alleged violations of certain of these laws or regulations.

 

22


Table of Contents

Our failure to accurately and timely pay claims could adversely affect our business, financial results and liquidity.

We must accurately and timely evaluate and pay claims that are made under our policies. Many factors affect our ability to pay claims accurately and timely, including the training and experience of our claims representatives, our claims organization’s culture and the effectiveness of our management, our ability to develop or select and implement appropriate procedures and systems to support our claims functions and other factors. Our failure to pay claims accurately and timely could lead to material litigation, undermine our reputation in the marketplace and materially adversely affect our financial results and liquidity.

In addition, if we do not train new claims employees effectively or lose a significant number of experienced claims employees, our claims department’s ability to handle an increasing workload could be adversely affected. In addition to potentially requiring that growth be slowed in the affected markets, our business could suffer from decreased quality of claims work which, in turn, could lower our operating margins.

Regulation may become more extensive in the future, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Compliance with applicable laws and regulations is time-consuming and personnel-intensive, and changes in these laws and regulations may materially increase our direct and indirect compliance and other expenses of doing business, thus adversely affecting our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In the future, states may make existing insurance laws and regulation more restrictive or enact new restrictive laws. In such event, we may seek to reduce our business in, or withdraw entirely from, these states. Additionally, from time to time, the United States Congress and certain federal agencies investigate the current condition of the insurance industry to determine whether federal regulation is necessary. Currently, the U.S. federal government does not directly regulate the P&C insurance business. However, The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) established a Federal Insurance Office (“FIO”) within the Department of the Treasury. The duties of the FIO include studying and reporting on how to modernize and improve the system of insurance regulation in the United States considering the ability of any federal regulation or a federal regulator to “provide robust consumer protection for policyholders” as well as “the potential consequences of subjecting insurers to a federal resolution authority.” On June 12, 2013, the FIO issued its annual report on the state of the insurance industry which outlines current industry issues, such as the impact of low interest rates, natural catastrophes, changing demographics in the United States and growth opportunities in emerging markets. The FIO stated that it expects to produce several additional reports this year, including a report on proposals to modernize and improve the system of insurance regulation in the United States. We cannot predict whether any of these proposals will be adopted, or what impact, if any, these proposals or, if enacted, these laws may have on our business, financial condition and results of operations. See “Regulation.”

Reform of the health insurance industry could materially reduce the profitability of our A&H segment.

In March 2010, President Obama signed PPACA into law. Provisions of PPACA and related reforms have and will continue to become effective at various dates over the next several years and will make significant changes to the U.S. health care system that are expected to significantly affect the health insurance industry. For more information on PPACA and its impact on our A&H segment, see “Business—A&H Segment.”

We continue to review our product offerings and make changes to adapt to the new environment and the opportunities presented. However, we could be adversely affected if our plans for operating in the new environment are unsuccessful or if there is less demand than we expect for our A&H products in the new environment. Uncertainty remains with respect to a number of provisions of PPACA, including the mechanics of the public and private exchanges required by PPACA, the application of PPACA’s requirements to various types of health insurance plans and the timing of the implementation of certain of PPACA’s requirements. For example, recently the implementation of the mandate under PPACA that employers with 50 or more full-time employees offer affordable health insurance or pay penalties has been delayed one year until 2015.

New guidance and regulations continue to be issued under PPACA. If we are unable to adapt our A&H business to current and/or future requirements of PPACA, or if significant uncertainty continues with respect to implementation of PPACA, our A&H business could be materially adversely affected. Furthermore, should Congress extend the scope of PPACA to include some or all of our current and proposed A&H products, such a development could have a material adverse effect on our A&H business.

 

23


Table of Contents

Assessments and other surcharges for guaranty funds, second-injury funds, catastrophe funds, and other mandatory pooling arrangements for insurers may reduce our profitability.

Virtually all states require insurers licensed to do business in their state to bear a portion of the loss suffered by some insured parties as the result of impaired or insolvent insurance companies. In addition, as a condition to the ability to conduct business in various states, our insurance subsidiaries must participate in mandatory property and casualty shared market mechanisms or pooling arrangements, which provide various types of insurance coverage to individuals or entities that otherwise are unable to purchase that coverage from private insurers. The effect of these assessments and mandatory shared-market mechanisms or changes in them could reduce our profitability in any given period or limit our ability to grow our business.

We may require additional capital in the future and such additional capital may not be available to us, or only available to us on unfavorable terms.

Our future capital requirements depend on many factors, including our ability to write new business successfully and to establish premium rates and reserves at levels sufficient to cover losses. To the extent that the funds generated by our ongoing operations and initial capitalization are insufficient to fund future operating requirements, we may need to raise additional funds through financings or curtail our growth and reduce our assets. We cannot be sure that we will be able to raise equity or debt financing on terms favorable to us and our stockholders and in the amounts that we require, or at all. If we cannot obtain adequate capital, our business and financial condition could be adversely affected.

In addition, the terms of a capital raising transaction could require us to agree to stringent financial and operating covenants and to grant security interests on our assets to lenders or holders of our debt securities that could limit our flexibility in operating our business or our ability to pay dividends on our common stock and could make it more difficult for us to obtain capital in the future.

The covenants in our credit agreement limit our financial and operational flexibility, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition.

Our credit agreement contains covenants that limit our ability, among other things, to borrow money, sell assets, merge or consolidate and make particular types of investments or other restricted payments, including the payment of cash dividends if an event of default has occurred and is continuing or if we are out of compliance with our financial covenants. These covenants could restrict our ability to achieve our business objectives, and therefore, could have an adverse effect on our financial condition. In addition, this agreement also requires us to maintain specific financial ratios. If we fail to comply with these covenants or meet these financial ratios, the lenders under our credit agreement could declare a default and demand immediate repayment of all amounts owed to them, cancel their commitments to lend and/or issue letters of credit, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition and business in general.

Our operations and business activities outside of the United States are subject to a number of risks, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We currently conduct a limited amount of business outside the United States, primarily in Bermuda, Luxembourg and Sweden. In these jurisdictions, we are subject to a number of significant risks in conducting such business. These risks include restrictions such as price controls, capital controls, exchange controls and other restrictive government actions, which could have an adverse effect on our business and our reputation. Investments outside the United States also subject us to additional domestic and foreign laws and regulations, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar laws in other countries that prohibit the making of improper payments to foreign officials. In addition, some countries have laws and regulations that lack clarity and, even with local expertise and effective controls, it can be difficult to determine the exact requirements of the local laws. Failure to comply with local laws in a particular market could have a significant and negative effect not only on our business in that market but also on our reputation generally.

 

24


Table of Contents

We may be subject to taxes on our Luxembourg affiliates’ equalization reserves.

In 2012, we formed a Luxembourg holding company and acquired a Luxembourg-domiciled captive insurance company. In connection with the acquisition, we acquired the equalization reserves of the captive insurance company. An “equalization reserve” is a catastrophe reserve in excess of required reserves determined by a formula based on the volatility of the business ceded to the captive insurance company. Provided that we are able to cede losses to the captive insurance company through intercompany reinsurance arrangements that are sufficient to exhaust the captives’ equalization reserves, Luxembourg would not, under laws currently in effect, impose any income, corporation or profits tax on the captive insurance company. However, if the captive reinsurance company was to cease reinsuring business without exhausting the equalization reserves, it would recognize income that would be taxed by Luxembourg at a rate of approximately 30%. As of March 31, 2013, we had approximately $111 million of unutilized equalization reserves.

A portion of our financial assets consists of life settlement contracts that are subject to certain risks.

As of March 31, 2013, we have a 50% ownership interest in entities that hold certain life settlement contracts (the “LSC Entities”), and the fair value of these contracts owned by the LSC Entities is $264.6 million, with our proportionate interest being $132.3 million.

Estimates of fair value of the life settlement contracts held by the LSC Entities are subjective and based upon estimates of, among other factors: (i) the life expectancy of the insured person, (ii) the projected premium payments on the contract, including projections of possible rate increases from the related insurance carrier, (iii) the projected costs of administration relating to the contract and (iv) the projected risk of non-payment, including the financial health of the related insurance carrier, the possibility of legal challenges from such insurance carrier or others and the possibility of regulatory changes that may affect payment. The actual value of any life settlement contract cannot be determined until the policy matures (i.e., the insured has died and the insurance carrier has paid out the death benefit to the holder). A significant negative difference between the estimated fair value of a contract and actual death benefits received at maturity for any life settlement contract could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Some of the critical factors considered in determining the fair value of a life settlement contract are related to the discounted value of future cash flows from death benefits and the discounted value of future premiums due on the contract. If the rate used to discount the future death benefits or the future premiums changes, the value of the life settlement contract will also change. Generally, if discount rates increase, the fair value of a life settlement contract decreases. If a life settlement contract is sold or otherwise disposed of in the future under a relatively higher interest rate environment, the contract may have a lower value than the value it had when it was acquired.

The life expectancy of an insured under a life insurance policy is a key element in determining the anticipated cash flow associated with the policy and, ultimately, its value. For example, if an insured under a life insurance policy lives longer than estimated, premiums on that policy will be required to be paid for a longer period of time than anticipated (and in a greater total amount) in order to maintain the policy in force. Estimating life expectancies is inherently inexact and imprecise. Past mortality experience is not an accurate indicator of future mortality rates, and it is possible for insureds under life insurance policies to experience lower mortality rates in the future than those historically experienced by other persons having similar traits. The process of developing an estimate of life expectancy may include, but is not necessarily limited to, subjective interpretation of lifestyle, medical history, ancestry, educational background, improvements in mortality rates, wealth and access to and impact of changes in medical techniques. Subjective interpretation of these and other variables leads to vast complexities which ultimately present a degree of imprecision. In addition, the types of individuals who are insured under substantial life insurance policies may have longer life expectancies than the general population as a result of such factors as better access to medical care and healthier lifestyles. These factors may make it harder to correctly estimate their life expectancies.

Life expectancy providers have historically changed, and may in the future change, from time to time their respective underwriting methodologies in an effort to improve the precision of their life expectancy estimates. For example, certain changes effected by several leading life expectancy providers in 2008 and 2009 resulted in significantly longer life expectancies for many insureds under policies in the life settlement market, which led to a

 

25


Table of Contents

meaningful reduction in the fair value of those policies. Future changes by one or more life expectancy providers could similarly lengthen or shorten the life expectancy estimates of the insureds under life insurance policies in which the LSC Entities have an interest and significantly impact the market value and/or liquidity of the affected policies. Developments of this nature could have a material adverse effect on the value of our investment in the LSC Entities holding the life settlements contracts.

In addition, our results of operations and earnings may fluctuate depending on the number of life settlement contracts held by the LSC Entities in a given period and the fair value of those assets at the end of the applicable period. Any reduction in the fair value of these assets will impact our income in the period in which the reduction occurs and could adversely affect our financial results for that period.

Finally, the market for life settlement contracts is relatively illiquid when compared to that for other asset classes, and there is currently no established trading platform or market by which investors in the life settlement market buy and sell life settlement contracts. If any of the LSC Entities need to sell significant numbers of life settlement contracts in the secondary life settlement market, it is possible that the lack of liquidity at that time could make the sale of such life settlement contract difficult or impossible. Therefore, we bear the risks of any of the LSC Entities having to sell life settlement contracts at substantial discounts or not being able to sell life settlement contracts in a timely manner or at all which may result in a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Relating to Our Insurance Operations

The private passenger auto insurance industry and the A&H insurance industry are highly competitive, and we may not be able to compete effectively against larger companies.

The automobile insurance industry and the A&H insurance industry are highly competitive and, except for regulatory considerations, there are relatively few barriers to entry. We compete with both large national insurance providers and smaller regional companies on the basis of price, coverages offered, claims handling, customer service, agent commissions, geographic coverage and financial strength ratings. Some of our competitors have more capital, higher ratings and greater resources than we have, and may offer a broader range of products than we offer. Many of our competitors invest heavily in advertising and marketing efforts and/or expanding their online service offerings. Many of these competitors have better brand recognition than we have and have a significantly larger market share that we do. As a result, these larger competitors may be better able to offer lower rates to consumers, to withstand larger losses, and to more effectively take advantage of new marketing opportunities. Our ability to compete against these larger competitors depends on our ability to deliver superior service and maintain our relationships with independent agents and affinity groups.

We may undertake strategic marketing and operating initiatives to improve our competitive position and drive growth. If we are unable to successfully implement new strategic initiatives or if our marketing campaigns do not attract new customers, our competitive position may be harmed, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We write a significant amount of business in the sub-standard auto insurance market, which could make us more susceptible to unfavorable market conditions which have a disproportionate effect on that customer base.

A significant amount of our business focuses on the sub-standard auto insurance market. As a result, adverse developments in the economic, competitive or regulatory environment affecting the sub-standard customer base or the sub-standard auto insurance industry in general may have a greater effect on us as compared to a more diversified auto insurance carrier with a larger percentage of its business in other types of auto insurance products. Adverse developments of this type may have a material adverse effect on our business.

We generate significant revenue from service fees generated from our P&C policyholders, which could be adversely affected by additional insurance or consumer protection regulation.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, we generated $77.4 million in service and fee revenue from our P&C policyholders, which included origination fees, installment fees relating to installment payment plans, late payment fees, policy cancellation fees and reinstatement fees. The revenue we generate from these service fees could be reduced by changes in consumer protection or insurance regulation that restrict or prohibit our ability to charge these fees.

 

26


Table of Contents

The property and casualty insurance industry is cyclical in nature, which may affect our overall financial performance.

Historically, the financial performance of the property and casualty insurance industry has tended to fluctuate in cyclical periods of price competition and excess capacity (known as a soft market) followed by periods of high premium rates and shortages of underwriting capacity (known as a hard market). Although an individual insurance company’s financial performance is also dependent on its own specific business characteristics, the profitability of most property and casualty insurance companies tends to follow this cyclical market pattern. We cannot predict with certainty the timing or duration of changes in the market cycle because the cyclicality is due in large part to the actions of our competitors and general economic factors beyond our control. These cyclical patterns, the actions of our competitors, and general economic factors could cause our revenues and net income to fluctuate, which may adversely affect our business.

Catastrophic losses or the frequency of smaller insured losses may exceed our expectations as well as the limits of our reinsurance, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our auto insurance business is subject to claims arising from catastrophes, such as hurricanes, tornadoes, windstorms, floods, earthquakes, hailstorms, severe winter weather, and fires, or other events, such as explosions, terrorist attacks, riots, and hazardous material releases. For example, as of March 31, 2013, we recorded $7.3 million in loss and LAE attributable to Hurricane Sandy. The incidence and severity of such events are inherently unpredictable, and our losses from catastrophes could be substantial.

Longer-term weather trends are changing and new types of catastrophe losses may be developing due to climate change, a phenomenon that may be associated with extreme weather events linked to rising temperatures, including effects on global weather patterns, sea, land and air temperature, sea levels, rain and snow. Climate change could increase the frequency and severity of catastrophe losses we experience in both coastal and non-coastal areas.

In addition, it is possible that we may experience an unusual frequency of smaller losses in a particular period. In either case, the consequences could be substantial volatility in our financial condition or results of operations for any fiscal quarter or year, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations and our ability to write new business. Although we believe that our geographic and product mix creates limited exposure to catastrophic events and we attempt to manage our exposure to these types of catastrophic and cumulative losses, including through the use of reinsurance, the severity or frequency of these types of losses may exceed our expectations as well as the limits of our reinsurance coverage.

We rely on the use of credit scoring in pricing and underwriting our auto insurance policies and any legal or regulatory requirements which restrict our ability to access credit score information could decrease the accuracy of our pricing and underwriting process and thus decrease our ability to be profitable.

We use credit scoring as a factor in pricing and underwriting decisions where allowed by state law. Consumer groups and regulators have questioned whether the use of credit scoring unfairly discriminates against some groups of people and are calling for laws and regulations to prohibit or restrict the use of credit scoring in underwriting and pricing. Laws or regulations that significantly curtail or regulate the use of credit scoring, if enacted in a large number of states in which we operate, could impact the integrity of our pricing and underwriting process, which could, in turn, adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and make it harder for us to be profitable over time.

 

27


Table of Contents

The rates we charge under the policies we write are subject to prior regulatory approval in most of the states in which we operate.

In most of the states in which we operate, we must obtain prior regulatory approval of insurance rates charged to our customers, including any increases in those rates. If we are unable to receive approval for the rate changes we request, or if such approval were delayed, our ability to operate our business in a profitable manner may be limited and our financial condition, results of operations, and liquidity may be adversely affected.

If market conditions cause our reinsurance to be more costly or unavailable, we may be required to bear increased risks or reduce the level of our underwriting commitments.

As part of our overall risk and capacity management strategy, we purchase excess of loss catastrophic and casualty reinsurance for protection against catastrophic events and other large losses. Market conditions beyond our control, in terms of price and available capacity, may affect the amount of reinsurance we acquire and our profitability.

We may be unable to maintain our current reinsurance arrangements or to obtain other reinsurance in adequate amounts and at favorable rates. Increases in the cost of reinsurance would adversely affect our profitability. In addition, if we are unable to renew our expiring arrangements or to obtain new reinsurance on favorable terms, either our net exposure to risk would increase, which would increase our costs, or, if we are unwilling to bear an increase in net risk exposures, we would have to reduce the amount of risk we underwrite, which would reduce our revenues.

We have reduced our dependence on reinsurance and will retain a greater percentage of our premium writings, which increases our exposure to the underlying policy risks.

We have historically utilized reinsurance arrangements with other insurance carriers to be able to generate a larger premium volume, and larger resulting infrastructure, than otherwise would have been possible given our capital position. With the net proceeds from the private placement, we will retain more of our written business. Effective August 1, 2013, we terminated our cession of P&C premium to our quota share reinsurers and now retain 100% of such P&C gross premium written and related losses with respect to all new and renewal P&C policies bound after August 1, 2013. We will continue to cede 50% of P&C gross premium written and related losses with respect to policies in effect as of July 31, 2013 to the quota share reinsurers until the expiration of such policies. The increase in the percentage of premium writings retained will provide us the opportunity to realize greater underwriting income and investment income from our premium writing base. However, it also increases the risks to our business through greater exposure to policy claims. In the event our actual product experience varies adversely from the assumptions we used to price our products, our increased exposure to the underlying policy risks could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to recover amounts due from our reinsurers, which would adversely affect our financial condition.

Reinsurance does not discharge our obligations under the insurance policies we write; it merely provides us with a contractual right to seek reimbursement on certain claims. We remain liable to our policyholders even if we are unable to make recoveries that we are entitled to receive under our reinsurance contracts. As a result, we are subject to credit risk with respect to our reinsurers. Losses are recovered from our reinsurers after underlying policy claims are paid. The creditworthiness of our reinsurers may change before we recover amounts to which we are entitled. Therefore, if a reinsurer is unable to meet its obligations to us, we would be responsible for claims and claim settlement expenses for which we would have otherwise received payment from the reinsurer. If we were unable to collect these amounts from our reinsurers, our costs would increase and our financial condition would be adversely affected. As of March 31, 2013, we had an aggregate amount of approximately $987.4 million of recoverables from third-party reinsurers for unpaid losses.

 

28


Table of Contents

Our largest reinsurance recoverables are from the North Carolina Reinsurance Facility (“NCRF”) and the Michigan Catastrophic Claims Association (“MCCA”). The NCRF is a non-profit organization established to provide automobile liability reinsurance to those insurance companies that write automobile insurance in North Carolina. The MCCA is a Michigan reinsurance mechanism that covers no-fault first party medical losses of retentions in excess of $500,000 in 2013. At March 31, 2013, the amount of reinsurance recoverable from the NCRF and the MCCA was approximately $77.8 million and $704.9 million, respectively. In addition, at March 31, 2013, the amount of reinsurance recoverable from Maiden Insurance, ACP Re, AmTrust and other reinsurers was approximately $99.7 million, $59.8 million, $39.9 million and $5.4 million, respectively. If any of our principal reinsurers were unable to meet its obligations to us, our financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected. For additional information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Reinsurance.”

The effects of emerging claim and coverage issues on our business are uncertain and negative developments in this area could have an adverse effect on our business.

As industry practices and legal, judicial, social and other environmental conditions change, unexpected and unintended issues related to claims and coverage may emerge. These issues may adversely affect our business by either extending coverage beyond our underwriting intent or by increasing the number or size of claims. In some instances, these changes may not become apparent until after we have issued insurance policies that are affected by the changes. As a result, the full extent of our liability under an insurance policy may not be known until many years after the policy is issued. For example, medical costs associated with permanent and partial disabilities may increase more rapidly or be higher than we currently expect. Changes of this nature may expose us to higher claims than we anticipated when we wrote the underlying policy. Unexpected increases in our claim costs many years after policies are issued may also result in our inability to recover from certain of our reinsurers the full amount that they would otherwise owe us for such claims costs because certain of the reinsurance agreements covering our business include commutation clauses that permit the reinsurers to terminate their obligations by making a final payment to us based on an estimate of their remaining liabilities. In addition, the potential passage of new legislation designed to expand the right to sue, to remove limitations on recovery, to deem by statute the existence of a covered occurrence, to extend the statutes of limitations or otherwise repeal or weaken tort reforms could have an adverse impact on our business. The effects of these and other unforeseen emerging claim and coverage issues are extremely hard to predict and could be harmful to our business and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

The effects of litigation on our business are uncertain and could have an adverse effect on our business.

Although we are not currently involved in any material litigation with our customers, other members of the insurance industry are the target of class action lawsuits and other types of litigation, some of which involve claims for substantial or indeterminate amounts, and the outcomes of which are unpredictable. This litigation is based on a variety of issues, including insurance and claim settlement practices. We cannot predict with any certainty whether we will be involved in such litigation in the future or what impact such litigation would have on our business.

Risks Related to an Investment in our Common Stock

There is currently no public market for our common stock, and an active public trading market for our common stock may never develop.

Currently, there is no established public trading market for our common stock. FBR has informed us that once the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is declared effective and our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, our common stock will not continue to trade through the FBR Plus TM System. We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “NGHC”. However, we cannot assure you that an active public trading market for the shares will develop. Accordingly, we cannot assure you as to:

 

   

the likelihood that an active market will develop for our common stock;

 

   

the liquidity of any such market;

 

   

the ability of our stockholders to sell their shares of our common stock; or

 

   

the price that our stockholders may obtain for their shares of our common stock.

 

29


Table of Contents

If an active public trading market does not develop or is not maintained, holders of the shares may experience difficulty in reselling, or an inability to sell, the shares. Future trading prices for the shares may be adversely affected by many factors, including changes in our financial performance, changes in the overall market for similar shares and performance or prospects for companies in our industry.

The price of our common stock could be volatile.

Upon the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we expect our common stock to be listed on the Nasdaq Global Market. However, the market price for shares of our common stock may be highly volatile and you may not be able to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid to purchase the shares or at all. Our performance, as well as government regulatory action, interest rates and general market conditions, could have a significant impact on the future market price of our common stock. Some of the factors that could negatively affect our share price or result in fluctuations in the price of our common stock include:

 

   

our operating results in any future quarter not meeting the expectations of market analysts or investors;

 

   

reductions in our earnings estimates by us or market analysts;

 

   

publication of negative research or other unfavorable publicity or speculation in the press or investment community about our company or the insurance industry in general;

 

   

increases in interest rates causing investors to demand a higher yield or return on investment than an investment in our common stock may be projected to provide;

 

   

changes in market valuations of similar companies;

 

   

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

   

changes in the economic or regulatory environment in the markets in which we operate;

 

   

the occurrence of any of the other risk factors presented in this prospectus; and

 

   

general market, economic and political conditions.

In order to comply with the requirements of being a public company we will have to enhance certain of our corporate processes, which will require significant company resources and management attention.

Following the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we will be a public company. As a public company with listed equity securities, we will need to comply with new laws, regulations and requirements, certain corporate governance provisions of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX”), periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and other regulations of the SEC and the requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market, with which we are not required to comply as a private company. In order to comply with these laws, rules and regulations, we will have to enhance certain of our corporate processes, which will require us to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses. These efforts will also require a significant amount of time from our board of directors and management, possibly diverting their attention from the implementation of our business plan and growth strategy. We will need to, among other things:

 

   

institute a more comprehensive compliance function;

 

   

hire additional qualified personnel in our finance and accounting departments;

 

   

design, establish, evaluate and maintain a system of internal controls over financial reporting in compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of SOX and the related rules and regulations of the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

 

   

comply with rules promulgated by the NASDAQ Global Market;

 

30


Table of Contents
   

prepare and distribute annual, quarterly and other periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws;

 

   

establish new internal policies, such as those relating to disclosure controls and procedures and insider trading;

 

   

involve and retain to a greater degree outside counsel and accountants in the foregoing activities; and

 

   

establish an investor relations function.

We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our corporate governance standards, disclosure controls, financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our obligations as a public company. We cannot assure you that the changes we have made and will continue to make to satisfy our obligations as a public company will be successful, and any failure on our part to do so could subject us to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potential litigation.

Future sales and issuances of shares of our capital stock may depress our share price.

We may in the future issue our previously authorized and unissued securities. We will have an authorized capitalization of 150 million shares of our common stock and 10 million shares of preferred stock with such designations, preferences and rights as are contained in our charter or bylaws and as determined by our board of directors. Issuances of stock may result in dilution of our existing stockholders or a decrease in the per share price of our common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of our preferred stock on the rights of holders of our common stock until our board of directors determines the specific rights attached to that class or series of preferred stock.

In addition to the registration rights agreement pursuant to which shares are being registered hereunder, we have entered into a registration rights agreement with Michael Karfunkel, our chairman and chief executive officer, the Karfunkel Trust, and AmTrust (collectively, the “founding stockholders”) pursuant to which we have agreed to provide the founding stockholders certain rights to require us to register their shares of common stock. In connection with the private placement, the founding stockholders have agreed to waive any right to have their shares included in this shelf registration statement and have further agreed not to sell their shares of common stock for 90 days following the effectiveness of this shelf registration statement. Additionally, the founding stockholders have waived any rights they may have under the initial registration rights agreement for a period of 180 days following the effectiveness of this shelf registration statement. However, after the 180-day period following the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement, the founding stockholders have the right to cause us to register with the SEC all of their shares for resale in the public market.

We cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of our common stock, or the availability of shares for future sale, will have on the price prospective buyers are willing to pay for our common stock. Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock by us or our principal stockholders, or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect the price prospective buyers are willing to pay for our common stock and may make it more difficult for you to sell your shares at a time and price that you determine appropriate. See “Shares Available for Future Sale” for further information regarding circumstances under which additional shares of our common stock may be sold.

Provisions contained in our organizational documents, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could delay or prevent a change of control of us, which could adversely affect the price of shares of our common stock.

Our bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that could have the effect of rendering more difficult or discouraging an acquisition deemed undesirable by our board of directors. Our corporate governance documents include provisions that:

 

   

provide that special meetings of our stockholders generally can only be called by the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president or by resolution of the board of directors;

 

31


Table of Contents
   

provide our board of directors the ability to issue undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may grant preferred holders super voting, special approval, dividend or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holder of common stock;

 

   

provide our board of directors the ability to issue common stock and warrants within the amount of authorized capital; and

 

   

provide that stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders, generally must provide timely advance notice of their intent in writing and certain other information not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the meeting.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay hostile takeovers and changes of control of our company or changes in our management, even if such transactions would be beneficial to our stockholders.

As a Delaware corporation, we will also be subject to anti-takeover provisions of Delaware law. The Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”) provides that stockholders are not entitled to cumulative voting rights in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.

In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination (as defined in such section) with an “interested stockholder” (defined generally as any person who beneficially owns 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of such corporation or any person affiliated with such person) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless (1) prior to such time, the board of directors of such corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (2) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of such corporation at the time the transaction commenced (excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) the voting stock owned by directors who are also officers or held in employee benefit plans in which the employees do not have a confidential right to tender or vote stock held by the plan); or (3) on or subsequent to such time the business combination is approved by the board of directors of such corporation and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock of such corporation not owned by the interested stockholder.

Any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for shares of our common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock—Certain Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Bylaws and Delaware Law.”

Applicable insurance laws may make it difficult to effect a change of control of our company.

State insurance holding company laws require prior approval by the respective state insurance departments of any change of control of an insurer. “Control” is generally defined as the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the company, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Control is generally presumed to exist through the direct or indirect ownership of 10% or more of the voting securities of a domestic insurance company or any entity that controls a domestic insurance company. In addition, two of our insurance subsidiaries are currently deemed to be commercially domiciled in Florida and, as such, are subject to regulation by the Florida Office of Insurance Regulation (“OIR”). Florida insurance law prohibits any person from acquiring 5% or more of our outstanding voting securities or those of any of our insurance subsidiaries without the prior approval of the Florida OIR. However, a party may acquire less than 10% of our voting securities without prior approval if the party files a disclaimer of affiliation and control. Any person wishing to acquire control of us or of any substantial portion of our outstanding shares would first be required to obtain the approval of the domestic regulators (including those asserting “commercial domicile”) of our insurance subsidiaries or file appropriate disclaimers.

 

32


Table of Contents

These laws may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control of us, including through transactions, and in particular unsolicited transactions, that some or all of our stockholders might consider to be desirable. See “Regulation—Holding Company Regulation—Change of Control.”

If we become publicly traded, our senior executive officers and several of our directors may not be able to organize and effectively manage a publicly traded operating company, which could adversely affect our overall financial condition.

Some of our senior executive officers and directors have not previously organized or managed a publicly traded operating company, and our senior executive officers and directors may not be successful in doing so. The demands of organizing and managing a publicly traded operating company are much greater than those relating to a private company, and some of our senior executive officers and directors may not be able to meet those increased demands. Failure to organize and effectively manage our business could adversely affect our overall financial condition.

Future issuance of debt or preferred stock, which would rank senior to our common stock upon our liquidation, and future offerings of equity securities, which would dilute our existing stockholders, may adversely affect the market value of our common stock.

In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by issuing debt or making additional offerings of equity securities, including bank debt, commercial paper, medium-term notes, senior or subordinated notes and classes of shares of preferred stock. Upon liquidation, holders of our debt securities and preferred stock and lenders with respect to other borrowings will receive a distribution of our available assets prior to the holders of shares of our common stock. Additional equity offerings may dilute the holdings of our existing stockholders or reduce the market value of our common stock, or both. Our preferred stock, if issued, could have a preference on liquidating distributions or a preference on dividend payments that would limit amounts available for distribution to holders of shares of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, holders of shares of our common stock bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the market value of our common stock and diluting their stockholdings in us.

 

33


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Various statements contained in this prospectus, including those that express a belief, expectation or intention, as well as those that are not statements of historical fact, are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements may include projections and estimates concerning the timing and success of specific projects and our future production, revenues, income and capital spending. Our forward-looking statements are generally, but not always, accompanied by words such as “estimate,” “project,” “predict,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “potential,” “should,” “may,” “plan,” “goal,” “can,” “could,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “intend” or other words that convey the uncertainty of future events or outcomes. While our management considers these expectations and assumptions to be reasonable, they are inherently subject to significant business, economic, competitive, regulatory and other risks, contingencies and uncertainties, most of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control.

Examples of forward-looking statements include the plans and objectives of management for future operations, including those relating to future growth of our business, particularly our A&H business, reduction in our operating expense, the impact of terminating our cession of our P&C premium to our quota share reinsurers and availability of funds, and are based on current expectations that involve assumptions that are difficult or impossible to predict accurately and many of which are beyond our control. There can be no assurance that actual developments will be those anticipated by us. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in these statements as a result of significant risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, our ability to accurately underwrite and price our products and to maintain and establish accurate loss reserves, non-receipt of expected payments from insureds or reinsurers, changes in interest rates, a downgrade in the financial strength ratings of our insurance subsidiaries, the effect of the performance of financial markets on our investment portfolio, our estimates of the fair value of our life settlement contracts, development of claims and the effect on loss reserves, accuracy in projecting loss reserves, the cost and availability of reinsurance coverage, the effects of emerging claim and coverage issues, changes in the demand for our products, our degree of success in integrating of acquired businesses, the effect of general economic conditions, state and federal legislation, regulations and regulatory investigations into industry practices, risks associated with conducting business outside the United States, developments relating to existing agreements, disruptions to our business relationships with AmTrust Financial Services, Inc., Maiden Holdings, Ltd., or third-party agencies, breaches in data security or other disruptions with our technology, heightened competition, changes in pricing environments, and changes in asset valuations. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus speak only as of the date of this report and we undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by law.

These and other important factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.

Any or all of our forward-looking statements in this prospectus may turn out to be inaccurate. The inclusion of this forward-looking information should not be regarded as a representation by us, the selling stockholders or any other person that the future plans, estimates or expectations contemplated by us will be achieved. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs.

All forward-looking statements are necessarily only estimates of future results, and there can be no assurance that actual results will not differ materially from expectations, and, therefore, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such statements. Any forward-looking statements are qualified in their entirety by reference to the factors discussed throughout this prospectus. Further, any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

34


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders pursuant to this prospectus.

 

35


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

Our board of directors currently intends to authorize the payment of a nominal quarterly cash dividend to our stockholders of record. Any declaration and payment of dividends by our board of directors will depend on many factors, including general economic and business conditions, our strategic plans, our financial results and condition, legal and regulatory requirements and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.

National General Holdings Corp. is a holding company and has no direct operations. Our ability to pay dividends in the future depends on the ability of our operating subsidiaries, including our insurance subsidiaries, to pay dividends to us. The laws of the jurisdictions in which our insurance subsidiaries are organized regulate and restrict, under certain circumstances, their ability to pay dividends to us. Under the terms of our credit agreement, we are not prohibited from paying cash dividends so long as no event of default has occurred and is continuing and we are not out of compliance with our financial covenants. In addition, we may enter into credit agreements or other debt arrangements in the future that will further restrict our ability to declare or pay cash dividends on our common stock. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business Generally—Our holding company structure and certain regulatory and other constraints, including adverse business performance, could affect our ability to satisfy our obligations.”

 

36


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table shows our capitalization as of March 31, 2013, on

 

   

an actual basis; and

 

   

a pro forma basis to give effect to the following transactions as if they occurred on March 31, 2013: (i) the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of our Series A Preferred Stock into 12,295,430 shares of our common stock, and (ii) a 286.22 for 1 stock split in the form of a stock dividend of shares of our common stock that was effected prior to the completion of the private placement; and (iii) our receipt of approximately $213 million in net proceeds from the sale of 21,850,000 shares of our common stock in the private placement and the use of approximately $12.2 million of such proceeds to pay dividends payable on our shares of Series A Preferred Stock prior to their conversion into shares of our common stock.

You should refer to “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus in evaluating the material presented below.

 

(amounts in thousands)    As of March 31, 2013  
     Actual      Pro Forma
(unaudited)
 

Debt outstanding :

     

Notes payable

   $ 60,886       $ 60,886   

Stockholders’ equity :

     

Common stock: par value $0.01 per share; 300,000 shares authorized, actual; 150,000,000 shares authorized, pro forma; 159,161 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 79,700,000 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma

   $ 2       $ 797   

Series A Preferred stock: par value $0.01 per share; 71,000 shares authorized, actual; 53,054 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma(1)

     53,054         —     

Additional paid-in capital

     169,109         434,368   

Retained Earnings

     177,688         165,484   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     32,645         32,645   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total National General Holdings Corp. stockholders’ equity

   $ 432,498       $ 633,294   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest

   $ 5       $ 5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 432,503       $ 633,299   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 493,389       $ 694,185   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) As of the completion of the private placement on June 6, 2013, no shares of Series A Preferred are authorized; however, 10,000,000 shares of blank check preferred are authorized.

The table does not reflect (i) 5,086,969 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of the date of this prospectus with a weighted average exercise price of $8.47 per share; and (ii) 2,348,031 additional shares of common stock available for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

37


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth our selected historical consolidated financial and operating information for the periods ended and as of the dates indicated. The income statement data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 are derived from our audited financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The income statement data for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2013 and 2012 are each derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in our opinion, include all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such financial statements in all material respects. The results of any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for a full year or any future period.

You should read the following selected consolidated financial information together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including the section captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(amounts in thousands)    Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended December 31,     Period from
March 1,

2010
(Inception)

to December 31,
 
     2013     2012     2012     2011     2010  

Income Statement Data(1)

  

       

Gross premium written

   $ 356,524      $ 349,602      $ 1,351,924      $ 1,178,891      $ 911,991   

Ceded gross premium written

     (184,008 )     (163,807     (719,430     (640,655     (23,913
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premium written

   $ 172,516      $ 185,795      $ 632,494      $ 538,236      $ 888,078   

Change in unearned premium

     (20,360     (49,261     (58,242     (40,026     (327,161
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earned premium

   $ 152,156      $ 136,534      $ 574,252      $ 498,210      $ 560,917   

Ceding commission income

     50,444        45,327        188,916        168,530        92,359   

Service and fee income

     27,261        22,697        93,739        66,116        53,539   

Net investment income

     6,473        8,799        30,550        28,355        25,391   

Net realized gain on investments

     1,698        163        16,612        4,775        3,293   

Bargain purchase gain and other revenues

     16        —          3,728        —          14,887   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 238,048      $ 213,520      $ 907,797      $ 765,986      $ 750,386   

 

38


Table of Contents
(amounts in thousands)    Three Months Ended
March 31,
     Year Ended December 31,     Period from
March 1,

2010
(Inception)

to December 31,
 
     2013     2012      2012     2011     2010  

Loss and LAE

     100,823        89,433         394,666        333,848        391,633   

Acquisition and other underwriting costs(2)

     54,378        54,046         206,387        163,337        79,458   

General and administrative(3)

     70,206        55,470         252,673        218,152        155,108   

Interest expense

     343        470         1,787        1,994        1,795   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

   $ 225,750      $ 199,419       $ 855,513      $ 717,331      $ 627,994   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes and equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated subsidiaries

   $ 12,298      $ 14,101       $ 52,284      $ 48,655      $ 122,392   

Provision for income taxes

     3,771        4,982         17,307        28,301        24,065   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated subsidiaries and non-controlling interest

   $ 8,527      $ 9,119       $ 34,977      $ 20,354      $ 98,327   

Equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     (811     389         (1,338     23,760        3,876   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 7,716      $ 9,508       $ 33,639      $ 44,114      $ 102,203   

Non-controlling interest

     —          —           —          (14     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to National General Holdings Corp.

   $ 7,716      $ 9,508       $ 33,639      $ 44,100      $ 102,203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

39


Table of Contents

(amounts in thousands,

except per share data)

   Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended December 31,     Period from
March 1,

2010
(Inception)
to December 31,
 
     2013     2012     2012     2011     2010  

Pro forma per share data(4)

          

Basic income per share:

   $ 0.13      $ 0.16      $ 0.58      $ 0.76      $ 1.77   

Net income allocated to National General Holdings Corp. common stockholders – basic(5)

   $ 7,716      $ 9,508      $ 33,693      $ 44,100      $ 102,203   

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

     57,850        57,850        57,850        57,850        57,850  

Insurance ratios

          

Net loss ratio(6)

     66.3     65.5     68.7     67.0     69.8

Net operating expense ratio(7)

     30.8     30.4     30.7     29.5     15.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net combined ratio(8)

     97.1     95.9     99.4     96.5     85.6

Balance sheet data

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 29,789        $ 34,198      $ 11,695      $ 8,275   

Investments

   $ 948,469        $ 951,928      $ 949,733      $ 874,910   

Reinsurance recoverable

   $ 987,443        $ 991,837      $ 920,719      $ 695,023   

Premiums receivable, net

   $ 485,390        $ 455,879      $ 387,558      $ 328,017   

Goodwill and intangibles assets

   $ 112,670        $ 114,814      $ 77,433      $ 79,481   

Total assets

   $ 2,733,725        $ 2,717,970      $ 2,524,891      $ 2,178,229   

Reserves for loss and LAE

   $ 1,281,260        $ 1,286,533      $ 1,218,412      $ 1,081,630   

Unearned premium

   $ 511,577        $ 488,598      $ 449,598      $ 436,375   

Deferred income tax liability

   $ 39,004        $ 32,783      $ 17,262      $ 6,742   

Notes payable

   $ 60,886        $ 70,114      $ 85,550      $ 90,000   

Common stock and additional paid in capital

   $ 169,111        $ 158,470      $ 159,940      $ 212,214   

Preferred Stock

   $ 53,054        $ 53,054      $ 53,054      $ 53,054   

Total equity

   $ 432,503        $ 413,975      $ 361,596      $ 310,090   

 

(1) Results for a number of periods were affected by our various acquisitions from 2010 to 2012.
(2) Acquisition and other underwriting costs include policy acquisition expenses, commissions paid directly to producers, premium taxes and assessments, salary and benefits and other insurance general and administrative expense which represents other costs that are directly attributable to insurance activities.
(3)

General and administrative expense is composed of all other operating expenses, including various departmental salaries and benefits expenses for employees that are directly involved in the maintenance of policies, information systems, and accounting for insurance transactions, and other

 

40


Table of Contents
  insurance expenses such as federal excise tax, postage, telephones and internet access charges, as well as legal and auditing fees and board and bureau charges. In addition, general and administrative expense includes those charges that are related to the amortization of tangible and intangible assets and non-insurance activities in which we engage.
(4) Pro forma per share data is presented on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) a 286.22 for 1 stock split in the form of a stock dividend of shares of our common stock that the Company and (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A Preferred Stock into 12,295,430 shares of our common stock, in each case effected prior to the completion of the private placement.
(5) No effect is given to the dilutive effect of outstanding stock options during the relevant period.
(6) Net loss ratio is calculated by dividing the loss and LAE by net earned premiums.
(7) Net operating expense ratio is calculated by dividing the net operating expense by net earned premium. Net operating expense consists of the sum of acquisition and other underwriting costs and general and administrative expense less ceding commission income and service and fee income.
(8) Net combined ratio is calculated by adding net loss ratio and net operating expense ratio together.

 

41


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Forward-Looking and Other Statements

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion includes forward-looking statements that are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described under the captions “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements.” These factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, those forward-looking statements.

Overview

We are a specialty personal lines insurance holding company. Through our subsidiaries, we provide personal and commercial automobile insurance, health insurance products and other niche insurance products. We sell insurance products with a focus on underwriting profitability through a combination of our customized and predictive analytics and our technology driven low cost infrastructure.

Our property and casualty (“P&C”) insurance products protect our customers against losses due to physical damage to their motor vehicles, bodily injury and liability to others for personal injury or property damage arising out of auto accidents. We offer our P&C insurance products through a network of over 19,000 independent agents, more than a dozen affinity partners and through direct-response marketing programs. We have over one million P&C policyholders and, based on 2012 gross premium written, we are the 20th largest private passenger auto insurance carrier in the United States according to financial data compiled by SNL Financial.

We launched our accident and health (“A&H”) business in 2012 to provide accident and non-major medical health insurance products targeting our existing P&C policyholders and the anticipated emerging market of employed persons who are uninsured or underinsured. We market our and other carriers’ A&H insurance products through a multi-pronged distribution platform that includes a network of over 8,000 independent agents, direct-to-consumer marketing, wholesaling and worksite marketing. We believe that our A&H business is complementary to our P&C business and should enable us to enhance our relationships with our existing P&C agents, affinity partners and insureds.

We manage our business through two segments: P&C and A&H. We transact business primarily through our eleven regulated domestic insurance subsidiaries: Integon Casualty Insurance Company, Integon General Insurance Company, Integon Indemnity Corporation, Integon National Insurance Company (“Integon National”), Integon Preferred Insurance Company, New South Insurance Company, MIC General Insurance Corporation, National General Insurance Company, National General Assurance Company, National General Insurance Online, Inc. and National Health Insurance Company.

The operating results of property and casualty insurance companies are subject to quarterly and yearly fluctuations due to the effect of competition on pricing, the frequency and severity of losses, the effect of weather and natural disasters on losses, general economic conditions, the general regulatory environment in states in which an insurer operates, state regulation of premium rates, changes in fair value of investments, and other factors such as changes in tax laws. The property and casualty industry has been highly cyclical with periods of high premium rates and shortages of underwriting capacity followed by periods of severe price competition and excess capacity. While these cycles can have a large impact on a company’s ability to grow and retain business, we have sought to focus on niche markets and regions where we are able to maintain premium rates at generally consistent levels and maintain underwriting discipline throughout these cycles. We believe that the nature of our P&C insurance products, including their relatively low limits, the relatively short duration of time between when claims are reported and when they are settled, and the broad geographic distribution of our customers, have allowed us to grow and retain our business throughout these cycles. In addition, we have limited our exposure to catastrophe losses through reinsurance. With regard to seasonality, we tend to experience higher claims and claims expense in our P&C segment during periods of severe or inclement weather.

 

42


Table of Contents

We evaluate our operations by monitoring key measures of growth and profitability, including net loss ratio and net combined ratio. We target a net combined ratio of 95.0% or lower over the near term, and between 90% and 95% over the long term, while seeking to maintain optimal operating leverage in our insurance subsidiaries commensurate with our A.M. Best rating objectives. To achieve our targeted net combined ratio we continually seek ways to reduce our operating costs and lower our expense ratio, including, for example, our consolidation of three legacy policy administration systems into one new system and the consolidation of certain operations to our new regional operations center in Cleveland, Ohio.

Investment income is also an important part of our business. Because we often do not settle claims until several months or longer after we receive the original policy premiums, we are able to invest cash from premiums for significant periods of time. We invest our capital and surplus in accordance with state and regulatory guidelines. Our net investment income was $30.6 million and $28.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We held 3.5% and 1.2% of total invested assets in cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Our most significant balance sheet liability is our reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”). As of December 31, 2012, our reserves, net of reinsurance recoverables, were $294.7 million, and were $297.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. We record reserves for estimated losses under insurance policies that we write and for LAE related to the investigation and settlement of policy claims. Our reserves for loss and LAE represents the estimated cost of all reported and unreported loss and LAE incurred and unpaid at any time based on known facts and circumstances. Our reserves for loss and LAE incurred and unpaid are not discounted using present value factors. Our loss reserves are reviewed quarterly by internal actuaries and at least annually by our external actuaries. Reserves are based on estimates of the most likely ultimate cost of individual claims. These estimates are inherently uncertain. Judgment is required to determine the relevance of our historical experience and industry information under current facts and circumstances. The interpretation of this historical and industry data can be impacted by external forces, principally frequency and severity of future claims, the length of time needed to achieve ultimate settlement of claims, inflation of medical costs, insurance policy coverage interpretations, jury determinations and legislative changes. Accordingly, our reserves may prove to be inadequate to cover our actual losses. If we change our estimates, these changes would be reflected in our results of operations during the period in which they are made, with increases in our reserves resulting in decreases in our earnings.

Our results for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 included several charges that make the comparison of our net income for these periods less meaningful. These charges pertained to the adoption of a new accounting pronouncement relating to the recognition of deferred acquisition costs, the consolidation of certain operations to our new Cleveland regional operations center, continued maintenance of three costly legacy policy administration systems in addition to our new policy administration system, and the impact of an acquisition of an A&H business.

Reduction in Quota Share Reinsurance

Our net income reflects the fact that 50% of our P&C gross premium written and related losses (excluding premium ceded to state-run reinsurance facilities) have historically been ceded to our quota share reinsurers, reducing our retained underwriting income and investment income. With the net proceeds from the private placement, we will retain more of our written business. Effective August 1, 2013, we terminated our cession of P&C premium to our quota share reinsurers and now retain 100% of such P&C gross premium written and related losses with respect to all new and renewal P&C policies bound after August 1, 2013. We will continue to cede 50% of P&C gross premium written and related losses with respect to policies in effect as of July 31, 2013 to the quota share reinsurers until the expiration of such policies. See “—Personal Lines Quota Share.” The increase in the percentage of premium writings retained will provide us the opportunity to realize greater underwriting income and investment income from our premium writing base. However, it also increases the risks to our business through greater exposure to policy claims. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Insurance Operations—We have reduced our dependence on reinsurance and will retain a greater percentage of our premium writings, which increases our exposure to the underlying policy risks.”

 

43


Table of Contents

Recent Acquisitions

Since we acquired our P&C insurance business in 2010, we have entered into a renewal rights transaction and acquired another insurance company and an insurance agency. These additional operations have increased our presence in our target markets and broadened our distribution capabilities.

 

   

In July 2011, we acquired the renewal rights to a book of RV and trailer business (the “RV Business”) from American Modern Home Insurance Company and its affiliates. We also assumed 100% of the in-force RV Business, net of external reinsurance starting January 1, 2012. The primary states for this RV business are California, New Jersey, Texas, Florida, New York and North Carolina.

 

   

In September 2011, we completed our acquisition of Agent Alliance Insurance Company (“AAIC”), an Alabama-domiciled insurer focused on private passenger auto business in North Carolina. Following a 2012 sale of AAIC to ACP Re, we continue to reinsure 100% of all existing and renewal private passenger auto insurance business of AAIC. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Integon National Reinsurance Agreements.”

 

   

In November 2011, we acquired 70% of the equity interests of ClearSide General Insurance Services, LLC, a California-based general agency that specializes in personal and commercial property and casualty lines insurance products. In June 2012, we completed our acquisition of the remaining 30% of the equity interests of Clearside General Insurance Services, LLC.

Principally through the following acquisitions that we recently completed in our A&H segment, we have built a platform to market our and other carriers’ A&H products. This platform consists of the following operations:

 

   

In November 2012, we acquired National Health Insurance Company (“NHIC”), a Texas-domiciled life and health insurer currently licensed in 48 states and the District of Columbia to write our A&H risks. NHIC was established as a life and health insurer in 1979. We have filed and are in the process of receiving approvals for a significant number of our target A&H insurance products for individuals and groups, which include accident, limited medical/hospital indemnity, short-term medical, cancer/critical illness, stop loss, travel accident/trip cancellation and dental/vision coverages.

 

   

In February 2012, we acquired VelaPoint, LLC, a general agency that operates a call center with approximately 50 licensed agents selling a full range of supplemental medical insurance products, as well as individual major medical policies underwritten through a wide range of third-party insurance companies. For the year ended December 31, 2012, VelaPoint produced approximately $41 million in premium on behalf of third parties. Once the requisite approvals are received, we expect a significant percentage of VelaPoint’s sales of supplemental health products will be written by NHIC.

 

   

In February 2012, we acquired America’s HealthCare Plan (“AHCP”), a managing general agent/program manager. AHCP works with over 8,000 independent agents and general agents across the country to provide an array of insurance products, including those offered by third-party insurers, and will serve as a significant method of distribution for NHIC’s products.

 

   

In September 2012, we acquired from the Coca-Cola Bottlers’ Association a health insurance administration company that administers specialty self-insurance arrangements, offering ERISA qualified self-insured plans to employers in affinity associations or trade groups and selling medical stop loss coverage to employers through captive insurers (collectively, the “TABS” companies). We believe the TABS companies, which wrote approximately $23 million in stop loss premium in 2012, have significant growth potential.

 

   

In January 2013, we assumed 100% of an in-force book of A&H business from an affiliate of AmTrust. In connection therewith, we acquired certain operating assets and hired the related program development personnel who work with outside insurers and wholesalers/program managers to create programs for specialty A&H products like travel, student and international business. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Accident and Health Portfolio Transfer and Quota Share.”

 

44


Table of Contents
   

In April 2013, we acquired Euro Accident Health & Care Insurance Aktiebolag (“EuroAccident”), a European group life and health insurance managing general agent. The agency distributes life and health insurance to groups as well as individuals. Distribution predominantly takes place through broker channels and affinity partners. For the year ended December 31, 2012, EuroAccident produced approximately $62 million in premium on behalf of third parties. We are in the process of obtaining the necessary licenses and approvals to enable us to write these products on our own behalf.

Principal Revenue and Expense Items

Gross premium written.  Gross premium written represents premium from each insurance policy that we write, including as a servicing carrier for assigned risk plans, during a reporting period based on the effective date of the individual policy, prior to ceding reinsurance to third parties.

Net premium written.  Net premium written is gross premium written less that portion of premium that we cede to third-party reinsurers under reinsurance agreements. The amount ceded under these reinsurance agreements is based on a contractual formula contained in the individual reinsurance agreement.

Change in unearned premium. Change in unearned premium is the change in the balance of the portion of premium that we have written but have yet to earn during the relevant period because the policy is unexpired.

Net earned premium.  Net earned premium is the earned portion of our net premium written. We generally earn insurance premium on a pro rata basis over the term of the policy. At the end of each reporting period, premium written that is not earned is classified as unearned premium, which is earned in subsequent periods over the remaining term of the policy. Our policies typically have a term of six months or one year. For a six-month policy written on October 1, 2012, we would earn half of the premium in the fourth quarter of 2012 and the other half in the first quarter of 2013.

Ceding commission income. Ceding commission income is a commission we receive based on the earned premium ceded to third-party reinsurers to reimburse us for our acquisition, underwriting and other operating expenses. We earn commissions on reinsurance premium ceded in a manner consistent with the recognition of the earned premium on the underlying insurance policies, generally on a pro-rata basis over the terms of the policies reinsured. The ceding commission ratio is equal to ceding commission income divided by net earned premium.

Service and fee income.  We currently generate policy service and fee income from origination fees, installment fees relating to installment payment plans, late payment fees, policy cancellation fees and reinstatement fees. We also collect service fees in the form of commissions generated by selling third-party products.

Net investment income and realized gains and (losses).  We invest our statutory surplus funds and the funds supporting our insurance liabilities primarily in cash and cash equivalents, fixed-maturity and equity securities. Our net investment income includes interest and dividends earned on our invested assets. We report net realized gains and losses on our investments separately from our net investment income. Net realized gains occur when we sell our investment securities for more than their costs or amortized costs, as applicable. Net realized losses occur when we sell our investment securities for less than their costs or amortized costs, as applicable, or we write down the investment securities as a result of other-than-temporary impairment. We classify equity securities and our fixed-maturity securities as available-for-sale. We report net unrealized gains (losses) on those securities classified as available-for-sale separately within other comprehensive income.

Bargain purchase gain. We record bargain purchase gain in an amount equal to the excess of fair value of acquired net assets over the fair value of consideration paid.

 

45


Table of Contents

Loss and loss adjustment expenses.  Loss and LAE represent our largest expense item and, for any given reporting period, include estimates of future claim payments, changes in those estimates from prior reporting periods and costs associated with investigating, defending and servicing claims. These expenses fluctuate based on the amount and types of risks we insure. We record loss and LAE related to estimates of future claim payments based on case-by-case valuations and statistical analyses. We seek to establish all reserves at the most likely ultimate exposure based on our historical claims experience. It is typical for our more serious bodily injury claims to take several years to settle, and we revise our estimates as we receive additional information about the condition of claimants and the costs of their medical treatment. Our ability to estimate loss and LAE accurately at the time of pricing our insurance policies is a critical factor in our profitability.

Acquisition and other underwriting costs. Acquisition and other underwriting costs consist of policy acquisition and marketing expenses, salaries and benefits expenses. Policy acquisition expenses comprise commissions directly attributable to those agents, wholesalers or brokers that produce premiums written on our behalf and promotional fees directly attributable to our affinity relationships. Acquisition costs also include costs that are related to the successful acquisition of new or renewal insurance contracts including comprehensive loss underwriting exchange reports, motor vehicle reports, credit score checks, and policy issuance costs.

General and administrative expense. General and administrative expense is composed of all other operating expenses, including various departmental salaries and benefits expenses for employees that are directly involved in the maintenance of policies, information systems, and accounting for insurance transactions, and other insurance expenses such as federal excise tax, postage, telephones and internet access charges, as well as legal and auditing fees and board and bureau charges. In addition, general and administrative expense includes those charges that are related to the amortization of tangible and intangible assets and non-insurance activities in which we engage.

Interest expense.  Interest expense represents amounts we incur on our outstanding indebtedness at the then-applicable interest rates.

Income tax expense.  We incur federal, state and local income tax expenses as well as income tax expenses in certain foreign jurisdictions in which we operate.

Net loss ratio.  The net loss ratio is a measure of the underwriting profitability of an insurance company’s business. Expressed as a percentage, this is the ratio of loss and LAE incurred to net earned premiums.

Net operating expense. These expenses consist of the sum of general and administrative expense and acquisition and other underwriting costs less ceding commission income and service and fee income.

Net operating expense ratio.  The net operating expense ratio is one component of an insurance company’s operational efficiency in administering its business. Expressed as a percentage, this is the ratio of net operating expense to net earned premium.

Net combined ratio.  The net combined ratio is a measure of an insurance company’s overall underwriting profit. This is the sum of the net loss and net operating expense ratios. If the net combined ratio is at or above 100 percent, an insurance company cannot be profitable without investment income, and may not be profitable if investment income is insufficient.

Underwriting income.  Underwriting income is a measure of an insurance company’s overall operating profitability before items such as investment income, interest expense and income taxes. Underwriting income is calculated as net earned premium plus ceding commission income and service and fee income less loss and LAE, acquisition and other underwriting costs, and general and administrative expense.

Equity in earnings (losses) from unconsolidated subsidiaries.  This represents primarily our share in earnings or losses of our investment in three companies that own life settlement contracts, which includes the gain realized upon a mortality event and the change in fair value of the investments in life settlements as evaluated at the end of each reporting period. These unconsolidated subsidiaries determine the fair value of life settlement contracts based upon an estimate of the discounted cash flow of the anticipated death benefits incorporating a number of

 

46


Table of Contents

factors, such as current life expectancy assumptions, expected premium payment obligations and increased cost assumptions, credit exposure to the insurance companies that issued the life insurance policies and the rate of return that a buyer would require on the policies. The gain realized upon a mortality event is the difference between the death benefit received and the recorded fair value of that particular policy.

Personal Lines Quota Share

Effective March 1, 2010, Integon National entered into a 50% quota share reinsurance treaty (the “Personal Lines Quota Share”), pursuant to which Integon National cedes 50% of the gross premium written of its P&C business (excluding premium ceded to state-run reinsurance facilities) to a group of affiliated reinsurers consisting of a subsidiary of AmTrust, ACP Re and Maiden Insurance. Quota share reinsurance refers to reinsurance under which the insurer (the “ceding company,” which under the Personal Lines Quota Share is Integon National) transfers, or cedes, a fixed percentage of liabilities, premium and related losses for each policy covered on a pro rata basis in accordance with the terms and conditions of the relevant agreement. The reinsurer pays the ceding company a ceding commission on the premiums ceded to compensate the ceding company for various expenses, such as underwriting and policy acquisition expenses, that the ceding company incurs in connection with the ceded business. The percentage of gross premium written (excluding premium ceded to state-run reinsurance facilities) ceded to each reinsurer under the Personal Lines Quota Share is as follows:

 

Name of Reinsurer

   Quota Share
Percentage Ceded
 

Maiden Insurance

     25

ACP Re

     15

AmTrust

     10

The Personal Lines Quota Share provides that the reinsurers, severally, in accordance with their participation percentages, receive 50% of our P&C gross premium written (excluding premium ceded to state-run reinsurance facilities) and assume 50% of the related losses and allocated LAE. The Personal Lines Quota Share had an initial term of three years, was renewed through March 1, 2016 and will renew automatically for successive three-year terms unless terminated by written notice not less than nine months prior to the expiration of the current term. In addition, a reinsurer may terminate its participation in the Personal Lines Quota Share upon 60 days’ written notice upon the occurrence of certain early termination events with respect to the ceding company, which include a merger or change of control of the ceding company, the ceding company ceasing to write new and renewal business, the ceding company effecting a reduction in the net retained share of the business reinsured without written consent of the reinsurers or the ceding company’s failure to remit premiums in accordance with the Personal Lines Quota Share.

In addition, the ceding company may terminate a reinsurer’s share in the Personal Lines Quota Share upon 60 days’ written notice upon the occurrence of certain early termination events with respect to a reinsurer, which include the insolvency of the reinsurer, financial condition impairment of the reinsurer as set forth in the Personal Lines Quota Share, merger or change of control of the reinsurer, the reinsurer ceasing to write new and renewal business or if a reinsurer is 30 days in arrears on payment and has not cured such breach within 30 days following written notice from Integon National (unless the subject of a good faith dispute). Integon National also may terminate on 60 days’ written notice following the effective date of an initial public offering or private placement of stock by Integon National or a direct or indirect parent, which would include NGHC and the consummation of the private placement. With the net proceeds from the private placement, we will retain more of our written business. Effective August 1, 2013, we terminated our cession of P&C premium to our quota share reinsurers and now retain 100% of such P&C gross premium written and related losses with respect to all new and renewal P&C policies bound after August 1, 2013. We will continue to cede 50% of P&C gross premium written and related losses with respect to policies in effect as of July 31, 2013 to the quota share reinsurers until the expiration of such policies. This retention of our P&C premium will provide us the opportunity to substantially increase our underwriting and investment income, while also increasing our exposure to losses. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Insurance Operations—We have reduced our dependence on reinsurance and will retain a greater percentage of our premium writings, which increases our exposure to the underlying policy risks.”

 

47


Table of Contents

The Personal Lines Quota Share provides that the reinsurers pay a provisional ceding commission equal to 32.0% of ceded earned premium, net of premiums ceded by Integon National for inuring third-party reinsurance, subject to adjustment to a maximum of 34.5% if the loss ratio for the reinsured business is 60.0% or less and a minimum of 30.0% if the loss ratio is 64.5% or higher.

Critical Accounting Policies

It is important to understand our accounting policies in order to understand our financial statements. These policies require us to make estimates and assumptions. Our management has reviewed our financial policies and results. These reviews affect the reported amounts of our assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the related disclosures. Some of the estimates result from judgments that can be subjective and complex, and, consequently, actual results in future periods might differ significantly from these estimates.

We believe that the most critical accounting policies relate to the reporting of reserves for loss and LAE, including losses that have occurred but have not been reported prior to the reporting date, amounts recoverable from third-party reinsurers, assessments, deferred policy acquisition costs, deferred income taxes, the impairment of investment securities, goodwill and other intangible assets.

The following is a description of our critical accounting policies.

Premium.  We recognize premium earned on a pro rata basis over the terms of the policies, generally, periods of six or twelve months. Unearned premium represents the portion of premiums written applicable to the unexpired terms of the policies. Net premium receivables represent premium written and not yet collected, net of an allowance for uncollectible premium. We regularly evaluate premium and other receivables and adjust for uncollectible amounts as appropriate. Receivables specifically identified as uncollectible are charged to expense in the period the determination is made.

Reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses.  We record reserves for estimated losses under insurance policies that we write and for LAE related to the investigation and settlement of policy claims. Our reserves for loss and LAE represent the estimated cost of all reported and unreported loss and LAE incurred and unpaid at any given point in time based on known facts and circumstances. In establishing our reserves, loss and LAE incurred and unpaid are not discounted using present value factors, which would involve recognizing the time value of money and offsetting estimates of future payments by future expected investment income. Our reserves for loss and LAE are estimated using case-by-case valuations and statistical analyses.

We utilize a combination of our incurred loss development factors and industry-wide incurred loss development factors. The ranges are established primarily by considering the various indications derived from standard actuarial techniques and other appropriate reserve considerations. Reserves are reviewed and established by internal actuaries for adequacy and are also reviewed annually by external actuaries. When reviewing reserves, we analyze historical data and estimate the impact of numerous factors such as (1) individual claim information; (2) industry and the historical loss experience; (3) legislative enactments, judicial decisions, legal developments in the imposition of damages, and changes in political attitudes; and (4) trends in general economic conditions, including the effects of inflation. This process assumes that past experience, adjusted for the effects of current developments and anticipated trends, is an appropriate basis for predicting future events. There is no precise method for subsequently evaluating the impact of any specific factor on the adequacy of reserves, because the eventual deficiency or redundancy is affected by multiple factors. The key assumptions we use in our determination of appropriate reserve levels include the underlying actuarial methodologies, consideration of pricing and underwriting initiatives, an evaluation of reinsurance costs and retention levels, and consideration of any claims handling impact on paid and incurred loss data trends embedded in the traditional actuarial methods. We believe this method, by which we track the development of claims incurred in a particular time period, is the best method for projecting our ultimate liability.

With respect to the ultimate estimates for losses and LAE, the key assumptions remained consistent for the year ended December 31, 2012, and the year ended December 31, 2011. If circumstances bear out our assumptions, losses incurred in 2012 should develop similarly to losses incurred in 2011 and prior years. Thus, if the Net Loss Ratio for premiums written in year one is 65.0%, we expect that the Net Loss Ratio for premiums written in year two also would be 65.0%. However, due to the inherent uncertainty in the loss development factors, our actual liabilities may differ significantly from our original estimates.

 

48


Table of Contents

On a quarterly basis, we review our reserves to determine whether they are consistent with our actual results. In the event of a discrepancy, we seek to determine the causes (e.g., underwriting, claims, inflation, regulatory) and adjust our reserves accordingly. We do not anticipate that we will make any material reserve adjustments, but will continue to monitor the accuracy of our loss development factors and the adequacy of our reserves.

Reinsurance.  We account for reinsurance premiums, losses and LAE ceded to other companies on a basis consistent with those used in accounting for the original policies issued and the terms of the reinsurance contracts. Premiums earned and losses and LAE incurred ceded to other companies have been recorded as a reduction of premium revenue and losses and LAE. Commissions allowed by reinsurers on business ceded have been recorded as ceding commission revenue. Ceding commission is a commission we receive based on the earned premium ceded to third party reinsurers to reimburse us for our unallocated LAE and other operating expenses. We earn commissions on reinsurance premiums ceded in a manner consistent with the recognition of the earned premium on the underlying insurance policies, on a pro rata basis over the terms of the policies reinsured. In connection with the Personal Lines Quota Share, the amount we received is based on a contractual formula contained in the reinsurance agreements and is based on the ceded losses as a percentage of ceded premium. Reinsurance recoverables are reported based on the portion of reserves and paid losses and LAE that are ceded to other companies.

Deferred policy acquisition costs.  Deferred acquisition costs include commissions, premium taxes, payments to affinity partners, promotional fees, and other direct sales costs that vary and are directly related to the successful acquisition of insurance policies. These costs are deferred and amortized to the extent recoverable over the policy period in which the related premiums are earned. We may consider anticipated investment income in determining the recoverability of these costs. Management believes that these costs are recoverable in the near term. If management determined that these costs were not recoverable, then we could not continue to record deferred acquisition costs as an asset and would be required to establish a liability for a premium deficiency reserve.

Assessments related to insurance premiums.  We are subject to a variety of insurance-related assessments, such as assessments by state guaranty funds used by state insurance regulators to cover losses of policyholders of insolvent insurance companies and for the operating expenses of such agencies. A typical obligating event would be the issuance of an insurance policy or the occurrence of a claim. These assessments are accrued in the period in which they have been incurred. We use estimated assessment rates in determining the appropriate assessment expense and accrual. We use estimates derived from state regulators and/or National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) Tax and Assessments Guidelines.

Unearned premium reserves.  Unearned premium reserves represent the portion of premiums written applicable to the unexpired terms of the policies. Net premium receivables represent premiums written and not yet collected, net of an allowance for uncollectible premiums.

Cash and cash equivalents.  Cash and cash equivalents are presented at cost, which approximates fair value. We consider all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. We maintain our cash balances at several financial institutions. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation secures accounts up to $250,000 at these institutions. Management monitors balances in excess of insured limits and believes these balances do not represent a significant credit risk to us.

Investments.  We account for investments in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 320, “Investments – Debt and Equity Securities”, which requires that fixed-maturity and equity securities that have readily determinable fair values be segregated into categories based upon our intention for those securities. Except for our equity investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries, we have classified our investments as available-for-sale and may sell our available-for-sale securities in response to changes in interest rates, risk/reward characteristics, liquidity needs or other factors. Available-for-sale securities are reported at their estimated fair values based on a recognized pricing service, with unrealized gains and losses, net of tax effects, reported as a separate component of other comprehensive income in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

 

49


Table of Contents

Purchases and sales of investments are recorded on a trade date basis. Realized gains and losses are determined based on the specific identification method. Net investment income is recognized when earned and includes interest and dividend income together with amortization of market premiums and discounts using the effective yield method and is net of investment management fees and other expenses. For mortgage-backed securities and any other holdings for which there is a prepayment risk, prepayment assumptions are evaluated and revised as necessary. Any adjustments required due to the change in effective yields and maturities are recognized on a prospective basis through yield adjustments.

We use a set of quantitative and qualitative criteria to evaluate the necessity of recording impairment losses for other-than-temporary declines in fair value. These criteria include:

 

   

the current fair value compared to amortized cost;

 

   

the length of time that the security’s fair value has been below its amortized cost;

 

   

specific credit issues related to the issuer such as changes in credit rating or non-payment of scheduled interest payments;

 

   

whether management intends to sell the security and, if not, whether it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis;

 

   

the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer of the security, including any specific events that may affect its operations or earnings;

 

   

the occurrence of a discrete credit event resulting in the issuer defaulting on a material outstanding obligation or the issuer seeking protection under bankruptcy laws; and

 

   

other items, including management, media exposure, sponsors, marketing and advertising agreements, debt restructurings, regulatory changes, acquisitions and dispositions, pending litigation, distribution agreements and general industry trends.

Impairment of investment securities results in a charge to operations when a market decline below cost is deemed to be other than temporary. We immediately write down investments that we consider to be impaired based on the foregoing criteria collectively.

In the event of the decline in fair value of a debt security, a holder of that security that does not intend to sell the debt security and for whom it is not more likely than not that such holder will be required to sell the debt security before recovery of its amortized cost basis is required to separate the decline in fair value into (a) the amount representing the credit loss and (b) the amount related to other factors. The amount of total decline in fair value related to the credit loss shall be recognized in earnings as an other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) with the amount related to other factors recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax. OTTI credit losses result in a permanent reduction of the cost basis of the underlying investment. The determination of OTTI is a subjective process, and different judgments and assumptions could affect the timing of the loss realization.

Our investments include the following: short-term investments; fixed-maturity and equity securities; mortgage-backed securities; limited partnership interests; securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements); securities purchased under agreements to resell (reverse repurchase agreements); and securities sold but not yet purchased.

Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements are used to earn spread income, borrow funds, or to facilitate trading activities. Securities repurchase and resale agreements are generally short-term, and therefore, the carrying amounts of these instruments approximate fair value.

Equity investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries.  We use the equity method of accounting for investments in subsidiaries in which our ownership interest enables us to influence operating or financial decisions of the subsidiary, but our interest does not require consolidation. In applying the equity method, we record our investment

 

50


Table of Contents

at cost, and subsequently increase or decrease the carrying amount of the investment by our proportionate share of the net earnings or losses and other comprehensive income of the investee. Any dividends or distributions received are recorded as a decrease in the carrying value of the investment. Our proportionate share of net income is reported in our consolidated statement of income.

Goodwill and intangible assets . We account for goodwill and intangible assets in accordance with ASC 350, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other”. A purchase price paid that is in excess of net assets (“goodwill”) arising from a business combination is recorded as an asset and is not amortized. Intangible assets with a finite life are amortized over the estimated useful life of the asset. Intangible assets with an indefinite useful life are not amortized. Goodwill and intangible assets are tested for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If the goodwill or intangible asset is impaired, it is written down to its realizable value with a corresponding expense reflected in the consolidated statement of income.

Use of estimates and assumptions . The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Our principal estimates include unpaid losses and LAE reserves; deferred acquisition costs; reinsurance recoverables, including the provision for uncollectible premiums; the valuation of intangibles and the determination of goodwill; and income taxes. In developing the estimates and assumptions, management uses all available evidence. Because of uncertainties associated with estimating the amounts, timing and likelihood of possible outcomes, actual results could differ from estimates.

Business combinations. We account for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting, which requires us to record assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree at their respective fair values as of the acquisition date. We record contingent consideration at fair value based on the terms of the purchase agreement with subsequent changes in fair value recorded through earnings. The determination of fair value may require management to make significant estimates and assumptions. The purchase price is the fair value of the total consideration conveyed to the seller and we record the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the acquired net assets, where applicable, as goodwill. We assign fair values to intangible assets based on valuation techniques including the income and market approaches. We expense costs associated with the acquisition of a business in the period incurred.

Fair value of financial instruments. Our estimates of fair value for financial assets and financial liabilities are based on the framework established in ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”. The framework is based on the inputs used in valuation and gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets and requires that observable inputs be used in the valuations when available. The disclosure of fair value estimates in the ASC 820 hierarchy is based on whether the significant inputs into the valuation are observable. In determining the level of the hierarchy in which the estimate is disclosed, the highest priority is given to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs that reflect our significant market assumptions. Additionally, valuation of fixed-maturity investments is more subjective when markets are less liquid due to lack of market-based inputs, which may increase the potential that the estimated fair value of an investment is not reflective of the price at which an actual transaction could occur. Fair values of other financial instruments approximate their carrying values.

ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC 820 clarifies that fair value should be based on the assumptions market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability and establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to develop those assumptions. Additionally, ASC 820 requires an entity to consider all aspects of nonperformance risk, including the entity’s own credit standing, when measuring the fair value of a liability.

 

51


Table of Contents

ASC 820 establishes a three-level hierarchy to be used when measuring and disclosing fair value. An instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of significant input to its valuation. Following is a description of the three hierarchy levels:

Level 1—Inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the measurement date. Additionally, the entity must have the ability to access the active market and the quoted prices cannot be adjusted by the entity.

Level 2—Inputs are other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in inactive markets for identical or similar assets or liabilities; or inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs are supported by little or no market activity. The unobservable inputs represent management’s best assumptions of how market participants would price the assets or liabilities. Generally, Level 3 assets and liabilities are valued using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques that require significant judgment or estimation.

We use a pricing service to estimate fair value for approximately 99.4% of our fixed-maturity securities. For investments that have quoted market prices in active markets, we use the quoted market prices to determine fair value and include these prices in the amounts disclosed in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. We receive the quoted market prices from nationally recognized third-party pricing services (“pricing service”). When quoted market prices are unavailable, we use a pricing service to provide an estimate of fair value. This pricing method is used, primarily, for fixed-maturity securities. The fair value estimates provided by the pricing service are included in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. If we determine that the fair value estimate provided by the pricing service does not represent fair value or if quoted market prices or estimates from pricing services are unavailable, we produce an estimate of fair value based on dealer quotations of the bid prices for recent activity in positions with the same or similar characteristics to those being valued or through consensus pricing of a pricing service. Depending on the level of observable inputs, we will then determine whether the estimate should be included in Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

The following describes the valuation techniques we used to determine the fair value of financial instruments held as of December 31, 2012:

Equity securities — For publicly traded common and preferred stocks, we received prices from a nationally recognized pricing service that were based on observable market transactions and included these estimates in the amount disclosed in Level 1. When current market quotes in active markets were unavailable for certain non-redeemable preferred stocks, we received an estimate of fair value from the pricing service that provided fair value estimates for our fixed-maturity securities because the pricing service utilizes some of the same methodologies to price the non-redeemable preferred stocks as it does for the fixed-maturity securities. We include the estimate of the fair value of the non-redeemable preferred stock in the amount disclosed in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies — These investments are composed primarily of bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury, the Federal Home Loan Bank, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, Government National Mortgage Association and the Federal National Mortgage Association. The fair values of U.S. government securities are based on quoted market prices in active markets, and are included in the Level 1 fair value hierarchy. We believe the market for U.S. Treasury securities is an actively traded market given the high level of daily trading volume. The fair values of U.S. government and agency securities are priced using the spread above the risk-free yield curve. As the yields for the risk-free yield curve and the spreads for these securities are observable market inputs, the fair values of U.S. government and agency securities are included in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

State and political subdivision bonds — These investments are composed of bonds and auction rate securities issued by U.S. state and municipal entities or agencies. The fair values of municipal bonds are generally priced by pricing services. The pricing services typically use spreads obtained from broker-dealers, trade prices and the new issue market. As the significant inputs used to price the municipal bonds are observable market inputs, these are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Municipal auction rate securities are reported in our consolidated balance sheets at cost, which approximates their fair value.

 

52


Table of Contents

Corporate bonds — These investments are composed of bonds issued by corporations and are generally priced by pricing services. The fair values of short-term corporate bonds are priced, by the pricing services, using the spread above the London Interbank Offering Rate (“LIBOR”) yield curve and the fair value of long-term corporate bonds are priced using the spread above the risk-free yield curve. The spreads are sourced from broker-dealers, trade prices and the new issue market. Where pricing is unavailable from pricing services, we obtain non-binding quotes from broker-dealers. As the significant inputs used to price corporate bonds are observable market inputs, the fair values of corporate bonds are included in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Mortgage-backed securities — These securities are composed of commercial and residential mortgage-backed securities. These securities are priced by independent pricing services and brokers. The pricing provider applies dealer quotes and other available trade information, prepayment spreads, yield curves and credit spreads to the valuation. As the significant inputs used to price these securities are observable market inputs, the fair values of these securities are included in the Level 2 fair value hierarchy.

Premiums and other receivables — The carrying values reported in the accompanying balance sheets for these financial instruments approximate their fair values due to the short-term nature of these assets.

Notes payable — The amount reported in the accompanying balance sheets for this financial instrument represents the carrying value of the debt. The fair value of the debt was derived using the Black-Derman-Toy model.

Stock compensation expense. We recognize compensation expense for our share-based awards over the estimated vesting period based on estimated grant date fair value. Share-based payments include stock option grants under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

Earnings per share. Basic earnings per share are computed based on the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding. Dilutive earnings per share are computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period adjusted for the dilutive impact of share options and convertible preferred stock using the treasury stock method.

Income taxes . We join our subsidiaries in the filing of a consolidated federal income tax return and are party to federal income tax allocation agreements. Under the tax allocation agreements, we pay to or receive from our subsidiaries the amount, if any, by which the group’s federal income tax liability was affected by virtue of inclusion of the subsidiary in the consolidated federal return.

Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of “temporary differences” between the amount of our assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and such amounts as measured by tax laws and regulations. The deferred tax asset primarily consists of book versus tax differences for premiums earned, loss and LAE reserve discounting, policy acquisition costs, earned but unbilled premiums, and unrealized holding gains and losses on marketable equity securities. We record changes in deferred income tax assets and liabilities that are associated with components of other comprehensive income and primarily unrealized investment gains and losses, directly to other comprehensive income. Additionally, the use of deferred tax liabilities related to equalization reserves are netted against related amortization expense and recorded as a decrease to other acquisition and other underwriting costs. Otherwise, we include changes in deferred income tax assets and liabilities as a component of income tax expense.

In assessing the recoverability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that we will generate future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, tax planning strategies and projected future taxable income in making this assessment. If necessary, we establish a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amounts that are more likely than not to be realized.

We recognize tax benefits only for tax positions that are more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. Our policy is to prospectively classify accrued interest and penalties related to any unrecognized tax benefits in its income tax provision. We file our consolidated tax returns as prescribed by the tax laws of the jurisdictions in which we and our subsidiaries operate.

 

53


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Consolidated Results of Operations

 

(amounts in thousands)    Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Period from
March 1, 2010
(Inception) to
December 31,
 
     2013     2012     2012     2011     2010  

Gross premium written

   $ 356,524      $ 349,602      $ 1,351,924      $ 1,178,891      $ 911,991   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premium written

   $ 172,516      $ 185,795      $ 632,494      $ 538,236      $ 888,078   

Change in unearned premiums

     (20,360     (49,261     (58,242     (40,026     (327,161
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earned premium

   $ 152,156      $ 136,534      $ 574,252      $ 498,210      $ 560,917   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ceding Commission Income

     50,444        45,327        188,916        168,530        92,359   

Service, Fees, and Other Income

     27,261        22,697        93,739        66,116        53,539   

Loss and LAE

     100,823        89,433        394,666        333,848        391,633   

Acquisition costs and other

     54,378        54,046        206,387        163,337        79,458   

General and administrative

     70,206        55,470        252,673        218,152        155,108   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total underwriting expenses

   $ 225,407      $ 198,949      $ 853,726      $ 715,337      $ 626,199   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Underwriting income

   $ 4,454      $ 5,609      $ 3,181      $ 17,519      $ 80,616   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income

     6,473        8,799        30,550        28,355        25,391   

Net realized gains (losses)

     1,698        163        16,612        4,775        3,293   

Bargain purchase gain and other revenue

     16        0        3,728        0        14,887   

Equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     (811     389        (1,338     23,760        3,876   

Interest expense

     343        470        1,787        1,994        1,795   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Before Provision for Income Taxes

   $ 11,487      $ 14,490      $ 50,946      $ 72,415      $ 126,268   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

     3,771        4,982        17,307        28,301        24,065   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 7,716      $ 9,508      $ 33,639      $ 44,114      $ 102,203   

Net income attributable to NCI

     —          —          —          (14     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to NGHC

   $ 7,716      $ 9,508      $ 33,639      $ 44,100      $ 102,203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss ratio

     66.3     65.5     68.7     67.0     69.8

Net operating expense ratio

     30.8     30.4     30.7     29.5     15.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net combined ratio

     97.1     95.9     99.4     96.5     85.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During 2011, we expanded into a number of states beyond the states where our core P&C business operated (the “P&C Non-Core States”). This expansion significantly increased premium in 2012 but also reduced profitability. During 2012, we completed a strategic review of this expansion into P&C Non-Core States and made the decision to exit, restrict, or initiate runoff in certain of these unprofitable businesses. Generally, we expect these actions will improve our net loss ratio and combined ratio in 2013.

 

54


Table of Contents

Our A&H segment, established in 2012, provides accident and health insurance through six businesses (the “A&H Startup”). Since most of the acquisition activity occurred later in the year, the comparisons between 2012 and 2013 for the A&H segment will not be meaningful until the fourth quarter of 2013. Our 2012 results of operations were negatively impacted by expected underwriting losses from our acquisition of the TABS companies in September 2012. At the time of acquisition we expected underwriting losses for the remainder of 2012 and into 2013.

Consolidated Results of Operations for the Three-Month Period Ended March 31, 2013 Compared with the Three-Month Period Ended March 31, 2012

Gross premium written . Gross premium written increased by $6.9 million, or 2.0%, from $349.6 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 to $356.5 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013 primarily due to the receipt of $7.3 million in premiums received from the A&H Startup beginning in the third quarter of 2012.

Net premium written . Net premium written decreased by $13.3 million, or 7.1%, from $185.8 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 to $172.5 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013. Net premium written of the P&C segment decreased by $20.6 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012 primarily due to our exit from the P&C Non-Core States. In connection with the A&H Startup, net premium written for the A&H segment increased by $7.3 million.

Net earned premium . Net earned premium increased by $15.6 million, or 11.4%, from $136.5 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 to $152.2 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013. The increase by segment was: P&C —$8.3 million and A&H — $7.3 million. The increase was primarily attributable to timing differences between the receipt of written premium and the recognition of earned premium and the effect of the A&H Startup.

Ceding commission income. Ceding commission income increased from $45.3 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 to $50.4 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013. Our ceding commission ratio remained unchanged at 33.2%.

Service and fee income.  Service and fee income increased by $4.6 million, or 20.1%, from $22.7 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 to $27.3 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013. The increase was primarily attributable to the increase in service and fee income in the amount of $4.8 million related to the A&H Startup.

Loss and loss adjustment expenses; net loss ratio.  Loss and LAE increased by $11.4 million, or 12.7%, from $89.4 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 to $100.8 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013 due to higher P&C earned premium and the A&H Startup. The increase by segment was: P&C — $4.2 million and A&H — $7.2 million. Our net loss ratio increased from 65.5% for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 to 66.3% for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013 primarily due to anticipated underwriting losses in the A&H business during 2013, partially offset by improvements in the net loss ratio from our core P&C business.

Acquisition and other underwriting costs . Acquisition and other underwriting costs increased by $0.3 million, or 0.6%, from $54.0 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 to $54.4 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013 due to our exit from P&C Non-Core States offset by A&H Startup expenses.

General and administrative expense. General and administrative expense increased by $14.7 million, or 26.6%, from $55.5 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 to $70.2 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013 primarily as a result of the ongoing costs for our three legacy policy administration systems in addition to the costs of our new policy administration system during 2013, the effect of the hiring of additional employees for the transition to our new operations center in Cleveland and related expenses.

 

55


Table of Contents

Net operating expense; net operating expense ratio. Net operating expense increased by $5.4 million, or 13.0%, from $41.5 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 to $46.9 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013. The net operating expense ratio increased to 30.8% in 2013 from 30.4% in 2012 primarily as a result of the ongoing costs for our three legacy policy administration systems in addition to the costs of our new policy administration systems during 2013, the effect of the hiring of additional employees for the transition to our new operations center in Cleveland and related expenses.

Net investment income.  Net investment income decreased by $2.3 million, or 26.4%, from $8.8 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 to $6.5 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013 primarily due to lower interest income on mortgage-backed securities.

Net realized gains on investments.  Net realized gains on investments increased by $1.5 million from $0.2 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 to $1.7 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013 due to the decision to sell more securities during the three-month period ended March 31, 2013 than during the three-month period ended March 31, 2012.

Equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated subsidiaries. Equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated subsidiaries, which primarily relates to our 50% interest in entities that own life settlement contracts, decreased by $1.2 million, from a $0.4 million gain for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 to a $0.8 million loss for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013. The loss was attributable to a decrease in the fair value of life settlement contracts partially offset by a gain realized upon maturity of a contract during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Interest expense.  Interest expense for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 was $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively, reflecting the scheduled interest payment on our bank line of credit and the interest due on the final deferred purchase price payment made to GMAC on February 28, 2012.

Provision for income taxes.  Income tax expense decreased by $1.2 million, or 24.3%, from $5.0 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012, reflecting an effective rate of 35.4%, to $3.8 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013, reflecting an effective rate of 30.8%. The income tax rate was lower for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 primarily due to the mix of municipal investments held in our portfolio.

Consolidated Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2011

Gross premium written . Gross premium written increased by $173.0 million, or 14.7%, from $1,178.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $1,351.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase by segment was: P&C — $164.8 million and A&H — $8.3 million. Gross premium written increased for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011 primarily due to our entry into P&C Non-Core States and the A&H Startup.

Net premium written . Net premium written increased by $94.3 million, or 17.5%, from $538.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $632.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase by segment was: P&C — $86.2 million and A&H — $8.0 million. Net premium written increased for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011 primarily due to our entry into P&C Non-Core States and the A&H Startup.

Net earned premium . Net earned premium increased by $76.0 million, or 15.3%, from $498.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $574.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase by segment was: P&C — $68.0 million and A&H — $8.0 million. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011 was primarily due to our entry into P&C Non-Core States and the A&H Startup.

 

56


Table of Contents

Ceding commission income. Ceding commission income increased by $20.4 million, or 12.1%, from $168.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $188.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Our ceding commission ratio decreased from 33.8% for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 32.9% for the year ended December 31, 2012 as a result of increased net earned premium.

Service and fee income.  Service and fee income increased by $27.6 million, or 41.8%, from $66.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $93.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was attributable to an increase in the P&C policy fee-related income of $11.3 million due to our entry into P&C Non-Core States and $16.4 million attributable to the A&H Startup.

Loss and loss adjustment expenses; net loss ratio.  Loss and LAE increased by $60.8 million, or 18.2%, from $333.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $394.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to our entry into the P&C Non-Core States and the A&H Startup. Our net loss ratio increased from 67.0% for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 68.7% for the year ended December 31, 2012. The net loss ratio in 2012 was negatively affected by the effect of our entry into P&C Non-Core States, catastrophic losses related to Hurricane Sandy and the A&H Startup, partially offset by improvements in our core products.

Acquisition and other underwriting costs. Our acquisition and other underwriting costs increased by $43.1 million, or 26.4%, from $163.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $206.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily due to the adoption of a new deferred acquisition cost accounting pronouncement ($6.5 million), the hiring of additional employees for the transition to a new operations center in Cleveland and related startup costs and our entry into the P&C Non-Core States and the A&H Startup.

General and administrative expense. General and administrative expense increased by $34.5 million, or 15.8%, from $218.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $252.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to our entry into the P&C Non-Core States, the A&H Startup, the transition to a new operations center in Cleveland and related startup costs.

Net operating expense; Net operating expense ratio . Net operating expense increased by $29.5 million, or 20.1%, from $146.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $176.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The net operating expense ratio increased from 29.5% in 2011 to 30.7% in 2012 primarily due to the adoption of a deferred acquisition cost accounting pronouncement ($6.5 million), the hiring of additional employees for the transition to a new operations center in Cleveland and related start-up costs ($16.9 million) partially offset by increases in ceding commission income, service and fee income and net earned premium.

Net investment income.  Net investment income increased by $2.2 million, or 7.7%, from $28.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $30.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase resulted primarily from having a higher average balance of fixed-income investment securities during 2012.

Net realized gains on investments.  Net realized gains on investments increased by $11.8 million from $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $16.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to our decision to sell more securities during the year ended December 31, 2012 than we did during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Bargain purchase gain. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we had a bargain purchase gain of $3.7 million as a result of our acquisition of NHIC. We had no bargain purchase gain for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated subsidiaries. Equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated subsidiaries, which primarily related to our 50% interest in entities that own life settlement contracts, decreased by $25.1 million from a $23.8 million gain for the year ended December 31, 2011 to a loss of $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The gain in the year ended December 31, 2011 was generated by the purchase of a large pool of life settlement contracts in 2011 and the conversion of premium finance loans acquired in 2010 into life settlement contracts in 2011 through voluntary surrenders of the policies in satisfaction of the loans or in lieu of foreclosure. During the year ended December 31, 2012, fewer contracts were purchased or converted. The loss for 2012 was attributable to a decrease in fair value of the life settlement contracts.

 

57


Table of Contents

Interest expense.  Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $1.8 million and $2.0 million, respectively, reflecting the scheduled interest payment on our bank line of credit and the interest due on the deferred purchase price payment related to the original acquisition of our P&C business.

Provision for income taxes.  Income tax expense decreased from $28.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, reflecting an effective tax rate of 39.1%, to $17.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, reflecting an effective tax rate of 34.0%.

Consolidated Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to the Ten-Month Period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010

All data and comparisons between the year ended December 31, 2011 and the ten-month period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010 were affected by the following three significant factors, which had a significant impact on 2010 pre-tax income:

 

1) We started operations on March 1, 2010, so our 2010 results reflect only ten months of business.

 

2) In connection with the acquisition of our P&C business in March 2010, we assumed approximately $389.0 million of unearned premium net of deferred acquisition costs. The absence of amortization of deferred acquisition costs related to this unearned premium significantly improved our results of operations during 2010. In addition, this unearned premium was retained by us and was not subject to the Personal Lines Quota Share agreement.

 

3) In connection with the acquisition, we recorded a bargain purchase gain of approximately $15.0 million in 2010.

Gross premium written . Gross premium written increased by $266.9 million, or 29.3%, from $912.0 million for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 to $1,178.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to the fact that we had a full year of business in 2011 as compared with only ten months in 2010.

Net premium written . Net premium written decreased by $349.8 million, or 39.4%, from $888.1 million for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 to $538.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Retained net premium written was lower in 2011 reflecting our retention of the earned premium from the 2010 acquisition, which was not subject to the Personal Lines Quota Share in 2010, offset in part by the fact that we had a full year of business in 2011 as compared with only ten months in 2010.

Net earned premium . Net earned premium decreased by $62.7 million, or 11.2%, from $560.9 million for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 to $498.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. As premium written is earned ratably over a six- or twelve-month period, the decrease in net earned premium reflects our retention of the earned premium from the 2010 acquisition, which was not subject to the Personal Lines Quota Share in 2010, offset in part by the fact that we had a full year of business in 2011 as compared with only ten months in 2010.

Ceding commission income. Ceding commission income increased by $76.2 million, or 82.5%, from $92.4 million for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 to $168.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our ceding commission ratio increased from 16.5% for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 to 33.8% for the year ended December 31, 2011 as a result of increased premium writings subject to the Personal Lines Quota Share.

Loss and loss adjustment expenses; net loss ratio. Loss and LAE decreased by $57.8 million, or 14.8% from $391.6 million for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 to $333.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our net loss ratio decreased from 69.8% for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 to 67.0% for the year ended December 31, 2011. These decreases primarily reflect the our retention of the earned premium from the 2010 acquisition, which was not subject to the Personal Lines Quota Share in 2010.

 

58


Table of Contents

Acquisition and other underwriting costs. Acquisition and other underwriting costs increased by $83.9 million, or 105.6%, from $79.5 million for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 to $163.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 due to an increase in gross premium written resulting from the fact that we had a full year of business in 2011 as compared with only ten months in 2010 and the absence of amortization of deferred acquisition costs related to the unearned premium from the 2010 acquisition.

General and administrative expense. General and administrative expense increased by $63.0 million, or 40.6%, from $155.1 million for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 to $218.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 due to an increase in gross premium written resulting from the fact that we had a full year of business in 2011 as compared with only ten months in 2010 and the absence of amortization of deferred acquisition costs related to the unearned premium from the 2010 acquisition.

Net operating expense; net operating expense ratio . Net operating expense increased by $58.2 million, or 65.6%, from $88.7 million for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 to $146.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The net operating expense ratio increased from 15.8% in 2010 to 29.5% in 2011 driven primarily by the increases in acquisition and other underwriting costs and general and administrative expense and the decrease in net earned premium, as described above.

Net investment income. Net investment income increased by $3.0 million, or 11.7%, from $25.4 million for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 to $28.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 due to the fact that we had a full year of interest income in 2011 as compared with only ten months in 2010.

Net realized gains (losses) on investments. Net realized gains on investments increased by $1.5 million, or 45.0%, from $3.3 million for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 to $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. In the year ended December 31, 2011, we realized higher gains on investments due to our decision to sell more positions in 2011 than we had sold in the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010.

Equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated subsidiaries. Equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated subsidiaries, which primarily related to our 50% interest in entities that own life settlement contracts, increased by $19.9 million, or 513.0%, from $3.9 million for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 to $23.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 reflecting, primarily, the gain realized upon a mortality event in 2011 and the acquisition of a higher number of life settlement contracts purchased by or surrendered to one of the entities in satisfaction of premium finance loans during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010.

Bargain purchase gain. We had a bargain purchase gain of $14.9 million for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 as a result of our acquisition of the P&C business. We did not have any bargain purchase gain for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Interest expense. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 was $2.0 million and $1.8 million, respectively, reflecting the scheduled interest payment on our bank line of credit and the interest due on the deferred purchase price payment related to the original acquisition of our P&C business.

Provision for income taxes. Income tax expense increased from $24.1 million for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010, reflecting an effective tax rate of 19.1%, to $28.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, reflecting an effective tax rate of 39.1%. Our effective tax rate for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 was primarily the result of two items related to the initial purchase by us of our P&C business and the associated commutation agreement. First, we incurred a bargain purchase gain on the acquisition date that was treated as a reduction in the tax basis of certain assets for tax purposes. Second, we incurred a tax loss on a commutation of reserves that was not reported as a loss for GAAP purposes due to acquisition date accounting. Without these one-time items, our effective tax rate for the period ended December 31, 2010 would have been approximately 37%.

 

59


Table of Contents

P&C Segment — Results of Operations

 

(amounts in thousands)    Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended December 31,     Period from
March 1, 2010
(Inception) to
December 31,
 
     2013     2012     2012     2011     2010  

Gross premium written

   $ 349,209      $ 349,602      $ 1,343,658      $ 1,178,891      $ 911,991   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premium written

   $ 165,206      $ 185,795      $ 624,453      $ 538,236      $ 888,078   

Change in unearned premium

     (20,359     (49,261     (58,243     (40,026     (327,161
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earned premium

   $ 144,847      $ 136,534      $ 566,210      $ 498,210      $ 560,917   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ceding commission income

     50,444        45,327        188,916        168,530        92,359   

Service and fee income

     21,049        21,303        77,373        66,116        53,539   

Loss and LAE

     93,594        89,433        379,608        333,848        391,633   

Acquisition and other underwriting costs

     49,849        53,035        195,315        163,337        79,458   

General and administrative

     67,222        55,062        247,075        218,152        155,108   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total underwriting expenses

   $ 210,665      $ 197,530      $ 821,998      $ 715,337      $ 626,199   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Underwriting income

   $ 5,675      $ 5,634      $ 10,500      $ 17,519      $ 80,616   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss ratio

     64.6     65.5     67.0     67.0     69.8

Net expense ratio

     31.5     30.4     31.1     29.5     15.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net combined ratio

     96.1     95.9     98.1     96.5     85.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

P&C Segment Results of Operations for the Three-Month Period Ended March 31, 2013 Compared with the Three-Month Period Ended March 31, 2012

Gross premium written . Gross premium written remained substantially unchanged at $349.2 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013 compared to $349.6 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 ($0.4 million, or 0.1%) due to an increase in our core P&C business, offset by our exit from the P&C Non-Core States.

Net premium written . Net premium written decreased by $20.6 million, or 11.1%, from $185.8 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 to $165.2 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013 primarily due to our exit from the P&C Non-Core States.

Net earned premium . Net earned premium increased by $8.3 million, or 6.1%, from $136.5 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 to $144.8 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013 primarily as a result of the timing differences between the receipt of written premium and the recognition of earned premium related to our exit from the P&C Non-Core States.

Ceding commission income. Our ceding commission income increased by $5.1 million, or 11.3%, from $45.3 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 to $50.4 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013. Our ceding commission ratio remained unchanged at 33.2% for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2013.

 

60


Table of Contents

Service and fee income.  Service and fee income decreased by $0.3 million, or 1.2%, from $21.3 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 to $21.0 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to our exit from the P&C Non-Core States.

Loss and loss adjustment expenses; net loss ratio.  Loss and LAE increased by $4.2 million, or 4.7%, from $89.4 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012, to $93.6 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013, reflecting higher earned premium. Our net loss ratio decreased from 65.5% for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 to 64.6% for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013. The loss ratio in 2013 was positively affected by significant improvements in our core businesses partially offset by our exit from the P&C Non-Core States.

Acquisition and other underwriting costs. Acquisition and other underwriting costs decreased by $3.2 million, or 6.0%, from $53.0 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 to $49.9 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013 due to our exit from the P&C Non-Core States.

General and administrative expense. General and administrative expense increased by $12.2 million, or 22.1%, from $55.1 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 to $67.2 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013 primarily as a result of the ongoing costs for our three legacy policy administration systems in addition to the new policy administration system, the effect of the hiring of additional employees in connection with our transition to our new operations center in Cleveland and related expenses.

Net operating expense; net operating expense ratio . Net operating expense increased by $4.1 million, or 9.9%, from $41.5 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 to $45.6 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013. The net operating expense ratio increased from 30.4% in 2012 to 31.5% in 2013 primarily as a result of the increase in general and administrative expense, partially offset by a decrease in acquisition and other underwriting costs.

Underwriting income.  Underwriting income increased slightly from $5.6 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 to $5.7 million for three-month period ended March 31, 2013. The combined ratio for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013 was essentially unchanged at 96.1% compared to 95.9% for the same period in 2012.

P&C Segment Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2011

Gross premium written . Gross premium written increased by $164.8 million, or 14.0%, from $1,178.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $1,343.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily due to our entry into P&C Non-Core States.

Net premium written . Net premium written increased by $86.2 million, or 16.0%, from $538.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $624.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily due to our entry into P&C Non-Core States.

Net earned premium . Net earned premium increased by $68.0 million, or 13.6%, from $498.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $566.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily due to our entry into P&C Non-Core States.

Ceding commission income. Our ceding commission income increased from $168.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $188.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Our ceding commission ratio decreased slightly from 33.8% for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 33.4% for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Service and fee income.  Service and fee income increased by $11.3 million, or 17.0%, from $66.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $77.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily due to our entry into P&C Non-Core States.

 

61


Table of Contents

Loss and loss adjustment expenses; net loss ratio.  Loss and LAE increased by $45.8 million, or 13.7%, from $333.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $379.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to increased premium related to the entry into the P&C Non-Core States. Our net loss ratio remained constant at 67.0% with our entry into the P&C Non-Core States and catastrophic losses related to Hurricane Sandy being offset by net loss ratio improvements in core products.

Acquisition and other underwriting costs. Acquisition and other underwriting costs increased by $32.0 million, or 19.6%, from $163.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $195.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily due to the adoption of a new deferred acquisition cost accounting pronouncement ($6.5 million), the hiring of additional employees for the transition to a new operations center in Cleveland and related startup costs and our entry into the P&C Non-Core States.

General and administrative expense. General and administrative expense increased by $28.9 million, or 13.3%, from $218.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $247.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to our entry into the P&C Non-Core States, the transition to a new operations center in Cleveland and related startup costs.

Net operating expense; net operating expense ratio . Net operating expense increased by $29.3 million, or 19.9%, from $146.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $176.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to the increase in general and administrative expenses and acquisition and other underwriting costs offset in part by increases in ceding commission income and service and fee income. The net operating expense ratio increased from 29.5% for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 31.1% for the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily due to increases in net operating expense offset in part by an increase in net earned premium.

Underwriting income.  Underwriting income decreased by $7.0 million, or 40.1%, from $17.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The combined ratio increased from 96.5% in 2011 to 98.1% in 2012 due to the increases in loss and LAE and net operating expense more than offset the increase in net earned premium, as described above.

P&C Segment Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to the Ten-Month Period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010.

All data and comparisons between the year ended December 31, 2011 and the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 were affected by the following three significant factors which had a significant impact on 2010 pre-tax income:

 

  1) We started operations on March 1, 2010, so our 2010 results reflect only ten months of business.

 

  2) In connection with the acquisition, we assumed approximately $389.0 million of unearned premium net of deferred acquisition costs. The absence of amortization of deferred acquisition costs related to this unearned premium significantly improved our results of operations during 2010. In addition, this unearned premium was retained by us and was not subject to the Personal Lines Quota Share agreement.

 

  3) In connection with the acquisition, we recorded a bargain purchase gain of approximately $15.0 million in 2010.

Gross premium written . Gross premium written increased by $266.9 million, or 29.3%, from $912.0 million for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 to $1,178.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily due to our completion of a full year of business in 2011 as compared with only ten months in 2010.

Net premium written . Net premium written decreased by $349.8 million, or 39.4%, from $888.1 million for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 to $538.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, reflecting our retention of the earned premium from the 2010 acquisition, which was not subject to the Personal Lines Quota Share in 2010, offset by our completion of a full year of business in 2011 as compared with only 10 months in 2010.

 

62


Table of Contents

Net earned premium . Net earned premium decreased by $62.7 million, or 11.2%, from $560.9 million for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 to $498.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, reflecting our retention of the earned premium from the 2010 acquisition, which was not subject to the Personal Lines Quota Share in 2010, offset by our completion of a full year of business in 2011 as compared with only 10 months in 2010.

Ceding commission income. Our ceding commission income increased by $76.2 million, or 82.5%, from $92.4 million for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 to $168.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our ceding commission ratio increased from 16.5% for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 to 33.8% for the year ended December 31, 2011 as a result of increased premium writings subject to the Personal Lines Quota Share for the full year 2011 compared to 10 months in 2010 and the decrease in net earned premium.

Loss and loss adjustment expenses; net loss ratio.  Loss and LAE decreased by $57.8 million, or 14.8%, from $391.6 million for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 to $333.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our net loss ratio for the segment decreased from 69.8% for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 to 67.0% for the year ended December 31, 2011. These decreases reflected the full effect of the premiums ceded in respect of the Personal Lines Quota Share in 2011.

Acquisition and other underwriting costs. Acquisition and other underwriting costs increased by $83.9 million, or 105.6%, from $79.5 million for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 to $163.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 due to an increase in gross premium written resulting from the fact that we had a full year of business in 2011 as compared with only ten months in 2010 and the absence of amortization of deferred acquisition costs related to the unearned premium from the 2010 acquisition.

General and administrative expense. General and administrative expense increased by $63.0 million, or 40.6%, from $155.1 million for the ten-month period year December 31, 2010 to $218.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 due to an increase in gross premium written resulting from the fact that we had a full year of business in 2011 as compared with only ten months in 2010 and the absence of amortization of deferred acquisition costs related to the unearned premium from the 2010 acquisition.

Net operating expense; net operating expense ratio . Net operating expense increased by $58.2 million, or 65.6%, from $88.7 million for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 to $146.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The net operating expense ratio increased from 15.8% for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 to 29.5% for the year ended December 31, 2011 due to the increases in acquisition and other underwriting costs and general and administrative expense and the decrease in net earned premium, as described above.

Underwriting income.  Underwriting income decreased by $63.1 million, or 78.3%, from $80.6 million for the ten-month period ended December 31, 2010 to $17.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily due to the absence of amortization of deferred acquisition costs related to the unearned premium from the 2010 acquisition, and our retention of the earned premium from the 2010 acquisition, which was not subject to the Personal Lines Quota Share in 2010. The combined ratio increased to 96.9% in 2011 from 86.3% in 2010 due to the increases in loss and LAE and net operating expense and the decrease in net earned premium, as described above.

 

63


Table of Contents

A&H Segment — Results of Operations

 

(amounts in thousands)    Three Months Ended
March 31
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2013     2012     2012  

Gross premium written

   $ 7,315      $ —        $ 8,266   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premium written

   $ 7,310      $ —        $ 8,041   

Change in unearned premium

     (1     —          1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earned premium

   $ 7,309      $ —        $ 8,042   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Service and fee income

     6,212        1,394        16,366   

Loss and LAE

     7,229        —          15,058   

Acquisition and other underwriting costs

     4,529        1,011        11,072   

General and administrative

     2,984        408        5,598   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total underwriting expenses

   $ 14,742      ($ 1,419   $ 31,728   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Underwriting income (loss)

   ($ 1,221   ($ 25   ($ 7,320
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss ratio

     98.9     N/A        187.2

Net operating expense ratio

     17.8     N/A        3.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net combined ratio

     116.7     N/A        191.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A&H Segment Results of Operations 2012

Our A&H segment, established in 2012, provides accident and health insurance through six recently acquired businesses. Since most of the acquisition activity occurred during the second half of the year, the results of the A&H segment had a limited impact on our overall results. The 2012 results were negatively impacted by the expected underwriting losses from our acquisition of A&H businesses, particularly the TABS companies, which produced expected underwriting losses of $7.1 million from acquisition through December 31, 2012. At the time of acquisition, we expected underwriting losses for the remainder of 2012 and into 2013.

Investment Portfolio

Our investment strategy emphasizes, first, the preservation of capital and, second, maximization of an appropriate risk-adjusted return. We seek to maximize investment returns using investment guidelines that stress prudent allocation among cash and cash equivalents, fixed-maturity securities and, to a lesser extent, equity securities. Cash and cash equivalents include cash on deposit, commercial paper, pooled short-term money market funds and certificates of deposit with an original maturity of 90 days or less. Our fixed-maturity securities include obligations of the U.S. Treasury or U.S. government agencies, obligations of U.S. and Canadian corporations, mortgages guaranteed by the Federal National Mortgage Association, the Government National Mortgage Association, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, Federal Farm Credit entities, and asset-backed securities and commercial mortgage obligations. Our equity securities include preferred stock of U.S. and Canadian corporations.

The average yield on our fixed income portfolio was 4.3% and 4.2% and the average duration of the portfolio was 4.3 and 4.3 years at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

 

64


Table of Contents

For each year or shorter period specified below, the cost, fair value, and gross unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities were as follows:

 

March 31, 2013 (amounts in thousands)

                          
     Cost or
Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  

Preferred stock

   $ 5,000       $ —         ($ 28   $ 4,972   

U.S. Treasury and Federal agencies

     22,861         10,252         —          33,113   

States and political subdivisions

     94,637         1,846         (611     95,872   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     135,225         6,402         (803     140,824   

Corporate bonds

     456,117         38,705         (1,057     493,765   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

     11,061         55         —          11,116   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 724,901       $ 57,260       ($ 2,499   $ 779,662   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012 (amounts in thousands)

                          
     Cost or
Amortized

Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  

Preferred Stock

   $ 5,000       $ —         ($ 28   $ 4,972   

U.S. Treasury and Federal agencies

     22,976         10,139         (1     33,114   

States and political subdivisions

     85,259         1,870         (352     86,777   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     158,031         7,062         (1,048     164,045   

Corporate bonds

     465,742         38,011         (949     502,804   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

     11,398         74         —          11,472   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 748,406       $ 57,156       ($ 2,378   $ 803,184   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2011 (amounts in thousands)

                          
     Cost or
Amortized

Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  

U.S. Treasury and Federal agencies

   $ 33,368       $ 8,208       ($ 370   $ 41,206   

States and political subdivisions

     92,374         1,789         (1,058     93,105   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     263,029         9,938         (3,154     269,813   

Corporate bonds

     357,340         13,522         (8,622     362,240   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

     19,879         1         (1     19,879   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 765,990       $ 33,458       ($ 13,205   $ 786,243   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The table below summarizes the credit quality of our fixed-maturity and preferred securities as of March 31, 2013, as rated by Standard and Poor’s.

 

    

Cost or Amortized

Cost

     Fair Value      Percentage of
Fixed-Maturity
and Preferred
Securities
 

U.S. Treasury

   $ 22,861       $ 33,113         4.2

AAA

     211,831         218,355         28.0   

AA

     96,359         98,651         12.7   

A

     139,108         148,484         19.0   

BBB, BBB+, BBB-

     224,052         248,414         31.9   

BB+ and lower

     30,690         32,645         4.2   

Total

   $ 724,901       $ 779,662         100.0

 

65


Table of Contents

The amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale debt securities held as of March 31, 2013, by contractual maturity, are shown in the table below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because some borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

March 31, 2013 (amounts in thousands)

             
     Cost or
Amortized Cost
     Fair Value  

Due in one year or less

   $ 10,941       $ 10,969   

Due after one year through five years

     70,114         72,931   

Due after five years through ten years

     418,086         462,374   

Due after ten years

     74,474         76,476   

Mortgage-backed securities

     146,286         151,940   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 719,901       $ 774,690   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross Unrealized Losses. The tables below summarize the gross unrealized losses of fixed-maturity and preferred securities by the length of time the security had continuously been in an unrealized loss position as of March 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

March 31, 2013 (amounts in thousands)

               
     Less Than 12 Months      12 Months or More      Total  
     Fair
Market
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    No. of
Positions
Held
     Fair
Market
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    No. of
Positions
Held
     Fair
Market
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

Preferred Stock

   $ 4,972       ($ 28     1       $ —         $ —          —         $ 4,972       ($ 28

U.S. Treasury and Federal agency

     —           —          —           —           —          —           —           —     

States and political subdivisions

     32,768         (547     15         3,286         (64     3         36,054         (611

Residential Mortgage-backed

     29,191         (476     5         9,548         (327     4         38,739         (803

Corporate

     93,403         (1,041     32         618         (16     1         94,021         (1,057
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 160,334       ($ 2,092     53       $ 13,452       ($ 407     8       $ 173,786       ($ 2,499
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012 (amounts in thousands)

               
     Less Than 12 Months      12 Months or More      Total  
     Fair
Market
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    No. of
Positions
Held
     Fair
Market
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    No. of
Positions
Held
     Fair
Market
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

Preferred Stock

   $ 4,972       ($ 28     1       $ —         $ —          —         $ 4,972       ($ 28

U.S. Treasury and Federal agency

     574         (1     1         —           —          —           574         (1

States and political subdivisions

     28,948         (300     13         594         (52     1         29,543         (352

Residential Mortgage-backed

     25,143         (456     5         18,826         (592     4         43,969         (1,048

Corporate

     89,886         (853     40         4,513         (96     4         94,399         (949
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 149,523       ($ 1,638     60       $ 23,933       ($ 740     9       $ 173,456       ($ 2,378
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

66


Table of Contents

December 31, 2011 (amounts in thousands)

               
     Less Than 12 Months      12 Months or More      Total  
     Fair
Market
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    No. of
Positions
Held
     Fair
Market
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    No. of
Positions
Held
     Fair
Market
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

U.S. Treasury and Federal agency

   $ 4,483       ($ 370     3       $ —         $ —          —         $ 4,483       ($ 370

States and political subdivisions

     11,680         (1,055     6         94         (3     1         11,774         (1,058

Residential Mortgage-backed

     130,684         (2,983     124         5,258         (171     1         135,942         (3,154

Commercial Mortgage- backed

     9,959         (1     1         —           —          —           9,959         (1

Corporate

     106,840         (8,157     62         13,346         (465     3         120,186         (8,622
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 263,646       ($ 12,566     196       $ 18,698       ($ 639     5       $ 282,344       ($ 13,205
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were 69 and 201 securities at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, that account for the gross unrealized loss, none of which we deemed to be OTTI. Significant factors influencing our determination that none of the securities were OTTI included the magnitude of unrealized losses in relation to cost, the nature of the investment and management’s intent not to sell these securities and our determination that it was more likely than not that we would not be required to sell these investments before anticipated recovery of fair value to our cost basis.

Restricted Cash and Investments. In order to conduct business in certain states, we are required to maintain letters of credit or assets on deposit to support state-mandated insurance regulatory requirements and certain third party agreements. We also utilize trust accounts to collateralize business with our reinsurance counterparties, both for business we assume and for business assumed by our reinsurance counterparties. Assets held on deposit or in trust accounts are primarily in the form of cash or certain high-grade securities. The fair values of our restricted assets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(amounts in thousands)              
     As of December 31,  
     2012      2011  

Restricted cash

   $ 8,509       $ 1,237   

Restricted investments—fixed-maturity securities

     34,081         40,186   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total restricted cash and investments

   $ 42,590       $ 41,423   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other. Securities sold but not yet purchased represent our obligations to deliver the specified security at the contracted price and, thereby, create a liability to purchase the security in the market at prevailing prices. Our liability for a security to be delivered is measured at fair value and, as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, was $56.6 million and $ 56.7 million, respectively, for a U.S. Treasury security. The transactions represent off-balance sheet risk, as our ultimate cost to satisfy the delivery of this security sold but not yet purchased may exceed the amount reflected at March 31, 2013. Subject to certain limitations, all securities owned, to the extent required to cover our obligations to sell or re-pledge the security to others, are pledged to the clearing broker.

We enter into reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements, which are accounted for as either collateralized lending or borrowing transactions and are recorded at contract amounts which approximate fair value. For the collateralized borrowing transactions (i.e., repurchase agreements), we receive cash or securities that we invest or hold in short-term or fixed-income securities. As of March 31, 2013, we had collateralized borrowing transaction principal outstanding of $63.9 million at interest rates between 0.42% and 0.53%. As of December 31, 2012, we had collateralized borrowing transaction principal outstanding of $86.7 million at interest rates between 0.42% and 0.50%. Interest expense associated with the repurchase borrowing agreements for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 was $104,000 and $71,000, respectively. We had approximately $69.9 million and $95.4 million of collateral pledged in support for these agreements as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012,

 

67


Table of Contents

respectively. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we had collateralized lending transaction principal of $56.1 million and $57.0 million at an interest rate of 0.03% and 0.03%, respectively, which is reflected as short-term investments in our condensed consolidated balance sheets. Interest income associated with the lending agreements for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 was $56,000 and $5,000, respectively. We held collateral with a fair market value of approximately $56.6 million and $56.7 million in support of this agreement as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

Fair value of financial instruments. ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”, provides a definition of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and requires expanded disclosures about fair value measurements. The standard applies when GAAP requires or allows assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value; therefore, it does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstance.

In accordance with ASC 820, assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows:

 

March 31, 2013 (amounts in thousands)

                           
     Recurring Fair Value Measures         
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets

           

Preferred stock

   $ —         $ 4,972       $ —         $ 4,972   

U.S. Treasury and Federal agency

     33,113         —           —           33,113   

State and political subdivision

     —           95,872         —           95,872   

Residential mortgage-backed

     —           140,824         —           140,824   

Corporate bonds

     —           493,765         —           493,765   

Commercial mortgage-backed

     —           11,116         —           11,116   

Short-term investments

     13,399         56,125         —           69,524   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 46,512       $ 802,674       $ —         $ 849,186   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $  —         $ 63,863       $ —         $ 63,863   

U.S. treasuries sold, but not yet purchased at market

     56,644         —           —           56,644   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 56,644       $ 63,863       $ —         $ 120,507   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012 (amounts in thousands)

                           
     Recurring Fair Value Measures         
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets

           

Preferred Stock

   $ —         $ 4,972       $ —         $ 4,972   

U.S. Treasury and Federal agency

     33,114         —           —           33,114   

State and political subdivision

     —           86,777         —           86,777   

Residential mortgage-backed

     —           164,045         —           164,045   

Corporate

     —           502,804         —           502,804   

Commercial mortgage-backed

     —           11,472         —           11,472   

Short-term investments

     17,129         57,000         —           74,129   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 50,243       $ 827,070       $ —         $ 877,313   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ —         $ 86,744       $ —         $ 86,744   

U.S. Treasuries sold but not yet purchased

     56,700         —           —           56,700   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 56,700       $ 86,744       $ —         $ 143,444   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

68


Table of Contents

December 31, 2011 (amounts in thousands)

                           
     Recurring Fair Value Measures         
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets

           

U.S. Treasury and Federal agency

   $ 41,206       $ —         $ —         $ 41,206   

State and political subdivision

     —           93,105         —           93,105   

Residential mortgage-backed

     —           269,813         —           269,813   

Corporate

     —           362,240         —           362,240   

Commercial mortgage-backed

     —           19,879         —           19,879   

Short-term investments

     —           99,732         —           99,732   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 41,206       $ 844,769       $ —         $ 885,975   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ —         $ 74,026       $ —         $ 74,026   

U.S. Treasuries sold but not yet purchased

     55,830         —           —           55,830   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 55,830       $ 74,026       $ —         $ 129,856   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We had no Level 3 investments and, as a result, no transfers among Levels during the periods from January 1, 2013 to March 31, 2013, January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2012 and January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011.

We did not measure any assets or liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2012. The carrying value of our cash and cash equivalents, premiums and other receivables, accrued interest, accounts payables and accrued expenses approximated fair value given the short-term nature of such items.

Investment in Entities Holding Life Settlement Contracts

A life settlement contract is a contract between the owner of a life insurance policy and a third party who obtains the ownership and beneficiary rights of the underlying life insurance policy. During 2010, we formed Tiger Capital LLC (“Tiger”) with a subsidiary of AmTrust for the purposes of acquiring certain life settlement contracts and related premium finance loans. In 2011, we formed AMT Capital Alpha, LLC (“AMT Alpha”) with a subsidiary of AmTrust for the purpose of acquiring additional life settlement contracts. In the first quarter of 2013, a subsidiary of ours acquired a 50% interest in AMT Capital Holdings, S.A. (“AMTH”), the other 50% of which is owned by AmTrust. We have a 50% ownership interest in each of Tiger, AMT Alpha and AMTH (collectively, the “LSC Entities”). The LSC Entities may also acquire premium finance loans made in connection with the borrowers’ purchase of life insurance policies that are secured by the policy and which loans are in default at the time of purchase. The LSC Entities acquire the underlying policies through the borrowers’ voluntary surrender of the policy in satisfaction of the loan or in lieu of foreclosure. A third party serves as the administrator of the Tiger life settlement contract portfolio, for which it receives an annual fee. The third-party administrator is eligible to receive a percentage of profits after certain time and performance thresholds have been met.

The LSC Entities account for investments in life settlements in accordance with ASC 325-30, Investments in Insurance Contracts , which states that an investor shall elect to account for its investments in life settlement contracts by using either the investment method or the fair value method. The election is made on an instrument-by-instrument basis and is irrevocable. LSC Entities have elected to account for these policies using the fair value method. The fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. LSC Entities determine fair value by calculating expected discounted cash flows based on anticipated death benefits, incorporating current life expectancy assumptions, premium payments, the credit exposure to the insurance company that issued the life settlement contracts and the rate of return at which a third party buyer would purchase the contracts, since no comparable market pricing is available for these policies.

 

69


Table of Contents

Our total capital contribution and investments in the LSC Entities that own the life settlement contracts is $66.5 million as of March 31, 2013. As of March 31, 2013, we have a 50% ownership interest in the LSC Entities that hold certain life settlement contracts, and the fair value of these contracts owned by the LSC Entities is $264.6 million, with our proportionate interest being $132.3 million.

In addition to the 260 policies disclosed in the table below as of March 31, 2013, Tiger owned 5 premium finance loans as of the three months ended March 31, 2013, which were secured by life insurance policies and were carried at a value of $0. As of March 31, 2013, the face value amounts of the related 260 life insurance policies and five premium finance loans were approximately $1.7 million and $0 respectively. All of the premium finance loans are in default and Tiger is enforcing its rights in the collateral. Upon the voluntary surrender of the underlying life insurance policy in satisfaction of the loan or foreclosure, Tiger will become the owner of and beneficiary under the underlying life insurance policy and will have the option to continue to make premium payments on the policies or allow the policies to lapse. If a policyholder wishes to cure his or her default and repay the loan, Tiger will be repaid the total amount due under the premium finance loans, including all premium payments made by Tiger to maintain the policy in force since its acquisition of the loan. The following tables describe details of our investment in LSC Entities as of March 31, 2013. These tables show the gross amounts for the portfolio of life insurance policies and premium finance loans owned by the LSC Entities, in which we and AmTrust each own a 50% interest.

 

(amounts in thousands)

Expected Maturity Term in Years

  

Number of

Life Settlement

Contracts

     Fair Value (1)      Face Value  

As of March 31, 2013

     

0 – 1

     —         $ —         $ —     

1 – 2

     6         31,299         58,000   

2 – 3

     3         8,137         15,000   

3 – 4

     2         8,513         20,000   

4 – 5

     3         5,919         20,000   

Thereafter

     246         145,956         1,570,909   

Total

     260       $ 199,824       $ 1,683,909   

 

(1) The LSC Entities determined the fair value as of March 31, 2013 based on 175 policies out of 260 policies, as the LSC Entities assigned no value to 85 of the policies. The LSC Entities estimated the fair value of a policy using present value calculations. If the estimated fair value is determined to be less than zero, then no value was assigned to that policy.

Premiums to be paid by the LSC Entities, in which we have 50% ownership interests, for each of the five succeeding fiscal years to keep the life insurance policies in force as of March 31, 2013, were as follows:

 

(amounts in thousands)   

Premiums

Due on Life

Settlement

Contracts

    

Premiums

Due on

Premium
Finance
Loans

     Total  

2013

   $ 28,581       $ 500       $ 29,081   

2014

     31,308         647         31,955   

2015

     32,472         685         33,157   

2016

     50,719         793         51,512   

2017

     31,606         642         32,248   

Thereafter

     520,882         8,024         528,906   

Total

   $ 695,568       $ 11,291       $ 706,859   

 

70


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth data used in estimating the fair value of the portfolio of life insurance policies as of March 31, 2013 and only includes data for policies for which a value was assigned at that date.

 

Average age of insured

     79   

Average life expectancy, months (1)

     137.3   

Average face amount per policy

   $ 6,776,000   

Fair value discount rate

     7.5

Internal rate of return (2)

     17.4

 

(1) Standard life expectancy as adjusted for insured’s specific circumstances.
(2) Internal rate of return includes a risk premium which represents risk adjustments applied to the estimated present value of cash flows based on the following factors: (i) the volatility in life expectancy of insureds and the associated level of future premium payments and (ii) the projected risk of non-payment, including the financial health of the insurance carrier, the possibility of legal challenges from the insurance carrier or others and the possibility of regulatory changes that may affect payment.

These assumptions are, by their nature, inherently uncertain and the effect of changes in estimates may be significant. The fair value measurements used in estimating the present value calculation are derived from valuation techniques generally used in the industry that include inputs for the asset that are not based on observable market data. The extent to which the fair value could reasonably vary in the near term has been quantified by evaluating the effect of changes in significant underlying assumptions used to estimate the fair value amount. If the life expectancies were increased or decreased by four months and the discount factors were increased or decreased by 1% while all other variables are held constant, the carrying value of the investment in life insurance policies would increase or (decrease) by the unaudited amounts summarized below as of March 31, 2013:

 

(amounts in thousands)    Change in life expectancy  

Investment in life policies:

   Plus 4 Months     Minus 4 Months  

March 31, 2012

   ($ 27,495   $ 29,401   
(amounts in thousands)    Change in discount rate  

Investment in life policies:

   Plus 1%     Minus 1%  

March 31, 2013

   ($ 17,743   $ 20,088   

For additional information about the risks inherent in determining the fair value of the portfolio of life insurance policies, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business Generally—A portion of our financial assets consists of life settlement contracts that are subject to certain risks.”

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We are organized as a holding company with eleven domestic insurance company subsidiaries (“Insurance Subsidiaries”), as well as various other non-insurance subsidiaries. Our principal sources of operating funds are premiums, service and fee income, investment income and proceeds from sales and maturities of investments. Our primary uses of operating funds include payments of claims and operating expenses. Currently, we pay claims using cash flow from operations and invest our excess cash primarily in fixed-maturity and, to a lesser extent, equity securities. We expect that projected cash flows from operations, as well as the net proceeds from the private placement, will provide us with sufficient liquidity to fund our anticipated growth by providing capital to increase the surplus of our Insurance Subsidiaries, as well as to pay claims and operating expenses, and to pay interest and principal on debt facilities and other holding company expenses for the foreseeable future. However, if our growth attributable to potential acquisitions, internally generated growth, or a combination of these factors, exceeds our expectations, we may have to raise additional capital in the near term. If we cannot obtain adequate capital on favorable terms or at all, we may be unable to support future growth or operating requirements and, as a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

71


Table of Contents

We may generate liquidity through the issuance of debt or equity securities or financing through borrowings under credit facilities, or a combination thereof. During the first quarter of 2013, we entered into a three-year, $90.0 million credit agreement under which we had borrowed $38.8 million as of March 31, 2013. See “—Revolving Credit Agreement.” In addition, we have incurred $18.7 million of loans to ACP Re, an affiliated company. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Other Agreements with ACP Re.”

Our Insurance Subsidiaries are subject to statutory and regulatory restrictions imposed on insurance companies by their states of domicile which limit the amount of cash dividends or distributions that they may pay to us unless special permission is received from the insurance regulator of the relevant domiciliary state. The aggregate limit imposed by the various domiciliary states of our Insurance Subsidiaries was approximately $32.4 million and $30.1 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010, there were $133.5 million, $0 million and $0 million dividends paid by the Insurance Subsidiaries to National General Management Corp. (formerly, GMAC Insurance Management Corporation) (“Management Corp.”). The 2012 dividend was paid in response to a North Carolina Department of Insurance request to redistribute our insurance subsidiary capital after it approved our plan to pool all of our P&C business at our subsidiary, Integon National. Originally, Integon National entered into the Personal Lines Quota Share on behalf of a pool of companies which included Integon National and its subsidiary insurers, but as of January 1, 2012, Integon National cedes business under the Personal Lines Quota Share solely for its own behalf (as of January 1, 2012, Integon National no longer retrocedes the business it assumes from such pool back to the pool companies). We obtained permission from the states of domicile before the extraordinary dividends were paid in 2012. After receiving the dividend, in 2012, Management Corp. paid $120.0 million in the form of a capital contribution to its subsidiary, Integon National. During 2012, the Insurance Subsidiaries also paid to Management Corp. a return of capital of $18.5 million.

We forecast claim payments based on our historical experience. We seek to manage the funding of claim payments by actively managing available cash and forecasting cash flows on both a short-term and long-term basis. Cash payments for claims were $407.6 million and $425.3 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. Historically, we have funded claim payments from cash flow from operations (principally premiums), net of amounts ceded to our third party reinsurers. We presently expect to maintain sufficient cash flow from operations to meet our anticipated claim obligations and operating and capital expenditure needs. Our cash and investment portfolio has increased from $961.4 million at December 31, 2011 to $986.1 million at December 31, 2012 and decreased slightly to $978.3 million at March 31, 2013. We do not anticipate selling securities in our investment portfolio to pay claims or to fund operating expenses. Should circumstances arise that would require us to do so, we may incur losses on such sales, which would adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and could reduce investment income in future periods.

Pursuant to an amended and restated management services agreement dated as of January 1, 2012 between Management Corp., on one hand, and certain of our other direct and indirect subsidiaries, on the other hand, such subsidiaries have delegated to Management Corp. underwriting duties, claims services, actuarial services, policyholder services, accounting, information technology and certain other administrative functions. The subsidiaries that are party to this agreement pay to Management Corp. a quarterly fee calculated as a percentage of the premium written by each such subsidiary, plus reimbursement for certain expenses. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, Management Corp. was paid approximately $6.5 million in management fees.

Pursuant to a tax allocation agreement by and among us and certain of our direct and indirect subsidiaries, we compute and pay federal income taxes on a consolidated basis. Each subsidiary party to this agreement computes and pays to us its respective share of the federal income tax liability primarily based on separate return calculations.

The LSC Entities in which we own a 50% interest also purchase life settlement contracts that require the LSC Entities to make premium payments on individual life insurance policies in order to keep the policies in force. We seek to manage the funding of premium payments required. We presently expect to maintain sufficient cash flow to make future capital contributions to the LSC Entities to permit them to make future premium payments.

 

72


Table of Contents

Comparison of Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

Net cash provided by operating activities was approximately $3.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared with $11.0 million provided by operating activities for the same period in 2012. Net cash provided by operating activities was $7.3 million lower in the three-month period ended March 31, 2013 compared to the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 primarily due to the absence of the one-time unearned premium increase that we received in January 2012 when we assumed 100% of the in-force American Modern RV Business.

Net cash provided by investing activities was $24.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Net cash used by investing activities was $4.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. For the three month period ended March 31, 2013, net cash provided by investing activities increased primarily due to an increase of $21.5 million in net proceeds from sales and purchases of short-term investments, fixed-maturity securities and equipment versus the comparable period in 2012.

Net cash used by financing activities was $32.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to net cash used by financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2012 of $1.0 million. In 2013, cash used by financing activities increased versus the comparable period in 2012 primarily due to the net reduction in cash provided by securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities sold but not yet purchased.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

Net cash provided by operating activities was approximately $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared with $17.1 million used by operating activities for the same period in 2011.

Net cash provided by investing activities was $30.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Net cash used by investing activities was $54.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. In 2012, net cash provided by investing activities increased primarily due to approximately $57.3 million in net sales and proceeds of fixed-maturity and equity securities offset by the acquisition of consolidated subsidiaries and investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries. In 2011, net cash used by investing activities primarily included approximately $15.4 million for the net purchases and proceeds of fixed-maturity and equity securities and approximately $24.6 million for contribution to LSC Entities for the acquisition of and premium payments for life settlement contracts.

Net cash used by financing activities was $9.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to net cash provided by financing activities in 2011 of $75.4 million. In 2012, cash used by financing activities primarily included net payments of $21.9 million from repurchase agreements, net receipts of $30.9 million from securities sold by not yet purchased and proceeds from notes payable of $13.6 million. In 2011, cash provided by financing activities primarily included approximately $27.9 million from securities sold under repurchase agreements, $52.3 million from securities sold but not yet purchased and $25.2 million of proceeds from notes payable partially offset by notes payable repayments of $30.0 million.

 

73


Table of Contents

Other Material Changes in Financial Position

 

     March 31,      December 31,  
(amounts in thousands)    2013      2012      2011  

Selected Assets:

        

Premiums receivable, net

   $ 485,390       $ 455,879       $ 387,558   

Intangible assets

     98,433         100,577         72,706   

Selected Liabilities:

        

Loss and loss expense reserves

   $ 1,281,260       $ 1,286,533       $ 1,218,412   

Unearned premium

     511,577         488,598         449,598   

Ceded reinsurance premium payable

     143,216         139,190         113,209   

Deferred income taxes and income taxes payable

     39,004         40,730         17,262   

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, premiums receivable increased $29.5 million from December 31, 2012, as a result of an increase in gross premium written, offset by a $23.0 million increase in unearned premium. All other balances remained relatively unchanged.

In 2012, premium receivables increased by $68.3 million as a result of the increase in premiums written in 2012, reflecting growth in both our P&C and A&H segments. Intangible assets increased by $27.9 million due to the acquisition of consolidated subsidiaries.

Loss and loss expense reserves increased by $68.1 million and unearned premium increased by $39.0 million in 2012 due primarily to higher premiums written and earned in 2012 compared to 2011. Ceded reinsurance premium payable increased by $26.0 million in 2012 as a result of ceding a higher amount of gross premium written in 2012 as compared with 2011. Deferred income taxes increased by $15.5 million as a result of the acquisition of a Luxembourg captive insurance entity.

Reinsurance

We assume and cede insurance risks under various reinsurance agreements, on both a pro rata basis and an excess of loss basis. We purchase reinsurance to mitigate the volatility of direct and assumed business, which may be caused by the aggregate value or the concentration of written exposures in a particular geographic area or business segment and may arise from catastrophes or other events. As part of our overall risk and capacity management strategy, we purchase quota share reinsurance and excess of loss catastrophic and casualty reinsurance for protection against catastrophic events and other large losses. The catastrophic program covers $9 million excess $6 million and $15 million excess $15 million, and the casualty program covers $5 million excess $5 million and $40 million excess $10 million. Our quota share and excess of loss reinsurers are rated “A-” or better by A.M. Best. We pay a premium as consideration for ceding the risk.

Our reinsurance transactions include premiums written under state-mandated involuntary plans for commercial vehicles and premiums ceded to state-provided reinsurance facilities such as the Michigan Catastrophic Claims Association (the “MCCA”), and the North Carolina Reinsurance Facility (the “NCRF”) (collectively, “State Plans”), for which we retain no loss indemnity risk. Prepaid reinsurance premiums are earned on a pro rata basis over the period of risk, based on a daily earnings convention, which is consistent with premiums written.

All automobile insurers doing business in Michigan are required to participate in the MCCA. The MCCA is a reinsurance mechanism that covers no-fault first party medical losses of retentions in excess of a set limit. Insurers are reimbursed for their covered losses in excess of a $500,000 threshold, which was increased from $460,000 to $480,000 on July 1, 2010, was increased to $500,000 in 2011 and will remain at the $500,000 level through 2013. We currently have claims with retentions from $250,000 to $500,000. Funding for the MCCA comes from assessments against automobile insurers based upon their share of insured automobiles in the state. Insurers are allowed to pass along this cost to Michigan automobile policyholders. The following is a summary of premium and

 

74


Table of Contents

related losses ceded to the MCCA for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the ten-month period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010:

 

Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and Period

From March 1, 2010 (Inception) to December 31, 2010,

(amounts in thousands)

   2012      2011      2010  

Ceded earned premium

   $ 10,620       $ 9,883       $ 7,513   

Ceded Loss and LAE

     17,275         12,877         14,985   

Reinsurance recoverables from the MCCA as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

December 31, (amounts in thousands)

   2012      2011  

Reinsurance recoverable on paid losses

   $ 6,937       $ 5,654   

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses

     703,546         690,391   

The NCRF is a non-profit organization established to provide automobile liability reinsurance to those insurance companies that write automobile insurance in North Carolina. Companies licensed to write automobile insurance in the state must be members of the NCRF and must offer liability coverage to any eligible North Carolina resident applicant for coverages and limits which may be ceded to the NCRF. The NCRF accepts cession of liability for bodily injury and property damage, medical payments, uninsured, and combined uninsured/underinsured motorist coverages. Funding for the NCRF comes from premiums collected from automobile insurers based upon the amounts of coverage provided with respect to insured automobiles in the state. North Carolina law provides that cumulative losses incurred by the NCRF are recoverable either through direct surcharges to North Carolina motorists or indirectly by assessments of member companies, which recoup the costs from individual policyholders. The following is a summary of premium and related losses ceded to the NCRF for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010:

 

Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and Period From

March 1, 2010 (Inception) to December 31, 2010

(amounts in thousands)

   2012      2011      2010  

Ceded earned premium

   $ 145,200       $ 138,049       $ 113,071   

Ceded Loss and LAE

     130,524         127,143         123,154   

Reinsurance recoverables from the NCRF as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

December 31, (amounts in thousands)

   2012      2011  

Reinsurance recoverable on paid losses

   $ 18,023       $ 21,858   

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses

     81,970         88,288   

We believe that we are unlikely to incur any material loss as a result of non-payment of amounts owed to us by the MCCA and the NCRF because the payment obligations are extended over many years, resulting in relatively small current payment obligations; both the MCCA and the NCRF are supported by assessments permitted by statute; and we have not historically incurred losses as a result of non-payment by either MCCA or NCRF. Accordingly, we believe that we have no significant exposure to uncollectible reinsurance balances from these entities.

In addition to the reinsurance programs described above, we use the Personal Lines Quota Share reinsurance arrangement to limit our maximum loss, provide greater diversification of risk and minimize exposure on larger risks. For further discussion of the Personal Lines Quota Share arrangement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.

 

75


Table of Contents

We have a concentration of credit risk associated with the MCCA, the NCRF and the reinsurance under the Personal Lines Quota Share arrangement. Reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses from these entities at December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

December 31, (amounts in thousands)

   2012      2011      A.M.
Best
Rating
 

MCCA

   $ 703,546       $ 690,391         N/R   

NCRF

     81,931         88,288         N/R   

Maiden Insurance

     99,869         64,342         A-   

ACP Re

     59,921         41,095         A-   

AmTrust

     39,947         27,391         A   

Other reinsurers’ balances—each less than 5% of total

     6,623         9,212      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 991,837       $ 920,719      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

We also have reinsurance with ACP Re and Maiden Insurance that requires the reinsurers to provide collateral to mitigate any risk of default. As of December 31, 2012, ACP Re and Maiden Insurance had provided collateral in the amounts of $55.3 million and $96.2 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, ACP Re Ltd. and Maiden Insurance Company had provided collateral in the amounts of $38.1 million and $62.3 million, respectively.

Revolving Credit Agreement

On February 20, 2013, we entered into a three-year, $90.0 million secured credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”), with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, KeyBank National Association as Syndication Agent, First Niagara Bank, N.A, as Documentation Agent, and Associated Bank, National Association. The Credit Agreement makes available a revolving credit facility with a letter of credit limit of $10 million. In connection with our entry into the Credit Agreement, we terminated our existing $25 million credit agreement dated as of August 18, 2011 with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. The maturity date of the new agreement is February 20, 2016.

The Credit Agreement contains certain restrictive covenants customary for facilities of this type (subject to negotiated exceptions and baskets), including restrictions on indebtedness, liens, acquisitions and investments, dispositions and restricted payments, which include a restriction on the payment of cash dividends to our stockholders if an event of default has occurred and is continuing or if we are out of compliance with our financial covenants. Events of default include, among other things, a failure to make payments of interest, principal or fees required under the Credit Agreement, failure to make payments in respect of other material indebtedness of the Company or its subsidiaries, and the occurrence of a change of control, as defined therein.

In addition, we have pledged all of the stock of 10 of our insurance subsidiaries, Management Corp. and certain of our other subsidiaries for the benefit of the lenders to secure our obligations under the Credit Agreement. There are also financial covenants that require us to maintain a minimum consolidated net worth, a maximum consolidated leverage ratio, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, a minimum risk-based capital and a minimum statutory surplus. We were in compliance with all covenants as of March 31, 2013. As of March 31, 2013, we had $38.9 million in outstanding borrowings under this Credit Agreement.

Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at (1) the greatest of (a) the Administrative Agent’s prime rate, (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5% or (c) the adjusted LIBOR for a one-month interest period on such day plus 1%, plus (2) a margin that is adjusted on the basis of our consolidated leverage ratio. Eurodollar borrowings under the Credit Agreement will bear interest at the adjusted LIBOR for the interest period in effect plus a margin that is adjusted on the basis of our consolidated leverage ratio. We recorded total interest expense of approximately $0.4 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, under our current and former Credit Agreements.

 

76


Table of Contents

Fees payable by us under the Credit Agreement include a letter of credit participation fee (which is the margin applicable to Eurodollar borrowings and is adjusted on the basis of our consolidated leverage ratio (ranging between 2.0% and 2.5%)), a letter of credit fronting fee with respect to each letter of credit equal to 0.125% and a commitment fee on the available commitments of the lenders (ranging between 0.25% and 0.35% based on our consolidated leverage ratio, and which rate was 0.25% at December 31, 2012).

Securities Sold (Purchased) Under Agreements to Repurchase (Sell), at Contract Value

We enter into reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements, which are accounted for as either collateralized lending or borrowing transactions and are recorded at contract amounts which approximate fair value. For the collateralized borrowing transactions (i.e., repurchase agreements), we receive cash or securities that we invest or hold in short-term or fixed-income securities. As of March 31, 2013, we had collateralized borrowing transaction principal outstanding of $63.9 million at interest rates between 0.42% and 0.53%. As of December 31, 2012, we had collateralized borrowing transaction principal outstanding of $86.7 million at interest rates between 0.42% and 0.50%. Interest expense associated with the repurchase borrowing agreements for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 was $104,000 and $71,000, respectively. We had approximately $69.9 million and $95.4 million of collateral pledged in support for these agreements as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we had collateralized lending transaction principal of $56.1 million and $57.0 million at an interest rate of 0.03% and 0.03%, respectively, which is reflected as short-term investments in our condensed consolidated balance sheets. Interest income associated with the lending agreements for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 was $56,000 and $5,000, respectively. We held collateral with a fair market value of approximately $56.6 million and $56.7 million in support of this agreement as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

In addition, we had incurred $18.7 million of loans to ACP Re, an affiliated company, which were used for general corporate purposes, as well as in connection with the 800 Superior financing and capital contributions to the owner of the LSC Entities.

Deferred Purchase Obligation

In the first quarter of 2013, we paid the third and final deferred payment related to the March 1, 2010 acquisition of our P&C insurance business. At the original closing, we paid an amount equal to the estimated net tangible book value less (i) the purchase price discount amount and (ii) $90.0 million. The balance of the purchase price was payable in three equal annual installments of $30.0 million plus interest at a rate of 2.28% to be made on the first, second and third anniversaries of the closing date.

 

77


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table sets forth certain of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2012:

 

(amounts in thousands)    Payment Due by Period  
     Total      Less than
1 Year
     1 – 3 Years      3 – 5 Years      More than
5 Years
 

Loss and LAE(1)

   $ 1,286,533       $ 765,282       $ 393,593       $ 82,212       $ 45,446   

Operating lease obligations

     60,219         11,978         16,536         6,346         31,705   

Employment agreement obligations

     6,324         2,805         3,436         83         —     

Contributions to LSC Entities related to life settlement contracts and premium finance loans(2)

     343,772         13,137         29,011         39,807         261,817   

Debt and interest(3)

     72,988         49,564         2,119         21,305         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,769,836       $ 842,766       $ 441,559       $ 149,753       $ 335,758   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The loss and LAE payments due by period in the table above are based upon the loss and LAE estimates as of December 31, 2012 and actuarial estimates of expected payout patterns and are not contractual liabilities with finite maturities. Our contractual liability is to provide benefits under the policy. As a result, our calculation of loss and LAE payments due by period is subject to the same uncertainties associated with determining the level of loss and LAE generally and to the additional uncertainties arising from the difficulty of predicting when claims (including claims that have not yet been reported to us) will be paid. For a discussion of our loss and LAE estimate process, see “Business—Loss Reserves.” Actual payments of loss and LAE by period will vary, perhaps materially, from the table above to the extent that current estimates of loss and LAE vary from actual ultimate claims amounts and as a result of variations between expected and actual payout patterns. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business Generally—If we are unable to establish and maintain accurate loss reserves, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected” for a discussion of the uncertainties associated with estimating loss and LAE.
(2) As of as of December 31, 2012, we had a 50% ownership interests in Tiger and AMT Alpha which in turn owned 242 life settlement contracts and 13 premium finance loans with a carrying value of $151.8 million. In order to derive the economic benefit of the face value of these policies, Tiger and AMT Alpha are required to make these premium payments.
(3) The interest related to the debt by period as of December 31, 2012 was as follows: $0.7 million — less than 1 year, $0.2 million — 1 – 3 years, $2.6 million — 3 – 5 years and $0 — more than 5 years. As of March 31, 2013, the total debt and interest by period was $1.4 million – less than 1 year, $61.9 million – 1 – 3 years, $0 – 3 – 5 years and $0 – more than 5 years, reflecting the repayment of our note to GMAC and the entry into our new revolving credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

Inflation

We establish property and casualty insurance premiums before we know the amount of losses and LAE or the extent to which inflation may affect such amounts. We attempt to anticipate the potential impact of inflation in establishing our reserves, especially as it relates to medical and hospital rates where historical inflation rates have

 

78


Table of Contents

exceeded the general level of inflation. Inflation in excess of the levels we have assumed could cause loss and LAE to be higher than we anticipated, which would require us to increase reserves and reduce earnings. Fluctuations in rates of inflation also influence interest rates, which in turn impact the market value of our investment portfolio and yields on new investments. Operating expenses, including salaries and benefits, are also usually affected by inflation.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk represents our potential inability to meet all payment obligations when they become due. We maintain sufficient cash and marketable securities to fund claim payments and operations. We purchase reinsurance coverage to mitigate the risk of an unexpected rise in claims severity or frequency from catastrophic events or a single large loss. The availability, amount and cost of reinsurance depend on market conditions and may vary significantly.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the potential loss arising principally from adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuers of our fixed-maturity securities and the financial condition of our third party reinsurers. Additionally, we have counter-party credit risk with our repurchase agreement counter-parties.

We address the credit risk related to the issuers of our fixed-maturity securities by investing primarily in fixed-maturity securities that are rated “BBB-” or higher by Standard & Poor’s. We also independently monitor the financial condition of all issuers of our fixed-maturity securities. To limit our risk exposure, we employ diversification policies that limit the credit exposure to any single issuer or business sector.

We are subject to credit risk with respect to our third party reinsurers. Although our third party reinsurers are obligated to reimburse us to the extent we cede risk to them, we are ultimately liable to our policyholders on all risks we have ceded. As a result, reinsurance contracts do not limit our ultimate obligations to pay claims covered under the insurance policies we issue and we might not collect amounts recoverable from our reinsurers. We address this credit risk by generally selecting reinsurers that have an A.M. Best rating of “A-” (Excellent) or better at the time we enter into the agreement and by performing, along with our reinsurance broker, periodic credit reviews of our reinsurers. If one of our reinsurers suffers a credit downgrade, we may consider various options to lessen the risk of asset impairment, including commutation, novation and letters of credit. See “—Reinsurance.”

Counter-party credit risk with our repurchase agreement counter-parties is mitigated by obtaining collateral. We obtain collateral in the amount of 105-110% of the value of the securities we have sold with agreement to repurchase. Additionally, repurchase agreements are only transacted with pre-approved counter-parties.

Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of potential economic loss principally arising from adverse changes in the fair value of financial instruments. The major components of market risk affecting us are interest rate risk and equity price risk.

Interest Rate Risk

We had fixed-maturity securities with a fair value of $779.7 million and an amortized cost of $724.9 million as of March 31, 2013 that are subject to interest rate risk. Interest rate risk is the risk that we may incur losses due to adverse changes in interest rates. Fluctuations in interest rates have a direct impact on the market valuation of our fixed-maturity securities. We manage our exposure to interest rate risk through a disciplined asset and liability matching and capital management process. In the management of this risk, the characteristics of duration, credit and variability of cash flows are critical elements. These risks are assessed regularly and balanced within the context of our liability and capital position.

 

79


Table of Contents

The table below summarizes the interest rate risk associated with our fixed-maturity securities (excluding $5.0 million of preferred stock investment) by illustrating the sensitivity of the fair value and carrying value of our fixed-maturity securities as of March 31, 2013 to selected hypothetical changes in interest rates, and the associated impact on our stockholders’ equity. We anticipate that we will continue to meet our obligations out of income. We classify our fixed-maturity securities and equity securities as available-for-sale. Temporary changes in the fair value of our fixed-maturity securities impact the carrying value of these securities and are reported in our stockholders’ equity as a component of other comprehensive income, net of deferred taxes.

The selected scenarios in the table below are not predictions of future events, but rather are intended to illustrate the effect such events may have on the fair value and carrying value of our fixed-maturity securities and on our stockholders’ equity, each as of March 31, 2013.

 

Hypothetical Change in Interest Rates    Fair Value      Estimated
Change in
Fair Value
    Hypothetical Percentage
Increase (Decrease) in

Stockholders’ Equity
 

200 basis point increase

   $ 662,414,480       ($ 57,255,459     (8.0 %) 

100 basis point increase

     686,826,114         (32,843,825     (4.6 %) 

No change

     719,669,939         —          —    

100 basis point decrease

     753,689,783         34,019,844        4.7

200 basis point decrease

     790,212,947         70,543,008        9.8

Changes in interest rates would affect the fair market value of our fixed-rate debt instruments but would not have an impact on our earnings or cash flow. We currently have $60.9 million of debt instruments, of which $22.1 million are fixed-rate debt instruments. A fluctuation of 100 basis points in interest on our variable-rate debt instruments, which are tied to LIBOR, would affect our earnings and cash flows by $0.4 million before income tax, on an annual basis, but would not affect the fair market value of the variable-rate debt.

Off Balance Sheet Risk

Securities sold but not yet purchased represent our obligations to deliver the specified security at the contracted price and, thereby, create a liability to purchase the security in the market at prevailing prices. Our liability for a security to be delivered is measured at fair value and, as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, was $56.6 million and $56.7 million, respectively, for a U.S. Treasury security. The transactions represent off-balance sheet risk, as our ultimate cost to satisfy the delivery of this security sold but not yet purchased may exceed the amount reflected at March 31, 2013. Subject to certain limitations, all securities owned, to the extent required to cover our obligations to sell or re-pledge the security to others, are pledged to the clearing broker.

 

80


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a specialty personal lines insurance holding company. Through our subsidiaries, we provide personal and commercial automobile insurance, health insurance products and other niche insurance products. We sell insurance products with a focus on underwriting profitability through a combination of our customized and predictive analytics and our technology driven low cost infrastructure.

Our property and casualty (“P&C”) insurance products protect our customers against losses due to physical damage to their motor vehicles, bodily injury and liability to others for personal injury or property damage arising out of auto accidents. We offer our P&C insurance products through a network of over 19,000 independent agents, more than a dozen affinity partners and through direct-response marketing programs. We have over one million P&C policyholders and, based on 2012 gross premium written, we are the 20th largest private passenger auto insurance carrier in the United States according to financial data compiled by SNL Financial.

We launched our accident and health (“A&H”) business in 2012 to provide accident and non-major medical health insurance products targeting our existing P&C policyholders and the anticipated emerging market of employed persons who are uninsured or underinsured. We market our and other carriers’ A&H insurance products through a multi-pronged distribution platform that includes a network of over 8,000 independent agents, direct-to-consumer marketing, wholesaling and worksite marketing. We believe that our A&H business is complementary to our P&C business and should enable us to enhance our relationships with our existing P&C agents, affinity partners and insureds.

Our company (formerly known as American Capital Acquisition Corporation) was formed in 2009 to acquire the private passenger auto business of the U.S. consumer property and casualty insurance segment of General Motors Acceptance Corporation (“GMAC,” now known as Ally Financial), which operations date back to 1939. We acquired this business on March 1, 2010.

We are licensed to operate in 50 states and the District of Columbia, but focus on underserved niche markets. A significant portion of our insurance, approximately 75% of our P&C premium written, is originated in six core states: North Carolina, New York, California, Florida, Virginia and Michigan. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, our gross premium written was $1,352 million and $1,179 million, net premium written was $632 million and $538 million, total consolidated revenues were $908 million and $766 million, and consolidated pre-tax income was $51 million and $72 million, respectively. In addition, during 2012 the A&H businesses that we acquired placed approximately $126 million of written premium with other carriers.

Our net income reflects the fact that 50% of our P&C gross premium written and related losses (excluding premium ceded to state-run reinsurance facilities) have historically been ceded to our quota share reinsurers, reducing our retained underwriting income and investment income. With the net proceeds from the private placement, we will retain more of our written business. Effective August 1, 2013, we terminated our cession of P&C premium to our quota share reinsurers and now retain 100% of such P&C gross premium written and related losses with respect to all new and renewal P&C policies bound after August 1, 2013. We will continue to cede 50% of P&C gross premium written and related losses with respect to policies in effect as of July 31, 2013 to the quota share reinsurers until the expiration of such policies. This retention of our P&C premium will provide us the opportunity to substantially increase our underwriting and investment income, while also increasing our exposure to losses. In addition, our results for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 included several charges that make the comparison of our net income for these periods less meaningful. These charges pertained to the adoption of a new accounting pronouncement relating to the recognition of deferred acquisition costs, the consolidation of certain operations to our new Cleveland regional operations center, continued maintenance of three costly legacy policy administration systems in addition to our new policy administration system, and the impact of an acquisition of an A&H business. We also believe that the efficiencies that we expect to realize from completing the transition to our new policy administration system by the end of 2013 and the implementation of our RAD 5.0 underwriting pricing tool will enable us to improve our future profitability.

 

81


Table of Contents

Our wholly owned subsidiaries include eleven regulated domestic insurance companies, of which ten write primarily P&C insurance and one writes solely A&H insurance. Our property and casualty insurance subsidiaries have been assigned an “A-” (Excellent) group rating by A.M. Best Company, Inc. (“A.M. Best”).

Business Segments

We are a specialty national carrier with regional focuses. We manage our business through two segments:

 

   

Property and Casualty (“P&C”) Our P&C segment operates its business through two primary distribution channels: agency and affinity. Our agency channel focuses primarily on writing standard and sub-standard auto coverage through our network of over 19,000 independent agents. In our affinity channel, we partner with over a dozen affinity groups and membership organizations to deliver insurance products tailored to the needs of our affinity partners’ members or customers under our affinity partners’ brand name or label, which we refer to as selling on a “white label” basis. A primary focus of a number of our affinity relationships is providing recreational vehicle coverage, of which we believe we are one of the top writers in the U.S.

 

   

Accident and Health (“A&H”) Our A&H segment was formed in 2012 to provide accident and non-major medical health insurance products targeting our existing insureds and the anticipated emerging market of uninsured or underinsured employees. Through six recent acquisitions of both carriers and general agencies, including Velapoint, LLC, our call center general agency, and National Health Insurance Company, a life and health insurance carrier established in 1979, we have assembled a multi-pronged distribution platform that includes direct-to-consumer marketing through our call center agency, selling through independent agents, wholesaling insurance products through large general agencies/program managers and, through our affinity relationships, worksite marketing through employers.

Our Products

We offer a broad range of products through multiple distribution channels. In our P&C segment, products sold consist of:

 

   

standard and preferred automobile insurance;

 

   

sub-standard automobile insurance;

 

   

RV insurance;

 

   

commercial automobile insurance;

 

   

motorcycle insurance; and

 

   

homeowners’ insurance.

In our A&H segment, we offer products not covered by PPACA and target the anticipated emerging market of employed persons who are uninsured or underinsured. Target products for individuals and groups include:

 

   

accident/AD&D insurance;

 

   

limited medical/hospital indemnity insurance;

 

   

short-term medical insurance;

 

   

cancer/critical illness insurance;

 

   

stop loss insurance;

 

   

travel accident/trip cancellation insurance; and

 

   

dental/vision insurance.

 

82


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that our product mix, distribution channels and technology systems, coupled with our focus on conservative underwriting, prudent reserving and efficient claims management, provide us with the following competitive strengths:

 

   

Concentrate on Niche Markets . We believe that our focus on specialty markets and niche distribution channels provides us with the greatest opportunity for achieving superior long-term growth and profitability. As a specialty national carrier with regional focuses, we concentrate our resources on writing insurance in our core markets in which we are experienced and recognize profitable opportunities. We are also seeking to increase sales of our niche products such as RV insurance and commercial vehicle insurance. Our diversification into the A&H insurance business continues this niche focus by enabling us to sell supplemental healthcare insurance products that are complementary to our existing businesses and customers.

 

   

Focus on Profitability, Disciplined Underwriting and Expense Management . We focus on profitability in all functional areas of the Company, from initial underwriting to claims management. We take an analytical approach to underwriting risks and adhere to a conservative reserving philosophy. Our new policy administration system allows for efficient servicing of policies that enables us to reduce operational expense and achieve strong future earning potential. We developed our RAD 5.0 underwriting pricing tool in order to more accurately evaluate specific risk exposures and assist us in profitably underwriting our P&C products. We plan to continue to leverage our strengths in underwriting, reserving, expense management and claims adjudication to further improve our profitability.

 

   

New Policy Administration System . We have recently launched our new policy administration system for our P&C insurance business to replace our three legacy policy administration systems. Since inception, we have reduced our information technology operating expenses significantly and we expect that we will continue to substantially reduce our information technology, policy sales and service and related back office operating expenses in the future as we fully retire the three legacy systems. By the end of 2013, we expect to have fully integrated this system across all lines of our P&C business, retired the three legacy systems and also to have significantly incorporated our RAD 5.0 underwriting pricing tool into this system. We are also in the process of developing a new policy administration system for our A&H business that will be integrated with our new policy administration system.

 

   

Growth Opportunities . We believe that many of our competitors are running multiple or outdated legacy systems, which can be costly to operate and difficult to replace or upgrade. We designed our new advanced policy administration system specifically for our lines of business. Our scalable technology should afford us the opportunity to acquire companies and books of business that we believe are soundly underwritten but have higher cost structures and to realize increased profits from the expected costs savings from transitioning the acquired business onto our lower cost system.

 

   

Extensive Agency Distribution Network . We are committed to the independent agent channel, which has proven to be a cost-effective distribution platform. We distribute our P&C insurance products through a network of over 19,000 independent agents and brokers, and unlike some of our competitors, we do not compete with our independent agents. We believe that our niche products, knowledgeable and responsive customer service staff, superior claims service, competitive commission structure and user-friendly technology platform have created a network of loyal, incentivized and productive agents. We believe that having our new A&H insurance products available to our existing agents will deepen the relationships with many of our existing P&C agents by providing complementary products and additional earning opportunities. We have also recently developed a captive agent program that will allow selected agents to become reinsurance partners with us on business they write, which we believe will increase loyalty and enhance our relationships with the agents who participate in the program. In addition, our close relationship with AmTrust Financial Services, Inc. (“AmTrust”) should allow us to develop joint marketing initiatives to distribute both our and AmTrust’s products across each other’s distribution channels.

 

83


Table of Contents
   

Long-Standing Affinity Partnerships . The affinity distribution channel of our P&C insurance business has been operating since 1953 and is a leader in affinity marketing, relying on best-in-class marketing strategies and analytics to maximize the value of our longstanding affinity relationships. Since acquiring our P&C insurance business in 2010, we have worked to strengthen our affinity relationships, and recently entered into a 20-year extension of our relationship with two of our largest affinity partners. We target affinity partners with strong brands, actively managed mailing lists, high traffic web-sites and an active membership base. New affinity relationships are developed through an in-house sales force as well as through brokers, and are generally long-term in nature. Our affinity channel utilizes a specialized team that continuously refines our analytical tools and predictive modeling capabilities, which helps to influence all aspects of profitability. Our A&H business complements our affinity channel business because we believe that many of the customers of our affinity partners are purchasers of supplemental health insurance products.

 

   

Proven Leadership and Experienced Management . We have a highly experienced and capable management team, led by Michael Karfunkel, our chairman and chief executive officer, who is responsible for setting and directing the overall strategy for our company. Mr. Karfunkel has over 40 years of experience in insurance, banking, and real estate, and has been instrumental in founding certain of our affiliated companies, including AmTrust and Maiden Holdings, Ltd. (“Maiden”). Mr. Karfunkel has a successful track record of acquiring businesses and developing high quality service and low cost expense structures. Mr. Karfunkel is a long-term investor in the companies that he has founded. Our management team is further supported by the leadership of our P&C president, Byron Storms, our chief financial officer, Michael Weiner, our executive vice president and chief marketing officer, Barry Karfunkel, our executive vice president – strategy and development, Robert Karfunkel, our chief product officer, Thomas Newgarden and our executive vice president – A&H, Michael Murphy.

Our Growth Strategies

We intend to continue our profitable growth by focusing on the following strategies:

 

   

Continue Growth Through Selective Acquisitions . Since forming the Company in 2009, we have completed 10 acquisitions and expanded into the A&H business. Our scalable technology should afford us the opportunity to acquire companies and books of business that we believe are soundly underwritten but have higher cost structures and to realize increased profits from the expected costs savings from transitioning the acquired business onto our lower cost system.

 

   

Increase Net Income by Reducing Our Reliance on Reinsurance. Using reinsurance, we have been able to generate a larger premium volume than otherwise would have been possible given the current level of our capital. Historically, we have ceded 50% of our P&C gross premium written and related losses (excluding premium ceded to state-run reinsurance facilities) to our quota share reinsurers. With the net proceeds from the private placement, we will retain more of our written business. Effective August 1, 2013, we terminated our cession of P&C premium to our quota share reinsurers and now retain 100% of such P&C gross premium written and related losses with respect to all new and renewal P&C policies bound after August 1, 2013. We will continue to cede 50% of P&C gross premium written and related losses with respect to policies in effect as of July 31, 2013 to the quota share reinsurers until the expiration of such policies. This retention of our P&C premium will provide us the opportunity to substantially increase our underwriting and investment income, while also increasing our exposure to losses.

 

   

Expand A&H Insurance Operations. Our A&H insurance products include products that are alternatives or supplemental to major medical coverage, and are either purchased by the customer directly or through groups and associations. We believe that these supplemental products generally produce attractive loss ratios. We plan to utilize our distribution platform and suite of products to achieve substantial growth in premium revenues. In addition, we believe that our new A&H insurance products will deepen our relationships with many of our existing agents by providing complementary products to our insureds and additional earning opportunities for our P&C agents. Once PPACA becomes fully implemented, we believe that the demand for these products will only increase. While PPACA will likely reduce the number of uninsured Americans, many individuals, smaller employers and families will remain exempt from

 

84


Table of Contents
 

PPACA’s individual and employer mandates under current regulations. In addition, we believe that, due to the high cost of providing health insurance to employees under the new regulations, it is possible that some employers will cease or reduce their health insurance offerings to their employees, which could increase the number of people who are employed yet uninsured or underinsured. We have designed cost-effective products for this population to help fill this gap. In addition, we expect an increase in the demand for self-insured stop loss policies, as self-insured plans covered by ERISA may be exempt from many of the mandates applicable to fully insured plans under PPACA.

 

   

Technology-Driven Product Offerings . We focus on profitable product opportunities that allow us to leverage our technology infrastructure. Consistent with this niche, technology-driven focus, we have recently entered into an arrangement with a managing general agency that has developed advanced vehicle telematics technology that monitors miles driven and other driver behavior, enabling us to offer lower cost, low mileage products with less exposure.

Our History

Michael Karfunkel, our chairman and chief executive officer, sponsored the formation of our company in 2009 (then known as American Capital Acquisition Corporation) for the purpose of acquiring the P&C insurance business from GMAC. The acquisition included ten insurance companies.

Michael Karfunkel is a successful businessman with over 40 years of experience and significant interests in the financial services industry, including insurance, banking and real estate. Together with his brother, George Karfunkel, he founded, built and managed American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, one of the largest independent stock transfer agents, which was founded in 1971 and sold in 2008. Mr. Karfunkel has been instrumental in founding certain of our affiliated companies, including AmTrust, where he serves as chairman of the board of directors, and Maiden, both of which are publicly traded companies. Mr. Karfunkel has a successful track record of acquiring and efficiently integrating businesses and developing low cost expense structures and is a long-term investor in the companies that he has founded.

At the time of our formation, AmTrust purchased 53,054 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock for approximately $53 million, which shares were converted into 12,295,430 shares of our common stock in connection with the completion of the private placement. Barry Zyskind, the president and chief executive officer of AmTrust is the son-in-law of Mr. Karfunkel. Mr. Karfunkel and Leah Karfunkel, as sole trustee of the Karfunkel Trust, beneficially own 23.9% of the outstanding common stock of AmTrust. The shares of common stock held by Mr. Karfunkel, Leah Karfunkel, as sole trustee of the Karfunkel Trust, and AmTrust currently represent approximately 15.8%, 41.4% and 15.4%, respectively, of our outstanding shares of common stock. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Since acquiring our P&C insurance business from GMAC, our principal accomplishments include:

 

   

developing and implementing an advanced policy administration system to replace three costly legacy systems;

 

   

developing our new RAD 5.0 underwriting pricing tool, which allows us to more accurately evaluate specific risk exposures in order to assist us in profitably underwriting our P&C products;

 

   

increasing gross premium written from $912 million for the 10 months ended December 31, 2010 to $1,352 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012;

 

   

renewing two of our largest affinity customer relationships for an additional 20 years;

 

   

transitioning a portion of our operations to our newly purchased regional operations center in Cleveland, Ohio, which we expect will result in additional operational efficiencies;

 

   

completing nine acquisitions and diversifying our insurance business by entering the A&H market to better serve our existing clients and enhance our relationships with our independent agents and affinity partners;

 

   

entering into an arrangement with a managing general agency that has developed vehicle telematics technology that monitors miles driven and other driver behavior, enabling us to offer lower cost, profitable low mileage products; and

 

   

successfully completing the private placement.

 

85


Table of Contents

P&C Segment

Distribution and Marketing

We operate our P&C segment through two primary distribution channels: (1) our agency channel through which we offer a variety of specialty P&C insurance products to individuals through independent agents and brokers, and (2) our affinity channel through which we partner with over a dozen affinity groups and membership organizations to deliver insurance products tailored to the needs of our affinity partners’ members or customers and sold under our affinity partners’ brand on a “white label” basis.

Agency Distribution Channel

Our agency channel focuses on writing standard and sub-standard automobile insurance, as well as preferred auto, motorcycle and commercial vehicle insurance, through independent insurance agents and brokers. We have established a broad geographic presence in the sub-standard auto insurance industry and have a significant market presence in our six core states of North Carolina, New York, California, Florida, Virginia and Michigan. By focusing on the sub-standard auto market, we believe our agency channel operates in an attractive niche of the larger auto insurance market.

Relationships with our Independent Agents. We have built a strong network of over 19,000 insurance agents and brokers, many of whom are loyal, highly motivated and productive agents, by providing competitive compensation, a user-friendly technology platform and superior service for our core markets. In order to provide quick and responsive service to our agents, we operate an agency customer service call center staffed by experienced and highly-trained employees. Before being employed in our agency customer service call center, our representatives must pass a rigorous selection and training program to ensure that they understand the independent agency and brokerage business and can provide outstanding service. We believe that the strong relationships we have developed with our agents and brokers over time is a testament to the value proposition we provide to our producers and policyholders. Our focus on building and maintaining a strong agency network has created an effective variable cost distribution platform and is central to the long-term success of our agency channel. We have also recently developed an innovative program for select agents, known as our agent captive program, which allows select agents to participate in the underwriting profits on business they produce. We believe this program encourages the participants to produce more profitable business and increases their loyalty to us.

Our North Carolina Business. We are the largest writer of sub-standard auto insurance sold through independent agents in North Carolina, with a 51.7% market share. For the year ended December 31, 2012, in North Carolina, we generated $272.2 million of gross premium written.

The North Carolina sub-standard auto insurance market is serviced by a small number of carriers with most liability insurance ceded to the state-controlled reinsurance facility, the NCRF. We are not subject to any underwriting risk on the NCRF business written because losses are incurred by the NCRF. As a servicing carrier to the state facility, we receive a ceding commission from the NCRF to help offset operating expenses for providing the coverage to North Carolina residents. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Reinsurance.”

Affinity Distribution Channel

The affinity distribution channel of our P&C insurance business is a leader in affinity marketing and has been in operation since 1953, relying on best-in-class marketing strategies and analytics to maximize the value of our longstanding relationships. Our affinity channel has a longstanding client base and benefits from strong product design and analytical capabilities. In general, an affinity partner relationship consists of a partnership between a sponsoring organization and an insurance company entered into to address the specific insurance needs of the sponsor organization’s members or customers. Through the affinity relationship, the insurance company receives an endorsement that positions it favorably among the sponsoring organizations’ members or customers. In exchange for the endorsement, the affinity customer receives access to a quality insurer, advantageous pricing and customized products.

 

86


Table of Contents

A primary focus of our affinity channel is providing RV coverage, of which we are one of the largest writers in the U.S. Pursuant to a marketing agreement with our affinity partner Good Sam Enterprises, LLC and its affiliates, we market white-labeled P&C insurance products under the Good Sam name to Good Sam Club members and Camping World customers on an exclusive basis, with a focus on RV insurance. In 2012, we had net premium written of $157.1 million under this agreement.

We maintain a diversified base of over a dozen affinity relationships with organizations. Our affinity relationships are generally long-term in nature. Our top ten affinity relationships based on net earned premium have been in place for over ten years and are characterized by a mutual desire to deliver a high quality insurance product to the buyer. For example, we recently extended two of our significant affinity partner relationships for an additional twenty-year period. Generally, termination of affinity partner relationships is infrequent because we generally own the renewal rights to the relationship business and a terminating affinity partner would lose its rights to promotion fees and commissions on the underlying policies following termination.

We generally target potential affinity partners with strong brands, actively managed mailing lists, high traffic websites and active membership bases. We develop new affinity relationships primarily through our employee sales force. We believe that employing a dedicated employee sales force results in higher quality affinity relationships with better profitability. In certain cases, we may also use unaffiliated brokers to develop affinity partner relationships.

Product overview

In our P&C segment, we operate in niche businesses and offer a broad range of products employing multiple channels of distribution. Through our agency channel, we primarily sell sub-standard automobile insurance through independent agents and brokers and also offer standard and preferred auto, motorcycle and commercial vehicle products. Through our affinity channel, we primarily underwrite and market standard and preferred auto and RV insurance.

 

   

Standard and preferred automobile insurance . These policies provide coverage designed for drivers with greater financial resources and a less risky driving and claims history and are renewed with greater frequency than sub-standard policies.

 

   

Sub-standard automobile insurance . These policies provide coverage for liability and physical damage and are designed for drivers who represent a higher-than-normal level of risk as a result of factors such as their driving record, limited driving experience and claims history. Because these individuals often have limited financial resources and a greater tendency to miss payments or to make late payments, their premiums are generally higher than those for drivers who qualify for standard or preferred coverage. A significant part of our profits from these policies results from fees paid by our customers, which include origination fees, installment fees relating to installment payment plans, late payment fees, policy cancellation fees and reinstatement fees. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we generated $74.0 million in revenue from policy service fees.

 

   

Recreational vehicle insurance . Unlike many of our competitors, our policies carry RV-specific endorsements tailored to these vehicles, including automatic personal effects coverage, optional replacement cost coverage, RV storage coverage and full-time liability coverage. We also bundle coverage for RVs and passenger cars in a single policy for which the customer is billed on a combined statement.

 

   

Commercial automobile insurance . These policies include coverage for liability and physical damage caused by light-to-medium duty commercial vehicles, focused on artisan vehicles, with an average of two vehicles per policy.

 

   

Motorcycle insurance . We provide coverage for most types of motorcycles, as well as golf carts and all-terrain vehicles. Our policy coverage offers flexibility to permit the customer to select the type (e.g., liability) and limit of insurance (e.g., $100,000/$250,000/$500,000), and to include other risks, such as add-on equipment and towing.

 

87


Table of Contents
   

Homeowners’ insurance . Comprehensive homeowners’ insurance plans which we sell on behalf of third-party carriers include coverage for medical payments, personal liability and temporary living assistance in the event the insured’s home is declared uninhabitable. We do not retain any underwriting risk on these policies but instead receive commission income from these third-party carriers. We offer these policies to generate fee income and to provide a service to our insureds.

Fee Income

In addition to traditional insurance premiums, we generate revenue by charging policy service fees to policyholders. These fees include service fees for installment or renewal policies and fees for non-sufficient funds, late payments, cancellations and various financial responsibility filing fees. The fee income we generate varies depending on the type of policy and state regulations.

Geographic Distribution

We are licensed to operate in 50 states and the District of Columbia. We believe that our geographic and product mix creates limited exposure to catastrophic events. For the year ended December 31, 2012 our top six states represented almost 75% of our gross premium written. The following table sets forth the distribution of our P&C gross premium written by state as a percent of total gross premium written for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the ten months ended December 31, 2010:

 

(amounts in thousands)    Year Ended December 31,     10-month period from
March 1, 2010
(inception) to

December 31,
 
     2012     2011     2010  

North Carolina

   $ 339,825.7         25.3   $ 314,434.6         26.7   $ 243,956.6         26.7

New York

     182,199.7         13.6     159,989.0         13.6     123,457.8         13.5

California

     177,513.2         13.2     115,523.2         9.8     95,948.0         10.5

Florida

     120,705.4         9.0     113,926.8         9.7     81,335.3         8.9

Virginia

     73,784.4         5.5     71,553.3         6.1     57,432.1         6.3

Michigan

     72,634.6         5.4     62,051.2         5.3     52,750.3         5.8

Other States

     376,995.0         28.0     341,412.8         28.8     257,110.9         28.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,343,658.0         100.0   $ 1,178,890.9         100.0   $ 911,991.0         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Underwriting and claims management philosophy

We believe that proactive and prompt claims management is essential to reducing losses and lowering LAE and enables us to more effectively and accurately measure reserves. To this end, we utilize our technology and extensive database of loss history in order to appropriately price and structure policies, maintain lower levels of loss, enhance our ability to accurately predict losses, and maintain lower claims costs. We believe a strong underwriting foundation is best accomplished through careful risk selection and continuous evaluation of underwriting guidelines relative to loss experience. We are committed to a consistent and thorough review of new underwriting opportunities and our portfolio and product mix as a whole.

 

88


Table of Contents

Underwriting, pricing and risk management, and actuarial capabilities

We establish premium rates for insurance products based upon an analysis of expected losses using historical experience and anticipated future trends. Our product team develops the product and manages our underwriting tolerances. Our actuarial team uses a detailed actuarial analysis to establish the necessary rate level for a given product and territory to achieve our targeted return. For risks which fall within our underwriting tolerances, we establish a price by matching rate to risk at a detailed level of segmentation. We determine the individual risk using predictive modeling developed by our analytics team with a level of precision that we believe is superior to the traditional loss cost pricing used by many of our competitors. We believe that effective collaboration among the product, analytics and actuarial teams enhances our ability to price risks appropriately and achieve our targeted rates of return.

To assist us in profitably underwriting our P&C products, our predictive analytics team has developed our RAD 5.0 underwriting pricing tool. The RAD 5.0 underwriting pricing tool offers significant advantages over our current pricing tools by employing numerous additional components and pricing strategies such as supplemental risk and improved credit modeling. The RAD 5.0 underwriting pricing tool facilitates better pricing over the lifetime of a policy by employing lifetime value modeling, elasticity modeling and optimized pricing. We believe that RAD 5.0 provides us a competitive advantage for pricing our products relative to other auto insurers of our size.

Our actuarial group is central to the pricing and risk management process. The group carries out a number of functions including developing, tracking, and reporting on accident year loss results, monitoring and addressing national, state and channel-specific profit trends and establishing actuarial rate level needs and indications. Our actuarial group also helps ensure the integrity of reported accident year results. We also engage an independent third-party actuary to perform an annual actuarial review.

Claims

Claims can be submitted by telephone, email or smartphone app by policyholders, producers or other parties directly to our claims department. Upon notification of a claim, our claims call center creates a loss notice based on policy information in our claims system, EPIC. The claim is then automatically assigned to a claim handler and to a field adjuster for a vehicle inspection, if necessary. An initial reserve is established based on the type and location of the exposure and data from actuarial tables. A notice to the adjuster is automatically generated immediately after a claim has been assigned. The claim handler’s manager receives a status assignment 24 hours later to ensure the claim is being investigated in a timely manner. The claim handler evaluates coverage and loss participants and investigates the loss. If the claim represents a loss exceeding $50,000, the claim handler will establish a case-specific reserve based on the potential exposure. Claims with potential losses exceeding $75,000 are referred to the large loss unit and handled by employees specially trained to handle these claims. Every claims employee is granted authority to reserve and pay up to a specified claim level. If the potential claim amount claim exceeds the employee’s authority level, the request is automatically forwarded through EPIC to the manager with the appropriate authority level. As part of the investigation, claim handlers contact the parties to the loss and complete their investigations. Claim handlers record all investigation activities in EPIC, which are reviewed periodically by the managers in the department to ensure proper claims handling. Once the claim investigation has been completed, the claim handler works to close the claim as soon as possible. As of December 31, 2012, our Claims department includes over 900 individuals.

Claims Performance Metrics

We carefully monitor our claim performance to ensure efficient handling. Management teams perform weekly reviews of open and aged claim reports. Through a combination of peer reviews, supervisor audits and monthly management information system reports, we have established several mechanisms designed to maintain and improve our level of claim handling performance.

Competition

The private passenger auto insurance market in the United State is highly competitive. Based upon data compiled from SNL Financial, the top ten insurance groups accounted for approximately 70% of the approximately $174.8 billion private passenger auto market segment in 2012. We believe that our primary competition comes not only from national companies or their subsidiaries, such as The Progressive Corporation, The Allstate Corporation, State Farm Mutual Automobile Insurance Company, GEICO and Farmers Insurance Group, but also from sub-standard insurers such as Mercury General Corporation, Infinity Property & Casualty Corporation and Direct

 

89


Table of Contents

General Corporation and independent agents that operate in a specific region or single state in which we operate. Based upon 2012 gross premium written, we are the 20th largest private passenger auto insurance carrier in the United States according to financial data compiled by SNL Financial.

We rely heavily on technology and extensive data gathering and analysis to segment markets and price accurately according to risk potential. We have remained competitive by refining our risk measurement and price segmentation skills, closely managing expenses, and achieving operating efficiencies. Superior customer service and fair and accurate claims adjusting are also important factors in our competitive strategy. With our new policy administration system and the implementation of our RAD 5.0 underwriting pricing tool, we believe we will continue to operate well in the competitive environment.

Recent P&C Acquisitions

Since we acquired our P&C insurance business in 2010, we have entered into a renewal rights transaction and acquired another insurance company and an insurance agency. These additional operations have increased our presence in our target markets and broadened our distribution capabilities.

 

   

In July 2011, we acquired the renewal rights to a book of RV and trailer business (the “RV Business”) from American Modern Home Insurance Company and its affiliates. We also assumed 100% of the in-force RV Business, net of external reinsurance starting January 1, 2012. The primary states for this RV business are California, New Jersey, Texas, Florida, New York and North Carolina.

 

   

In September 2011, we completed our acquisition of Agent Alliance Insurance Company (“AAIC”), an Alabama-domiciled insurer focused on private passenger auto business in North Carolina. Following a 2012 sale of AAIC to ACP Re, we continue to reinsure 100% of all existing and renewal private passenger auto insurance business of AAIC. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Integon National Reinsurance Agreements.”

 

   

In November 2011, we acquired 70% of the equity interests of ClearSide General Insurance Services, LLC, a California-based general agency that specializes in personal and commercial property and casualty lines insurance products. In June 2012, we completed our acquisition of the remaining 30% of the equity interests of Clearside General Insurance Services, LLC.

A&H Segment

Overview

Established in 2012, our A&H segment provides accident and health insurance. We market our and other carriers’ A&H insurance products to our target customers through our association relationships and through traditional managing general underwriters selling primarily stop loss products for smaller employers. Our A&H business has been developed during 2012 through six acquisitions, which due to startup costs have had a negative impact on our overall results for 2012.

We believe that the A&H segment provides us an opportunity to deepen our relationships with our existing agents and affinity partners by providing complementary products to many of our more than one million insureds and additional earning opportunities to our P&C agents. Our A&H business complements our affinity channel business because we believe that many of the customers of our affinity partners are purchasers of supplemental health insurance products. We also believe there is a substantial existing and emerging market in the United States for supplemental healthcare products. Industry data have shown that there are approximately 50 million people who are not offered insurance through their employer, of which approximately 17 million have purchased some sort of individual health care coverage, leaving approximately 33 million people without health insurance. We intend to utilize our specialty P&C products and distribution channels to increase sales of our health products to this anticipated target market.

 

90


Table of Contents

Our focus in our A&H segment is offering products not covered by PPACA, and targeting our existing insureds and the anticipated emerging market of employed persons who are uninsured or underinsured. PPACA was enacted in 2010 with the goal of increasing the rate of health insurance coverage and reducing the overall costs of health care. PPACA seeks to increase the health insurance coverage rate through a number of mechanisms, including expanded access to Medicaid through subsidies, an employer mandate that requires employers with more than fifty full-time employees to offer health insurance, an individual mandate that requires the purchase of essential coverage, and the creation of individual and small group exchanges to facilitate the purchase of health insurance. Notwithstanding the passage of PPACA, the full implementation of which has yet to occur, we believe there will continue to be a significant number of employed persons and their families who do not receive health insurance through their employer. The full implementation of PPACA may exacerbate this situation for certain demographics if the cost of private health care insurance increases. For example, if the cost of private health care insurance increases, a person whose income is more than 400% of the federal poverty line will not qualify for government subsidies to purchase insurance, but may not be able to afford the cost of a major medical policy. Because the penalty for failing to purchase insurance does not apply if the cost of coverage is more than 8.0% of annual household income, which may be the case for a person at this income level, persons who fall in this demographic may have few options for health insurance. We believe we have the opportunity to sell our products to people in this demographic, as well as part-time employees and employees who work for employers with less than 50 employees.

Other target markets for our products include people who have purchased high deductible policies with high maximum out-of-pocket limits. Our supplemental healthcare policies can mitigate exposure to these deductibles and limits by providing affordable coverage for healthcare costs that fall within deductibles and limits. In addition, certain of PPACA mandates do not apply to self-insured plans that are subject to federal regulation under ERISA. If private health insurance costs increase, more companies, particularly smaller companies, may seek to save costs by self-insuring. We expect this to be a growing market, and are prepared to meet the expected demand for this product by administering specialty self-insurance arrangements through our stop-loss insurance arrangements offering ERISA qualified major medical plans to employers in affinity associations or trade groups.

Principally through acquisitions, we have built a platform to market our and other carriers’ A&H products. This platform consists of the following operations.

 

   

In November 2012, we acquired National Health Insurance Company (“NHIC”), a Texas-domiciled life and health insurer currently licensed in 48 states and the District of Columbia to write our A&H risks. NHIC was established as a life and health insurer in 1979. We have filed and are in the process of receiving approvals for a significant number of our target A&H insurance products for individuals and groups, which include accident, limited medical/hospital indemnity, short-term medical, cancer/critical illness, stop loss, travel accident/trip cancellation and dental/vision coverages.

 

   

In February 2012, we acquired VelaPoint, LLC, a general agency that operates a call center with approximately 50 licensed agents selling a full range of supplemental medical insurance products, as well as individual major medical policies underwritten through a wide range of third-party insurance companies. For the year ended December 31, 2012, VelaPoint produced approximately $41 million in premium on behalf of third parties. Once the requisite approvals are received, we expect a significant percentage of VelaPoint’s sales of supplemental health products to be written by NHIC.

 

   

In February 2012, we acquired America’s HealthCare Plan (“AHCP”), a managing general agent/program manager. AHCP works with over 8,000 independent agents and general agents across the country to provide an array of insurance products, including those offered by third-party insurers, and will serve as a significant method of distribution for NHIC’s products.

 

   

In September 2012, we acquired from the Coca-Cola Bottlers’ Association a health insurance administration company that administers specialty self-insurance arrangements, offering ERISA qualified self-insured plans to employers in affinity associations or trade groups and selling medical stop loss coverage to employers through captive insurers (collectively, the “TABS” companies). We believe the TABS companies, which wrote approximately $23 million in stop loss premium in 2012, have significant growth potential.

 

91


Table of Contents
   

In January 2013, we assumed 100% of an in-force book of A&H business from an affiliate of AmTrust. In connection therewith, we acquired certain operating assets and hired the related program development personnel who work with outside insurers and wholesalers/program managers to create programs for specialty A&H products like travel, student and international business.

 

   

In April 2013, we acquired Euro Accident Health & Care Insurance Aktiebolag (“EuroAccident”), a European group life and health insurance managing general agent. The agency distributes life and health insurance to groups as well as individuals. Distribution predominantly takes place through broker channels and affinity partners. For the year ended December 31, 2012, EuroAccident produced approximately $62 million in premium on behalf of third parties. We are in the process of obtaining the necessary licenses and approvals to enable us to write these products on our own behalf.

Product Overview

We focus on products that will be sold outside of the PPACA framework to our existing insureds and the expected emerging uninsured or underinsured individual and group worksite markets, who we expect will consist largely of people with incomes above the level that qualify for government subsidies. This anticipated emerging market includes groups and individuals who may see their out-of-pocket health insurance costs rise under PPACA, part-time employees and full-time employees who work for employers with fewer than 50 employees. Our products include products packaged with other coverages or services to enhance the overall value proposition to the consumer, as well as standalone products either purchased alone or as a supplement to major medical coverage. Target products for groups (through employers) and individuals include:

 

   

Accident/AD&D . This coverage pays a stated benefit to the insured or his/her beneficiary in the event of bodily injury or death due to accidental means (other than natural causes). For our targeted young and uninsured population, accident policies can provide basic insurance protection for those without coverage. These policies can also serve as supplemental policies underneath high deductible major medical plans.

 

   

Group Limited Medical/Hospital Indemnity . These plans serve as supplements to high deductible plans, helping mitigate high catastrophic individual out of pocket expenses. They can also be sold as standalone programs, offering basic insurance for those that cannot afford or do not wish to pay for more expensive major medical coverage.

 

   

Short-Term Medical . These plans offer comprehensive coverage to individuals for a prescribed short duration, generally six months, but can be up to a year.

 

   

Cancer/Critical Illness . Critical illness policies can provide coverage for many costs that are not covered by traditional health insurance. This coverage can be sold on a guarantee and simplified issue (health questionnaire) basis either as a standalone product or packaged with other products.

 

   

Stop Loss . We expect that increases in health insurance costs will cause an increase in the number of employers offering self-insured plans. We expect that NHIC will offer a wide array of stop loss programs for small and large employers, as may be permitted by state law. We also seek to package our non-major medical coverages with stop loss programs.

 

   

Travel Accident/Trip Cancellation . These policies are sold as a standalone product or as an add-on to accident and health coverage. The products are marketed through our specialty managing general underwriters.

 

   

Dental/Vision . These policies provide basic dental or vision coverage and can be sold on a stand-alone basis or packaged with other products. They are frequently matched with discount plans under which the products can be offered on a cost effective basis.

We believe that the combination of the growing market, the platform of products and distribution that we have assembled, and the experienced management team we have leading this initiative, positions us to achieve substantial growth in premium revenues in this segment.

 

92


Table of Contents

Distribution

We currently have over one million P&C policyholders. We believe that the products offered by our A&H segment will be complementary products desirable to many of our P&C policyholders and will deepen our relationship with our existing agents and affinity partners for our P&C business. In addition, we plan to capitalize on the anticipated emerging market for supplemental health insurance products by offering our wide range of flexible, ancillary A&H insurance policies through a multi-pronged distribution approach consisting of:

 

   

approximately 50 licensed agents in our call center;

 

   

over 8,000 independent agents through our managing general agency;

 

   

our existing P&C independent agents who are also licensed to sell A&H products;

 

   

large insurance wholesalers/managing general agents acting through select partner distributor outlets; and

 

   

worksite marketing through employers with our affinity partnership organization.

Ratings

Financial strength ratings are an important factor in establishing the competitive position of insurance companies and are important to our ability to market and sell our products. Rating organizations continually review the financial positions of insurers, including us. A.M. Best has currently assigned our P&C insurance subsidiaries a group rating of “A-” (Excellent). According to A.M. Best, “A-” ratings are assigned to insurers that have an excellent ability to meet their ongoing financial obligations to policyholders. This rating reflects A.M. Best’s opinion of our ability to pay claims and is not an evaluation directed to investors regarding an investment in our common stock. This rating is subject to periodic review by, and may be revised downward or revoked at the sole discretion of, A.M. Best. There can be no assurance that we will maintain our current ratings. Future changes to our rating may adversely affect our competitive position. Our A&H insurance subsidiary, NHIC, has not yet been rated by A.M. Best or any other rating agency.

Loss Reserves

We record reserves for estimated losses under the insurance policies that we write and for loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”) related to the investigation and settlement of policy claims. Our reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses represent the estimated cost of all reported and unreported loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred and unpaid at any given point in time based on known facts and circumstances. In establishing our reserves, we do not use loss discounting, which would involve recognizing the time value of money and offsetting estimates of future payments by future expected investment income. Our reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses are estimated using case-by-case valuations and statistical analyses. At December 31, 2012, our ultimate liability for loss and LAE reserves, net of reinsurance recoverables, was $294.7 million. For future periods, we establish what we view as a reasonable range of reserves by considering the various indications derived from standard actuarial techniques and other appropriate reserve considerations.

We utilize a combination of our incurred loss development factors and industry-wide incurred loss development factors. The ranges are established primarily by considering the various indications derived from standard actuarial techniques and other appropriate reserve considerations. Reserves are reviewed and established by internal actuaries for adequacy and are also reviewed annually by external actuaries. When reviewing reserves, we analyze historical data and estimate the impact of numerous factors such as (1) individual claim information; (2) industry and the historical loss experience; (3) legislative enactments, judicial decisions, legal developments in the imposition of damages, and changes in political attitudes; and (4) trends in general economic conditions, including the effects of inflation. This process assumes that past experience, adjusted for the effects of current developments and anticipated trends is an appropriate basis for predicting future events. There is no precise method for subsequently evaluating the impact of any specific factor on the adequacy of reserves, because the eventual deficiency or redundancy is affected by multiple factors. The key assumptions used in the determination of appropriate reserve levels include the underlying actuarial methodologies, consideration of pricing and underwriting initiatives, an evaluation of

 

93


Table of Contents

reinsurance costs and retention levels, and consideration of any claims handling impact on paid and incurred loss data trends embedded in the traditional actuarial methods. We believe this method, by which we track the development of claims incurred in a particular time period, is the best method for projecting our ultimate liability. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Critical Accounting Policies—Reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses” for more information about our loss reserves.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, we reported a decrease in net ultimate loss estimates for accident years 2011 and prior of $3.0 million, or 1.0% of $297.7 million of beginning net loss and LAE reserves at December 31, 2011. The change in net ultimate loss estimates reflected revisions in the estimated reserves considering the actual claims activity experienced in 2012. There were no anticipated significant changes in the key assumptions utilized in the analysis and calculations of reserves during 2011 and 2012.

Reconciliation of Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses

The table below shows the reconciliation of loss reserves on a gross and net basis for the years ended December 31, 2012, December 31, 2011 and the ten months ended December 31, 2010, reflecting changes in losses incurred and paid losses:

 

(amounts in thousands)    Year Ended December 31,     Period from
March 1,  2010
(Inception) to
December 31,
 
     2012     2011     2010  

Unpaid losses and LAE, gross of related reinsurance recoverables at beginning of year

   $ 1,218,412      $ 1,081,630      $ 1,064,602   

Less: Reinsurance recoverables at beginning of year

     (920,719     (695,023     (618,883

Net balance, beginning of year

     297,693        386,607        445,719   

Incurred related to:

      

Current year

     393,368        355,776        381,015   

Prior year

     1,298        (21,929     10,618   

Total incurred losses during the year

     394,666        333,847        391,633   

Paid losses and LAE related to:

      

Current year

     (271,158     (226,295     (438,529

Prior year

     (136,426     (198,970     (12,216

Total payments for losses and LAE

     (407,584     (425,265     (450,745

Net balance

     284,775        295,189        386,607   

Acquired outstanding loss and loss adjustment reserve

     9,921        2,504        —     

Plus reinsurance recoverables at end of year

     991,837        920,719        695,023   

Unpaid losses and LAE, gross of related reinsurance recoverables at end of year

   $ 1,286,533      $ 1,218,412      $ 1,081,630   

For the years ended December 31, 2012, December 31, 2011 and the ten months ended December 31, 2010, our gross reserves for loss and LAE were $1,287 million, $1,218 million, and $1,082 million, of which our reserves for estimated losses that have been incurred but not reported (IBNR) constituted 73%, 76% and 69%, respectively.

 

94


Table of Contents

Loss Development

The table below shows the net loss development for business written for each period presented. The table reflects the changes in our loss and LAE reserves in subsequent years from the prior loss estimates based on experience as of the end of each succeeding year on a general accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) basis.

The next section of the table sets forth the re-estimates in later years of incurred losses, including payments, for the years indicated. The next section of the table shows, by year, the cumulative amounts of loss and LAE payments, net of amounts recoverable from reinsurers, as of the end of each succeeding year.

The “cumulative redundancy (deficiency)” represents, as of December 31, 2012, the difference between the latest re-estimated liability and the amounts as originally estimated. A redundancy means that the original estimate was higher than the current estimate. A deficiency means that the current estimate is higher than the original estimate.

Analysis of Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserve Development

 

(amounts in thousands)    Period
from
March  1,
2010
(Inception)

to
December 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
Gross Basis    2010     2011     2012  

Gross of Reinsurance Loss and LAE Reserve

      

As Originally Estimated

   $ 1,081,630      $ 1,218,412      $ 1,286,533   

Liability re-estimated as of:

      

One year later

   $ 1,190,512      $ 1,236,164     

Two years later

   $ 1,272,311       

Three years later

      

Cumulative deficiency (redundancy)

   $ 190,681      $ 17,752     

Cumulative amount paid as of:

      

One year later

   $ 324,931      $ 298,463     

Two years later

   $ 463,252       

Three years later

      

Re-estimated Liability as % of Original as of:

      

One year later

     110.1     101.5  

Two years later

     117.6    

Three years later

      

Cumulative deficiency (redundancy) on gross reserve

     17.6     1.5  

Loss and LAE cumulative paid as a percentage of Originally Estimated Liability

      

One year later

     30.0     24.5  

Two years later

     42.8    

Three years later

      

 

95


Table of Contents
(amounts in thousands)    Period
from
March  1,
2010
(Inception)

to
December 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
Net Basis    2010     2011     2012  

Net of Reinsurance Loss and LAE Reserve

      

As Originally Estimated

   $ 386,607      $ 297,693      $ 294,696   

Net Liability re-estimated as of:

      

One year later

   $ 364,678      $ 298,991     

Two years later

   $ 396,514       

Three years later

      

Cumulative deficiency (redundancy)

   $ 9,907      $ 1,298     

Cumulative amount paid as of:

      

One year later

   $ 198,970      $ 136,447     

Two years later

   $ 277,463       

Three years later

      

Re-estimated Liability as % of Original as of:

      

One year later

     94.3     100.4  

Two years later

     102.6    

Three years later

      

Cumulative deficiency (redundancy) on net reserve

     2.6     0.4  

Net Loss and LAE cumulative paid as a percentage of Originally Estimated Liability

      

One year later

     51.5     45.8  

Two years later

     71.8    

Three years later

      

In 2012 and 2011, our liabilities for net unpaid loss and LAE attributable to prior years increased by $1.3 million and increased by $9.9 million, respectively, as a result of re-estimation of unpaid loss and LAE principally on personal automobile lines of insurance. These revised reserve estimates are generally the result of ongoing analysis of recent loss development trends. Original estimates are increased or decreased as additional information becomes known regarding individual claims.

Technology

We rely heavily on technology and extensive data gathering and analysis to evaluate and price our products accurately according to risk exposure. In order to provide our policyholders and producers with superior service and realize profitable growth, we have substantially upgraded our information technology capabilities in recent years. We have recently launched our new policy administration system for our P&C insurance business to replace our three legacy policy administration systems. Since inception, we have reduced our information technology operating expenses significantly and we expect that we will continue to substantially reduce our information technology, policy sales and service and related back office operating expenses in the future as we fully retire the three legacy systems. By the end of 2013, we expect to have fully integrated our new policy administration system across all lines of our P&C business, retired the three legacy systems and also to have significantly incorporated our RAD 5.0 underwriting pricing tool into this system. Our goal is to continue to make strategic investments in technology in order to develop sophisticated tools that enhance our customer service, product management and data analysis capabilities.

RAD 5.0 is an underwriting pricing tool that more accurately prices specific risk exposures to assist us in profitably underwriting our P&C products. Our RAD 5.0 technology offers significant advantages over our current underwriting pricing system by employing numerous additional components and pricing strategies such as supplemental risk and improved credit modeling. The RAD 5.0 underwriting pricing tool facilitates better pricing over the lifetime of a policy by employing lifetime value modeling, elasticity modeling and optimized pricing. See “—P&C Segment—Underwriting, pricing and risk management, and actuarial capabilities.”

Consistent with our niche, technology-driven focus, we have recently entered into an arrangement with a managing general agency that has developed advanced vehicle telematics technology that monitors miles driven and other driver behavior, enabling us to leverage this technology to offer lower cost, low mileage products with less exposure.

 

96


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

We are routinely involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business, in particular in connection with claims adjudication with respect to our policies. We believe we have recorded adequate reserves for these liabilities and that there is no individual case pending that is likely to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Properties

We lease an aggregate of approximately 622,000 square feet of office space in 14 locations. We have an ownership interest in the entities that own the buildings in which we lease space at two of these locations, which represent an aggregate of approximately 155,000 square feet. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Employees

As of March 31, 2013, we employed approximately 1,860 persons, including part-time employees, none of whom are covered by collective bargaining arrangements.

 

97


Table of Contents

REGULATION

General

We are subject to extensive regulation in the United States and to a lesser extent in Bermuda, Luxembourg and Sweden. We have 11 operating insurance subsidiaries domiciled in the United States: Integon Casualty Insurance Company, Integon General Insurance Company, Integon Indemnity Corporation, Integon National Insurance Company, Integon Preferred Insurance Company, New South Insurance Company, MIC General Insurance Corporation, National General Insurance Company, National General Assurance Company, National General Insurance Online, Inc. and National Health Insurance Company.

State Insurance Regulation

Insurance companies are subject to regulation and supervision by the department of insurance in the jurisdiction in which they are domiciled and, to a lesser extent, other jurisdictions in which they are authorized to conduct business. The primary purpose of such regulatory powers is to protect individual policyholders. State insurance authorities have broad regulatory, supervisory and administrative powers, including, among other things, the power to (a) grant and revoke licenses to transact business, including individual lines of authority, (b) set the standards of solvency to be met and maintained, (c) determine the nature of, and limitations on, investments and dividends, (d) approve policy rules, rates and forms prior to issuance, (e) regulate and conduct specific examinations regarding marketing, unfair trade, claims and fraud prevention and investigation practices, and (f) conduct periodic comprehensive examinations of the financial condition of insurance companies domiciled in their state. In particular, commercial policy rates and forms are closely regulated in all states.

Financial Oversight

Reporting Requirements

Our insurance subsidiaries are required to file detailed financial statements prepared in accordance with statutory accounting principles and other reports with the departments of insurance in all states in which they are licensed to transact business. These reports include details concerning claims reserves held by the insurer, specific investments held by the insurer, and numerous other disclosures about the insurer’s financial condition and operations. These financial statements are subject to periodic examination by the department of insurance in each state in which they are filed.

Investments

State insurance laws and insurance departments also regulate investments that insurers are permitted to make. Limitations are placed on the amounts an insurer may invest in a particular issuer, as well as the aggregate amount an insurer may invest in certain types of investments. Certain investments are prohibited.

State Insurance Department Examinations

As part of their regulatory oversight process, state insurance departments conduct periodic detailed financial examinations of insurance companies domiciled in their states, generally once every three to five years. Examinations are generally carried out in cooperation with the insurance departments of other states under guidelines promulgated by the NAIC.

A second type of regulatory oversight examination of insurance companies involves a review by an insurance department of an authorized company’s market conduct, which entails a review and examination of a company’s compliance with laws governing marketing, underwriting, rating, policy-issuance, claims-handling and other aspects of its insurance business during a specified period of time.

The results of these examinations can give rise to regulatory orders requiring remedial, injunctive or other corrective action on the part of the company that is the subject of the examination or assessing fines or other penalties against that company.

 

98


Table of Contents

Risk-Based Capital Regulations

Our insurance subsidiaries are required to report their risk-based capital based on a formula developed and adopted by the NAIC that attempts to measure statutory capital and surplus needs based on the risks in the insurer’s mix of products and investment portfolio. The formula is designed to allow insurance regulators to identify weakly-capitalized companies. Under the formula, a company determines its “risk-based capital” by taking into account certain risks related to the insurer’s assets (including risks related to its investment portfolio and ceded reinsurance) and the insurer’s liabilities (including underwriting risks related to the nature and experience of its insurance business). At December 31, 2012, our insurance subsidiaries’ risk-based capital levels exceeded the minimum level that would trigger regulatory attention.

Insurance Regulatory Information System Ratios

The Insurance Regulatory Information System, or IRIS, was developed by the NAIC and is intended primarily to assist U.S. based state insurance departments in executing their statutory mandates to oversee the financial condition of insurance companies operating in their respective states. IRIS identifies thirteen industry ratios and specifies “usual values” for each ratio. Departure from the usual values on four or more of the ratios can lead to inquiries from individual state insurance commissioners as to certain aspects of an insurer’s business.

Statutory Accounting Principles

Statutory accounting principles, or SAP, are a basis of accounting developed to assist insurance regulators in monitoring and regulating the solvency of insurance companies. SAP is primarily concerned with measuring an insurer’s solvency. Statutory accounting focuses on valuing assets and liabilities of insurers at financial reporting dates in accordance with appropriate insurance law and regulatory provisions applicable in each insurer’s domiciliary state.

GAAP is concerned with a company’s solvency, but is also concerned with other financial measurements, principally income and cash flows. Accordingly, GAAP gives more consideration to appropriately matching revenue and expenses and accounting for management’s stewardship of assets than does SAP. As a direct result, different assets and liabilities and different amounts of assets and liabilities will be reflected in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP as compared to SAP.

Credit for Reinsurance

State insurance laws permit U.S. insurance companies, as ceding insurers, to take financial statement credit for reinsurance that is ceded, so long as the assuming reinsurer satisfies the state’s credit for reinsurance laws. The Nonadmitted and Reinsurance Reform Act (“NRRA”) contained in the Dodd-Frank Act provides that if the state of domicile of a ceding insurer is an NAIC accredited state, or has financial solvency requirements substantially similar to the requirements necessary for NAIC accreditation, and recognizes credit for reinsurance for the insurer’s ceded risk, then no other state may deny such credit for reinsurance. Because all states are currently accredited by the NAIC, the Dodd-Frank Act prohibits a state in which a U.S. ceding insurer is licensed but not domiciled from denying credit for reinsurance for the insurer’s ceded risk if the cedant’s domestic state regulator recognizes credit for reinsurance. The ceding company in this instance is permitted to reflect in its statutory financial statements a credit in an aggregate amount equal to the ceding company’s liability for unearned premium (which are that portion of premiums written which applies to the unexpired portion of the policy period), loss reserves and loss expense reserves to the extent ceded to the reinsurer.

Holding Company Regulation

We qualify as a holding company system under state-enacted legislation that regulates insurance holding company systems. Each insurance company in a holding company system is required to register with the insurance regulatory agency of its state of domicile and periodically furnish information concerning its operations and transactions, particularly with other companies within the holding company system that may materially affect its operations, management or financial condition.

 

99


Table of Contents

Transactions with Affiliates

The insurance laws in most of those states provide that all transactions among members of an insurance holding company system must be fair and reasonable. These laws require disclosure of material transactions within the holding company system and, in some cases, prior notice of or approval for certain transactions, including, among other things, (a) the payment of certain dividends, (b) cost sharing agreements, (c) intercompany agency, service or management agreements, (d) acquisition or divestment of control of or merger with domestic insurers, (e) sales, purchases, exchanges, loans or extensions of credit, guarantees or investments if such transactions are equal to or exceed certain thresholds, and (f) reinsurance agreements. All transactions within a holding company system affecting an insurer must have fair and reasonable terms and are subject to other standards and requirements established by law and regulation.

Dividends

Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to statutory requirements as to maintenance of policyholders’ surplus and payment of dividends. In general, the maximum amount of dividends that the insurance subsidiaries may pay in any 12-month period without regulatory approval is the greater of adjusted statutory net income or 10% of statutory policyholders’ surplus as of the preceding calendar year end. Adjusted statutory net income is generally defined for this purpose to be statutory net income, net of realized capital gains, for the calendar year preceding the date of the dividend. Also, most states restrict an insurance company’s ability to pay dividends in excess of its statutory unassigned surplus or earned surplus. In addition, state insurance regulators may limit or restrict an insurance company’s ability to pay stockholder dividends or as a condition to issuance of a certificate of authority, as a condition to a change of control approval or for other regulatory reasons.

Enterprise Risk and Other New Developments

In December 2010, the NAIC adopted amendments to the Model Insurance Holding Company System Regulation Act and Regulation (the “Amended Model Act and Regulation”) to introduce the concept of “enterprise risk” within an insurance company holding system. “Enterprise risk” is defined as any activity, circumstance, event or series of events involving one or more affiliates of an insurer that, if not remedied promptly, is likely to have a material adverse effect upon the financial condition or the liquidity of the insurer or its insurance holding company system as a whole. The Amended Model Act and Regulation imposes more extensive informational requirements on an insurance holding company system in order to protect the licensed insurance companies from enterprise risk, including requiring it to prepare an annual enterprise risk report that identifies the material risks within the insurance company holding system that could pose enterprise risk to the licensed insurer. In addition, the Amended Model Act and Regulation requires any controlling person of a domestic insurer seeking to divest its controlling interest in the domestic insurer to file a notice of its proposed divestiture, which may be subject to approval by the insurance commissioner. To date, 14 states have adopted some or all of the changes in the Amended Model Act and Regulation, including California and Texas, where some of our insurance companies are domiciled or commercially domiciled. The NAIC has made certain sections of the amendments part of its accreditation standards for state solvency regulation, which may motivate more states to adopt the amendments promptly.

Change of Control

State insurance holding company laws require prior approval by the respective state insurance departments of any change of control of an insurer. “Control” is generally defined as the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the company, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Control is generally presumed to exist through the direct or indirect ownership of 10% or more of the voting securities of a domestic insurance company or any entity that controls a domestic insurance company. In addition, two of our insurance subsidiaries are currently deemed to be commercially domiciled in Florida and, as such, are subject to regulation by the Florida Office of Insurance Regulation (“OIR”). Florida insurance law prohibits any person from acquiring 5% or more of our outstanding voting securities or those of any of our insurance subsidiaries without the prior approval of the Florida OIR. However, a party may acquire less than 10% of our voting securities without prior approval if the party files a disclaimer of affiliation and control. Any person wishing to acquire control of us or of any substantial portion of our outstanding shares would first be required to obtain the approval of the domestic regulators (including those asserting “commercial domicile”) of our insurance subsidiaries or file appropriate disclaimers.

 

100


Table of Contents

Any future transactions that would constitute a change of control, including a change of control of us and/or any of our domestic insurance subsidiaries, would generally require the party acquiring or divesting control to obtain the prior approval of the department of insurance in the state in which the insurance company being acquired is domiciled (and in any other state in which the company may be deemed to be commercially domiciled by reason of concentration of its insurance business within such state) and may also require pre-notification in certain other states. Obtaining these approvals may result in the material delay of, or deter, any such transaction.

In addition, insurance laws in many states contain provisions that require pre- and post-notification to the insurance departments of a change of control of certain non-domestic insurance companies licensed in those states, as well as post-notification of a change of control of certain agencies and third-party administrators.

These laws may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control of us, including through transactions, and in particular unsolicited transactions, that some or all of our stockholders might consider to be desirable.

Market Conduct

Regulation of Insurance Rates and Approval of Policy Forms

The insurance laws of most states in which we conduct business require insurance companies to file insurance rate schedules and insurance policy forms for review and approval. If, as permitted in some states, we begin using new rates before they are approved, we may be required to issue refunds or credits to the policyholders if the new rates are ultimately deemed excessive or unfair and disapproved by the applicable state regulator. In other states, prior approval of rate changes is required and there may be long delays in the approval process or the rates may not be approved. Accordingly, our ability to respond to market developments or increased costs in that state can be adversely affected.

Underwriting

The use of credit in underwriting and rating is the subject of significant regulatory and legislative activity. Regulators and legislators have expressed a number of concerns related to the use of credit, including: questions regarding the accuracy of credit reports, perceptions that credit may have a disparate effect on the poor and certain minority groups, the perceived lack of a demonstrated causal relationship between credit and insurance risk, the treatment of persons with limited or no credit, the impact on credit of extraordinary life events (e.g., catastrophic injury or death of a spouse), and the credit attributes applied in the credit scoring models used by insurers. A number of state insurance departments have issued bulletins, directives, or regulations that regulate or prohibit the use of credit by insurers. In addition, a number of states are considering or have passed legislation to regulate insurers’ use of credit information. The use of credit information continues to be a regulatory and legislative issue, and it is possible that the U.S. Congress or one or more states may enact further legislation affecting its use in underwriting and rating limitations on the ability to charge policy fees.

Unfair Claims Practices

Generally, insurance companies, adjusting companies and individual claims adjusters are prohibited by state statutes from engaging in unfair claims practices on a flagrant basis or with such frequency to indicate a general business practice. Unfair claims practices include:

 

   

misrepresenting pertinent facts or insurance policy provisions relating to coverages at issue;

 

   

failing to acknowledge and act reasonably promptly upon communications with respect to claims arising under insurance policies;

 

   

failing to adopt and implement reasonable standards for the prompt investigation and settlement of claims arising under its policies;

 

101


Table of Contents
   

failing to affirm or deny coverage of claims within a reasonable time after proof of loss statements have been completed;

 

   

attempting to settle a claim for less than the amount to which a reasonable person would have believed such person was entitled;

 

   

attempting to settle claims on the basis of an application that was altered without notice to or knowledge or consent of the insured;

 

   

compelling insureds to institute suits to recover amounts due under policies by offering substantially less than the amounts ultimately recovered in suits brought by them;

 

   

refusing to pay claims without conducting a reasonable investigation;

 

   

making claim payments to an insured without indicating the coverage under which each payment is being made;

 

   

delaying the investigation or payment of claims by requiring an insured, claimant or the physician of either to submit a preliminary claim report and then requiring the subsequent submission of formal proof of loss forms, both of which submissions contains substantially the same information;

 

   

failing, in the case of claim denials or offers of compromise or settlement, to promptly provide a reasonable and accurate explanation of the basis for such actions; and

 

   

not attempting in good faith to effectuate prompt, fair and equitable settlements of claims in which liability has become reasonably clear.

Guaranty Fund Assessments

Most, if not all, of the states where we are licensed to transact business require that property and casualty insurers doing business within the state participate in a guaranty association, which is organized to pay contractual benefits owed pursuant to insurance policies issued by impaired, insolvent or failed insurers. These associations levy assessments, up to prescribed limits, on all member insurers in a particular state on the basis of the proportionate share of the premiums written by the member insurers in the lines of business in which the impaired, insolvent or failed insurer is engaged. Some states permit member insurers to recover assessments paid through full or partial premium tax offsets.

Property and casualty insurance company insolvencies or failures may result in additional guaranty association assessments to our insurance subsidiaries at some future date. At this time, we are unable to determine the impact, if any, such assessments may have on their financial positions or results of their operations. As of December 31, 2012, each of our insurance subsidiaries has established accruals for guaranty fund assessments with respect to insurers that are currently subject to insolvency proceedings.

Assigned Risks

Automobile liability insurers in California are required to sell BI liability, property damage liability, medical expense, and uninsured motorist coverage to a proportionate number (based on the insurer’s share of the California automobile casualty insurance market) of those drivers applying for placement as “assigned risks.” Drivers seek placement as assigned risks because their driving records or other relevant characteristics make them difficult to insure in the voluntary market. Many of the other states in which we conduct business offer programs similar to that of California.

 

102


Table of Contents

Restrictions on Withdrawal, Cancellation, and Nonrenewal

In addition, many states have laws and regulations that limit an insurer’s ability to withdraw from a particular market. For example, states may limit an insurer’s ability to cancel or not renew policies. Furthermore, certain states prohibit an insurer from withdrawing from one or more lines of business written in the state, except pursuant to a plan that is approved by the state insurance department. The state insurance department may disapprove any proposed plan that may lead to market disruption. Laws and regulations that limit cancellation and non-renewal and that subject program withdrawals to prior approval requirements may restrict the ability of our insurance subsidiaries to exit unprofitable markets.

Required Licensing

Our insurance subsidiaries operate under licenses issued by the department of insurance in the states in which they sell insurance. If a regulatory authority denies or delays granting a new license, our ability to offer new insurance products in that market may be substantially impaired. In addition, if the department of insurance in any state in which one of our insurance subsidiaries currently operates suspends, non-renews, or revokes an existing license, we would not be able to offer affected products in the state.

Licensing of Producers and Other Entities

Insurance agencies, producers, third-party administrators, claims adjusters and service contract providers and administrators are subject to licensing requirements and regulation by insurance regulators in various states in which they conduct business. Certain of our subsidiaries engage in these functions and are subject to licensing requirements and regulation by insurance regulators in various states.

Federal and State Legislative and Regulatory Changes

From time to time, various regulatory and legislative changes have been proposed in the insurance industry. Among the proposals that have in the past been or are at present being considered are the possible introduction of federal regulation in addition to, or in lieu of, the current system of state regulation of insurers and proposals in various state legislatures (some of which have been enacted) to conform portions of their insurance laws and regulations to various model acts adopted by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”). The NAIC has undertaken a Solvency Modernization Initiative focused on updating the U.S. insurance solvency regulation framework, including capital requirements, governance and risk management, group supervision, accounting and financial reporting and reinsurance. The Amended Model Act and Regulation (discussed above) is a result of these efforts. Additional requirements are also expected. For example, the NAIC has adopted the Risk Management and Own Risk and Solvency Assessment (“ORSA”) Model Act, which when adopted by the states, will require insurers to perform an ORSA and, upon request of a state, file an ORSA Summary Report with the state. The ORSA Summary Report will be required in 2014, subject to the various dates of adoption by states, and will describe our process for assessing our own solvency.

On July 21, 2010, the President signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) that established a Federal Insurance Office within the U.S. Department of the Treasury. The Federal Insurance Office initially is charged with monitoring all aspects of the insurance industry (other than health insurance, certain long-term care insurance and crop insurance), gathering data, and conducting a study on methods to modernize and improve the insurance regulatory system in the United States. A report on this study was required to be delivered to Congress within 18 months after enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, but as of the date of this disclosure, had not yet been issued. This report could be influential in reshaping the current state-based insurance regulatory system and /or introducing a direct federal role in such regulation. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act gives the Federal Reserve supervisory authority over a number of financial services companies, including insurance companies, if they are designated by a two-thirds vote of a Financial Stability Oversight Council as “systemically important.” If an insurance company is designated as systemically important, the Federal Reserve’s supervisory authority could include the ability to impose heightened financial regulation upon that insurance company and could impact requirements regarding its capital, liquidity and leverage as well as its business and investment conduct.

 

103


Table of Contents

The Dodd-Frank Act also incorporates the NRRA, which became effective on July 21, 2011. Among other things, the NRRA establishes national uniform standards on how states may regulate and tax surplus lines insurance and sets national standards concerning the regulation of reinsurance. In particular, the NRRA gives regulators in the home state of an insured exclusive authority to regulate and tax surplus lines insurance transactions, and regulators in a ceding insurer’s state of domicile the sole responsibility for regulating the balance sheet credit that the ceding insurer may take for reinsurance recoverables.

As noted above, new guidance and regulations continue to be issued under PPACA. If we are unable to adapt our A&H business to current and/or future requirements of PPACA, or if significant uncertainty continues with respect to implementation of PPACA, our A&H business could be materially adversely affected. Furthermore, should Congress extend the scope of PPACA to include some or all of our current and proposed A&H products, such a development could have a material adverse effect on our A&H business.

Other possible federal regulatory developments include the introduction of legislation in Congress that would repeal the McCarran-Ferguson Act antitrust exemption for the insurance industry. The antitrust exemption allows insurers to compile and share loss data, develop standard policy forms and manuals and predict future loss costs with greater reliability, among other things. The ability of the industry, under the exemption permitted in the McCarran-Ferguson Act, to collect loss cost data and build a credible database as a means of predicting future loss costs is an important part of cost-based pricing. If the ability to collect this data were removed, the predictability of future loss costs and the reliability of pricing could be undermined.

Privacy Regulations

In 1999, Congress enacted the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which, among other things, protects consumers from the unauthorized dissemination of certain personal information. Subsequently, states have implemented additional regulations to address privacy issues. Certain aspects of these laws and regulations apply to all financial institutions, including insurance and finance companies, and require us to maintain appropriate policies and procedures for managing and protecting certain personal information of our policyholders. We may also be subject to future privacy laws and regulations, which could impose additional costs and impact our results of operations or financial condition. In 2000, the NAIC adopted the Privacy of Consumer Financial and Health Information Model Regulation, which assisted states in promulgating regulations to comply with the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. In 2002, to further facilitate the implementation of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the NAIC adopted the Standards for Safeguarding Customer Information Model Regulation. Several states have now adopted similar provisions regarding the safeguarding of policyholder information. To the best of our knowledge, we are in compliance with all applicable privacy laws and regulations.

Telephone Sales Regulations

The United States Congress, the Federal Communications Commission and various states have promulgated and enacted rules and laws that govern telephone solicitations. There are numerous state statutes and regulations governing telephone sales activities that do or may apply to our operations, including the operations of our call center insurance agencies. For example, some states place restrictions on the methods and timing of calls and require that certain mandatory disclosures be made during the course of a telephone sales call. Federal and state “Do Not Call” regulations must be followed for us to engage in telephone sales activities.

 

104


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors.

 

Name

       Age       

Position with National General

Michael Karfunkel

   70    Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Byron Storms

   43    President – P&C

Michael Weiner

   41    Chief Financial Officer

Barry Karfunkel

   33    Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer and Director

Robert Karfunkel

   29    Executive Vice President – Strategy and Development

Thomas Newgarden

   46    Chief Product Officer

Michael Murphy

   52    Executive Vice President – A&H

Jeffrey Weissmann

   35    General Counsel and Secretary

Donald Bolar

   51    Chief Accounting Officer

Barry Zyskind

   41    Director

Donald DeCarlo

   75    Director

Patrick Fallon

   68    Director

Barbara Paris, M.D.

   62    Director

Howard Zuckerman

   73    Director

Set forth below are biographies of each of our executive officers. All executive officers hold office until their successors are elected and qualified.

Michael Karfunkel has significant experience and interests in the financial services industry, including insurance, banking and real estate. Mr. Karfunkel is the founder of the Company, has served as chairman since 2010, and as chief executive officer since 2012. Mr. Karfunkel’s real estate holdings include major office buildings in New York, Chicago and several other cities, which he holds through entities he controls with his brother. He is also co-owner of Worldwide TechServices, LLC, a computer maintenance and services company. Mr. Karfunkel serves on the Board of Trustees of New York Medical College. Mr. Karfunkel was a director, the former president and co-owner of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, a stock transfer company, which he co-founded in 1971 and sold to an Australian private equity firm in 2008. Mr. Karfunkel is a founder and chairman of the board of AmTrust and a founder of Maiden.

Byron Storms has been president of National General Management Corp. and our P&C operations since May 2012. Mr. Storms also serves as an officer and director of many of our subsidiaries. From March 2007 to May 2012, Mr. Storms was president and chief executive officer of ClearSide General Insurance Services, LLC, which we acquired in November 2011. Prior to that, he served in a number of management positions with Farmers Insurance Group, Foremost Insurance, and Bristol West Insurance.

 

105


Table of Contents

Michael Weiner joined the Company in 2010 as chief financial officer. Mr. Weiner also serves as an officer and director of many of our subsidiaries. From 2009 to 2010, Mr. Weiner was the global chief financial officer of Ally Financial’s GMAC Insurance unit. From 2008 to 2009, Mr. Weiner was at Cerberus Operations and Advisory Company as a member of the financial services team. Prior to his tenure at Cerberus, Mr. Weiner held a number of financial management positions with Citigroup. He joined Citigroup from KPMG LLP, and began his career at Bankers Trust Company.

Barry Karfunkel currently serves as a director and as executive vice president and chief marketing officer. He also serves as an officer and director of many of our subsidiaries. From 2010 until May 2013, he also served as President. From 2009 to 2010, he was a managing director with Maiden Capital Solutions and from 2007 to 2009 he was an analyst with AmTrust Capital Partners.

Robert Karfunkel currently serves as executive vice president – strategy and development. From 2010 until the completion of the private placement, he also served as a director of the Company. He also serves as a director of many of our subsidiaries. Prior to joining the Company, he was a marketing analyst for Maiden Reinsurance from 2009 to 2010.

Thomas Newgarden joined the Company in August 2010 as senior vice president for the north region and has been chief product and analytics officer since 2012. Mr. Newgarden has over 20 years of insurance industry experience in various actuarial, product and analytic capacities on a diverse array of opportunities within the personal lines market. From 2009 to 2010, he was chief underwriting officer for Plymouth Rock Assurance and from 2008 to 2009, he served as senior vice president, personal lines at Safeco Insurance Company with P&L responsibility for Safeco’s personal lines portfolio. From 2002 to 2008, he was a senior vice president & chief underwriting officer helping build AIG’s Private Client Group. From 1995 to 2002, he served as actuarial director for Response Insurance Company. Mr. Newgarden started his insurance career as an actuarial pricing analyst at ISO in 1989.

Michael Murphy joined the Company in December 2012 as executive vice president – A&H. A health insurance executive with over 30 years’ experience, Mr. Murphy was at American Medical and Life Insurance from 2008 to 2012 where he was president and chief operating officer. Prior to that, Mr. Murphy served in senior management positions at Coventry Healthcare, Hanger Orthopedic Group, United Health Group and CIGNA.

Jeffrey Weissmann, general counsel and secretary, joined the Company in December 2011. Mr. Weissmann also serves as an officer and director of many of our subsidiaries. Prior to joining the Company, from 2003 to 2011 Mr. Weissmann practiced law at Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft, LLP in the securities, mergers & acquisitions and corporate governance areas.

Donald Bolar has served as chief accounting officer since 2010 and also served as vice president and treasurer from 2010 until August 2011. From 1998 until 2010, Mr. Bolar served as vice president and treasurer of GMAC Insurance – Personal Lines. Prior to 1998, Mr. Bolar was with Motors Insurance Corporation and worked in various positions in accounting and financial planning.

Barry Zyskind joined our board of directors in June 2013 following the completion of the private placement. Mr. Zyskind serves as chief executive officer, president and a director of AmTrust. Mr. Zyskind also serves as non-executive chairman of the board of Maiden Holdings, Ltd. Prior to joining AmTrust in 1998, Mr. Zyskind was an investment banker at Janney Montgomery Scott, LLC in New York. Mr. Zyskind is Michael Karfunkel’s son-in-law.

Donald T. DeCarlo has served on our board of directors since our formation and is also a director of our subsidiary NHIC. He is also a director of AmTrust and many of its subsidiaries, where he has served since 2006. Mr. DeCarlo is an attorney in private practice. Mr. DeCarlo served as the Chairman of the Board of Commissioners of the New York State Insurance Fund from 2011 until October 2012 and served as a Commissioner from 1997 through 2009. From 1997 to 2004, Mr. DeCarlo practiced at the law firm of Lord, Bissell & Brook, LLP, where he served as managing partner of the New York office prior to his departure. He is also a consultant to Fidelity National

 

106


Table of Contents

Indemnity Insurance Company (a Texas insurance company that services flood insurance for the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)), a director of Jackson National Life Insurance Co. of New York, Greater New York Mutual Insurance Company (an insurer that primarily underwrites large property coverages) and its subsidiaries, Greater New York Custom Insurance Company, Insurance Company of Greater New York and Strathmore Insurance Company, WRM America Holding Company, LLC and WRM America Indemnity Company Inc.

Patrick Fallon joined our board of directors in June 2013 following the completion of the private placement. Mr. Fallon is a leading banking executive with extensive experience providing all financial services for leading corporations. Mr. Fallon is currently a consultant to Northfield Bank. From 2009 to 2012, Mr. Fallon was a founder and President-Commercial Markets for First National Bank of New York. From 1973 to 2009, Mr. Fallon was a senior banker for JPMorgan Chase, where he served as Senior Vice President & Managing Director from 1991 to 2009 and was a regional head of banking relationships.

Barbara Paris, M.D. joined our board of directors in June 2013 following the completion of the private placement. Since 2002, Dr. Paris has been the Vice-Chair, Medicine and the Director of the Division of Geriatrics at Maimonides Medical Center. Since 2003, she has also been a Clinical Professor of Geriatrics and Palliative Medicine at the Mount Sinai School of Medicine. As an experienced senior physician who has served in many leadership roles, we believe that Dr. Paris is extremely beneficial in the growth of our A&H segment.

Howard Zuckerman joined our board of directors in June 2013 following the completion of the private placement. In 1991, Mr. Zuckerman co-founded Meridian Capital Group LLC, one of the leading commercial real estate finance and advisory firms in the U.S. and has held various management and board positions with Meridian, including serving as chairman of the board until 2012. He currently serves as vice-chairman. Mr. Zuckerman is also currently a partner in Upstate National Bank. From 1981 to 1991, Mr. Zuckerman served as chief executive officer of Berisford PLC, a British publicly traded company. From 1968 to 1980, Mr. Zuckerman was a partner at the law firm of Baer Marks & Upham practicing in the corporate finance area.

Board of Directors

We have 7 directors presently serving on our board. All directors hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. We are not currently required to comply with the corporate governance rules of any stock exchange and, as a private company, we are not currently subject to SOX. However, upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we will become subject to SOX. In addition, we intend to apply to have our common stock approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Market, and after our common stock becomes listed on such stock exchange, we will become subject to the rules of such stock exchange. Generally, these rules require a number of the directors serving on the board of directors to meet standards of independence. However, we expect to be a “controlled company” under the listing standards of such exchange because Michael Karfunkel, Leah Karfunkel, as sole trustee of the Karfunkel Trust, and Amtrust will collectively own approximately 72.6% of our voting power. See “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.” Therefore, we expect to be exempt from the stock exchange listing requirements with respect to having a majority of the members of the board of directors be independent; having our Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee be composed solely of independent directors; the compensation of our executive officers determined by a majority of our independent directors or a Compensation Committee composed solely of independent directors; and director nominees being selected or recommended for selection, either by a majority of our independent directors or by a nominating committee composed solely of independent directors.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established the following committees: Audit Committee; Compensation Committee; Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our board of directors may, from time to time, establish or maintain additional committees as it deems necessary or appropriate.

 

107


Table of Contents

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee oversees our auditing, accounting, financial reporting, internal audit and internal control functions, appoints our independent public accounting firm and approves its services. One of its functions is to assure that the independent public accountants have the freedom, cooperation and opportunity necessary to accomplish their functions. The Audit Committee also assures that appropriate action is taken on the recommendations of the independent public accountants. The Audit Committee also approves related-party transactions.

Our Audit Committee is composed of Mr. Zuckerman (chair), Ms. Paris and Mr. Fallon. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of the Audit Committee qualifies as an independent director for purposes of serving on the audit committee under Rule 10A-3 and the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules. In addition, the board of directors has determined that Mr. Zuckerman qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) under Regulation S-K.

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee reviews and determines, together with the other directors if directed by the board of directors, the compensation of our named executive officers and reviews and approves employment and severance agreements with our named executive officers. The Compensation Committee also administers the grant of stock options and other awards under the 2013 Plan and establishes and reviews policies relating to the compensation and benefits of our employees and consultants. As permitted by the terms of the 2013 Plan, the Compensation Committee may delegate authority to our chief executive officer to designate certain individuals (including employees who are not directors or executive officers) who will receive equity awards upon initial hire and the size of such awards, up to a limited number of shares. We expect that final compensation decisions for officers who are not named executive officers will be made by our chairman and chief executive officer in consultation with members of senior management. Our compensation committee is composed of Barry Karfunkel (chair), Michael Karfunkel and Messrs. Zuckerman and Fallon.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee identifies and nominates members of the board of directors, develops and recommends to the board of directors a set of corporate governance principles applicable to it, and oversees the evaluation of the board of directors and management. Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is composed of Michael Karfunkel (chair), and Messrs. DeCarlo and Zyskind.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

During 2012, none of our executive officers or directors was a member of the board of directors of any other company where the relationship would be construed to constitute a compensation committee interlock within the meaning of the rules of the SEC.

Oversight of Risk Management

We are exposed to a number of risks and undertake at least annually an enterprise risk management review to identify and evaluate these risks and to develop plans to manage them effectively. Currently, our chief financial officer and chief accounting officer are directly responsible for our enterprise risk management function and report directly to the Audit Committee. In fulfilling their risk management responsibilities, the chief financial officer and chief accounting officer work closely with members of senior management, including the general counsel, treasurer, and our internal audit department.

On behalf of the board of directors, the Audit Committee plays a key role in the oversight of our enterprise risk management function. In that regard, the chief financial officer and the chief accounting officer meet with the Audit Committee at each of their regularly scheduled meetings to discuss the risks facing us, highlighting any new risks that may have arisen since they last met.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

All directors, officers, and employees are expected to act ethically at all times and in accordance with our code of business conduct and ethics.

 

108


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Overview

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis describes compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our named executive officers with respect to 2012. For 2012, our named executive officers were:

 

   

Michael Karfunkel, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Byron Storms, President of our P&C Segment;

 

   

Michael Weiner, our Chief Financial Officer;

 

   

Barry Karfunkel, Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer; and

 

   

Robert Karfunkel, Executive Vice President – Strategy and Development.

Michael Karfunkel sponsored the formation of our company in 2009. In this Compensation Discussion and Analysis, we will refer to Michael Karfunkel as Mr. Karfunkel. Mr. Karfunkel and his wife Leah Karfunkel, as sole trustee of the Karfunkel Trust, together own approximately 57.2% of our outstanding common stock. Mr. Karfunkel is the father of Barry Karfunkel and Robert Karfunkel.

In June 2012, we hired Mr. Storms to serve as President of our P&C Segment. Previously, Mr. Storms served as President of ClearSide General Insurance Services, LLC, a company we acquired in November 2011.

As a privately held company, we have not been subject to stock exchange listing standards requiring us to have a majority of the members of our board be independent or to stock exchange or SEC rules relating to the formation, functioning or independence of our board committees. Historically, we have not had a compensation committee. All salary and bonus determinations were made by Mr. Karfunkel in consultation with members of senior management and all equity awards were approved by the Board, upon Mr. Karfunkel’s recommendation.

After the completion of the private placement, we established a compensation committee composed of a majority of independent directors that are responsible for making all executive compensation determinations with respect to our named executive officers. Our compensation committee reviews, determines and recommends to the board all aspects of our executive compensation program in compliance with the listing standards of the Nasdaq Global Market.

Compensation Objectives

Our executive compensation programs and policies seek to attract, retain and motivate executives with the skills necessary to achieve our business objectives, to reward those individuals for performance and to align their compensation with our company’s performance. We believe that compensation should be determined based on subjective factors relevant to the particular named executive officer.

Our Compensation Process

Historically, Mr. Karfunkel has annually determined the base salary and bonus awards for our named executive officers, including himself. Mr. Karfunkel has consulted with members of senior management in making these compensation determinations. In making these determinations regarding the appropriate level of compensation for each named executive officer, Mr. Karfunkel and certain other members of senior management considered a number of variables, both quantitative and qualitative. The key factors considered with respect to each element of compensation are set forth below.

From time to time, our Board has granted stock option awards pursuant to the American Capital Acquisition Corporation 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”). Mr. Karfunkel, in consultation with members of senior management, has made recommendations to the Board regarding the employees designated to receive such awards and the number of shares granted. These awards of stock options are at-risk compensation and are designed to assure our executives have a continuing stake in our long-term success.

 

109


Table of Contents

In January 2013, we entered into new employment agreements with Messrs. Storms and Weiner. These employment agreements replaced their prior agreements and establish base salary levels and certain bonus opportunity amounts or targets and include termination payments in certain circumstances. None of our other named executive officers have employment agreements. See “—Employment Agreements with Certain Executive Officers.”

Elements of Compensation

The principal elements of our 2012 executive compensation program are annual base salary, annual discretionary cash bonuses, customary benefits and limited perquisites. In addition, Byron Storms was awarded stock options in June 2012 in connection with his hiring. We believe that these elements of compensation are generally typical in our industry, and we provide them in order to remain competitive in attracting, motivating and retaining superior executive talent.

Base Salary . Mr. Karfunkel, in consultation with members of senior management, established our named executive officer’s 2012 base salaries. He considered the following factors in determining salary levels: level of responsibility; prior experience; breadth of knowledge; past performance; prior equity awards; and external pay practices. Mr. Karfunkel approved the following 2012 annual base salaries for our named executive officers: Michael Karfunkel, $750,000; Michael Weiner, $400,000; Byron Storms, $750,000; Barry Karfunkel, $750,000; and Robert Karfunkel, $750,000.

Cash Bonuses . All of our named executive officers are eligible for an annual cash bonus. Mr. Karfunkel, in consultation with members of senior management, determined the bonus amount for each of our named executive officers. Mr. Karfunkel has not awarded himself a bonus during any year since our formation. In determining the 2012 discretionary bonus amounts for the other executive officers, Mr. Karfunkel considered each individual’s and the Company’s past performance, our 2012 operating plan, general economic conditions and our future outlook. These bonuses were intended to reward past performance as well as to provide incentives for future performance. Based on 2012 performance, these executive officers were paid the following discretionary bonuses: Michael Weiner, $303,000; Byron Storms, $498,000; Barry Karfunkel, $250,000; and Robert Karfunkel, $250,000. The existence of the discretionary cash bonus also services as an incentive for future performance.

Mr. Storms’ 2012 employment agreement provided for a performance-based bonus equal to 5% of the period-over-period increase in underwriting income of the P&C business (which does not include income from our investments or our A&H segment). For 2012, the comparable periods were the last six months of 2011 and 2012. Mr. Storms did not qualify for this bonus for 2012, however, Mr. Storms was paid the discretionary bonus described above based on the valuable and significant contributions provided by Mr. Storms in his first seven months with the Company.

Equity Awards . We believe that equity-based compensation is an effective means of ensuring that our named executive officers have a continuing stake in our long-term success. In 2012, in connection with his hiring, our Board approved an incentive stock option award to Mr. Storms in the amount of 578,498 shares. In determining the number of stock options granted to such officer, our Board considered Mr. Storms’ performance as President of ClearSide General Insurance Services, competitive compensation practices, historical awards granted to other executive officers and Mr. Karfunkel’s recommendations. The exercise price for the options was determined based on the then-current fair market value of the Company’s common stock. These incentive stock options shall vest proportionately over three years, assuming Mr. Storms’ continued employment with our company, and have a 10-year term.

Other Benefits and Perquisites . Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit plans, such as medical, dental, vision, group life, disability and our 401(k) savings plan (with a company contribution equal to up to six percent of salary, subject to certain limitations), in each case on the same basis as our other employees, subject to applicable law. In addition, a few perquisites are provided to the named executive officers. Mr. Karfunkel, Barry Karfunkel and Robert Karfunkel are each provided a company car and Byron Storms is permitted to use a company-owned house in Winston Salem, North Carolina as his primary residence.

 

110


Table of Contents

Significant Policies

The accounting and tax treatment of particular forms of compensation have not, to date, materially affected our compensation decisions. However, we plan to evaluate the effect of such accounting and tax treatment on an ongoing basis. For instance, Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), generally disallows a tax deduction to public companies for certain compensation in excess of $1.0 million paid in any taxable year to any of our “covered employees” (within the meaning of Section 162(m)), which generally include our chief executive officer and any of our three other most highly compensated executive officers other than the chief financial officer. However, amounts that constitute “performance-based compensation” are not subject to the deduction limitation. In addition, Section 162(m) does not apply to a corporation during any period in which the securities of the corporation were not publicly held. Until the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, the securities of the Company will not be publicly held, and we do not believe that we are subject to the deduction limitations of Section 162(m) until such time. However, after the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we will become a publicly held corporation. We anticipate that compensation paid during a certain period following the date that we become publicly held pursuant to our existing compensation plans and arrangements will not be subject to the deduction limitations due to a transition rule that applies to privately held companies that become publicly held. That transition rule provides that the deduction limitations under Section 162(m) do not apply to any compensation paid during such transition period pursuant to a compensation plan or agreement that existed during the period in which the securities of the corporation were not publicly held. We also believe that we will be able to rely on this transition rule to exempt awards made under our 2013 Plan during the transition period, which we expect to last until our 2015 annual meeting of stockholders. Although we expect that our compensation committee will consider the impact of Section 162(m) in structuring our compensation plans and programs (in anticipation that the Company will subsequently become publicly held), the compensation committee may approve awards which would not qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m). Such awards may include discretionary cash bonuses. We expect our compensation committee to reserve the flexibility and authority to make decisions that are in the best interest of our company, even if those decisions do not result in full deductibility of executive compensation under Section 162(m) or otherwise.

 

111


Table of Contents

Executive Officer Compensation

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth certain summary information regarding the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid by us to or for the account of our chief executive officer, our chief financial officer and our three other most highly compensated executive officers serving as of December 31, 2012, the named executive officers.

 

Name and Principal
Position

   Year      Salary ($)     Bonus ($)      Option
Awards
($)(3)
     All Other
Compensation
($)(4)
     Total ($)  

Michael Karfunkel Chairman,

President and Chief

Executive Officer

     2012       $ 750,000      $ —         $ —         $ 18,396       $ 768,396   

Byron Storms

President – P&C

     2012         530,769 (1)      498,000         924,692         32,497         1,985,958   

Michael Weiner

Chief Financial Officer

     2012         375,000 (2)      303,000         —           7,800         685,800   

Barry Karfunkel

Executive Vice President and

Chief Marketing Officer

     2012         750,000        250,000         —           240         1,000,240   

Robert Karfunkel

Executive Vice President –

Strategy & Development

     2012         750,000        250,000         —           180         1,000,180   

 

(1) Mr. Storm’s base salary was increased from $275,000 to $750,000 in June 2012.
(2) Mr. Weiner’s base salary was increased from $350,000 to $400,000 in June 2012.
(3) Reflects the fair value of the stock options at the date of grant calculated in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or ASC 718. For the assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts, see “Note 23—Share-Based Compensation” to our audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.
(4) For all named executive officers, includes imputed income for personal life insurance. For Mr. M. Karfunkel, includes amounts attributable to personal use of a company-provided automobile. For Mr. Weiner, includes company contributions to the 401(k) plan. For Mr. Storms, includes certain relocation reimbursements as well as amounts attributable to personal use of a company provided residence.

 

112


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table sets forth certain information regarding grants of plan-based awards to our named executive officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.

 

Name

   Grant Date      All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(#) (1)
     Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh) (2)
     Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
and Option
Awards
($) (3)
 

Michael Karfunkel

     —           —         $ —         $ —     

Michael Weiner

     —           —           —           —     

Byron Storms

     August 6, 2012         578,498         6.97         924,692   

Barry Karfunkel

     —           —           —           —     

Robert Karfunkel

     —           —           —           —     

 

(1) These stock options were granted under our 2010 Plan. The options vest ratably over three years and have a 10-year term.
(2) The exercise price of these options was determined based on the then-current fair market value of the Company’s common stock.
(3) Amounts represent the fair value of stock options granted in 2012 under ASC 718. For the assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts, see “Note 23—Share-Based Compensation” to our audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the outstanding equity awards at December 31, 2012 of our named executive officers.

 

Option Awards(1)

 

Name

   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
     Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options
(#) Unexercisable
     Option
Exercise Price
($)(1)
     Option  Expiration
Date
 

Michael Karfunkel

     —           —         $ —           —     

Byron Storms

     —           578,498         6.97         August 6, 2022   

Michael Weiner

     109,336         72,892         3.67         June 29, 2020   

Barry Karfunkel

     —           —           —           —     

Robert Karfunkel

     —           —           —           —     

 

(1) Mr. Weiner’s stock options vest ratably over five years and Mr. Storms’ stock options vest ratably over three years.

 

113


Table of Contents

Employment Agreements with Certain Executive Officers

Employment Agreements with Byron Storms

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Storms in June 2012 when we hired Mr. Storms to serve as President of our P&C Segment. Effective January 1, 2013, we entered into a new employment agreement with Mr. Storms.

2013 Employment Agreement . Pursuant to Mr. Storms’ employment agreement, which is effective as of January 1, 2013, Mr. Storms shall serve as president of our subsidiary Management Corp. Mr. Storms’ employment agreement shall be in effect until January 1, 2015 unless terminated earlier pursuant to its terms. The employment agreement will automatically renew for successive two year periods unless we or Mr. Storms provides 120 days’ notice of our or his intention not to renew the employment agreement. Mr. Storms receives an annual base salary in the amount of $750,000. Mr. Storms is eligible to receive an annual bonus equal to 5% of the increase in underwriting income of the P&C business (which does not include income from investments or our A&H segment) of our insurance subsidiaries owned on the date of the employment agreement. The annual bonus is subject to an annual minimum of 50% of Mr. Storms’ 2012 bonus and a cap equal to three times Mr. Storms’ base salary. Mr. Storms also receives housing near our Winston-Salem office.

Under his employment agreement, we are able to terminate Mr. Storms at any time for “cause” as defined in the agreement and, upon such an event, we will have no further compensation or benefit obligations after the date of termination other than the payment of earned but unpaid base salary, earned but unused vacation and any unreimbursed expenses incurred as of the date of termination.

In the event of disability, we may terminate Mr. Storms’ employment upon written notice and in the event of his death, Mr. Storms’ employment shall terminate, and in either case, Mr. Storms (or his heirs) will be entitled to receive any earned but unpaid base salary, earned but unused vacation and any unreimbursed expenses incurred as of the date of termination.

In the event that we terminate Mr. Storms without “cause” or he terminates his employment for “good reason,” as defined in his employment agreement, we will be required to pay Mr. Storms severance (in accordance with normal payroll practices) at a per annum rate equal to the base salary in effect at the time of such termination for a period of 12 months following such termination, subject to receipt of an executed release of all claims and such release becoming effective under applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligation to pay full severance will terminate upon the parties’ mutual agreement to waive enforcement of the non-compete provision and upon Mr. Storms’ commencement of new or alternative employment (including consulting arrangements), and the remaining severance obligation will be reduced by the base salary received from such new or alternative employment or consulting arrangement.

Mr. Storms has agreed to keep confidential all information regarding Management Corp. and its affiliates (including the Company) that he receives during the term of his employment and thereafter. Mr. Storms has also agreed that upon termination of employment he will not compete with us for a period of one year following the date of termination and will not solicit any of our customers, producers or employees for two years after termination.

In the event of a termination on account of a “Non-Compete Event,” as defined in the agreement, Mr. Storms will not receive any severance, and the non-compete provision set forth in the employment agreement will not apply unless Management Corp. agrees to pay Mr. Storms his base salary for the term of the non-compete period. In the event that Management Corp. does not renew Mr. Storms’ employment agreement and Mr. Storm’s employment is terminated more than 30 days after receiving notice of such non-renewal, Mr. Storms will not receive any severance, and the non-compete provision set forth in the employment agreement will not apply unless Management Corp. agrees to pay Mr. Storms his base salary for the term of the non-compete period. Mr. Storms will also be entitled to receive any earned but unpaid base salary and any unreimbursed expenses incurred as of the date of termination.

2012 Employment Agreement . Mr. Storms’ 2012 employment agreement contained terms and conditions similar to the 2013 employment agreement. Under the 2012 employment agreement, Mr. Storms was entitled to an annual base salary in the amount of $750,000. In addition, Mr. Storms was entitled to receive a bonus equal to 5% of the period-over-period increase in underwriting income of the P&C business (which does not include income

 

114


Table of Contents

from investments or our A&H segment). For 2012, the comparable periods were the last six months of 2011 and 2012. Mr. Storms was also entitled to an option to purchase 578,498 shares of our common stock as well as company-provided housing near our Winston-Salem office.

Employment Agreements with Michael Weiner

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Weiner in October 2009. Effective January 1, 2013, we entered into a new employment agreement with Mr. Weiner.

2013 Employment Agreement . Pursuant to Mr. Weiner’s employment agreement, which is effective as of January 1, 2013, Mr. Weiner shall serve as chief financial officer of Management Corp. Mr. Weiner’s employment agreement shall be in effect until January 1, 2015 unless terminated earlier pursuant to its terms. The employment agreement will automatically renew for successive two year periods unless we or Mr. Weiner provides 120 days’ notice of our or his intention not to renew the employment agreement. Mr. Weiner receives an annual base salary in the amount of $400,000. Mr. Weiner is eligible to receive a discretionary annual bonus with a target range from 50% to 150% of his base salary, as determined based on his performance during such year and the recommendation of the chairman and chief executive officer. The annual bonus is subject to an annual minimum of 50% of Mr. Weiner’s 2012 bonus and a cap equal to three times his base salary as of the end of the fiscal year.

The terms of Mr. Weiner’s 2013 employment agreement relating to termination in the event of disability, death, or at for cause or for good reason, and the confidentiality, non-compete and non-solicit provisions in the employment agreement, are substantially identical to those contained in Mr. Storms’ 2013 employment agreement.

2009 Employment Agreement . Mr. Weiner’s 2009 employment agreement contained terms and conditions similar to the 2013 employment agreement. Under the 2009 employment agreement, Mr. Weiner was entitled to an annual base salary in the amount of $350,000. Mr. Weiner was also entitled to equity awards under our 2010 Stock Plan.

Other Named Executive Officers

We are not currently a party to an employment agreement with any of Michael, Barry or Robert Karfunkel.

Termination Payments .

The table below sets forth the potential payments to our named executive officers in the event of a change of control as well as under various termination scenarios. The potential payments assume that the termination event occurred on the last day of our fiscal year (December 31, 2012). Our named executive officers are entitled to these payments pursuant to the terms of their employment agreements or our 2010 Plan, as applicable. We have assumed that the Company will not exercise its discretionary right to cancel for a cash payment outstanding equity awards upon termination of employment. We have also assumed that in the event of an executive’s disability, the Company will not impose the non-competition restrictions on the executive and, as such, will not pay any severance. Michael, Barry and Robert Karfunkel are not included in the table below because they are not entitled to any of the payments described therein. We have also assumed that in the event of a change in control, the options granted under the 2010 Plan will not be assumed.

 

115


Table of Contents

Name

  

Termination Scenario

(on 12/31/2012)

   Severance      Equity Award
Vesting
Acceleration
     Health
Insurance
Benefit
 

Michael Weiner

  

Without Cause/Good Reason

Retirement

Death or Disability

Change of Control

   $

 

 

 

400,000

—  

—  

—  

  

  

  

  

   $

 

 

 

—  

—  

—  

420,602

  

  

  

  

   $

 

 

 

—  

—  

—  

—  

  

  

  

  

Byron Storms

  

Without Cause/Good Reason

Retirement

Death or Disability

Change of Control

    

 

 

 

750,000

—  

—  

—  

  

  

  

  

    

 

 

 

—  

—  

—  

—  

  

  

  

  

    

 

 

 

—  

—  

—  

—  

  

  

  

  

Director Compensation

Our compensation committee will review our board compensation structure for non-employee directors and establish director compensation at customary levels for a public company of our size. We expect that our board compensation may consist of a combination of cash and equity-based compensation to attract and retain non-employee directors and to compensate directors for their service on our board of directors commensurate with their role and involvement. Directors who are also our full-time employees will not receive additional compensation for their service as directors.

Stock Incentive Plans

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors has adopted, and our stockholders have approved, the NGHC 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2013 Plan”). The following description of the 2013 Plan is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the 2013 Plan.

Description of the Plan

Purpose of the Plan . The purpose of the 2013 Plan is to attract, retain and motivate participating employees and directors through the use of incentives based upon the value of our common stock. Awards under the 2013 Plan will be determined by the compensation committee of the board of directors, and may be made to our or our subsidiaries’ employees.

Administration . The Plan is expected to be administered by the Compensation Committee. We expect that a majority of the members of the Compensation Committee qualify as “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, meet the requirements of Rule 16b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and comply with the independence requirements of The NASDAQ Stock Market. The Compensation Committee may select eligible individuals to receive awards, determine award types and terms and conditions of awards, and interpret the Plan’s provisions. The full Board will select the Compensation Committee members. The Compensation Committee will have the authority to appoint one or more subcommittees, composed of one or more directors who need not satisfy the independence requirements described above, that may administer the Plan with respect to participants, provided such grantees are not Company executive officers or directors. The Compensation Committee will have the authority to delegate its authority under the Plan to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Our board of directors has approved grants of options under the 2013 Plan to certain employees to purchase an aggregate of 2,788,125 shares of our common stock in connection with the completion of the private placement. See “—Option Awards to Senior Management and Non-Employee Directors.”

Eligibility . Awards may be made under the Plan to employees (including potential employees), and non-employee directors and consultants of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

116


Table of Contents

Amendment or Termination of the Plan . The Board of Directors may terminate the Plan at any time for any reason. The Plan is scheduled to terminate ten years after its effective date. The Board of Directors may also amend the Plan. Amendments are to be submitted to stockholders for approval to the extent required by the Code or other applicable laws, rules or regulations. Amendments that would increase the benefits under the Plan or that would increase the aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the Plan must also be approved by our stockholders.

Authorized Shares Available for Awards Under the 2013 Plan . The 2013 Plan authorizes awards of our common stock of up to the sum of (i) 4,973,928 shares; and (ii) shares that would have become available under the 2010 Plan due to expiration, termination or forfeiture. In addition, if any award under the 2010 Plan or 2013 Plan, as applicable, otherwise distributable in shares of common stock expires, terminates or is forfeited pursuant to the terms of the 2010 Plan or 2013 Plan, as applicable, such shares will again be available for award under the 2013 Plan.

Stock Options . The Plan permits the granting of stock options. Each stock option provides the option holder with the right to purchase one share of common stock at a fixed exercise price. These stock options may be intended to qualify as incentive stock options under the Code, or may be issued as non-qualifying stock options.

The exercise price of a stock option must equal or exceed 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The fair market value is generally determined as the closing price of the common stock on the date of grant. In the case of 10% stockholders who receive incentive stock options, the exercise price may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. An exception to these requirements is made for options that we grant in substitution for options held by employees of companies that we acquire. In that case, the exercise price may be appropriately adjusted to preserve the economic value of those employees’ stock options from his or her prior employer.

The compensation committee determines the term of stock options at the time of grant, which term may not exceed ten years from the grant date. If the grantee is a 10% stockholder, an option intended to be an incentive stock option will expire after no more than five years. Subject to the Plan’s minimum vesting periods, the compensation committee also determines at what time or times each option may be exercised and the period of time, if any, after retirement, death, disability or termination of employment during which options may be exercised. Options may become exercisable in periodic installments or in one lump sum. The compensation committee may accelerate a participant’s ability to exercise options, subject to compliance with the Plan.

Upon exercise, optionees may satisfy their exercise price obligation by cash, certified check, by tendering shares of our common stock, or by means of a broker-assisted cashless exercise.

Our stockholders must approve any amendment of the terms of an outstanding stock option or stock appreciation right that would constitute a “repricing” under the definition of the exchange upon which our common stock is listed.

Stock options and stock appreciations rights granted under the Plan may not be sold, transferred, pledged or assigned other than by will or under applicable laws of descent and distribution.

Other Awards . The compensation committee may also award:

 

   

Stock Appreciation Rights—rights to receive a number of shares or an amount in cash (or a combination of both), based upon the increase in the fair market value of the shares underlying the right during a stated period

 

   

Restricted Stock—shares of common stock subject to restrictions

 

   

Restricted Stock Units—rights to receive common stock subject to restrictions

 

117


Table of Contents
   

Unrestricted Stock—shares of common stock at no cost or for a purchase price free from any restrictions under the Plan. Unrestricted shares of common stock may be issued to participants in recognition of past services or other valid consideration, and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation to be paid to participants

 

   

Performance and Annual Incentive Awards—ultimately payable in common stock or cash, as determined by our compensation committee. Grants may be annual or multi-year awards subject to achievement of specified goals based upon satisfaction of performance goals. Incentive goals may be specified as a percentage of these business criteria, a percentage in excess of a threshold target or as another amount not directly related on a mathematical basis. The compensation committee may modify, amend or adjust the terms of each award and performance goal. Awards to individuals who are covered under Section 162(m) of the Code, or who the compensation committee designates as likely to be covered in the future, will comply with the requirement that payments to such employees qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code to the extent that the compensation committee so designates. Such employees include the CEO and the three highest compensated executive officers (other than the CEO and CFO) determined at the end of each year (the “covered employees”).

Effect of Certain Corporate Transactions . Certain change in control transactions, such as a sale of the Company, may cause awards granted under the Plan to vest, unless the awards are continued or substituted for in connection with the change in control.

Adjustments for Stock Splits, Stock Dividends and Similar Events . The compensation committee will make appropriate adjustments in outstanding awards and the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan, including the individual limitations on awards, to reflect stock splits and other similar events.

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code . Section 162(m) of the Code limits publicly-held companies to an annual deduction for federal income tax purposes of $1 million for compensation paid to their covered employees. However, performance-based compensation is excluded from this limitation. Although after the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, the Company will become publicly-held and thus will be subject to the deduction limitations of Section 162(m), the Plan is designed to permit the compensation committee to grant awards that qualify as performance-based compensation for purposes of excluding such compensation from the limitations of Section 162(m).

To qualify as performance-based compensation:

 

   

the compensation must be paid solely on account of the attainment of one or more pre-established, objective performance goals;

 

   

a compensation committee composed solely of two or more directors who qualify as outside directors must establish the performance goal under which compensation is paid;

 

   

the material terms under which the compensation is to be paid must be disclosed to and approved by stockholders before payment is made; and

 

   

the compensation committee must certify in writing prior to payment of the performance award that the performance goals and any other material terms were satisfied.

Under the 2013 Plan, one or more of the following business criteria (except with respect to the total stockholder return and earnings per share criteria), may be used by the compensation committee in establishing performance goals:

 

   

gross or net revenue, premiums collected, new annualized premiums, and investment income

 

   

any earnings or net income measure, including earnings from operations, earnings before taxes, earnings before interest and/or taxes and/or depreciation, statutory earnings before realized gains (losses), or net income available to common stockholders

 

   

operating earnings per share of common stock (either basic or diluted)

 

118


Table of Contents
   

return on assets, return on investment, return on capital, return on invested capital, return on equity, or return on tangible equity

 

   

economic value created

 

   

combined ratio, loss ratio or other financial ratios

 

   

operating margin or profit margin

 

   

stock price or total stockholder return

 

   

book value

 

   

strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified market penetration, total market capitalization, business retention, new product generation, geographic business expansion goals, cost targets (including cost of capital), customer satisfaction, employee satisfaction, management of employment practices and employee benefits, supervision of litigation and information technology, and goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures of subsidiaries, affiliates or joint ventures

The compensation committee determines targeted level or levels of performance with respect to performance criteria. Goals may be expressed in absolute terms, on a per share basis (either basic or diluted), as a goal relative to performance in prior periods, or as a goal compared to the performance of one or more comparable companies or an index covering multiple companies.

Under the Code, a director is an “outside director” if he or she is not a current Company employee; is not a former employee who receives compensation for prior services (other than under a qualified retirement plan); has not been an officer of the Company; and does not receive, directly or indirectly (including amounts paid to an entity that employs the director or in which the director has at least a 5% ownership interest), remuneration from the Company in any non-director capacity.

The following maximum award limitations apply to awards under the Plan:

 

   

Stock options or stock appreciation rights—800,000 per calendar year, per participant

 

   

Annual incentive award—$4 million per operating period, per participant

 

   

Performance awards

 

   

Share-based performance award—200,000 shares for each year of duration of such award; provided that the amount of shares earned may not exceed 600,000 shares

 

   

Cash-based performance award—$3 million for each year of duration of such award; provided that the amount earned may not exceed $9 million

 

   

Share-based awards other than stock options, stock appreciation rights or performance share awards —250,000 shares per calendar year, per participant

2010 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors has adopted, and our stockholders have approved, the American Capital Acquisition Corporation 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”). The following description of the 2010 Plan is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the 2010 Plan.

 

119


Table of Contents

Description of the Plan

Purpose of the Plan . The purpose of the 2010 Plan was to attract, retain and motivate participating employees through the use of incentives based upon the value of our common stock. The 2010 Plan authorized awards of up to 2,892,508 shares of our common stock, of which 2,461,072 have previously been awarded to our employees in the form of stock options and remain outstanding. No additional awards will be made under the 2010 Plan. As noted above in the discussion of the 2013 Plan, if any stock option under the 2010 Plan expires, terminates or is forfeited pursuant to the terms of the 2010 Plan, the shares covered by that option will be available for award under the 2013 Plan.

Administration . The 2010 Plan is administered by the Board, which also serves as the “Administrator.” The Administrator has discretionary authority, subject only to the express provisions of the 2010 Plan, to interpret the 2010 Plan, determine eligibility for and grant awards, determine, modify or waive the terms and conditions of any award, prescribe forms, rules and procedures, and otherwise do all things necessary to carry out the purposes of the 2010 Plan.

Changes in Capitalization, etc. If there is a change in our outstanding common stock by reason of a share dividend, split or consolidation of shares, recapitalization, or other change in the Company’s capital structure, the Administrator shall make appropriate adjustments to the number and kind of shares subject to options then outstanding, any exercise prices relating to such options and any other provision of such options affected by such change. The Administrator may also make such adjustments to take into account distributions to stockholders other than as described herein, or any other event, if the Administrator determines that adjustments are appropriate to avoid distortion of the operation of the 2010 Plan and to preserve the value of awards made thereunder.

Types of Awards . Awards under the 2010 Plan consisted of incentive stock options that met the requirements of Section 422 of the Code (“ISOs”) and non-qualified stock options, that is, non-ISOs. The only outstanding awards under the 2010 Plan are grants of ISOs and non-qualified stock options to certain employees to purchase an aggregate of 1,346,078 and 1,115,101 shares of our common stock, respectively. No outstanding option can be exercised more than ten years after the date of grant.

Exercise Price . The exercise price for all outstanding options under the 2010 Plan is 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of the award. An optionee may pay the exercise price for options in cash or check acceptable to the Administrator, by means of a cashless exercise arrangement whereby the optionee directs the Administrator to withhold that number of shares covered by the option having a then fair market value equal to the exercise price or such other means, if any, as may be acceptable to the Administrator. The 2010 Plan permits us to sell or withhold a sufficient number of shares to cover the amount of taxes required to be withheld upon exercise of an option.

Vesting. All outstanding options under the 2010 Plan vest or become exercisable ratably over a five-year period beginning on the date of grant (a three-year period in the case of options granted to two participants). The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting or exercisability of an option.

Transferability. Options under the 2010 Plan may not be transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or except as provided in the applicable award agreement.

Amendments. The Administrator may at any time amend the 2010 Plan or any outstanding option thereunder for any purpose which may at the time be permitted by law; provided, that except as expressly provided in the 2010 Plan the Administrator may not, without a Participant’s consent, alter the terms of an option so as to affect materially and adversely the Participant’s rights under the option, unless the Administrator expressly reserved the right to do so at the time of the award. Any amendments to the 2010 Plan shall be conditioned upon stockholder approval only to the extent, if any, such approval is required by applicable law.

 

120


Table of Contents

Change of Control Events . In the event of a change of control, as defined in the 2010 Plan, the Administrator may (i) provide for the assumption of some or all outstanding options or for the grant of new awards in substitution therefor by the acquiring entity or (ii) provide for the cancellation of outstanding awards in consideration of a payment in cash, property, or both, with an aggregate value equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the shares of common stock covered by the option over the aggregate exercise price for the option. Other than any options that are assumed, each option will become fully exercisable prior to a change in control on a basis that gives the holder a reasonable opportunity, as determined by the Administrator, following exercise of the option to participate as a stockholder in the change in control. All unexercised awards will be cancelled upon the date of the change of control (other than any awards that are assumed).

Federal Income Tax Consequences of Awards under 2010 and 2013 Plans

The discussion which follows is a summary, based on current law, of some significant U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to awards under the 2013 and 2010 Plans. The following is based on U.S. federal tax laws and regulations presently in effect, which are subject to change, and the discussion does not purport to be a complete description of the federal income tax aspects of the 2010 Plan and 2013 Plan. The award recipient should consult with an individual tax advisor to determine the applicability of the tax aspects of participating in the 2013 Plan and 2010 Plan in the recipient’s personal circumstances.

Incentive Stock Options . ISOs granted under the 2010 Plan or 2013 Plan are intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code. Under Section 422, the grant of an incentive stock option is generally not a taxable event for the recipient or for us. A recipient generally will not recognize taxable income upon exercise of an ISO if he or she has been, without a break in service, an employee of the Company or an affiliate from the date that the ISO was granted until three months before the date of exercise (or, until one year prior to the date of exercise, if the recipient is disabled (as such term is defined in the Code)). We are generally not entitled to any deduction upon the exercise of an ISO. The excess of the fair market value of the shares of common stock at the time of the exercise of an ISO over the exercise price is an adjustment that is included in the calculation of the recipient’s alternative minimum taxable income for the tax year in which the ISO is exercised. For purposes of determining the recipient’s alternative minimum tax liability for the year of disposition of the shares of common stock acquired pursuant to the ISO exercise, the recipient will have a basis in those shares equal to the fair market value of the shares of common stock at the time of exercise.

If the recipient does not dispose of the shares acquired upon the exercise of an ISO for a period of at least two years from the date of grant of the ISO and one year from receiving the transfer of shares, then, upon disposition of such shares, any gain realized upon such disposition will be taxed to the recipient as capital gain. We will not be entitled to any deduction with respect to the exercise of an ISO for federal income tax purposes. A capital loss will be recognized to the extent that the amount realized is less than the exercise price.

If the foregoing holding period requirements are not met, the recipient will recognize ordinary income upon the disposition of shares of common stock, in an amount generally equal to the lesser of (i) the excess of the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the date that the ISO was exercised over the exercise price, or (ii) the excess, if any, of the amount recognized upon disposition of the shares over the exercise price. If the amount recognized upon disposition exceeds the value of the shares on the date of exercise, any additional amount shall be capital gain. If the amount recognized is less than the exercise price, the recipient will recognize no income, and a capital loss will be recognized equal to the excess of the exercise price over the amount realized upon the disposition of the shares.

Non-Qualified Options . The grant of an option will not be a taxable event for the grantee or us. Upon exercising a non-qualified option, a grantee will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the difference between the exercise price and the fair market value of the common stock on the date of exercise. Upon a subsequent sale or exchange of shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of a non-qualified option, the grantee will have taxable capital gain or loss, measured by the difference between the amount realized on the disposition and the tax basis of the shares of common stock (generally, the amount paid for the shares plus the amount treated as ordinary income at the time the option was exercised).

 

121


Table of Contents

If we comply with applicable reporting requirements and with the restrictions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, we will be entitled to a business expense deduction in the same amount and generally at the same time as the grantee’s recognition of ordinary income.

Restricted Stock . A grantee who is awarded restricted stock will not recognize any taxable income for federal income tax purposes in the year of the award, provided that the shares of common stock are subject to restrictions (that is, the restricted stock is nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture). However, the grantee may elect under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code to recognize compensation income in the year of the award in an amount equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the award (less the purchase price, if any), determined without regard to the restrictions. If the grantee does not make such a Section 83(b) election, the fair market value of the common stock on the date the restrictions lapse (less the purchase price, if any) will be treated as compensation income to the grantee and will be taxable in the year the restrictions lapse and dividends paid while the common stock is subject to restrictions will be subject to withholding taxes. If we comply with applicable reporting requirements and with the restrictions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, we will be entitled to a business expense deduction in the same amount and generally at the same time as the grantee recognizes ordinary income.

Restricted Stock Units . There are no immediate tax consequences of receiving an award of restricted stock units under the Plan. A grantee who is awarded restricted stock units will be required to recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the fair market value of shares issued to such grantee at the end of the restriction period or, if later, the payment date. If we comply with applicable reporting requirements and with the restrictions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, we will be entitled to a business expense deduction in the same amount and generally at the same time as the grantee recognizes ordinary income.

Stock Appreciation Rights . There are no immediate tax consequences of receiving an award of stock appreciation rights under the Plan. Upon exercising a stock appreciation right, a grantee will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the difference between the exercise price and the fair market value of the common stock on the date of exercise. If we comply with applicable reporting requirements and with the restrictions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, we will be entitled to a business expense deduction in the same amount and generally at the same time as the grantee recognizes ordinary income.

Performance and Annual Incentive Awards . The award of a performance or annual incentive award will have no federal income tax consequences for us or for the grantee. The payment of the award is taxable to a grantee as ordinary income. If we comply with applicable reporting requirements and with the restrictions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, we will be entitled to a business expense deduction in the same amount and generally at the same time as the grantee recognizes ordinary income.

Unrestricted Common Stock . Participants who are awarded unrestricted common stock will be required to recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the date of the award, reduced by the amount, if any, paid for such shares. If we comply with applicable reporting requirements and with the restrictions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, we will be entitled to a business expense deduction in the same amount and generally at the same time as the grantee recognizes ordinary income.

Section 280G. To the extent payments that are contingent on a change in control are determined to exceed certain Code limitations, they may be subject to a 20% excise tax imposed on the recipient and a portion of our deduction with respect to the associated compensation expense may be disallowed in whole or in part.

Section 409A. Awards granted under the 2010 Plan or the 2013 Plan are generally not intended to constitute “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code. If an award does constitute “deferred compensation” it is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code. A violation of Section 409A may subject a recipient to immediate taxation of an award plus a 20% excise tax and interest. To the extent a grantee would be subject to the additional 20% excise tax imposed on certain nonqualified deferred compensation plans as a result of a provision of an award under the Plan, to the extent permitted by law, the provisions of the Plan will be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to avoid application of the 20% excise tax.

 

122


Table of Contents

Option Awards to Senior Management and Non-Employee Directors

In connection with the completion of the private placement, we issued options to certain of our officers to purchase shares of our common stock under the 2013 Plan at an exercise price equal to the offering price of our common stock in the private placement. These options will terminate after 10 years and shall vest ratably over four years, provided that 25% of the options shall vest on the first anniversary of the grant date and 6 1/4% of the options shall vest at the end of each quarterly period thereafter until the fourth anniversary of the grant date. We believe this issuance appropriately rewarded such executives for their performance, incentivizes them to continue to perform going forward and aligns their interests with those of our stockholders.

The following table sets forth the options awarded under the 2013 Incentive Plan to our named executive officers.

 

Name

   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
     Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options
(#) Unexercisable
     Option
Exercise Price
($)
     Option Expiration
Date
 

Barry Karfunkel

     —           743,500       $ 10.50         June 6, 2023   

Robert Karfunkel

     —           743,500         10.50         June 6, 2023   

Michael Weiner

     —           520,450         10.50         June 6, 2023   

In connection with the completion of the private placement, we also issued options to purchase an aggregate of 780,675 shares of our common stock to certain of our other officers, upon the same terms as the options issued to our named executive officers.

 

123


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information about the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of August 1, 2013 by: (i) each security holder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Company’s outstanding securities; (ii) each of our directors; (iii) each of our executive officers; and (iv) all directors and executive officers as a group. We have based our calculations of the percentage of beneficial ownership on 79,700,000 shares of common stock outstanding on August 1, 2013.

The address of each beneficial owner listed on the table below is c/o National General Holdings Corp., 59 Maiden Lane, 38th Floor, New York, New York 10038. For purposes of the table below, derivative securities that are currently exercisable or exercisable into common stock within 60 days of the date of this prospectus are deemed beneficially owned by the person holding the derivative securities for the purposes of computing beneficial ownership of that person, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. We believe, based on the information furnished to us, that all of the directors, executive officers and 5% holders listed below have sole voting and investment power over the shares of common stock listed or share voting and investment power with his or her spouse, except as otherwise provided below.

 

     Shares Beneficially Owned  
Name of beneficial owner    Number(1)      %  

Executive Officers and Directors:

     

Michael Karfunkel

     12,593,308         15.8

Byron Storms

     192,832         *   

Michael Weiner

     109,336         *   

Barry Karfunkel

     —           *   

Robert Karfunkel

     —           *   

Thomas Newgarden

     109,336         *   

Michael Murphy

     —           *   

Jeffrey Weissmann

     36,445         *   

Donald Bolar

     —           *   

Barry Zyskind

     —           *   

Donald DeCarlo

     —           *   

Patrick Fallon

     —           *   

Barbara Paris, M.D.

     —           *   

Howard Zuckerman

     —           *   

All executive officers and directors as a group (14 persons)

     13,041,257         16.3

Greater than 5% Stockholders:

     

Leah Karfunkel(2)

     32,961,262         41.4

AmTrust

     12,295,430         15.4

 

* Less than one percent.
(1) Includes shares the individuals have the right to acquire upon the exercise of options: Mr. Weiner – 109,336; Mr. Storms –192,832; Mr. Newgarden – 109,336; Mr. Weissmann – 36,445; all executive officers and directors as a group – 411,504 shares.
(2) These shares of common stock are held by the Karfunkel Trust, of which Mrs. Karfunkel is the sole trustee.

 

124


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We describe below certain transactions we have entered into with parties that are related to our company. We believe that each of the transactions described below was on terms no less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unrelated parties.

Our founder, Michael Karfunkel, and a grantor retained annuity trust of which he is the grantor, are our majority stockholders, have ownership interests in each of AmTrust, Maiden and ACP Re. We provide and receive services from these related entities, or otherwise have additional relationships with these companies, as described below.

AmTrust’s Holding of Preferred Stock

In March, 2010, in connection with our formation, we issued and sold to AmTrust 53,054 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock, which shares were converted into 12,295,430 shares of our common stock in connection with the completion of the private placement. The purchase price for the preferred stock was approximately $53.0 million, which was equal to 25.0% of our initial capital. In connection with the issuance of our Series A Preferred Stock, we entered into a stockholders agreement and a registration rights agreement with AmTrust, Michael Karfunkel and the Karfunkel Trust. The stockholders agreement was terminated upon the completion of the private placement. The registration rights agreement remains in effect. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights—Founding Stockholders’ Registration Rights.”

Asset Management Agreement

Effective March 1, 2010, we entered into an asset management agreement with AII Insurance Management Limited (“AIIM”), an AmTrust subsidiary, pursuant to which AIIM has agreed to provide investment management services to our subsidiaries. Pursuant to the asset management agreement, AIIM provides investment management services for a quarterly fee equal to 5 basis points if the average value of the account is less than $1.0 billion for the preceding calendar quarter and 3.75 basis points if the average value of the account is greater than $1.0 billion for the preceding calendar quarter. The asset management agreement had an initial term of one year and is automatically renewable for additional one-year terms unless either party elects not to renew the agreement. The agreement may be terminated upon 30 days’ written notice by either party. As of December 31, 2012, we had approximately $730.0 million of assets under management with AIIM. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, we paid asset management fees to AIIM of $1.6 million and $1.6 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had accrued fees payable to AIIM in the amounts $383,000 and $380,000 respectively.

Master Services Agreement

AmTrust provides us and our affiliates with information technology development services in connection with the development and licensing of our policy administration system at a cost that is currently 1.25% of our and our affiliates’ gross premium written through the system plus AmTrust’s costs for development and support services. In addition, AmTrust provides us and our affiliates with printing and mailing services at a per piece cost for policy and policy related materials, such as invoices, quotes, notices and endorsements, associated with the policies processed for us and our affiliates on our policy administration system. We recorded approximately $16.2 million of expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 related to this agreement.

Integon National Consulting and Marketing Agreement

On July 1, 2012, Integon National entered into an agreement with Risk Services, LLC (“RSL”), an AmTrust subsidiary. RSL provides certain consulting and marketing services to promote our captive insurance program with AARC to potential independent agents selling through our Agency channel. Under the terms of this agreement, RSL receives 1.5% of all net premium written generated by the program. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the amounts charged for such fees were $15,000. As of December 31, 2012, Integon National had accrued fees payable for these services in the amount of $15,000.

 

125


Table of Contents

Personal Lines Quota Share

Effective March 1, 2010, Integon National entered into the Personal Lines Quota Share, pursuant to which Integon National ceded a 50% quota share of the gross premium written of its P&C business to a group of affiliated reinsurers consisting of Maiden Insurance, ACP Re and AmTrust (through a subsidiary).

The Personal Lines Quota Share provides that the reinsurers, severally, in accordance with their participation percentages, receive 50.0% of the gross premium written (excluding premium ceded to state-run reinsurance facilities) of the P&C business of the ceding company and assume 50.0% of the related losses and allocated LAE. The Personal Lines Quota Share had an initial term of three years, was renewed through March 1, 2016 and will renew automatically for successive three-year terms unless terminated by written notice not less than nine months prior to the expiration of the current term. In addition, a reinsurer may terminate its participation in the Personal Lines Quota Share upon 60 days’ written notice upon the occurrence of certain early termination events with respect to the ceding company, which include a merger or change of control of the ceding company, the ceding company ceasing to write new and renewal business, the ceding company effecting a reduction in the net retained share of the business reinsured without written consent of the reinsurers or the ceding company’s failure to remit premiums in accordance with the Personal Lines Quota Share. The quota share percentage ceded to each reinsurer under the Personal Lines Quota Share for Maiden Insurance, ACP Re and AmTrust are 25.0%, 15.0%, and 10.0%, respectively.

In addition, the ceding company may terminate a reinsurer’s share in the Personal Lines Quota Share upon 60 days’ written notice upon the occurrence of certain early termination events with respect to a reinsurer, which include the insolvency of the reinsurer, financial condition impairment of the reinsurer as set forth in the Personal Lines Quota Share, merger or change of control of the reinsurer, the reinsurer ceasing to write new and renewal business or if a reinsurer is 30 days in arrears on payment and has not cured such breach within 30 days following written notice from Integon National (unless the subject of a good faith dispute). Integon National also may terminate on 60 days’ written notice following the effective date of an initial public offering or private placement of stock by Integon National or a direct or indirect parent, which would include NGHC and the consummation of this offering. With the net proceeds from the private placement, we will retain more of our written business. Effective August 1, 2013, we terminated our cession of P&C premium to our quota share reinsurers and now retain 100% of such P&C gross premium written and related losses with respect to all new and renewal P&C policies bound after August 1, 2013. We will continue to cede 50% of P&C gross premium written and related losses with respect to policies in effect as of July 31, 2013 to the quota share reinsurers until the expiration of such policies. This retention of our P&C premium will provide us the opportunity to substantially increase our underwriting and investment income, while also increasing our exposure to losses. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Insurance Operations—We have reduced our dependence on reinsurance and will retain a greater percentage of our premium writings, which increases our exposure to the underlying policy risks.”

The Personal Lines Quota Share provides that the reinsurers pay a provisional ceding commission equal to 32.0% of ceded earned premium, net of premiums ceded by Integon National for inuring third-party reinsurance, subject to adjustment to a maximum of 34.5% if the loss ratio for the reinsured business is 60.0% or less and a minimum of 30.0% if the loss ratio is 64.5% or higher.

The amounts related to this Personal Lines Quota Share are as follows:

 

(amounts in thousands)

                    

Year ended December 31, 2012

                    
     Ceded
Earned
Premiums
     Ceding
Commission
Income
     Ceded
Losses and
LAE Expenses
 

ACP Re

   $ 168,395       $ 52,602       $ 117,510   

Maiden Insurance

     280,657         87,671         195,850   

AmTrust

     112,264         34,046         78,345   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 561,316       $ 174,319       $ 391,705   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

126


Table of Contents

(amounts in thousands)

                    

Year ended December 31, 2012

                    
     Reinsurance Recoverable
on Paid and Unpaid
Losses and LAE
     Ceded
Commission
Receivable
     Ceded
Premium
Payable
 

ACP Re

   $ 85,914       $ 7,853       $ 43,605   

Maiden Insurance

     143,190         13,089         72,674   

AmTrust

     57,276         5,236         29,070   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 286,380       $ 26,178       $ 145,349   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2011

                    
     Ceded
Earned
Premiums
     Ceding
Commission
Income
     Ceded Losses
and
LAE Expenses
 

ACP Re

   $ 147,507       $ 46,081       $ 99,430   

Maiden Insurance

     245,844         76,800         165,716   

AmTrust

     98,338         29,993         66,281   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 491,689       $ 152,874       $ 331,427   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2011

                    
     Reinsurance Recoverable
on Paid and Unpaid
Losses and LAE
     Ceded
Commission
Receivable
     Ceded
Premium
Payable
 

ACP Re

   $ 63,098       $ 9,515       $ 38,409   

Maiden Insurance

     105,164         15,859         64,015   

AmTrust

     42,061         6,342         25,606   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 210,323       $ 31,716       $ 128,030   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

10-month period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010

                    
     Ceded
Earned
Premiums
     Ceding
Commission
Income
     Ceded Losses
and
LAE Expenses
 

ACP Re

   $ 74,073       $ 24,074       $ 49,748   

Maiden Insurance

     123,455         40,123         82,680   

AmTrust

     49,382         16,049         33,164   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 246,910       $ 80,246       $ 165,592   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

10-month period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010

                    
     Reinsurance Recoverable
on Paid and Unpaid
Losses and LAE
     Ceded
Commission
Receivable
     Ceded
Premium
Payable
 

ACP Re

   $ 36,848       $ 10,646       $ 32,758   

Maiden Insurance

     61,413         17,743         54,597   

AmTrust

     24,565         7,098         21,839   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 122,826       $ 35,487       $ 109,194   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accident and Health Portfolio Transfer and Quota Share

Effective January 1, 2013, Wesco Insurance Company (“Wesco”), an affiliate of AmTrust entered into a Portfolio Transfer and Quota Share Agreement (the “A&H Quota Share”) with National Health Insurance Company (“NHIC”), our subsidiary, and AmTrust North America, Inc. (“AmTrust NA”) entered into a related Assignment and Assumption Agreement (the “A&H Assignment”) with our subsidiary, Management Corp. Under the A&H Quota Share, NHIC assumed a book of A&H business from Wesco. Pursuant to the A&H Quota Share, NHIC has assumed 100% of Wesco’s loss and unearned premium reserves related to the relevant book of A&H business, which total approximately $2.6 million. For the existing book of business, NHIC paid Wesco a ceding commission equal to Wesco’s acquisition costs and reinsurance costs. In addition, Wesco has agreed to continue to issue policies with respect to certain programs assumed by NHIC and certain new A&H programs for such new policies, for which

 

127


Table of Contents

Wesco will cede 100% of the premiums related to such policies subject to a ceding commission of 5.0% plus its acquisition costs and reinsurance costs. Pursuant to the A&H Assignment, AmTrust assigned certain assets and leases relating to the book of business under the A&H Quota Share to Management Corp. We also hired the related program development personnel.

Integon National Reinsurance Agreements

On November 9, 2012, Integon National, our wholly-owned subsidiary, sold all of the outstanding shares of Agent Alliance Insurance Company (“AAIC”) to ACP Re for a purchase price equal to AAIC’s statutory capital and surplus. Following the transaction, Integon National entered into a reinsurance agreement with AAIC whereby AAIC ceded to Integon National 100% of all existing and renewal private passenger auto insurance business of AAIC.

Investment in Life Settlements

During 2010 and 2011, we formed each of Tiger Capital, LLC and AMT Capital Alpha, LLC with a subsidiary of AmTrust for the purposes of acquiring life settlement contracts and related premium finance loans. In the first quarter of 2013, a subsidiary of ours acquired a 50.0% interest in AMT Capital Holdings, S.A. Although we have a 50.0% interest in each of these entities, AmTrust provides certain actuarial and finance functions to the entities, for which we receive a benefit. As a result of this arrangement, Tiger Capital, LLC, AMT Capital Alpha, LLC and AMT Capital Holdings, S.A. collectively paid AmTrust $0.7 million for these services for the year ended December 31, 2012.

800 Superior

In August 2011, Integon National and AmTrust formed 800 Superior, LLC (“800 Superior”) for the purpose of acquiring an office building in Cleveland, Ohio. We and AmTrust each have a 50.0% ownership interest in 800 Superior. The cost of the building acquired by 800 Superior (the “Cleveland Office Building”) was approximately $7.5 million. AmTrust has been appointed managing member of 800 Superior. In 2012, ACP Re made a short-term loan of $5.0 million to 800 Superior to fund our share of the costs associated with the renovation of the Cleveland Office Building. We repaid the ACP Re loan in full in September 2012. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, our investment in the Cleveland Office Building was recorded as approximately $2.7 million and $3.8 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, we recorded equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated subsidiaries in the amounts of $142,000 and $0, respectively, with respect to our interest in 800 Superior.

Additionally, in 2012, a subsidiary, Management Corp., entered into an office lease with 800 Superior for approximately 134,000 square feet of space in the Cleveland Office Building. The lease is for a period of 15 years and we paid 800 Superior $1.4 million in rent for the year ended December 31, 2012.

In September 2012, 800 Superior received $19.4 million in net proceeds from a financing transaction entered into by the Company, AmTrust and Key Community Development Corporation (“KCDC”) related to a capital improvement project for the Cleveland Office Building. The Company, AmTrust and KCDC collectively made capital contributions (net of allocation fees) and loans to 800 Superior NMTC Investment Fund II and 800 Superior NMTC Investment Fund I LLC (collectively, the “Investment Funds”) under a qualified New Markets Tax Credit (“NMTC”) program. The NMTC program was provided for in the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000 (the “Act”) and is intended to induce capital investment in qualified lower income communities. The Act permits taxpayers to claim credits against their federal income taxes for up to 39.0% of qualified investments in the equity of community development entities (“CDEs”). CDEs are privately managed investment institutions that are certified to make qualified low-income community investments.

In addition to the capital contributions and loans from the Company, AmTrust and KCDC, as part of the transaction, the Investment Funds received, directly and indirectly, proceeds of approximately $8.0 million through two loans originating from state and local governments of Ohio. These loans are each for a period of 15 years and have an average interest rate of 1.7% per annum. We and AmTrust both serve as guarantors under these loans.

 

128


Table of Contents

The Investment Funds then contributed the loan proceeds and capital contributions of $19.4 million to two CDEs, which, in turn, loaned the funds on similar terms to 800 Superior. The proceeds of the loans from the CDEs (including loans representing the capital contribution made by KCDC, net of allocation fees) will be used to fund the capital improvement project. As collateral for these loans, we granted a security interest in the assets acquired with the loan proceeds.

In September 2012, we formed East Ninth and Superior, LLC and 800 Superior NMTC Investment Fund II, LLC with AmTrust. We and AmTrust each have a 50.0% ownership interest in East Ninth and Superior, LLC and a 24.5% interest in 800 Superior NMTC Investment Fund II, LLC, for which the Company is not the primary beneficiary. Our investment in the companies was approximately $4.0 million. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded equity in earnings (losses) in the amount of $223,000 with respect to our interests in East Ninth and Superior, LLC and 800 Superior NMTC Investment Fund II, LLC.

Use of Company Aircraft

We are party to an aircraft timeshare agreement with a wholly-owned subsidiary of AmTrust, AmTrust Underwriters, Inc. (“AUI”). The agreement provides for payment to AUI for usage of its company-owned aircraft and covers actual expenses incurred and permissible under federal aviation regulations including travel and lodging expenses of the crew, in-flight catering, flight planning and weather contract services, ground transportation, fuel, landing and hangar fees and airport taxes, among others. AUI does not charge us for the fixed costs that would be incurred in any event to operate the aircraft (for example, aircraft purchase costs, insurance and flight crew salaries). During the year ended December 31, 2012, we paid AUI approximately $120,000, for the use of its aircraft under this agreement.

Other Agreements with ACP Re

We borrowed an aggregate principal amount of $18.7 million from ACP Re pursuant to two promissory notes effective as of January 27, 2012 and September 5, 2012, which promissory notes were amended and restated in their entirety by a Second Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note (the “ACP Re Note”) effective as of February 20, 2013. The ACP Re Note bears interest at a rate of 3.0% and matures on January 1, 2017. As of March 31, 2013, the outstanding principal balance on the loan remained at $18.7 million. This indebtedness is subordinate to our indebtedness under our Credit Agreement.

Effective November 1, 2012, our wholly-owned subsidiary, Management Corp., provides accounting and administrative services to ACP Re for a monthly fee of $10,000. We recorded approximately $20,000 for these services for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Corporate Office Lease Agreements

In 2010, we entered into a lease for office space on the 23 rd floor at 59 Maiden Lane in downtown Manhattan from 59 Maiden Lane Associates, LLC, an entity that is wholly owned by entities controlled by Michael Karfunkel and his brother. In 2012, we amended the 2010 lease and began renting 19,996 square feet of office space on the 38 th floor and paid approximately $0.5 million in rent and expenses pursuant to this lease for the year ended December 31, 2012.

2012 Purchase of Byron Storms’ Equity Interests in Clearside

In May 2012, we hired Byron Storms as President of Management Corp. and our P&C operations. From March 2007 to May 2012, Mr. Storms was president and chief executive officer of Clearside General Insurance Services, LLC. We acquired 70% of the equity interests in Clearside in November of 2011. In June of 2012, we entered into an agreement to purchase the remaining 30% of the equity interest in Clearside, 25% of which was owned by Mr. Storms, and for which we paid Mr. Storms a purchase price of $1,250,000, payable in 15 monthly installments.

Family Relationships

Barry Karfunkel and Robert Karfunkel, sons of Michael Karfunkel, are employed by us as executive vice president and chief marketing officer, and executive vice president – strategy and development, respectively. Barry

 

129


Table of Contents

Karfunkel serves on our board of directors and Robert Karfunkel served on our board of directors until June 6, 2013. Prior to the private placement, each of Michael Karfunkel, Barry Karfunkel and Robert Karfunkel received annual base salaries of $750,000 from 2010 to 2012. Barry Karfunkel and Robert Karfunkel each received an annual bonus of $250,000 with respect to 2012 and 2011 and no annual bonus with respect to 2010.

Barry Zyskind, President & Chief Executive Officer of AmTrust, serves on our board of directors. Barry Zyskind is Mr. Karfunkel’s son-in-law.

 

130


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Our authorized capital consists of (1) 150,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share (which we refer to as “common stock” throughout this prospectus), of which 79,700,000 shares are issued and outstanding, and (2) 10,000,000 shares of our preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, of which no shares are issued and outstanding.

The following is a summary of the material terms of our common stock and preferred stock and related provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

Common Stock

Voting Power

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on any matter to be voted upon by stockholders.

The holders of common stock are not be entitled to cumulative voting rights with respect to the election of directors, which means that the holders of a majority of the voting power of our common stock voted can elect all of the directors then standing for election.

Dividend

Holders of shares of common stock are entitled to receive ratably the dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. See “Dividend Policy.”

Preemptive or Other Rights

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock which we may designate in the future.

Preferred Stock

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to issue and to designate the terms of one or more new classes or series of preferred stock. The rights with respect to a class or series of preferred stock may be greater than the rights attached to our common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of our preferred stock on the rights of holders of our common stock until our board of directors determines the specific rights attached to that class or series of preferred stock.

Certain Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Bylaws and Delaware Law

Special Meetings of Stockholders

Our bylaws generally provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president or by resolution of the board of directors. Stockholders are not permitted to call a special meeting or require our board of directors to call a special meeting. However, we have agreed in the Registration Rights Agreement that a special meeting of stockholders (the “Special Election Meeting”) shall be called if a registration statement for resale of the common stock sold in the private placement has not become effective and the shares of our common stock have not become listed on the NYSE or the NASDAQ Global Market within 270 days after the completion of the private placement. Such special meeting may be called solely for the purposes of: (1) considering and voting upon proposals to remove each of our then-serving directors and (2) electing such number of directors as there are then vacancies on our board of directors (including any vacancies created by the removal of any director at the special meeting). Nominations of individuals for election to our board of directors at the Special Election Meeting may only be made (a) by or at the direction of our board of directors or (b) upon receipt by us of a written notice of any holder or holders of shares of our common stock entitled to cast, or direct the casting of, at least 5% of all the votes entitled to be cast at the Special Election Meeting, which notice must contain certain information as specified in our bylaws and be delivered to us within 15 days after delivery of the notice of the Special Election Meeting.

 

131


Table of Contents

At any special meeting of our stockholders, only such business will be conducted as has been specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of our board of directors or otherwise properly brought before the special meeting by or at the direction of our board of directors.

No Cumulative Voting

The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations

Our bylaws provide that stockholders seeking to bring business before a meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders (other than the Special Election Meeting), must provide timely notice of their intent in writing. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the meeting. Our bylaws also specify certain requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice, including the stockholder’s ownership of the Company, synthetic equity transactions engaged in by the stockholder related to the Company, any proxies or voting agreements pursuant to which such stockholder has a right to vote shares of the Company, any stock borrowing agreements entered into by the stockholder related to the Company, any performance related fees the stockholder is entitled to based on changes in the value of the stock of the Company and any other information that would be required to be made in connection with a solicitation of proxies by such stockholder pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act. Our bylaws also require that such stockholder provide information concerning each item of business proposed by the stockholder and individuals nominated for election as a director, as applicable. Failure to timely comply with these provisions may preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders.

Stockholder-Initiated Bylaw Amendments

Our bylaws may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by stockholders only upon approval of at least a majority of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of our common stock. Additionally, our bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed by the board of directors by a majority vote.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock are available for future issuances without stockholder approval and can be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination (as defined in such section) with an “interested stockholder” (defined generally as any person who beneficially owns 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of such corporation or any person affiliated with such person) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless: (1) prior to such time the board of directors of such corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (2) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of such corporation at the time the transaction commenced (excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock of such corporation outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares

 

132


Table of Contents

owned (a) by persons who are directors and also officers of such corporation and (b) by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer); or (3) on or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of such corporation and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock of such corporation not owned by the interested stockholder.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters

As permitted by the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation includes provisions that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director. The duty of care generally requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.

Our certificate of incorporation also authorizes us to indemnify our officers, directors and other agents to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law, and we may advance expenses to our directors, officers and employees in connection with a legal proceeding, subject to limited exceptions. As permitted by the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation provides that:

 

   

we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to limited exceptions; and

 

   

we may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of our current or former directors, officers, employees or agents against any liability asserted against them and incurred by them in any such capacity, or arising out of their status as such.

In addition, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors pursuant to which each executive officer and director will be indemnified as described above (or furnished contribution by us if indemnification is unavailable) and will be advanced costs and expenses subject to delivery of an undertaking to repay any advanced amounts if it is ultimately determined that such executive officer or director is not entitled to indemnification for such costs and expenses.

Forum

Our bylaws provide that, subject to certain exceptions, unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum, a state or federal court located in the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or agent of the Company to the Company or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The bylaw further provides that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring an interest in our shares of capital stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing. Although we believe this provision benefits the Company by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, it may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees.

Registration Rights

Founding Stockholders’ Registration Rights

In addition to the registration rights agreement pursuant to which shares are being registered hereunder, we have entered into a registration rights agreement with Michael Karfunkel, our chairman and chief executive officer, the Karfunkel Trust, and AmTrust (collectively, the “founding stockholders”) pursuant to which we have agreed to provide the founding stockholders certain rights to require us to register their shares of common stock. In connection with the private placement, the founding stockholders have agreed to waive any right to have their shares included in this shelf registration statement and have further agreed not to sell their shares of common stock for 90 days following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Additionally, the founding stockholders have waived any rights they may have under the initial registration rights agreement for a period of 180 days following the effectiveness of the registration statement. However, after the 180-day period following the effectiveness of the registration statement, the founding stockholders have the right to cause us to register with the SEC all of their shares for resale in the public market.

Purchasers in the Private Placement

The purchasers of shares of our common stock in the private placement are entitled to the benefits of a registration rights agreement between us and FBR Capital Markets & Co. Under this registration rights agreement, we have agreed, at our expense, to file with the SEC within 90 days following the completion of the private placement a shelf registration statement registering for resale the shares of our common stock sold therein, plus any additional shares of our common stock issued in respect thereof whether by share dividend, share distribution, share split or otherwise. The registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is being filed in accordance with our obligations under this registration rights agreement.

 

133


Table of Contents

We are required to use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the shelf registration statement to become effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after the filing, but in any event within 270 days after the completion of the private placement, and to maintain its continuous effectiveness under the Securities Act until the earliest of (i) such time as all of the shares of common stock covered by the shelf registration statement have been sold in accordance with the intended distribution of such shares, (ii) the shares covered by the shelf registration statement are no longer outstanding or (iii) the first anniversary of the completion of the private placement and the condition that such shares have been transferred to an unrestricted CUSIP, are listed or included on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market or alternative market, and can be sold under Rule 144 without limitation as to volume, manner of sale or current public information under Rule 144.

If we choose to file an IPO registration statement, all holders of shares of our common stock sold in the private placement and each of their respective direct and indirect transferees may elect to participate in the registration in order to resell their shares of our common stock, subject to:

 

   

compliance with the registration rights agreement;

 

   

cutback rights on the part of the underwriters; and

 

   

other conditions and limitations that may be imposed by the underwriters.

Upon an initial public offering of shares of our common stock, the holders of shares of our common stock purchased in the private placement who elect, pursuant to the registration rights agreement, to include their shares of our common stock for resale in the initial public offering will not be able to sell any of their shares of our common stock that are not included in the initial public offering during such periods as reasonably requested by the representatives of the underwriters, if an underwritten offering, or by us in any other registration (but in no event for a period longer than 30 days prior to and 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with the initial public offering of our common stock). However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the “lock-up” period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the “lock-up” period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the “lock-up” period, then in either case the expiration of the “lock-up” will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless the managing underwriter in the initial public offering waives, in writing, such an extension. Those holders of shares of our common stock purchased in the private placement who do not elect, despite their right to do so under the registration rights agreement, to include their shares of our common stock for resale in the initial public offering may not, subject to certain exceptions, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, grant any option or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock (or securities convertible into such shares) for a period of up to 60 days following the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with the initial public offering of our common stock. Any amendment to or waivers of the “lock-up” periods specified in the registration rights agreement must be approved by and will be applicable only to those holders who provide their written consent to such amendment or waiver.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, we are permitted, under limited circumstances, to suspend the use, from time to time, of the prospectus that is part of a registration statement filed pursuant to the registration rights agreement, including this prospectus, (and therefore suspend sales under the registration statement) for certain periods, referred to as “blackout periods,” if, among other things, any of the following occurs:

 

   

the representative of the underwriters of an underwritten offering of primary shares of our common stock by us has advised us that the sale of shares of our common stock under the registration statement would have a material adverse effect on such underwritten offering of primary shares;

 

   

a majority of the independent members of our board of directors determines in good faith that (i) the offer or sale of any shares of our common stock under the registration statement would materially impede, delay or interfere with any proposed financing, offer or sale of securities, acquisition, merger, tender offer, business combination, corporate reorganization or other significant transaction involving us; (ii) after the

 

134


Table of Contents
 

advice of counsel, the sale of the shares covered by the registration statement would require disclosure of non-public material information not otherwise required to be disclosed under applicable law; and (iii) either (x) we have a bona fide business purpose for preserving the confidentiality of the proposed transaction or information, (y) disclosure would have a material adverse effect on us or our ability to consummate the proposed transaction or (z) the proposed transaction renders us unable to comply with SEC requirements, in each case under circumstances that would make it impracticable or inadvisable to cause the registration statement (or such filings) to become effective or promptly amend or supplement the registration statement, as applicable; or

 

   

a majority of the independent members of our board of directors determines in good faith, after the advice of counsel, that we are required by law, rule or regulation, or that it is in our best interests, to supplement the registration statement or file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement in order to incorporate information into the registration statement for the purpose of (i) including in the registration statement any prospectus required under Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act; (ii) reflecting in the prospectus included in the registration statement any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or of the most recent post-effective amendment) that, individually or in the aggregate, represents a fundamental change in the information set forth in the prospectus; or (iii) including in the prospectus included in the registration statement any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information.

The cumulative blackout periods in any rolling 12-month period commencing on the closing of the offering may not exceed an aggregate of 90 days and, furthermore, may not exceed 60 days in any rolling 90-day period.

A holder that sells shares of our common stock pursuant to the registration statement or as a selling stockholder pursuant to an underwritten public offering generally will be required to be named as a selling stockholder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales and will be bound by the provisions of the registration rights agreement that are applicable to such holder (including certain indemnification rights and obligations). In addition, each holder of shares of our common stock may be required to deliver information to be used in connection with the shelf registration statement in order to have such holder’s shares of our common stock included in the registration statement.

Each certificate representing shares of our common stock may contain a legend to the effect that the holder thereof, by its acceptance thereof, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by the provisions of the registration rights agreement. In that regard, each holder will be deemed to have agreed that, upon receipt of notice of occurrence of any event that make a statement in the prospectus which is part of the registration statement untrue in any material respect or which requires the making of any changes in such prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or of certain other events specified in the registration rights agreement, such holder will suspend the sale of shares of our common stock pursuant to such prospectus until we have amended or supplemented such prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission and have furnished copies of such amended or supplemented prospectus to such holder or we have given notice that the sale of the shares of our common stock may be resumed.

We cannot, without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding registrable shares, enter into any agreement with current or prospective holders that would allow them to (i) include their securities in any registration statement filed pursuant to the registration rights agreement, unless such holders reduce the amount of their securities to be included if necessary to allow the inclusion of all of the registrable shares of the holders under the registration rights agreement or (ii) have their securities registered on a registration statement that could be declared effective prior to or within 180 days of the effective date of any registration statement filed pursuant to the registration rights agreement.

We have agreed to bear certain expenses incident to our registration obligations upon exercise of these registration rights, including the payment of federal securities law and state “blue sky” registration fees, except that we will not bear any brokers’ or underwriters’ discounts and commissions or transfer taxes relating to sales of shares of our common stock. We have agreed to indemnify each selling stockholder for certain violations of federal or state securities laws in connection with any registration statement in which such selling stockholder sells its shares of our common stock pursuant to these registration rights. Each selling stockholder has in turn agreed to indemnify us for federal or state securities law violations that occur in reliance upon written information it provides for us in the registration statement.

 

135


Table of Contents

In connection with our filing of a registration statement, we have agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts (including, without limitation, seeking to cure in our listing application any deficiencies cited by the exchange or market) to list our common stock on the NYSE or the NASDAQ Global Market and thereafter maintain the listing on such exchange. We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “NGHC”.

We will also provide, upon request, each holder of registrable shares copies of the prospectus that is a part of the registration statement, notify such holder when the registration statement has become effective, and take certain other actions as are required to permit unrestricted resales.

Each selling stockholder named as such in this prospectus may be deemed an “underwriter” as that term is defined in the Securities Act. Underwriters have statutory responsibilities and liabilities in respect of the accuracy of any prospectus used by them.

Generally, the prospectus delivery requirement may be satisfied by disclosing to a selling broker the existence of the requirement to sell the shares of our common stock in accordance with the registration statement covering the shares of our common stock and making arrangements with such broker to deliver a current prospectus in connection with any such sale. Upon receipt of a written request therefor, we will provide a reasonable number of current prospectuses to each investor.

Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, so long as a holder owns registrable shares, we will furnish to the holder promptly upon request (1) a written statement by us as to our compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after 90 days after the effective date of this registration statement filed by us for an offering of our securities to the general public) and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after we have become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act), (2) a copy of our most recent annual or quarterly report and (3) such other of our reports and documents, and take such further actions, as a holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing a holder to sell any shares of our common stock without registration.

The preceding summary of certain provisions of the registration rights agreement is not intended to be complete, and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, all of the provisions of the registration rights agreement, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

 

136


Table of Contents

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a general discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock acquired in this offering as of the date hereof. This summary deals only with shares of common stock purchased in this offering that are held as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment) by a non-U.S. holder.

*        *        *         *

TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH TREASURY DEPARTMENT CIRCULAR 230, PROSPECTIVE HOLDERS ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT ANY DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL TAX ISSUES SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS WAS WRITTEN IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROMOTION AND MARKETING BY US OF THE SHARES. SUCH DISCUSSION IS NOT INTENDED OR WRITTEN TO BE LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE TO ANY PERSON AND IS NOT INTENDED OR WRITTEN TO BE USED, AND CANNOT BE USED, BY ANY PERSON FOR THE PURPOSE OF AVOIDING ANY U.S. FEDERAL TAX PENALTIES THAT MAY BE IMPOSED ON SUCH PERSON. EACH INVESTOR SHOULD SEEK ADVICE BASED ON ITS PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES FROM AN INDEPENDENT TAX ADVISOR.

*        *        *         *

For purposes of this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, an individual, corporation, estate or trust, but is not any of the following:

 

   

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if it (i) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a person treated as a partner in such partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partner and the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership considering an investment in shares of our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors.

This discussion is based on provisions of the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, rulings and other administrative pronouncements and judicial decisions, all as of the date of this prospectus. Those authorities are subject to different interpretations and may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations discussed below.

This discussion does not include any description of U.S. state or local taxation or the tax laws of any foreign government and does not address any aspect of U.S. federal taxation other than income taxation (such as U.S. federal estate tax or the Medicare contribution tax on certain net investment income). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of such non-U.S. holder’s particular circumstances or that may apply to non-U.S. holders subject to special rules under the U.S. federal income tax laws (including, for example, financial institutions, dealers in securities, traders in securities that elect mark-to-market treatment, insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, entities or arrangements treated as partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes (or investors therein), holders liable for the alternative minimum tax, former citizens or former long-term residents of the United States,

 

137


Table of Contents

holders who hold our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle, constructive sale, conversion transaction or other integrated investment, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” persons that own, or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock, and holders who acquire our common stock as compensation or otherwise in connection with the performance of services).

No opinion of counsel has been obtained, and we have not sought and do not intend to seek any rulings from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take positions concerning the tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of shares of our common stock that differ from those discussed below.

THIS SUMMARY IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF ALL TAX CONSEQUENCES RELATING TO THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM (INCLUDING THE APPLICATION AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX LAWS) OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD NOT CONSIDER THE CONTENTS OF THIS SUMMARY AS LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE.

Distributions on Our Common Stock

Distributions with respect to our common stock generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of (and will be applied against and reduce, but not below zero) the non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares of our common stock. Any excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock and will be treated as described below under “Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock.”

As discussed under “Dividend Policy” above, our board of directors currently intends to authorize the payment of a nominal quarterly cash dividend to our stockholders of record. Dividends (for U.S. federal income tax purposes) paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30%, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States, or permanent establishment maintained in the United States if certain tax treaties apply, by a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to such withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied (including the provision of a properly completed IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable form). Instead, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise, such dividends will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. person as defined under the Code. A corporate non-U.S. holder may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a rate of 30% on its earnings and profits (subject to adjustments) that are effectively connected with its conduct of a U.S. trade or business (unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise).

A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends will be required (a) to complete IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits or (b) if shares of our common stock are held through certain foreign intermediaries, to satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations.

A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

 

138


Table of Contents

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below under “Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” and “FATCA,” any gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder in the United States);

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met; or

 

   

we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation (“USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held shares of our common stock (the “applicable period”).

In the case of a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point above, any gain generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if such non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code (unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise) and a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its “effectively connected earnings and profits” for the taxable year, subject to certain adjustments.

Except as otherwise provided by an applicable income tax treaty, an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to a 30% tax on any gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States) provided such a non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

We believe we are not currently a USRPHC and we do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC in the future. However, if we become a USRPHC and at the time of the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock which gives rise to any realized gain, our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, a non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain not otherwise taxable only if such non-U.S. holder actually or constructively owned more than 5% of our outstanding common stock at any time during the applicable period. You should consult your own tax advisor about the consequences that could result if we are, or become, a USRPHC.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such non-U.S. holder and the amount of tax, if any, withheld with respect to such dividends. These reporting requirements apply regardless of whether withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which a non-U.S. holder resides or is established pursuant to the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement with such tax authorities.

A non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28%) with respect to dividends paid to such holder unless such holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is not a United States person (as defined under the Code) (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale or other disposition by a non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries unless such non-U.S. holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is not a United States person (as defined under the Code), and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the non-U.S. holder is a United States person, or such non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

 

139


Table of Contents

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished timely to the IRS. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of these rules to their particular circumstances.

FATCA

In addition to the withholding described above, legislation enacted in 2010, known as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or “FATCA,” generally imposes a withholding tax of 30% on dividend income from our common stock and on the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock, if the payments are made to certain foreign entities, unless certain diligence, reporting, withholding and certification obligations and requirements are met. Recently finalized U.S. Treasury regulations delay the implementation of withholding under FATCA with respect to U.S. source dividends until after December 31, 2013, and with respect to payments of gross proceeds until after December 31, 2016.

The withholding under FATCA may be avoided if (i) the foreign entity is a “foreign financial institution” (as defined in this legislation) and such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which would include certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or (ii) the foreign entity is not a “foreign financial institution” and makes a certification identifying its substantial U.S. owners (as defined for this purpose) or makes a certification that such foreign entity does not have any substantial U.S. owners. Financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder of our common stock might be eligible for refunds or credits of such withholding taxes, and a non-U.S. holder might be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return to claim such refunds or credits.

Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

 

 

THE TAX DISCUSSION SET FORTH ABOVE IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE SHARES MAY NOT BE THE SAME FOR ALL POTENTIAL INVESTORS. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE SHARES.

 

140


Table of Contents

SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE

We have 79,700,000 shares of common stock outstanding, consisting of (1) 21,850,000 shares sold in the private placement; (2) 45,554,570 shares issued to our founding stockholders in connection with our formation and capitalization, prior to the private placement; and (3) 12,295,430 shares issued upon the conversion of our Series A Preferred Stock in connection with the private placement. In addition, 5,086,969 shares of common stock are issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of the date of this prospectus and 2,348,031 shares of common stock are reserved for future issuance under the 2013 Plan. We are registering up to 21,850,000 shares pursuant to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part.

All of the 79,700,000 shares of common stock that are issued and outstanding are “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available, including exemptions contained in Rule 144, which are summarized below. We have filed a registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, in respect of the 21,850,000 shares being offered by the selling stockholders. These shares may not be sold pursuant to this prospectus until such registration statement is declared effective.

Lock-Up Agreements

We have agreed that for a period beginning on the date of the purchase/placement agreement for the private placement until 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we will not, without the prior written consent of FBR Capital Markets & Co., which may be withheld or delayed in FBR Capital Markets & Co.’s sole discretion:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer, directly or indirectly, any of our equity securities or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our equity securities, or file any registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any of the foregoing; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any of our equity securities,

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of shares of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

The prior sentence does not apply to (1) the registration and sale of shares of our common stock under the registration rights agreement; (2) any shares of our common stock issued by us upon the exercise of an option outstanding on the date of the private placement offering memorandum and referred to in the private placement offering memorandum; or (3) such issuances of options or grants of restricted shares under the 2013 Plan described in the private placement offering memorandum.

Our stockholders, directors and our executive officers, in their capacities as such, have agreed that for a period beginning on May 30, 2013 until 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, none of them will, without the prior written consent of FBR Capital Markets & Co., which may be withheld or delayed in FBR Capital Markets & Co.’s sole discretion:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer, directly or indirectly, any of our equity securities or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our equity securities; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any of our equity securities,

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of shares of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

 

141


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the prior sentence, subject to applicable securities laws and the restrictions contained in our constituent documents, our controlling stockholders and our directors and executive officers may transfer our securities: (1) pursuant to the exercise of any options, including any sale, transfer or disposition of any shares of common stock that may be deemed to occur as consideration for the payment of the exercise price of such options in connection with a “cashless exercise” or “net share settlement;” provided that the shares of common stock issued upon the exercise of such options shall be subject to the transfer restrictions; (2) as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided that the donees agree to be bound in writing by the same restrictions described above; (3) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the stockholder or the immediate family of the stockholder, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the same restrictions described above; (4) as a distribution to stockholders, partners or members of the stockholder, provided that such stockholders, partners or members agree to be bound in writing by the same restrictions described above; (5) any transfer required any benefit plan of our company; (6) as required by participants in our 2013 Plan in order to reimburse or pay federal income tax and withholding obligations in connection with vesting of restricted stock grants; (7) as collateral for any loan, provided that the lender agrees in writing to be bound by the same restrictions described above; or (8) with respect to sales of securities acquired after the completion of the private placement in the open market; provided that such transfer or other disposition does not require a filing to be made with the SEC under the Exchange Act; and provided further that in the case of any such transfer contemplated by items (1)-(7) above, a copy of the required agreement of the transferee or transferees is furnished immediately to FBR Capital Markets & Co.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the lock-up period described above, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

In addition, upon an initial public offering of shares of our common stock, the holders of shares of our common stock purchased in the private placement who elect, pursuant to the registration rights agreement, to include their shares of our common stock for resale in the initial public offering will not be able to sell any of their shares of our common stock that are not included in the initial public offering during such periods as may be reasonably requested by the representatives of the underwriters, if an underwritten offering, or by us in any other registration (but in no event for a period longer than 30 days prior to and 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with the initial public offering of our common stock). Those holders of shares of our common stock purchased in the private placement who do not elect, despite their right to do so under the registration rights agreement, to include their shares of our common stock for resale in the initial public offering may not, subject to certain exceptions, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, grant any option or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock (or securities convertible into such shares) for a period of up to 60 days following the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with the initial public offering of shares of our common stock. Any amendment to or waivers of the “lock-up” periods specified in the registration rights agreement must be approved by and will be applicable only to those holders who provide their written consent to such amendment or waiver. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights—Purchasers in the Private Placement.”

Rule 144

Sales by Non-Affiliates . In general, under Rule 144, a holder of shares of restricted common stock who is not and has not been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding the proposed sale can resell the shares as follows:

 

   

If we have been a reporting company under the Exchange Act for at least 90 days immediately before the sale, then:

 

   

beginning six months after the shares were acquired from us or any of our affiliates, the holder can resell the shares, subject to the condition that current public information about us must be available (as described below), but without any other restrictions; and

 

   

beginning one year after the shares were acquired from us or any of our affiliates, the holder can resell the shares without any restrictions.

 

142


Table of Contents
   

If we have not been a public reporting company under the Exchange Act for at least 90 days immediately before the sale, then the holder may not resell the shares until at least one year has elapsed since the shares were acquired from us or any of our affiliates, and may resell the shares without restrictions after that time.

Sales by Affiliates . In general, under Rule 144, a holder of shares of restricted common stock who is one of our affiliates at the time of the sale or any time during the three months preceding the sale can resell shares, subject to the restrictions described below.

 

   

If we have been a public reporting company under the Exchange Act for at least 90 days immediately before the sale, then at least six months must have elapsed since the shares were acquired from us or one of our affiliates; in all other cases, at least one year must have elapsed since the shares were acquired from us or one of our affiliates.

 

   

The number of shares sold by such person within any three-month period cannot exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the total number of shares of our common stock then outstanding (approximately 797,000 shares as of the date of this prospectus); or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale is filed with the SEC (or, if Form 144 is not required to be filed, the four calendar weeks preceding the date the selling broker receives the sell order).

 

   

Conditions relating to the manner of sale, notice requirements (filing of Form 144 with the SEC) and the availability of public information about us must also be satisfied.

Current Public Information: For sales by affiliates and non-affiliates, the satisfaction of the current public information requirement depends on whether we are a public reporting company under the Exchange Act.

 

   

If we have been a public reporting company for at least 90 days immediately before the sale, then the current public information requirement is satisfied if we have filed all periodic reports (other than Form 8-K) required to be filed under the Exchange Act during the 12 months immediately before the sale (or such shorter period as we have been required to file those reports).

 

   

If we have not been a public reporting company for at least 90 days immediately before the sale, then the requirement is satisfied if specified types of basic information about us (including our business, management and our financial condition and results of operations) are publicly available.

No assurance can be given as to (1) the likelihood of an active market for our common stock developing, (2) the liquidity of any such market, (3) the ability of stockholders to sell the shares or (4) the prices that stockholders may obtain for any of the shares. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of shares or the availability of shares for future sale will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to an Investment in our Common Stock.”

We intend to file a Form S-8 registration statement following completion of this offering to register shares of common stock issued or issuable under our 2010 Plan and our 2013 Plan. These shares will be available-for-sale in the public market, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates.

 

143


Table of Contents

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

This prospectus covers shares of our common stock sold in the private placement. Some of the shares sold in the private placement were purchased by FBR Capital Markets & Co., or FBR, as initial purchaser, and resold by it to “qualified institutional buyers,” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and to certain persons outside of the United States in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act, in each case pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act. The remaining shares sold in the private placement were sold directly to “accredited investors” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act. FBR acted as sole placement agent in the private placement. See “Summary—Private Placement.”

When we refer to the selling stockholders in this prospectus, we mean those persons listed in the table below, as well as the permitted transferees, pledgees, donees, assignees, successors and others who later come to hold any of the selling stockholders’ interests other than through a public sale.

The selling stockholders may from time to time offer and sell pursuant to this prospectus any or all of the shares of common stock set forth in the following table. Certain selling stockholders may be deemed to be “underwriters” as defined in the Securities Act. Any profits realized by any such selling stockholders may be deemed to be underwriting commissions.

The table below has been prepared based upon the information furnished to us by the selling stockholders as of August 1, 2013. The selling stockholders identified below may have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of some or all of their shares since the date on which the information in the following table is presented in transactions exempt from or not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Information concerning the selling stockholders may change from time to time and, if necessary, we will supplement this prospectus accordingly. We cannot give an estimate as to whether the selling stockholders will in fact sell any or all of their shares of common stock.

Selling stockholders that are broker-dealers or affiliates of broker-dealers are identified in the footnotes to the table below. We have been advised that each of such selling stockholders purchased our common stock in the ordinary course of business, not for resale, and that none of such selling stockholders had, at the time of purchase, any agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the common stock. If the shares are to be sold by transferees of the selling stockholders under this prospectus and the shares are not sold pursuant to the Plan of Distribution in this registration statement, we must file a post-effective amendment to this registration statement that includes this prospectus or a prospectus supplement, amending the list of selling stockholders to include the transferee as a selling stockholder. Upon being notified by a selling stockholder that it intends to use an agent or principal to sell their shares, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement that includes this prospectus will be filed, naming the agent or principal as an underwriter and disclosing the compensation arrangement. All selling stockholders are subject to Rule 105 of Regulation M and are precluded from engaging in any short selling activities prior to effectiveness and for as long as they are participants in the offering.

To our knowledge and except as noted below, none of the selling stockholders has, or within the past three years has had, any material relationship with us or any of our affiliates.

 

     Beneficial ownership
prior to offering
    

Shares offered
pursuant to this
prospectus

(maximum number
that may be sold)

     Beneficial ownership
after offering
if all shares are sold
 
Selling Stockholders    Shares(1)      Percentage
of class
        Shares      Percentage
of class
 

Kingstown Capital Management, LP(3)

     2,250,000         2.8         2,250,000         —           —     

Luxor Capital Group, LP(4)

     2,067,500         2.6         2,067,500         —           —     

BHR Capital LLC(5)

     1,500,000         1.9         1,500,000         —           —     

Kensico Capital Management Corp(6)

     1,433,000         1.8         1,433,000         —           —     

Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C.(7)

     1,430,000         1.8         1,430,000         —           —     

 

144


Table of Contents

 

     Beneficial ownership
prior to offering
    

Shares offered
pursuant to this
prospectus

(maximum number
that may be sold)

     Beneficial ownership
after offering
if all shares are sold
 
Selling Stockholders    Shares(1)      Percentage
of class
        Shares      Percentage
of class
 

Park West Asset Management LLC(8)

     1,150,000         1.4         1,150,000         —           —     

American Financial Group, Inc.(9)(2)

     955,000         1.2         955,000         —           —     

Corsair Capital Management(10)

     955,000         1.2         955,000         —           —     

Empyrean Capital Partners, LP(11)

     955,000         1.2         955,000         —           —     

Blue Mountain Capital Management, LLC(12)

     930,000         1.2         930,000         —           —     

MSD Sparrowhawk, L.P.(13)

     859,762         1.1         859,762         —           —     

Diaco Investments, LP(14)

     825,000         1.0         825,000         —           —     

Philadelphia Financial Management of San Francisco, LLC(15)

     809,000         1.0         809,000         —           —     

EJF Financial Services Fund LP(16)

     715,000         *         715,000         —           —     

Philip J. Hempleman(17)

     700,000         *         700,000         —           —     

Columbus Hill Capital Management, L.P.(18)

     650,000         *         650,000         —           —     

Talkot Capital, LLC(19)

     525,000         *         525,000         —           —     

FBR & Co.(20)(2)

     486,032         *         486,032         —           —     

FJ Capital Management, LLC(21)

     419,968         *         419,986         —           —     

State of Wisconsin Investment Board(22)

     400,000         *         400,000         —           —     

683 Capital Partners LP(23)

     235,000         *         210,000         —           —     

Calm Waters Partnership(24)

     200,000         *         200,000         —           —     

Stieven Financial Investors, LP(25)

     163,420         *         163,420         —           —     

Trust Risk Group SPA(26)

     150,000         *         150,000         —           —     

Dialectic Capital Management, LLC(27)

     130,000         *         130,000         —           —     

Starlight Investments LP(28)

     100,000         *         100,000         —           —     

R. Duke Buchan III(29)

     95,000         *         95,000         —           —     

Stieven Financial Offshore Investors, Ltd(25)

     36,580         *         36,580         —           —     

Other Selling Stockholders (as a group) (30)

     724,738         *         749,738         —           —     

 

* Less than one percent
(1) Beneficial ownership prior to offering includes private placement shares acquired by the listed selling stockholder and not subsequently disposed of (through July 31, 2013, except as otherwise indicated). Beneficial ownership is calculated based on Rule 13d-3(d)(i) of the Exchange Act.
(2) The selling stockholder identified itself as a broker-dealer or as an affiliate of a broker-dealer, and stated that it purchased the shares of common stock in the ordinary course of business and that, at the time of the purchase, it did not have any agreement, arrangement or understanding, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the shares of common stock.
(3) Represents: (i) 1,781,056 shares held by Kingstown Partners Master Ltd. (“Kingstown Master”); (ii) 211,792 shares held by Kingstown Partners II LP (“Kingstown II”); and (iii) 257,152 shares held by Ktown, LP (“Ktown” and together with Kingstown Master and Kingstown II, the “Kingstown Funds”). We have been advised by the selling stockholder that Michael Blitzer and Guy Shanon have voting and dispositive power over the shares of common stock held by the Kingstown Funds.

 

145


Table of Contents
(4) Represents: (i) 1,106,665 shares held by Luxor Capital Partners Offshore Master Fund, LP (“Luxor Offshore”); (ii) 692,155 shares held by Luxor Capital Partners, LP (“Luxor Partners”); (iii) 218,744 shares held by Luxor Wavefront, LP (“Luxor Wavefront”); and (iv) 49,936 shares held by OC 19 Master Fund, LP (“OC 19” and together with Luxor Offshore, Luxor Partners and Luxor Wavefront, the “Luxor Funds”). We have been advised by the selling stockholder that Christian Leone, as manager of LuxorManagement, LLC, general partner of Luxor Capital Group, LP, investment manager of the Luxor Funds, has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares of common stock held by the Luxor Funds.
(5) Represents: (i) 1,125,000 shares held by BHR Master Fund Ltd. (“BHR Master”) and (ii) 375,000 shares held by BHR OC Master Fund Ltd. (“BHR OC” and together with BHR Master, the “BHR Funds”). We have been advised by the selling stockholder that Michael Thompson, as managing partner of BHR Capital LLC, has voting and dispositive power over the shares of common stock held by the BHR Funds.
(6) Represents: (i) 392,900 shares held by Kensico Offshore Fund Master, Ltd (“Kensico Offshore”); (ii) 218,900 shares held by Kensico Offshore Fund II Master, Ltd. (“Kensico Offshore II”); (iii) 511,000 shares held by Kensico Associates, LP (“Kensico Associates”); and (iv) 310,200 shares held by Kensico Partners, L.P. (“Kensico Partners” and together with Kensico Offshore, Kensico Offshore II and Kensico Associates, the “Kensico Funds”). We have been advised by the selling stockholder that Michael Lowenstein and Thomas Coleman have voting and dispositive power over the shares of common stock held by the Kensico Funds.
(7) Represents shares held by Anchorage Capital Master Offshore, Ltd. (“Anchorage Offshore”). Anchorage Advisors Management, L.L.C. (“Anchorage Advisors”) is the sole managing member of Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C. (“Anchorage Capital”), investment manager of Anchorage Offshore. Anthony Davis is the President of Anchorage Capital and is a managing member of Anchorage Advisors. Kevin Ulrich is the Chief Executive Officer of Anchorage Capital and the other managing member of Anchorage Advisors. We have been advised by the selling stockholder that, as such, each of the foregoing persons may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the selling stockholder. Each of the foregoing persons disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by shares of common stock held by the selling stockholder, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.
(8) Represents: (i) 948,565 shares held by Park West Investors Master Fund, Limited (“Park West Master”); and (ii) 201,435 shares held by Park West Partners International, Limited (“Park West International” and together with Park West Master, the “Park West Funds”). We have been advised by the selling stockholder that Peter S. Park has voting and dispositive power over the shares of common stock held by the Park West Funds.
(9) Represents: (i) 477,500 shares held by Great American Insurance Company (“Great American”); (ii) 382,000 shares held by Great American Life Insurance Company (“Great American Life”); and (iii) 95,500 shares heald by United Teacher Associates Insurance Company (“United” and together with Great American and Great American Life, the “AFG Companies”). We have been advised by the selling stockholder that each of Great American, Great American Life and United is a subsidiary of American Financial Group, Inc., and retains voting and dispositive power of the shares of common stock each holds.
(10) Represents: (i) 116,702 shares held by Corsair Capital Investors Ltd. (“Corsair Investors”); (ii) 40,979 shares held by Corsair Capital Partners 100, LP (“Corsair Partners 100”); (iii) 557,679 shares held by Corsair Capital Partners, LP (“Corsair Partners”); (iv) 10,690 shares held by Corsair Select 100 LP (“Corsair Select 100”); (v) 172,826 shares held by Corsair Select LP (“Corsair Select”); and (vi) 56,124 shares held by Corsair Select Master Fund, Ltd. (“Corsair Select Master” and together with Corsair Investors, Corsair Partners 100, Corsair Partners, Corsair Select 100 and Corsair Select, the “Corsair Funds”). We have been advised by the selling stockholder that Jay Petschek and Steven Major have voting and dispositive power over the shares of common stock held by the Corsair Funds.
(11) Represents 955,000 shares held by Empyrean Investments, LLC. We have been advised by the selling stockholder that Amos Meron and Michael Price have voting and dispositive power over the shares of common stock.
(12) Represents: (i) 559,221 shares held by Blue Mountain Credit Alternatives Master Fund LP (“BM Alternative”); (ii) 44,149 shares held by Blue Mountain Timberline Ltd. (“BM Timberline”); (iii) 110,373 shares held by Blue Mountain Montenvers Master Fund SCA SICAV-SIF (“BM Montenvers”); (iv) 35,540 shares held by Blue Mountain Kicking Horse Fund L.P. (“BM Kicking Horse”); (v) 161,880 shares held by Blue Mountain Long/Short Credit Master Fund LP (“BM Long/Short Credit”); and (vi) 18,837 shares held by Blue Mountain Long/Short Credit and Distressed Reflection Fund, a sub-fund of AAI BlueMountain Fund PLC (“AAI”, together with BM Alternative, BM Timberline, BM Montenvers, BM Kicking Horse and BM Long/Short Credit, the “BlueMountain Funds”). We have been advised by the selling stockholders that the members of the investment committee of BlueMountain Capital Management, LLC, the investment manager of the BlueMountain Funds, exercise voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the BlueMountain Funds. The members of such investment committee are Andrew Feldstein, Stephen Siderow, Alan Gerstein, Michael Liberman, Bryce Markus, Derek Smith, David Rubenstein, Peter Greatrex and Jes Staley.
(13) MSD Capital, L.P. is the general partner of MSD Sparrowhawk, L.P. and may be deemed to have or share voting and dispositive power over, and/or beneficially own, the common stock held by MSD Sparrowhawk, L.P. MSD Capital Management LLC is the general partner of MSD Capital, L.P. and may be deemed to have or share voting and/or dispositive power over, and beneficially own, the common stock beneficially owned by MSD Capital, L.P. Michael S. Dell is the controlling member of, and may be deemed to beneficially own the common stock beneficially owned by, MSD Capital Management LLC. Each of Glenn R. Fuhrman, John C. Phelan and Marc R. Lisker is a manager of MSD Capital Management LLC and may be deemed to have or share voting and/or dispositive power over, and beneficially own, the common stock beneficially owned by MSD Capital Management LLC. Each of Mr. Dell, Mr. Fuhrman, Mr. Phelan and Mr. Lisker disclaim beneficial ownership of such common stock, except to the extent of the pecuniary interest of such person in such stock.

 

146


Table of Contents
(14) We have been advised by the selling stockholder that Simon Glick and Seymour Pluchenik have voting and dispositive power over the shares of common stock.
(15) Represents: (i) 214,147 shares held by Boathouse Row I, LP (“Boathouse I”); (ii) 73,530 shares held by Boathouse Row II, LP (“Boathouse II”); (iii) 107,084 shares held by Boathouse Row Offshore Regatta, Ltd (“Boathouse Regatta”); and (iv) 414,239 shares held by Boathouse Row Offshore LTD (“Boathouse Offshore” and together with Boathouse I, Boathouse II and Boathouse Regatta, the “Boathouse Funds”). We have been advised by the selling stockholder that Jordan Hymowitz, Justin Hughes and Rachael Clarke have voting and dispositive power over the shares of common stock held by the Boathouse Funds.
(16) We have been advised by the selling stockholder that Emanuel J. Friedman and Neal J. Wilson have voting and dispositive power over the shares of common stock.
(17) Represents: (i) 250,000 shares held by Philip J. and Colleen Hempleman; (ii) 249,700 shares held by Ardsley Partners Fund II, L.P.; and (iii) 200,300 shares held by Ardsley Partners Institutional Fund, L.P. We have been advised by the selling stockholder that Philip J. Hemplman has voting and dispositive power over all such shares.
(18) Represents: (i) 419,250 shares held by Columbus Hill Partners, L.P. (“Columbus Partners”); and (ii) 230,750 shares held by Columbus Hill Overseas Master Fund, Ltd. (“Columbus Overseas” and together with Columbus Partners, the “Columbus Hill Funds”). We have been advised by the selling stockholder that Kevin D. Eng, as sole managing member of CHC Partners, L.L.C., general partner of Columbus Hill Capital Management, L.P., investment manager to the Columbus Hill Funds, has voting and dispositive power over the shares of common stock held by the Columbus Hill Funds.
(19) Represents 525,000 shares held by Talkot Fund, LP. We have been advised by the selling stockholder that Thomas B. Akin has voting and dispositive power over the shares of common stock.
(20) Represents: (i) 394,736 shares held by FBR Capital Markets PT, Inc.; and (ii) 91,296 shares held by FBR Capital Markets & Co. FBR was the initial purchaser and placement agent in the private placement in June 2013. We have been advised by the selling stockholder that voting and dispositive power over the shares is exercised by the investment committee of FBR & Co., the members of which are: Richard J. Hendrix, Bradley J. Wright and James C. Neuhauser. Each member of the investment committee disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock.
(21) Represents: (i) 334,000 shares held by FJ Capital Management FBO Bridge Equities III LLC (“Bridge Equities III”) and (ii) 85,968 shares held by FJ Capital Long Short Equity Fund (“FJ Equity Fund” and together with Bridge Equities III, the “FJ Funds”). We have been advised by the selling stockholders that Martin Friedman, in his capacity as managing member of FJ Capital Management, LLC, has voting and dispositive power over the shares of common stock held by the FJ Funds.
(22) We have been advised by the selling stockholder that Joy Mukherjee and Ian Calame have voting and dispositive power over the shares of common stock.
(23) 683 Capital Partners GP LLC is the general partner of the selling stockholder. We have been advised by the selling stockholder that Ari Zweiman and Joseph Putt, as managing member and member, respectively, of 683 Capital Partners GP LLC, have voting and dispositive power over the shares of common stock.
(24) We have been advised by the selling stockholder that Richard S. Strong, as managing partner of the selling stockholder, has voting and dispositive power over the shares of common stock.
(25) We have been advised by the selling stockholder that Joseph A. Stieven, Stephen L. Covington and Daniel M. Ellefson have voting and dispositive power over the shares of common stock.
(26) We have been advised by the selling stockholder that Antonia Somma has final voting and dispositive power over the shares of common stock.
(27) Represents: (i) 38,419 shares held by Dialectic Capital Partners, LP (“Dialectic Partners”) and (ii) 91,581 shares held by Dialectic Offshore, Ltd. (“Dialectic Offshore” and together with Dialectic Partners, the “Dialectic Funds”). We have been advised by the selling stockholder that the shares held by the Dialectic Funds may be deemed to be beneficially owned by each of Luke Fichthorn and John Fichthorn by virtue of their role as managing members of Dialiectic Capital Management, LLC. Each of the foregoing disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(28) We have been advised by the selling stockholder that Sam Levinson, as manager of the selling stockholder, has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares of common stock.
(29) Represents: (i) 40,000 shares held directly by the selling stockholder; (ii) 11,000 shares held by HGI Opportunities Fund L.P. (“HGI Opportunities”); and (iii) 44,000 shares held by Hunter Global Investors L.P. (“Hunter Global” and together with HGI Opportunities, the “HGI Funds”). We have been advised by the selling stockholder that the selling stockholder has voting and dispositive power over shares held by the HGI Funds and over shares held directly by the selling stockholder.
(30) Represents shares held by 33 selling stockholders not listed above who, as a group, own less than 1.0% of our outstanding common stock prior to this offering.

 

147


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

General

We are registering the shares of common stock covered by this prospectus to permit the selling stockholders to conduct public secondary trading of these shares from time to time after the date of this prospectus. We will not receive any of the proceeds of the sale of the shares offered by this prospectus. The aggregate proceeds to the selling stockholders from the sale of the shares will be the purchase price of the shares less any discounts and commissions. Each selling stockholder reserves the right to accept and, together with their respective agents, to reject, any proposed purchases of shares to be made directly or through agents.

The selling stockholders and any of their pledgees, assignees and successors-in-interest may, from time to time, sell any or all of their shares of common stock offered by this prospectus on any stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the shares are traded or in private transactions. These sales may be at fixed or negotiated prices. The prices at which the selling stockholders may sell the shares of common stock may be determined by the prevailing market price for the shares at the time of sale, may be different than such prevailing market prices or may be determined through negotiated transactions with third parties. The selling stockholders may use any one or more of the following methods when selling the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus:

 

   

ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;

 

   

block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;

 

   

purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;

 

   

an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;

 

   

privately negotiated transactions;

 

   

settlement of short sales entered into after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part;

 

   

broker-dealers may agree with the selling stockholders to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price per share;

 

   

a combination of any such methods of sale;

 

   

through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether through an options exchange or otherwise;

 

   

any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law; or

 

   

under Rule 144, Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, if available, rather than under this prospectus.

We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “NGHC”. However, we can give no assurances as to the development of liquidity or trading market for the shares.

Broker-dealers engaged by the selling stockholders may arrange for other brokers-dealers to participate in sales. Broker-dealers may receive commissions or discounts from the selling stockholders (or, if any broker-dealer acts as agent for the purchaser of shares, from the purchaser) in amounts to be negotiated, but, except as set forth in a supplement to this prospectus, in the case of an agency transaction not in excess of a customary brokerage commission in compliance with NASD Rule 2440; and in the case of a principal transaction a markup or markdown in compliance with NASD IM-2440.

 

148


Table of Contents

In connection with the sale of our common stock or interests therein, the selling stockholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of our common stock in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The selling stockholders may also sell shares of our common stock short and deliver these securities to close out their short positions, or loan or pledge our common stock to broker-dealers that in turn may sell these securities. The selling stockholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or the creation of one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of shares offered by this prospectus, which shares such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction).

The selling stockholders and any broker-dealers or agents that are involved in selling the shares may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act in connection with such sales. In such event, any commissions received by such broker-dealers or agents and any profit on the resale of the shares purchased by them may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts. If a selling stockholder is deemed to be an underwriter, the selling stockholder may be subject to certain statutory liabilities including, but not limited to Sections 11, 12 and 17 of the Securities Act and Rule 10b-5 under the Exchange Act. Selling stockholders who are deemed underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act will be subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. The SEC staff is of a view that selling stockholders who are registered broker-dealers or affiliates of registered broker-dealers may be underwriters under the Securities Act. In compliance with FINRA guidelines, the maximum commission or discount to be received by an FINRA member or independent broker-dealer may not exceed 8% for the sale of any securities registered hereunder. We will not pay any compensation or give any discounts or commissions to any underwriter in connection with the securities being offered by this prospectus. The selling stockholders have advised us that they have not entered into any written or oral agreements, understandings or arrangements with any underwriter or broker-dealer regarding the sale of the resale shares. There is no underwriter or coordinating broker acting in connection with the proposed sale of the resale shares by the selling stockholders.

We are required to pay certain fees and expenses incurred by us incident to the registration of the shares. We have agreed to indemnify the selling stockholders against certain losses, claims, damages and liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Each selling stockholder has in turn agreed to indemnify us for certain specified liabilities. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights—Purchasers in the Private Placement.”

In order to comply with the securities laws of some states, if applicable, the shares of common stock may be sold in these jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in some states the shares of common stock may not be sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale or an exemption from registration or qualification requirements is available and is complied with.

Under applicable rules and regulations under the Exchange Act, any person engaged in the distribution of the resale shares may not simultaneously engage in market making activities with respect to the common stock for the applicable restricted period, as defined in Regulation M, prior to the commencement of the distribution. In addition, the selling stockholders will be subject to applicable provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, including Regulation M, which may limit the timing of purchases and sales of shares of the common stock by the selling stockholders or any other person. The anti-manipulation rules under the Exchange Act may apply to sales of common stock in the market and to the activities of the selling stockholders and their affiliates. Regulation M may restrict the ability of any person engaged in the distribution of the common stock to engage in market-making activities with respect to the particular shares of common stock being distributed for a period of up to five business days before the distribution. These restrictions may affect the marketability of the common stock and the ability of any person or entity to engage in market-making activities with respect to the common stock. We will make copies of this prospectus available to the selling stockholders and have informed them of the need to deliver a copy of this prospectus to each purchaser at or prior to the time of the sale.

In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1), FBR and any persons related to FBR who purchased shares in the private placement in capacities other than initial purchaser will agree not to sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or subject to any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such shares, and any shares of our common stock subsequently acquired by FBR after the initial filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and deemed to be underwriting compensation by FINRA, for the 180 day period prescribed by FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1).

 

149


Table of Contents

CUSIP Number

The Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures assigns a unique number, known as a CUSIP number, to a class or issue of securities in which all of the securities have similar rights. Upon issuance, the shares of common stock covered by this prospectus included shares with three different CUSIP numbers, depending upon whether the sale of the shares to the selling stockholder was conducted (a) by us under Rule 506 of Regulation D, (b) by FBR, as the initial purchaser, under Rule 144A or (c) by the initial purchaser under Regulation S. Prior to any registered resale, all of the securities covered by this prospectus are restricted securities under Rule 144 and their designated CUSIP numbers refer to such restricted status.

Any sales of shares of our common stock by means of this prospectus must be settled with shares of common stock bearing our general (not necessarily restricted) common stock CUSIP number. A selling stockholder named in this prospectus may obtain shares bearing our general common stock CUSIP number for settlement purposes by presenting the shares to be sold (with a restricted CUSIP), together with a certificate of registered sale, to our transfer agent, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company. The form of certificate of registered sale is available from us upon request. The process of obtaining such shares might take a number of business days. SEC rules generally require trades in the secondary market to settle in three business days, unless the parties to any such trade expressly agree otherwise. Accordingly, a selling stockholder who holds securities with a restricted CUSIP at the time of the trade might wish to specify an alternate settlement cycle at the time of any such trade to provide sufficient time to obtain the shares with an unrestricted CUSIP in order to prevent a failed settlement.

 

150


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Locke Lord LLP.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of National General Holdings Corp. and its subsidiaries as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010, included in this prospectus have been audited by BDO USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. The financial statements of National General Holdings Corp. and its subsidiaries as of March 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 are unaudited.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of our common stock offered in this document. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC, this prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. Such information can be examined without charge at the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of such material can be obtained from the SEC at prescribed rates. The public may obtain more information on the operations of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-732-0330. The registration statement also is available through the SEC’s web site on the internet at http://www.sec.gov. The statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are, of necessity, brief descriptions thereof and are not necessarily complete.

We will also register our common stock with the SEC under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and, upon such registration, we and the holders of our stock will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, reporting requirements and restrictions on stock purchases and sales by directors, officers and stockholders with 10% or more of the voting power, the annual and periodic reporting requirements and certain other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

151


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Co ntents

 

ANNUAL CONSOLIDATED AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-1   

Consolidated Audited Financial Statements:

  

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-2   

Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and Period from March  1, 2010 (Inception) to December 31, 2010

     F-3   

Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December  31, 2012, 2011 and Period From March 1, 2010 (Inception) to December 31, 2010

     F-4   

Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December  31, 2012, 2011 and Period From March 1, 2010 (Inception) to December 31, 2010

     F-5   

Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and Period From March  1, 2010 (Inception) to December 31, 2010

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-64   

Condensed Consolidated Reviewed Financial Statements:

  

Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

     F-65   

Statements of Income for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-66   

Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-67   

Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Three Months Ended March  31, 2013 and 2012

     F-68   

Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-69   

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-70   

Supplemental Schedules:

  

Summary of Investments Other Than Investment in Related Parties

     S-1   

Condensed Financial Information of Registrant:

  

Balance Sheets – Parent Company Only

     S-2   

Statements of Income – Parent Company Only

     S-3   

Statements of Cash Flows – Parent Company Only

     S-4   

Supplemental Insurance Information

     S-5   

Condensed Financial Information of Registrant:

  

Reinsurance

     S-6   

Casualty Insurance Information

     S-7   

 

152


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital

Acquisition Corporation)

Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and

For the Years Ended December 31,

2012, 2011 and Period From March 1,

2010 (Inception) to December 31, 2010


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors

National General Holdings Corp. (f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

New York, New York

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of National General Holdings Corp. (f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010. In connection with our audits of the financial statements, we have also audited the financial statement schedules listed in the accompanying index. These financial statements and schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedules based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements and schedules. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of National General Holdings Corp. (f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation) at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and for the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 21, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Also, in our opinion, the financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

May 13, 2013

 

F-1


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and par value per share)

 

December 31,

   2012      2011  

Assets

     

Investments:

     

Equity securities, available-for-sale, at fair value

   $ 4,972       $  —     

Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost $743,406 and $765,990)

     798,212         786,243   

Short-term investments

     74,129         99,732   

Equity investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries

     73,616         63,151   

Other investments

     999         607   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments

     951,928         949,733   

Cash and cash equivalents

     34,198         11,695   

Accrued interest

     9,018         8,339   

Premiums and other receivables, net

     455,879         387,558   

Deferred acquisition costs

     60,234         57,719   

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses (includes $199,788 and $136,977 from related parties in 2012 and 2011)

     991,837         920,719   

Prepaid reinsurance premiums

     54,495         73,751   

Prepaid expenses

     9,755         11,189   

Income tax receivable

     —           4,663   

Due from affiliate

     7,550         —     

Premises and equipment, net

     28,156         21,371   

Intangible assets, net

     100,577         72,706   

Goodwill

     14,237         4,727   

Other assets

     106         721   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 2,717,970       $ 2,524,891   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

     

Liabilities:

     

Unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense reserves

   $ 1,286,533       $ 1,218,412   

Unearned premiums

     488,598         449,598   

Unearned service contract and other revenue

     4,172         4,799   

Reinsurance payable (includes $119,209 and $96,255 to related parties in 2012 and 2011)

     139,190         113,209   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     70,880         68,084   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, at contract value

     86,744         74,026   

Securities sold but not yet purchased, at market value

     56,700         55,830   

Deferred tax liability

     32,783         17,262   

Income tax payable

     7,947         —     

Notes payable

     70,114         85,550   

Other liabilities

     60,334         76,525   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     2,303,995         2,163,295   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 16)

     

Stockholders’ Equity:

     

Common stock, $0.01 par value—authorized 300,000 shares, issued and outstanding 159,161 shares

     2         2   

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value—authorized 71,000 shares, issued and outstanding 53,054 shares

     53,054         53,054   

Additional paid-in-capital

     158,468         159,938   

Retained earnings

     169,972         136,333   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     32,474         10,957   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total National General Holdings Corp. Stockholders’ Equity

     413,970         360,284   

Non-controlling interest

     5         1,312   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity

     413,975         361,596   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 2,717,970       $ 2,524,891   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

 

Consolidated Statements of Income

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

     Year ended
December 31,
2012
    Year ended
December 31,
2011
    Period From
March 1, 2010
(Inception) to
December 31,
2010
 

Revenues:

      

Premium income:

      

Net premiums written

   $ 632,494      $ 538,236      $ 888,078   

Change in unearned premiums

     (58,242     (40,026     (327,161
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Earned Premiums

     574,252        498,210        560,917   

Ceding commission income (primarily related parties)

     188,916        168,530        92,359   

Service and fee income

     93,739        66,116        53,539   

Net investment income

     30,550        28,355        25,391   

Net realized gain on investments

     16,612        4,775        3,293   

Bargain purchase gain

     3,728        —          14,887   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Revenues

     907,797        765,986        750,386   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses:

      

Loss and loss adjustment expenses

     394,666        333,848        391,633   

Acquisition and other underwriting costs

     206,387        163,337        79,458   

General and administrative

     252,673        218,152        155,108   

Interest expense

     1,787        1,994        1,795   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Expenses

     855,513        717,331        627,994   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Before Provision for Income Taxes and Equity in Earnings (Losses) of Unconsolidated Subsidiaries

     52,284        48,655        122,392   

Provision for Income Taxes

     17,307        28,301        24,065   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Before Equity in Earnings (Losses) of Unconsolidated Subsidiaries

     34,977        20,354        98,327   

Equity in Earnings (Losses) of Unconsolidated Subsidiaries

     (1,338     23,760        3,876   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

     33,639        44,114        102,203   

Net Income Attributable to Non-controlling Interest

     —          (14     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income Attributable to National General Holdings Corp. (“NGHC”)

     33,639        44,100        102,203   

Dividends on Preferred Stock

     (4,674     (4,328     (3,537
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income Attributable to NGHC Common Stockholders

   $ 28,965      $ 39,772      $ 98,666   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share attributable to NGHC common stockholders

   $ 181.99      $ 249.88      $ 619.91   

Diluted earnings per share attributable to NGHC common stockholders

   $ 165.19      $ 215.88      $ 505.66   

Weighted average number of basic common stocks outstanding

     159,161        159,161        159,161   

Weighted average number of diluted common stocks outstanding

     203,643        204,281        202,120   

Dividends declared per common stock

     —          —        $ 46.98   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(in thousands of dollars)

 

     Year ended
December 31,
2012
     Year ended
December 31,
2011
    Period From
March 1, 2010
(Inception) to
December 31,
2010
 

Net Income

   $ 33,639       $ 44,114      $ 102,203   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive Income, Net of Tax:

       

Unrealized holding gain on securities, net of tax expense of $9,962, $3,614 and $3,145 in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively

     18,342         6,910        5,642   

Reclassification adjustment for securities sold during the year, net of tax of $1,710, $(859) and $-0- in 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively

     3,175         (1,595     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive Income, Net of Tax

     21,517         5,315        5,642   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive Income

     55,156         49,429        107,845   

Comprehensive Income Attributable to non-controlling Interest

     —           —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive Income Attributable to NGHC

   $ 55,156       $ 49,429      $ 107,845   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-4


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

(in thousands of dollars)

Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and Period From March 1, 2010 (Inception) to December 31, 2010

 

     Common
Stock
     Preferred
Stock
     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehen-
sive Income
     Non-controlling
Interest in
Subsidiary
    Total  

Balance March 1, 2010 (Inception)

   $ —         $ —         $ —        $ —        $ —         $ —        $ —     

Common stock issuance

     2         —           159,159        —          —           —          159,161   

Preferred stock issuance

     —           53,054         —          —          —           —          53,054   

Net income

     —           —           —          102,203        —           —          102,203   

Dividends paid

     —           —           —          (9,970     —           —          (9,970

Change in unrealized gains on investments, net

     —           —           —          —          5,642         —          5,642   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance January 1, 2011

     2         53,054         159,159        92,233        5,642         —          310,090   

Net income

     —           —           —          44,100        —           14        44,114   

Change in unrealized gains on investments, net

     —           —           —          —          5,315         —          5,315   

Purchase of subsidiary

     —           —             —          —           1,298        1,298   

Stock option compensation

     —           —           779        —          —           —          779   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2011

     2         53,054         159,938        136,333        10,957         1,312        361,596   

Net income

     —           —           —          33,639        —           —          33,639   

Change in unrealized gains on investments, net

     —           —           —          —          21,517         —          21,517   

Return of capital

     —           —           (1,359     —          —           —          (1,359

Purchase of non-controlling interest

     —           —           —          —          —           (1,307     (1,307

Stock option compensation

     —           —           (111     —          —           —          (111
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

   $ 2       $ 53,054       $ 158,468      $ 169,972      $ 32,474       $ 5      $ 413,975   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands of dollars)

 

     Year ended
December 31,
2012
    Year ended
December 31,
2011
    Period From
March 1, 2010
(Inception) to
December 31,
2010
 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

      

Net income

   $ 33,639      $ 44,114      $ 102,203   

Reconciliation of net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     22,566        16,150        13,267   

Net amortization of premium (discount) on investments

     5,946        6,138        (2,442

Stock compensation expense

     (111     779        —     

Equity in (earnings) losses of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     1,338        (23,760     (3,876

Net realized gain on investments

     (16,612     (4,775     (3,293

Bad debt expense

     19,966        20,853        19,798   

Bargain purchase gain

     (3,728     —          (14,887

Changes in assets and liabilities:

      

Accrued interest

     (680     (993     (7,346

Premiums and other receivables

     (92,725     (62,071     (53,527

Deferred acquisition costs, net

     (2,515     (10,004     (47,715

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses

     (71,118     (225,696     (76,190

Prepaid reinsurance premiums

     19,256        29,067        (57,384

Prepaid expenses

     1,497        (7,374     (3,815

Other assets

     648        9,723        (4,416

Unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense reserves

     57,552        134,278        17,028   

Unearned premiums

     38,987        13,223        52,865   

Unearned service contract and other revenue

     (628     (394     (539

Reinsurance payable

     25,981        17,142        73,005   

Accounts payable

     1,267        (2,335     7,355   

Income tax payable

     12,611        (7,235     2,572   

Deferred tax liability

     (30,979     8,299        (6,228

Other liabilities

     (20,874     27,761        (213
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided By (Used in) Operating Activities

     1,284        (17,110     6,222   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

      

Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries

     (13,653     (24,660     (11,088

Distributions from unconsolidated subsidiaries

     1,851        —       

Purchase of other investments

     (392     (423     —     

Acquisition of consolidated subsidiaries, net of cash obtained

     4,404        (5,842     574,181   

Purchases of short-term investments, net

     (244,636     (131,749     (19,645

Purchases of premises and equipment

     (18,593     (8,590     (6,082

Purchases of fixed maturities

     (283,417     (494,260     (3,254,260

Proceeds from sale of short-term investments

     270,239        50,675        —     

Proceeds from sale of fixed maturities

     314,952        559,980        2,470,577   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash provided by (Used In) Investing Activities

     30,755        (54,869     (246,317
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

      

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, net

     (21,949     27,901        46,125   

Securities sold but not yet purchased, net

     30,914        52,298        —     

Proceeds from issuances of common and preferred stock

     —          —          212,215   

Return of capital

     (1,359     —          —     

Notes payable repayments

     (30,780     (30,000     —     

Proceeds from notes payable

     13,638        25,200        —     

Dividends paid

     —          —          (9,970
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Financing Activities

     (9,536     75,399        248,370   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     22,503        3,420        8,275   

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Period

     11,695        8,275        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Period

   $ 34,198      $ 11,695      $ 8,275   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:

      

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 32,500      $ 26,228      $ 32,496   

Cash paid for interest

     396        1,730        119   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

1. Organization

National General Holdings Corp. (f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation) (the “Company” or “NGHC”) is an insurance holding company formed under the laws of the state of Delaware. The Company provides, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, personal and commercial automobile insurance, medical stop-loss insurance, accident and health insurance, as well as other specialty property and casualty insurance. The insurance is sold through a network of 19,000 independent agents, relationships with 12 affinity partners, and direct-response marketing programs. The Company is licensed to operate throughout the fifty states and the District of Columbia. A significant portion of the insurance is written in North Carolina, California and New York.

2. Accounting Policies

(a) Basis of Reporting

The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

(b) Use of Estimates and Assumptions

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company’s principal estimates include unpaid losses and loss adjustment expense reserves; deferred acquisition costs; reinsurance recoverables, including the provision for uncollectible premiums; the valuation of intangibles and the determination of goodwill; and income taxes. In developing the estimates and assumptions, management uses all available evidence. Because of uncertainties associated with estimating the amounts, timing and likelihood of possible outcomes, actual results could differ from estimates.

(c) Premiums and Other Receivables

The Company recognizes premiums earned on a pro rata basis over the terms of the policies, generally periods of six or twelve months. Unearned premiums represent the portion of premiums written applicable to the unexpired terms of the policies. Net premium receivables represent premiums written and not yet collected, net of an allowance for uncollectible premiums. The Company regularly evaluates premiums and other receivables and adjusts its allowance for uncollectible amounts as appropriate. Receivables specifically identified as uncollectible are charged to expense in the period the determination is made.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

(d) Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investment securities with original maturities of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents. Certain securities with original maturities of 90 days or less that are held as a portion of longer-term investment portfolios are classified as short-term investments. The Company maintains cash balances at Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insured institutions. FDIC insures accounts up to $250 at these institutions. Management monitors balances in excess of insured limits and believes that these balances do not represent a significant credit risk to the Company.

(e) Deferred Acquisition Costs

Deferred acquisition costs include commissions, premium taxes, payments to affinity partners, promotional fees, and other direct sales costs that vary with and are directly related to successful contract acquisition of insurance policies. These costs are deferred and amortized to the extent recoverable, over the policy period in which the related premiums are earned. The Company considers anticipated investment income in determining the recoverability of these costs. Management believes that these costs are recoverable in the near term.

(f) Ceding Commission Revenue

Commissions on reinsurance premiums ceded are earned in a manner consistent with the recognition of the direct acquisition costs of underlying insurance policies, generally on a pro rata basis over the terms of the policies reinsured. Certain reinsurance agreements contain provisions whereby the ceding commission rates vary based on the loss experience under the agreements. The Company records ceding commission revenue based on its current estimate of subject losses. The Company records adjustments to the ceding commission revenue in the period that changes in the estimated losses are determined.

(g) Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses

Loss and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”) represent the estimated ultimate net costs of all reported and unreported losses incurred through the period end. The reserves for unpaid losses and LAE represent the accumulation of estimates for both reported losses and those incurred but not reported relating to direct insurance and assumed reinsurance agreements. Estimates for salvage and subrogation recoverables are recognized at the time losses are incurred and netted against the provision for losses. Reserves are established for each business at the lowest meaningful level of homogeneous data. Insurance liabilities are based on estimates, and the ultimate liability may vary from such estimates. These estimates are regularly reviewed and adjustments, which can potentially be significant, are included in the period in which they are deemed necessary.

(h) Business Combinations

The Company accounts for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting, which requires the Company to record assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree at their respective fair values as of the acquisition date. The Company records contingent consideration at fair value based on the terms of the purchase agreement with subsequent changes in fair value recorded through earnings. The determination of fair value may require management to make significant estimates and assumptions. The purchase price is the fair value of the total consideration conveyed to the seller and the Company records the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the acquired net assets, where applicable, as goodwill. The Company assigns fair values to intangible assets based on valuation techniques including the

 

F-8


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

income and market approaches. The Company expenses costs associated with the acquisition of a business in the period incurred.

(i) Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The Company accounts for goodwill and intangible assets in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), Accounting Standards of Codification (“ASC”) 350, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other.” A purchase price paid that is in excess of net assets (“goodwill”) arising from a business combination is recorded as an asset and is not amortized. Intangible assets with a finite life are amortized over the estimated useful life of the asset. Intangible assets with an indefinite useful life are not amortized. Goodwill and intangible assets are tested for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If the goodwill or intangible asset is impaired, it is written down to its realizable value with a corresponding expense reflected in the consolidated statement of income.

(j) Investments

The Company accounts for its investments in accordance with ASC 320, “Investments – Debt and Equity Securities”, which requires that fixed maturity and equity securities that have readily determined fair values be segregated into categories based upon the Company’s intention for those securities. The Company has classified its investments as available-for-sale. The Company may sell its available-for-sale securities in response to changes in interest rates, risk/reward characteristics, liquidity needs or other factors. Available-for-sale securities are reported at their estimated fair values based on a recognized pricing service, with unrealized gains and losses, net of tax effects, reported as a separate component of other comprehensive income in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Purchases and sales of investments are recorded on a trade date basis. Realized gains and losses are determined based on the specific identification method. Net investment income is recognized when earned and includes interest and dividend income together with amortization of market premiums and discounts using the effective yield method and is net of investment management fees and other expenses. For mortgage-backed securities and any other holdings for which there is a prepayment risk, prepayment assumptions are evaluated and revised as necessary. Any adjustments required due to the change in effective yields and maturities are recognized on a prospective basis through yield adjustments.

The Company uses a set of quantitative and qualitative criteria to evaluate the necessity of recording impairment losses for other-than-temporary declines in fair value. These criteria include:

 

   

the current fair value compared to amortized cost;

 

   

the length of time the security’s fair value has been below its amortized cost;

 

   

specific credit issues related to the issuer such as changes in credit rating or non-payment of scheduled interest payments;

 

   

whether management intends to sell the security and, if not, whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis;

 

F-9


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

   

the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer of the security, including any specific events that may affect its operations or earnings;

 

   

the occurrence of a discrete credit event resulting in the issuer defaulting on a material outstanding obligation or the issuer seeking protection under bankruptcy laws; and

 

   

other items, including management, media exposure, sponsors, marketing and advertising agreements, debt restructurings, regulatory changes, acquisitions and dispositions, pending litigation, distribution agreements and general industry trends.

Impairment of investment securities results in a charge to operations when a market decline below cost is deemed to be other than temporary. The Company immediately writes down investments that it considers to be impaired based on the above criteria collectively. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010, the Company did not record other-than-temporary impairment charges.

In the event of the decline in fair value of a debt security, a holder of that security that does not intend to sell the debt security and for whom it is more likely than not that such holder will be required to sell the debt security before recovery of its amortized cost basis is required to separate the decline in fair value into (a) the amount representing the credit loss and (b) the amount related to other factors. The amount of total decline in fair value related to the credit loss shall be recognized in earnings as an other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) with the amount related to other factors recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax. OTTI credit losses result in a permanent reduction of the cost basis of the underlying investment. The determination of OTTI is a subjective process, and different judgments and assumptions could affect the timing of the loss realization.

The following are the types of investments the Company has:

 

(i) Short-term investments – Short-term investments are carried at amortized cost, which approximates fair value, and includes investments with maturities between 91 days and less than one year at the date of acquisition. Short-term investments consist primarily of money market investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell (reverse purchase agreements).

 

(ii) Fixed maturities and equity securities—Fixed maturities and equity securities (common stock, mutual funds, non-redeemable preferred stock) are classified as available-for-sale and carried at fair value. Unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income.

 

(iii) Mortgage-backed securities - For mortgage-backed securities, the Company recognizes income using the retrospective adjustment method based on prepayments and the estimated economic lives of the securities. The effective yield reflects actual payments to date plus anticipated future payments. These investments are recorded as fixed maturities on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

(iv) Limited partnerships – The Company uses the equity method of accounting for investments in limited partnerships in which its ownership interest enables the Company to influence the operating or financial decisions of the investee company, but the Company’s interest in the limited partnership does not require consolidation. The Company’s proportionate share of equity in net income of these limited partnerships is reported in net investment income.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

(v) Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements), at contract value are accounted for as collateralized borrowing and lending transactions and are recorded at their contracted repurchase amounts, plus accrued interest. The Company minimizes the credit risk that counterparties might be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations by monitoring exposure and collateral value and generally requiring additional collateral to be deposited with the Company when necessary. Under repurchase agreements, the Company borrows cash from a counterparty at an agreed-upon interest rate for an agreed-upon time frame and the Company transfers either corporate debt securities or U.S. government and government agency securities (pledged collateral). For securities repurchase agreements, the cash received is typically invested in cash equivalents, short-term investments or fixed maturities, with the offsetting obligation to repay the loan included as a liability in the consolidated balance sheets. At the end of the agreement, the counterparty returns the collateral to the Company, and the Company, in turn, repays a loan amount along with the agreed-upon interest.

 

(vi) Securities purchased under agreements to resell (reverse repurchase agreements) at contract value are generally treated as collateralized receivables. The Company reports receivables arising from reverse repurchase agreements in short-term investments in the consolidated balance sheets. These reverse repurchase agreements are recorded at the contracted resale amounts plus accrued interest. The Company’s policy is to take possession of the securities purchased under agreements to resell. The Company minimizes the risk that counterparties to transactions might be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations by monitoring the counterparty credit exposure and collateral value and generally requiring additional collateral to be deposited with the Company when necessary.

Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements are used to earn spread income, borrow funds, or to facilitate trading activities. Securities repurchase and resale agreements are generally short-term, and therefore, the carrying amounts of these instruments approximate fair value.

 

(vii) Securities sold but not yet purchased – Securities sold but not yet purchased are accounted for as liabilities and are recorded at prevailing market prices. These transactions result in off-balance sheet risk because the ultimate cost to deliver the securities sold is uncertain.

(k) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s estimates of fair value for financial assets and financial liabilities are based on the framework established in ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”. The framework is based on the inputs used in valuation and gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets and requires that observable inputs be used in the valuations when available. The disclosure of fair value estimates in the ASC 820 hierarchy is based on whether the significant inputs into the valuation are observable. In determining the level of the hierarchy in which the estimate is disclosed, the highest priority is given to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s significant market assumptions. Additionally, valuation of fixed maturity investments is more subjective when markets are less liquid due to lack of market-based inputs, which may increase the potential that the estimated fair value of an investment is not reflective of the price at which an actual transaction could occur. Fair values of other financial instruments approximate their carrying values.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC 820 clarifies that fair value should be based on the assumptions market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability and establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to develop those assumptions. Additionally, ASC 820 requires an entity to consider all aspects of nonperformance risk, including the entity’s own credit standing, when measuring the fair value of a liability.

ASC 820 establishes a three-level hierarchy to be used when measuring and disclosing fair value. An instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of significant input to its valuation. Following is a description of the three hierarchy levels:

Level 1—Inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the measurement date. Additionally, the entity must have the ability to access the active market and the quoted prices cannot be adjusted by the entity.

Level 2—Inputs are other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in inactive markets for identical or similar assets or liabilities; or inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs are supported by little or no market activity. The unobservable inputs represent management’s best assumptions of how market participants would price the assets or liabilities. Generally, Level 3 assets and liabilities are valued using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques that require significant judgment or estimation.

(l) Investments in Unconsolidated Subsidiaries

The Company uses the equity method of accounting for investments in subsidiaries in which its ownership interest enables the Company to influence operating or financial decisions of the subsidiary, but the Company’s interest does not require consolidation. In applying the equity method, the Company records its investment at cost, and subsequently increases or decreases the carrying amount of the investment by its proportionate share of the net earnings or losses and other comprehensive income of the investee. Any dividends or distributions received are recorded as a decrease in the carrying value of the investment. The Company’s proportionate share of net income is reported in the consolidated statement of income.

(m) Stock Compensation Expense

The Company recognizes compensation expense for its share-based awards over the estimated vesting period based on estimated grant date fair value. Share-based payments include stock option grants under the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

(n) Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share are computed based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. Dilutive earnings per share are computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period adjusted for the dilutive impact of share options and convertible preferred stock using the treasury stock method.

(o) Impairment of Long-lived Assets

The carrying value of long-lived assets is evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable from the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from its use and eventual disposition. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value as estimated by discounted cash flows. No impairment was recognized in the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010.

(p) Income Taxes

The Company joins its subsidiaries in the filing of a consolidated Federal income tax return and is party to Federal income tax allocation agreements. Under the tax allocation agreements, the Company pays to or receives from its subsidiaries the amount, if any, by which the group’s Federal income tax liability was affected by virtue of inclusion of the subsidiary in the consolidated Federal return.

Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of temporary differences between the amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and such amounts as measured by tax laws and regulations. The deferred tax asset and liability primarily consists of book versus tax differences for premiums earned, loss and LAE reserve discounting, deferred acquisition costs, and unrealized holding gains and losses on fixed maturities. Changes in deferred income tax assets and liabilities that are associated with components of other comprehensive income, primarily unrealized investment gains and losses, are recorded directly to other comprehensive income. Otherwise, changes in deferred income tax assets and liabilities are included as a component of income tax expense.

In assessing the recoverability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that the Company will generate future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. The Company considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, tax planning strategies and projected future taxable income in making this assessment. If necessary, the Company establishes a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amounts more likely than not to be realized.

The Company recognizes tax benefits only for tax positions that are more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company’s policy is to prospectively classify accrued interest and penalties related to any unrecognized tax benefits in its income tax provision. The Company files its tax returns as prescribed by the tax laws of the jurisdictions in which it operates.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

(q) Reinsurance

The Company cedes insurance risk under various reinsurance agreements. The Company seeks to reduce the loss that may arise from catastrophes or other events that cause unfavorable underwriting results by reinsuring certain levels of risk with other insurance enterprises. The Company remains liable with respect to any insurance ceded if the assuming companies are unable to meet their obligations under these reinsurance agreements.

Reinsurance premiums, losses and LAE ceded to other companies are accounted for on a basis consistent with those used in accounting for the original policies issued and the terms of the reinsurance contracts. Premiums earned and losses incurred ceded to other companies have been recorded as a reduction of premium revenue and losses and LAE. Commissions allowed by reinsurers on business ceded have been recorded as ceding commission revenue. Reinsurance recoverables are reported based on the portion of reserves and paid losses and LAE that are ceded to other companies.

(r) Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are recorded at cost. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as follows:

 

Buildings and improvements    30 years
Hardware and software    3 to 5 years
Leasehold improvements    Remaining lease term
Furniture and equipment    3 to 10 years

The Company accounts for its internal use software under ASC 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other.” The Company has recorded software related to its claims system as intangible assets as it was revalued to fair market value as a result of the March 1, 2010 acquisition. The Company capitalizes costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use that is specifically identifiable, has determinable lives and relates to future use.

(s) Assessments

Insurance-related assessments are accrued in the period in which they have been incurred. A typical obligating event would be the issuance of an insurance policy or the occurrence of a claim. The Company is subject to a variety of assessments, such as assessments by state guaranty funds used by state insurance regulators to cover losses of policyholders of insolvent insurance companies and for the operating expenses of such agencies. The Company uses estimated assessment rates in determining the appropriate assessment expense and accrual. The Company uses estimates derived from state regulators and/or National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) Tax and Assessments Guidelines. Assessment expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010 was $5,971, $2,355 and $4,653, respectively.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

(t) Non-controlling Interest

The ownership interest in consolidated subsidiaries of non-controlling interests is reflected as non-controlling interest. The Company’s consolidation principles would also consolidate any entity in which the Company would be deemed a primary beneficiary. Non-controlling interest income or loss represents such non-controlling interests in the earnings of that entity. All significant transactions and account balances between the Company and its subsidiaries were eliminated during consolidation.

(u) Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk are primarily cash and cash equivalents, investments and premiums and other receivables. Investments are diversified through many industries and geographic regions through the use of a investment manager who employs different investment strategies. The Company limits the amount of credit exposure with any one financial institution and believes that no significant concentration of credit risk exists with respect to cash and investments. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the outstanding premiums and other receivables balance was generally diversified due to the Company’s diversified customer base. To reduce credit risk, the Company performs ongoing evaluations for uncollectible amounts. The Company also has receivables from its reinsurers. Failure of reinsurers to honor their obligations could result in losses to the Company. The Company periodically evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers to minimize its exposure to significant losses from reinsurer insolvencies. It is the policy of management to review all outstanding receivables at period end as well as the bad debt write-offs experienced in the past and establish an allowance for uncollectible accounts, if deemed necessary.

(v) Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year financial statements to conform to the current year financial statement presentation.

(w) Foreign Currency Transactions

The functional currency of the Company and many of its subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. For these companies, the Company translates monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at year-end exchange rates, with the resulting foreign exchange gains and losses recognized in the consolidated statements of income. Revenues and expenses in foreign currencies are converted at average exchange rates during the year. Monetary assets and liabilities include investments, cash and cash equivalents, reinsurance balances receivable, reserve for loss and loss adjustment expenses and accrued expenses and other liabilities. Accounts that are classified as non-monetary, such as deferred commission and other acquisition expenses and unearned premiums, are not revalued.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

(x) Recently Adopted Accounting Standards Update

In October 2012, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2012-04, “Technical Corrections and Improvements.” The amendments in this ASU represent changes to clarify the Codification, correct unintended application of guidance, or make minor improvements to the Codification that are not expected to have a significant effect on current accounting practice or create a significant administrative cost to most entities. Additionally, the amendments will make the Codification easier to understand and the fair value measurement guidance easier to apply by eliminating inconsistencies and providing needed clarifications. Transition guidance is provided for amendments the FASB believes could change practice. The amendments in this ASU that will not have transition guidance will be effective upon issuance for both public and nonpublic entities. For public entities, the amendments that are subject to the transition guidance will be effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The adoption of this guidance did not have any effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350).” The updated guidance is intended to reduce complexity and costs by allowing an entity the option to make a qualitative evaluation about the likelihood of goodwill impairment, using factors such as changes in management, key personnel, business strategy, technology or customers, to determine whether it should calculate the fair value of a reporting unit. Previous accounting literature required an entity to test goodwill for impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the second step of the test must be performed to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. In the second step, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is determined in the same manner as goodwill is measured in a business combination (by measuring the fair value of the reporting unit’s assets, liabilities and unrecognized intangible assets and determining the remaining amount ascribed to goodwill) and comparing the amount of the implied goodwill to the carrying amount of the goodwill. Under the updated guidance, an entity is not required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. This update was effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2011. The implementation of the guidance related to the financial statement presentation did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “Presentation of Comprehensive Income (Topic 220).” This ASU requires companies to present net income and other comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement or in two separate, but consecutive, statements of income and other comprehensive income. The option to present items of other comprehensive income in the statement of changes in equity is eliminated. In addition, an entity is required to present on the face of the financial statements reclassification adjustments from other comprehensive income to net income. This ASU was effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company retrospectively adopted this ASU at December 31, 2011. The implementation of the guidance related to financial statement presentation did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820).” The ASU generally aligns the principles for fair value measurements and the related disclosure requirements under GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements, particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. The amendment is effective on a prospective basis for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2011 and early adoption was not permitted. The adoption of the standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-03, which amends ASC 860, “Transfers and Servicing,” requirements in regards to repurchase agreements. The amendments in this ASU eliminate the assessment of effective control requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee as well as amend the collateral maintenance requirement related to this criterion. Under the amended guidance, a transferor maintains effective control over the transferred assets (and thus accounts for the transfer as a secured borrowing) for agreements that both entitle and obligate the transferor to repurchase or redeem the financial assets before their maturity if all of the following conditions are met: 1) the financial assets to be repurchased or redeemed are the same or substantially the same as those transferred; 2) the agreement is to repurchase or redeem the securities before maturity, at a fixed or determinable price; and 3) the agreement is entered into contemporaneously with, or in contemplation of, the transfer. As a result of this amendment, more repurchase arrangements could be accounted for as secured borrowings rather than secured lendings. The ASU was effective on a prospective basis for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011. The implementation of the guidance related to financial statement presentation did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In October 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-26, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Acquiring or Renewing Insurance Contracts.” ASU 2010-26 modifies the types of costs that may be deferred, allowing insurance companies to only defer costs directly related to a successful contract acquisition or renewal. These costs include incremental direct costs of successful contracts, the portion of employees’ salaries and benefits related to time spent on acquisition activities for successful contracts and other costs incurred in the acquisition of a contract. Additional disclosure of the type of acquisition costs capitalized is also required. ASU 2010-26 was effective on a prospective basis for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company adopted ASU 2010-26 prospectively on January 1, 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recognized approximately $6,500 of expenses related to such previously deferrable costs. If the Company had adopted ASU 2010-26 retrospectively, approximately $6,500 and $4,200 of acquisition costs that were deferred would have been recognized in expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 and period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010, respectively.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

(y) Recently Issued Accounting Standards Update – Not Yet Adopted

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income,” to improve the reporting of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The guidance requires an entity to present, either on the face of the statement of income or in the notes, separately for each component of comprehensive income, the current period reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income affected by the reclassification The updated guidance is effective prospectively for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2012. Early adoption is permitted. The updated guidance will not have any effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) Testing Indefinite Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment.” This updated guidance regarding the impairment test applicable to indefinite-lived intangible assets is similar to the impairment guidance applicable to goodwill. Under the updated guidance, an entity may assess qualitative factors (such as changes in management, strategy, technology or customers) that may impact the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset and lead to the determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the asset is less than its carrying value. If an entity determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the intangible asset is less than its carrying value, an impairment test must be performed. The impairment test requires an entity to calculate the estimated fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset. If the carrying value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. The updated guidance is effective for the period ending March 31, 2013 with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have any effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11 requiring additional disclosures about financial instruments and derivative instruments that are either: (1) offset for balance sheet presentation purposes or (2) subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar arrangement, regardless of whether they are offset for balance sheet presentation purposes. In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-01 to address implementation issues about the scope of ASU 2011-11. This new guidance clarifies that the scope of the offsetting disclosures required applies to derivatives accounted for in accordance with ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging ,” including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities lending transactions. This guidance will be effective on January 1, 2013, with retrospective presentation of the new disclosures required. As this new guidance is disclosure-related only and does not amend the existing balance sheet offsetting guidance, the adoption of this guidance is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

3. Investments

(a) Available-for-Sale Securities

The cost, fair value, and gross unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities were as follows:

December 31, 2012

 

     Cost or
Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  

Preferred stock

   $ 5,000       $ —         $ (28   $ 4,972   

Fixed maturities:

          

U.S. Treasury and Federal agencies

     22,976         10,139         (1     33,114   

States and political subdivisions

     85,259         1,870         (352     86,777   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     158,031         7,062         (1,048     164,045   

Corporate bonds

     465,742         38,011         (949     502,804   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

     11,398         74         —          11,472   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 748,406       $ 57,156       $ (2,378   $ 803,184   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

     Cost or
Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  

Fixed maturities:

          

U.S. Treasury and Federal agencies

   $ 33,368       $ 8,208       $ (370   $ 41,206   

States and political subdivisions

     92,374         1,789         (1,058     93,105   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     263,029         9,938         (3,154     269,813   

Corporate bonds

     357,340         13,522         (8,622     362,240   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

     19,879         1         (1     19,879   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 765,990       $ 33,458       $ (13,205   $ 786,243   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale debt securities held as of December 31, 2012, by contractual maturity, are shown in the table below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because some borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

December 31, 2012

 

     Cost or
Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value  

Due after one year through five years

   $ 75,590       $ 78,056   

Due after five years through ten years

     433,004         476,646   

Due after ten years

     65,383         67,993   

Mortgage-backed securities

     169,429         175,517   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 743,406       $ 798,212   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

(b) Investment Income

The components of net investment income consisted of the following:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
    Period From
March 1, 2010
(Inception) to
December 31,
 
     2012     2011     2010  

Interest:

      

Cash and short term investments

   $ 60      $ 337      $ 104   

Fixed maturities

     32,058        32,152        28,300   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment income

     32,118        32,489        28,404   

Investment expense

     (1,568     (4,134     (3,013
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income

   $ 30,550      $ 28,355      $ 25,391   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(c) Realized Gains and Losses

Proceeds from sales of fixed maturity securities during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010 were $314,952, $559,980, and $2,470,577, respectively. The tables below indicate the gross realized gains and losses for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010.

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

     Gross Gains      Gross Losses     Net Gains  

Fixed maturity securities

   $ 18,342       $ (1,730   $ 16,612   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2011

 

     Gross Gains      Gross Losses     Net Gains  

Fixed maturity securities

   $ 6,039       $ (1,264   $ 4,775   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010

 

     Gross Gains      Gross Losses     Net Gains  

Fixed maturity securities

   $ 7,409       $ (4,116   $ 3,293   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

(d) Unrealized Gains and Losses

Unrealized gains (losses) on fixed maturity securities, equity securities and securities sold but not yet purchased consisted of the following:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
    Period From
March 1, 2010
(Inception) to
December 31,
 
   2012     2011     2010  

Net unrealized loss on preferred stock

   $ (28   $  —        $  —     

Net unrealized gain on fixed maturity securities

     54,806        20,253        8,787   

Net unrealized loss on short sales

     (4,732     (3,396     —     

Deferred income tax expense

     (17,572     (5,900     (3,145
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gain, net of deferred income tax expense

   $ 32,474      $ 10,957      $ 5,642   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in net unrealized gains, net of deferred income tax expense

   $ 21,517      $ 5,315      $ 5,642   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(e) Gross Unrealized Losses

The tables below summarize the gross unrealized losses of fixed maturity and equity securities by length of time the security has continuously been in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

December 31, 2012

 

     Less Than 12 Months      12 Months or More      Total  
     Fair
Market
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    No. of
Positions
Held
     Fair
Market
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    No. of
Positions
Held
     Fair
Market
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

Preferred stock

   $ 4,972       $ (28     1       $  —         $  —          —         $ 4,972       $ (28

U.S. Treasury and Federal agency

     574         (1     1         —           —          —           574         (1

States and political subdivision

     28,948         (300     13         594         (52     1         29,543         (352

Residential mortgage-backed

     25,143         (456     5         18,826         (592     4         43,969         (1,048

Corporate

     89,886         (853     40         4,513         (96     4         94,399         (949
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 149,523       $ (1,638     60       $ 23,933       $ (740     9       $ 173,456       $ (2,378
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

     Less Than 12 Months      12 Months or More      Total  
     Fair
Market
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    No. of
Positions
Held
     Fair
Market
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    No. of
Positions
Held
     Fair
Market
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

U.S. Treasury and Federal agency

   $ 4,483       $ (370     3       $  —         $  —          —         $ 4,483       $ (370

States and political subdivision

     11,680         (1,055     6         94         (3     1         11,774         (1,058

Residential mortgage-backed

     130,684         (2,983     124         5,258         (171     1         135,942         (3,154

Commercial mortgage-backed

     9,959         (1     1         —           —          —           9,959         (1

Corporate

     106,840         (8,157     62         13,346         (465     3         120,186         (8,622
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 263,646       $ (12,566     196       $ 18,698       $ (639     5       $ 282,344       $ (13,205
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

There were 69 and 201 securities at December 31, 2012 and 2011 respectively, that account for the gross unrealized loss, none of which are deemed by the Company to be an OTTI. Significant factors influencing the Company’s determination that none of the securities are OTTI included the magnitude of unrealized losses in relation to cost, the nature of the investment and management’s intent not to sell these securities and it being more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell these investments before anticipated recovery of fair value to the Company’s cost basis.

(f) Restricted Cash and Investments

The Company, in order to conduct business in certain states, is required to maintain letters of credit or assets on deposit to support state mandated regulatory requirements and certain third party agreements. The Company also utilizes trust accounts to collateralize business with its reinsurance counterparties. These assets held are primarily in the form of cash or certain high grade securities. The fair values of our restricted assets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

     2012      2011  

Restricted cash

   $ 8,509       $ 1,237   

Restricted investments – fixed maturities at fair value

     34,081         40,186   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total restricted cash and investments

   $ 42,590       $ 41,423   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(g) Other

Securities sold but not yet purchased represent obligations of the Company to deliver the specified security at the contracted price and, thereby, create a liability to purchase the security in the market at prevailing prices. The Company’s liability for a security to be delivered is measured at fair value and, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, was $56,700 and $55,830, respectively, for a U.S. Treasury security. The transactions represent off-balance sheet risk, as the Company’s ultimate cost to satisfy the delivery of this security sold but not yet purchased may exceed the amount reflected at December 31, 2012. Subject to certain limitations, all securities owned, to the extent required to cover the Company’s obligations to sell or re-pledge the security to others, are pledged to the clearing broker.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

The Company enters into reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements, which are accounted for as either collateralized lending or borrowing transactions and are recorded at contract amounts which approximate fair value. For the collateralized borrowing transactions (i.e., repurchase agreements), the Company receives cash or securities that it invests or holds in short-term or fixed income securities. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had collateralized borrowing transaction principal outstanding of $86,744 at interest rates between 0.42% and 0.50%. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had collateralized borrowing transaction principal outstanding of $74,026 at interest rates between 0.4% and 0.45%. Interest expense associated with the repurchase borrowing agreements for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010 was $400, $114, and $6, respectively. The Company has approximately $95,354 and $85,125 of collateral pledged in support for these agreements as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company has collateralized lending transaction principal of $57,000 and $55,063 at an interest rate of .03% and .05%, respectively, which is reflected as short-term investments in the consolidated balance sheets. Interest income associated with the lending agreements for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $11 and $2 respectively. The Company has approximately $56,700 and $55,816 fair market value of collateral held in support of this agreement as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

4. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”, provides a definition of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and requires expanded disclosures about fair value measurements. The standard applies when GAAP requires or allows assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value; therefore, it does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstance.

The Company utilized a pricing service to estimate fair value measurements for approximately 99.4% of its fixed maturities. For investments that have quoted market prices in active markets, the Company uses the quoted market prices as fair value and includes these prices in the amounts disclosed in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company receives the quoted market prices from nationally recognized third-party pricing services (“pricing services”). When quoted market prices are unavailable, the Company utilizes a pricing service to determine an estimate of fair value. This pricing method is used, primarily, for fixed maturities. The fair value estimates provided by the pricing service are included in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. If the Company determines that the fair value estimate provided by the pricing service does not represent fair value or if quoted market prices and an estimate from pricing services are unavailable, the Company produces an estimate of fair value based on dealer quotations of the bid price for recent activity in positions with the same or similar characteristics to that being valued or through consensus pricing of a pricing service. Depending on the level of observable inputs, the Company will then determine if the estimate is in Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

The following describes the valuation techniques used by the Company to determine the fair value of financial instruments held as of December 31, 2012.

Equity Securities —For public common and preferred stocks, the Company receives prices from a nationally recognized pricing service that are based on observable market transactions and includes these estimates in the amount disclosed in Level 1. When current market quotes in active markets are unavailable for certain non-redeemable preferred stocks held by the Company,

 

F-23


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

the Company receives an estimate of fair value from the pricing service that provides fair value estimates for the Company’s fixed maturities. The service utilizes some of the same methodologies to price the non-redeemable preferred stocks as it does for the fixed maturities. The Company includes the estimate in the amount disclosed in Level 2.

U.S. Treasury and Federal Agencies— Comprised of primarily bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury, the Federal Home Loan Bank, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, Government National Mortgage Association and the Federal National Mortgage Association. The fair values of U.S. government securities are based on quoted market prices in active markets, and are included in the Level 1 fair value hierarchy. The Company believes the market for U.S. Treasury securities is an actively traded market given the high level of daily trading volume. The fair values of U.S. government agency securities are priced using the spread above the risk-free yield curve. As the yields for the risk-free yield curve and the spreads for these securities are observable market inputs, the fair values of U.S. government agency securities are included in the Level 2 fair value hierarchy.

State and Political Subdivision Bonds— Comprised of bonds and auction rate securities issued by U.S. state and municipality entities or agencies. The fair values of municipal bonds are generally priced by pricing services. The pricing services typically use spreads obtained from broker-dealers, trade prices and the new issue market. As the significant inputs used to price the municipal bonds are observable market inputs, these are classified within Level 2. Municipal auction rate securities are reported in the consolidated balance sheets at cost which approximates their fair value.

Corporate Bonds— Comprised of bonds issued by corporations and are generally priced by pricing services. The fair values of corporate bonds that are short term are priced, by the pricing services, using the spread above the London Interbank Offering Rate (“LIBOR”) yield curve and the fair value of corporate bonds that are long term are priced using the spread above the risk-free yield curve. The spreads are sourced from broker/dealers, trade prices and the new issue market. Where pricing is unavailable from pricing services, the Company obtains non-binding quotes from broker dealers. As the significant inputs used to price corporate bonds are observable market inputs, the fair values of corporate bonds are included in the Level 2 fair value hierarchy.

Mortgage-backed Securities— Comprised of commercial and residential mortgage-backed securities. These securities are priced by independent pricing services and brokers. The pricing provider applies dealer quotes and other available trade information, prepayment speeds, yield curves and credit spreads to the valuation. As the significant inputs used to price are observable market inputs, the fair value of these securities are included in the Level 2 fair value hierarchy.

Premiums and other receivable —The carrying values reported in the accompanying balance sheets for these financial instruments approximate their fair values due to the short term nature of these assets.

Notes Payable —The amount reported in the accompanying balance sheets for this financial instrument represents the carrying value of the debt.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

In accordance with ASC 820, assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows:

December 31, 2012

 

     Recurring Fair Value Measures         
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets

           

Preferred stock

   $  —         $ 4,972       $  —         $ 4,972   

Fixed maturities:

           

U.S. Treasury and Federal agency

     33,114         —           —           33,114   

State and political subdivision

     —           86,777         —           86,777   

Residential mortgage-backed

     —           164,045         —           164,045   

Corporate

     —           502,804         —           502,804   

Commercial mortgage-backed

     —           11,472         —           11,472   

Short-term investments

     17,129         57,000         —           74,129   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 50,243       $ 827,070       $  —         $ 877,313   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $  —         $ 86,744       $  —         $ 86,744   

U.S. Treasuries sold but not yet purchased

     56,700         —           —           56,700   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 56,700       $ 86,744       $  —         $ 143,444   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

     Recurring Fair Value Measures         
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets

           

Fixed maturities:

           

U.S. Treasury and Federal agency

   $ 41,206       $  —         $  —         $ 41,206   

State and political subdivision

     —           93,105         —           93,105   

Residential mortgage-backed

     —           269,813         —           269,813   

Corporate

     —           362,240         —           362,240   

Commercial mortgage-backed

     —           19,879         —           19,879   

Short-term investments

     —           99,732         —           99,732   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 41,206       $ 844,769       $  —         $ 885,975   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $  —         $ 74,026       $  —         $ 74,026   

U.S. Treasuries sold but not yet purchased

     55,830         —           —           55,830   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 55,830       $ 74,026       $  —         $ 129,856   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company had no Level 3 investments and, as such, no transfers between levels during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

The Company does not measure any assets or liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2012. The carrying value of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, premiums and other receivables, accrued interest, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximates fair value given the short-term nature of such items.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

5. Equity Investments in Unconsolidated Subsidiaries

In July 2010, the Company and AmTrust Financial Services, Inc. (“AmTrust”) formed Tiger Capital LLC (“Tiger”) for the purposes of acquiring certain life settlement contracts whereby each company initially contributed approximately $11,000 for the respective fifty percent ownership interests in Tiger. In 2011, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, American Capital Acquisition Investments, Inc. (“ACAI”), formed AMT Capital Alpha, LLC (“AMT”) with AmTrust for the purposes of acquiring additional life settlement contracts. A life settlement contract is a contract between the policy owner of a life insurance policy and a third-party investor who obtains the ownership and beneficiary rights of the underlying life insurance policy. The Company, along with AmTrust, is obligated to pay premiums on these life insurance policies as they come due. A third party serves as the administrator of the life settlement contract portfolio, for which it receives an annual fee. Under the terms of the agreement, the third-party administrator is also eligible to receive a percentage of profits after certain time and performance thresholds have been met.

Tiger and AMT are considered to be variable interest entities (“VIE”), for which the Company is not a primary beneficiary. In determining whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, the Company considered qualitative and quantitative factors, including, but not limited to, activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and which party controls such activities. The Company does not have the ability to direct the activities of Tiger and AMT that most significantly impact its economic performance. The Company’s maximum exposure to a loss as a result of its involvement with the unconsolidated VIE is limited to its recorded investment plus additional commitments. The Company uses the equity method of accounting to account for its investments in Tiger and AMT.

The following tables present the investment activity in Tiger and AMT.

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

     Tiger      AMT     Total  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 47,877       $ 10,759      $ 58,636   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contributions

     9,853         175        10,028   

Distributions

     —           (619     (619

Equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     543         (2,104     (1,561
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in equity method investments

     10,396         (2,548     7,848   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 58,273       $ 8,211      $ 66,484   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2011

 

     Tiger      AMT      Total  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 14,964       $  —         $ 14,964   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contributions

     15,135         4,825         19,960   

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     17,778         5,934         23,712   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in equity method investments

     32,913         10,759         43,672   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 47,877       $ 10,759       $ 58,636   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

Period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010

 

     Tiger      AMT      Total  

Balance at beginning of period

   $  —         $  —         $  —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contributions

     11,088         —           11,088   

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     3,876         —           3,876   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in equity method investments

     14,964         —           14,964   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 14,964       $  —         $ 14,964   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following tables summarize total assets and total liabilities as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the results of operations for the Company’s unconsolidated equity method investment in Tiger and AMT for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

As of and Year ended December 31, 2012

 

Condensed balance sheet data

   Tiger      AMT     Total  

Investments in life settlement contracts at fair value

   $ 189,490       $ 22,274      $ 211,764   

Total assets

     189,639         22,286        211,925   

Total liabilities

     73,091         5,867        78,958   

Members’ equity

     116,548         16,419        132,967   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

NGHC’s 50% ownership interest

   $ 58,273       $ 8,211      $ 66,484   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Condensed results of operations

       

Revenue, net of commission

   $ 5,836       $ (4,129   $ 1,707   

Total expenses

     4,750         79        4,829   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 1,086       $ (4,208   $ (3,122
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

NGHC’s 50% ownership interest

   $ 543       $ (2,104   $ (1,561
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of and Year ended December 31, 2011

 

Condensed balance sheet data

   Tiger      AMT      Total  

Investments in life settlement contracts

   $ 104,991       $ 20,786       $ 125,777   

Total assets

     113,290         22,798         136,088   

Total liabilities

     17,536         1,280         18,816   

Members’ equity

     95,754         21,518         117,272   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NGHC’s 50% ownership interest

   $ 47,877       $ 10,759       $ 58,636   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Condensed results of operations

        

Revenue, net of commission

   $ 42,640       $ 13,208       $ 51,698   

Total expenses

     7,084         1,340         8,424   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 35,556       $ 11,868       $ 43,274   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NGHC’s 50% ownership interest

   $ 17,778       $ 5,934       $ 23,712   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

The Company and AmTrust are committed to providing additional capital support to Tiger and AMT to keep the life settlement policies in-force. The Company and AmTrust, each, is committed to provide 50% of the additional required capital. Below is a summary of total premiums to be paid for each of the five succeeding fiscal years to keep the existing life insurance policies in force as of December 31, 2012. The actual capital commitment may differ from the amounts shown based on policy lapses and terminations, death benefits received and other operating cash flows of AMT and Tiger:

 

     Premiums
Due on Life
Settlement
Contracts
     Premiums
Due on Premium
Finance Loans
     Total  

2013

   $ 25,531       $ 744       $ 26,275   

2014

     27,377         876         28,253   

2015

     28,701         1,068         29,769   

2016

     39,040         1,749         40,789   

2017

     37,636         1,188         38,824   

Thereafter

     503,288         20,346         523,634   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 696,710       $ 25,971       $ 687,544   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In August 2011, the Company formed 800 Superior, LLC with AmTrust, for the purposes of acquiring an office building in Cleveland, Ohio. The cost of the building was approximately $7,500. AmTrust has been appointed managing member of 800 Superior LLC. The Company and AmTrust each have a fifty percent ownership interest in 800 Superior, LLC for which the Company is not the primary beneficiary. Additionally, in 2012, the Company entered into an office lease with 800 Superior, LLC for approximately 134,000 square feet. The lease period is for 15 years and the Company paid 800 Superior, LLC $1,391 for the year ended December 31, 2012.

In September 2012, the Company formed East Ninth & Superior, LLC and 800 Superior NMTC Investment Fund II, LLC with AmTrust (collectively “East Ninth & Superior”) (see Note 15). The Company and AmTrust each have a fifty percent ownership interest in East Ninth and Superior, LLC and a twenty-four and a half percent in 800 Superior NMTC investment Fund II for which the Company is not a primary beneficiary.

 

December 31, 2012

   800 Superior, LLC     East Ninth &
Superior
     Total  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 3,761      $  —         $ 3,761   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contributions

     —          3,985         3,985   

Distributions

     (1,232     —           (1,232

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     142        81         223   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in equity method investments

     (1,090     4,066         2,976   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 2,671      $ 4,066       $ 6,737   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

Year ended December 31, 2011

   800 Superior, LLC      East Ninth &
Superior
     Total  

Balance at beginning of year

   $  —         $  —         $  —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contributions

     3,761         —           3,761   

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in equity method investments

     3,761         —           3,761   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 3,761       $  —         $ 3,761   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following tables summarize total assets and total liabilities as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the results of operations for the Company’s unconsolidated equity method investment in 800 Superior, LLC and East Ninth & Superior for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

As of and year ended December 31, 2012

 

Condensed balance sheet data

   800 Superior, LLC      East Ninth &
Superior
    Total  

Total Assets

   $ 26,220       $ 20,480      $ 46,700   

Total Liabilities

     20,878         12,349        33,227   

Members Equity

     5,342         8,131        13,473   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

NGHC’s 50% ownership interest

   $ 2,671       $ 4,066      $ 6,737   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Condensed results of operations

       

Revenue

   $ 3,883       $  —        $ 3,883   

Expenses

     3,599         (161     3,438   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

     284         161        445   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

NGHC’s 50% ownership interest

   $ 142       $ 81      $ 223   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of and year ended December 31, 2011

 

Condensed balance sheet data

   800 Superior, LLC      East Ninth &
Superior
     Total  

Total Assets

   $ 9,729       $  —         $ 9,729   

Total Liabilities

     1,659         —           1,659   

Members Equity

     7,522         —           7,522   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NGHC’s 50% ownership interest

   $ 3,761       $  —         $ 3,761   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Condensed Results of Operations

        

Revenue

   $ 1,743       $  —         $ 1,743   

Expenses

     1,743         —           1,743   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ —         $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NGHC’s 50% ownership interest

   $ —         $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

The Company also has a 34.74% ownership interest in American Tax Credit Georgia Fund III, LLC (“ATC”) which in turn is an investor in apartment complexes that qualify for credits under Georgia Affordable Housing Act. Unrelated third parties own the remaining 65.26% interest in ATC. The Company’s interest in ATC as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $395 and $654, respectively. For the years ended 2012 and 2011, and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010, the company recorded equity in earnings from ATC in the amount of $260, $365 and $260 respectively.

6. Acquisitions and Disposals

In February 2012, the Company acquired 100% equity interest of Velapoint LLC (“Velapoint”) and Reliant Financial Group, LLC and its subsidiary America’s Health Care Plan, Inc. (“Reliant”) for approximately $6,450 and $1,050, respectively.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:

 

February 2012

   Velapoint      Reliant  

Assets

     

Cash and invested assets

   $ 147       $ 524   

Premiums and other receivables

     27         228   

Commissions receivable

     1,098         1,074   

Premise and equipment

     33         —     

Intangible assets

     2,350         —     

Other assets

     22         9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

     3,677         1,835   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

     

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     34         480   

Notes payable

     206         1,500   

Deferred commission

     3,348         1,336   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     3,588         3,316   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net assets purchased

     89         (1,481

Purchase price

     6,450         1,050   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill recorded

   $ 6,361       $ 2,531   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The goodwill and intangible assets related to acquisitions of Velapoint and Reliant are assigned to the Accident & Health segment.

In June 2012, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding stock of Capgemini Reinsurance Company S.A, (“NGHC Lux RE”) for $125,616. NGHC Lux RE is a captive insurer incorporated in Luxembourg that allows the Company to obtain the benefits of its capital and utilization of its existing and future loss reserves through a series of reinsurance agreements with one of the Company’s subsidiary.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:

 

June 2012

      

Assets

  

Cash and invested assets

   $ 135,408   

Intangible assets

     29,167   

Other

     2   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     164,577   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities

  

Deferred tax liability

     38,888   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     73   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     38,961   
  

 

 

 

Net assets purchased

     125,616   
  

 

 

 

Purchase price

   $ 125,616   
  

 

 

 

The intangible assets acquired as a result of the NGHC Lux Re acquisition are assigned to the Property & Casualty segment.

In November 2012, the Company acquired National Health Insurance Company (“NHIC”) for $10,618. NHIC is a legal reserve life insurance company with accident, health, and life insurance policies in force. The Company is licensed to operate in 40 states and the District of Columbia.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:

 

November 2012

      

Assets

  

Cash and invested assets

   $ 10,885   

Premiums and other receivables

     12   

Prepaid and other assets

     63   

Deferred tax asset

     3,728   

Intangible

     1,435   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     16,123   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities

  

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

     1,684   

Unearned premium

     13   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     80   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,777   
  

 

 

 

Net assets purchased

     14,346   

Purchase price

     10,618   
  

 

 

 

Bargain purchase gain

   $ 3,728   
  

 

 

 

The intangible assets acquired as a result of NHIC acquisition is assigned to the Accident & Health segment.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

On September 1, 2012, the Company acquired a group of companies affiliated with the accident and health insurance industry for $1,250. The companies purchased Alliance of Professional Service Organizations, LLC, Association of Independent Beverage Distributors, LLC, Distributor Innovations and Benefit Savings Solution, LLC, Distributors Insurance Company PCC, AIBD Insurance Company IC, Professional Services Captive Corporation IC, and Red Partners Operating Solutions, LLC. (collectively “TABS”).

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:

 

September 2012

      

Assets

  

Cash and invested assets

   $ 3,733   

Premiums and other receivables

     673   

Deferred tax asset

     332   

Intangibles

     4,600   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     9,338   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities

  

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

     8,885   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     709   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     9,594   
  

 

 

 

Net assets purchased

     (256

Purchase price

     1,250   
  

 

 

 

Goodwill recorded

   $ 1,506   
  

 

 

 

The goodwill and intangible assets related to TABS acquisition were assigned to the Accident & Health segment.

In August 2011, the Company acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding common stock of Agent Alliance Insurance Company (“AAIC”) for approximately $4,023. AAIC is licensed in six states and sells property and casualty insurance.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:

 

August 2011

      

Assets

  

Cash and invested assets

   $ 351   

Premiums and other receivables

     5,016   

Deferred tax asset

     392   

Intangibles

     900   

Other assets

     764   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     7,423   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities

  

Reserve for insurance losses and loss adjustment expenses

     2,504   

Surplus note

     350   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     1,458   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     4,312   
  

 

 

 

Net assets purchased

     3,111   

Purchase price

     4,023   
  

 

 

 

Goodwill recorded

   $ 912   
  

 

 

 

The goodwill and intangible assets related to the AAIC acquisition were assigned to the Property & Casualty segment.

On October 31, 2012, the Company sold 100% of its common stock in AAIC to ACP Re Ltd, an affiliated Bermuda company controlled by the ultimate parent of the Company for $2,665. The sale of AAIC resulted in the Company recording a return of capital of $1,359.

In November 2011, the Company acquired a 70% equity interest in Clearside General Insurance Services, LLC (“Clearside”) for approximately $2,990. Clearside is a general agency that specializes in personal and commercial property and casualty lines insurance products.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

The following table summarizes the provisional fair value of assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and non-controlling interests at the acquisition date:

 

November 2011

      

Assets

  

Cash and invested assets

   $ 2,160   

Premiums and other receivables

     12,494   

Premises and equipment

     172   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     14,826   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities

  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     14,353   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     14,353   
  

 

 

 

Net assets purchased

     473   

Non-controlling interests

     (1,298

Purchase price

     2,990   
  

 

 

 

Goodwill recorded

   $ 3,815   
  

 

 

 

In June 2012, the Company acquired the remaining 30% equity interest in Clearside for approximately $1,500. The goodwill recorded as a result of the Clearside acquisition is assigned to the Property & Casualty segment.

In 2010, pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement between NGHC and GMAC Insurance Holdings, Inc. (“GMACI”) and Motor Insurance Corporation (“MIC”, together with GMACI, “GMAC”), the Company completed its acquisition of 100% of GMAC’s U.S. consumer property and casualty insurance business effective March 1, 2010 (the “acquisition date”). The fair value of the consideration at the acquisition date totaled $302,600 and consisted of $212,600 in cash and a $90,000 note to be paid in three equal annual installments of $30,000 beginning on February 28, 2011. The Company completed its purchase accounting in accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combinations”. As a result, the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed were revalued based on fair values of such assets and liabilities on the acquisition date.

Because the fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed exceeded the fair value of the consideration, the Company recognized a bargain purchase gain of $14,887. The bargain purchase gain has been included in the Company’s consolidated statements of income. The results of GMAC’s acquired operations for the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010 have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:

 

March 1, 2010

      

Assets

  

Cash and invested assets

   $ 851,821   

Reinsurance recoverable for unpaid losses

     618,833   

Premiums and other receivables

     274,490   

Prepaid reinsurance

     45,434   

Intangibles

     87,856   

Premises and equipment

     19,894   

Other assets

     5,329   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     1,903,657   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities

  

Reserve for insurance losses and loss adjustment expenses

     1,064,602   

Unearned insurance premiums and revenue

     389,242   

Deferred tax liability

     12,970   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     47,327   

Reinsurance payable

     23,062   

Other liabilities

     48,967   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,586,170   
  

 

 

 

Net assets purchased

     317,487   

Purchase price

     302,600   
  

 

 

 

Bargain purchase gain

   $ 14,887   
  

 

 

 

7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net

The composition of goodwill and intangible assets at December 31, 2012 and 2011 consisted of the following:

December 31, 2012

 

     Gross Balance      Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Value      Useful Life

Trademarks

   $ 5,900       $ 2,795       $ 3,105       5 years

Loss reserve discount

     12,451         10,797         1,654       15 years

Agents relationships

     10,850         1,357         9,493       11 years

Affinity partners

     800         206         594       11 years

Operating lease

     3,508         2,168         1,340       4.6 years

Non-compete

     2,500         1,417         1,083       5 years

Computer software

     5,897         3,341         2,556       5 years

Technical reserves

     29,165         3,748         25,417       3 – 5 years

State licenses

     55,335         —           55,335       indefinite life

Goodwill

     14,237         —           14,237       indefinite life
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 140,643       $ 25,829       $ 114,814      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

F-35


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

December 31, 2011

 

     Gross Balance      Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Value      Useful Life

Trademarks

   $ 4,900       $ 1,796       $ 3,104       5 years

Loss reserve discount

     12,451         8,861         3,590       5 years

Agents relationship

     4,800         778         4,022       11 years

Affinity partners

     800         133         667       11 years

Operating lease

     3,508         1,403         2,105       4.6 years

Non-compete

     2,500         917         1,583       5 years

Computer software

     5,897         2,162         3,735       5 years

State licenses

     53,900         —           53,900       indefinite life

Goodwill

     4,727         —           4,727       Indefinite life
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 93,483       $ 16,050       $ 77,433      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Goodwill and intangible assets are subject to annual impairment testing. No impairment was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized under the straight-line method, except for loss reserve discounts, which the Company amortizes using an accelerated method, which approximates underlying claim payments. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010, the Company amortized approximately $9,779, $7,675 and $8,375 respectively, related to its intangible assets with a finite life. The estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the next five years is:

 

Year ending

 

2013

   $ 11,347   

2014

     11,151   

2015

     7,916   

2016

     6,892   

2017 and thereafter

     7,836   
  

 

 

 
   $ 45,242   
  

 

 

 

8. Premiums and Other Receivables, Net

Premiums and other receivables, net at December 31, 2012 and 2011 consisted of the following:

 

December 31,

   2012     2011  

Premiums receivable

   $ 332,244      $ 278,855   

Reinsurance recoverable on paid losses and loss adjustment expenses (includes $86,643 and $73,347 from related parties in 2012 and 2011 respectively)

     116,462        101,177   

Other receivables

     13,243        11,690   

Allowance for uncollectible amounts

     (6,070     (4,164
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total premiums and other receivables, net

   $ 455,879      $ 387,558   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

9. Premises and Equipment, Net

The composition of the premises and equipment at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consisted of the following:

December 31, 2012

 

     Cost      Accumulated
Depreciation
     Net Value  

Buildings

   $ 3,082       $ 93       $ 2,989   

Vehicles

     120         29         91   

Furniture and equipment

     271         36         235   

Leasehold improvements

     2,909         1,826         1,083   

Hardware and software

     45,309         23,155         22,154   

Work-in-process systems and software

     1,604         —           1,604   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 53,295       $ 25,139       $ 28,156   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

     Cost      Accumulated
Depreciation
     Net Value  

Buildings

   $ 939       $ 44       $ 895   

Vehicles

     32         5         27   

Furniture and equipment

     134         20         114   

Leasehold improvements

     2,893         1,177         1,716   

Hardware and software

     29,094         12,121         16,973   

Work-in-process systems and software

     1,646         —           1,646   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 34,738       $ 13,367       $ 21,371   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense related to premises and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010 was $13,958, $8,475, and $4,892 respectively.

10. Income Taxes

Federal income tax expense attributable to income from continuing operations consisted of the following:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
     Period From
March 1, 2010
(inception) to
December 31,
 
     2012     2011      2010  

Current

   $ 47,958      $ 20,408       $ 34,482   

Deferred

     (30,651     7,893         (10,417
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 17,307      $ 28,301       $ 24,065   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

Deferred income taxes are recognized for the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to the net deferred tax liability are presented below:

 

December 31,

   2012      2011  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Accrued expenses

   $ 8,137       $ 9,593   

Unearned premiums

     32,156         27,824   

Bad debt

     2,242         —     

Depreciation

     725         (962

Contingent commissions

     7,371         3,442   

Loss reserve discounting

     4,835         6,703   

Suspended Subpart F losses

     7,345         —     

Net operating loss carryforwards

     2,465         —     

Other

     1,474         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     66,750         46,600   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Deferred acquisition costs

     21,082         20,175   

Investment items

     530         10,720   

Intangible assets

     20,602         24,580   

Premises and equipment

     4,759         2,586   

Foreign technical reserves

     34,034         —     

Unrealized capital gains

     17,572         5,900   

Other

     954         (99
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

     99,533         63,862   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ 32,783       $ 17,262   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no deferred tax asset valuation allowances at December 31, 2012 and 2011. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Management believes that it is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets.

The Company has net operating carryforwards of $7,042 available for tax purposes for the year ended December 31, 2012. There were no net operating losses available for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

Total income tax expense is different from the amount determined by multiplying earnings before income taxes by the statutory Federal tax rate of 35%. The reasons for such differences are as follows:

 

Year ended December 31, 2012

   Amount     Tax Rate  

Income before taxes

   $ 50,946     

Tax rate

     35.00  
  

 

 

   

Computed “expected” tax expense

     17,831        35.00

Increase (decrease) in actual tax reported resulting from:

    

Tax-exempt interest

     (1,030     (2.02

Non-deductible meals and entertainment

     128        .25   

Equity method income

     114        .22   

Exempt foreign income

     (927     (1.82

Loss on sale of company

     (1,305     (2.56

State tax

     1,172        2.30   

Prior year return to provision

     (929     (1.82

Prior year deferral adjustment

     3,001        5.89   

Other permanent items

     (748     (1.47
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax reported

   $ 17,307        33.97
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2011

   Amount     Tax Rate  

Income before taxes

   $ 72,415     

Tax rate

     35  
  

 

 

   

Computed “expected” tax expense

     25,345        35.00

Increase (decrease) in actual tax reported resulting from:

    

Prior year deferral adjustment

     2,674        3.69   

Tax-exempt interest

     (718     (.99

Prior year return to provision

     (476     (.66

Non-deductible meals and entertainment

     133        .18   

State tax

     1,367        1.89   

NOL carryforward

     (22     (.03

Other

     (2     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax reported

   $ 28,301        39.08
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

Period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010

   Amount     Tax Rate  

Income before taxes

   $ 126,268     

Tax rate

     35  
  

 

 

   

Computed “expected” tax expense

     44,194        35.00

Increase (decrease) in actual tax reported resulting from:

    

Tax-exempt interest

     (11     —     

Non-deductible meals and entertainment

     76        .06   

Gain on bargain purchase

     (5,210     (4.10

Loss on commutation

     (18,351     (14.50

State tax

     3,531        2.80   

Other

     (164     (.13
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax reported

   $ 24,065        19.13
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

There were no unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2012 and 2011 that, if recognized, would affect the Company’s effective tax rate.

The Company recognizes interest expense related to unrecognized tax benefits in tax expense, net of Federal income tax. There were no accrued interest and penalties recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010. During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010, there was no interest related to unrecognized tax expense in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. The Company has no penalties included in calculating its provision for income taxes. All tax liabilities are payable to the Internal Revenue Services.

The only event reasonably possible to occur within 12 months of the reporting date is the addition of the most recent year to the Company’s tax contingency reserves and the release of the oldest year for which taxes are reserved. The projected net movement in the Company’s tax contingency reserves resulting from this projected movement is not considered to be material by the Company.

The Company’s subsidiaries are currently open to audit by the Internal Revenue Service for the years ended December 31, 2007 and thereafter for Federal tax purposes.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

11. Reinsurance

The Company assumes and cedes insurance risks under various reinsurance agreements, on both a pro rata basis and excess of loss basis. The Company purchases reinsurance to mitigate the volatility of direct and assumed business, which may be caused by the aggregate value or the concentration of written exposures in a particular geographic area or business segment and may arise from catastrophes or other events. The Company pays a premium as consideration for ceding the risk. The following is a summary of effects of reinsurance on premiums and losses for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010.

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

     Written     Earned  

Direct premiums

   $ 1,334,224      $ 1,294,736   

Assumed premiums

     17,700        16,300   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross premiums

     1,351,924        1,311,036   

Ceded premiums

     (719,430     (736,784
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premiums and revenue

   $ 632,494      $ 574,252   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2011

 

     Written     Earned  

Direct premiums

   $ 1,172,263      $ 1,171,844   

Assumed premiums

     6,628        6,950   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross premiums

     1,178,891        1,178,794   

Ceded premiums

     (640,655     (680,584
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premiums and revenue

   $ 538,236      $ 498,210   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010

 

     Written     Earned  

Direct premiums

   $ 904,553      $ 954,591   

Assumed premiums

     7,438        8,172   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross premiums

     911,991        962,763   

Ceded premiums

     (23,913     (401,846
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premiums and revenue

   $ 888,078      $ 560,917   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Assumed     Ceded  

Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense:

    

Year ended December 31, 2012

   $ 8,601      $ 729,920   

Year ended December 31, 2011

     5,574        645,019   

Period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010

     10,607        342,032   

 

F-41


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

December 31, 2012

 

     Assumed      Ceded  

Unpaid loss and LAE reserves

   $ 8,106       $ 991,837   

Unearned premiums

     3,626         54,495   

December 31, 2011

 

     Assumed      Ceded  

Unpaid loss and LAE reserves

   $ 11,216       $ 920,719   

Unearned premiums

     2,043         73,751   

The Company’s reinsurance transactions include premiums written under state-mandated involuntary plans for commercial vehicles and premiums ceded to state-provided reinsurance facilities such as Michigan Catastrophic Claims Association (“MCCA”) and North Carolina Reinsurance Facility (“NCRF” or “the Facility”) (collectively, “State Plans”), for which it retains no loss indemnity risk. Prepaid reinsurance premiums are earned on a pro- rata basis over the period of risk, based on a daily earnings convention, which is consistent with premiums written.

MCCA is a reinsurance mechanism that covers no-fault first party medical losses of retentions in excess of $500 in 2012. The Company currently has claims with retentions from $250 to $500. All automobile insurers doing business in Michigan are required to participate in MCCA. Insurers are reimbursed for their covered losses in excess of this threshold, which increased from $460 to $480 on July 1, 2010, and increased to $500 in 2011 and will remain at this amount until 2013. Funding for MCCA comes from assessments against automobile insurers based upon their share of insured automobiles in the state. Insurers are allowed to pass along this cost to Michigan automobile policyholders. The following is a summary of premiums and losses ceded to MCCA for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
     Period From
March 1, 2010
(Inception) to
December 31,
 
     2012      2011      2010  

Ceded earned premiums

   $ 10,620       $ 9,883       $ 7,513   

Ceded Loss and LAE

     17,275         12,877         14,985   

Reinsurance recoverables from MCCA as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

December 31,

   2012      2011  

Reinsurance recoverable on paid losses

   $ 6,937       $ 5,654   

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses

     703,546         690,391   

 

F-42


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

NCRF is a mechanism for pooling of insurance risks for insureds who cannot obtain coverage by ordinary methods. Under the Facility law, licensed and writing carriers and agents must accept and insure any eligible applicant for coverages and limits which may be ceded to the Facility. The Facility accepts cession of bodily injury and property damage liability, medical payments, and uninsured and combined uninsured/underinsured motorist’s coverages. Funding for the NCRF comes from collected premiums from automobile insurers based upon the provided coverage of the insured automobiles in the state. The following is a summary of premiums and losses ceded to NCRF for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Period From
March 1, 2010
(Inception) to
December 31,
 
     2012      2011      2010  

Ceded earned premiums

   $ 145,200       $ 138,049       $ 113,071   

Ceded Loss and LAE

     130,524         127,143         123,154   

Reinsurance recoverables from NCRF as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

December 31,

   2012      2011  

Reinsurance recoverable on paid losses

   $ 18,023       $ 21,858   

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses

     81,970         88,288   

The Company believes that it is unlikely to incur any material loss as a result of non-payment of amounts owed to the Company by MCCA and NCRF because (i) the payment obligations are extended over many years, resulting in relatively small current payment obligations, (ii) both MCCA and NCRF are supported by assessments permitted by statute, and (iii) the Company has not historically incurred losses as a result of non-payment. Because MCCA and NCRF are supported by assessments permitted by statute, and there have been no significant and uncollectible balances from NCRF and MCCA, the Company believes that it has no significant exposure to uncollectible reinsurance balances from these entities.

In addition to the reinsurance programs described above, the Company utilizes the Personal Lines Quota Share reinsurance arrangement to limit maximum loss, provide greater diversification of risk and minimize exposure on larger risks. For further discussion on the Personal Lines Quota Share arrangement, see Note 14, “Related Party Transactions”.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

The Company has a concentration of credit risk associated with MCCA and NCRF, related to risks ceded in accordance with Michigan insurance law and the Company’s market share in North Carolina, respectively. Reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses at December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

December 31,

   2012      2011  

MCCA

   $ 703,546       $ 690,391   

NCRF

     81,931         88,288   

Maiden Insurance Company

     99,869         64,342   

ACP RE LTD

     59,921         41,095   

Other reinsurers’ balances—each less than 5% of total

     46,570         36,603   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 991,837       $ 920,719   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company also has unauthorized reinsurance with ACP Re Ltd. and Maiden Insurance Company that requires the reinsurers to provide collateral to mitigate any risk of default.

12. Other Liabilities

Other liabilities at December 31, 2012 and 2011 consisted of the following:

 

December 31,

   2012      2011  

Bank overdrafts

   $ 39,513       $ 39,881   

Advance premiums

     8,503         8,720   

Deferred revenue

     3,320         —     

Premium and other taxes

     6,536         5,076   

Investment payable

     —           19,366   

Other

     2,462         3,482   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other liabilities

   $ 60,334       $ 76,525   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

13. Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

Accounts payable and accrued expenses at December 31, 2012 and 2011 consisted of the following:

 

December 31,

   2012      2011  

Accounts payable – trade

   $ 1,214       $ 3,715   

Accounts payable – promotional fees

     1,180         1,293   

Escheats payable

     5,580         3,942   

Ceding expense allowance

     8,577         9,276   

Accrued expenses related to employees

     10,426         12,347   

Accounts payable related to commissions

     11,392         9,565   

Premiums payable

     1,626         5,045   

License fee payable

     4,448         611   

Information technology payable

     2,108         3,456   

Printing fee payable

     1,519         —     

Other

     22,810         18,834   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 70,880       $ 68,084   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

14. Notes Payable

The Company has an outstanding note as of December 31, 2012 of $30,000 payable to GMACI Holdings, Inc. (“GMACI Note”). The outstanding balance bears interest at an annual rate of 2.28%. The note requires three annual principal payments of $30,000. The first payment and second payment were paid in 2011 and 2012, respectively, and the remaining principal payment is due on February 28, 2013. Interest expense on this note for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010 was $798, $1,482 and $1,710 respectively.

The Company, on January 27, 2012, issued a promissory note to ACP Re Ltd., a related party, in the amount of $14,700. The outstanding balance bears interest at an annual rate of 3.0% per annum. The principal sum and interest is due on January 1, 2017. Interest expense on this note for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $404.

The Company, on September 5, 2012, issued a promissory note to ACP Re Ltd., a related party, in the amount of $4,000. The outstanding balance bears interest at an annual rate of 2.0% per annum. Interest expense on this note for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $27.

On February 20, 2013, the Company amended and restated the two outstanding notes to ACP Re Ltd. whereby these notes were consolidated into a single promissory note in the amount of $18,700. This note bears interest at a rate of 3.0% per annum. The outstanding principal and interest is due on January 1, 2017.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

On May 29, 2012, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, ACAI, issued a promissory note to ACP Re Ltd., a related party, in the amount of $100. The outstanding balance bears interest at an annual rate of 2.0% per annum. The principal sum and interest are due on May 29, 2014. Interest expense on this note for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $1.

As part of the Company’s acquisition of Reliant Financial Group, LLC, the Company has an outstanding promissory note as of December 31, 2012 of $1,500 payable to Access Plans, Inc. (“Velapoint Note #1”). The note was issued on February 22, 2012 and any outstanding balance bears interest at an annual rate of 5.0% per annum. Three payments of $400, $500 and $600 shall be due and payable thirty days after the anniversary date beginning in 2013. Interest expense on this note for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $63.

Also as part of the Company’s acquisition of Reliant Financial Group, LLC, the Company entered into an agreement with the seller to pay $875 for his 50% ownership interest (“Velapoint Note #2”). At the closing date, the Company paid $175 and entered into an agreement to pay the remaining $700 to the seller upon a Trigger Event or on February 16, 2015. The Trigger Event means the earlier of a) the closing of a merger or consolidation of the Company, b) the closing of a merger or consolidation of Reliant Financial Group with American Health Care Plan, Inc., c) the closing of a public offering. The imputed interest associated with this note amounted to approximately $15.

Upon the completion of Company’s purchase of Velapoint, the Company entered into a note agreement of $184 with HealthCompare Insurance Services, Inc. (“Velapoint Note # 3”). This note matures on July 1, 2013. The imputed interest associated with this note amounted to approximately $4.

On June 14, 2012, the Company purchased the remaining 30% interest in Clearside General Insurance Services, LLC. Upon purchase, the Company entered into an agreement to pay the sellers $1,500, with $183 due on the closing date and the remaining $1,317 payable over the subsequent fourteen months (“Clearside Note”). The imputed interest associated with this note amounted to approximately $15.

On August 18, 2011, the Company entered into a credit agreement to establish an unsecured $25,000 line of credit with JPMorgan Chase, N.A. Interest payments are required to be paid monthly on any unpaid principal and bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 250 basis points. The credit agreement has a maturity date of June 30, 2013. As of December 31, 2012, there was an outstanding balance on the line of credit of $17,500, which reduced the availability on the line of credit to $7,500 as of December 31, 2012.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

Maturities of the Company’s debt for the five years subsequent to December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

     2013      2014      2015      2016      2017      Total  

Line of credit

   $ 17,500       $  —         $  —         $  —         $ —         $ 17,500   

Promissory notes- ACP Re Ltd.

     —           101         —           —           19,387         19,488   

Clearside Note

     742         —           —           —           —           742   

Velapoint Note #1

     400         500         600         —           —           1,500   

Velapoint Note #2

     700         —           —           —           —           700   

Velapoint Note #3

     184         —           —           —           —           184   

GMACI Note

     30,000         —           —           —           —           30,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 49,526       $ 601       $ 600       $  —         $ 19,387       $ 70,114   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

15. Related Party Transactions

The founding and majority shareholder of the Company has an ownership interest in AmTrust, Maiden Holdings Ltd. (“Maiden”) and ACP Re Ltd. (“ACP”). The Company provides and receives services from these related entities as follows:

Pursuant to an Asset Management Agreement among NGHC and AII Insurance Management Limited (“AIIM”), a subsidiary of AmTrust, the Company pays AIIM a fee for managing the Company’s investment portfolio. Pursuant to the asset management agreement, AIIM provides investment management services for a quarterly fee of 0.05% if the average value of the account for the previous calendar quarter is less than or equal to $1 billion and 0.0375% if the average value of the account for the previous calendar quarter is greater than $1 billion . Following the initial one-year term, the agreement may be terminated upon 30 days written notice by either party. Amounts paid to AIIM totaled $1,571, $1,608 and $1,018, respectively during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, there was a payable to AIIM related to these services in the amount of $383 and $380, respectively.

AmTrust provides postage and billing services to the Company for premiums written on the Company’s new policy system pursuant to a Master Services Agreement with GMAC Insurance Management Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. The agreement is effective for ten years from the acceptance of all phases of the initial work statement and can be automatically renewed thereafter for subsequent five year terms. The agreement is cancellable for material breach of contract that is not cured within thirty days, if either party fails to perform obligations under contract, if either party is declared bankrupt or insolvent, and in the event of a proposed change of control by either party to a competitor. The services are charged on a work-per-piece basis and are billed to the Company at cost. The Company has the right to audit the books and records as appropriate. The amounts charged for such expenses were $2,939, $223 and $0 during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, there was a payable for these services in the amount of $1,518 and $67, respectively.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

AmTrust also provides the Company information technology development services in connection with the development of a policy management system at cost pursuant to the Master Services Agreement. The amounts charged for such expenses were $5,231, $4,746 and $2,022, respectively, during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010, respectively, of which amounts capitalized in property and equipment were $4,476, $3,984 and $2,085, respectively, during the same periods. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, there was a payable for these services in the amount of $1,108 and $1,633, respectively.

In addition, as a consideration for a license for the Company to use that system, AmTrust receives a license fee in the amount of 1.25% of gross premiums of NGHC and its affiliates plus the Company’s costs for support services. The amounts charged for such fees were $8,171, $906 and $-0-, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were payables for these services in the amount of $4,448 and $611, respectively.

On August 1, 2012 the Company purchased TABS. As part of the purchase, the Company is now affiliated with AIBD Health Plan which is a welfare benefit plan for several member groups. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had a payable of $3,225 with this entity. All balances due to and from this entity are settled at a minimum on a quarterly basis.

On November 9, 2012, a wholly-owned subsidiary, GMAC Insurance Management Corporation entered into a management agreement with an affiliated company, AAIC, whereby GMAC Insurance Management Corporation can perform various services on behalf of AAIC. As of December 31, 2012 there is $2,681 due from AAIC related to this agreement. All balances due under this agreement are settled quarterly within thirty days after quarter end.

On July 1, 2012, a wholly-owned subsidiary, Integon National, entered into an agreement with an AmTrust subsidiary, Risk Services, LLC (“RSL”). RSL provides certain consulting and marketing services to promote the Company’s captive insurance program with AARC to potential agents. RSL receives 1.5% of all net written premiums generated to the program. The amounts charged for such fees were $15 for the year ended December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2012, there was a payable for these services in the amount of $15.

On November 9, 2012, a wholly-owned subsidiary, Integon National, entered into a reinsurance agreement with an affiliated company, AAIC, whereby AAIC cedes 100% of the total written premiums, acquisition costs and incurred losses and LAE on business with effective dates before and after November 9, 2012. The agreement has an indefinite term.

On March 22, 2012, a wholly-owned subsidiary, Integon National, entered into a reinsurance agreement with an AmTrust subsidiary, Agent Alliance Reinsurance Company (“AARC”) whereby the Company cedes 25% of the business written by certain agents who are members of the Company’s captive agent program along with 25% of any related losses. The Company shall receive a ceding commission of 25% of the associated ceded premiums. The agreement is effective for the agreement year, as defined, which is the calendar year or part thereof commencing on or after the effective date and each subsequent calendar year or part thereof, through termination of the agreement. Each party may terminate the agreement by providing a 90 day written notice.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

The amounts related to these reinsurance treaties are as follows:

December 31, 2012

 

     Recoverable
(Payable) on Paid
and Unpaid Losses
and LAE
    Commission
Receivable
     Premium
Receivable
(Payable)
 

AAIC

   $ (390   $ —         $ 4,230   

Agent Alliance Reinsurance Company

     71        13         (52

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

     Assumed
(Ceded)
Earned

Premiums
    Commission
Income (Expense)
    Assumed (Ceded)
Losses and LAE
 

AAIC

   $ 826      $ (407   $ 587   

Agent Alliance Reinsurance Company

     (132     47        (85

The Company participates in a quota share reinsurance treaty with the following related entities whereby it cedes 50% of the total net earned premiums and net incurred losses and LAE on business with effective dates after March 1, 2010 (“NGHC Quota Share”). The percentage breakdown by reinsurer of such 50% is as follows:

 

Name of Insurer

   Percentage
Participation
 

ACP Re Ltd.

     30

Maiden Insurance Company, a subsidiary of Maiden

     50

Technology Insurance Company, a subsidiary of AmTrust

     20

The NGHC Quota Share has an initial term of three years and shall renew automatically for successive three year terms unless terminated by written notice not less than nine months prior to the expiration of the current term. The Company may terminate the agreement on sixty days written notice following the effective date of initial public offering or private placement of stock. The related party participants may terminate their participation in the NGHC Quota Share on 60 days written notice in the event NGHC is subject to a change of control, ceases writing new and renewal business, effects a reduction in their net retention without their consent or fails to remit premium as required by the terms of the NGHC Quota Share. The NGHC Quota Share provides that the reinsurers pay a provisional ceding commission equal to 32.5% of ceded earned premium, net of premiums ceded by the Company for inuring reinsurance, subject to adjustment. The ceding commission is subject to adjustment to a maximum of 34.5% if the loss ratio for the reinsured business is 60.0% or less and a minimum of 30.5% if the loss ratio is 64.5% or greater.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

Effective October 1, 2012, the parties amended the reinsurance agreement to decrease the provisional ceding commission from 32.5% to 32.0% of ceded earned premium, net of premiums ceded by the Company for inuring reinsurance, subject to adjustment. The ceding commission is subject to adjustment to a minimum of 30.0% (changed from 30.5%), if the loss ratio is 64.5% or greater. The Company believes that the terms, conditions and pricing of the NGHC Quota Share have been determined by arm’s length negotiations and reflect current market terms and conditions.

The amounts related to this reinsurance treaty are as follows:

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

                        
     Ceded
Earned
Premiums
     Ceding
Commission
Income
     Ceded
Losses and LAE
 

ACP Re Ltd.

   $ 168,395       $ 52,602       $ 117,510   

Maiden Insurance Company

     280,657         87,671         195,850   

Technology Insurance Company

     112,264         34,046         78,345   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 561,316       $ 174,319       $ 391,705   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2011

 

     Ceded
Earned
Premiums
     Ceding
Commission
Income
     Ceded
Losses and LAE
 

ACP Re Ltd.

   $ 147,507       $ 46,081       $ 99,430   

Maiden Insurance Company

     245,844         76,800         165,716   

Technology Insurance Company

     98,338         29,993         66,281   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 491,689       $ 152,874       $ 331,427   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010

 

     Ceded
Earned
Premiums
     Ceding
Commission
Income
     Ceded
Losses and LAE
 

ACP Re Ltd.

   $ 74,073       $ 24,074       $ 49,748   

Maiden Insurance Company

     123,455         40,123         82,680   

Technology Insurance Company

     49,382         16,049         33,164   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 246,910       $ 80,246       $ 165,592   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

     Reinsurance
Recoverable on
Paid and Unpaid
Losses and LAE
     Ceded
Commission
Receivable
     Ceded
Premium
Payable
 

ACP Re Ltd.

   $ 85,914       $ 7,853       $ 43,605   

Maiden Insurance Company

     143,190         13,089         72,674   

Technology Insurance Company

     57,276         5,236         29,070   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 286,380       $ 26,178       $ 145,349   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

December 31, 2011

 

     Reinsurance
Recoverable on
Paid and Unpaid
Losses and LAE
     Ceded
Commission
Receivable
     Ceded
Premium
Payable
 

ACP Re Ltd.

   $ 63,098       $ 9,515       $ 38,409   

Maiden Insurance Company

     105,164         15,859         64,015   

Technology Insurance Company

     42,061         6,342         25,606   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 210,323       $ 31,716       $ 128,030   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company nets the ceded commission receivable against ceded premium payable in the consolidated balance sheets as the NGHC Quota Share Agreement allows for net settlement. The agreement also stipulates that if the Company would be denied full statutory credit for reinsurance ceded pursuant to the credit for reinsurance laws or regulations in any applicable jurisdiction, NGHC will secure an amount equal to that obligation through a letter of credit; assets held in trust for the benefit of NGHC or cash. ACP Re Ltd. and Maiden Insurance Company held assets in trust in the amount of $55,275 and $96,196, respectively, as of December 31, 2012 and $38,121 and $62,278, respectively, as of December 31, 2011.

In 2010, the Company and AmTrust formed Tiger and AMT for the purposes of acquiring certain life settlement contracts. For further discussion on the Tiger and AMT arrangements, see Note 3, “Investments”.

800 Superior LLC and Affiliated Entities

As described in Note 5, the Company formed 800 Superior, LLC along with AmTrust, whereby each entity owns 50% interest. In 2012, the Company also entered into a lease agreement with 800 Superior, LLC for a period of 15 years whereby the Company leased approximately 134,000 square feet. The Company paid 800 superior, LLC $1,391 during the year ended December 31, 2012 in conjunction with this lease.

In September 2012, 800 Superior, LLC received $19,400 in net proceeds from a financing transaction the Company and AmTrust entered into with Key Community Development Corporation (“KCDC”) related to a capital improvement project for the office building in Cleveland, Ohio owned by 800 Superior, LLC. The Company, AmTrust and KCDC collectively made capital contributions (net of allocation fees) and loans to 800 Superior NMTC Investment Fund II and 800 Superior NMTC Investment Fund I LLC (collectively, the “Investment Funds”) under a qualified New Markets Tax Credit (“NMTC”) program. The NMTC program was provided for in the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000 (the “Act”) and is intended to induce capital investment in qualified lower income communities. The Act permits taxpayers to claim credits against their Federal income taxes for up to 39% of qualified investments in the equity of community development entities (“CDEs”). CDEs are privately managed investment institutions that are certified to make qualified low-income community investments (“QLICIs”).

In addition to the capital contributions and loans from the Company, AmTrust and KCDC, as part of the transaction, the Investment Funds received, directly and indirectly, proceeds of approximately $8,000 through two loans originating from state and local governments of Ohio. These loans are each for a period of 15 years and have an average interest rate of 1.7% per annum.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

The Investment Funds then contributed the loan proceeds and capital contributions of $19,400 to two CDEs, which, in turn, loaned the funds on similar terms to 800 Superior, LLC. The proceeds of the loans from the CDEs (including loans representing the capital contribution made by KCDC, net of allocation fees) will be used to fund the capital improvement project. As collateral for these loans, the Company has granted a security interest in the assets acquired with the loan proceeds.

The Company and AmTrust are each entitled to receive an equal portion of 49% of the benefits derived from the NMTCs generated by 800 Superior Investment Fund II LLC, while KCDC is entitled to the remaining 51%. The NMTC is subject to 100% recapture for a period of seven years as provided in the Internal Revenue Code. During this seven years compliance period, the entities involved are required to be in compliance with various regulations and contractual provisions that apply to the NMTC arrangement. Non-compliance with applicable requirements could result in the projected tax benefits not being realized and, therefore, could require the Company to indemnify KCDC for any loss or recapture of NMTCs related to the financing until such time as the obligation to deliver tax benefits is relieved. The Company does not anticipate any credit recaptures will be required in connection with this arrangement. In addition, this transaction includes a put/call provision whereby the Company may be obligated or entitled to repurchase KCDC’s interest in the Investment Funds in September 2019 at the end of the recapture period. Management believes that KCDC will exercise its put option and, therefore, attributed an insignificant value to the put/call.

16. Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

Activity in the reserves for unpaid losses and LAE is presented below:

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

Unpaid losses and LAE, gross of related reinsurance recoverable at beginning of year

   $ 1,218,412   

Less: Reinsurance recoverables at beginning of year

     (920,719
  

 

 

 

Net balance at December 31, 2011

     297,693   
  

 

 

 

Incurred losses and LAE related to:

  

Current year

     393,368   

Prior years

     1,298   
  

 

 

 

Total incurred

     394,666   
  

 

 

 

Paid losses and LAE related to:

  

Current year

     (271,158

Prior years

     (136,426
  

 

 

 

Total paid

     (407,584
  

 

 

 

Acquired losses and LAE reserve, net

     9,921   
  

 

 

 

Net balance at December 31, 2012

     294,696   

Plus: Reinsurance recoverable unpaid losses at end of year

     991,837   
  

 

 

 

Gross balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 1,286,533   
  

 

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

Year ended December 31, 2011

 

Unpaid losses and LAE, gross of related reinsurance recoverable at beginning of year

   $ 1,081,630   

Less: Reinsurance recoverables at beginning of year

     (695,023
  

 

 

 

Net balance at December 31, 2010

     386,607   
  

 

 

 

Incurred losses and LAE related to:

  

Current year

     355,776   

Prior years

     (21,929
  

 

 

 

Total incurred

     333,847   
  

 

 

 

Paid losses and LAE related to:

  

Current year

     (226,295

Prior years

     (198,970
  

 

 

 

Total paid

     (425,265
  

 

 

 

Acquired losses and LAE reserve from AAIC acquisition

     2,504   
  

 

 

 

Net balance at December 31, 2011

     297,693   

Plus: Reinsurance recoverable unpaid losses at end of year

     920,719   
  

 

 

 

Gross balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 1,218,412   
  

 

 

 

In 2012 and 2011, the Company’s liabilities for unpaid losses and LAE attributable to prior years decreased by $25,983 and $21,929, respectively, primarily as the result of favorable loss development, due to lowered actuarial estimates of ultimate losses based on actual loss experience. In setting its reserves, the Company reviews its loss data to estimate expected loss development. Management believes that its use of sound actuarial methodology applied to its analyses of its historical experience provides a reasonable estimate of future losses. However, actual future losses may differ from the Company’s estimate, and future events beyond the control of management, such as changes in law, judicial interpretations of law and inflation, may favorably or unfavorably impact the ultimate settlement of the Company’s loss and LAE.

The anticipated effect of inflation is implicitly considered when estimating liabilities for losses and LAE. In addition to inflation, the average severity of claims is affected by a number of factors that may vary by types and features of policies written. Future average severities are projected from historical trends, adjusted for implemented changes in underwriting standards and policy provisions, and general economic trends. These estimated trends are monitored and revised as necessary based on actual development.

17. Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Commitments

The Company is obligated under certain noncancelable operating property and computer equipment lease agreements. The lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010 was $10,591, $11,135 and $8,243, respectively. The minimum future lease commitments under these agreements at

 

F-53


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

December 31, 2012 were as follows:

 

Year ending

      

2013

   $ 11,978   

2014

     10,049   

2015

     3,351   

2016

     3,136   

2017 and after

     31,705   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 60,219   
  

 

 

 

Litigation

The Company’s insurance subsidiaries are named as defendants in various legal actions arising principally from claims made under insurance policies and contracts. Those actions are considered by the Company in estimating the loss and LAE reserves. The Company’s management believes the resolution of those actions will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Employment Agreements

The Company has entered into employment agreements with certain individuals. The employment agreements provide for option awards, executive benefits and severance payments under certain circumstances. Amounts payable under these agreements for the next five years are as follows:

 

2013

   $ 2,805   

2014

     1,592   

2015

     1,094   

2016

     750   

2017

     83   

18. Preferred Shares

In 2010, the Company issued to AmTrust for an initial purchase consideration of approximately $53,053, which was equal to 25% of the capital initially required by the Company, 53,054,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, which provides an 8% cumulative dividend, is non-redeemable and is convertible, at the holders’ option, into 21.25% of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Company (the “Preferred Stock”). AmTrust has pre-emptive rights with respect to any future issuances of securities by ACAC and its conversion rights are subject to customary anti-dilution protections. AmTrust also has the right to appoint two members of ACAC’s Board of Directors, which consists of six members. Subject to certain limitations, the Board of Directors of the Company may not take any action at a meeting without at least one of AmTrust appointees in attendance. AmTrust is entitled to receive dividend payments only when, as and if declared by the Company’s Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, undeclared cumulative dividends were $10,046 and $5,372, respectively. Upon liquidation of the Company, AmTrust is entitled to be paid any declared and unpaid dividends and the preferred stock’s purchase price.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

19. Benefit Plans

A significant number of the Company’s employees participate in a defined contribution plan. Employer contributions vary based on criteria specific to the plan. Contribution expense was $1,931, $2,122 and $1,100, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010, respectively.

20. Statutory Financial Data

Applicable insurance department regulations require the Company’s insurance subsidiaries to prepare statutory financial statements in accordance with statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Department of Insurance of the state of domicile. Statutory net income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010 and statutory capital and surplus as per the annual financial statements of the Company’s insurance subsidiaries as of December 31 were as follows:

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

     Statutory
Capital and
Surplus
     Required
Statutory
Capital and
Surplus
     Statutory
Net Income
(Loss)
 

Integon Indemnity Corporation

   $ 34,686       $ 3,275       $ 26,313   

National General Insurance Company

     34,770         407         12,574   

Integon Preferred Insurance Company

     6,962         104         3,573   

Integon National Insurance Company

     139,706         51,216         (34,275

MIC General Insurance Corporation

     20,807         881         6,250   

National General Assurance Company

     19,672         123         4,864   

Integon Casualty Insurance Company

     9,143         110         4,790   

New South Insurance Company

     13,196         146         11,317   

Integon General Insurance Corporation

     22,747         386         15,816   

GMAC Insurance Company Online, Inc.

     10,027         48         3,049   

National Health Insurance Company

     9,103         56         (751

GMACI Re Ltd.

     30,758         6,312         (2,923

 

F-55


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

Year ended December 31, 2011

 

     Statutory
Capital and
Surplus
     Required
Statutory
Capital and
Surplus
     Statutory
Net Income
(Loss)
 

Integon Indemnity Corporation

   $ 55,965       $ 15,177       $ 5,684   

National General Insurance Company

     54,975         4,626         4,639   

Integon Preferred Insurance Company

     12,156         2,616         879   

Integon National Insurance Company

     74,514         21,711         9,135   

MIC General Insurance Corporation

     12,850         3,554         710   

National General Assurance Company

     23,274         3,344         2,222   

Integon Casualty Insurance Company

     12,229         2,604         1,086   

New South Insurance Company

     27,175         8,775         1,784   

Integon General Insurance Corporation

     38,761         9,732         5,224   

GMAC Insurance Company Online, Inc.

     9,309         2,298         582   

Agent Alliance Insurance Company

     2,924         995         (226

Period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010

 

     Statutory
Capital and
Surplus
     Required
Statutory
Capital and
Surplus
     Statutory
Net Income
(Loss)
 

Integon Indemnity Corporation

   $ 52,233       $ 10,049       $ (8,637

National General Insurance Company

     51,065         3,924         3,185   

Integon Preferred Insurance Company

     11,739         1,638         (2,040

Integon National Insurance Company

     66,807         13,793         2,149   

MIC General Insurance Corporation

     12,409         5,073         (1,958

National General Assurance Company

     21,665         2,139         (2

Integon Casualty Insurance Company

     11,634         1,653         (2,518

New South Insurance Company

     26,492         4,205         (5,145

Integon General Insurance Corporation

     34,995         6,299         (8,195

GMAC Insurance Company Online, Inc.

     9,099         1,644         (2,152

For the Company’s U.S. insurance subsidiaries, the required statutory capital and surplus amount is equal to 1.5 times of authorized control level of risk based capital as defined by NAIC or the minimum amount required to avoid regulatory oversight. For GMACI Reinsurance Company, the amount is equal to the minimum capital required by Bermuda Monetary authority.

21. Dividend Restrictions

The Company’s insurance subsidiaries are subject to statutory and regulatory restrictions, applicable to insurance companies, imposed by the states of domicile, which limit the amount of cash dividends or distributions that they may pay unless special permission is received from the state of domicile. This limit was approximately $32,413 and $30,089 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010, there were $133,476, $-0- and $-0- dividends paid by the

 

F-56


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

insurance subsidiaries to the parent company, respectively. The Company obtained permission from the states of domicile before the dividends were paid. Thereafter, the parent company paid $120,000 in the form of a capital contribution to its subsidiary, Integon National Insurance Company. During 2012, the insurance subsidiaries paid to the parent company a return of capital of $18,484.

22. Risk-Based Capital

Property and casualty insurance companies in the United States are subject to certain risk-based capital (“RBC”) requirements as specified by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners. Under such requirements, the amount of capital and surplus maintained by a property and casualty insurance company is to be determined on various risk factors. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the capital and surplus of the Company’s insurance subsidiaries exceeded the RBC requirements.

23. Share-Based Compensation

The Company currently has one equity incentive plan (“the Plan”). The Plan authorizes up to an aggregate of 10,106 shares of Company stock for awards of options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. The aggregate number of shares of common stock for which awards may be issued may not exceed 10,106 shares, subject to the authority of the Company’s Board of Directors to adjust this amount in the event of a consolidation, reorganization, stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization or similar transaction affecting the Company’s common stock. As of December 31, 2012, approximately 1,932 shares of Company common stock remained available for grants under the Plan.

The Company recognizes compensation expense under ASC 718-10-25 for its share-based payments based on the fair value of the awards. The Company grants stock options at exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the Company’s stock on the dates the options are granted. The options have a maximum term of ten years from the date of grant and vest primarily in equal annual installments over the five-year period following the date of grant for employee options. If a participant’s employment relationship ends, the participant’s vested awards will remain exercisable for the shorter of a period of 30 days or the period ending on the latest date on which such award could have been exercisable. The fair value of each option grant is separately estimated for each grant date. The fair value of each option is amortized into compensation expense on a straight-line basis between the grant date for the award and each vesting date. The Company has estimated the fair value of all stock option awards as of the date of the grant by applying the Black-Scholes-Merton multiple-option pricing valuation model. The application of this valuation model involves assumptions that are judgmental and highly sensitive in the determination of compensation expense.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

The fair value was estimated at the date of grant with the following weighted average assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     2012     2011  

Volatility

     39.50     39.50

Risk-free interest rate

     2.00        2.00   

Weighted average expected life in years

     6.50        6.50   

Forfeiture rate

     16.00        16.00   

Dividend rate

     0.00        0.00   

Expected Price Volatility – This is a measure of the amount by which a price has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate. It was not possible to use actual experience to estimate the expected volatility of the price of the common shares in estimating the value of the options granted because the Company’s common shares are not traded on a public exchange. As a substitute for such estimate, the Company used a set of comparable companies in the industry in which the Company operates.

Risk-Free Interest Rate – This is the U.S. Treasury rate for the week of the grant having a term equal to the expected life of the option. An increase in the risk-free interest rate will increase compensation expense.

Expected Lives – This is the period of time over which the options granted are expected to remain outstanding giving consideration to vesting schedules, historical exercise and forfeiture patterns. The Company uses the simplified method outlined in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 to estimate expected lives for options granted during the period as historical exercise data is not available and the options meet the requirements set out in the Bulletin. Options granted have a maximum term of ten years. An increase in the expected life will increase compensation expense.

Forfeiture Rate – This is the estimated percentage of options granted that are expected to be forfeited or cancelled before becoming fully vested. An increase in the forfeiture rate will decrease compensation expense.

Dividend Yield – This is calculated by dividing the expected annual dividend by the share price of the Company at the valuation date. An increase in the dividend yield will decrease compensation expense.

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 is shown below:

 

     2012      2011  
     Shares     Weighted
Average Exercise
Price
     Shares     Weighted
Average Exercise
Price
 

Outstanding, at beginning of year

     8,924      $ 1,061.33         —        $  —     

Granted

     5,981        2,007.17         14,290        1,061.33   

Forfeited

     (6,730     1,151.37         (5,366     1,049.95   

Exercised

     —          —           —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding, at end of year

     8,175      $ 1,686.75         8,924      $ 1,061.33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-58


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted was $729 and $447 in 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company had approximately $3,405 and $1,974 of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, all option grants outstanding had an approximate weighted average remaining life of 5.5 years. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were approximately 1,611 and 2,221 exercisable shares with a weighted-average exercise price of $410.97 and $350.79, respectively. Compensation expense for share-based compensation was ($117) and $779 during 2012 and 2011, respectively.

24. Earnings Per Share

The following is a summary of the elements used in calculating basic and diluted earnings per common share:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Period from
March 1, 2010
(Inception) to
December 31,
 
   2012      2011      2010  

Net income attributable to NGHC common stockholders

   $ 28,965       $ 39,772       $ 98,666   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common stock outstanding – basic

     159,161         159,161         159,161   

Potentially dilutive securities:

        

Share options

     1,523         2,161         —     

Convertible preferred stock

     42,959         42,959         42,959   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common stock outstanding–diluted

   $ 203,643       $ 204,281       $ 202,120   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share attributable to NGHC common stockholders

   $ 181.99       $ 249.88       $ 619.91   

Diluted earnings per share attributable to NGHC common stockholders

   $ 165.19       $ 215.88       $ 505.66   

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, 6,652 and 6,763 share options, respectively, were excluded from diluted earnings per common share as they were anti-dilutive.

25. Segment Information

The Company currently operates two business segments, Property and Casualty and Accident and Health. The “Corporate & Other” segment represents the activities of the holding company, as well as, income from the Company’s investment portfolio. The Company evaluates segment performance based on segment profit separately from the results of our investment portfolio. Other operating expenses allocated to the segments are called General and Administrative expenses which are allocated on an actual basis except salaries and benefits where management’s judgment is applied. In determining total assets by segment, the Company identifies those assets that are attributable to a particular segment such as deferred acquisition cost, reinsurance recoverable, goodwill, intangible assets and prepaid reinsurance while the remaining assets are allocated to Corporate & Other segment.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

The following tables summarize the underwriting results of our operating segments:

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

     Property &
Casualty
    Accident &
Health
    Corporate and
Other
    Total  

Gross premium written

   $ 1,343,658      $ 8,266      $  —        $ 1,351,924   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premium written

     624,453        8,041        —          632,494   

Change in unearned premiums

     (58,243     1        —          (58,242
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earned premium

     566,210        8,042        —          574,252   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ceding commission—primarily related party

     188,916        —          —          188,916   

Service and fee income

     77,373        16,366        —          93,739   

Underwriting expense:

        

Loss and loss adjustment expense

     (379,608     (15,058     —          (394,666

Acquisition and other underwriting expenses

     (195,315     (11,072     —          (206,387

General and administrative

     (247,075     (5,598     —          (252,673
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (821,998     (31,728     —          (853,726
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Underwriting income

     10,500        (7,320     —          3,181   

Net investment income

     —          —          30,550        30,550   

Net realized gains

       —          16,612        16,612   

Bargain purchase gain

     —          —          3,728        3,728   

Equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     —          —          (1,338     (1,338

Interest expense

     —          —          (1,787     (1,787

Provision for income taxes

     —          —          (17,307     (17,307
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to NGHC

   $ 10,501      $ (7,320   $ 30,458      $ 33,639   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2011

   Property &
Casualty
    Accident &
Health
     Corporate and
Other
    Total  

Gross premium written

   $ 1,178,891      $  —         $  —        $ 1,178,891   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premium written

     538,236        —           —          538,236   

Change in unearned premiums

     (40,026     —           —          (40,026
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earned premium

     498,210        —           —          498,210   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ceding commission—primarily related party

     168,530        —           —          168,530   

Service and fee income

     66,116        —           —          66,116   

Underwriting expense:

         

Loss and loss adjustment expense

     (333,848     —           —          (333,848

Acquisition and other underwriting expenses

     (163,337     —           —          (163,337

General and administrative

     (218,152     —           —          (218,152
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (715,337     —           —          (715,337
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Underwriting income

     17,519        —           —          17,519   

Net investment income

     —          —           28,355        28,355   

Net realized gains

     —          —           4,775        4,775   

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     —          —           23,760        23,760   

Interest expense

     —          —           (1,994     (1,994

Provision for income taxes

     —          —           (28,301     (28,301

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

     —          —           (14     (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to NGHC

   $ 17,519      $  —         $ 26,581      $ 44,100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-60


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

Period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to

    December 31, 2010

   Property &
Casualty
    Accident &
Health
     Corporate
and Other
    Total  

Gross premium written

   $ 911,991      $  —         $  —        $ 911,991   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premium written

     888,078        —           —          888,078   

Change in unearned premiums

     (327,161     —           —          (327,161
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earned premium

     560,917        —           —          560,917   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ceding commission—primarily related party

     92,359        —           —          92,359   

Service and fee income

     53,539        —           —          53,539   

Underwriting expense:

         

Loss and loss adjustment expense

     (391,633     —           —          (391,633

Acquisition and other underwriting expenses

     (79,458     —           —          (79,458

General and administrative

     (155,108     —           —          (155,108
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (626,199     —           —          (626,199
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Underwriting income

     80,616        —           —          80,616   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income

     —          —           25,391        25,391   

Net realized gains

     —          —           3,293        3,293   

Bargain purchase gain

     —          —           14,887        14,887   

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     —          —           3,876        3,876   

Interest expense

     —          —           (1,795     (1,795

Provision for income taxes

     —          —           (24,065     (24,065
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to NGHC

   $ 80,616      $  —         $ 21,587      $ 102,203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the financial position of the Company’s operating segments as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

December 31, 2012

 

     Property and
Casualty
     Accident and
Health
     Corporate
and Other
     Total  

Premiums and other receivables

   $ 448,264       $ 7,615       $  —         $ 455,879   

Prepaid reinsurance premiums

     54,495         —           —           54,495   

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses

     991,837         —           —           991,837   

Deferred commission and other acquisition expenses

     60,234         —           —           60,234   

Goodwill and intangible assets, net

     96,059         18,755         —           114,814   

Corporate and other assets

     —           —           1,040,711         1,040,711   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,650,889       $ 26,370       $ 1,040,711       $ 2,717,970   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

     Property and
Casualty
     Accident and
Health
     Corporate
and Other
     Total  

Premiums and other receivables, net

   $ 387,558       $  —         $  —         $ 387,558   

Prepaid reinsurance premiums

     73,751         —           —           73,751   

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses

     920,719         —           —           920,719   

Deferred commission and other acquisition expenses

     57,719         —           —           57,719   

Goodwill and intangible assets, net

     77,433         —           —           77,433   

Corporate and other assets

     —           —           1,007,711         1,007,711   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,517,180       $  —         $ 1,007,711       $ 2,524,891   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-61


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

The following table shows an analysis of the Company’s gross and net premiums written and net premiums earned by geographic location for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and the period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010.

 

            Period From
March 1, 2010
(Inception) to
December 31,
2010
 
   Year ended
December 31,
    
   2012      2011     

Gross premiums written – North America

   $ 1,351,924       $ 1,178,891       $ 911,991   

Gross premiums written – Other (predominantly Bermuda)

     —           —           —     

Net premiums written – North America

     583,912         538,236         888,078   

Net premiums written – Other (predominantly Bermuda)

     48,582         —           —     

Net premiums earned – North America

     525,670         498,210         560,917   

Net premiums earned – Other (predominantly Bermuda)

     48,582         —           —     

26. Condensed Quarterly Financial Data — Unaudited

The following tables summarize our quarterly financial data:

 

     2012 Quarters Ended  
     Mar 31      Jun 30      Sep 30      Dec 31  

Total revenues

   $ 213,520       $ 236,902       $ 222,180       $ 235,195   

Net income (loss)

     9,508         13,142         9,487         1,502   

Net income (loss) attributable to NGHC common shareholders

     8,339         11,974         8,318         334   

Comprehensive income (loss)—attributable to NGHC shareholders

     21,916         6,756         22,028         4,456   

Basic earnings (loss) per common share attributable to NGHC shareholders

   $ 52.40       $ 75.23       $ 52.26       $ 2.10   

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share attributable to NGHC shareholders

   $ 46.54       $ 64.41       $ 46.54       $ 2.08   

 

     2011 Quarters Ended  
     Mar 31      Jun 30      Sep 30      Dec 31  

Total revenues

   $ 182,599       $ 194,569       $ 191,736       $ 197,082   

Net income (loss)

     17,002         12,853         11,480         2,779   

Net income (loss) attributable to NGHC common shareholders

     15,920         11,758         10,398         1,696   

Comprehensive income (loss)—attributable to NGHC shareholders

     20,084         20,581         11,371         (2,607

Basic earnings (loss) per common share attributable to NGHC shareholders

   $ 100.02       $ 73.96       $ 65.33       $ 10.66   

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share attributable to NGHC shareholders

   $ 83.33       $ 62.81       $ 56.16       $ 10.51   

 

F-62


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and per share data)

 

27. Subsequent Events

On January 1, 2013, the Company entered into a quota share agreement with Wesco Insurance Company (“Wesco”) to assume 100% of the accidental and health business written before January 1, 2013. The Company will reinsure 100% of the existing obligations with respect to the Accident and Health Program, including a loss portfolio transfer of 100% of loss and LAE reserves and unearned premium as of the effective date in exchange for an amount equal to 100% of the loss and LAE reserves and unearned premium reserves related to the existing contracts and 100% of the business fronted by Wesco on behalf of the Company after the effective date less the fronted ceded commission of 5% of premiums written, plus the related fronting acquisition costs and fronting inuring reinsurance costs, both meaning the actual costs paid by Wesco to the third parties to cover those transactions. This agreement shall not be terminated by either party except by written notification by both parties on the date indicated in this agreement.

On February 20, 2013, the Company entered into a three-year, $90 million secured credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”), among JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, KeyBank National Association as Syndication Agent, and First Niagara Bank, N.A as Documentation Agent and Association Bank, National Association. The credit facility is a revolving credit facility with a letter of credit limit of $10 million. In connection with entering into the Credit Agreement, the Company terminated its existing $25 million credit agreement dated as of August 18, 2011 with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. The maturity date of the new agreement is February 20, 2016.

On February 20, 2013, the Company entered into a promissory note with ACP Re Ltd., a related party, in the amount of $18,700. This is a result of the Company amending and restating its two outstanding promissory notes to ACP and consolidating these into one promissory note. The outstanding balance bears interest at an annual rate of 3% per annum. The principal sum and interest is due on January 1, 2017.

On February 28, 2013, the Company paid the final $30,000 payment to GMACI Holdings, Inc. associated with the acquisition of the Company.

On March 28, 2013, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with ACP Re, Ltd to acquire 50% of the issued and outstanding shares of AMT Capital Holdings S.A., (“AMT S.A.”), a Luxembourg Societe Anonyme, for $12,136. AMT Capital’s primary purpose is to acquire certain life settlement contracts. AmTrust owns the remaining 50% of AMT S.A.

On April 15, 2013, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement to acquire European Accident Health & Care Insurance Company (“EHC”) for an initial purchase price of approximately $23,600. The transaction also includes a deferred purchase price arrangement whereby, once EBITDA (including EBITDA of a Company affiliate which underwrites products sold by EHC) which when combined with EHC’s equity at closing exceeds the initial purchase price, the Company shall pay the seller an amount corresponding to fifty percent of the EHC’s EBITDA (including EBITDA of a Company affiliate which underwrites products sold by EHC) for each of the fiscal years 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018. The Company estimates the total purchase price including the deferred arrangement will be approximately $42,800 EHC is an LLC incorporated and registered under the laws of Sweden and primarily administers A&H business in that region.

The Company has performed subsequent events procedures through May 13, 2013, which was the date the consolidated financial statements were available for issuance and there were no other subsequent events requiring adjustments to or disclosures in the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of March 31, 2013 and December 31,

2012 and for the Three Months Ended

March 31, 2013 and 2012


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors

National General Holdings Corp.

New York, New York

We have reviewed the condensed consolidated balance sheet of National General Holdings Corp. as of March 31, 2013, and the related condensed consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2013 and 2012. These interim financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.

We conducted our reviews in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

Based on our reviews, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the condensed consolidated financial statements referred to above for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the consolidated balance sheet of National General Holdings Corp. as of December 31, 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended (not presented herein); and in our report dated May 13, 2013, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012 is fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the consolidated balance sheet from which it has been derived.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

May 13, 2013

 

F-64


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and par value per share)

 

     March 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  
     (unaudited)      (audited)  

Assets

     

Investments:

     

Equity securities, available-for-sale, at fair value

   $ 4,972       $ 4,972   

Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost $719,901 and $743,406, respectively)

     774,690         798,212   

Short-term investments

     69,524         74,129   

Equity investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries

     98,151         73,616   

Other investments

     1,132         999   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments

     948,469         951,928   

Cash and cash equivalents

     29,789         34,198   

Accrued interest

     7,449         9,018   

Premiums and other receivables, net (includes $90,305 and $86,665 from related parties in 2013 and 2012, respectively)

     485,390         455,879   

Deferred acquisition costs

     63,572         60,234   

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses (includes $199,616 and $199,788 from related parties in 2013 and 2012, respectively)

     987,443         991,837   

Prepaid reinsurance premiums

     57,113         54,495   

Income tax receivable

     2,580         —     

Due from affiliate

     1,400         7,550   

Premises and equipment, net

     26,417         28,156   

Intangible assets, net

     98,433         100,577   

Goodwill

     14,237         14,237   

Prepaid and other assets

     11,433         9,861   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,733,725       $ 2,717,970   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

     

Liabilities:

     

Unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense reserves

   $ 1,281,260       $ 1,286,533   

Unearned premiums

     511,577         488,598   

Unearned service contract and other revenue

     7,424         4,172   

Reinsurance payable (includes $98,518 and $119,209 to related parties in 2013 and 2012, respectively)

     143,216         139,190   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     78,504         70,880   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, at contract value

     63,863         86,744   

Securities sold, not yet purchased, at market value

     56,644         56,700   

Deferred tax liability

     39,004         32,783   

Income tax payable

     —           7,947   

Notes payable

     60,886         70,114   

Other liabilities

     58,844         60,334   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     2,301,222         2,303,995   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 16)

     

Stockholders’ Equity:

     

Common stock, $0.01 par value—authorized 300,000 shares, issued and outstanding 159,161 shares

     2         2   

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value—authorized 71,000 shares, issued and outstanding 53,054 shares

     53,054         53,054   

Additional paid-in-capital

     169,109         158,468   

Retained earnings

     177,688         169,972   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     32,645         32,474   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total National General Holdings Corp. Stockholders’ Equity

     432,498         413,970   

Non-controlling interest

     5         5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity

     432,503         413,975   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,733,725       $ 2,717,970   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income

(in thousands of dollars)

(Unaudited)

 

Three months ended March 31,

   2013     2012  

Revenues:

    

Premiums income:

    

Net premiums written

   $ 172,516      $ 185,795   

Change in unearned premiums

     (20,360     49,261   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Earned Premium

     152,156        136,534   

Ceding commission income (primarily related parties)

     50,444        45,327   

Service and fee income

     27,261        22,697   

Net investment income

     6,473        8,799   

Net realized gain on investments

     1,698        163   

Other revenue

     16        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Revenues

     238,048        213,520   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses:

    

Loss and loss adjustment expenses

     100,823        89,433   

Acquisition and other underwriting costs

     54,378        54,046   

General and administrative

     70,206        55,470   

Interest expense

     343        470   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Expenses

     225,750        199,419   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Before Provision for Income Taxes and Equity in Earnings (Loss) of Unconsolidated Subsidiaries

     12,298        14,101   

Provision for Income Taxes

     3,771        4,982   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Before Equity in Earnings (Loss) of Unconsolidated Subsidiaries

     8,527        9,119   

Equity in Earnings (Loss) of Unconsolidated Subsidiaries

     (811     389   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

     7,716        9,508   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income Attributable to National General Holdings Corp. (“NGHC”)

     7,716        9,508   

Dividends on Preferred Stock

     (1,262     (1,169
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income Attributable to NGHC Common Stockholders

   $ 6,454      $ 8,339   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic Earnings Per Share Attributable to NGHC Common Stockholders

   $ 40.55      $ 52.40   

Diluted Earnings Per Share Attributable to NGHC Common Stockholders

   $ 37.99      $ 46.54   

Weighted Average Number of Basic Common Stock Outstanding

     159,161        159,161   

Weighted Average Number of Diluted Common Stock Outstanding

     203,132        204,305   

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(in thousands of dollars)

(Unaudited)

 

Three months ended March 31,

   2013     2012  

Net Income

   $ 7,716      $ 9,508   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income, Net of Tax:

    

Unrealized holding gain (loss) on securities, net of tax expense of $(612) and $3,229 in 2013 and 2012, respectively

     (1,111     12,329   

Reclassification adjustment for securities sold during the period, net of tax benefit of $690 and $43 in 2013 and 2012, respectively

     1,282        79   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive Income, Net of Tax

     171        12,408   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive Income

     7,887        21,916   

Comprehensive Income Attributable to Non-controlling Interest

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive Income Attributable to NGHC

   $ 7,887      $ 21,916   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

(in thousands of dollars)

(Unaudited)

Three months ended March 31, 2013

 

      Common
Stock
    Preferred
Stock
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Non-controlling
Interest in
Subsidiary
    Total  

Beginning Balance

  $ 2      $ 53,054      $ 158,467      $ 169,972      $ 32,474      $ 5      $ 413,974   

Net income

    —          —          —          7,716        —          —          7,716   

Change in unrealized gains on investments, net of tax

    —          —          —          —          171        —          171   

Capital contributions

    —          —          10,275        —          —          —          10,275   

Stock option compensation

    —          —          367        —          —          —          367   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

  $ 2      $ 53,054      $ 169,109      $ 177,688      $ 32,645      $ 5      $ 432,503   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Three months ended March 31, 2012

 

      Common
Stock
    Preferred
Stock
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Non-controlling
Interest in
Subsidiary
    Total  

Beginning Balance

  $ 2      $ 53,054      $ 159,938      $ 139,881      $ 10,957      $ 1,312      $ 365,144   

Net income

    —          —          —          9,508        —            9,508   

Change in unrealized gains on investments, net of tax

    —          —          —          —          12,408        —          12,408   

Stock option compensation

    —          —          380        —          —          —          380   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

  $ 2      $ 53,054      $ 160,318      $ 149,389      $ 23,365      $ 1,312      $ 387,440   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands of dollars)

(Unaudited)

 

Three months ended March 31,

   2013     2012  

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

    

Net income

   $ 7,716      $ 9,508   

Reconciliation of net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     5,536        4,312   

Net amortization of premium on investments

     1,050        1,652   

Stock compensation expense

     367        380   

Equity in (earnings) loss of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     811        (389

Net realized gain on investments

     (1,698     (164

Net realized loss on premise and equipment disposals

     86        —     

Bad debt expense

     (3,557     (4,213

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Accrued interest

     1,569        (3,681

Premiums and other receivables

     (25,957     (46,997

Deferred acquisition costs, net

     (3,338     (6,303

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses

     4,393        (14,522

Prepaid reinsurance premiums

     (2,619     —     

Due from affiliate

     6,150        —     

Prepaid and other assets

     (1,573     (3,417

Unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense reserves

     (5,273     —     

Unearned premiums

     22,979        49,261   

Unearned service contract and other revenue

     3,253        1,075   

Reinsurance payable

     4,027        32,476   

Accounts payable

     (4,510     6,904   

Income tax payable

     (10,527     649   

Deferred tax liability

     6,300        5,258   

Other liabilities

     (1,490     (20,780
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities

     3,695        11,009   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

    

Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries, net

     (3,068     (4,127

Acquisition of consolidated subsidiaries, net of cash obtained

     —          (5,536

Purchases of short-term investments

     (68,306     (239,082

Purchases of premises and equipment

     (1,788     (4,360

Purchases of fixed maturities

     (85,802     (68,965

Proceeds from sale of short-term investments, net

     72,910        266,149   

Proceeds from sale of fixed maturities

     109,955        51,423   

Disposals of premises equipment

     49        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Investing Activities

     23,950        (4,498
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, net

     54        22,969   

Securities sold, not yet purchased, net

     (22,881     (54

Notes payable repayments

     (30,688     (31,368

Proceeds from notes payable

     21,461        7,409   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Used In Financing Activities

     (32,054     (1,044
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     (4,409     5,467   

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Period

     34,198        11,695   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Period

   $ 29,789      $ 17,162   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:

    

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 7,500      $ 1,900   

Cash paid for interest

     570        1,368   

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

1. Basis of Reporting

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of National General Holdings Corp. (f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation) and its subsidiaries (the “Company” or “NGHC”) and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP” or “U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial statements and with the instructions to Article 10 of Regulation S-X as promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. All significant inter-company transactions and accounts have been eliminated in the condensed consolidated financial statements.

These interim condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim period and all such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. The results of operations for the interim period are not necessarily indicative, if annualized, of those to be expected for the full year. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

2. Recently Adopted Accounting Standards Update

In March 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2013-05, “Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment Upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets Within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity,” to standardize the release of the cumulative translation adjustment into net income when a parent either sells a part or all of its investment in a foreign entity or no longer holds a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary. ASU 2013-05 will be applied prospectively and is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013, and interim periods within those years. The standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income,” to improve the reporting of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The guidance requires an entity to present, either on the face of the statement of income or in the notes, separately for each component of comprehensive income, the current period reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income affected by the reclassification The updated guidance is effective prospectively for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2012. Early adoption is permitted. The updated guidance did not have any effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-01, “Clarifying the Scope of Disclosure about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” ASU 2013-01 relates to derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and secured borrowings and lending transactions that are either offset or subject to a master netting arrangement. The amendment provides a user of financial statements with comparable information as it relates to certain reconciling differences between financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and those financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The Company adopted ASU 2013-01 on January 1, 2013 and the implementation of the standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

In October 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-04, “Technical Corrections and Improvements.” The amendments in this ASU represent changes to clarify the Codification, correct unintended application of guidance, or make minor improvements to the Codification that are not expected to have a significant effect on current accounting practice or create a significant administrative cost to most entities. Additionally, the amendments will make the Codification easier to understand and the fair value measurement guidance easier to apply by eliminating inconsistencies and providing needed clarifications. Transition guidance is provided for amendments the FASB believes could change practice. The amendments in this ASU that will not have transition guidance will be effective upon issuance for both public and nonpublic entities. For public entities, the amendments that are subject to the transition guidance will be effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The adoption of this guidance did not have any effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) Testing Indefinite Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment.” This updated guidance regarding the impairment test applicable to indefinite-lived intangible assets is similar to the impairment guidance applicable to goodwill. Under the updated guidance, an entity may assess qualitative factors (such as changes in management, strategy, technology or customers) that may impact the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset and lead to the determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the asset is less than its carrying value. If an entity determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the intangible asset is less than its carrying value, an impairment test must be performed. The impairment test requires an entity to calculate the estimated fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset. If the carrying value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. The updated guidance is effective for the period ending March 31, 2013 with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance did not have any effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11 requiring additional disclosures about financial instruments and derivative instruments that are either: (1) offset for balance sheet presentation purposes or (2) subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar arrangement, regardless of whether they are offset for balance sheet presentation purposes. In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-01 to address implementation issues about the scope of ASU 2011-11. This new guidance clarifies that the scope of the offsetting disclosures required applies to derivatives accounted for in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities lending transactions. The guidance is effective on January 1, 2013, with retrospective presentation of the new disclosures required. As this new guidance is disclosure-related only and does not amend the existing balance sheet offsetting guidance, the adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

3. Investments

(a) Available-For-Sale Securities

The cost, fair value, and gross unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities were as follows:

March 31, 2013

 

     Cost or
Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  

Preferred stock

   $ 5,000       $  —         $ (28   $ 4,972   

Fixed maturities:

          

U.S. Treasury and Federal agencies

     22,861         10,252         —          33,113   

States and political subdivisions

     94,637         1,846         (611     95,872   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     135,225         6,402         (803     140,824   

Corporate bonds

     456,117         38,705         (1,057     493,765   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

     11,061         55         —          11,116   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 724,901       $ 57,260       $ (2,499   $ 779,662   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

     Cost or
Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  

Preferred stock

   $ 5,000       $  —         $ (28   $ 4,972   

Fixed maturities:

          

U.S. Treasury and Federal agencies

     22,976         10,139         (1     33,114   

States and political subdivisions

     85,259         1,870         (352     86,777   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     158,031         7,062         (1,048     164,045   

Corporate bonds

     465,742         38,011         (949     502,804   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

     11,398         74         —          11,472   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 748,406       $ 57,156       $ (2,378   $ 803,184   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-72


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

The amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale debt securities held as of March 31, 2013, by contractual maturity, are shown in the table below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because some borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

March 31, 2013

 

     Cost or
Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value  

Due in one year or less

   $ 10,941       $ 10,969   

Due after one year through five years

     70,114         72,931   

Due after five years through ten years

     418,086         462,374   

Due after ten years

     74,474         76,476   

Mortgage-backed securities

     146,286         151,940   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 719,901       $ 774,690   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(b) Investment Income

The components of net investment income consisted of the following:

 

Three months ended March 31,

   2013     2012  

Interest:

    

Cash and short-term investments

   $ 2      $ 11   

Fixed maturities

     8,684        10,191   

Reverse repurchase agreements

     56        5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment income

     8,742        10,207   

Investment expense

     (2,165     (1,337

Repurchase agreements

     (104     (71
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income

   $ 6,473      $ 8,799   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(c) Realized Gains and Losses

Proceeds from sales of fixed maturity securities during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 were $109,951 and $51,423, respectively. The tables below indicate the gross realized gains and losses for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012.

Three months ended March 31, 2013

 

     Gross Gains      Gross Losses     Total  

Fixed maturity securities

   $ 1,724       $ (26   $ 1,698   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Three months ended March 31, 2012

 

     Gross Gains      Gross Losses      Total  

Fixed maturity securities

   $ 163       $ —         $ 163   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-73


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

(d) Unrealized Gains and Losses

Unrealized gains and (losses) on fixed maturity securities, equity securities and securities sold but not yet purchased consisted of the following:

 

March 31, 2013

      

Net unrealized loss on preferred stock

   $ (28

Net unrealized gain on fixed maturity securities

     54,789   

Net unrealized loss on short sales

     (4,622

Deferred income tax expense

     (17,494
  

 

 

 

Net unrealized gain, net of deferred income tax expense

   $ 32,645   
  

 

 

 

Change in net unrealized gains, net of deferred income tax expense

   $ 171  
  

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

      

Net unrealized loss on preferred stock

   $ (28

Net unrealized gain on fixed maturity securities

     54,806   

Net unrealized loss on short sales

     (4,732

Deferred income tax expense

     (17,572
  

 

 

 

Net unrealized gain, net of deferred income tax expense

   $ 32,474   
  

 

 

 

(e) Gross Unrealized Losses

The tables below summarize the gross unrealized losses of fixed maturity and equity securities by length of time the security has continuously been in an unrealized loss position as March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

March 31, 2013

 

     Less Than 12 Months      12 Months or More      Total  
     Fair
Market
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    No. of
Positions
Held
     Fair
Market
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    No. of
Positions
Held
     Fair
Market
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

Preferred stock

   $ 4,972       $ (28     1       $  —         $  —          —         $ 4,972       $ (28

U.S. Treasury and Federal agency

     —           —          —           —           —          —           —           —     

States and political subdivision

     32,768         (547     15         3,286         (64     3         36,054         (611

Residential mortgage-backed

     29,191         (476     5         9,548         (327     4         38,739         (803

Corporate bonds

     93,403         (1,041     32         618         (16     1         94,021         (1,057
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 160,334       $ (2,092     53       $ 13,452       $ (407     8       $ 173,786       $ (2,499
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-74


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

December 31, 2012

 

     Less Than 12 Months      12 Months or More      Total  
     Fair
Market
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    No. of
Positions
Held
     Fair
Market
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    No. of
Positions
Held
     Fair
Market
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

Preferred stock

   $ 4,972       $ (28     1       $  —         $  —          —         $ 4,972       $ (28

U.S. Treasury and Federal agency

     574         (1     1         —           —          —           574         (1

States and political subdivision

     28,948         (300     13         594         (52     1         29,542         (352

Residential mortgage-backed

     25,143         (456     5         18,826         (592     4         43,969         (1,048

Corporate bonds

     89,886         (853     40         4,513         (96     4         94,399         (949
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 149,523       $ (1,638     60       $ 23,933       $ (740     9       $ 173,456       $ (2,378
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were 61 and 69 positions at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, that account for the gross unrealized loss, none of which are deemed by the Company to be other than temporarily impaired (“OTTI”). Significant factors influencing the Company’s determination that none of the securities are OTTI included the magnitude of unrealized losses in relation to cost, the nature of the investment and management’s intent not to sell these securities and it being more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell these investments before anticipated recovery of fair value to the Company’s cost basis.

(f) Other Than Temporarily Impaired

The Company reviews its investment portfolio for impairment on a quarterly basis. Impairment of investments results in a charge to operations when a fair value decline below cost is deemed to be other than temporary. As of March 31, 2013, the Company reviewed its portfolio to evaluate the necessity of recording impairment losses for other than temporary declines in the fair value of investments. During the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized no OTTI. Based on the Company’s qualitative and quantitative OTTI review of each asset class within its fixed maturity portfolio, the remaining unrealized losses on fixed maturities at March 31, 2013 were primarily due to widening of credit spreads relating to the market illiquidity, rather than credit events. Because the Company does not intend to sell these securities and it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell these securities until a recovery of fair value to amortized cost, the Company currently believes it is probable that it will collect all amounts due according to its respective contractual terms. Therefore, the Company does not consider these fixed maturities to be OTTI at March 31, 2013.

(g) Restricted Cash and Investments

The Company, in order to conduct business in certain states, is required to maintain letters of credit or assets on deposit to support state mandated regulatory requirements and certain third- party agreements. These assets are primarily in the form of cash and certain high grade securities. The fair values of the Company’s restricted assets as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

     March 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

Restricted cash

   $ 8,509       $ 8,509   

Restricted investments – fixed maturities at fair value

     33,810         34,081   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total restricted cash and investments

   $ 42,319       $ 42,590   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-75


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

(h) Other

Securities sold, not yet purchased represent obligations of the Company to deliver the specified security at the contracted price and, thereby, create a liability to purchase the security in the market at prevailing prices. The Company’s liability for a security to be delivered is measured at fair value and, as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, was $56,644 and $56,700, respectively, for a U.S. Treasury security. The transactions represent off-balance sheet risk, as the Company’s ultimate cost to satisfy the delivery of this security sold, but not yet purchased may exceed the amount reflected at March 31, 2013. Subject to certain limitations, all securities owned, to the extent required to cover the Company’s obligations to sell or re-pledge the security to others, are pledged to the clearing broker.

The Company enters into reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements, which are accounted for as either collateralized lending or borrowing transactions and are recorded at contract amounts which approximate fair value. For the collateralized borrowing transactions (i.e., repurchase agreements), the Company receives cash or securities that it invests or holds in short-term or fixed income securities. As of March 31, 2013, the Company had collateralized borrowing transaction principal outstanding of $63,863 at interest rates between .42% and .53%. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had collateralized borrowing transaction principal outstanding of $86,744 at interest rates between .42% and .50%. Interest expense associated with the repurchase borrowing agreements for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 was $104 and $71, respectively. The Company has approximately $69,856 and $95,354 of collateral pledged in support for these agreements as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company has collateralized lending transaction principal of $56,125 and $57,000 at an interest rate of .03% and .03%, respectively, which is reflected as short-term investments in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Interest income associated with the lending agreements for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 was $56 and $5, respectively. The Company has approximately $56,644 and $56,700 fair market value of collateral held in support of this agreement as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

4. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” provides a definition of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and requires expanded disclosures about fair value measurements. The standard applies when GAAP requires or allows assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value; therefore, it does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstance.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

The Company utilized a pricing service to estimate fair value measurements for approximately 99.3% of its fixed maturities. For investments that have quoted market prices in active markets, the Company uses the quoted market prices as fair value and includes these prices in the amounts disclosed in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company receives the quoted market prices from nationally recognized third-party pricing services (“pricing service”). When quoted market prices are unavailable, the Company utilizes a pricing service to determine an estimate of fair value. This pricing method is used, primarily, for fixed maturities. The fair value estimates provided by the pricing service are included in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. If the Company determines that the fair value estimate provided by the pricing service does not represent fair value or if quoted market prices and an estimate from pricing services are unavailable, the Company produces an estimate of fair value based on dealer quotations of the bid price for recent activity in positions with the same or similar characteristics to that being valued or through consensus pricing of a pricing service. Depending on the level of observable inputs, the Company will then determine if the estimate is in Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

The following describes the valuation techniques used by the Company to determine the fair value of financial instruments held as of March 31, 2013.

Equity securities—For public common and preferred stocks, the Company receives prices from a nationally recognized pricing service that are based on observable market transactions and includes these estimates in the amount disclosed in Level 1. When current market quotes in active markets are unavailable for certain non-redeemable preferred stocks held by the Company, the Company receives an estimate of fair value from the pricing service that provides fair value estimates for the Company’s fixed maturities. The service utilizes some of the same methodologies to price the non-redeemable preferred stocks as it does for the fixed maturities. The Company includes the estimate in the amount disclosed in Level 2.

U.S. Treasury and Federal Agencies—Comprised primarily of bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury, the Federal Home Loan Bank, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, Government National Mortgage Association and the Federal National Mortgage Association. The fair values of U.S. government securities are based on quoted market prices in active markets, and are included in the Level 1 fair value hierarchy. The Company believes the market for U.S. Treasury securities is an actively traded market given the high level of daily trading volume. The fair values of U.S. government agency securities are priced using the spread above the risk-free yield curve. As the yields for the risk-free yield curve and the spreads for these securities are observable market inputs, the fair values of U.S. government agency securities are included in the Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

State and Political Subdivision Bonds – Comprised of bonds and auction rate securities issued by U.S. state and municipality entities or agencies. The fair values of municipal bonds are generally priced by pricing services. The pricing services typically use spreads obtained from broker-dealers, trade prices and the new issue market. As the significant inputs used to price the municipal bonds are observable market inputs, these are classified within Level 2. Municipal auction rate securities are reported in the condensed consolidated balance sheets, at cost which approximates their fair value.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

Corporate Bonds—Comprised of bonds issued by corporations and are generally priced by pricing services. The fair values of corporate bonds that are short-term are priced, by the pricing services, using the spread above the London Interbank Offering Rate (“LIBOR”) yield curve and the fair value of corporate bonds that are long term are priced using the spread above the risk-free yield curve. The spreads are sourced from broker/dealers, trade prices and the new issue market. Where pricing is unavailable from pricing services, the Company obtains non-binding quotes from broker/dealers. As the significant inputs used to price corporate bonds are observable market inputs, the fair values of corporate bonds are included in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Mortgage-backed Securities – These securities consist of commercial and residential mortgage-backed securities and are priced by independent pricing services and brokers. The pricing service provider applies dealer quotes and other available trade information, prepayment speeds, yield curves and credit spreads to the valuation. As the significant inputs used to price are observable market inputs, the fair value of these securities are included in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

In accordance with ASC 820, assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows:

March 31, 2013

 

     Recurring Fair Value Measures         
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
     Total Fair
Value
 

Assets

           

Preferred stock

   $  —         $ 4,972       $ —         $ 4,972   

Fixed maturities:

           

U.S. Treasury and Federal agency

     33,113         —           —           33,113   

State and political subdivision

     —           95,872         —           95,872   

Residential mortgage-backed

     —           140,824         —           140,824   

Corporate bonds

     —           493,765         —           493,765   

Commercial mortgage-backed

     —           11,116         —           11,116   

Short-term investments

     13,399         56,125         —           69,524   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 46,512       $ 802,674       $ —         $ 849,186   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $  —         $ 63,863       $ —         $ 63,863   

U.S. treasuries sold, but not yet purchased at market

     56,644         —           —           56,644   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 56,644       $ 63,863       $ —         $ 120,507   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-78


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

December 31, 2012

 

     Recurring Fair Value Measures         
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
     Total Fair
Value
 

Assets

           

Preferred stock

   $  —         $ 4,972       $ —         $ 4,972   

Fixed maturities:

           

U.S. Treasury and Federal agency

     33,114         —           —           33,114   

State and political subdivision

     —           86,777         —           86,777   

Residential mortgage-backed

     —           164,045         —           164,045   

Corporate

     —           502,804         —           502,804   

Commercial mortgage-backed

     —           11,472         —           11,472   

Short-term investments

     17,129         57,000         —           74,129   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 50,243       $ 827,070       $ —         $ 877,313   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $  —         $ 86,744       $ —         $ 86,744   

U.S. treasuries sold, but not yet purchased at market

     56,700         —           —           56,700   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 56,700       $ 86,744       $ —         $ 143,444   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company had no Level 3 investments and, as such, there were no transfers between levels during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012.

5. Equity Investments in Unconsolidated Subsidiaries

In July 2010, the Company and AmTrust Financial Services, Inc. (“AmTrust”) formed Tiger Capital LLC (“Tiger”) for the purposes of acquiring certain life settlement contracts whereby each company initially contributed approximately $11,000 for the respective fifty percent ownership interests in Tiger. In 2011, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, American Capital Acquisition Investments, Inc. (“ACAI”), formed AMT Capital Alpha, LLC (“AMT”) with AmTrust for the purposes of acquiring additional life settlement contracts.

On March 28, 2013, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with ACP Re, Ltd. to acquire 50% of the issued and outstanding shares of AMT Capital Holdings S.A. (“AMT S.A.”), a Luxembourg Societe Anonyme, for $12,136. ACP Re Ltd. and the Company are majority owned and controlled by a common parent. AMT S.A.’s primary purpose is to acquire certain life settlement contracts. AmTrust owns the remaining 50% of AMT S.A. The Company accounts for AMT S.A. using the equity method of accounting. The Company’s 50% equity interest in AMT S.A. at the acquisition date was approximately $22,411. The difference between the equity interest and consideration paid was recorded as additional paid-in capital of $10,275.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

A life settlement contract is a contract between the policy owner of a life insurance policy and a third-party investor who obtains the ownership and beneficiary rights of the underlying life insurance policy. The Company, along with AmTrust, is obligated to pay premiums on these life insurance policies as they come due. A third party serves as the administrator of the life settlement contract portfolio, for which it receives an annual fee. Under the terms of the agreement, the third-party administrator is also eligible to receive a percentage of profits after certain time and performance thresholds have been met.

Tiger, AMT and AMT S.A. are considered to be variable interest entities (“VIE”), for which the Company is not a primary beneficiary. In determining whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, the Company considered qualitative and quantitative factors, including, but not limited to, activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and which party controls such activities. The Company does not have the ability to direct the activities of Tiger and AMT that most significantly impact its economic performance. The Company’s maximum exposure to a loss as a result of its involvement with the unconsolidated VIE is limited to its recorded investment plus additional commitments. The Company uses the equity method of accounting to account for its investments in Tiger and AMT.

The following tables present the investment activity in Tiger, AMT, and AMT S.A.

Period ended March 31, 2013

 

     Tiger      AMT     AMT S.A.      Total  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 58,273       $ 8,211      $  —         $ 66,484   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contributions

     2,890         100           2,990   

Acquisition of interest

     —           —          22,411         22,411   

Equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     1,269         (2,056     —           (787
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change during current period

     4,159         (1,956     22,411         24,614   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 62,432       $ 6,255      $ 22,411       $ 91,098   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Period ended March 31, 2012

 

     Tiger      AMT      Total  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 47,877       $ 10,759       $ 58,636   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contributions

     2,500         2,000         4,500   

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     40         34         74   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change during current period

     2,540         2,034         4,574   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 50,417       $ 12,793       $ 63,210   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-80


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

The following tables summarize total assets and total liabilities as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 for the Company’s unconsolidated equity method investment in Tiger, AMT, and AMT S.A.:

As of March 31, 2013

 

Condensed Balance Sheet Data

   Tiger      AMT      AMT S.A.      Total  

Investments in life settlement contracts at fair value

   $ 194,884       $ 17,681       $ 52,074       $ 264,639   

Total assets

     195,427         17,726         55,512         268,665   

Total liabilities

     70,563         5,216         10,690         86,469   

Members’ equity

     124,864         12,510         44,822         182,196   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NGHC’s 50% ownership interest

   $ 62,432       $ 6,255       $ 22,411       $ 91,098   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

 

Condensed Balance Sheet Data

   Tiger      AMT      Total  

Investments in life settlement contracts at fair value

   $ 189,490       $ 22,274       $ 211,764   

Total assets

     189,639         22,286         211,925   

Total liabilities

     73,091         5,867         78,958   

Members’ equity

     116,548         16,419         132,967   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NGHC’s 50% ownership interest

   $ 58,273       $ 8,211       $ 66,484   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company and AmTrust are committed to providing additional capital support to Tiger, AMT and AMT S.A. to keep the life settlement policies in-force. The Company and AmTrust, each, is committed to provide 50% of the additional required capital. Below is a summary of total premiums to be paid for each of the five succeeding fiscal years to keep the existing life insurance policies in force as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. The actual capital commitment may differ from the amounts shown based on policy lapses and terminations, death benefits received and other operating cash flows of AMT, AMT S.A., and Tiger:

 

     Premiums Due on
Life Settlement
Contracts
     Premiums Due on
Premium
Finance Loans
     Total  

2013

   $ 28,581       $ 500       $ 29,081   

2014

     31,308         647         31,955   

2015

     32,472         685         33,157   

2016

     50,719         793         51,512   

2017

     31,606         642         32,248   

Thereafter

     520,882         8,024         528,906   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 695,568       $ 11,291       $ 706,859   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-81


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

6. Acquisitions and Disposals

In February 2012, the Company acquired 100% equity interest of Velapoint LLC (“Velapoint”) and Reliant Financial Group, LLC and its subsidiary, America’s Health Care Plan, Inc. (“Reliant”) for approximately $6,450 and $1,050, respectively. The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:

February 29, 2012

 

     Velapoint      Reliant  

Assets

     

Cash and invested assets

   $ 147       $ 524   

Premiums and other receivables

     27         228   

Commissions receivable

     1,098         1,074   

Premise and equipment

     33         —     

Intangible assets

     2,350         —     

Other assets

     22         9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,677       $ 1,835   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

     

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 34       $ 480   

Notes payable

     206         1,500   

Deferred commission

     3,348         1,336   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 3,588       $ 3,316   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net assets purchased

   $ 89       $ (1,481

Purchase price

     6,450         1,050   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill recorded

   $ 6,361       $ 2,531   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The goodwill and intangible assets related to the acquisitions of Velapoint and Reliant are assigned to the Accident & Health segment.

In June 2012, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding stock of Capgemini Reinsurance Company S.A. (“NGHC Lux RE”) for $125,616. NGHC Lux RE is a captive insurer incorporated in Luxembourg that allows the Company to obtain the benefits of its capital and utilization of its existing and future loss reserves through a series of reinsurance agreements with one of the Company’s subsidiaries.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:

 

August 2012

      

Assets

  

Cash and invested assets

   $ 135,408   

Intangible assets

     29,167   

Other

     2   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     164,577   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities

  

Deferred tax liability

     38,888   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     73   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     38,961   
  

 

 

 

Net assets purchased

   $ 125,616   
  

 

 

 

Purchase price

   $ 125,616   
  

 

 

 

The intangible assets acquired as a result of the NGHC Lux RE acquisition are assigned to the Property & Casualty segment.

In November 2012, the Company acquired National Health Insurance Company (“NHIC”) for $10,618. NHIC is a legal reserve life insurance company with accident, health, and life insurance policies in force. The Company is licensed to operate in 40 states and the District of Columbia.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:

 

November 2012

      

Assets

  

Cash and invested assets

   $ 10,885   

Premiums and other receivables

     12   

Prepaid and other assets

     63   

Deferred tax asset

     3,728   

Intangible assets

     1,435   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     16,123   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities

  

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

     1,684   

Unearned premium

     13   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     80   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,777   
  

 

 

 

Net assets purchased

     14,346   

Purchase price

     10,618   
  

 

 

 

Bargain purchase gain

   $ 3,728   
  

 

 

 

 

F-83


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

The intangible assets acquired as a result of the NHIC acquisition are assigned to the Accident & Health segment.

On September 1, 2012, the Company acquired a group of companies affiliated with the accident and health insurance industry for $1,250. The companies purchased Alliance of Professional Service Organizations, LLC, Association of Independent Beverage Distributors, LLC, Distributor Innovations and Benefit Savings Solution, LLC, Distributors Insurance Company PCC, AIBD Insurance Company IC, Professional Services Captive Corporation IC, and Red Partners Operating Solutions, LLC (collectively, “TABS”).

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:

 

September 2012

      

Assets

  

Cash and invested assets

   $ 3,733   

Premiums and other receivables

     673   

Deferred tax asset

     332   

Intangible assets

     4,600   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     9,338   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities

  

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

     8,885   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     709   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     9,594   
  

 

 

 

Net assets purchased

     (256

Purchase price

     1,250   
  

 

 

 

Goodwill recorded

   $ 1,506   
  

 

 

 

The goodwill and intangible assets related to the TABS acquisition were assigned to the Accident & Health segment.

On October 31, 2012, the Company sold 100% of its common stock in Agent Alliance Insurance Company (“AAIC”) to ACP Re Ltd, an affiliated Bermuda company controlled by the Ultimate Parent of the Company for $2,665. The sale of AAIC resulted in the Company recording a return of capital of $1,359.

In November 2011, the Company acquired a 70% equity interest in Clearside General Insurance Services, LLC (“Clearside”) for approximately $2,900. In June 2012, the Company acquired the remaining 30% equity interest in Clearside for approximately $1,500.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net

Goodwill

Goodwill is calculated as the excess of purchase price over the net fair value of assets acquired. The Company performs an annual impairment analysis to identify potential goodwill impairment and measures the amount of a goodwill impairment loss to be recognized. This annual test is performed during the fourth quarter of each year, or more frequently, if events or circumstances change in a way that requires the Company to perform the impairment analysis on an interim basis. Goodwill impairment testing requires an evaluation of the estimated fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. An impairment charge is recorded if the estimated fair value is less than the carrying amount of the reporting unit. No impairments have been identified to date.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of finite and indefinite life assets. Finite life intangible assets include customer and producer relationships and trademarks. Insurance company licenses are considered indefinite life intangible assets subject to annual impairment testing.

The composition of goodwill and intangible assets at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 consisted of the following:

March 31, 2013

 

     Gross
Balance
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Value      Useful Life  

Trademarks

   $ 5,900       $ 3,236       $ 2,664         5 years   

Loss reserve discount

     12,451         11,137         1,314         15 years   

Agents’ relationships

     10,850         1,634         9,216         11 years   

Affinity partners

     800         224         576         11 years   

Operating lease

     3,508         2,359         1,149         4.6 years   

Non-compete

     2,500         1,542         958         5 years   

Computer software

     5,897         3,635         2,262         5 years   

Technical reserves

     29,165         4,206         24,959         3 – 5 years   

State licenses

     55,335         —           55,335         indefinite life   

Goodwill

     14,237         —           14,237         indefinite life   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 140,643       $ 27,973       $ 112,670      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

December 31, 2012

 

     Gross
Balance
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Value      Useful Life  

Trademarks

   $ 5,900       $ 2,795       $ 3,105         5 years   

Loss reserve discount

     12,451         10,797         1,654         15 years   

Agents’ relationships

     10,850         1,357         9,493         11 years   

Affinity partners

     800         206         594         11 years   

Operating lease

     3,508         2,168         1,340         4.6 years   

Non-compete

     2,500         1,417         1,083         5 years   

Computer software

     5,897         3,341         2,556         5 years   

Technical reserves

     29,165         3,748         25,417         3 -5 years   

State licenses

     55,335         —           55,335         indefinite life   

Goodwill

     14,237         —           14,237         indefinite life   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 140,643       $ 25,829       $ 114,814      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

F-85


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

Goodwill and intangible assets are subject to annual impairment testing. No impairment was recorded during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012. Finite lived intangible assets are amortized under the straight-line method, except for loss reserve discounts, for which the Company amortizes them using an accelerated method, which approximates underlying claim payments. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company amortized approximately $2,144 and $1,372, respectively, related to its intangible assets with a finite life. The estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the next five years is:

 

Year ending

      

2013

   $ 8,510   

2014

     11,019   

2015

     7,771   

2016

     6,892   

2017 and thereafter

     8,906   

8. Preferred Shares

In 2010, the Company issued to AmTrust for an initial purchase consideration of approximately $53,053, which was equal to 25% of the capital initially required by the Company, 53,054,000 shares of Series A preferred stock, which provides an 8% cumulative dividend, is non-redeemable and is convertible, at the holders’ option, into 21.25% of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Company (the “Preferred Stock”). AmTrust has pre-emptive rights with respect to any future issuances of securities by the Company and its conversion rights are subject to customary anti-dilution protections. AmTrust also has the right to appoint two members of the Company’s Board of Directors, which consists of six members. Subject to certain limitations, the Board of Directors of the Company may not take any action at a meeting without at least one of AmTrust’s appointees in attendance.

AmTrust in entitled to receive dividend payments only when and if declared by the Company’s Board of Directors. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, undeclared cumulative dividends were $11,308 and $10,046, respectively. Upon liquidation of the Company, AmTrust is entitled to be paid any declared and unpaid dividends and the preferred shares’ purchase price.

9. Debt

Notes Payable

On February 20, 2013, the Company amended and restated two of its outstanding notes to ACP Re Ltd. whereby these notes were consolidated into a single promissory note in the amount of $18,700. This note bears interest at a rate of 3.0% per annum. The outstanding principal and interest is due on January 1, 2017. Interest expense on this note for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 was $140 and $-0-, respectively.

On May 29, 2012, a wholly-owned subsidiary of NGHC, ACAI issued a promissory note to ACP Re Ltd., a related party, in the amount of $100. The outstanding balance bears interest at an annual rate of 2.0% per annum. The principal sum and interest is due on May 29, 2014. Interest expense on this note for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 was $0.5 and $-0-, respectively.

 

F-86


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

As part of the Company’s acquisition of Reliant, the Company has an outstanding promissory note as of March 31, 2013 of $1,100 payable to Access Plans, Inc. (Velapoint Note #1). The original note was issued on February 22, 2012 in the amount of $1,500 and any outstanding balance bears interest at an annual rate of 5.0% per annum. Three payments of $400, $500, and $600 shall be due and payable thirty days after the anniversary date beginning in 2013. Interest expense on this note for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 was $14 and $7, respectively.

Also as part of the Company’s acquisition of Reliant, the Company entered into an agreement with the seller to pay $875 for his 50% ownership interest (“Velapoint Note #2”). At the closing date, the Company paid $175 and entered into an agreement to pay the remaining $700 to the seller upon a Trigger Event or on February 16, 2015. The Trigger Event means the earlier of a) the closing of a merger or consolidation of the Company, b) the closing of a merger or consolidation of Reliant Financial Group with American Health Care Plan, Inc., or c) the closing of a public offering. The imputed interest associated with this note amounted to approximately $15.

Upon the completion of the Company’s purchase of Velapoint on February 29, 2012, the Company entered into a note agreement of $184 with HealthCompare Insurance Services, Inc. (“Velapoint Note #3”). This note matures on July 1, 2013. The imputed interest associated with this note amounted to approximately $1 and $-0- for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

On June 14, 2012, the Company purchased the remaining 30% interest in Clearside. Upon the purchase, the Company entered into an agreement to pay the sellers $1,500, with $183 due on the closing date and the remaining $1,317 purchase price payable over the subsequent fourteen months (“Clearside Note”). The imputed interest associated with the transaction amounted to approximately $4 and $-0- for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Line of Credit

On February 20, 2013, the Company entered into a three-year, $90 million secured credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”), among JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, KeyBank National Association, as Syndication Agent, and First Niagara Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent and Association Bank, National Association. The credit facility is a revolving credit facility with a letter of credit limit of $10 million. In connection with entering into the Credit Agreement, the Company terminated its existing $25 million credit agreement dated as of August 18, 2011 with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. The maturity date of the new agreement is February 20, 2016. The credit facility bears interest at the greatest of (a) the Administrative Agent’s prime rate, (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5% or (c) the adjusted LIBOR for a one-month interest period on such day plus 1%, plus a margin that is adjusted on the basis of the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio. The amount outstanding at March 31, 2013 was $38,820.

Maturities of the Company’s debt for the five years subsequent to March 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

     2013      2014      2015      2016      2017      Total  

Line of credit

   $        $  —         $  —         $ 38,820       $  —         $ 38,820   

Promissory notes- ACP Re Ltd.

     —           101         —           —           19,444         19,545   

Clearside Note

     537         —           —           —           —           537   

Velapoint Note #1

     —           500         600         —           —           1,100   

Velapoint Note #2

     700         —           —           —           —           700   

Velapoint Note #3

     184         —           —           —           —           184   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,421       $ 601       $ 600       $ 38,820       $ 19,444       $ 60,886   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-87


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had no outstanding letters of credit.

10. Earnings Per Share

The following is a summary of the elements used in calculating basic and diluted earnings per common share:

 

Three months ended March 31,

   2013      2012  

Net income attributable to NGHC common shareholders

   $ 7,716       $ 8,339   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding – basic

     159,161         159,161   

Potentially dilutive securities:

     

Convertible preferred stock

     42,959         42,959   

Share options

     1,012         2,185   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding – diluted

     203,132         204,305   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share attributable to NGHC common shareholders

   $ 40.55       $ 52.40   

Diluted earnings per share attributable to NGHC common shareholders

     37.99         46.54   

As of March 31, 2013 and 2012, 7,143 and 7,255 share options, respectively, were excluded from diluted earnings per common share as they were anti-dilutive.

11. Share-Based Compensation

The Company currently has one equity incentive plan (the “Plan”). The Plan authorizes up to an aggregate of 10,106 shares of Company stock for awards of options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. The aggregate number of shares of common stock for which awards may be issued may not exceed 10,106 shares, subject to the authority of the Company’s Board of Directors to adjust this amount in the event of a consolidation, reorganization, stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization or similar transaction affecting the Company’s common stock. As of March 31, 2013, approximately 2,144 shares of Company common stock remained available for grants under the Plan.

 

F-88


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

The Company recognizes compensation expense under ASC 718-10-25 for its share-based payments based on the fair value of the awards. The Company grants stock options at exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the Company’s stock on the dates the options are granted. The options have a maximum term of ten years from the date of grant and vest primarily in equal annual installments over the five-year period following the date of grant for employee options. If a participant’s employment relationship ends, the participant’s vested awards will remain exercisable for the shorter of a period of 30 days or the period ending on the latest date on which such award could have been exercisable. The fair value of each option grant is separately estimated for each grant date. The fair value of each option is amortized into compensation expense on a straight-line basis between the grant date for the award and each vesting date. The Company has estimated the fair value of all stock option awards as of the date of the grant by applying the Black-Scholes-Merton multiple-option pricing valuation model. The application of this valuation model involves assumptions that are judgmental and highly sensitive in the determination of compensation expense.

The fair value was estimated at the date of grant with the following weighted average assumptions for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

Three months ended March 31,

   2013      2012  

Volatility

     N/A         39.50

Risk-free interest rate

     N/A         2.00   

Weighted average expected life in years

     N/A         6.50   

Forfeiture rate

     N/A         16.00   

Dividend rate

     N/A         —     

Expected Price Volatility —This is a measure of the amount by which a price has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate. It was not possible to use actual experience to estimate the expected volatility of the price of the common shares in estimating the value of the options granted because the Company’s common shares are not traded on a public exchange. As a substitute for such estimate, the Company used a set of comparable companies in the industry in which the Company operates.

Risk-Free Interest Rate —This is the U.S. Treasury rate for the week of the grant having a term equal to the expected life of the option. An increase in the risk-free interest rate will increase compensation expense.

Expected Lives —This is the period of time over which the options granted are expected to remain outstanding giving consideration to vesting schedules, historical exercise and forfeiture patterns. The Company uses the simplified method outlined in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 to estimate expected lives for options granted during the period as historical exercise data is not available and the options meet the requirements set out in the Bulletin. Options granted have a maximum term of ten years. An increase in the expected life will increase compensation expense.

Forfeiture Rate —This is the estimated percentage of options granted that are expected to be forfeited or cancelled before becoming fully vested. An increase in the forfeiture rate will decrease compensation expense.

Dividend Yield  —This is calculated by dividing the expected annual dividend by the share price of the Company at the valuation date. An increase in the dividend yield will decrease compensation expense.

 

F-89


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 is shown below:

March 31,

 

     2013      2012  
     Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
     Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

Outstanding, at beginning of period

     8,175      $ 1,686.75         8,924      $ 1,061.33   

Granted

     —          —           1,910        1,866.70   

Forfeited

     (212     1,049.95         (637     1,049.95   

Exercised

     —          —           —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding, at end of period

     7,963      $ 1,703.72         10,197      $ 1,218.88   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted was $1,866.70 during the three months ended March 31, 2012. The Company had approximately $3,638 and $3,405 of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Compensation expense for share-based compensation was $367 and $380 during 2013 and 2012, respectively.

12. Income Taxes

Total income tax expense is different from the amount determined by multiplying earnings before income taxes by the statutory Federal tax rate of 35%. The reasons for such differences are as follows:

Three months ended March 31, 2013

 

     Amount     Tax Rate  

Income before taxes

   $ 12,299     

Tax rate

     35.00  
  

 

 

   

Computed “expected” tax expense

     4,304        35.0

Increase (decrease) in actual tax reported resulting from:

    

Tax-exempt interest

     (230     (1.8

Equity method income

     (284     (2.3

Non-deductible meals and entertainment

     29        .3   

Exempt foreign income

     (483     (3.9

Foreign technical reserves

     110        .9   

State taxes

     531        4.3   

Other permanent items

     (206     (1.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax reported

   $ 3,771        30.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-90


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

Three months ended March 31, 2012

 

     Amount     Tax Rate  

Income before taxes

   $ 14,101     

Tax rate

     35.00  
  

 

 

   

Computed “expected” tax expense

     4,935        35.0

Increase (decrease) in actual tax reported resulting from:

    

Tax-exempt interest

     (334     (2.2

Equity method income

     (136     (.9

Non-deductible meals and entertainment

     24        .2   

State taxes

     493        3.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax reported

   $ 4,982        35.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

There were no unrecognized tax benefits at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 that, if recognized, would affect the Company’s effective tax rate.

The Company recognizes interest expense related to unrecognized tax benefits in tax expense, net of Federal income tax. There were no accrued interest and penalties recognized in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012. During the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, there was no interest related to unrecognized tax expense in the condensed consolidated statements of income. The Company has no penalties included in calculating its provision for income taxes. All tax liabilities are payable to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”).

The only event reasonably possible to occur within 12 months of the reporting date is the addition of the most recent year to the Company’s tax contingency reserves and the release of the oldest year for which taxes are reserved. The projected net movement in the Company’s tax contingency reserves resulting from this projected movement is not considered to be material by the Company.

The Company’s subsidiaries are currently open to audit by the IRS for the year ended December 31, 2008 and, thereafter, for Federal tax purposes.

13. Related Party Transactions

The founding and majority shareholder of the Company has an ownership interest in AmTrust, Maiden Holdings Ltd. (“Maiden”) and ACP Re Ltd. (“ACP”). The Company provides and receives services from these related entities as follows:

Pursuant to an Asset Management Agreement among members of NGHC and AII Insurance Management Limited (“AIIM”), a subsidiary of AmTrust, the Company pays AIIM a fee for managing the Company’s investment portfolio. Pursuant to the Asset Management Agreement, AIIM provides investment management services for a quarterly fee of 0.05% if the average value of the account for the previous calendar quarter is less than or equal to $1 billion and 0.0375% if the average value of the account for the previous calendar quarter is greater than $1 billion. Following the initial one-year term, the agreement may be terminated upon 30 days written notice by either party.

Amounts charged by AIIM totaled $363 and $375 during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, there was a payable to AIIM related to these services in the amount of $373 and $383, respectively.

 

F-91


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

AmTrust provides postage and billing services to the Company for premiums written on the Company’s new policy system pursuant to a Master Services Agreement with GMAC Insurance Management Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The agreement is effective for ten years from the acceptance of all phases of the initial work statement and can be automatically renewed thereafter for subsequent five year terms. The agreement is cancellable for material breach of contract that is not cured within thirty days, if either party fails to perform obligations under contract, if either party is declared bankrupt or insolvent, and in the event of a proposed change of control by either party to a competitor. The services are charged on a work-per-piece basis and are billed to the Company at cost. The Company has the right to audit the books and records as appropriate. The amounts charged for such expenses were $1,239 and $-0- during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, there was a payable for these services in the amount of $1,264 and $1,518, respectively.

AmTrust also provides the Company information technology development services in connection with the development of a policy management system at a cost pursuant to a Master Services Agreement with GMAC Insurance Management Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The amounts charged for such services were $1,006 and $1,260 during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, of which amounts capitalized in property and equipment were $853 and $1,071 during the same periods. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, there was a payable for these services in the amount of $1,073 and $1,108, respectively.

In addition, as a consideration for a license for the Company to use the policy management system, AmTrust receives a license fee in the amount of 1.25% of gross premiums of NGHC and its affiliates plus the Company’s costs for support services. The amounts charged for such services were $3,282 and $1,279 for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, there were payables for these services in the amount of $5,409 and $4,448, respectively.

On August 1, 2012, the Company purchased TABS. As part of the purchase, the Company is now affiliated with AIBD Health Plan which is a welfare benefit plan for several member groups. As of March 31, 2013, the Company had a receivable of $803 from this entity. All balances due to and from this entity are settled at a minimum on a quarterly basis.

On November 9, 2012, a wholly-owned subsidiary, GMAC Insurance Management Corporation, entered into a management agreement with an affiliated company, Agent Alliance Insurance Company (“AAIC”), whereby GMAC Insurance Management Corporation performs various services on behalf of AAIC. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, there was $512 due to and $2,681 due from AAIC, respectively, related to this agreement. All balances due under this agreement are settled quarterly within thirty days after quarter-end.

On July 1, 2012, a wholly-owned subsidiary, Integon National, entered into an agreement with an AmTrust subsidiary, Risk Services, LLC (“RSL”). RSL provides certain consulting and marketing services to promote the Company’s captive insurance program with an AmTrust subsidiary, Agent Alliance Reinsurance Company (“AARC”) to potential agents. RSL receives 1.5% of all net written premiums generated to the program. The amounts charged for such fees were $61 and $-0- for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and, 2012, respectively. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, there was a payable for these services in the amount of $76 and $15, respectively.

 

F-92


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

On November 9, 2012, a wholly-owned subsidiary, Integon National, entered into a reinsurance agreement with an affiliated company, AAIC, whereby AAIC cedes 100% of the total written premiums, acquisition costs and incurred losses and LAE on business with effective dates before and after November 9, 2012. This agreement has an indefinite life.

On March 22, 2012, a wholly-owned subsidiary, Integon National, entered into a reinsurance agreement with AARC whereby the Company cedes 25% of the business written by certain agents who are members of the Company’s captive agent program along with 25% of any related losses. The Company shall receive a ceding commission of 25% of the associated ceded premiums. The agreement is effective for the agreement year as defined, which is the calendar year or part thereof commencing on or after the effective date and each subsequent calendar year or part thereof, through termination of the agreement. Each party may terminate the agreement by providing a 90-day written notice.

On January 1, 2013, the Company entered into a quota share agreement with Wesco Insurance Company (“Wesco”) to assume 100% of the accidental and health business written before January 1, 2013. The Company will reinsure 100% of the existing obligations with respect to the accident and health program, including a loss portfolio transfer of 100% of loss and LAE reserves and unearned premium as of the effective date in exchange for an amount equal to 100% of the loss and LAE reserves and unearned premium reserves related to the existing contracts and 100% of the business fronted by Wesco on behalf of the Company after the effective date less the fronted ceded commission of 5% of premiums written, plus the related fronting acquisition costs and fronting inuring reinsurance costs, both meaning the actual costs paid by Wesco to the third parties to cover those transactions. This agreement shall not be terminated by either party except by written notification by both parties on the date indicated in this agreement.

The amounts related to these reinsurance treaties are as follows:

March 31, 2013

 

     Recoverable
(Payable) on Paid
and Unpaid
Losses and LAE
    Commission
Receivable
     Premium
Receivable
(Payable)
 

AAIC

   $ (180   $  —         $ (468

Wesco

     (2,064     —           3,053   

AARC

     254        111         (290

 

F-93


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

Three months ended March 31, 2013

 

     Assumed  (Ceded)
Earned

Premiums
    Commission
Income
     Assumed (Ceded)
Losses and LAE
 

AAIC

   $ 1,155      $  —         $ 813   

Wesco

     1,943        —           1,019   

AARC

     (290     111         (203

The Company participates in a quota share reinsurance treaty with the following related entities whereby it cedes 50% of the total net earned premiums and net incurred losses and LAE on business with effective dates after March 1, 2010 (“NGHC Quota Share”). The percentage breakdown by reinsurer of such 50% is as follows:

 

Name of Insurer

   Percentage
Participation
 

ACP Re Ltd.

     15

Maiden Insurance Company, a subsidiary of Maiden

     25   

Technology Insurance Company, a subsidiary of AmTrust

     10   

The NGHC Quota Share has an initial term of three years and shall renew automatically for successive three-year terms unless terminated by written notice not less than nine months prior to the expiration of the current term. The Company may terminate the agreement on sixty days written notice following the effective date of an initial public offering or private placement of stock. The related party participants may terminate their participation in the NGHC Quota Share on 60 days written notice in the event NGHC is subject to a change of control, ceases writing new and renewal business, effects a reduction in their net retention without their consent or fails to remit premium as required by the terms of the NGHC Quota Share. The NGHC Quota Share provides that the reinsurers pay a provisional ceding commission equal to 32.5% of ceded earned premium, net of premiums ceded by the Company for inuring reinsurance, subject to adjustment. The ceding commission is subject to adjustment to a maximum of 34.5% if the loss ratio for the reinsured business is 60.0% or less and a minimum of 30.5% if the loss ratio is 64.5% or greater.

Effective October 1, 2012, the parties amended the reinsurance agreement to decrease the provisional ceding commission from 32.5% to 32.0% of ceded earned premium, net of premiums ceded by the Company for inuring reinsurance, subject to adjustment. The ceding commission is subject to adjustment to a minimum of 30.0% (changed from 30.5%), if the loss ratio is 64.5% or greater. The Company believes that the terms, conditions and pricing of the NGHC Quota Share have been determined by arm’s length negotiations and reflect current market terms and conditions.

 

F-94


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

The amounts related to this reinsurance treaty are as follows:

Three months ended March 31, 2013

 

     Ceded
Earned
Premiums
     Ceding
Commission
Income
     Ceded
Losses and LAE
 

ACP Re Ltd.

   $ 41,143       $ 14,024       $ 26,961   

Maiden Insurance Company

     71,905         23,373         44,936   

Technology Insurance Company

     28,762         9,058         17,974   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 141,810       $ 46,455       $ 89,871   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Three months ended March 31, 2012

 

     Ceded
Earned
Premiums
     Ceding
Commission
Income
     Ceded
Losses
and LAE
 

ACP Re Ltd.

   $ 39,693       $ 12,490       $ 27,446   

Maiden Insurance Company

     66,155         20,817         45,744   

Technology Insurance Company

     26,462         8,071         18,303   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 132,310       $ 41,378       $ 91,493   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

March 31, 2013

 

     Reinsurance
Recoverable on
Paid and Unpaid
Losses and LAE
     Ceded
Commission
Receivable
     Ceded
Premium
Payable
 

ACP Re Ltd.

   $ 86,883       $ 13,588       $ 43,143   

Maiden Insurance Company

     144,804         22,646         71,905   

Technology Insurance Company

     57,922         9,058         28,762   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 289,609       $ 45,292       $ 143,810   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

     Reinsurance
Recoverable on
Paid and Unpaid
Losses and LAE
     Ceded
Commission
Receivable
     Ceded
Premium
Payable
 

ACP Re Ltd.

   $ 85,914       $ 7,853       $ 43,605   

Maiden Insurance Company

     143,190         13,089         72,674   

Technology Insurance Company

     57,276         5,236         29,070   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 286,380       $ 26,178       $ 145,349   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-95


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

The Company nets the ceded commission receivables against the ceded premium payable in the condensed consolidated balance sheets as the NGHC Quota Share agreement allows for net settlement. The agreement also stipulates that if the Company would be denied full statutory credit for reinsurance ceded pursuant to the credit for reinsurance laws or regulations in any applicable jurisdiction, NGHC will secure an amount equal to that obligation through a letter of credit; assets held in trust for the benefit of NGHC or cash. As of December 31, 2012, ACP Re Ltd. and Maiden Insurance Company held assets in trust in the amount of $55,275 and $96,196, respectively. As of March 31, 2013, ACP Re Ltd. and Maiden Insurance Company held assets in trust in the amount of $55,774 and $97,077, respectively.

800 Superior LLC and Affiliated Entities

The Company formed 800 Superior, LLC along with AmTrust whereby each entity owns 50% interest. In 2012, the Company also entered into a lease agreement with 800 Superior, LLC for a period of 15 years whereby the Company leased approximately 134,000 square feet. The Company paid 800 Superior, LLC $540 and $525 during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, in conjunction with this lease.

In September 2012, 800 Superior, LLC received $19,400 in net proceeds from a financing transaction the Company and AmTrust entered into with Key Community Development Corporation (“KCDC”) related to a capital improvement project for the office building in Cleveland, Ohio owned by 800 Superior, LLC. The Company, AmTrust and KCDC collectively made capital contributions (net of allocation fees) and loans to 800 Superior NMTC Investment Fund II and 800 Superior NMTC Investment Fund I LLC (collectively, the “Investment Funds”) under a qualified New Markets Tax Credit (“NMTC”) program. The NMTC program was provided for in the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000 (the “Act”) and is intended to induce capital investment in qualified lower income communities. The Act permits taxpayers to claim credits against their Federal income taxes for up to 39% of qualified investments in the equity of community development entities (“CDEs”). CDEs are privately managed investment institutions that are certified to make qualified low-income community investments (“QLICIs”).

In addition to the capital contributions and loans from the Company, AmTrust and KCDC, as part of the transaction, the Investment Funds received, directly and indirectly, proceeds of approximately $8,000 through two loans originating from state and local governments of Ohio. These loans are each for a period of 15 years and have an average interest rate of 1.7% per annum.

The Investment Funds then contributed the loan proceeds and capital contributions of $19,400 to two CDEs, which, in turn, loaned the funds on similar terms to 800 Superior, LLC. The proceeds of the loans from the CDEs (including loans representing the capital contribution made by KCDC, net of allocation fees) will be used to fund the capital improvement project. As collateral for these loans, the Company has granted a security interest in the assets acquired with the loan proceeds.

 

F-96


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

The Company and AmTrust are each entitled to receive an equal portion of 49% of the benefits derived from the NMTCs generated by 800 Superior Investment Fund II LLC, while KCDC is entitled to the remaining 51%. The NMTC is subject to 100% recapture for a period of seven years as provided in the Internal Revenue Code. During this seven years compliance period, the entities involved are required to be in compliance with various regulations and contractual provisions that apply to the NMTC arrangement. Non-compliance with applicable requirements could result in the projected tax benefits not being realized and, therefore, could require the Company to indemnify KCDC for any loss or recapture of NMTCs related to the financing until such time as the obligation to deliver tax benefits is relieved. The Company does not anticipate any credit recaptures will be required in connection with this arrangement. In addition, this transaction includes a put/call provision whereby the Company may be obligated or entitled to repurchase KCDC’s interest in the Investment Funds in September 2019 at the end of the recapture period. Management believes that KCDC will exercise its put option and, therefore, attributed an insignificant value to the put/call.

14. Segment Information

The Company currently operates two business segments, Property and Casualty and Accident and Health. The “Corporate & Other” segment represents the activities of the holding company, as well as income from the Company’s investment portfolio. The Company evaluates segment performance based on segment profit separately from the results of its investment portfolio. Other operating expenses allocated to the segments are called general and administrative expenses which are allocated on an actual basis except salaries and benefits where management’s judgment is applied. In determining total assets by segment, the Company identifies those assets that are attributable to a particular segment such as deferred acquisition cost, reinsurance recoverable, goodwill, intangible assets and prepaid reinsurance while the remaining assets are allocated to Corporate & Other segment.

 

F-97


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

The following tables summarize the underwriting results of the Company’s operating segments:

Three months ended March 31, 2013

 

     Property &
Casualty
    Accident
& Health
    Corporate
and Other
    Total  

Gross premium written

   $ 349,209      $ 7,315      $ —        $ 356,524   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premium written

   $ 165,206      $ 7,310      $ —        $ 172,516   

Change in unearned premiums

     (20,359     (1     —          (20,360
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earned premium

     144,847        7,309        —          152,156   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ceding commission—primarily related party

     50,444        —          —          50,444   

Service and fee income

     21,049        6,212        —          27,261   

Underwriting expenses:

        

Loss and loss adjustment expense

     (93,594     (7,229     —          (100,823

Acquisition and other underwriting expenses

     (49,849     (4,529     —          (54,378

General and administrative

     (67,222     (2,984     —          (70,206
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total underwriting expenses

     (210,665     (14,742     —          (225,407
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Underwriting income

     5,675        (1,221     —          4,454   

Net investment income

     —          —          6,473        6,473   

Net realized gains on investments

     —          —          1,698        1,698   

Other revenue

     —          —          16        16   

Equity in losses of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     —          —          (811     (811

Interest expense

     —          —          (343     (343

Provision for income tax benefit

     —          —          (3,771     (3,771
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to NGHC

   $ 5,675      $ (1,221   $ 3,262      $ 7,716   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Three months ended March 31, 2012

 

     Property &
Casualty
    Accident
& Health
    Corporate
and Other
    Total  

Gross premium written

   $ 349,602      $  —        $  —        $ 349,602   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premium written

   $ 185,795      $  —        $  —        $ 185,795   

Change in unearned premiums

     (49,261     —          —          (49,261
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earned premium

     136,534        —          —          136,534   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ceding commission—primarily related party

     45,327        —          —          45,327   

Service and fee income

     21,303        1,394        —          22,697   

Underwriting expenses:

        

Loss and loss adjustment expense

     (89,433     —          —          (89,433

Acquisition and other underwriting expenses

     (53,035     (1,011     —          (54,046

General and administrative

     (55,062     (408     —          (55,470
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total underwriting expenses

     (197,530     (1,419     —          (198,949
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Underwriting income

     5,634        (25     —          5,609   

Net investment income

     —          —          8,799        8,799   

Net realized gains on investments

     —          —          163        163   

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     —          —          389        389   

Interest expense

     —          —          (470     (470

Provision for income tax benefit

     —          —          (4,982     (4,982
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to NGHC

   $ 5,634      $ (25   $ 3,899      $ 9,508   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-98


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

The following tables summarize the financial position of the Company’s operating segments as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

March 31, 2013

 

     Property and
Casualty
     Accident and
Health
     Corporate
and Other
     Total  

Premiums and other receivables

   $ 476,508       $ 8,882       $  —         $ 485,390   

Prepaid reinsurance premiums

     57,113         —           —           57,113   

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses

     987,443         —           —           987,443   

Deferred commission and other acquisition expenses

     63,572         —           —           63,572   

Goodwill and intangible assets, net

     94,231         18,439         —           112,670   

Corporate and other assets

     —           —           1,027,537         1,027,537   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,678,867       $ 27,321       $ 1,027,537       $ 2,733,725   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

     Property and
Casualty
     Accident and
Health
     Corporate
and Other
     Total  

Premiums and other receivables

   $ 448,264       $ 7,615       $  —         $ 455,879   

Prepaid reinsurance premiums

     54,495         —           —           54,495   

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses

     991,837         —           —           991,837   

Deferred commission and other acquisition expenses

     60,234         —           —           60,234   

Goodwill and intangible assets, net

     96,059         18,755         —           114,814   

Corporate and other assets

     —           —           1,040,711         1,040,711   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,650,889       $ 26,370       $ 1,040,711       $ 2,717,970   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table shows an analysis of the Company’s gross and net premiums written and net premiums earned by geographic location for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

Three months ended March 31,

   2013      2012  

Gross premiums written – North America

   $ 356,524       $ 349,602   

Gross premiums written – Other (predominantly Bermuda)

     —           —     

Net premiums written – North America

     108,635         185,795   

Net premiums written – Other (predominantly Bermuda)

     63,881         —     

Net premiums earned – North America

     88,275         136,534   

Net premiums earned – Other (predominantly Bermuda)

     63,881         —     

 

F-99


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except price per share)

(Unaudited)

 

15. Subsequent Events

On April 15, 2013, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement to acquire European Accident Health & Care Insurance Company (“EHC”) for an initial purchase price of approximately $23,600. The transaction also includes a deferred purchase price arrangement whereby, once EBITDA (including EBITDA of a Company affiliate which underwrites products sold by EHC) which when combined with EHC’s equity at closing exceeds the initial purchase price, the Company shall pay the seller an amount corresponding to fifty percent of the EHC’s EBITDA (including EBITDA of a Company affiliate which underwrites products sold by EHC) for each of the fiscal years 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018. The Company estimates the total purchase price including the deferred arrangement will be approximately $42,800. EHC is a limited liability company incorporated and registered under the laws of Sweden and primarily administers accident and health business in that region.

 

F-100


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

Summary of Investments Other Than Investments in Related Parties

(in thousands of dollars)

December 31, 2012

 

     Cost (1)      Value      Amount at Which
Shown in the
Balance Sheet
 

Fixed Maturities:

        

Bonds:

        

U.S. government and government agencies

   $ 22,976       $ 33,114       $ 33,114   

State, municipal and political subdivision

     85,259         86,777         86,777   

Foreign government

     —           —           —     

Public utilities

     20,129         20,895         20,895   

Convertibles and bonds with warrants attached

     —           —           —     

All other corporate bonds

     615,042         657,426         657,426   

Certificate of deposits

     —           —           —     

Redeemable preferred stock

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Fixed Maturities

     743,406         798,212         798,212   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity Securities:

        

Common stock:

        

Public utilities banks, trust and insurance companies

     —           —           —     

Industrial, miscellaneous and all other nonredeemable preferred stocks

     5,000         4,972         4,972   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Equity Securities

     5,000         4,972         4,972   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Short-Term Investments, at Cost (Approximates Market Value)

     74,129         74,129         74,129   

Other Invested Assets (Approximates Market Value)

     999         999         999   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments

   $ 823,534       $ 878,312       $ 878,312   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Original cost of equity securities and as to fixed maturities, original cost reduced by repayments and adjusted for amortization of premium or accrual of discount.

 

S-1


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

 

Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

Balance Sheets – Parent Company Only

(in thousands of dollars, except shares and par value per share data)

 

December 31,

   2012      2011  

Assets

     

Cash

   $ 401       $ 10   

Carrying value of subsidiaries, at equity value

     471,377         442,809   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 471,778       $ 442,819   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

     

Liabilities:

     

Due to affiliates—net

   $ 9,719       $ 9,472   

Notes payable

     30,570         61,140   

Line of credit

     17,500         10,555   

Other liabilities

     14         56   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     57,803         81,223   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity:

     

Common stock, $0.01 par value—authorized 300,000 shares, issued and outstanding 159,161 shares

     2         2   

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value—authorized 71,000 shares, issued and outstanding 53,054 shares

     53,054         53,054   

Additional paid in capital

     158,468         159,938   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     32,474         10,957   

Retained earnings

     169,972         136,333   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total National General Holdings Corp. Stockholders’ Equity

     413,970         360,284   

Non-controlling interest

     5         1,312   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity

     413,975         361,596   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 471,778       $ 442,819   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

S-2


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

 

Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

Statements of Income – Parent Company Only

(in thousands of dollars)

 

           Period From
March 1, 2010
(Inception) to
December 31,
 
   Year Ended December 31,    
   2012     2011     2010  

Income :

      

Investment income, net

   $ (819   $ 308      $  —     

Equity in undistributed net income of consolidated subsidiaries and partially owned companies

     35,593        45,700        88,935   

Bargain purchase gain

     —          —          14,887   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Income

     34,774        46,008        103,822   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses:

      

Interest expense

     1,775        1,936        1,752   

Federal income tax benefit

     (719     (811     (871

Other

     79        769        738   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Expenses

     1,135        1,894        1,619   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 33,639      $ 44,114        102,203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

S-3


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

 

Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

Statements of Cash Flows – Parent Company Only

(in thousands of dollars)

 

Year ended December 31,

   2012     2011     2010  

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

      

Net income

   $ 33,639      $ 44,114      $ 102,203   

Reconciliation of net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Equity in (earnings) losses of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     (8,241     (33,317     (88,935

Bargain purchase gain

     —          —          (14,887

Changes in assets and liabilities:

      

Accrued interest

     570        1,410        1,710   

Other assets

     —          428        (428

Other liabilities

     205        8,537        992   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities

     26,173        21,172        655   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

      

Acquisition of consolidated subsidiaries, net of cash obtained

     —          —          (202,565
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash (Used In) Investing Activities

     —          —          (202,565
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

      

Proceeds from issuances of common and preferred stock

     —          —          212,215   

Return of capital

     (1,359     —          —     

Notes payable repayments

     (31,368     (32,052     —     

Proceeds from notes payable

     6,945        10,555        —     

Dividends paid

     —          —          (9,970
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Financing Activities

     (25,782     (21,497     202,245   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     391        (325     335   

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Period

     10        335        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Period

   $ 401      $ 10      $ 335   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

S-4


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

 

Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

Supplemental Insurance Information

(in thousands of dollars)

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

    DAC     Loss and LAE     UPR     Earned
Premium
    Net Investment
Income
    Loss and LAE
Incurred
    DAC
Authorization
    General and
Administrative

Expenses
    Net Written
Premiums
 

Property and casualty

  $ 60,234      $ 1,276,700      $ 488,585      $ 566,210      $  —        $ 379,608      $ 182,745      $ 247,075      $ 624,453   

Accident and health

    —          9,833        13        8,042        —          15,058        —          5,598        8,041   

Corporate and other

    —          —          —          —          30,550        —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 60,234      $ 1,286,533      $ 488,598      $ 574,252      $ 30,550      $ 394,666      $ 182,745      $ 252,673      $ 632,494   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2011

 

    DAC     Loss and LAE     UPR     Earned
Premium
    Net Investment
Income
    Loss and LAE
Incurred
    DAC
Authorization
    General and
Administrative
Expenses
    Net Written
Premiums
 

Property and casualty

  $ 57,719      $ 1,218,412      $ 449,598      $ 498,210      $  —        $ 333,848      $ 166,875      $ 218,152      $ 538,236   

Accident and health

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Corporate and other

    —          —          —          —          28,355        —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 57,719      $ 1,218,412      $ 449,598      $ 498,210      $ 28,355      $ 333,848      $ 166,875      $ 218,152      $ 538,236   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010

 

    DAC     Loss and LAE     UPR     Earned
Premium
    Net Investment
Income
    Loss and LAE
Incurred
    DAC
Authorization
    General and
Administrative
Expenses
    Net Written
Premiums
 

Property and casualty

  $ 47,715      $ 1,081,630      $ 436,375      $ 560,917      $  —        $ 391,633      $ 89,136      $ 155,108      $ 888,078   

Accident and health

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Corporate and other

    —          —          —          —          25,391        —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 47,715      $ 1,081,630      $ 436,375      $ 560,917      $ 25,391      $ 391,633      $ 89,136      $ 155,108      $ 888,078   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

S-5


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

 

Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

Reinsurance

(in thousands of dollars)

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

     Gross Amount      Ceded to
Other
Companies
    Assumed Other
Companies
     Net Amount      Percent of
Amount
Assumed to
Net
 

Premiums

   $ 1,334,224       $ (719,430   $ 17,700       $ 632,494         2.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

     
     Gross Amount      Ceded to
Other
Companies
    Assumed Other
Companies
     Net Amount      Percent of
Amount
Assumed to
Net
 

Premiums

   $ 1,172,263       $ (640,655   $ 6,628       $ 538,236         1.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010

 

     Gross Amount      Ceded to
Other
Companies
    Assumed Other
Companies
     Net Amount      Percent of
Amount
Assumed to
Net
 

Premiums

   $ 904,553       $ (23,914   $ 7,438       $ 888,078         0.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

S-6


Table of Contents

National General Holdings Corp.

(f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation)

 

Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

Reinsurance

(in thousands of dollars)

Years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and period from March 1, 2010 (inception) to December 31, 2010

 

     Loss and LAE Incurred Related to     Paid Loss and
LAE
 
   Current Year      Prior Year    

2012

   $ 393,368       $ 1,298      $ 407,584   

2011

     355,776         (21,929     425,265   

2010

     381,015         10,618        450,745   

 

S-7


Table of Contents

 

 

You may rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor the selling stockholders have authorized anyone to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. Neither we nor the selling stockholders are making an offer to sell, or are soliciting an offer to buy, these securities in any circumstances in which such offer or solicitation is unlawful. The information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date, and neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale made in connection with this prospectus shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that the information contained in this prospectus is correct as of any time after its date.

 

LOGO

Up to 21,850,000 Shares of Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

            , 2013

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The table below sets forth the costs and expenses payable by us in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered. All amounts are estimated, except for the SEC registration fee. All costs and expenses are payable by us.

 

SEC Registration Fee

   $                 [•]   

Printing, Postage and Mailing Expenses

   $ [•]   

FINRA Filing Fee

   $ [•]   

NASDAQ Listing Fee

   $ [•]   

Legal Fees and Expenses

   $ [•]   

Accounting Fees and Expenses

   $ [•]   

Transfer and Offering Agent Fees and Expenses

   $ [•]   

Blue Sky Fees and Expenses

   $ [•]   

Miscellaneous Expenses

   $ [•]   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $     
  

 

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the DGCL authorizes a court to award, or a corporation to grant, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents in connection with certain legal proceedings and permits a corporation to include in its charter documents and agreements between the corporation and its officers, directors and other corporate agents, provisions expanding the scope of indemnification beyond that specifically provided for by Section 145.

Our charter provides that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and agents, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including in circumstances in which indemnification is otherwise discretionary under Delaware law.

The foregoing statements are subject to the detailed provisions of the DGCL and the full text of our charter, which is filed as Exhibit 3.1 hereto.

In addition, we intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with our current and future directors and executive officers which will require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise by reason of their status as directors or officers. We will also maintain director and officer liability insurance.

These indemnification provisions may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of our officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

The following sets forth information regarding securities sold by NGHC during the past three years (after giving effect to the 286.22 for 1 stock split effected prior to the completion of the private placement):

1. Since June 29, 2010, we have granted stock options to our officers, directors and employees that have not been forfeited covering an aggregate of 5,086,969 shares of our common stock with exercise prices ranging from $3.67 to $12.10.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

2. On June 6, 2013, we completed the sale of an aggregate of 21,850,000 shares of our common stock in a private placement at an offering price of $10.50 per share, except for 485,532 shares of common stock sold at $9.765 per share to FBR Capital Markets & Co., or FBR, and an affiliate. FBR acted as the initial purchaser of many of the shares sold in the private placement. FBR resold the shares it purchased as initial purchaser to “qualified institutional buyers,” as defined in Rule 144A of the Securities Act, or to certain persons outside of the United States in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act. The remainder of the shares of common stock were offered by us pursuant to a private placement with FBR acting as placement agent, pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder, to “accredited investors” as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act.

The issuance of the options described in Paragraph 1 above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 under the Securities Act and in the case of the securities described in Paragraph 2 above, Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 144A, Regulation S and Regulation D thereunder. The recipients of securities in each transaction exempt under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and other instruments issued in each such transaction. The sales of these securities were made without general solicitation or advertising.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) List of Exhibits. See the Exhibit Index filed as part of this Registration Statement.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules. No financial statement schedules are filed because the required information is not applicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes

 

Item 17. Undertakings.

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any fact or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

 

II-2


Table of Contents

(3) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C under the Securities Act, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use;

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of New York, State of New York, on August 6, 2013.

 

NATIONAL GENERAL HOLDINGS CORP.
By:   /s/ Michael Karfunkel
 

Chairman, President and Chief

Executive Officer

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Michael Karfunkel and Jeffrey Weissmann, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his or her substitutes or substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Michael Karfunkel

Michael Karfunkel

   Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)   August 6, 2013

/s/ Michael Weiner

Michael Weiner

   Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer)   August 6, 2013

/s/ Donald Bolar

Donald Bolar

   Chief Accounting Officer (principal accounting officer)   August 6, 2013

/s/ Barry Karfunkel

Barry Karfunkel

   Director   August 6, 2013

/s/ Barry Zyskind

Barry Zyskind

   Director   August 6, 2013

/s/ Donald DeCarlo

Donald DeCarlo

   Director   August 6, 2013

/s/ Patrick Fallon

Patrick Fallon

   Director   August 6, 2013

/s/ Barbara Paris

Barbara Paris

   Director   August 6, 2013

/s/ Howard Zuckerman

Howard Zuckerman

   Director   August 6, 2013


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

No.

  

Description of Exhibit

  3.1      Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of NGHC
  3.2      Amended and Restated Bylaws of NGHC
  4.1      Form of Common Stock Certificate of NGHC
  4.2      Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 16, 2009, by and among NGHC, The Michael Karfunkel 2005 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust, Michael Karfunkel and AmTrust International Insurance, Ltd., as assignee of AmTrust Financial Services, Inc.
  4.3      Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2013, between the Company and FBR Capital Markets & Co.
  5.1      Opinion of Locke Lord LLP*
10.1      Credit Agreement, dated as of February 20, 2013, by and among American Capital Acquisition Corporation, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, KeyBank National Association as Syndication Agent and First Niagara Bank, N.A. as Documentation Agent and the various lending institutions party thereto
10.2      Consent and Amendment No. 1, dated as of April 11, 2013, to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 20, 2013, by and among JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Lender and Administrative Agent, KeyBank National Association, First Niagara Bank, N.A. and Associated Bank, National Association
10.3      Amendment No. 2, dated as of August 6, 2013, to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 20, 2013, by and among JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Lender and Administrative Agent, KeyBank National Association, First Niagara Bank, N.A. and Associated Bank, National Association
10.4      Personal and Commercial Automobile Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement between Integon National Insurance Company and Technology Insurance Company, Inc., Maiden Insurance Company Ltd., and ACP Re, Ltd., effective March 1, 2010
10.5      Addendum No. 1 to Personal and Commercial Automobile Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement between Integon National Insurance Company and Technology Insurance Company, Inc., Maiden Insurance Company Ltd., and ACP Re, Ltd.
10.6      Master Services Agreement between AmTrust North America, Inc. and National General Management Corp., dated February 22, 2012
10.7      American Capital Acquisition Corporation 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
10.8      Form of Statutory Time-Based Stock Option Agreement for the American Capital Acquisition Corporation 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
10.9      Amendment to Form of Statutory Time-Based Stock Option Agreement for the American Capital Acquisition Corporation 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
10.10    NGHC 2013 Equity Incentive Plan


Table of Contents

Exhibit

No.

  

Description of Exhibit

10.11    Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement for the NGHC 2013 Equity Incentive Plan
10.12    Form of Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement for the NGHC 2013 Equity Incentive Plan
10.13    Second Amended and Restated Promissory Note, by and between NGHC and ACP Re, Ltd.
10.14    Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Certain Officers
10.15    Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2013, by and between National General Management Corp. and Byron Storms
10.16    Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2013, by and between National General Management Corp. and Michael Weiner
10.17    Portfolio Transfer and Quota Share Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2013, by and between Wesco Insurance Company and National Health Insurance Company
10.18    Amended and Restated Marketing Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2012, by and among Good Sam Enterprises, LLC, Camping World, Inc., CWI, Inc. and National General Insurance Marketing, Inc.*
21.1    List of subsidiaries of NGHC
23.1    Consent of BDO USA, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm relating to the Financial Statements of the Company
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

 

* To be filed by amendment

Exhibit 3.1

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

NATIONAL GENERAL HOLDINGS CORP.

National General Holdings Corp., (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), does hereby certify:

 

  1. That the Corporation was originally incorporated under the name “American Capital Acquisition Corporation” and its original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 2, 2009.

 

  2. That the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 24, 2009.

 

  3. That the Corporation amended its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on April 19, 2013 and changed its name to National General Holdings Corp.

 

  4. That this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “Certificate of Incorporation”) has been duly adopted pursuant to Sections 242, 245 and 228 of the DGCL.

 

  5. That the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended, is hereby restated in its entirety by this Certificate of Incorporation to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

NAME

The name of the Corporation is National General Holdings Corp.

ARTICLE II

PURPOSE

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE III

REGISTERED AGENT

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.


ARTICLE IV

AUTHORIZED CAPITAL

A. Authorized Shares . The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one hundred sixty million (160,000,000), of which one hundred fifty million (150,000,000) shall be designated as Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”), and ten million (10,000,000) shall be designated as Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Preferred Stock”).

B. Common Stock .

1. Dividends . Subject to the preferential dividend rights, if any, applicable to shares of Preferred Stock, and subject to the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive ratably on a per share basis, to the extent permitted by law, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors.

2. Liquidation . In the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or winding up of the Corporation, after distribution in full of the preferential amounts, if any, to be distributed to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock, holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation of whatever kind available for distribution to stockholders, ratably on a per share basis.

3. Voting Rights . Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or Section C of this Article IV, the entire voting power of the shares of the Corporation for the election of directors and for all other purposes shall be vested exclusively in the Common Stock. Each share of Common Stock shall have one vote upon all matters to be voted on by the holders of Common Stock.

4. Preemptive Rights . No holder of the Common Stock shall have any preemptive rights with respect to the Common Stock or any other securities of the Corporation, or to any obligations convertible (directly or indirectly) into securities of the Corporation whether now or hereafter authorized.

C. Preferred Stock . Shares of the Preferred Stock of the Corporation may be issued from time to time in one or more classes or series, each of which class or series shall have such distinctive designation or title as shall be fixed by the board of directors prior to the issuance of any shares thereof. Each such class or series of Preferred Stock shall have such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated in such resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such class or series of Preferred Stock as may be adopted from time to time by the board of directors prior to the issuance of any shares thereof pursuant to the authority hereby expressly vested in it, all in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

2


ARTICLE V

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors consisting of not less than five directors nor more than eleven directors, the exact number of directors to be determined from time to time exclusively by resolution adopted by the board of directors. A director shall hold office until the annual meeting for the year in which his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify for office, subject, however, to prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. Any director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of the vacancy so filled. Whenever the holders of any one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution or resolutions adopted by the board of directors pursuant to Section C of Article IV applicable thereto, and such directors so elected shall not be divided into classes pursuant to this Article V unless expressly provided by such terms.

ARTICLE VI

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any or all of the directors of the Corporation may be removed from office at any time only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding securities of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, considered for purposes of this Article VI as one class.

ARTICLE VII

WRITTEN BALLOT

A. Ballot Not Required . Elections of directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders need not be by written ballot unless and to the extent that the bylaws of the Corporation shall otherwise provide.

B. Notice . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

PERPETUAL EXISTENCE

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE IX

LIABILITY

A. Exculpation . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to

 

3


the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

B. Right to Indemnification of Directors and Officers . The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (an “Indemnified Person”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in such Proceeding. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section D of this Article IX, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify an Indemnified Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Indemnified Person only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Indemnified Person was authorized in advance by the board of directors.

C. Prepayment of Expenses of Directors and Officers . The Corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided, however, that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Indemnified Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article IX or otherwise.

D. Claims by Directors and Officers . If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article IX is not paid in full within 30 days after a written claim therefor by the Indemnified Person has been received by the Corporation, the Indemnified Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended.

E. Indemnification of Employees and Agents . The Corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or, while an employee or agent of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding. The ultimate determination of entitlement to indemnification of persons who are non-director or officer

 

4


employees or agents shall be made in such manner as is determined by the board of directors in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person if the Proceeding was not authorized in advance by the board of directors.

F. Advancement of Expenses of Employees and Agents . The Corporation may pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an employee or agent in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the board of directors.

G. Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights conferred on any person by this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, the bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

H. Other Indemnification . The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer or employee of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other Corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise.

I. Insurance . The board of directors may, to the full extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, authorize an appropriate officer or officers to purchase and maintain at the Corporation’s expense insurance: (a) to indemnify the Corporation for any obligation which it incurs as a result of the indemnification of directors, officers and employees under the provisions of this Article IX; and (b) to indemnify or insure directors, officers and employees against liability in instances in which they may not otherwise be indemnified by the Corporation under the provisions of this Article IX.

J. Amendment or Repeal . Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article IX shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification. The rights provided hereunder shall inure to the benefit of any Indemnified Person and such person’s heirs, executors and administrators.

ARTICLE X

STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the DGCL) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or in the bylaws. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting.

Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purposes may be called at any time by the Chairman of the board of directors, if one be elected, the Chief Executive

 

5


Officer, the President or by the board of directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the total number of directors of the Corporation if there were no vacancies. Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may not be called by any other person or persons.

ARTICLE XI

OFFICERS

The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen in such manner, shall hold their offices for such terms and shall carry out such duties as are determined solely by the board of directors, subject to the right of the board of directors to remove any officer or officers at any time with or without cause.

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

Except to the extent that the bylaws or this Certificate of Incorporation otherwise provides, the board of directors shall have the power without the assent or vote of the stockholders to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors of the Corporation if there were no vacancies. In addition to any requirements of law and any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, the stockholders of the Corporation may adopt, amend, alter or repeal any provision of the bylaws upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed and attested by its duly authorized officer this sixth day of June, 2013.

 

NATIONAL GENERAL HOLDINGS CORP.
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Michael Weiner

  Michael Weiner
  Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS OF

NATIONAL GENERAL HOLDINGS CORP.

(As adopted on August 6, 2013)

ARTICLE I.

CORPORATE OFFICES

Section 1.1. Registered Office . The registered office of National General Holdings Corp. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware shall be fixed in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation (the “Charter”) as the same may be amended from time to time.

Section 1.2. Other Offices . The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within or without the State of Delaware as the Corporation’s board of directors (the “Board”) may from time to time determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.

Section 1.3. Books . The books of the Corporation may be kept within or without the State of Delaware as the Board may from time to time determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II.

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.1. Place of Meetings . Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or without the State of Delaware, designated by the Board. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office.

Section 2.2. Annual Meetings . An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year for the election of directors and the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting in accordance with these bylaws at such date, time and place, if any, as may be fixed by resolution of the Board from time to time.

Section 2.3. Special Meetings . A special meeting of stockholders may be called only as set forth in the Charter. Notice shall be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of these bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting. No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this paragraph shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.


Section 2.4. Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings . All notices of meetings of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.5 of these bylaws. Unless otherwise provided by applicable law or the Charter, such notice shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

Section 2.5. Manner of Giving Notice; Effective Date; Affidavit of Notice . If mailed, notice to stockholders shall be deemed given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner permitted by Section 232 of the DGCL.

Section 2.6. Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Charter or any stock exchange upon which shares of the Corporation’s capital stock are listed, the holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. In the absence of a quorum, then either (a) the chairman of the meeting, or (b) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally specified in the notice.

Section 2.7. Adjourned Meeting; Notice . When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place if any thereof, and the means of remote communications if any by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally specified in the notice. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

Section 2.8. Inspectors of Elections; Opening and Closing the Polls . The Corporation shall appoint one or more inspectors, which inspector or inspectors may include individuals who serve the Corporation in other capacities, including as officers, employees, agents or representatives, to act at the meetings of stockholders and make a written report thereof. One or more persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate has been appointed to act or is able to act at a meeting of

 

2


stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before discharging his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall have the duties prescribed by law.

Section 2.9. Conduct of Business . The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedures at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

Section 2.10. Voting . Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL, the Charter, the certificate of designation relating to any outstanding class or series of preferred stock or these bylaws, every holder of the Corporation’s common stock shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of common stock held by such stockholder. Each series of preferred stock will have the voting rights as will be determined by the board of directors.

Section 2.11. List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Corporation shall not be required to include email addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the Corporation’s principal executive office. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

Section 2.12. Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting .

(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for

 

3


making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this subsection (a) at the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 2.13. Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

Section 2.14. A dvance Notice Requirements for Election of Directors .

(a) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.14 shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of business to be transacted by the stockholders may only be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of such meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board, or (iii) by any stockholder of record of the Corporation at the time of the giving of the notice required in Section 2.14(b) who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.14. The foregoing clause (iii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or propose business (other than business included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the “Exchange Act”)) at an annual meeting of stockholders.

 

4


(b) For nominations or business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder of record pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 2.14(a), (i) the stockholder of record must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Corporation, (ii) the stockholder of record must provide to the secretary of the Corporation any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms specified in this Section 2.14, (iii) any such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and (iv) the stockholder of record and the beneficial owner or owners, if any, on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, must have acted in accordance with the representations set forth in the Solicitation Statement (as defined below). To be timely, a notice by a stockholder of record must be received by the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 90 nor more than 120 days prior to the one-year anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 2.14(b), if the meeting is convened more than sixty (60) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year, notice by the stockholder of record to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the date of the annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day before such annual meeting or (ii) if the first public announcement of the date of such annual meeting is less than 100 days prior to the date of such annual meeting, the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Notwithstanding anything in the preceding sentence to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board is increased and there has been no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or indicating the increase in the size of the Board made by the Corporation at least 10 days before the last day a stockholder of record may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with the preceding sentence, a notice by a stockholder of record required by this Section 2.14 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase in the number of directors, if it shall be received by the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation. In no event shall the public disclosure of an adjournment, or postponement for which notice has been given of an annual meeting, commence a new time period for the giving of a notice by a stockholder of record.

(c) Such notice by a stockholder of record shall set forth:

(i) If such notice pertains to the nomination of directors, as to each person whom the stockholder of record proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director: (A) all information relating to such person as would be required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of such nominees as directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act; (B) such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected; (C) a description of all direct and indirect compensation or other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among such

 

5


stockholder of record and beneficial owner or owners, if any, and their respective affiliates and associates, or other persons acting in concert therewith, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee and his or her respective affiliates and associates or other persons acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K if the stockholder of record making the nomination and any beneficial owner or owners, if any, or other person on whose behalf the nomination is made, or any affiliate or associate thereof or other person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant; and (D) a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the secretary of the Corporation upon written request) that such person (1) is not and will not become a party to ( a ) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed in writing to the Corporation or ( b ) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (2) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed therein, and (3) in such person’s individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation.

(ii) As to any business that the stockholder of record proposes to bring before the meeting: a brief description of such business (including the complete text of any resolutions to be presented at the annual meeting, and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these bylaws, the complete text of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, any material interest in such business of such stockholder of record and the beneficial owner or owners, if any, or other persons on whose behalf the proposal is made or acting in concert therewith and a description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between such stockholder of record and beneficial owner or owners, if any, and any other such person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder of record.

(iii) As to (1) the stockholder of record giving the notice and (2) the beneficial owner or owners, if any, or other persons on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made or acting in concert therewith (each, a “party”):

a. the name and address of each such party;

 

6


b. (1) the class, series, and number of shares of the Corporation that are owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record by each such party, (2) any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or providing for a settlement payment or mechanism based on the price of any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise (a “Derivative Instrument”) directly or indirectly owned beneficially by each such party, any synthetic equity transaction and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation, (3) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which any party, either directly or acting in concert with another person or persons, has a right to vote, directly or indirectly, any shares of any security of the Corporation, (4) any short interest or other borrowing arrangement in any security of the Corporation held by each such party as of the date of such notice or at any point during the preceding six months (for purposes of this Section 2.14(c), a person shall be deemed to have a short interest in a security if such person directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of the subject security), (5) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially directly or indirectly by each such party that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (6) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which any party is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner and (7) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that each such party is directly or indirectly entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, including any such interests held by members of each such party’s immediate family sharing the same household (which information set forth in this paragraph shall be supplemented by such stockholder or such beneficial owner or other person, as the case may be, not later than 10 days after the record date for the meeting to disclose such ownership as of the record date); (8) any other information relating to each such party that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act (whether or not such party intends to deliver a proxy statement or conduct its own proxy solicitation); and (9) a statement as to whether or not each such party will

 

7


deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of a proposal, at least the percentage of voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations for election as directors, at least the percentage of voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation reasonably believed by the stockholder of record or beneficial owner or owners, as the case may be, to be sufficient to elect the persons proposed to be nominated by the stockholder of record (such statement, a “Solicitation Statement”).

(d) A stockholder of record providing notice of a nomination of director or other business proposed to be brought before a meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is 10 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five business days after the record date for the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than five business days prior to the date for the meeting, if practicable (or, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to) or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of 10 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

(e) A person shall not be eligible for election or reelection as a director at an annual meeting unless (i) the person is nominated by a stockholder of record in accordance with Section 2.14(a)(iii); or (ii) the person is nominated by or at the direction of the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof. Only such business shall be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this section. The chair of the meeting shall have the power and the duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting has been made in accordance with the procedures set forth in these bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these bylaws, to declare that such proposed business or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.

(f) For purposes of these bylaws, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.14, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to matters set forth in this Section 2.14. Nothing in this Section 2.14 shall be

 

8


deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

Section 3.1. Powers . Subject to the provisions of the DGCL and any limitations in the Charter or these bylaws, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board.

Section 3.2. Number of Directors . The authorized number of directors shall be determined from time to time exclusively by resolution adopted by the Board, provided the Board shall consist of not less than five nor more than eleven directors. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

Section 3.3. Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors . Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Charter or these bylaws. The Charter or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.

Section 3.4. Resignation and Vacancies . Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Any director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the term of the class to which such director’s predecessor shall have been elected.

Section 3.5. Chairman of the Board . The Board shall elect a chairman of the Board from among its members. The chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed to him or her by the Board or provided in these bylaws.

Section 3.6. Place of Meetings, Meetings by Telephone . The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Unless otherwise restricted by the Charter or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 3.7. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board or such committee, as applicable.

 

9


Section 3.8. Special Meetings; Notice . Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairman of the Board, the chief executive officer, a president, the secretary of the Corporation or, for a special meeting of a committee designated by the Board, a majority of the members thereof.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings of the Board shall be: (a) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone; (b) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid; (c) sent by facsimile; or (d) sent by email; in each case directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or email address, as the case may be, as shown on the Corporation’s records.

If the notice is (a) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (b) sent by facsimile or (c) sent by email, it shall be delivered or sent at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting of the Board. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting of the Board. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

Section 3.9. Waiver of Notice . A written waiver of any notice, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such waiver.

Section 3.10. Quorum . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Charter or these bylaws. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

Section 3.11. Board Action by Written Consent . Unless otherwise restricted by the Charter or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing (which may be in counterparts) or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

10


Section 3.12. Fees and Compensation of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by the Charter, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors shall also be paid their reasonable expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board or a committee thereof.

Section 3.13. Removal of Directors . Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of shares of preferred stock then outstanding, any or all of the directors of the Corporation may be removed from office at any time only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding securities of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, considered for purposes of this Section 3.13 as one class.

ARTICLE IV.

COMMITTEES

Section 4.1. Committees of Directors . The Board may designate, by resolution, one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board designating such committee or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; provided, however, that no such committee shall have the power or authority to (a) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (b) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Corporation,

Section 4.2. Committee Minutes . Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

Section 4.3. Meetings and Actions of Committees .

(a) Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Sections 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8 and 3.9, in each case with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee; (ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and (iii) the Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

 

11


ARTICLE V.

OFFICERS

Section 5.1. Executive Officers; Election; Qualification; Term of Office . The Board shall elect a chief executive officer and a chief financial officer. The Board shall also elect a secretary and may elect a president, one or more vice presidents and such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the Board. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except that neither the chief executive officer nor the president shall also hold the office of secretary. In its discretion, the Board may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable, except that the office of secretary shall be filled as expeditiously as possible. Each officer shall hold office until the first meeting of the Board after the annual meeting of stockholders next succeeding his or her election, and until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Section 5.2. Resignation; Removal; Vacancies . Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the chairman of the Board, the chief executive officer or the secretary. Unless otherwise stated in a notice of resignation, it shall take effect when received by the officer to whom it is directed, without any need for its acceptance. The Board may remove any officer with or without cause at any time, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the Corporation. A vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term thereof by the Board at any regular or special meeting.

Section 5.3. Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring in any office because of death, resignation or removal may be filled by the Board.

Section 5.4. Compensation . Compensation of all executive officers shall be fixed by or under the direction of the Board.

Section 5.5. Chief Executive Officer . The chief executive officer shall have general charge, control, direction and supervision over the business and affairs of the Corporation, subject to the control and direction of the Board and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe. He/she may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation all authorized contracts, bonds, mortgages or other authorized corporate obligations or instruments.

Section 5.6. The President . The president shall have such duties and exercise such powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe under the direction of the chief executive officer and subject to the control of the Board. He/she may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation all authorized contracts, bonds, mortgages or other authorized corporate obligations or instruments.

Section 5.7. The Chief Financial Officer . The chief financial officer shall be responsible for the financial affairs of the Corporation, under the direction of the chief executive officer and subject to the control of the Board and shall render to the chief executive officer and the Board at its regular meetings, or when the Board so requires, an account of the financial

 

12


condition of the Corporation. He/she shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

Section 5.8. Executive Vice President . The executive vice president (or, if there shall be more than one, the executive vice presidents in the order designated by the Board, or in the absence of any designation, then in order of their election) shall, in the absence or disability of the president, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the president and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the chief executive officer or the Board may from time to time prescribe.

Section 5.9. Vice Presidents . The vice presidents in the order of their election unless otherwise determined by the Board, shall, in the absence or disability of the chief executive officer, the president, or any executive vice presidents, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the president, and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the chief executive officer or the Board may from time to time prescribe.

Section 5.10. The Secretary . The secretary shall when practicable attend all meetings of the Board and all meetings of the stockholders, and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Corporation and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He/she shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and notice of all meetings of the Board, where required by the By-Laws or by resolution or order of the Board. He/she shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or the chief executive officer of the Corporation. He/she shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation and affix the same to any instrument requiring it and, when so affixed, it shall be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of an assistant secretary.

Section 5.11. The Assistant Secretary . The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order of their election unless otherwise determined by the Board, shall, in the absence or disability of the secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary, and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board or the chief executive officer may from time to time prescribe.

Section 5.12. The Treasurer .

(a) The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation, and shall cause to be deposited all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories.

(b) He/she shall disburse or cause to be disbursed the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board by general resolution or otherwise, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the chief executive officer and the Board, at its regular meetings, or when the Board so requires, an account of all his or her transactions as treasurer.

Section 5.13. Assistant Treasurers . The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order of their election unless otherwise determined by the

 

13


Board, shall, in the absence or disability of the treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

Section 5.14. Other Officers . Such other officers as the Board may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board. The Board may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.

Section 5.15. Duties of Officers . Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the chairman of the Board, chief executive officer, president, or any vice president and any such officer may in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at a meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

Section 5.16. Delegation of Authority . The Board may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

ARTICLE VI.

GENERAL MATTERS

Section 6.1. Form of Records . Any records maintained by the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account and minute books, may be kept on, or by means of, or be in the form of, any information storage device or method provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time. The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to any provision of the DGCL.

Section 6.2. Checks . From time to time, the Board shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the Corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

Section 6.3. Execution of Corporate Documents and Instruments . The Board, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

14


Section 6.4. Stock Certificates, Partially Paid Shares . The shares of the Corporation may be certificated or uncertificated, as provided under the DGCL. All certificates shall be numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued. The certificates shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the chairman of the Board, or a president or vice president, and by the secretary or an assistant secretary of such Corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he/she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 6.5. Lost Certificates . Except as provided in this Section 6.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Corporation and cancelled at the same time. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

Section 6.6. Dividends . The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in either (i) the DGCL, or (ii) the Charter, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock. The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, and meeting contingencies.

Section 6.7. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

Section 6.8. Seal . The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board. The Corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

Section 6.9. Transfer of Stock . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto (unless the shares are uncertificated), cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.

Section 6.10. Registered Stockholders . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive rights of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and not be bound to recognize any equitable or

 

15


other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

Section 6.11. Forum for Adjudication of Disputes . Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provisions of the DGCL, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, shall be a state or federal court located within the State of Delaware, in all cases subject to the court having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section.

ARTICLE VII.

AMENDMENTS

Section 7.1. Bylaw Amendments . The amendment or repeal of any of these bylaws, or the adoption of any bylaw inconsistent with these bylaws, shall require: (i) the affirmative vote of stockholders of the Corporation holding at least a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class; or (ii) the approval of the Board.

 

16

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

 

COMMON STOCK

NUMBER SHARES

NATIONAL GENERAL HOLDINGS CORP.

SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

A CORPORATION FORMED UNDER THE LAWS OF DELAWARE

This Certifies that

SPECIMEN

is the owner of

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF THE PAR VALUE OF $ .01

transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, and all amendments thereto, copies of which are on file with the Transfer Agent, to alt of which the holder hereof by the acceptance of this Certificate assents,

This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

WITNESS the seal of the Corporation and the signatures of its duly authorized officers. Dated:

President Secretary


LOGO

 

The Corporation will furnish any stockholder upon request without charge a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions of such preferences and rights, of all classes and series of stock of the Corporation.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM —as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT- Custodian

(Cust)(Minor)

TEN ENT —as tenants by the entireties under Uniform Gifts to Minors

ACT

JT TEN —as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For value received, hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE)

NOTICE : THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER .

Exhibit 4.2

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Registration Rights Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of October 16, 2009 among American Capital Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), those Persons listed on Schedule A hereto and those Persons who, after the date of this Agreement, become party to this Agreement as a “Purchaser” and/or a “Management Member” by executing a joinder agreement with the Company in the form set forth in Schedule B hereto (a “ Joinder Agreement ”).

R E C I T A L S

This Agreement is entered into in connection with the Stock Purchase Agreement of this date among the Company and the Purchasers, pursuant to which the Purchasers are purchasing shares of the Company (as amended from time to time, the “ Stock Purchase Agreement ”). The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition precedent to the Purchasers’ obligations under the Stock Purchase Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein and not defined shall have the same meaning as provided in the Stock Purchase Agreement.

In addition, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth in this Article I:

Adversely Affected Holder ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.1 of this Agreement

Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the Preamble hereto.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a holiday on which banks in New York are closed.

Charter ” means the Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as from time to time amended or modified.

Commission ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor governmental agency that administers the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

Commission Form S-3 ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(b) of this Agreement.

Common Shares ” means shares in the Company having the economic and other rights set forth in Charter with respect to “Common Shares.”

Company ” has the meaning specified in the Preamble hereto.


Company Securities ” means the Common Shares and Preferred Shares issued by the Company.

Employee Equity Agreement ” means an agreement approved by the Board of Directors between an employee or consultant of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and the Company with respect to a grant of Common Shares or an option to purchase Common Shares (whether issued under an equity incentive plan or otherwise).

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute thereto, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated from time to time thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

FINRA has the meaning specified in the definition of “Registration Expenses.”

Holders ” means, collectively, the Purchasers and the Management Members, and Holder means any one of them.

Incidental Registration ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement.

Incidental Registration Cutback ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.2(c) of this Agreement.

Indemnified Party ” and “ Indemnified Parties ” have the meanings specified in Section 5.1(a) of this Agreement.

Indemnifying Party ” and “ Indemnifying Parties ” have the meanings specified in Section 5.1(c) of this Agreement.

Initial Public Offering ” means the Company’s initial public offering of equity securities under the Securities Act.

Management Member Registrable Securities ” means the following: (i) any Common Shares held by any Management Member (other than Purchaser Registrable Securities) that is not, at the time, subject to any vesting or similar restrictions, (ii) any Common Shares issued or issuable as a result of a shares split, shares dividend, recapitalization or similar event with respect to the Common Shares described in clauses (i) above, and (iii) Common Shares issued in replacement or exchange of any of the Common Shares issued in clauses (i) or (ii) above; provided , however, that such Common Shares described in clauses (i)-(iii) above shall cease to be Management Member Registrable Securities upon any sale pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act, provided, further, Management Member Registrable Securities shall cease to be Management Member Registrable Securities with respect to a Management Member when such Management Member is eligible to sell all of such Management Member’s Registrable Securities free of restrictive legends pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act in any three month period taking into account applicable aggregation rules pursuant to Rule 144(e) under the Securities Act.

 

- 2 -


Management Members ” means any employee of the Company or any Subsidiary that purchases or is granted ownership of Registrable Securities pursuant to an Employee Equity Agreement or otherwise, or, as the case may be, any Person to whom a Management Member assigns the registration rights contemplated hereby pursuant to Article VII of this Agreement; provided such Person signs a counterpart to this Agreement.

Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization and any government, governmental department or agency or political subdivision thereof.

Purchaser Registrable Securities ” means the following: (i) any Company Securities held by any Purchaser (other than Common Shares subject to or issued directly or indirectly pursuant to an Employee Equity Agreement), (ii) any Company Securities issued or issuable as a result of a share split, share dividend, recapitalization or similar event with respect to the Company Securities described in clauses (i) above, and (iii) Company Securities issued in replacement or exchange of any of the Company Securities issued in clauses (i) or (ii) above; provided, however, that such Company Securities described in clauses (i)-(iii) above shall cease to be Purchaser Registrable Securities upon any sale pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act, provided, further, Purchaser Registrable Securities shall cease to be Purchaser Registrable Securities with respect to a Purchaser when such Purchaser is (i) eligible to sell or transfer free of restrictive legends all of such Purchaser’s Purchaser Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act in any three month period taking into account applicable aggregation rules pursuant to Rule 144(e) under the Securities Act and (ii) is not an “affiliate” of the Company for purposes of the application of Rule 144 and has not been an affiliate of the Company for the three months prior to any proposed sale.

Purchasers ” means (i) the Persons designated as such on Schedule A hereto and (ii) any other Person holding Purchaser Registrable Securities, as the case may be, to whom any such Person assigns the registration rights contemplated hereby pursuant to Article VII of this Agreement; provided in the case of (i) or (ii) such Person signs a counterpart to this Agreement.

Qualified Purchasers ” means at any time The Michael Karfunkel 2005 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust and AmTrust Financial Services, Inc., each individually a “Qualified Purchaser”.

Registrable Securities ” means the Purchaser Registrable Securities and the Management Members Registrable Securities.

Registration Expenses ” means all expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement in connection with each Requested Registration or Incidental Registration, including, without limitation, all registration, filing, listing and Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”) fees, all fees and expenses of complying with securities or blue sky laws, all word processing, duplicating and printing expenses, all messenger and delivery expenses, any transfer taxes, the fees and expenses of the Company’s legal counsel and independent public accountants, including the expenses of any special audits or “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, the reasonable fees and

 

- 3 -


disbursements of one counsel for all Holders participating in each such registration, and any fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities; provided , however, that Registration Expenses shall not include transfer taxes, underwriting discounts and commissions.

Requested Registration ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(b) of this Agreement.

Requested Registration Cutback ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(c) of this Agreement.

S-1 Registration ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(a) of this Agreement.

S-1 Registration Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(a) of this Agreement.

S-1 Registration Request ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(a) of this Agreement.

S-3 Registration ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(b) of this Agreement.

S-3 Registration Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(b) of this Agreement.

S-3 Registration Request ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(b) of this Agreement.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute thereto, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated from time to time thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

Stock Purchase Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the Recitals.

Stockholders Agreement ” means the Stockholders Agreement dated as of the date hereof, among the Company and the Purchasers, as amended from time to time .

Subsidiary(ies) means any Person the majority of the capital securities of which, directly, or indirectly through one or more Persons, (a) the Company has the right to acquire or (b) is owned or controlled by the Company. As used in this definition, “ control ,” including, its correlative meanings, “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ,” shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of capital securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise).

Underwriter’s Maximum Number ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(c) of this Agreement.

 

- 4 -


ARTICLE II

REGISTRATIONS

SECTION 2.1 Requested Registrations .

(a) Registrations on Form S-1 .

(i) Request for S-1 Registration . Subject to Section 2.1(a)(ii) , if at any time 180 days after the earlier of that date that the Company (A) registers a class of securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act or (B) commences to file reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall receive a written request from a Qualified Purchaser (a “ S-1 Registration Request ”) that the Company effect the registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of the Registrable Securities (an “ S-1 Registration ”), then the Company shall (x) promptly, and in any event within ten (10) days, give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders (“ S-1 Registration Notice ”), and (y) use all commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities that the Company has been so requested to register on behalf of the Qualified Purchaser(s) and any other Holder(s) joining in such request (as is specified in a written request by each such Holder received by the Company within fifteen (15) days after delivery of the S-1 Registration Notice) in accordance herewith within sixty (60) days after the receipt of the S-1 Registration Request. Subject to Section 2.1(c) , the Company may include in such S-1 Registration other securities of the Company for sale, for the Company’s account or for the account of any other Person.

(ii) Limitations on S-1 Registrations .

(1) Offering Price Limitation . The Company shall not be obligated to effect an S-1 Registration pursuant to this Section 2.1(a) unless the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant thereto is at least $75,000,000 (Seventy-Five Million).

(2) Limitation on the Number of S-1 Registrations . The Company shall not be obligated to effect more than one (1) S-1 Registration hereunder provided such registration has been declared effective by the Commission and kept continuously effective for the time period indicated in Section 3.1(c) below provided , however, that if as a result of a Requested Registration Cutback the Purchasers are not allowed to include in any such registration at least eighty percent (80%) of the Purchaser Registrable Securities requested by the Purchasers to be registered, then such registration shall not count as a S-1 Registration and provided , however, that if the Company is not entitled to use Commission Form S-3 due to the Company’s failure to comply with its filing obligations under the Exchange Act, the Purchasers shall be entitled to unlimited additional S-1 Registrations under Section 2.1(a) notwithstanding the foregoing limitation.

 

- 5 -


(3) Alternative S-3 Registration . The Company may, if permitted by law, effect any S-1 Registration Request by the filing of an S-3 Registration.

(4) Recent Registration Limitation . If the Company has effected a Requested Registration or Incidental Registration within the preceding one hundred eighty (180) days and such registration has been declared effective by the Commission, the Company shall have the right to defer such Requested Registration for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the applicable S-1 Registration Request, provided that such right to delay a Requested Registration may be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12)-month period.

(5) Delay Limitation . If the Company shall furnish to Purchasers initiating the S-1 Registration Request, a certificate signed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board of Directors stating that in the good faith unanimous judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company that at the time requested it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such S-1 Registration to be effected at such time because such action would ( x ) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization or other similar transaction involving the Company, ( y ) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential at such time or ( z ) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer such S-1 Registration Request for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the S-1 Registration Request, provided that such right to delay an S-1 Registration Request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12)-month period.

(6) Simultaneous Company Registration Limitation . During the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of the filing of, and ending on a date one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration on Form S-1 pertaining to the Initial Public Offering of the Company, the Company shall not be obligated to effect a registration under this Section 2.1 provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such Company-initiated registration statement to become and remain effective.

(b) Registrations on Form S-3 .

(i) Request for S-3 Registration . Subject to Section 2.1(b)(ii) , if at any time after the Company is a registrant eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 or any successor or similar short-form registration statement promulgated by the Commission (collectively, “ Commission Form S-3 ”), the Company shall receive a written request from a Qualified Purchaser (an “ S-3 Registration Request ”) that the Company effect the registration under the Securities Act of all or part of the Purchaser Registrable Securities (an “ S-3 Registration ”, and together with S-1 Registration, a “ Requested Registration ”), then the Company shall (x) promptly, and in any event within ten (10) days, give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders (an “ S-3 Registration Notice ”), and (y) use all

 

- 6 -


commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities that the Company has been so requested to register on behalf of the requesting Purchaser(s) and any Holder(s) joining in such request (as is specified in a written request by each such Holder received by the Company within fifteen (15) days after delivery of the S-3 Registration Notice) in accordance herewith within thirty (30) days after receipt of the S-3 Registration Request. Subject to Section 2.1(c) , the Company may include in such S-3 Registration other securities of the Company for sale, for the Company’s account or for the account of any other Person.

(ii) Limitations on S-3 Registrations .

(1) Offering Price Limitation . The Company shall not be obligated to effect an S-3 Registration pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) unless the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant thereto is at least (a) $25,000,000 (Twenty-Five Million) or (b) such lesser amount if that amount constitutes all the Purchaser Registrable Securities held by the requesting Qualified Purchaser(s) are to be included in such S-3 Registration

(2) No Limitation on the Number of S-3 Registrations . The Company may effect an unlimited number of S-3 Registrations pursuant to this Section 2.1(b).

(3) Multiple Simultaneous S-3 Limitation . The Company shall not be obligated to keep effective at any one time more than three (3) Commission Form S-3 registration statements in accordance with this Section 2.1(b) , and if the Company is requested to effect an additional S-3 Registration at a time when it is keeping three such registration statements effective, it may delay effecting such S-3 Registration until it is no longer required in accordance with Section 3.1(c) to keep effective one (or more) of the then effective Commission Form S-3 registration statements.

(4) Recent Registration Limitation . If the Company has effected a Requested Registration within the preceding one hundred eighty (180) days and such registration has been declared effective, the Company shall have the right to defer such Requested Registration for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the applicable S-3 Registration Request, provided that such right to delay a Requested Registration may be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12)-month period.

(5) Delay Limitation . If the Company shall furnish to Purchasers initiating the S-3 Registration Request, a certificate signed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board of Directors stating that in the good faith unanimous judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company that at the time requested it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such S-3 Registration to be effected at such time because such action would ( x ) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization or other similar transaction involving the Company, ( y ) require premature disclosure of material information that the

 

- 7 -


Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential at such time or ( z ) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer such S-3 Registration Request for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the S-3 Registration Request, provided that such right to delay an S-3 Registration Request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12)-month period.

(c) Priority in Registration . If a Requested Registration is an underwritten offering, and the managing underwriters shall give written advice to the Holders and the Company that, in their opinion, market conditions dictate that no more than a specified maximum number of securities (the “ Underwriter’s Maximum Number ”) could successfully be included in such registration without having an adverse effect on the success of the offering (including, without limitation, an impact on the selling price or the number of Registrable Securities that may be sold within a price range acceptable to the Qualified Purchaser(s) initiating the Requested Registration), then the Company shall be required to include in such registration only such number of securities as is equal to the Underwriter’s Maximum Number (“ Requested Registration Cutback ”) and the Company and the Holders will participate in such offering in the following order of priority:

(i) First, there shall be included in such registration that number of Purchaser Registrable Securities that the Purchasers shall have requested to be included in such offering and that does not exceed the Underwriter’s Maximum Number.

(ii) Second, and solely to the extent that the Management Members are entitled to participate in such Requested Registration and solely to the extent not inconsistent with any registration rights hereafter granted by the Company to holders of Company securities, the Management Members shall be entitled to include in such registration that number of shares of Management Member Registrable Securities that the Management Members along with other securities of the Company that shall have been requested by other Persons having registration rights pursuant to one or more other registration rights agreements with the Company shall have requested to be included in such registration and that does not exceed the Underwriter’s Maximum Number; provided , however, that no Management Member will be entitled to participate in any such registration if the managing underwriter shall determine in good faith that the participation of such Management Member would adversely affect the marketability of the securities being sold in such registration.

(iii) Third, the Company shall be entitled to include in such registration that number of securities that it proposes to offer and sell for its own account to the full extent of the remaining portion of the Underwriter’s Maximum Number.

In the event that a Requested Registration Cutback results in less than all of the securities of a particular category ( e.g. , Purchaser Registrable Securities or Management Member Registrable Securities) that are requested to be included in such registration actually being included in such registration, then the number of securities of such category that will be included in such registration shall be shared pro rata among all of the Holders of Registrable Securities of such category that were requested to be included in such registration based on the relative number of

 

- 8 -


shares of Purchaser Registrable Securities or Management Member Registrable Securities, as the case may be, originally requested to be included in such offering by such Holder of such category.

SECTION 2.2 Incidental Registrations .

(a) Incidental Registration . If the Company for itself or any of its security holders shall (except for an Initial Public Offering or registrations under Sections 2.1(a)(i) or 2.1(b)(i) , which shall not be deemed registrations for the purposes of this Section 2.2 ) at any time or times after the date hereof undertake to register under the Securities Act any shares of its securities (other than (i) the registration of an offer, sale or other disposition of securities solely to employees of, or other Persons providing services to, the Company, or any subsidiary pursuant to an employee or similar benefit plan registered on Form S-8 or similar or successor forms promulgated by the Commission or (ii) relating to a merger, acquisition or other transaction of the type described in Rule 145 under the Securities Act or a comparable or successor rule, registered on Form S-4 or similar or successor forms promulgated by the Commission), on each such occasion the Company will notify each Holder of such determination or request at least thirty (30) days prior to the filing of such registration statement, and upon the request of any Holder given in writing within twenty (20) days after the receipt of such notice, subject to Sections 2.2(b) and (c) , the Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts as soon as practicable thereafter to cause any of the Registrable Securities specified by any such Holder to be included in such registration statement on a pro-rata basis according to the Holder’s respective shares in the Company, to the extent such registration is permissible under the Securities Act and subject to the conditions of the Securities Act (an “ Incidental Registration ”). If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any Incidental Registration filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent Incidental Registration as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(b) Withdrawal or Delay of Registration . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time after giving notice of its intention to undertake a registration in accordance with Section 2.2(a) above, and before the effectiveness of any Registration Statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company determines for any reason either not to effect such registration or to delay such registration, the Company may, at its election, by delivery of a written notice to each holder of Registrable Securities:

(i) In the case of a determination not to effect such registration, relieve itself of its obligation to include the Registrable Securities in connection with such registration; or

(ii) In the case of a determination to delay such registration, delay the inclusion of such Registrable Securities for the same period as the delay in such registration.

(c) Priority in Registration . If an Incidental Registration is an underwritten offering, and the managing underwriters give written advice to the Holders and the Company

 

- 9 -


that, in their opinion, market conditions dictate that no more than an Underwriter’s Maximum Number could successfully be included in such registration without having an adverse effect on the success of the offering (including, without limitation, an impact on the selling price or the number of Registrable Securities that may be sold within a price range acceptable to the Company or the security holders who initiated such Incidental Registration, as the case may be), then the Company shall be required to include in such registration only such number of securities as is equal to the Underwriter’s Maximum Number (“ Incidental Registration Cutback ”) and the Company and the Holders will participate in such offering in the following order of priority:

(i) First, the Company shall be entitled to include in such registration that number of securities that the Company proposes to offer and sell for its own account in such registration and that does not exceed the Underwriter’s Maximum Number.

(ii) Second, the Company will be obligated and required to include in such registration that number of Purchaser Registrable Securities that the Purchasers shall have requested to be included in such offering and that does not exceed the Underwriter’s Maximum Number.

(iii) Third, to the extent not inconsistent with any registration rights hereafter granted by the Company to holders of the Company’s securities, the Company will be obligated and required to include in such registration that number of shares of Management Member Registrable Securities requested to be included in such offering by the Management Members along with other securities of the Company that shall have been requested by other Persons having registration rights pursuant to one or more other registration rights agreements with the Company that does not exceed the remaining portion of the Underwriter’s Maximum Number provided , however, that no Management Member will be entitled to participate in any such registration if the managing underwriter shall determine in good faith that the participation of such Management Member would adversely affect the marketability of the securities being sold in such registration.

In the event that an Incidental Registration Cutback results in less than all of the securities of a particular category (e.g., securities of the Company or Purchaser Registrable Securities) that are requested to be included in such registration to actually be included in such registration, then the number of securities of such category that will be included in such registration shall be shared pro rata among all of the Holders of Registrable Securities of such category that were requested to be included in such registration based on the relative number of shares of Purchaser Registrable Securities or Management Member Registrable Securities, as the case may be, held by each such Holder of such category. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the amount of Purchaser Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below twenty percent (20%) of the total amount of securities included in such offering.

SECTION 2.3 Underwriting . If a Requested Registration or an Incidental Registration is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder to be included in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s acceptance of the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters, execution of an

 

- 10 -


underwriting agreement in customary form with such underwritings, as approved by the Company and the Qualified Purchasers, and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.

SECTION 2.4 Registration Expenses . The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with all Incidental Registrations and all Requested Registrations effected in accordance with this Article II . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to pay for any Registration Expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.1 if a registration request initiated by the Holders under Section 2.1(a) or 2.1(b) is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be registered in the withdrawn registration) unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered elect in writing to treat such withdrawn registration as an effective registration for purposes of the limitation on the number of permissible Requested Registrations, provided , however, that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and they have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such Registration Expenses and such withdrawn registration shall not be considered to have become effective for purposes of any limitation on the number of permissible Requested Registrations.

SECTION 2.5 Effective Registration Statement . A Requested Registration or an Incidental Registration effected pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 , respectively, shall not be deemed to have been effected unless the registration statement filed with respect thereto in accordance with the Securities Act has become effective with the Commission and kept effective in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.1(c) below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a registration statement will not be deemed to have become effective if (a) after it has become effective with the Commission, such registration is made subject to any stop order, injunction, or other order or requirement of the Commission or other governmental agency or any court proceeding for any reason other than a misrepresentation or omission by any Holder, or (b) the conditions to closing specified in the purchase agreement or underwriting agreement entered into in connection with such registration are not satisfied, other than solely by reason of some act or omission by any Holder.

SECTION 2.6 Jurisdictional Limitations . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect registration, qualification or compliance with respect to its Registrable Securities:

(a) In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as required by the Securities Act;

(b) That would require it to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction in which it is not already so qualified or obligated to qualify; or

 

- 11 -


(c) That would subject it to taxation in a jurisdiction in which it is not already subject generally to taxation.

ARTICLE III

REGISTRATION PROCEDURES

SECTION 3.1 Company Obligations . If and whenever the Company is required to use all commercially reasonable efforts to affect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in Article II, the Company, as expeditiously as possible and subject to the terms and conditions of Article II, will do the following:

(a) Prepare and file with the Commission the requisite registration statement to effect such registration and use its diligent efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective and contain or incorporate by reference all information required to be disclosed therein for the period set forth in Section 3.1(c) below;

(b) Permit any Holder who, in the reasonable judgment of the Company’s counsel, might be deemed to be an underwriter or a controlling Person of the Company, to participate in the preparation of such registration statement (including making available for inspection by any such Holder and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such Holder, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and all other information reasonably requested in connection therewith) and give to such Holder, the underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel and accountants, advance draft copies of such registration statement, each prospectus included therein or filed with the Commission, and any amendments and supplements thereto promptly as they become available, and will give each of them such access to its books and records and such opportunities to discuss the business of the Company with its officers and the independent public accountants who have certified its financial statements as shall be necessary, in the opinion of such Holder’s and such underwriters’ respective counsel, to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of the Securities Act;

(c) Prepare and promptly file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith (or file such documents under the Exchange Act) as may be necessary and promptly notify each seller of such Registrable Securities of the filing of such amendment or supplement to such registration statement or prospectus (i) to keep such registration statement effective, (ii) as may be necessary to correct any statements or omissions if, at the time when a prospectus relating to such securities is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, any event shall have occurred as the result of which any such prospectus or any other prospectus then in effect would include an untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (iii) to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement until such time as all of such securities have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement;

 

- 12 -


(d) Furnish to the Holders participating in such registration without charge to the Holders, such number of conformed copies of such registration statement and of each such amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), such number of copies of the prospectus contained in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any prospectus supplements) and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents, as the Holders of Registrable Securities to be sold under such registration statement may reasonably request;

(e) Subject to Section 2.5 , use all commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement under such other United States state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder of Registrable Securities to be sold under such registration statement shall reasonably request, to keep such registration or qualification in effect for the time period set forth in Section 3.1(c) hereof, and take any other action that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the Holders who are participating in such registration to sell Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions;

(f) Subject to Section 2.5 , use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other United States state governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company to enable the Holders who are participating in such registration to sell Registrable Securities as intended by such registration statement;

(g) Notify each selling Holder of Registrable Securities promptly after it receives notice thereof of the time when such registration statement has become effective or supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed and when the same has become effective;

(h) Notify each selling Holder of Registrable Securities of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of such registration statement or prospectus for additional information.

(i) In connection with the sale of any Registrable Shares that will result in such securities no longer being restricted securities, cooperate with the selling Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Shares to be sold and not bearing restrictive legends; and to register such Registrable Shares in such denominations and such names as the selling Holders may reasonably request.

(j) In the event of the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement, or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any Registrable Securities included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction, the Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts promptly to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(k) Use all commercially reasonable efforts to furnish to the Holders registering Registrable Securities under such registration statement:

 

- 13 -


(i) An opinion, dated the effective date of the registration statement and updates thereof, of the independent counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders making such request, covering such legal matters customarily included in opinions with respect to underwritten registered public offerings of securities; and

(ii) A comfort letter from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders making such request, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings.

(l) Immediately notify the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act or its becoming aware of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made, and at the request of any selling Holder promptly prepare and furnish to the Holder(s) a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the buyers of such securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made.

(m) Otherwise use all commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve (12) months, but not more than eighteen (18) months, beginning with the first full calendar month after the effective date of such registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

(n) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement not later than the effective date of such registration statement; and

(o) Use all commercially reasonable efforts to list all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement on any securities exchange on which the same class of securities issued by the Company are then listed or, if no such equity securities are then listed, apply for listing or quotation of the Registrable Securities on an exchange or quotation system selected by the Qualified Purchaser(s) that requested the registration; and take all such other commercially reasonable actions as are necessary or advisable to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities.

Section 3.2 Holder Obligations . The Company may require each Holder of Registrable Securities to be sold under such registration statement to furnish the Company with such information as it may reasonably request in writing (i) regarding such Holder’s proposed distribution of such securities and (ii) as required in connection with any registration (including

 

- 14 -


an amendment to a registration statement or prospectus), qualification or compliance referred to in this Article III. The Company agrees not to file or make any amendment to any registration statement with respect to any Registrable Securities, or any amendment of or supplement to the prospectus used in connection therewith, which refers to any seller of any Registrable Securities covered thereby by name, or otherwise identifies such seller as the holder of any Registrable Securities, without the consent of such seller, unless such disclosure is required by law.

Each Holder, by execution of this Agreement, agrees (i) that upon receipt of any notice from the Company, or upon such Holder’s otherwise becoming aware, of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3.1(l) , such Holder will forthwith discontinue its disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement relating to such Registrable Securities until the receipt by such Holder of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 3.1(l) and, if so directed by the Company, will deliver to the Company all copies other than permanent file copies, then in possession of the Holders of the prospectus relating to such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice and (ii) that it will immediately notify the Company, at any time when a prospectus relating to the registration of such Registrable Securities is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which information previously furnished in writing by such Holder to the Company specifically for inclusion in such prospectus contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made. In the event the Company or any such Holder shall give any such notice, the period referred to in Section 3.1(c) shall be extended by a number of days equal to the number of days during the period from and including the giving of notice pursuant to Section 3.1(c) to and including the date when such Holder shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 3.1(l) .

ARTICLE IV

UNDERWRITTEN OFFERINGS

SECTION 4.1 Underwritten Offerings .

(a) Underwritten Offering . In connection with any underwritten offering pursuant to a registration requested under Section 2.1 , the Company will enter into an underwriting agreement (and any other customary agreements) with the underwriters for such offering, such agreement to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Qualified Purchaser(s) that requested the registration, the Company and such underwriters in their reasonable judgment and to contain such representations and warranties by the Company and such other terms as are customarily contained in agreements of that type, including, without limitation, indemnities to the effect and to the extent provided in Section 5.1 . The Company will also take all such other actions as the Qualified Purchaser(s) that requested the registration or the underwriters reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities (including effecting a shares split or combination of shares and the participation of senior management in so-called “road shows” and similar events). No Holder participating in any such underwritten offering shall be required by the provisions hereof to make any representations or

 

- 15 -


warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holder and its intended method of distribution and any other representation required by law. No Holder of Registrable Securities may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Holder (i) agrees to sell its Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved pursuant to this Section 4.1 and (ii) accurately completes in all material respects and in a timely manner, and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, such underwriting agreement and other documents reasonably and customarily required under the terms of such underwriting agreement.

(b) Selection of Underwriters . Whenever a Requested Registration is an underwritten offering, the Qualified Purchasers will have the right to select the managing underwriter to administer the offering.

SECTION 4.2 Holdback Agreements .

(a) In connection with the Company’s Initial Public Offering, each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees not to effect directly or indirectly (except as part of such underwritten registration in accordance with the provisions hereof or pursuant to a transaction exempt from registration other than under Rule 144 or Rule 145 of the Securities Act) any sale, distribution, short sale, loan, grant of options for purchase,, or other disposal of any Registrable Securities for such period as such managing underwriter requests; provided, however, that (i) such period shall commence no earlier than seven (7) days prior to the effective date of such registration and (ii) end more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of such registration or such longer period, not to exceed 18 days after expiration of the 180-day period, as the Company or the underwriters shall request in order to facilitate compliance with NASD Rule 2711 or any successor or similar rule or regulation), and (iii) each Holder shall execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriter as are consistent with the foregoing. Each Holder further agrees that the Company may instruct its transfer agent to place stop transfer notations in its records to enforce the provisions of this Section 4.2(a) . The foregoing restrictions shall be conditioned on each officer, director of the Company and holder of five percent (5%) or more of the Company’s Common Shares or securities convertible or exchangeable for five percent (5%) or more of its Common Shares (determined in all instances on a fully diluted basis) being bound by substantially the same restrictions as are set forth above. If such restrictions are waived or shortened by the managing underwriter or the Company for any Holder or any other party bound thereto, the above restrictions shall also be waived or shortened for all Purchasers in the same manner on a pro rata basis (calculated including the shares held by the party bound by such similar agreement).

(b) After receipt of notice of a Requested Registration pursuant to Section 2.1 , the Company shall not initiate, without the consent of the Holders, a registration of any of its securities for its own account until ninety (90) days after such registration has become effective or such registration has been terminated (other than (i) the registration of an offer, sale or other disposition of securities solely to employees of, or other Persons providing services to, the Company, or any subsidiary pursuant to an employee or similar benefit plan registered on Form S-8 or similar or successor forms promulgated by the Commission or (ii) relating to a merger, acquisition or other transaction of the type described in Rule 145 under the Securities

 

- 16 -


Act or a comparable or successor rule, registered on Form S-4 or similar or successor forms promulgated by the Commission).

ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION

SECTION 5.1 Indemnification .

(a) Indemnification by the Company . In the event of any registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Article II of any Registrable Securities covered by such registration, the Company will, to the extent permitted by law, and hereby does, indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Registrable Securities to be sold under such registration statement, the Holders’ direct and indirect shareholders (including, for greater certainty, each other Person, if any, who controls any such Holder or any such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act) and their respective directors, officer and employees, each such Holder’s legal counsel and independent accountants, each other Person who participates as an underwriter in the offering or sale of such securities (if so required by such underwriter as a condition to including the Registrable Securities of the Holders in such registration) (each, an “ Indemnified Party ” and collectively, the “ Indemnified Parties ”), against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the Indemnified Party may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities laws or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement under which such securities were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or prospectus supplement contained therein or any document incorporated therein by reference, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances in which they were made not misleading, or arise out of any violation by the Company of any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act or state securities law applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, and the Company will reimburse the Indemnified Parties for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, liability, action or proceeding; provided , however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 5.1(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); and provided , further, however that the Company shall not be liable to any Indemnified Party in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) or expense arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission that is in fact made in such registration statement, any such preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, prospectus supplement, amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company in writing by, or on behalf of, any Indemnified Party specifically for use therein.

 

- 17 -


(b) Indemnification by the Holders . As a condition to including any Registrable Securities of any Person in any registration statement filed pursuant to Article II, each Holder, to the extent permitted by law, hereby agrees, severally but not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in subdivision (a) of this Section 5.1 ) the Company, each director of the Company, each officer of the Company and each other Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, with respect to any statement or alleged statement in or omission or alleged omission from such registration statement, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or prospectus supplement contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, if, and only if, such statement or alleged statement or omission or alleged omission was in fact made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company directly by, or on behalf of, such Person specifically for use therein; provided , however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 5.1(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); and provided , further, however, that the obligation of any Holder hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds received by such Holder upon the sale of Registrable Securities sold in the offering covered by such registration, unless such liability arises out of or is based upon such Holder’s willful misconduct.

(c) Notices of Claims, etc . Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding involving a claim referred to in the preceding subdivisions of this Section 5.1 , such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against a party required to provide indemnification (each, an “ Indemnifying Party ” and collectively, the “ Indemnifying Parties ”), give written notice to the latter of the commencement of such action, provided , however, that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligation under the preceding subdivisions of this Section 5.1 , except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is actually substantially prejudiced by such failure to give notice. In case any such action is brought against an Indemnified Party, unless in such Indemnified Party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party may exist in respect of such claim, the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to participate in and to assume the defense thereof, jointly with any other Indemnifying Party similarly notified to the extent that it may wish, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party, and after notice from the Indemnifying Party to such Indemnified Party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable to such Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the latter in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. Provided, however, that if there is a conflict of interest between the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party, then the Indemnified Party may retain counsel of its own choosing and at the expense of the Indemnifying Party. No Indemnifying Party shall consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement without the consent of the Indemnified Party that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation or that imposes any ongoing restrictions or covenants pertaining to the Indemnified Party.

 

- 18 -


(d) Other Indemnification . Indemnification similar to that specified in the preceding subdivisions of this Section 5.1 (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the Company and each Holder included in any registration statement to each other and any underwriter, as applicable, with respect to any required registration or other qualification of securities under any Federal or state law or regulation of any governmental authority, other than the Securities Act.

(e) Indemnification Payment . The indemnification required by this Section 5.1 shall be made by periodic payments of the amount thereof during the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or expense, loss, damage or liability is incurred.

(f) Survival of Obligations . The obligations of the Company and of the Holders under this Section 5.1 and Section 5.2 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

(g) Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 5.1 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an Indemnified Party, then each Indemnifying Party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable to such Indemnified Party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in Section 5.1 an amount or additional amount, as the case may be, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party or Indemnifying Parties, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Party, on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, demands or liabilities as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied in fact by the Indemnifying Party or parties, on the one hand, or the Indemnified Party, on the other, and the parties’ relative, intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The amount paid to an Indemnified Party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this Section 5.2 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this Article V; provided , however, that the obligation of any Holder hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds received by such Holder upon the sale of Registrable Securities sold in the offering covered by such registration. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

ARTICLE VI

COMPANY COVENANTS

SECTION 6.1 Covenants Relating to Rule 144; Reports Under The Exchange Act . With a view to (a) making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may at any time permit the sale of securities of the Company to the public without registration after such time as a public market exists for the Common Shares of the

 

- 19 -


Company or (b) causing the Company to be and remain eligible to file a registration on Commission Form S-3, the Company agrees to do the following:

(i) To make and keep public information available in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act at all times after the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(ii) To take such action, including the voluntary registration of its Common Shares under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Commission Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year in which the first registration statement under the Securities Act filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public is declared effective;

(iii) To file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as amended (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements);

(iv) So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, to furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements) and a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents of the Company as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration; and

(v) The Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to take any action necessary to maintain its eligibility to utilize Commission Form S-3 to permit resales as requested by Holder(s) with respect to “Transactions Involving Secondary Offerings” as described in General Instruction I.B.3 of Commission Form S-3.

SECTION 6.2 Other Registration Rights . The Company represents and warrants that it has not granted any registration rights to any Person other than established by this Agreement. Except with the unanimous written consent of the Qualified Purchasers, the Company shall not grant to any Person any registration rights more favorable than, pari passu with or inconsistent with any of those contained herein, so long as any of the registration rights under this Agreement remain in effect.

ARTICLE VII

ASSIGNABILITY

Subject to the restrictions on transfer applicable to the Registrable Securities, this Agreement and all of the provisions hereof may be assigned, without the consent of the Company, by any Holder to, and shall inure to the benefit of, any buyer, transferee or assignee of

 

- 20 -


any shares of Registrable Securities held by such Holder, unless the Holder specifies otherwise in connection with particular transfers of Registrable Securities, and any such buyer, transferee or assignee shall take shares of Registrable Securities subject to, and shall be bound by, the terms of this Agreement; provided in each instance that the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement and the Stock Purchase Agreement. However, the Company shall not be required to recognize any such purchaser, transferee or assignee as an “Purchaser” or “Management Member”, as the case may be, under this Agreement unless and until (a) such Person becomes the holder of record of Registrable Securities, (b) the Company receives written notice of such purchase, transfer or assignment and (c) such Person executes and delivers to the Company a counter-part signature page to this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 8.1 Waivers and Amendments . The rights and obligations of the Company and all other parties hereto under this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, either retroactively or prospectively, and either for a specified period of time or indefinitely) or amended if and only if such waiver or amendment is consented to in writing by the Company and by each of the Qualified Purchasers; provided , however, that if any amendment would materially and adversely affect the rights of one or more Holders (the “ Adversely Affected Holder ”) in a way that is materially different from the manner in which such specifically enumerated right or obligation is changed with respect to other Holders, such amendment shall not be effective as to any Adversely Affected Holder unless consented to by a majority in interest of the Adversely Affected Holders measured by their relative holdings of Registrable Securities, as the case may be. Each Holder shall be bound by any amendment or waiver affected in accordance with this Section, whether or not such Holder has consented to such amendment or waiver. Upon the effectuation of each such waiver or amendment, the Company shall promptly give written notice thereof to the Holders who have not previously consented thereto in writing.

SECTION 8.2 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

SECTION 8.3 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement, the Stock Purchase Agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (as amended), and the By-Laws constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement of the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and supersedes in their entirety all other or prior agreements, whether oral or written, with respect thereto.

SECTION 8.4 Notices . Any notice provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either personally delivered, or sent by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or sent by telecopy to the Company at the address set forth below and to any other recipient at the address indicated on Schedule A attached hereto or at such address or to the

 

- 21 -


attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party, or by electronic transmission to the Email address set forth below. Notices shall be deemed to have been given hereunder when delivered personally, when answer back is confirmed and sent by telecopy, and one day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier service.

(a) If to the Company to:

American Capital Acquisition Corporation

59 Maiden Lane

New York, New York 10038

Attn: Barry Karfunkel

Tel: 646-458-7962

Fax: 212-220-7130

Email:

(b) If to the Purchasers to:

Michael Karfunkel, Trustee

Michael Karfunkel 2005 G.R.A.T.

59 Maiden Lane, 6 th Floor

New York, New York 10038

Tel: 646-458-7962

Fax: 212-220-7130

Email:

Stephen Ungar

General Counsel

AmTrust Financial Services, Inc.

59 Maiden Lane, 6th Floor

New York, New York 10038

Tel: 646.458.7913

Fax: 212.220.7130

Email: sungar@amtrustgroup.com

With a concurrent copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:

Geoffrey Etherington

Edwards Angell Palmer & Dodge LLP

750 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Phone: 212.912.2740

Fax: 212.308.4844

Email: getherington@eapdlaw.com

 

- 22 -


Spiro Bantis

London Fischer LLP

59 Maiden Lane, 41 st Floor

New York, NY 10038

Phone: 212-972-1000

Fax: 212-972-1030

Email: SBantis@londonfischer.com

SECTION 8.5 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware. Any dispute relating thereto shall be heard in the state or federal courts of Delaware.

SECTION 8.6 Consent To Jurisdiction .

(a) THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS IN AND OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND TO JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK AND TO THE COURTS TO WHICH AN APPEAL OF THE DECISIONS OF SUCH COURTS MAY BE TAKEN FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY PROCEEDING RELATING TO ANCILLARY MEASURES IN AID OF ARBITRATION, PROVISIONAL REMEDIES AND INTERIM RELIEF, OR ANY PROCEEDING TO ENFORCE ANY ARBITRAL DECISION OR AWARD.

(b) EACH PARTY HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO BRING ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING IN OR BEFORE ANY COURT OR TRIBUNAL OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF NEW YORK AND COVENANTS THAT IT SHALL NOT SEEK IN ANY MANNER TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE VI OR TO CHALLENGE OR SET ASIDE ANY DECISION, AWARD OR JUDGMENT OBTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS HEREOF.

(c) EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL OBJECTIONS IT MAY HAVE TO VENUE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE INCONVENIENCE OF SUCH FORUM, IN ANY OF SUCH COURTS. IN ADDITION, EACH OF THE PARTIES CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS BY PERSONAL SERVICE OR ANY MANNER IN WHICH NOTICES MAY BE DELIVERED HEREUNDER IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8.4.

SECTION 8.7 Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY

 

- 23 -


ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

SECTION 8.8 Equitable Remedies . The parties hereto agree that irreparable harm would occur in the event that any of the agreements and provisions this Agreement were not performed fully by the parties hereto in accordance with their specific terms or conditions or were otherwise breached, and that money damages are an inadequate remedy for breach of this Agreement because of the difficulty of ascertaining and quantifying the amount of damage that will be suffered by the parties hereto in the event that this Agreement is not performed in accordance with its terms or conditions or is otherwise breached. It is accordingly hereby agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to restrain, enjoin and prevent breaches of this Agreement by the other parties and to enforce specifically such terms and provisions of this Agreement, such remedy being in addition to and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies to which the other parties are entitled to at law or in equity.

SECTION 8.9 No Third Party Beneficiary . There are no third party beneficiaries of this Agreement.

SECTION 8.10 Expenses . In addition to the payment of the Registration Expenses set forth in Section 2.3 , the Company hereby agrees to pay on demand all reasonable documented out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by the Purchaser(s) in connection with the following: (a) the interpretation, proposed amendment, modification or enforcement of this Agreement, ( provided , that the Company shall have no obligation to reimburse the Purchaser(s) for (i) expenses specifically excluded from the definition of “Registration Expenses” and (ii) expenses incurred in any enforcement action in which the Purchaser(s) are not the prevailing parties other than expenses payable pursuant to Section 5.2 ), and (b) any approvals, consents or waivers with respect to this Agreement.

SECTION 8.11 Severability; Titles and Subtitles; Gender; Singular and Plural; Counterparts; Facsimile .

(a) In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(b) The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

(c) The use of any gender in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the other genders, and the use of the singular in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural (and vice versa), wherever appropriate.

(d) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together constitute one instrument.

 

- 24 -


(e) Counterparts of this Agreement (or applicable signature pages hereof) that are manually signed and delivered by facsimile transmission shall be deemed to constitute signed original counterparts hereof and shall bind the parties signing and delivering in such manner.

[Next Page is the Signature Page]

 

- 25 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

AMERICAN CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Michael Karfunkel

  Name: Michael Karfunkel
  Title: President
PURCHASERS:
THE MICHAEL KARFUNKEL 2005 GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST
By:  

/s/ Michael Karfunkel

  Name: Michael Karfunkel
  Title: Trustee
AMTRUST FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Barry Zyskind

  Name: Barry Zyskind
  Title: CEO

[Signature Page to ACAC Registration Rights Agreement]


Schedule A

List of Holders

Name and Address of Holder

 

 

Holder Names and Residence or Principal Place of Business

PURCHASERS

Michael Karfunkel, Trustee

The Michael Karfunkel 2005 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust*

59 Maiden Lane, 6th Floor

New York, NY 10038

Tel: 646-458-7962

Fax: 212-220-7130

Email:

Amtrust Financial Services, Inc.**

59 Maiden Lane, 6 th Floor

New York, NY 10038

Tel: 646-458-7962

Fax: 212-220-7130

Email:

 

* With respect to this Purchaser, with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:

Geoffrey Etherington

Edwards Angell Palmer & Dodge LLP

750 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Phone: 212.912.2740

Fax:     212.308.4844

Email: getherington@eapdlaw.com

 

** With respect to this Purchaser, with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:

Spiro Bantis

London Fischer LLP

59 Maiden Lane, 41 st Floor

New York, NY 10039

Phone: 212-972-1000

Fax:     212-972-1030

Email: SBantis@londonfischer.com


SCHEDULE B

FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT

Joinder Agreement

By its execution and delivery of this Joinder Agreement, the undersigned party hereby joins in and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October     , 2009 (as amended from time to time, the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) by and among American Capital Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and the parties named therein [as a “ Purchaser ”][as a “ Management Member ”] under and as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Additional Party
By:  

 

Address:                                                                        

 

Date:                                                                             
* * * *

Agreed on                              , 20      .

AMERICAN CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORPORATION

By:                                                                          

Authorized Signatory


Joinder Agreement

By its execution and delivery of this Joinder Agreement, the undersigned party hereby joins in and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 16, 2009 (as amended from time to time, the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) by and among American Capital Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and the parties named therein as a “ Purchaser ” under and as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Additional Party:
By:  

/s/ Michael Karfunkel

Address: 59 Maiden Lane

                  New York, NY 10038

Date: February 26, 2010

* * * *

Agreed on February 26, 2010.

AMERICAN CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 

By:   /s/ Barry Karfunkel
  Authorized Signatory


Joinder Agreement

By its execution and delivery of this Joinder Agreement, the undersigned party hereby joins in and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 16, 2009 (as amended from time to time, the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) by and among American Capital Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and the parties named therein as a “ Purchaser ” under and as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

AmTrust International Insurance, Ltd.
By:   /s/ Michael F. Bott
Address: Hamilton, Bermuda
Date: January 12 th , 2011

* * * *

Agreed on December 31, 2010.

AMERICAN CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 

By:   /s/ Michael Weiner
  Authorized Signatory

Exhibit 4.3

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of June 6, 2013 between National General Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor entity thereto, the “ Company ”), and FBR Capital Markets & Co., a Delaware corporation, as the initial purchaser/placement agent (“ FBR ”) for the benefit of FBR, the purchasers of the Company’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), as participants (“ Participants ”) in the private placement by the Company of shares of its Common Stock, and the direct and indirect transferees of FBR, and each of the Participants.

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase/Placement Agreement (the “ Purchase/Placement Agreement ”), dated as of May 30, 2013, between the Company and FBR in connection with the purchase and sale or placement of an aggregate of 21,850,000 shares of Common Stock. In order to induce FBR to enter into the Purchase/Placement Agreement, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights provided for in this Agreement to FBR, the Participants, and their respective direct and indirect transferees. The execution of this Agreement is a condition to the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase/Placement Agreement.

The parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Accredited Investor Shares: Shares initially sold by the Company to “accredited investors” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a) promulgated under the Securities Act) as Participants.

Affiliate: As to any specified Person, (i) any Person directly or indirectly owning, controlling or holding, with power to vote, ten percent or more of the outstanding voting securities of such other Person, (ii) any Person, ten percent or more of whose outstanding voting securities are directly or indirectly owned, controlled or held, with power to vote, by such other Person, (iii) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such other Person, (iv) any executive officer, director, trustee or general partner of such Person and (v) any legal entity for which such Person acts as an executive officer, director, trustee or general partner. An indirect relationship shall include circumstances in which a Person’s spouse, children, parents, siblings or mother, father, sister- or brother-in-law is or has been associated with a Person.

Agreement: As defined in the preamble.

Board of Directors: As defined in Section 6(a) hereof.

Business Day: With respect to any act to be performed hereunder, each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York or other applicable places where such act is to occur are authorized or obligated by applicable law, regulation or executive order to close.

Closing Date: June 6, 2013 or such other time or such other date as FBR and the Company may agree.

Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Stock: As defined in the preamble.

Company: As defined in the preamble.

Controlling Person: As defined in Section 7(a) hereof.

End of Suspension Notice: As defined in Section 6(b) hereof.

 

1


Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission pursuant thereto.

FBR: As defined in the preamble.

FINRA: The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, formerly the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

Holder: Each record owner of any Registrable Shares from time to time, including FBR and its Affiliates to the extent FBR or any such Affiliate holds any Registrable Shares.

Indemnified Party: As defined in Section 7(c) hereof.

Indemnifying Party: As defined in Section 7(c) hereof.

IPO Registration Statement: As defined in Section 2(b) hereof.

JOBS Act: The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder.

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus: As defined in Section 2(c) hereof.

Liabilities: As defined in Section 7(a) hereof.

No Objections Letter: As defined in Section 5(t) hereof.

Nominee: As defined in Section 3(c) hereof.

Participants: As defined in the preamble.

Person: An individual, partnership, corporation, trust, unincorporated organization, government or agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other legal entity.

Proceeding: An action, claim, suit or proceeding (including without limitation, an investigation or partial proceeding, such as a deposition), whether commenced or, to the knowledge of the Person subject thereto, threatened.

Prospectus: The prospectus included in any Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus at the “time of sale” within the meaning of Rule 159 under the Securities Act and all other amendments and supplements to any such prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference, if any, in such prospectus.

Purchase/Placement Agreement: As defined in the preamble.

Purchaser Indemnitee: As defined in Section 7(a) hereof.

Registrable Shares: The Rule 144A Shares, the Accredited Investor Shares, the Regulation S Shares, upon original issuance thereof, and at all times subsequent thereto, including upon the transfer thereof by the original holder or any subsequent holder and any shares or other securities issued in respect of such Registrable Shares by reason of or in connection with any stock dividend, stock distribution, stock split, purchase in any rights offering or in connection with any exchange for or replacement of such Registrable Shares or any combination of shares, recapitalization, merger or consolidation, or any other equity securities issued pursuant to any other pro rata distribution with respect to the Common Stock, until, in the case of any such Rule 144A Share, Accredited Investor Share or Regulation S Share, the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which the resale of such share has been registered pursuant to the Securities Act and it has been disposed of in accordance with the Registration Statement relating to it, (ii) in the event the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the date on which it has been

 

2


transferred pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in effect) or is freely saleable pursuant to Rule 144 without any restriction thereunder as to volume, manner of sale or current public information, and is listed or included on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market, or (iii) the date on which it is sold to the Company.

Registration Default: As defined in Section 2(f) hereof.

Registration Expenses: Any and all expenses incident to the Company’s and FBR’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including, without limitation: (i) all Commission, securities exchange, and FINRA registration, listing, inclusion and filing fees; (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with international, federal or state securities or blue sky laws (including, without limitation, any registration, listing and filing fees and fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualification of any of the Registrable Shares and the preparation of a blue sky memorandum and compliance with the rules of FINRA); (iii) all expenses in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, duplicating, printing, delivering and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements, certificates and any other documents relating to the performance under and compliance with this Agreement; (iv) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing or inclusion of any of the Registrable Shares on any securities exchange pursuant to Section 5(n) of this Agreement; (v) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of the independent registered public accounting firm of the Company (including, without limitation, the expenses of any special audit and “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to the performance of this Agreement); (vi) reasonable fees and disbursements of Selling Holders’ Counsel, not to exceed $50,000; and (vii) any fees and disbursements customarily paid in issues and sales of securities (including the fees and expenses of any experts retained by the Company in connection with any Registration Statement); provided, however , that Registration Expenses shall exclude (a) brokers’ or underwriters’ discounts and commissions, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Shares by a Holder, (b) the fees and disbursements of counsel for any brokers or underwriters, other than such fees and expenses (x) as provided in clause (vi) above, (y) specifically agreed to be paid under this Agreement or (z) that the Company shall have agreed in writing with such underwriter to pay, and (c) all transfer taxes and transfer fees in connection with a registration of Registrable Shares pursuant to this Agreement.

Registration Statement: Any registration statement of the Company that covers the resale of Registrable Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement or Prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference, if any, in such registration statement.

Regulation S: Regulation S (Rules 901-905) promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such rules may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such regulation.

Regulation S Shares: Shares initially resold by FBR pursuant to the Purchase/Placement Agreement to “non-U.S. persons” (in accordance with Regulation S) in an “offshore transaction” (in accordance with Regulation S).

Rule 144: Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Rule 144A: Rule 144A promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Rule 144A Shares: Shares initially resold by FBR pursuant to the Purchase/Placement Agreement to “qualified institutional buyers” (as such term is defined in Rule 144A).

Rule 158: Rule 158 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

 

3


Rule 159: Rule 159 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Rule 405: Rule 405 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Rule 415: Rule 415 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Rule 424: Rule 424 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Rule 429: Rule 429 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Rule 433: Rule 433 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder.

Selling Holders’ Counsel: Counsel for the Holders selected by FBR and reasonably acceptable to the Company, or if not selected by FBR, then such other counsel, reasonably acceptable to the Company, selected by the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Shares to be included in the Registration Statement.

Shares: The shares of Common Stock being offered and sold pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Purchase/Placement Agreement.

Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 2(a) hereof.

Special Election Meeting : As defined in Section 3(a) hereof.

Specified Executive Officers: For purposes of Section 2(f) hereof, Michael Karfunkel, chairman and chief executive officer of the Company, and Michael Weiner, chief financial officer of the Company.

Suspension Event: As defined in Section 6(b) hereof.

Suspension Notice: As defined in Section 6(b) hereof.

Trigger Date : As defined in Section 3(a) hereof.

Underwritten Offering : A sale of securities of the Company to an underwriter or underwriters for re-offering to the public.

2. Registration Rights

(a) Mandatory Shelf Registration. As set forth in Section 5 hereof, the Company agrees to file with the Commission as soon as reasonably practicable following the date of this Agreement (but in no event later than the date that is ninety (90) days after the date of this Agreement) a shelf Registration Statement on Form S-1 or such other form under the Securities Act then available to the Company providing for the resale of any Registrable Shares pursuant to

 

4


Rule 415 from time to time by the Holders (a “ Shelf Registration Statement ”). The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as practicable after the initial filing thereof but in any event event within two hundred and seventy (270) days after the date this Agreement. Any Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for the resale from time to time, and pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available (including, without limitation, an Underwritten Offering, a direct sale to purchasers or a sale through brokers or agents, which may include sales over the internet) by the Holders of any and all Registrable Shares; provided, however , that any underwriter engaged in connection with any such resale shall be FBR or any other underwriter reasonably acceptable to the Company.

(b) IPO Registration. If the Company proposes to file a registration statement on Form S-1 or such other form under the Securities Act providing for the initial public offering of shares of Common Stock (the “ IPO Registration Statement ”), the Company will notify in writing each Holder of the filing within five (5) Business Days after the initial filing and afford each Holder an opportunity to include in the IPO Registration Statement all or any part of the Registrable Shares then held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in the IPO Registration Statement all or part of the Registrable Shares held by such Holder shall, within twenty (20) days after mailing or delivery of the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing, and in such notice shall inform the Company of the number of Registrable Shares such Holder wishes to include in the IPO Registration Statement. Any election by any Holder to include any Registrable Shares in the IPO Registration Statement will not affect the inclusion of such Registrable Shares in the Shelf Registration Statement until such Registrable Shares have been sold under the IPO Registration Statement. Furthermore, in the event the IPO Registration Statement is not declared effective within one hundred twenty (120) days following the initial filing of the IPO Registration Statement, unless a road show for the Underwritten Offering pursuant to the IPO Registration Statement is actually in progress at such time, the Company shall promptly provide a new written notice to all Holders giving them another opportunity to elect to include Registrable Shares in the pending IPO Registration Statement. Each Holder receiving such notice shall have the same election rights afforded such Holder as described in this clause (b).

(i) Right to Terminate IPO Registration . The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw the IPO Registration Statement initiated by it and referred to in this Section 2(b) prior to or after the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Shares in such registration; provided, however , the Company must provide each Holder that elected to include any Registrable Shares in such IPO Registration Statement prompt written notice following such termination or withdrawal.

(ii) Selection of Underwriter . The Company shall have the sole right to select the managing underwriter(s) and any other underwriter(s) for its initial public offering, regardless of whether any Registrable Shares are included in the IPO Registration Statement or otherwise.

(iii) Shelf Registration not Impacted by IPO Registration Statement. The Company’s obligation to file the Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof shall not be affected by the filing or effectiveness of the IPO Registration Statement. In addition, the Company’s obligation to file and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to become and keep effective the Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof shall not be affected by the filing or effectiveness of an IPO Registration Statement; provided, however , if the Company files an IPO Registration Statement before the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall have the right to defer causing the Commission to declare such Shelf Registration Statement effective until up to 60 days after the closing date of its initial public offering pursuant to the IPO Registration Statement.

(c) Issuer Free Writing Prospectus . In the case of an Underwritten Offering, the Company represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the managing underwriter in connection with any Underwritten Offering of Registrable Shares, and each Holder represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Company and any such underwriter, it will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 (an “ Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ”), or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405, required to be filed with the Commission. The Company represents that any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus used or approved by the Company in connection with any offer relating to the Shares will not include any information that conflicts with the information contained in any Registration Statement or the related Prospectus, and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, when taken together with the information

 

5


in such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(d) Underwriting . The Company shall advise all Holders of the lead managing underwriter for the Underwritten Offering proposed under the IPO Registration Statement. The right of any such Holder to include any of its Registrable Shares in the IPO Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Shares in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Shares through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting and complete and execute any questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, custody agreements, securities escrow agreements and other documents, including opinions of counsel, reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting, and furnish to the Company such information as the Company may reasonably request in writing for inclusion in the Registration Statement; provided , however , that no Holder shall be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holder and such Holder’s intended method of distribution and any other representation required by law or reasonably requested by the underwriters. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the managing underwriter(s) determine(s) in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be included, then the managing underwriter(s) may exclude shares (including Registrable Shares) from the IPO Registration Statement and Underwritten Offering, and any shares included in such IPO Registration Statement and Underwritten Offering shall be allocated first , (subject to the last proviso of this paragraph) to the Company, and second , to each of the Holders requesting inclusion of their Registrable Shares in such IPO Registration Statement (on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Shares then held by each such Holder who is requesting inclusion); provided , however , that the number of Registrable Shares to be included in the IPO Registration Statement shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company held by (i) officers, directors, other employees of the Company and consultants and (ii) other holders of the Company’s capital stock with registration rights that are inferior (with respect to such reduction) to the registration rights of the Holders set forth herein, are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration; provided , further , however , that Holders of Registrable Shares shall be permitted to include Registrable Shares comprising at least 25% of the total securities included in the Underwritten Offering proposed under the IPO Registration Statement.

By electing to include the Registrable Shares in the IPO Registration Statement, the Holder of such Registrable Shares shall be deemed to have agreed not to effect any public sale or distribution of securities of the Company of the same or similar class or classes of the securities included in the IPO Registration Statement or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, including a sale pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 144A under the Securities Act, during such periods as reasonably requested (but in no event for a period longer than thirty (30) days prior to and one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement) by the representatives of the underwriters, if an Underwritten Offering, or by the Company in any other registration; provided, however , that if (1) during the last 17 days of such restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or (2) prior to the expiration of such restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of such restricted period, then, in each case, the restrictions imposed by the representatives of the underwriters may continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or event, unless the representatives of the underwriters waive, in writing, such an extension.

If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the managing underwriter(s), delivered at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement. Any Registrable Shares excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration.

(e) Expenses . The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the registration of the Registrable Shares pursuant to this Agreement. Each Holder participating in a registration pursuant to this Section 2 shall bear such Holder’s proportionate share (based on the total number of Registrable Shares sold in such registration) of all discounts and commissions payable to underwriters or brokers and all transfer taxes and transfer fees in connection with a registration of Registrable Shares pursuant to this Agreement.

 

6


(f) Penalty Provisions . If the Company does not file a Shelf Registration Statement registering the resale of the Registrable Shares in accordance with Section 2(a) hereof within ninety (90) days after the date of this Agreement, other than as a result of the Commission being unable to accept such filing (a “Registration Default ”), then (i) the Company agrees not to authorize, award or pay, and each Specified Executive Officer shall lose and forfeit his right to (or his opportunity to earn) 50% of such Specified Executive Officer’s bonus for his service, performance or employment for the year 2013 (whether in cash, equity or other compensation and whether such bonus is paid in during 2013 or thereafter) and, (ii) for each additional 30-day period following the Registration Default for which the Registration Default shall have not been cured, the Company agrees not to authorize, award or pay, and each Specified Executive Officer shall lose and forfeit his right to (or his opportunity to earn) an additional 10% of such bonus, such that each Specified Executive Officer will lose and forfeit his entire 2013 bonus if the Registration Default continues for five full consecutive 30-day periods following date initial date of default. The Company agrees to abide by the provisions of this Section 2(f) in good faith and shall not take any action to circumvent the purpose and spirit hereof, including but not limited to, renaming a Specified Executive Officer’s 2013 bonus as something else, or creating, awarding or granting a new or difference bonus or other form of compensation to replace or compensate for all or any portion of a Specified Executive Officer’s 2013 bonus which has been forfeited in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2(f).

(g) JOBS ACT Submissions . For purposes of this Agreement, if the Company elects to confidentially submit a draft of the Shelf Registration Statement with the Commission pursuant to the JOBS Act, the date on which the Company makes such confidential submission will be deemed the initial filing date of such Shelf Registration Statement.

3. Special Election Meeting.

(a) If a Shelf Registration Statement registering the resale of the Registrable Shares has not been declared effective by the Commission, or the Registrable Shares have not been listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market prior to 270 days after the date of this Agreement (the “ Trigger Date ”), then a special meeting of stockholders (the “ Special Election Meeting ”) shall be called not less than five days after the Trigger Date in accordance with the Bylaws of the Company. The Special Election Meeting shall occur as soon as possible following the Trigger Date but in no event more than forty-five (45) days after the Trigger Date.

(b) Purposes of Meeting . The Special Election Meeting shall be called solely for the purposes of: (i) considering and voting upon proposals to remove each then-serving director of the Company; and (ii) electing such number of directors as there are then vacancies on the Board of Directors of the Company (including any vacancies created by the removal of any director pursuant to this Section 3. The removal of any director pursuant to this Section 3 shall be effective immediately upon the receipt of the final report of the Inspector of Elections for the Special Election Meeting of the result of the vote on the proposal to remove such director.

(c) Nominations . Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors of the Company at the Special Election Meeting may only be made (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) upon receipt by the Company of written notice of one or more Holders entitled to cast, or direct the casting of, not less than 5% of all the votes entitled to be cast at the Special Election Meeting and containing the information specified by Section 3(d) hereof and the Bylaws of the Company. Each individual whose nomination is made in accordance with this Section 3(c) is hereinafter referred to as a “Nominee.”

(d) Procedure for Stockholder Nominations . For nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before the Special Election Meeting by Holders pursuant to Section 3(c) hereof, the Holders must have given notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Company not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 15th day after the delivery of the notice of the Special Election Meeting in accordance with the Company’s Bylaws. Such notice shall include each such proposed Nominee’s written consent to serve as a director, if elected, and shall specify:

(i) as to each proposed Nominee, the name, age, business address and residence address of such proposed Nominee and all other information relating to such proposed Nominee that would be

 

7


required, pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act (or any successor provision), to be disclosed in a contested solicitation of proxies with respect to the election of such individual as a director; and

(ii) as to each Holder giving the notice, the class, series and number of all shares of beneficial interest of the Company that are owned by such Holder, beneficially or of record.

(e) Notice . Not less than fifteen (15) nor more than twenty-five (25) days before the Special Election Meeting, the Secretary of the Company shall give to each stockholder entitled to vote at, or to receive notice of, such meeting at such stockholder’s address as it appears in the share transfer records of the Company, notice in writing setting forth (i) the time and place of the Special Election Meeting, (ii) the purposes for which the Special Election Meeting has been called and (iii) the name of each Nominee.

4. Rules 144 and 144A Reporting

With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may at any time permit the sale of the Registrable Shares to the public without registration, the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep current public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration statement under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required to be filed by the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements);

(c) so long as a Holder owns any Registrable Shares, if the Company is not required to file reports and other documents under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, it will make available other information as required by, and so long as necessary to permit sales of Registrable Shares pursuant to, Rule 144 or Rule 144A, and in any event shall make available (either by mailing a copy thereof, by posting on the Company’s website, or by press release) to each Holder a copy of:

(i) the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements (including at least balance sheets, statements of profit and loss, statements of stockholders’ equity and statements of cash flows) prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, accompanied by an audit report of the Company’s independent accountants, no later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (or if such 90th day is not a Business Day, the immediately following Business Day); and

(ii) the Company’s unaudited quarterly financial statements (including at least balance sheets, statements of profit and loss, statements of stockholders’ equity and statements of cash flows) prepared in a manner consistent with the preparation of the Company’s annual financial statements, no later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of the Company (or if such 45th day is not a Business Day, the immediately following Business Day);

(d) the Company shall hold, a reasonable time after the availability of such financial statements and upon reasonable notice to the Holders and FBR (either by mail, by posting on the Company’s website, or by press release), a quarterly investor conference call to discuss such financial statements, which call will also include an opportunity for the Holders to ask questions of management with regard to such financial statements, and will also cooperate with, and make management reasonably available to, FBR personnel in connection with making Company information available to investors; and

(e) so long as a Holder owns any Registrable Shares, to furnish to the Holder promptly upon request (i) a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject

 

8


to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and (iii) such other reports and documents of the Company, and take such further actions, as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such Registrable Shares without registration.

5. Registration Procedures

In connection with the obligations of the Company with respect to any registration pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect or cause to be effected the registration of the Registrable Shares under the Securities Act to permit the sale of such Registrable Shares by the Holder or Holders in accordance with the Holder’s or Holders’ intended method or methods of distribution, and the Company shall:

(a) notify FBR and Selling Holders’ Counsel, in writing, at least ten (10) Business Days prior to filing a Registration Statement, of its intention to file a Registration Statement with the Commission and, at least five (5) Business Days prior to filing, provide a copy of the Registration Statement to FBR and Selling Holders’ Counsel for review and comment; prepare and file with the Commission, as specified in this Agreement, the Registration Statement(s), which Registration Statement(s) shall (x) comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the Commission to be filed therewith and (y) be reasonably acceptable to FBR and Selling Holders’ Counsel; notify FBR and Selling Holders’ Counsel in writing, at least five (5) Business Days prior to filing of any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement and, at least three (3) Business Days prior to filing, provide a copy of such amendment or supplement to FBR and Selling Holders’ Counsel for review and comment; promptly following receipt from the Commission, provide to FBR and Selling Holders’ Counsel copies of any comments made by the staff of the Commission relating to such Registration Statement and of the Company’s responses thereto for review and comment; and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective as soon as practicable after filing and to remain effective, subject to Section 6 hereof, until the earliest of (i) such time as all Registrable Shares covered thereby have been sold in accordance with the intended distribution of such Registrable Shares, (ii) there are no Registrable Shares outstanding or (iii) the first anniversary of the effective date of such Registration Statement (subject to extension as provided in Section 6(c) hereof and the condition that the Registrable Shares have been transferred to an unrestricted CUSIP, are listed or included on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market, pursuant to Section 5(n) of this Agreement, or on an alternative trading system with the Registrable Shares qualified under the applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of all fifty (50) states), and can be sold under Rule 144 without limitation as to volume, manner of sale or current public information thereunder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to cause the IPO Registration Statement to remain effective for any period longer than ninety (90) days following the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement (subject to extension as provided in Section 6(c) hereof) provided , further , that if the Company has an effective Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-1 (or other form then available to the Company) under the Securities Act and becomes eligible to use Form S-3 or such other short-form registration statement form under the Securities Act, the Company may file a post-effective amendment on Form S-3 to such registration statement on Form S-1, so long as there is no lapse in effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement;

(b) subject to Section 5(i) hereof, (i) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to each such Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the period described in Section 5(a) hereof; (ii) cause each Prospectus contained therein to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 or any similar rule that may be adopted under the Securities Act; and (iii) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by each Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the selling Holders thereof;

(c) furnish to the Holders, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Holder may reasonably request, in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Shares; the Company consents, subject to Section 6 hereof, to the use of such Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, by the Holders, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Shares covered by any such Prospectus;

 

9


(d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify, or obtain exemption from registration or qualification for, all Registrable Shares by the time the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as FBR or any Holder of Registrable Shares covered by a Registration Statement shall reasonably request in writing, keep each such registration or qualification or exemption effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept effective pursuant to Section 5(a) and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Holder to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable Shares owned by such Holder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction or to register as a broker or dealer in such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 5(d) and except as may be required by the Securities Act, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (iii) submit to the general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(e) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement to be registered and approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the Holders thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Shares; provided, however , that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction or to register as a broker or dealer in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 5(e) and except as may be required by the Securities Act, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction, or (iii) submit to the general service of process in any jurisdiction (except service of process with respect to the offering and sale of Registrable Securities);

(f) notify FBR and each Holder promptly and, if requested by FBR or any Holder, confirm such advice in writing (1) when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments and supplements thereto become effective, (2) of the issuance by the Commission or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any Proceeding for that purpose, (3) of any request by the Commission or any other federal, state or foreign governmental authority for (A) amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or related Prospectus or (B) additional information and (4) of the happening of any event during the period a Registration Statement is effective as a result of which such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated by reference therein contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (which information shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the requisite changes have been made) and (5) at the request of any such Holder, promptly to furnish to such Holder a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such Prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchaser of such securities, such Prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(g) use its commercially reasonable efforts to avoid the issuance of, or if issued, to obtain the withdrawal of, any order enjoining or suspending the use or effectiveness of a Registration Statement or suspending the qualification of (or exemption from qualification of) any of the Registrable Shares for sale in any jurisdiction, as promptly as practicable;

(h) upon request, furnish to each requesting Holder of Registrable Shares covered by a Registration Statement, without charge, one conformed copy of such Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment or supplement thereto (without documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested);

(i) except as provided in Section 6 hereof, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 5(f)(4) hereof, use its commercially reasonable efforts to promptly prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Shares, such Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(j) if requested by the representative of the underwriters, if any, or any Holders of Registrable Shares being sold in connection with such offering, (i) promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective

 

10


amendment such information as the representative of the underwriters, if any, or such Holders indicate relates to them or that they reasonably request be included therein and (ii) make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company has received notification of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(k) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, use its commercially reasonable efforts to furnish to the underwriters a signed counterpart, addressed to the underwriters, of: (i) an opinion of counsel for the Company, dated the date of each closing under the underwriting agreement, reasonably satisfactory to the underwriters; and (ii) a “comfort” letter, dated the effective date of such Registration Statement and the date of each closing under the underwriting agreement, signed by the independent public accountants who have certified the Company’s financial statements included in such Registration Statement, covering substantially the same matters with respect to such Registration Statement (and the Prospectus included therein) and with respect to events subsequent to the date of such financial statements, as are customarily covered in accountants’ letters delivered to underwriters in underwritten public offerings of securities and such other financial matters as the underwriters may reasonably request;

(l) enter into customary agreements (including in the case of an Underwritten Offering, an underwriting agreement in customary form and reasonably satisfactory to the Company) and take all other reasonable action in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the distribution of the Registrable Shares included in such Registration Statement and, in the case of an Underwritten Offering, make representations and warranties to the Holders covered by such Registration Statement and to the underwriters in such form and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings and confirm the same to the extent customary if and when requested;

(m) make available for inspection by Selling Holders’ Counsel and the representative of any underwriters participating in any disposition pursuant to a Registration Statement and any special counsel or accountants retained by such underwriters, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the Company to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representatives, the representative of the underwriters, counsel thereto or accountants in connection with a Registration Statement; provided, however, that such records, documents or information that the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential and notifies such representatives, representative of the underwriters, counsel thereto or accountants are confidential shall not be disclosed by such representatives, representative of the underwriters, counsel thereto or accountants unless (i) the disclosure of such records, documents or information is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in a Registration Statement or Prospectus, (ii) the release of such records, documents or information is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, or (iii) such records, documents or information have been generally made available to the public; provided, further , that Selling Holders’ Counsel and any underwriters will use commercially reasonable efforts, to the extent practicable, to coordinate the foregoing inspection and information gathering and not materially disrupt the Company’s business operations;

(n) use its commercially reasonable efforts (including, without limitation, seeking to cure any deficiencies cited by the exchange or market in the Company’s listing or inclusion application) to list or include all Registrable Shares on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market;

(o) prepare and file in a timely manner all documents and reports required by the Exchange Act and, to the extent the Company’s obligation to file such reports pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act expires prior to the expiration of the effectiveness period of the Registration Statement as required by Section 5(a) hereof, the Company shall register the Registrable Shares under the Exchange Act and shall maintain such registration through the effectiveness period required by Section 5(a) hereof;

(p) provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Shares, not later than the effective date of the Registration Statement;

(q) (i) otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and (ii) make generally available to its stockholders, as soon as reasonably practicable, earnings statements covering at least twelve (12) months beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement that satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 (or any similar rule

 

11


promulgated under the Securities Act) thereunder, but in no event later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company;

(r) provide and cause to be maintained a registrar and transfer agent for all Registrable Shares covered by any Registration Statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

(s) in connection with any sale or transfer of the Registrable Shares (whether or not pursuant to a Registration Statement) that will result in the securities being delivered no longer being Registrable Shares, cooperate with the Holders and the representative of the underwriters, if any, to facilitate (unless any Registrable Shares shall be in book-entry only form) the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Registrable Shares to be sold, which certificates shall not bear any restrictive transfer legends (other than as required by the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended from time to time) and to enable such Registrable Shares to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the representative of the underwriters, if any, or the Holders may request at least three (3) Business Days prior to any sale of the Registrable Shares;

(t) in connection with the initial filing of a Shelf Registration Statement and each amendment thereto with the Commission pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof, cooperate with FBR in connection with the filing with FINRA of all forms and information required or requested by FINRA in order to obtain written confirmation from FINRA that FINRA does not object to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements (or any deemed underwriting terms and arrangements) (each such written confirmation, a “ No Objections Letter ”) relating to the resale of Registrable Shares pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, including, without limitation, information provided to FINRA through its Public Offering System, and pay all costs, fees and expenses incident to FINRA’s review of the Shelf Registration Statement and the related underwriting terms and arrangements, including, without limitation, all filing fees associated with any filings or submissions to FINRA and the legal expenses, filing fees and other disbursements of FBR and any other FINRA member that is the Holder of, or is affiliated or associated with an owner of, Registrable Shares included in the Shelf Registration Statement (including in connection with any initial or subsequent member filing);

(u) in connection with the initial filing of a Shelf Registration Statement and each amendment thereto with the Commission pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof, provide to FBR and its representatives, the opportunity to conduct due diligence, including, without limitation, an inquiry of the Company’s financial and other records, and make available members of its management for questions regarding information which FBR may request in order to fulfill any due diligence obligation on its part;

(v) upon effectiveness of the first Registration Statement filed under this Agreement, take such actions and make such filings as are necessary to effect the registration of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act simultaneously with or immediately following the effectiveness of the Registration Statement; and

(w) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, use its commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter and its counsel (including any “qualified independent underwriter,” if applicable) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA.

The Company may require the Holders to furnish (and each Holder shall furnish) to the Company such information regarding the proposed distribution by such Holder of such Registrable Shares as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing or as shall be required to effect the registration of the Registrable Shares, and no Holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling stockholder in any Registration Statement and no Holder shall be entitled to use the Prospectus forming a part thereof if such Holder does not provide such information to the Company. Any Holder that sells Registrable Shares pursuant to a Registration Statement or as a selling security holder pursuant to an Underwritten Offering shall be required to be named as a selling shareholder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers. Each Holder further agrees to furnish promptly to the Company in writing all information required from time to time to make the information previously furnished by such Holder not misleading.

Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 5(f)(3) or 5(f)(4) hereof, such Holder will immediately discontinue disposition of

 

12


Registrable Shares pursuant to a Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus. If so directed by the Company, such Holder will deliver to the Company (at the expense of the Company) all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Shares current at the time of receipt of such notice.

6. Black-Out Period

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 6 and a good faith determination by a majority of the independent members of the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”) that it is in the best interests of the Company to suspend the use of the Registration Statement, following the effectiveness of a Registration Statement (and the filings with any international, federal or state securities commissions), the Company, by written notice to FBR and the Holders, may direct the Holders to suspend sales of the Registrable Shares pursuant to a Registration Statement for such times as the Company reasonably may determine is necessary and advisable (but in no event for more than an aggregate of ninety (90) days in any rolling twelve (12) month period commencing on the Closing Date or more than sixty (60) days in any rolling ninety (90) day period), if any of the following events shall occur: (i) the representative of the underwriters of an Underwritten Offering of primary shares by the Company has advised the Company that the sale of Registrable Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s primary Underwritten Offering; (ii) the majority of the independent members of the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith that (A) the offer or sale of any Registrable Shares would materially impede, delay or interfere with any proposed financing, offer or sale of securities, acquisition, corporate reorganization or other significant transaction involving the Company, (B) after the advice of counsel, the sale of Registrable Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement would require disclosure of non-public material information not otherwise required to be disclosed under applicable law, and (C) (x) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving the confidentiality of such transaction, (y) disclosure would have a material adverse effect on the Company or the Company’s ability to consummate such transaction, or (z) the proposed transaction renders the Company unable to comply with Commission requirements, in each case under circumstances that would make it impractical or inadvisable to cause the Registration Statement (or such filings) to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the Registration Statement on a post-effective basis, as applicable; or (iii) the majority of the independent members of the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith, after the advice of counsel, that it is required by law, rule or regulation or that it is in the best interests of the Company to supplement the Registration Statement or file a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement in order to incorporate information into the Registration Statement for the purpose of (1) including in the Registration Statement any prospectus required under Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act; (2) reflecting in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement any facts or events arising after the effective date of the Registration Statement (or of the most recent post-effective amendment) that, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth therein; or (3) including in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information. Upon the occurrence of any such suspension, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Registration Statement to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the Registration Statement on a post-effective basis or to take such action as is necessary to make resumed use of the Registration Statement compatible with the Company’s best interests, as applicable, so as to permit the Holders to resume sales of the Registrable Shares as soon as possible.

(b) In the case of an event that causes the Company to suspend the use of a Registration Statement (a “ Suspension Event ”), the Company shall give written notice (a “ Suspension Notice ”) to FBR and the Holders to suspend sales of the Registrable Shares and such notice shall state generally the basis for the notice and that such suspension shall continue only for so long as the Suspension Event or its effect is continuing and the Company is using its commercially reasonable efforts and taking all reasonable steps to terminate suspension of the use of the Registration Statement as promptly as possible. The Holders shall not effect any sales of the Registrable Shares pursuant to such Registration Statement (or such filings) at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice (as defined below). If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the expense of the Company) all copies other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession of the Prospectus covering the Registrable Shares at the time of receipt of the Suspension Notice. The Holders may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement (or such filings) following further notice to such effect (an “ End of Suspension Notice ”) from the Company, which End

 

13


of Suspension Notice shall be given by the Company to the Holders and FBR in the manner described above promptly following the conclusion of any Suspension Event and its effect.

(c) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if the Company shall give a Suspension Notice pursuant to this Section 6, the Company agrees that it shall extend the period of time during which the applicable Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from the date of receipt by the Holders of the Suspension Notice to and including the date of receipt by the Holders of the End of Suspension Notice and copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume sales.

7. Indemnification and Contribution

(a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder of Registrable Shares and any underwriter (as determined in the Securities Act) for such Holder (including, if applicable, FBR), (ii) each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act) any such Person described in clause (i) (any of the Persons referred to in this clause (ii) being hereinafter referred to as a “ Controlling Person ”), and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, members, employees, representatives and agents of any such Person or any Controlling Person (any Person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above may hereinafter be referred to as a “ Purchaser Indemnitee ”), to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, judgments, actions, out-of-pocket expenses, and other liabilities (the “ Liabilities ”), including without limitation and as incurred, reimbursement of all reasonable costs of investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any claim or action, or any investigation or Proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to any Purchaser Indemnitee, joint or several, directly or indirectly related to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or any preliminary Prospectus or any other document used to sell the Shares, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except insofar as such Liabilities arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Purchaser Indemnitee furnished to the Company, or any underwriter in writing by such Purchaser Indemnitee expressly for use therein. The Company shall notify the Holders promptly of the institution, threat or assertion of any claim, Proceeding (including any governmental investigation), or litigation of which it shall have become aware in connection with the matters addressed by this Agreement which involves the Company or a Purchaser Indemnitee. The indemnity provided for herein shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Purchaser Indemnitee.

(b) In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder of Registrable Shares is participating, and as a condition to such participation, such Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each Person who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act and their respective officers, directors, partners, members, employees, representatives and agents of such Person or Controlling Person to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to each Purchaser Indemnitee, but only with reference to untrue statements or omissions or alleged untrue statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in strict conformity with information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company in writing by such Holder expressly for use in such Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any preliminary Prospectus. Absent gross negligence or willful misconduct, the liability of any Holder pursuant to this paragraph shall in no event exceed the net proceeds received by such Holder from sales of Registrable Shares pursuant to such Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any preliminary Prospectus .

(c) If any suit, action, Proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) above, such Person (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) in writing of the commencement thereof (but the failure to so

 

14


notify an Indemnifying Party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 7, except to the extent the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by the failure to give notice), and the Indemnifying Party, upon request of the Indemnified Party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party to represent the Indemnified Party and any others the Indemnifying Party may reasonably designate in such Proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses actually incurred by such counsel related to such Proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any such Proceeding, any Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party, unless (i) the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed in writing to the contrary, (ii) the Indemnifying Party failed within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action to assume the defense and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, (iii) the Indemnifying Party and its counsel do not actively pursue the defense of such action or (iv) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties) include both such Indemnified Party and Indemnifying Party, or any Affiliate of the Indemnifying Party, and such Indemnified Party shall have been reasonably advised by counsel that, either (x) there may be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the Indemnifying Party or such Affiliate of the Indemnifying Party or (y) a conflict may exist between such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party or such Affiliate of the Indemnifying Party (in which case the Indemnifying Party shall not have the right to assume nor direct the defense of such action on behalf of such Indemnified Party; it being understood, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not, in connection with any one such action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for all such Indemnified Parties, which firm shall be designated in writing by those Indemnified Parties who sold a majority of the Registrable Shares sold by all such Indemnified Parties and any such separate firm for the Company, the directors, the officers and such control Persons of the Company as shall be designated in writing by the Company). The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any Proceeding effected without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, but if settled with such consent or if there is a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Party agrees to indemnify any Indemnified Party from and against any Liability for which such Indemnified Party would be liable under paragraph (a) or (b), as applicable, of this Section 7 by reason of such settlement or judgment. No Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened Proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such Proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 7 is for any reason held to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party in respect of any Liabilities referred to therein (other than by reason of the exceptions provided therein) or is insufficient to hold harmless a party indemnified thereunder, then each Indemnifying Party under such paragraphs, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits of the Indemnified Party on the one hand and the Indemnifying Party(ies) on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such Liabilities, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party(ies) and the Indemnified Party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and any Purchaser Indemnitees on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by such Purchaser Indemnitees and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if such Indemnified Parties were treated as one entity for such purpose), or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 7(d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of any Liabilities referred to in Section 7(d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any reasonable legal or other expenses actually incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, in no event shall a Purchaser Indemnitee be required to contribute any

 

15


amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such Purchaser Indemnitee from sales of Registrable Shares exceeds the amount of any damages that such Purchaser Indemnitee has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. For purposes of this Section 7, each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act) FBR or a Holder of Registrable Shares shall have the same rights to contribution as FBR or such Holder, as the case may be, and each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act) the Company, and each officer, director, partner, employee, representative, agent or manager of the Company shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. Any party entitled to contribution will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action, suit or Proceeding against such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made against another party or parties, notify each party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission to so notify such party or parties shall not relieve the party or parties from whom contribution may be sought from any obligation it or they may have under this Section 7 or otherwise, except to the extent that any party is materially prejudiced by the failure to give notice. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(f) The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section 7 will be in addition to any liability which the Indemnifying Parties may otherwise have to the Indemnified Parties referred to above. The Purchaser Indemnitee’s obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the respective number of Registrable Shares sold by each of the Purchaser Indemnitees hereunder and not joint.

8. Market Stand-off Agreement

Each Holder hereby agrees that it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company or an underwriter of securities of the Company, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell (including without limitation any short sale), grant any option or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Shares or other shares of Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Common Stock of the Company then owned by such Holder (other than to donees or partners of the Holder who agree to be similarly bound) (i) in the case of the Company and each of its officers, directors, managers and employees, in each case to the extent such person or entity holds shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Common Stock, for a period beginning on the effective date of, and continuing for up to one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of, the IPO Registration Statement of the Company; (ii) in the case of all other Holders who include Registrable Shares in the IPO Registration Statement, beginning on the effective date of, and continuing for one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement of the Company, and (iii) in the case of all other Holders who do not include Registrable Shares in the IPO Registration Statement, for a period of sixty (60) days following the effective date of an IPO Registration Statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided , however , if (1) during the last 17 days of the applicable restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or (2) prior to the expiration of the applicable restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the applicable restricted period, then, in each case, the restrictions imposed by this Agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or event, unless the managing underwriter in an Underwritten Offering waives, in writing, such an extension; provided, further, however , that:

(a) the restrictions above shall not apply to Registrable Shares sold pursuant to the IPO Registration Statement;

(b) all executive officers and directors of the Company then holding shares of Common Stock of the Company or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Common Stock of the Company enter into agreements that are no less restrictive;

(c) the Holders shall be allowed any concession or proportionate release allowed to any officer or director that entered into agreements that are no less restrictive (with such proportion being determined by dividing the number of shares being released with respect to such officer or director by the total number of issued and outstanding shares held by such officer or director); provided , that nothing in this Section 8(c) shall be construed as a right to

 

16


proportionate release for the executive officers and directors of the Company upon the expiration of the sixty (60) day period applicable to all Holders other than the executive officers and directors of the Company; and

(d) this Section 8 shall not be applicable if a Shelf Registration Statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act has been declared effective prior to the filing of an IPO Registration Statement.

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the securities subject to this Section 8 and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Shares and such other securities of each Holder (and the securities of every other Person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

9. Termination of the Company’s Obligation

The Company shall have no obligation pursuant to this Agreement with respect to any Registrable Shares proposed to be sold by a Holder in a registration pursuant to this Agreement if, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, all such Registrable Shares proposed to be sold by a Holder (i) are freely saleable pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor or analogous rule) without any restriction as to volume, manner of sale or current public information thereunder, and (ii) are listed or included on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market.

10. Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Holders beneficially owning not less than a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Shares ( provided, however , that for purposes of this Section 10, Registrable Shares that are owned, directly or indirectly, by an Affiliate of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding), enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include such securities in any Registration Statement filed pursuant to the terms hereof, unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of its securities will not reduce the amount of Registrable Shares of the Holders that is included, or (b) to have its securities registered on a registration statement that could be declared effective prior to, or within one hundred eighty (180) days of, the effective date of any registration statement filed pursuant to this Agreement.

11. Miscellaneous

(a) Remedies . In the event of a breach by the Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement, each Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided herein or, in the case of FBR, in the Purchase/Placement Agreement, or granted by law, including the rights granted in Section 2(f) hereof and recovery of damages, will be entitled to seek specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. Subject to Section 7, the Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of any of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby further agrees that, in the event of any action for specific performance in respect of such breach, it shall waive the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

(b) Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, without the written consent of the Company and Holders beneficially owning not less than a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Shares; provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 11(b), Registrable Shares that are owned, directly or indirectly, by an Affiliate of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding ; provided, further, however, that (i) Sections 2(a), 2(f) and 3 may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents thereto or departures therefrom may not be given, without the written consent of the Company and Holders beneficially owning not less than 67% of the then outstanding Registrable Shares and (ii) any amendments, modifications or supplements to, or any waivers or consents to departures from, the provisions of Section 8 hereof that would have the effect of extending the sixty (60) or one hundred eighty (180) day periods referenced therein shall be approved by, and shall only be applicable to, those Holders who provide written consent to such extension. Except as provided for in clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, no amendment shall be deemed effective unless it applies uniformly to all Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to or departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of a Holder whose

 

17


securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect, impair, limit or compromise the rights of other Holders may be given by such Holder; provided that the provisions of this sentence may not be amended, modified or supplemented except in accordance with the provisions of the first and second sentences of this paragraph.

(c) Notices . All notices and other communications, provided for or permitted hereunder, shall be made in writing and delivered by facsimile (with receipt confirmed), overnight courier or registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by telegram:

(i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by the transfer agent and registrar of the Shares to the Company; and

(ii) if to the Company, at the offices of the Company at National General Holdings Corp., 59 Maiden Lane, 38th Floor, New York, New York 10038, Attention: General Counsel (facsimile: (212) 380-9498); and

(iii) if to FBR, at the offices of FBR at 1001 Nineteenth Street North, Arlington, Virginia 22209, Attention: General Counsel (facsimile 703-469-1140).

(d) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment or assumption, subsequent Holders. The Company agrees that the Holders shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder by FBR and the Company, and each Holder shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights hereunder; provided, however , that such Holder fulfills all of its obligations hereunder.

(e) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(f) Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(g) Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE COURT IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK IN RESPECT OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, AND IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY EFFECTIVELY DO SO UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

(h) Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties hereto that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

 

18


(i) Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Purchase/Placement Agreement, is intended by the parties hereto as a final expression of their agreement, and is intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein.

(j) Registrable Shares Held by the Company or its Affiliates . Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Shares is required hereunder, Registrable Shares held by the Company or its Affiliates shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

(k) Adjustment for Stock Splits, etc. Wherever in this Agreement there is a reference to a specific number of shares, then upon the occurrence of any subdivision, combination, or stock dividend of such shares, the specific number of shares so referenced in this Agreement shall automatically be proportionally adjusted to reflect the effect on the outstanding shares of such class or series of stock by such subdivision, combination, or stock dividend.

(l) Survival . This Agreement is intended to survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase/Placement Agreement. The indemnification and contribution obligations under Section 7 of this Agreement shall survive the termination of the Company’s obligations under Section 2 of this Agreement.

[Signature page follows]

 

19


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

NATIONAL GENERAL HOLDINGS CORP.
By:  

/s/ Michael Weiner

  Name:   Michael Weiner
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
FBR CAPITAL MARKETS & CO.
By:  

/s/ Paul Dell’Isola

  Name:   Paul Dell’Isola
  Title:   Senior Managing Director

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

20

Exhibit 10.1

 

 

 

 

LOGO

CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of

February 20, 2013

among

AMERICAN CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORPORATION

The Lenders Party Hereto

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

as Administrative Agent

KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Syndication Agent

and

FIRST NIAGARA BANK, N.A.

as Documentation Agent

 

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC and KEYBANC CAPITAL MARKETS INC.

as Joint Bookrunners and Joint Lead Arrangers

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I Definitions

     1  

SECTION 1.01 Defined Terms

     1  

SECTION 1.02 Classification of Loans and Borrowings

     26  

SECTION 1.03 Terms Generally

     26  

SECTION 1.04 Accounting Terms; GAAP; SAP

     27  

SECTION 1.05 Status of Obligations

     27  

ARTICLE II The Credits

     27  

SECTION 2.01 Commitments

     27  

SECTION 2.02 Loans and Borrowings

     28  

SECTION 2.03 Requests for Revolving Borrowings

     28  

SECTION 2.04 Intentionally Omitted

     29  

SECTION 2.05 Intentionally Omitted

     29  

SECTION 2.06 Letters of Credit

     29  

SECTION 2.07 Funding of Borrowings

     32  

SECTION 2.08 Interest Elections

     33  

SECTION 2.09 Termination and Reduction of Commitments

     34  

SECTION 2.10 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt

     34  

SECTION 2.11 Prepayment of Loans

     35  

SECTION 2.12 Fees

     36  

SECTION 2.13 Interest

     36  

SECTION 2.14 Alternate Rate of Interest

     37  

SECTION 2.15 Increased Costs

     37  

SECTION 2.16 Break Funding Payments

     39  

SECTION 2.17 Taxes

     39  

SECTION 2.18 Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs

     42  

SECTION 2.19 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders

     44  

SECTION 2.20 Defaulting Lenders

     45  

ARTICLE III Representations and Warranties

     46  

SECTION 3.01 Organization; Powers

     46  

SECTION 3.02 Authorization; Enforceability

     46  

SECTION 3.03 Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts

     46  

SECTION 3.04 Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change

     47  

SECTION 3.05 Properties

     47  

SECTION 3.06 Litigation and Environmental Matters

     47  

SECTION 3.07 Compliance with Laws and Agreements

     48  

SECTION 3.08 Investment Company Status

     48  

SECTION 3.09 Taxes

     48  

SECTION 3.10 ERISA

     48  

SECTION 3.11 Disclosure; Deferred Acquisition Payments

     48  

SECTION 3.12 Federal Regulations

     49  

SECTION 3.13 General Insurance

     49  

SECTION 3.14 Seniority

     49  

SECTION 3.15 Corporate Structure; Subsidiaries

     49  

SECTION 3.16 Insurance Licenses

     50  

SECTION 3.17 Insurance Business

     50  

SECTION 3.18 Use of Proceeds

     50  

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

SECTION 3.19 Embargoed Persons

     50  

SECTION 3.20 PATRIOT Act

     51  

SECTION 3.21 Rights in Pledged Equity; Priority of Liens

     51  

ARTICLE IV Conditions

     51  

SECTION 4.01 Effective Date

     51  

SECTION 4.02 Each Credit Event

     53  

ARTICLE V Affirmative Covenants

     53  

SECTION 5.01 Financial Statements; Ratings Change and Other Information

     53  

SECTION 5.02 Notices of Material Events

     55  

SECTION 5.03 Existence; Conduct of Business

     56  

SECTION 5.04 Obligations and Taxes

     56  

SECTION 5.05 Insurance

     57  

SECTION 5.06 Books and Records; Inspection Rights

     57  

SECTION 5.07 Compliance with Laws

     57  

SECTION 5.08 Use of Proceeds

     57  

SECTION 5.09 Further Assurances

     57  

SECTION 5.10 Financial Strength Ratings

     57  

SECTION 5.11 Covenant to Give Security

     58  

ARTICLE VI Negative Covenants

     59  

SECTION 6.01 Indebtedness

     59  

SECTION 6.02 Liens

     61  

SECTION 6.03 Fundamental Changes

     62  

SECTION 6.04 Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions

     62  

SECTION 6.05 Dispositions

     64  

SECTION 6.06 Swap Agreements

     65  

SECTION 6.07 Restricted Payments

     65  

SECTION 6.08 Transactions with Affiliates

     66  

SECTION 6.09 Restrictive Agreements

     66  

SECTION 6.10 Nature of Business

     67  

SECTION 6.11 Accounting Changes; Fiscal Year

     67  

SECTION 6.12 Use of Proceeds

     67  

SECTION 6.13 Prepayments, Etc. of Other Indebtedness; and Modifications of Certain Other Agreements

     67  

SECTION 6.14 Financial Covenants

     68  

SECTION 6.15 Limitation on Creation of Subsidiaries

     69  

SECTION 6.16 Limitation on Creation of Immaterial Subsidiaries

     69  

ARTICLE VII Events of Default

     69  

ARTICLE VIII The Administrative Agent

     72  

ARTICLE IX Miscellaneous

     74  

SECTION 9.01 Notices

     74  

SECTION 9.02 Waivers; Amendments

     75  

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

SECTION 9.03 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver

     76  

SECTION 9.04 Successors and Assigns

     78  

SECTION 9.05 Survival

     81  

SECTION 9.06 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness

     81  

SECTION 9.07 Severability

     81  

SECTION 9.08 Right of Setoff

     81  

SECTION 9.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

     82  

SECTION 9.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     82  

SECTION 9.11 Headings

     82  

SECTION 9.12 Confidentiality

     83  

SECTION 9.13 USA PATRIOT Act

     83  

SECTION 9.14 Interest Rate Limitation

     83  

SECTION 9.15 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility

     83  

SECTION 9.16 Appointment for Perfection

     84  

SECTION 9.17 Termination of Commitments under Existing Credit Agreement

     84  

 

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

SCHEDULES :

Schedule 1.01 – Permitted Tax Incentive Financing Transactions

Schedule 2.01 – Commitments

Schedule 3.11 – Acquisition Agreements with respect to Deferred Acquisition Payments

Schedule 3.15 – Subsidiaries

Schedule 6.01 – Existing Indebtedness

Schedule 6.02 – Existing Liens

Schedule 6.04 – Existing Investments

Schedule 6.08 – Transactions with Affiliates

Schedule 6.09 – Restrictions

EXHIBITS :

Exhibit A – Form of Assignment and Assumption

Exhibit B – Form of Opinion of Borrower’s Counsel

Exhibit C – List of Closing Documents

Exhibit D-1 – Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Not Partnerships)

Exhibit D-2 – Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Partnerships)

Exhibit D-3 – Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (Non-U.S. Participants That Are Not Partnerships)

Exhibit D-4 – Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (Non-U.S. Participants That Are Partnerships)

Exhibit E – Form of Pledge Agreement

 

iv


CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of February 20, 2013 among AMERICAN CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORPORATION, the LENDERS from time to time party hereto, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent, KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Syndication Agent and FIRST NIAGARA BANK, N.A., as Documentation Agent.

The parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01 Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

ABR ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to a Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

ACAI ” means American Capital Acquisition Investments, Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company, and a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

ACAI Preferred Stock ” means the Series A Preference Shares of ACAI, the terms of which are set forth in the Bylaws of ACAI, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

ACP Re Note ” means, collectively, the certain promissory notes pursuant to which the Borrower owes ACP Re Ltd. the aggregate outstanding principal amount of $18,700,000 as of the Effective Date.

Acquisition Consideration ” shall mean the purchase consideration for any Permitted Acquisition and all other payments by the Borrower or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary in exchange for, or as part of, or in connection with, any Permitted Acquisition, whether paid in cash or by exchange of Equity Interests or of properties or otherwise and whether payable at or prior to the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or deferred for payment at any future time, whether or not any such future payment is subject to the occurrence of any contingency, and includes any and all payments representing the purchase price and any assumptions of Indebtedness, “earn-outs” and other agreements to make any payment the amount of which is, or the terms of payment of which are, in any respect subject to or contingent upon the revenues, income, cash flow or profits (or the like) of any person or business; provided that any such future payment that is subject to a contingency shall be considered Acquisition Consideration only to the extent of the reserve (if any) required under GAAP to be established in respect thereof by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

Acquisition Documents ” means, with respect to any Permitted Acquisition, any acquisition agreement or purchase agreement entered into by the Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of such Permitted Acquisition and any other related agreements and instruments executed and delivered by the Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries in connection therewith.

Adjusted LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate.

 

1


Administrative Agent ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder.

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Affected Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Foreign Subsidiary to the extent a pledge of the Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary would cause a Deemed Dividend Problem.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

Aggregate Commitment ” means the aggregate of the Commitments of all of the Lenders, as reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof. As of the Effective Date, the Aggregate Commitment is $90,000,000.

Alternate Base Rate ” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus  1 / 2 of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any day shall be based on the rate appearing on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or on any successor or substitute page of such page) at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such day. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively.

A.M. Best Company ” means A.M. Best Company, Inc., and any successor thereto.

America’s Health ” means America’s Health Care/Rx Plan Agency, Inc., a Delaware limited liability company and a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

Amounts Available for Dividends ” means (a) as of the end of the first, second and third fiscal quarters of any fiscal year of the Borrower, the maximum cash dividends available to the Borrower from its Regulated Insurance Companies on such date (without prior approval from any Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority), calculated based on the dividends available for the then most recently ended Test Period but not to exceed the maximum cash dividends allowed by regulators without prior regulatory approval on any such date of determination, and (b) as of the end of the last fiscal quarter of any fiscal year of the Borrower, the maximum cash dividends available to the Borrower from its Regulated Insurance Companies as of the first day of the immediately succeeding fiscal year of the Borrower (without prior approval from any Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority).

AmTrust Financial ” means AmTrust Financial Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

AmTrust International ” means Amtrust International Insurance, Ltd., a corporation organized under the laws of Bermuda.

Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority ” means, when used with respect to any Regulated Insurance Company, (a) the insurance department or similar Governmental Authority located in the state or jurisdiction (domestic or foreign) in which such Regulated Insurance Company is domiciled

 

2


or (ii) to the extent asserting regulatory jurisdiction over such Regulated Insurance Company, the insurance department, authority or agency in each state or jurisdiction (domestic or foreign) in which such Regulated Insurance Company is licensed, and shall include any federal or national insurance regulatory department, authority or agency that may be created and that asserts insurance regulatory jurisdiction over such Regulated Insurance Company.

Applicable Percentage ” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the Aggregate Commitment represented by such Lender’s Commitment; provided that, in the case of Section 2.20 when a Defaulting Lender shall exist, “Applicable Percentage” shall mean the percentage of the Aggregate Commitment (disregarding any Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) represented by such Lender’s Commitment. If the Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments and to any Lender’s status as a Defaulting Lender at the time of determination.

Applicable Pledge Percentage ” means 100% but 65% in the case of a pledge by the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary of its Equity Interests in an Affected Foreign Subsidiary.

Applicable Rate ” means, for any day, with respect to any Eurodollar Revolving Loan or any ABR Revolving Loan or with respect to the commitment fees payable hereunder, as the case may be, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption “Eurodollar Spread”, “ABR Spread” or “Commitment Fee Rate”, as the case may be, based upon the Consolidated Leverage Ratio applicable on such date:

 

     Consolidated
Leverage Ratio:
   Eurodollar
Spread
    ABR
Spread
    Commitment
Fee Rate
 

Category 1 :

   < 0.07 to 1.00      2.00     1.00     0.25

Category 2 :

   >  0.07 to 1.00 but

< 0.14 to 1.00

     2.25     1.25     0.30

Category 3 :

   > 0.14 to 1.00      2.50     1.50     0.35

For purposes of the foregoing,

(i) if at any time the Borrower fails to deliver the Financials on or before the date the Financials are due pursuant to Section 5.01, Category 3 shall be deemed applicable for the period commencing three (3) Business Days after the required date of delivery and ending on the date which is three (3) Business Days after the Financials are actually delivered, after which the Category shall be determined in accordance with the table above as applicable;

(ii) adjustments, if any, to the Category then in effect shall be effective three (3) Business Days after the Administrative Agent has received the applicable Financials (it being understood and agreed that each change in Category shall apply during the period commencing on the effective date of such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change); and

(iii) notwithstanding the foregoing, Category 2 shall be deemed to be applicable until the Administrative Agent’s receipt of the applicable Financials for the Borrower’s first fiscal

 

3


quarter ending after the Effective Date (unless such Financials demonstrate that Category 3 should have been applicable during such period, in which case such other Category shall be deemed to be applicable during such period) and adjustments to the Category then in effect shall thereafter be effected in accordance with the preceding paragraphs.

Approved Fund ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04.

Asset Sale ” means any Disposition or series of related Dispositions to any Person (other than the Borrower and its Subsidiaries); provided , however , that an Asset Sale shall not include the following: (a) any Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 6.05(a) or Section 6.05(b) (excluding any such sales by operations or divisions discontinued or to be discontinued); (b) any sale or other disposition of cash and Eligible Investments; provided , that, in the case of Eligible Investments, (x) investments in such Eligible Investments were permitted by Section 6.04(b) and (y) such sale or disposition is made solely for and in connection with the Borrower’s investment portfolio and in accordance with the Investment Policy of the Borrower; and (c) any sale by the Borrower of its own Equity Interests. For avoidance of doubt, but without limiting the definition of Asset Sale in any manner, any of the following shall be deemed to be an “Asset Sale”: (i) any Disposition of any Equity Interest of any Subsidiary; (ii) any Disposition of any assets constituting a business, business unit or division of, or all or substantially all of the business or property of any Person; and (iii) any Disposition of any Equity Interest of any Person (other than any Subsidiary) so long as such Equity Interests were not owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries solely for investment purposes for the Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s investment portfolio in accordance with the Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s Investment Policy, as applicable.

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption agreement entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.04), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of the Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Commitments.

Available Revolving Commitment ” means, at any time with respect to any Lender, the Commitment of such Lender then in effect minus the Revolving Credit Exposure of such Lender at such time.

Banking Services ” means each and any of the following bank services provided to the Borrower or any Subsidiary by any Lender or any of its Affiliates: (a) credit cards for commercial customers (including, without limitation, commercial credit cards and purchasing cards), (b) stored value cards and (c) treasury management services (including, without limitation, controlled disbursement, automated clearinghouse transactions, return items, overdrafts and interstate depository network services).

Banking Services Agreement ” means any agreement entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with Banking Services.

Banking Services Obligations ” means any and all obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor) in connection with Banking Services.

 

4


Bankruptcy Event ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment, provided that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof, provided, further, that such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Person (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person.

Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

Board of Directors ” means, with respect to any Person, (i) in the case of any corporation, the board of directors of such Person, (ii) in the case of any limited liability company, the board of managers of such Person, (iii) in the case of any partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of such Person and (iv) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing.

Borrower ” means American Capital Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

Borrower Preferred Stock ” means the Preferred Stock of the Borrower, $0.01 par value per share, the terms of which are set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Borrower, filed with the State of Delaware Secretary of State on November 24, 2009, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Borrowing ” means Revolving Loans of the same Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

Borrowing Request ” means a request by the Borrower for a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “ Business Day ” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in Dollars in the London interbank market.

Capital Lease Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP (excluding all obligations under operating leases required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to be classified or accounted for as capital leases), and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

Captive Insurance Subsidiary ” means each of Distributors Insurance Company PCC, Professional Services Captive Corporation IC, AIBD Insurance Company IC and any other Subsidiary that is regulated by the captive bureau (or its equivalent) of an Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority.

 

5


Cash Loss Reserve Portion ” means, with respect to the Acquisition Consideration paid in respect of any Person acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition, the portion of such Acquisition Consideration equal to the Equalization Reserves of such Person. As used herein, “ Equalization Reserves ” means the catastrophe reserves (in excess of otherwise required reserves) maintained by an insurance company to prevent cash flow depletion in the event of a significant unanticipated catastrophic event.

Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(a) one or more of the Permitted Holders (collectively) cease to own and control, or to have the power to vote or direct the voting of, Voting Stock of the Borrower representing more than 65% of the voting power of the total outstanding Voting Stock of the Borrower; or

(b) one or more of the Permitted Holders (collectively) cease to own and control Equity Interests representing more than 65% of the total economic interests of the Equity Interests of the Borrower; or

(c) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that for purposes of this clause such person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of Voting Stock of the Borrower representing more than 25% of the voting power of the total outstanding Voting Stock of the Borrower; or

(d) any Person who is trustee of the GRAT as of the Effective Date ceases to be a trustee of the GRAT at any time after the Effective Date other than pursuant to the terms of the GRAT’s Trust Agreement.

Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement (or with respect to any Lender, if later, the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender), of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority, or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rules, guideline, requirement or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided however , that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives thereunder, issued in connection therewith or in implementation thereof, and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law” regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or implemented.

Class ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure

 

6


hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced or terminated from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04. The initial amount of each Lender’s Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01 , or in the Assignment and Assumption or other documentation contemplated hereby pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as applicable.

Connection Income Taxes ” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes.

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, at any date of determination, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the ratio of (a) the sum of (i) the Amounts Available for Dividends on such date ended plus (ii) without duplication, the aggregate amount of all after-tax management fees paid to the Borrower or GMAC Insurance Management Corporation (so long as GMAC Insurance Management Corporation is a direct Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower) by any of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates during the Test Period then ended to (b) the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of all regularly scheduled principal payments on all Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the next succeeding four fiscal quarters of the Borrower (it being understood and agreed that the scheduled payment of all amounts owing under this Agreement on the Maturity Date shall not be deemed a regularly scheduled principal payment for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio), plus (ii) the Consolidated Interest Expense for the Test Period then ended, plus (iii) an amount equal to 33.3% of the total Revolving Credit Exposures as of the last day of the Test Period then ended plus (iv) all Consolidated Shareholder Distributions permitted under Section 6.07 and made during the Test Period then ended. Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be further calculated in accordance with Section 6.14(g).

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, for any period, the total consolidated interest expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. Consolidated Interest Expense shall be further calculated in accordance with Section 6.14(g).

Consolidated Leverage Ratio ” means, at any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt to (b) Consolidated Total Capitalization.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the net income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period as such amount would be shown on the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for such period prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Worth ” means, as of any date of determination, the Net Worth of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP after appropriate deduction for any minority interests in Subsidiaries.

Consolidated Shareholder Distributions ” means all payments, dividends or distributions (a) made by the Borrower to any holder of the Equity Interests of the Borrower and (b) made by any Subsidiary to any holder (other than the Borrower and any Subsidiary) of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary.

Consolidated Surplus ” means, at any date of determination, “surplus as regards to policyholders” (calculated in accordance with SAP) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis.

 

7


Consolidated Total Capitalization ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (i) the principal amount of all outstanding Consolidated Total Debt and (ii) Consolidated Net Worth at such time.

Consolidated Total Debt ” means, at any date of determination, all Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, less the sum of the following: (i) the aggregate principal amount outstanding in respect of the Borrower’s and the Regulated Insurance Companies’ obligations to repurchase securities pursuant to Repurchase Agreements and (ii) the aggregate amount of the Repurchase Liability of the Borrower and the Regulated Insurance Companies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit shall not be included in the determination of Consolidated Total Debt to the extent any such letter of credit is undrawn at the date of determination and (ii) FHLB Loans shall not be included in the determination of Consolidated Total Debt to the extent the proceeds of such FHLB Loans are used to finance the purchase by the Borrower or any Regulated Insurance Company of bonds or similar debt instruments with maturities equal to the maturity of any such FHLB Loans.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

Controlled Affiliate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.20.

Controlled Charitable Foundations ” means, with respect to any individual, charitable foundations that are controlled by such individual.

Controlled Entities ” means, with respect to any Family Trust, the corporations, limited liability companies, trusts, partnerships or other similar entities that are assets of such Family Trust and are controlled by such Family Trust.

Credit Event ” means a Borrowing, the issuance of a Letter of Credit, an LC Disbursement or any of the foregoing.

Credit Party ” means the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any other Lender.

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States, any state thereof or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Deemed Dividend Problem ” means, with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary, such Foreign Subsidiary’s accumulated and undistributed earnings and profits being deemed to be repatriated to the Borrower or the applicable parent Domestic Subsidiary under Section 956 of the Code and the effect of such repatriation causing materially adverse tax consequences to the Borrower or such parent Domestic Subsidiary, in each case as determined by the Borrower in its commercially reasonable judgment acting in good faith and in consultation with its legal and tax advisors.

Default ” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

 

8


Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed, within two Business Days of the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Loans, (ii) fund any portion of its participations in Letters of Credit or (iii) pay over to any Credit Party any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Borrower or any Credit Party in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public statement indicates that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to funding a Loan under this Agreement cannot be satisfied) or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three Business Days after request by a Credit Party, acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an authorized officer of such Lender that it will comply with its obligations (and is financially able to meet such obligations) to fund prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit under this Agreement, provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon such Credit Party’s receipt of such certification in form and substance satisfactory to it and the Administrative Agent, or (d) has become the subject of a Bankruptcy Event.

Deferred Acquisition Payment ” means any payment in respect of any obligation of the Borrower or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, whether fixed or contingent, including obligations in respect of deferred purchase price, earn-outs or other contingent payments (whether based on revenue or otherwise), arising under any Acquisition Document entered into after the Effective Date in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, which payment is payable to the seller or sellers thereof following the closing of such Permitted Acquisition.

Disposition ” means a sale, lease or sub-lease (as lessor or sublessor), sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition to any Person, in one transaction or a series of transactions, of all or any part of the Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ businesses, assets or properties of any kind, whether real, personal, or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, notes and accounts receivable and the Equity Interests of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries.

Documentation Agent ” means First Niagara Bank, N.A. in its capacity as a documentation agent for the credit facility evidenced by this Agreement.

Dollars ” or “ $ ” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

Effective Date ” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02).

Eligible Investments ” means (a) Permitted Investments, (b) investments in debt and/or equity securities, (c) investments in loan portfolios, (d) investments in derivatives and other financial instruments and (e) Repurchase Agreements.

Embargoed Person ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.19.

 

9


Environmental Laws ” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters.

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equity Interests ” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any such equity interest.

Equity Issuance Proceeds ” means any cash received by the Borrower after the Effective Date from any contributions made to the Equity Interests of the Borrower.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

ERISA Event ” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30 day notice period is waived); (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (e) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.

Eurodollar ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, means that such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

Event of Default ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.

 

10


Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to any payment made by the Borrower under any Loan Document, any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient:

(a) income or franchise Taxes imposed on (or measured by) net income, in each case, (i) imposed by the United States of America or any state or political subdivision thereof, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) any branch profits Taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar Taxes imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, (c) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.19(b)), any U.S. Federal withholding Taxes resulting from any law in effect on the date such Non-U.S. Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office) or is attributable to such Non U.S. Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.17(f), except to the extent that such Non-U.S. Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding Taxes pursuant to Section 2.17(a) and (d) any U.S. Federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

Executive Order ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.19.

Existing Credit Agreement ” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of August 18, 2011, by and between the Borrower and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as lender, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof.

Extended Letter of Credit ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.06(c).

Family Member ” means, with respect to any individual, any other individual having a relationship by blood (to the second degree of consanguinity), marriage, or adoption to such individual.

Family Trusts ” means, with respect to any individual, trusts or other estate planning vehicles established for the benefit of such individual or Family Members of such individual and in respect of which such individual or a Family Member of such individual serves as trustee or in a similar capacity and has sole control.

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof.

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

FHLB ” means one or more of the Federal Home Loan Banks regulated by the Federal Housing Finance Agency.

 

11


FHLB Loan ” means any loan or advance made by the FHLB to the Borrower or any Regulated Insurance Company.

Financial Officer ” of any Person means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of such Person.

Financials ” means the annual or quarterly financial statements, and accompanying certificates and other documents, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or 5.01(b).

First Tier Foreign Subsidiary ” means each Foreign Subsidiary with respect to which any one or more of the Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries directly owns or controls more than 50% of such Foreign Subsidiary’s issued and outstanding Equity Interests.

Foreign Assets Control Regulations ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.19.

Foreign Pension Plan ” means any plan, fund (including any superannuation fund) or other similar program established or maintained outside the United States by the Borrower or any one or more of its Subsidiaries primarily for the benefit of employees of the Borrower or such Subsidiaries residing outside the United States, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income, a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement or payments to be made upon termination of employment, and which plan is not subject to ERISA or the Code.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower which is organized under the laws of any jurisdiction outside of the United States.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

GMAC Acquisition Agreement ” means the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 16, 2009, by and among the Borrower, the GMAC Sellers, and GMAC Inc., a Delaware Corporation, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof.

GMAC Seller Obligations ” means all unsecured obligations, liabilities and indebtedness of the Borrower to the GMAC Sellers under the GMAC Acquisition Agreement.

GMAC Sellers ” means, collectively, (i) Motors Insurance Corporation, a Michigan property and casualty company and (ii) GMAC Insurance Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

GRAT ” means the Michael Karfunkel 2005 GRAT, a trust formed under the laws of the State of New York pursuant to an Agreement dated June 28, 2005, between Michael Karfunkel, as grantor, and Michael Karfunkel and Leah Karfunkel, as initial Trustees (as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the

 

12


provisions thereof, the “ Trust Agreement ”), and any Family Trust into which the property of the GRAT may pass pursuant to the Trust Agreement. As of the Effective Date, Leah Karfunkel is the sole trustee.

Guarantee ” of or by any Person (the “ guarantor ”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided , that the term Guarantee shall not include (i) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or (ii) Insurance Products. The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “ Guarantee ” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Hazardous Materials ” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Historical Statutory Statements ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.04(b).

Immaterial Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary.

Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind; (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments; (c) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid or accrued; (d) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person; (e) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding current accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business on normal trade terms and not overdue by more than 90 days); (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, but limited to the fair market value of such property; (g) all Capital Lease Obligations and synthetic lease obligations of such Person; (h) all Swap Obligations of such Person; (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor in respect of letters of credit, letters of guaranty, bankers’ acceptances and similar credit transactions; (j) the redemption price of all redeemable preferred stock of such Person (but not accrued dividends on any preferred stock), but only to the extent that such stock is redeemable at the option of the holder or requires sinking fund or similar payments at any time prior to the Maturity Date; and (k) all Guarantees by such Person in respect of Indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (a) through (j) above; provided , that the term Indebtedness shall not include any amounts arising under, or owed with respect to, Insurance Products. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any

 

13


partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by the Borrower under any Loan Document and (b) Other Taxes.

Indemnitee ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.03(b).

Insurance Business ” means one or more aspects of the business of issuing or underwriting insurance or reinsurance and other businesses reasonably related thereto.

Insurance Licenses ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.16.

Insurance Model Act ” means the Risk-Based Capital for Insurers Model Act as promulgated by the NAIC, as amended from time to time.

Insurance Products ” means any product provided by an insurer or service contract provider in its insurance or warranty business whereby such insurer or service contract provider undertakes to pay or indemnify another as to loss from certain specified contingencies or perils called “risks” or to pay or grant a specified amount or determinable benefit in connection with ascertainable risk contingencies or to act as a surety, including, without limitation, reinsurance agreements, reinsurance treaties, reinsurance pools, property and casualty insurance products, accident and health insurance products, life insurance products, surety bonds, specialty risk insurance programs, warranty programs, insurance loss portfolio transfers and any other insurance or reinsurance product related to the acceptance of risk or commitment to pay or indemnify another for specific types of losses.

Interest Election Request ” means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.08.

Interest Payment Date ” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date and (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period and the Maturity Date.

Interest Period ” means with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect; provided , that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing only, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Borrowing that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and, in the case of a Revolving Borrowing, thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

 

14


Investment Policy ” means, with respect to any Person, the investment policy of such Person as in effect from time to time, which investment policy (i) has been approved by such Person’s Board of Directors and (ii) sets forth the types of investments that such Person may make, which investments shall be in compliance with all Requirements of Law, including applicable requirements of the Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority.

Investments ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04.

IPO ” means, with respect to any Person, the first underwritten public offering by such Person of its Equity Interests after the Effective Date pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective by the SEC.

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Issuing Bank ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.06(i). The Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of the Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate so long as such Affiliate expressly agrees to perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as the Issuing Bank.

LC Collateral Account ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.06(j).

LC Disbursement ” means a payment made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

LC Exposure ” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time.

LC Sublimit ” means $10,000,000.

Lenders ” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person that shall have become a Lender hereunder pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption.

Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement.

LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate appearing on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or on any successor or substitute page on such screen) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for Dollar deposits in the London interbank market with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the event that such rate does not appear on such page (or on any such successor or substitute page), the “LIBO Rate” shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying interest rates for Dollar deposits in the London interbank market as may be selected by the Administrative Agent or, in the absence of such availability, by reference to the rate at which Dollar deposits of $5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the

 

15


London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the Pledge Agreements, any promissory notes issued pursuant to Section 2.10(e) of this Agreement, any Letter of Credit applications and all other agreements, instruments, documents and certificates identified in Section 4.01 executed and delivered to, or in favor of, the Administrative Agent or any Lenders and including all other pledges, powers of attorney, consents, assignments, contracts, notices, letter of credit agreements and all other written matter whether heretofore, now or hereafter executed by or on behalf of the Borrower, or any employee of the Borrower, and delivered to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Any reference in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to a Loan Document shall include all appendices, exhibits or schedules thereto, and all amendments, restatements, supplements or other modifications thereto, and shall refer to this Agreement or such Loan Document as the same may be in effect at any and all times such reference becomes operative.

Loans ” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (b) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any and all other Loan Documents or the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders thereunder.

Material Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit) of any one or more of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding the Threshold Amount. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of any Swap Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Swap Agreement were terminated at such time.

Maturity Date ” means February 20, 2016.

Material Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, (i) a Subsidiary that has a Subsidiary Net Worth equal to or greater than $7,500,000 or (ii) a Subsidiary designated by the Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent as a Material Subsidiary.

Michael Karfunkel ” means Michael Karfunkel, an individual.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

16


NAIC ” means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners and any successor thereto.

National Health Insurance Company ” means National Health Insurance Company, a Texas corporation and a Subsidiary of the Borrower.

Net Worth ” means, as to any Person, the sum of its capital stock (including its preferred stock), capital in excess of par or stated value of shares of its capital stock (including its preferred stock), retained earnings and any other account which, in accordance with GAAP, constitutes stockholders equity, but excluding the effects of Financial Accounting Statement No. 115.

Non-U.S. Lender ” means a Lender that is not a U.S. Person.

Obligations ” means (a) all obligations of the Borrower from time to time arising under or in respect of the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, and (ii) all other monetary obligations, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) the due and punctual performance of all covenants, agreements, obligations and liabilities of the Borrower under or pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (c) all Swap Obligations and Banking Services Obligations owing to one or more Lenders or their respective Affiliates.

OFAC ” means Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.

Organizational Documents ” means, with respect to any Person, (i) in the case of any corporation, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or similar documents) of such Person, (ii) in the case of any limited liability company, the certificate of formation and operating agreement (or similar documents) of such Person, (iii) in the case of any limited partnership, the certificate of formation and limited partnership agreement (or similar documents) of such Person, (iv) in the case of any general partnership, the partnership agreement (or similar document) of such Person and (v) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing.

Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Taxes (other than a connection arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, enforced, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, or engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, or enforced, any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan Document).

Other Taxes ” means any present or future stamp, court, documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar excise or property Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, or from the registration, receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment under Section 2.19(b)).

 

17


Parent ” means, with respect to any Lender, any Person as to which such Lender is, directly or indirectly, a subsidiary.

Participant ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04.

Participant Register ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(c).

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

Permitted Acquisition ” means any acquisition, whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, by the Borrower or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of (i) all or substantially all of the property of any Person, or (ii) any line of business, business unit or division of any Person or (iii) the Equity Interests of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary, if each of the following conditions is met:

(i) in the case of the acquisition of Equity Interests of such Person, upon the consummation thereof, all of such Equity Interests acquired or otherwise issued by such Person or any newly-formed Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower in connection with such acquisition shall be wholly owned directly by the Borrower or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries;

(ii) in the case of the acquisition of (x) all or substantially all of the property of any Person or (y) any line of business, business unit or division of any Person, in each case, upon the consummation thereof, such property, business, business unit or division, as the case may be, shall be wholly owned directly by the Borrower or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries;

(iii) no Default then exists or would result therefrom;

(iv) after giving effect to such acquisition on a Pro Forma Basis, the Borrower shall be in compliance with (A) Sections 6.14(a) as of the date of the consummation of such acquisition, (B) Section 6.14(b) as of the date of the consummation of such acquisition, (C) Section 6.14(c) as of the end of the Test Period most recently ended, (D) Section 6.14(d) as of the date of the consummation of such acquisition and (E) Section 6.14(e) as of the end of the fiscal year of the Borrower most recently ended (in each case, to the extent applicable, as determined in accordance with Section 6.14(g));

(v) neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, in connection with any such transaction, assume or remain liable with respect to any Indebtedness or other liability (including any material tax or ERISA liability) of the related seller or the business, Person or properties acquired, except (A) to the extent permitted under Section 6.01 and (B) obligations not constituting Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business and necessary or desirable to the continued operation of the underlying properties, and any other such liabilities or obligations not permitted to be assumed or otherwise supported by the Borrower or any other Subsidiary hereunder shall be paid in full or released as to the business, Persons or properties being so acquired on or before the consummation of such acquisition;

(vi) the Person or business to be acquired shall be, or shall be engaged in, a business of the type that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are permitted to be engaged in under Section 6.10, the property acquired in connection with any such transaction shall be free and clear of any Liens, other than Permitted Encumbrances and the property to be acquired is to be used in

 

18


a business of the type that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are permitted to be engaged in under Section 6.10;

(vii) the Board of Directors of the Person to be acquired shall not have indicated publicly its opposition to the consummation of such acquisition (which opposition has not been publicly withdrawn);

(viii) if such acquisition is an acquisition of the Equity Interest of a Person (or any newly-created or acquired Wholly Owned Subsidiary), the Borrower shall have executed and delivered, or caused to be executed and delivered, to the Administrative Agent such documents and instruments, and shall have taken (or cause to be taken) such actions as, required pursuant to, and complied with the requirements set forth in, Section 5.11 (subject to the time periods provided in Section 5.11);

(ix) all transactions in connection therewith shall be consummated in accordance with all applicable Requirements of Law;

(x) the Borrower shall have provided the Administrative Agent with financial statements of the Person or business to be acquired and all such other information, data, documents and agreements (including any acquisition agreement or purchase agreements) relating to such transaction as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent; and

(xi) at least 10 Business Days prior to the proposed date of consummation of the transaction, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower certifying that (A) such transaction complies with this definition (which shall have attached thereto reasonably detailed backup data and calculations showing such compliance), and (B) such transaction could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Permitted Encumbrances ” means:

(a) Liens for Taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

(b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person;

(c) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA;

(d) Liens given in lieu of surety, stay or appeal bonds or deposits required by law or any governmental regulations, court order or judgment as a condition to the transaction of business or the exercise of any right, privilege or license;

(e) Liens securing judgments not constituting an Event of Default under clause (k) of Article VII;

 

19


(f) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

(g) Liens granted in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices on invested assets pursuant to trust, withheld balances or other security arrangements in connection with (i) reinsurance policies entered into in the ordinary course of business or (ii) regulatory requirements;

(h) Liens granted or arising in the ordinary course of business under or in connection with Insurance Products; and

(i) Liens created by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business over deposits or investments pursuant to statutory or regulatory requirements of any Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority as a condition to obtaining or maintaining any licenses issued by it or to satisfy regulatory capital or other financial responsibility requirements.

provided that the term “Permitted Encumbrances” shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness.

Permitted Holders ” means, collectively, (a) the GRAT, (b) Michael Karfunkel, and his Permitted Related Persons, (c) Leah Karfunkel, and her Permitted Related Persons and (d) AmTrust Financial or one or more of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(b) investments in commercial paper maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, the highest credit rating obtainable from S&P or from Moody’s;

(c) investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof which has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000;

(d) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than thirty (30) days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (c) above;

(e) money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, (ii) are rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody’s and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $5,000,000,000; and

(f) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an

 

20


investment grade rating from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof.

Permitted Related Persons ” means, with respect to any individual, (a) the Family Members of such individual, (b) the Family Trusts of such individual and the Controlled Entities of such Family Trusts and (c) the Controlled Charitable Foundations of such individual.

Permitted Tax Incentive Financing Transactions ” means the transactions described on Schedule 1.01 .

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Pledge Agreements ” means that certain Pledge Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit E (including any and all supplements thereto) and executed by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries party thereto, and, in the case of any pledge of Equity Interests of a Foreign Subsidiary, any other pledge agreements, share mortgages, charges and comparable instruments and documents from time to time executed pursuant to the terms of Section 5.11 in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Pledged Equity ” means all pledged Equity Interests in or upon which a security interest or Lien is from time to time granted to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, under the Pledge Agreements.

Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.

Pro Forma Basis ” means on a basis in accordance with GAAP and Regulation S-X and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Prohibited Person ” means any Person (a) listed in the Annex to the Executive Order or identified pursuant to Section 1 of the Executive Order; (b) that is owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person listed in the Annex to the Executive Order or identified pursuant to the provisions of Section 1 of the Executive Order; (c) with whom a Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any terrorism or anti-laundering law, including the Executive Order; (d) who commits, threatens, conspires to commit, or support “terrorism” as defined in the Executive Order; (e) who is named as a “Specially designated national or blocked person” on the most current list published by the OFAC at its official website, at http://www.treas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/sdn/t11sdn.pdf or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list; or (f) who is owned or controlled by a Person listed above in clause (c) or (e).

 

21


Purchase Money Obligation ” means, for any Person, the obligations of such Person in respect of Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price of any fixed or capital assets or the cost of installation, construction or improvement of any such assets and any refinancing thereof; provided , however , that (i) such Indebtedness is incurred within one year after such acquisition, installation, construction or improvement of such assets by such person and (ii) the amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed 100% of the cost of such acquisition, installation, construction or improvement, as the case may be.

Recipient ” means, as applicable, (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any Lender and (c) the Issuing Bank.

Register ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04.

Regulated Insurance Company ” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is an authorized or admitted insurance carrier that transacts Insurance Business in any jurisdiction (foreign or domestic) and is regulated by any Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority, but excluding each Captive Insurance Subsidiary.

Regulation S-X ” means Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

Reliant ” means Reliant Financial Group, LLC, an Oregon limited liability company and a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

Reliant Deferred Acquisition Payment ” means the deferred acquisition payment owed by GMAC Insurance Management Company to the former owner of Reliant, in the amount of $700,000.

Reliant Indebtedness ” means all Indebtedness of Reliant to Access Plans, Inc. (“ Access ”) in respect of the deferred portion of the purchase price paid by Reliant to Access in connection with the acquisition by Reliant from Access of 100% of the Equity Interests of America’s Health.

Repurchase Agreement ” means a repurchase agreement entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary from time to time pursuant to which the Borrower or such Subsidiary shall have sold securities to a third party and has agreed to repurchase such security at a specified time in the future; provided , that such repurchase agreement shall have been entered into by the Borrower or such Subsidiary solely in connection with the Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s investment portfolio and in accordance with the Investment Policy of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable.

Repurchase Liability ” means, at any date of determination, the aggregate liability of the Borrower and each Subsidiary to purchase securities in the market that are identical to those securities it borrowed and sold pursuant to Repurchase Transactions (it being understood that such liability shall be measured based on the then market value of such security).

Repurchase Transaction ” means a repurchase transaction in which the Borrower or a Subsidiary borrows a security and delivers it to a purchaser and at a later date, the Borrower or such Subsidiary purchases the identical security in the market to replace the borrowed security; provided , that such transaction shall have been entered into by the Borrower or such Subsidiary solely in connection

 

22


with the Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s investment portfolio and in accordance with the Investment Policy of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable.

Required Lenders ” means, subject to Section 2.20(b), at any time, Lenders having Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments at such time.

Requirements of Law ” means, collectively, any and all requirements of any Governmental Authority including any and all laws, judgments, orders, decrees, ordinances, rules, regulations, statutes or case law.

Responsible Officer ” of any Person means any executive officer or Financial Officer of such person and any other officer or similar official thereof with responsibility for the administration of the obligations of such Person in respect of this Agreement.

Restricted Payment ” means (a) any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interest or other equity interest of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interest or other equity interest, or on account of any return of capital to any of such Person’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent of any thereof), or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interest or other equity interests, (b) any payment on or in respect of the Borrower Preferred Stock, (c) any payment on or in respect of the ACAI Preferred Stock and (d) any Deferred Acquisition Payments.

Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans and its LC Exposure at such time.

Revolving Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.01.

Rule 144A Offering ” means, with respect to any Person, an offering of such Person’s Equity Interests pursuant to Rule 144A promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business.

SAP ” means, with respect to any Regulated Insurance Company, the statutory accounting principles and accounting procedures and practices prescribed or permitted by the Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority of the state or jurisdiction in which such Regulated Insurance Company is domiciled; it being understood and agreed that determinations in accordance with SAP for purposes of Section 6.14, including defined terms as used therein, are subject (to the extent provided therein) to Section 1.04.

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Parties ” means the holders of the Obligations from time to time and shall include (i) each Lender and the Issuing Bank in respect of its Loans and LC Exposure respectively, (ii) the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders in respect of all other present and future obligations and liabilities of the Borrower and each Subsidiary of every type and description arising under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (iii) each Lender and affiliate of such

 

23


Lender in respect of Swap Agreements and Banking Services Agreements entered into with such Person by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, (iv) each indemnified party under Section 9.03 in respect of the obligations and liabilities of the Borrower to such Person hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and (v) their respective successors and (in the case of a Lender, permitted) transferees and assigns.

Specified Life Settlement Subsidiaries ” means, collectively, (a) Tiger Capital, LLC and AMT Capital Alpha, LLC, each a Subsidiary of ACAI and (b) each direct or indirect Wholly Owned Subsidiary of ACAI, GMACI Re Limited or GMACI Holdings BM established after the Effective Date for the purpose of engaging in the life settlement business and any businesses substantially related thereto or incidental thereto.

Statutory Reserve Rate ” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D of the Board. Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D of the Board or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

Statutory Statements ” means, with respect to any Regulated Insurance Company for any fiscal year, the annual or quarterly financial statements of such Regulated Insurance Company as required to be filed with the Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority of its jurisdiction of domicile and in accordance with the laws of such jurisdiction, together with all exhibits, schedules, certificates and actuarial opinions required to be filed or delivered therewith.

Strategic Investment ” means (i) Investments by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in less than 50% of the Equity Interests of a Person and (ii) loans or advances by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to a Person, in the case of each of (i) and (ii), that is engaged in a business of the type in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are permitted to engage under Section 6.10 and with which the Borrower or such Subsidiary has an arms’-length written agreement for the provision by such Person of services, goods or other assets useful in the Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s business.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary the payment of which is subordinated to payment of the obligations under the Loan Documents.

subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, Controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary of the Borrower.

 

24


Subsidiary Net Worth ” means with respect to any Subsidiary, at any time, an amount equal to (without duplication) (i) the aggregate book value of the total assets of such Subsidiary (excluding all intangible assets) minus (ii) the total liabilities of such Subsidiary (including, but not limited to, estimated taxes on asset appreciation and any reserves or offsets against assets), all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Substantial Portion ” means, with respect to the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, assets which (a) represent more than 10% of the consolidated assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as reflected in the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011, or (b) are responsible for generating more than 10% of the consolidated net revenues or of the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as reflected in the financial statements referred to in clause (a) above.

Swap Agreement ” means any transaction (including an agreement with respect thereto) that is a rate swap, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, forward transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option, derivative transaction or any other similar transaction (including any option with respect to any of these transactions) or any combination thereof, whether linked to one or more interest rates, foreign currencies, commodity prices, equity prices or other financial measures.

Swap Obligations ” means obligations under or with respect to Swap Agreements.

Syndication Agent ” means KeyBank National Association in its capacity as syndication agent for the credit facility evidenced by this Agreement.

Taxes ” means any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Test Period ” means, at any time, the four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower then last ended.

Threshold Amount ” means $6,000,000.

Trading with the Enemy Act ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.19.

Transactions ” means the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the borrowing of Loans and other credit extensions, the use of the proceeds thereof and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder.

Type ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York or any other state the laws of which are required to be applied in connection with the issue of perfection of security interests.

 

25


U.S. Person ” means a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

U.S. Regulated Insurance Company ” means a Regulated Insurance Company organized under the laws of a jurisdiction within the United States.

U.S. Tax Certificate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(f)(ii)(D)(2).

Voting Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any class or classes of Equity Interests pursuant to which the holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Material Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary that is a Material Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which all of the Equity Interests (other than, in the case of a corporation, directors’ qualifying shares or nominee shares required under applicable law) are directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person and/or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. Unless the context clearly requires otherwise, all references to any Wholly Owned Subsidiary shall mean a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

Withdrawal Liability ” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

Withholding Agent ” means the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 1.02 Classification of Loans and Borrowings . For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class ( e.g ., a “Revolving Loan”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Loan”) or by Class and Type ( e.g ., a “Eurodollar Revolving Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class ( e.g ., a “Revolving Borrowing”) or by Type ( e.g ., a “Eurodollar Borrowing”) or by Class and Type ( e.g ., a “Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing”).

SECTION 1.03 Terms Generally . The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. The word “law” shall be construed as referring to all statutes, rules, regulations, codes and other laws (including official rulings and interpretations thereunder having the force of law or with which affected Persons customarily comply), and all judgments, orders and decrees, of all Governmental Authorities. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any definition of or reference to any statute, rule or regulation shall be construed as referring thereto as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (including by succession of comparable successor laws), (c) any

 

26


reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns (subject to any restrictions on assignment set forth herein) and, in the case of any Governmental Authority, any other Governmental Authority that shall have succeeded to any or all functions thereof, (d) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (e) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (f) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

 

SECTION 1.04 Accounting Terms; GAAP; SAP . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP or SAP, as the case may be, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or SAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or SAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP or SAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made (i) without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards Codification 825-10-25 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Borrower or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein and (ii) without giving effect to any treatment of Indebtedness in respect of convertible debt instruments under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such Indebtedness in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described therein, and such Indebtedness shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof.

SECTION 1.05 Status of Obligations . In the event that the Borrower shall at any time issue or have outstanding any Subordinated Indebtedness, the Borrower shall take all such actions as shall be necessary to cause the Obligations to constitute senior indebtedness (however denominated) in respect of such Subordinated Indebtedness and to enable the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to have and exercise any payment blockage or other remedies available or potentially available to holders of senior indebtedness under the terms of such Subordinated Indebtedness. Without limiting the foregoing, the Obligations are hereby designated as “senior indebtedness” and as “designated senior indebtedness” and words of similar import under and in respect of any indenture or other agreement or instrument under which such Subordinated Indebtedness is outstanding and are further given all such other designations as shall be required under the terms of any such Subordinated Indebtedness in order that the Lenders may have and exercise any payment blockage or other remedies available or potentially available to holders of senior indebtedness under the terms of such Subordinated Indebtedness.

ARTICLE II

The Credits

SECTION 2.01 Commitments . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender agrees to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower in Dollars from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (a) such Lender’s Revolving

 

27


Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Commitment or (b) the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures exceeding the Aggregate Commitment. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans.

SECTION 2.02 Loans and Borrowings . (a) Each Revolving Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required.

(b) Subject to Section 2.14, each Revolving Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith. Each Lender at its option may make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan (and in the case of an Affiliate, the provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 shall apply to such Affiliate to the same extent as to such Lender); provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $2,500,000. At the time that each ABR Revolving Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $500,000; provided that an ABR Revolving Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the Aggregate Commitment or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.06(e). Borrowings of more than one Type and Class may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of eight (8) Eurodollar Revolving Borrowings outstanding.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date.

SECTION 2.03 Requests for Revolving Borrowings . To request a Revolving Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three (3) Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, one (1) Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing; provided that any such notice of an ABR Revolving Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.06(e) may be given not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i) the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;

(ii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing;

 

28


(iv) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”; and

(v) the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.07.

If no election as to the Type of Revolving Borrowing is specified, then the requested Revolving Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

SECTION 2.04 Intentionally Omitted .

SECTION 2.05 Intentionally Omitted .

SECTION 2.06 Letters of Credit . (a)  General . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may request the issuance of Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars as the applicant thereof for the support of its or its Subsidiaries’ obligations, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Availability Period. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, the Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control. The Borrower unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that, in connection with any Letter of Credit issued for the support of any Subsidiary’s obligations as provided in the first sentence of this paragraph, the Borrower will be fully responsible for the reimbursement of LC Disbursements in accordance with the terms hereof, the payment of interest thereon and the payment of fees due under Section 2.12(b) to the same extent as if it were the sole account party in respect of such Letter of Credit (the Borrower hereby irrevocably waiving any defenses that might otherwise be available to it as a guarantor or surety of the obligations of such a Subsidiary that is an account party in respect of any such Letter of Credit).

(b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions . To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Issuing Bank) to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this Section), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by the Issuing Bank, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on the Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) the amount of the LC Exposure shall not exceed the LC Sublimit and (ii) the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitment.

 

29


(c) Expiration Date . Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) and (ii) the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Maturity Date; provided that any Letter of Credit which is issued in the final year prior to the Maturity Date may have an expiry date which is no later than the date which is one year after the Maturity Date if cash collateralized as contemplated by Section 2.06(j) below (each such Letter of Credit, an “ Extended Letter of Credit ”).

(d) Participations . By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Lender, and each Lender hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(e) Reimbursement . If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit (including, for the avoidance of doubt, a Letter of Credit issued in support of any Subsidiary’s obligations), the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent in Dollars the amount equal to such LC Disbursement, calculated as of the date the Issuing Bank made such LC Disbursement not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date that such LC Disbursement is made, if the Borrower shall have received notice of such LC Disbursement prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date, or, if such notice has not been received by the Borrower prior to such time on such date, then not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is not received prior to such time on the day of receipt; provided that, if such LC Disbursement is not less than the amount of $1,000,000, the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 that such payment be financed with an ABR Revolving Borrowing in an equivalent amount of such LC Disbursement and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Revolving Borrowing. If the Borrower fails to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof and such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Lender shall pay in Dollars to the Administrative Agent its Applicable Percentage of the payment then due from the Borrower, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.07 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.07 shall apply, mutatismutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and the Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any LC

 

30


Disbursement (other than the funding of ABR Revolving Loans as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement.

(f) Obligations Absolute . The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor the Issuing Bank, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(g) Disbursement Procedures . The Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement.

(h) Interim Interest . If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Revolving Loans; provided that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, then Section 2.13(c) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of

 

31


this Section to reimburse the Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.

(i) Replacement of Issuing Bank . The Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of the Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.12(b). From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit then outstanding and issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

(j) Cash Collateralization . If (x) any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, or (y) the Borrower requests the issuance of an Extended Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders (the “ LC Collateral Account ”), an amount in cash equal to 105% of the amount of the LC Exposure in respect of the Extended Letter of Credit (in the case of the foregoing clause (y)) or in the aggregate (in the case of the foregoing clause (x) as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon); provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall (1) in the case of an Extended Letter of Credit, be required by no later than the date of issuance, renewal or extension of such Extended Letter of Credit and (2) become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of Article VII. The Borrower also shall deposit cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph as and to the extent required by Section 2.11(b). Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the Obligations. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure), be applied to satisfy other Obligations. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three (3) Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.

SECTION 2.07 Funding of Borrowings . (a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 12:00 noon, New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders in an amount equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage.

 

32


The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in New York City or Chicago and designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided that ABR Revolving Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.06(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Issuing Bank.

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.

SECTION 2.08 Interest Elections . (a) Each Revolving Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing.

(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Revolving Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, this Section shall not be construed to permit the Borrower to elect an Interest Period for Eurodollar Loans that does not comply with Section 2.02(d).

(c) Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

 

33


(iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and

(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which Interest Period shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”.

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

(d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

(e) If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Revolving Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

SECTION 2.09 Termination and Reduction of Commitments . (a) Unless previously terminated, the Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity Date.

(b) The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments; provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000 and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.11, the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures would exceed the Aggregate Commitment.

(c) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section at least three (3) Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments.

SECTION 2.10 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt . (a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan on the Maturity Date.

 

34


(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(e) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

SECTION 2.11 Prepayment of Loans .

(a) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, subject to prior notice in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.11. The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three (3) Business Days before the date of prepayment or (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Revolving Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, one (1) Business Day before the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that, if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.09, then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.09. Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a Revolving Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Revolving Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Revolving Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02. Each prepayment of a Revolving Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing. Prepayments shall be accompanied by (i) accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.13 and (ii) break funding payments pursuant to Section 2.16.

(b) If at any time the sum of the aggregate principal amount of all of the Revolving Credit Exposures exceeds the Aggregate Commitment, the Borrower shall immediately repay Borrowings or cash collateralize LC Exposure in an account with the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.06(j), as applicable, in an aggregate principal amount sufficient to cause the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Exposures to be less than or equal to the Aggregate Commitment.

 

35


SECTION 2.12 Fees . (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a commitment fee, which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate on the daily amount of the Available Revolving Commitment of such Lender during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the date on which such Commitment terminates; provided that, if such Lender continues to have any Revolving Credit Exposure after its Commitment terminates, then such commitment fee shall continue to accrue on the daily amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure from and including the date on which its Commitment terminates to but excluding the date on which such Lender ceases to have any Revolving Credit Exposure. Accrued commitment fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof. All commitment fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(b) The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the same Applicable Rate used to determine the interest rate applicable to Eurodollar Revolving Loans on the average daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender’s Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure and (ii) to the Issuing Bank for its own account a fronting fee, which shall accrue at the rate of 0.125% per annum (or such other rate as is mutually agreed upon by the Borrower and the Issuing Bank) on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) attributable to Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date of termination of the Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as the Issuing Bank’s standard fees and commissions with respect to the issuance, amendment, cancellation, negotiation, transfer, presentment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Unless otherwise specified above, participation fees and fronting fees accrued through and including the last day of March, June, September and December of each year shall be payable on the third (3 rd ) Business Day following such last day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on which the Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to the Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within ten (10) days after demand. All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(c) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(d) All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in Dollars and immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (or to the Issuing Bank, in the case of fees payable to it) for distribution, in the case of commitment fees and participation fees, to the Lenders. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

SECTION 2.13 Interest . (a) The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

(b) The Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.

 

36


(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section.

(d) Accrued interest on each Revolving Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Revolving Loan and upon termination of the Commitments; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Revolving Loan prior to the end of the Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Revolving Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

(e) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate, Adjusted LIBO Rate or LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.14 Alternate Rate of Interest . If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:

(a) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period; or

(b) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Revolving Borrowing to, or continuation of any Revolving Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective and any such Eurodollar Borrowing shall be repaid on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable thereto and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing.

SECTION 2.15 Increased Costs . (a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or the Issuing Bank;

 

37


(ii) impose on any Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein; or

(iii) subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Loan or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan or to increase the cost to such Lender or the Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder, whether of principal, interest or otherwise, then the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered as reasonably determined by such Lender or the Issuing Bank (which determination shall be made in good faith (and not on an arbitrary or capricious basis) and consistent with similarly situated customers of the applicable Lender or the Issuing Bank under agreements having provisions similar to this Section 2.15 after consideration of such factors as such Lender or the Issuing Bank then reasonably determines to be relevant).

(b) If any Lender or the Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered as reasonably determined by such Lender or the Issuing Bank (which determination shall be made in good faith (and not on an arbitrary or capricious basis) and consistent with similarly situated customers of the applicable Lender or the Issuing Bank under agreements having provisions similar to this Section 2.15 after consideration of such factors as such Lender or the Issuing Bank then reasonably determines to be relevant).

(c) A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 270 days prior to the date that such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or

 

38


the Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 270-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

SECTION 2.16 Break Funding Payments . In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default or as a result of any prepayment pursuant to Section 2.11), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Eurodollar Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.11 and is revoked in accordance therewith) or (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.19, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss and any reasonable cost and expense attributable to such event. Such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for deposits in Dollars of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurodollar market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

SECTION 2.17 Taxes . (a)  Withholding of Taxes; Gross-Up . Each payment by the Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made without withholding for any Taxes, unless such withholding is required by any law. If any Withholding Agent determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it is so required to withhold Taxes, then such Withholding Agent may so withhold and shall timely pay the full amount of withheld Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law. If such Taxes are Indemnified Taxes, then the amount payable by the Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that, net of such withholding (including such withholding applicable to additional amounts payable under this Section), the applicable Recipient receives the amount it would have received had no such withholding been made.

(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower . The Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(c) Evidence of Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(d) Indemnification by the Borrower . The Borrower shall indemnify each Recipient for any Indemnified Taxes that are paid or payable by such Recipient in connection with any Loan Document (including amounts paid or payable under this Section 2.17(d)) and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. The indemnity under this Section 2.17(d)

 

39


shall be paid within ten (10) days after the Recipient delivers to the Borrower a certificate stating the amount of any Indemnified Taxes so paid or payable by such Recipient and describing the basis for the indemnification claim. Such certificate shall be conclusive of the amount so paid or payable absent manifest error. Such Recipient shall deliver a copy of such certificate to the Administrative Agent.

(e) Indemnification by the Lenders . Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that the Borrower has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 9.04(c) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (e).

(f) Status of Lenders . (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction of, any applicable withholding Tax with respect to any payments under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without, or at a reduced rate of, withholding. In addition, any Lender, if requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to any withholding (including backup withholding) or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.17(f)(ii)(A) through (E) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense (or, in the case of a Change in Law, any incremental material unreimbursed cost or expense) or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender. Upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, any Lender shall update any form or certification previously delivered pursuant to this Section 2.17(f). If any form or certification previously delivered pursuant to this Section expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect with respect to a Lender, such Lender shall promptly (and in any event within ten (10) days after such expiration, obsolescence or inaccuracy) notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of such expiration, obsolescence or inaccuracy and update the form or certification if it is legally eligible to do so.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Borrower is a U.S. Person, any Lender with respect to the Borrower shall, if it is legally eligible to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies reasonably requested by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a party hereto, duly completed and executed copies of whichever of the following is applicable:

(A) in the case of a Lender that is a U.S. Person, IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. Federal backup withholding tax;

 

40


(B) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (1) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (2) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(C) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender for whom payments under any Loan Document constitute income that is effectively connected with such Lender’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, IRS Form W-8ECI;

(D) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code both (1) IRS Form W-8BEN and (2) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D (a “ U.S. Tax Certificate ”) to the effect that such Lender is not (a) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (b) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, (c) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (d) conducting a trade or business in the United States with which the relevant interest payments are effectively connected;

(E) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender that is not the beneficial owner of payments made under this Agreement (including a partnership or a participating Lender) (1) an IRS Form W-8IMY on behalf of itself and (2) the relevant forms prescribed in clauses (A), (B), (C), (D) and (F) of this paragraph (f)(ii) that would be required of each such beneficial owner or partner of such partnership if such beneficial owner or partner were a Lender; provided, however, that if the Lender is a partnership and one or more of its partners are claiming the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, such Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Certificate on behalf of such partners; or

(F) any other form prescribed by law as a basis for claiming exemption from, or a reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax together with such supplementary documentation necessary to enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the amount of Tax (if any) required by law to be withheld.

(iii) If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. Federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Withholding Agent, at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Withholding Agent, such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Withholding Agent as may be necessary for the Withholding Agent to comply with its obligations under FATCA, to determine that such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 2.17(f)(iii), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(g) Treatment of Certain Refunds . If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.17 (including additional amounts paid pursuant to this Section 2.17), it shall pay

 

41


to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including any Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid to such indemnified party pursuant to the previous sentence (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.17(g), in no event will any indemnified party be required to pay any amount to any indemnifying party pursuant to this Section 2.17(g) if such payment would place such indemnified party in a less favorable position (on a net after-Tax basis) than such indemnified party would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This Section 2.17(g) shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes which it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

(h) Issuing Bank . For purposes of Section 2.17(e) and (f), the term “Lender” includes the Issuing Bank.

SECTION 2.18 Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs .

(a) The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17, or otherwise) prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at 10 South Dearborn Street, 7 th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60603, except payments to be made directly to the Issuing Bank as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto, pursuant to instructions provided to the Borrower by such Person. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments hereunder shall be made in Dollars.

(b) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any proceeds of Pledged Equity received by the Administrative Agent (i) not constituting a specific payment of principal, interest, fees or other sum payable under the Loan Documents (which shall be applied as specified by the Borrower) or (ii) after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent so elects or the Required Lenders so direct, such funds shall be applied ratably first , to pay any fees, indemnities, or expense reimbursements including amounts then due to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank from the Borrower, second , to pay any fees or expense reimbursements then due to the Lenders from the Borrower, third , to pay interest then due and payable on

 

42


the Loans ratably, fourth , to prepay principal on the Loans and unreimbursed LC Disbursements and any other amounts owing with respect to Banking Services Obligations and Swap Obligations ratably, fifth , to pay an amount to the Administrative Agent equal to one hundred five percent (105%) of the aggregate undrawn face amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit and the aggregate amount of any unpaid LC Disbursements, to be held as cash collateral for such Obligations, and sixth , to the payment of any other Obligation due to the Administrative Agent or any Lender by the Borrower. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, unless so directed by the Borrower, or unless a Default is in existence, none of the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall apply any payment which it receives to any Eurodollar Loan of a Class, except (a) on the expiration date of the Interest Period applicable to any such Eurodollar Loan or (b) in the event, and only to the extent, that there are no outstanding ABR Loans of the same Class and, in any event, the Borrower shall pay the break funding payment required in accordance with Section 2.16. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply and reverse and reapply any and all such proceeds and payments to any portion of the Obligations.

(c) At the election of the Administrative Agent, all payments of principal, interest, LC Disbursements, fees, premiums, reimbursable expenses (including, without limitation, all reimbursement for fees and expenses pursuant to Section 9.03), and other sums payable under the Loan Documents, may be paid from the proceeds of Borrowings made hereunder whether made following a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.03 or a deemed request as provided in this Section or may be deducted from any deposit account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent. The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes (i) the Administrative Agent to make a Borrowing for the purpose of paying each payment of principal, interest and fees as it becomes due hereunder or any other amount due under the Loan Documents and agrees that all such amounts charged shall constitute Loans and that all such Borrowings shall be deemed to have been requested pursuant to Section 2.03 and (ii) the Administrative Agent to charge any deposit account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent for each payment of principal, interest and fees as it becomes due hereunder or any other amount due under the Loan Documents.

(d) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Revolving Loans or participations in LC Disbursements resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

 

43


(e) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

(f) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.06(d) or (e), 2.07(b), 2.18(e) or 9.03(c), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), (i) apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender and for the benefit of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank to satisfy such Lender’s obligations to it under such Section until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid and/or (ii) hold any such amounts in a segregated account as cash collateral for, and application to, any future funding obligations of such Lender under any such Section; in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii) above, in any order as determined by the Administrative Agent in its discretion.

SECTION 2.19 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders . (a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, or the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.17, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) If (i) any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, (ii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17 or (iii) any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under the Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and if a Commitment is being assigned, the Issuing Bank), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.15 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.17, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

 

44


SECTION 2.20 Defaulting Lenders . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

(a) fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.12(a);

(b) the Commitment and Revolving Credit Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to Section 9.02); provided , that this clause (b) shall not apply to the vote of a Defaulting Lender in the case of an amendment, waiver or other modification requiring the consent of such Lender or each Lender affected thereby;

(c) if any LC Exposure exists at the time such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

(i) all or any part of the LC Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages but only to the extent (A) the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Commitments and (B) no Default has occurred and is continuing;

(ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall within one (1) Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent cash collateralize for the benefit of the Issuing Bank only the Borrower’s obligations corresponding to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.06(j) for so long as such LC Exposure is outstanding;

(iii) if the Borrower cash collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Borrower shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.12(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure during the period such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is cash collateralized;

(iv) if the LC Exposure of the non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to clause (i) above, then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Sections 2.12(a) and Section 2.12(b) shall be adjusted in accordance with such non-Defaulting Lenders’ Applicable Percentages; and

(v) if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is neither reallocated nor cash collateralized pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above, then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Issuing Bank or any other Lender hereunder, all letter of credit fees payable under Section 2.12(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure shall be payable to the Issuing Bank until and to the extent that such LC Exposure is reallocated and/or cash collateralized; and

(d) so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure and the Defaulting Lender’s then outstanding LC Exposure will be 100% covered by the Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateral will be provided by the Borrower in accordance with

 

45


Section 2.20(c), and participating interests in any newly issued or increased Letter of Credit shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.20(c)(i) (and such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein).

If (i) a Bankruptcy Event with respect to a Parent of any Lender shall occur following the date hereof and for so long as such event shall continue or (ii) the Issuing Bank has a good faith belief that any Lender has defaulted in fulfilling its obligations under one or more other agreements in which such Lender commits to extend credit, the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless the Issuing Bank shall have entered into arrangements with the Borrower or such Lender, satisfactory to the Issuing Bank to defease any risk to it in respect of such Lender hereunder.

In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Issuing Bank each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the LC Exposure of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.

ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

SECTION 3.01 Organization; Powers . Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required.

SECTION 3.02 Authorization; Enforceability . The Transactions are within the Borrower’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and, if required, stockholder action. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower, enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

SECTION 3.03 Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts . The Transactions (a) do not require, on the part of the Borrower, any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the Organizational Documents of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any order of any Governmental Authority having applicability to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, material agreement or other material instrument binding upon the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, other than Liens created under the Pledge Agreements.

 

46


SECTION 3.04 Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change . (a) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders its consolidated balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders equity and cash flows (i) as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, reported on by BDO USA, LLP, independent public accountants, and (ii) as of and for the fiscal quarter and the portion of the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 (other than a statement of stockholders equity), certified by its chief financial officer. Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP.

(b) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders copies of the annual Statutory Statements of each U.S. Regulated Insurance Company as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and for the fiscal years then ended, each as filed with the Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority (collectively, the “ Historical Statutory Statements ”); provided , that the Statutory Statement of a U.S. Regulated Insurance Company shall not be required to be delivered for any year that such U.S. Regulated Insurance Company was not a Subsidiary of the Borrower. The Historical Statutory Statements (including, without limitation, the provisions made therein for investments and the valuation thereof, reserves, policy and contract claims and statutory liabilities) have been prepared in accordance with SAP (except as may be reflected in the notes thereto and subject, with respect to the relevant quarterly statements, to the absence of notes required by SAP and to normal year-end adjustments), were in compliance with the applicable Requirements of Law when filed and present fairly in all material respects the financial condition of the respective U.S. Regulated Insurance Companies covered thereby as of the respective dates thereof and the results of operations, changes in capital and surplus and cash flow of the respective Regulated Insurance Companies covered thereby for the respective periods then ended.

(c) Except as set forth in the financial statements referred to in Section 3.04(a), there are no liabilities of the Borrower or of any of its Subsidiaries of any kind, whether accrued, contingent, absolute, determined, determinable or otherwise, which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Since December 31, 2011, there has been no event, change, circumstance or occurrence that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.05 Properties . (a) Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business, except for minor defects in title that are not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property material to its business, and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, the use thereof by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.06 Litigation and Environmental Matters . (a) There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) that question the validity or enforceability of the Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or of any action to be taken by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

 

47


(b) Except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.

SECTION 3.07 Compliance with Laws and Agreements . Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all Requirements of Law and orders of any Governmental Authority, in each case, applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing.

SECTION 3.08 Investment Company Status . The Borrower is not an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

SECTION 3.09 Taxes . Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. As of the Effective Date, there are no tax sharing agreements or similar arrangements (including tax indemnity arrangements) with respect to or involving the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, other than tax sharing agreements between the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

SECTION 3.10 ERISA .

(a) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as, either individually or in the aggregate, has not had, and could not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and their ERISA Affiliates (i) have fulfilled their respective obligations under the minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Plan and are in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code, and (ii) have not incurred any liability to the PBGC or any Plan or Multiemployer Plan (other than to make contributions in the ordinary course of business).

(b) Except as, either individually or in the aggregate, has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Foreign Pension Plan has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders and has been maintained, where required, in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities, (ii) all contributions required to be made with respect to a Foreign Pension Plan have been timely made, (iii) neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has incurred any obligation in connection with the termination of, or withdrawal from, any Foreign Pension Plan and (iv) the present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) under each Foreign Pension Plan that is required to be funded, determined as of the end of the Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal year on the basis of actuarial assumptions, each of which is reasonable, did not exceed the current value of the assets of such Foreign Pension Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities.

SECTION 3.11 Disclosure; Deferred Acquisition Payments . (a) The Borrower has disclosed to the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any

 

48


of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the written information, reports, financial statements, certificates or other information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement and any other Loan Document or delivered hereunder or thereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein (taken as a whole), in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

(b) Schedule 3.11 (which schedule may be updated from time to time by the Borrower after the Effective Date by delivery of an updated Schedule 3.11 certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower) accurately and completely lists all acquisition agreements pursuant to which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has an obligation to make Deferred Acquisition Payments.

SECTION 3.12 Federal Regulations . The Borrower is not engaged nor will it engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of “purchasing” or “carrying” any “margin stock” within the respective meanings of each of the quoted terms under Regulations T, U or X of the Board as now and from time to time hereafter in effect. No part of the proceeds of the Loan hereunder will be used for “purchasing” or “carrying” “margin stock” as so defined or for any purpose which violates, or which would be inconsistent with, the provisions of the Regulations of such Board.

SECTION 3.13 General Insurance . The properties of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower, in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance compatible with the following standards), with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the Borrower or such Subsidiary operates.

SECTION 3.14 Seniority . The Obligations are, and will be, superior and senior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Borrower to any of its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, any obligations to make Deferred Acquisition Payments).

SECTION 3.15 Corporate Structure; Subsidiaries . (a) Set forth on Part A of Schedule 3.15 is a complete list of each Person holding direct ownership interests in the Borrower, together with, for each such Person, the percentage ownership of the Borrower represented by such ownership interests. Set forth on Part B of Schedule 3.15 is a complete and correct list of (i) all of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower as of the Effective Date, together with, for each such Subsidiary, (A) the jurisdiction of organization of such Subsidiary, (B) each Person holding direct ownership interests in such Subsidiary and (C) percentage ownership of such Subsidiary represented by such ownership interests. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15 , each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries owns, free and clear of Liens, other than Liens created under the Pledge Agreements, and has the unencumbered right to vote, all the outstanding ownership interests in each Person shown to be held by it on Schedule 3.15 . All Equity Interests of each Subsidiary of the Borrower are duly and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.

(b) As of the Effective Date, there are no restrictions on the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which prohibit or otherwise restrict the transfer of cash or other assets from any Subsidiary of the Borrower to the Borrower, other than (i) prohibitions or restrictions existing under or by reason of

 

49


this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (ii) prohibitions or restrictions existing under or by reason of applicable Requirements of Law, (iii) prohibitions or restrictions existing under or by reason of the documents evidencing the Permitted Tax Incentive Financing Transactions; and (iv) other prohibitions or restrictions which, either individually or in the aggregate, have not had, or could not reasonably be expected to have, Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.16 Insurance Licenses . Each Regulated Insurance Company holds all licenses (including licenses or certificates of authority from Applicable Insurance Regulatory authorities), permits or authorizations necessary or otherwise required to transact insurance and reinsurance business (collectively, the “ Insurance Licenses ”). There is (i) no Insurance License that is the subject of a proceeding for suspension, revocation or limitation or any similar proceedings, (ii) no sustainable basis for such a suspension, revocation or limitation, and (iii) to the knowledge of the Borrower, no such suspension, revocation or limitation threatened by any Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority, that, in each instance under clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above and either individually or in the aggregate, has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.17 Insurance Business . All insurance policies issued by any Regulated Insurance Company are, to the extent required under applicable law, on forms approved by the insurance regulatory authorities of the jurisdictions where issued or have been filed with and not objected to by such authorities within the period for objection, except for those forms with respect to which a failure to obtain such approval or make such a filing without it being objected to, either individually or in the aggregate, has not had, and could not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.18 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Loans will be used only to repay certain of the GMAC Seller Obligations on or about the Effective Date, to finance acquisitions permitted under this Agreement and the working capital needs, and for general corporate purposes, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

SECTION 3.19 Embargoed Persons . (a) None of the Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ assets constitute property of, or are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any Person targeted by economic or trade sanctions under United States law, including but not limited to, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §§ 1701 et seq., The Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 1 et seq. (the “ Trading With the Enemy Act ”), any of the foreign assets control regulations of the Treasury (31 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) (the “ Foreign Assets Control Regulations ”) or any enabling legislation or regulations promulgated thereunder or executive order relating thereto (which includes, without limitation, (i) Executive Order No. 13224, effective as of September 24, 2001, and relating to Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)) (the “ Executive Order ”) and (ii) the USA PATRIOT Act), if the result of such ownership would be that any Loan made by any Lender would be in violation of law (“ Embargoed Person ”); (b) no Embargoed Person has any interest of any nature whatsoever in the Borrower if the result of such interest would be that any Loan would be in violation of law; (c) the Borrower has not engaged in business with Embargoed Persons if the result of such business would be that any Loan made by any Lender would be in violation of law; and (d) neither the Borrower nor any Controlled Affiliate (i) is or will become a “blocked person” as described in the Executive Order, the Trading With the Enemy Act or the Foreign Assets Control Regulations or (ii) engages or will engage in any dealings or transactions, or be otherwise associated, with any such “blocked person”. For purposes of determining whether or not a representation is true under this Section 3.19, the Borrower shall not be required to make any investigation into (i) the ownership of publicly traded stock or other publicly traded securities or (ii) the beneficial ownership of any collective investment fund.

 

50


SECTION 3.20 PATRIOT Act . (a) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any of their respective Affiliates over which any of the foregoing exercises management control (each, a “ Controlled Affiliate ”) is a Prohibited Person, and the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, such Controlled Affiliates are in compliance with all applicable orders, rules and regulations of OFAC.

(b) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any of their respective Controlled Affiliates: (i) is targeted by United States or multilateral economic or trade sanctions currently in force; (ii) is owned or controlled by, or acts on behalf of, any Person that is targeted by United States or multilateral economic or trade sanctions currently in force; or (iii) is named, identified or described on any list of Persons with whom United States Persons may not conduct business, including any such blocked persons list, designated nationals list, denied persons list, entity list, debarred party list, unverified list, sanctions list or other such lists published or maintained by the United States, including OFAC, the United States Department of Commerce or the United States Department of State.

SECTION 3.21 Rights in Pledged Equity; Priority of Liens .

(a) The Borrower and each Subsidiary party to a Pledge Agreement is the legal and beneficial owner of the Pledged Equity granted by it under the Pledge Agreements to which it is a party, free and clear of any and all Liens except for the Liens created or expressly permitted under the Loan Documents.

(b) The Pledge Agreements, once executed and delivered, will create in favor of the Administrative Agent legal, valid and enforceable Liens on the Pledged Equity, securing the payment of the Obligations, subject to no Liens other than the Liens created by the Pledge Agreements.

(c) Upon (i) the proper filing of UCC financing statements or the filing, recording, registering or taking such other actions as may be necessary with the appropriate Governmental Authority (including payment of applicable filing or recording fees or taxes), and (ii) the taking of possession or control by the Administrative Agent of any of the Pledged Equity with respect to which a security interest may be perfected only by possession or control (which possession or control shall be given to the Administrative Agent to the extent possession or control by the Administrative Agent is required by the applicable Pledge Agreement), the Liens created pursuant to the Pledge Agreements in favor of the Administrative Agent shall constitute legal, valid and enforceable perfected first priority Liens on the Pledged Equity, subject to no Liens other than the Liens created by the Pledge Agreements.

ARTICLE IV

Conditions

SECTION 4.01 Effective Date . The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02):

(a) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each party hereto either (A) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (B) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy or electronic transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.

 

51


(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and dated the Effective Date) of Thompson Hine LLP, counsel for the Borrower and the Domestic Subsidiaries party to the Pledge Agreements entered into as of the Effective Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit B , and covering such other matters relating to the Borrower, the Loan Documents or the Transactions as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request. The Borrower hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinion.

(c) The Lenders shall have received (i) satisfactory audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for the two most recent fiscal years ended prior to the Effective Date as to which such financial statements are available, (ii) satisfactory unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2012 and (iii) satisfactory financial statement projections through and including the Borrower’s 2015 fiscal year, together with such information as the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall reasonably request (including, without limitation, a detailed description of the assumptions used in preparing such projections).

(d) The Regulated Insurance Companies, as a group, shall have an A.M. Best Company financial strength rating of at least “A-”.

(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that the ACP Re Note (i) matures after, and does not require any scheduled amortization or other scheduled payments of principal prior to, the date that is 181 days after the Maturity Date and (ii) is subordinated to payment of the Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) such documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of the Borrower, the authorization of the Transactions and any other legal matters relating to the Borrower, the Loan Documents or the Transactions, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel and as further described in the list of closing documents attached as Exhibit C and (ii) to the extent requested by any of the Lenders, all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Act (as defined below).

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed by the President, a Vice President or a Financial Officer of the Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 4.02.

(h) The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that all governmental and third party approvals necessary or, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, advisable in connection with the Transactions and the continuing operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including all insurance and other regulatory compliance) have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

(i) The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Effective Date, including, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder.

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.

 

52


SECTION 4.02 Each Credit Event . The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing, and of the Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable.

(b) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section.

ARTICLE V

Affirmative Covenants

Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or terminated and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that the Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

SECTION 5.01 Financial Statements; Ratings Change and Other Information . Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

(a) Annual Financial Statements . As soon as available and in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, its audited consolidated balance sheet, unaudited consolidating balance sheet and related audited consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by BDO USA, LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

(b) Quarterly Financial Statements . As soon as available and in any event within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, its consolidated and consolidating balance sheet and related consolidated statements of operations and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated (and, in the case of the balance sheet, consolidating) basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

 

53


(c) Officer’s Certificate . Concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under Sections 5.01(a) and 5.01(b), a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying that no Default or Event of Default has occurred, or if any Default or Event of Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with Sections 6.14(a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) as at the end of such fiscal year or quarter, as the case may be, (iii) stating whether any change in GAAP or in the application thereof has occurred since the date of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.04(a) and, if any such change has occurred, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate, (iv) certifying that the Regulated Insurance Companies have maintained adequate reserves and (v) providing a breakdown of Indebtedness set forth in such financial statements, including an explanation of material changes thereto, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(d) Public Reports . Promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials and documents filed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary with the SEC, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC, or with any national securities exchange, or distributed by the Borrower to its shareholders generally, or to holders of its Indebtedness pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Indebtedness (or any trustee, agent or other representative therefor), as the case may be.

(e) Reports to Debt Holders . Promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any statement or report furnished to any holder of debt securities of the Borrower or of any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to any other subsection of this Section 5.01.

(f) Management Letters . Promptly after the receipt thereof by the Borrower, a copy of any “management letter” received by the Borrower from its certified public accountants and the management’s responses thereto.

(g) Insurance Reports and Filings .

(i) By no later than the following dates, a copy of each Statutory Statement filed, or required to be filed, by each Regulated Insurance Company:

(A) in the case of annual Statutory Statements, (1) upon the earlier of (x) fifteen (15) days after the regulatory filing date or (y) ninety (90) days after the close of each fiscal year of such Regulated Insurance Company, in each case such Statutory Statements being certified by a Financial Officer of such Regulated Insurance Company and prepared in accordance with SAP and (2) no later than each June 15, copies of such Statutory Statements audited and certified by independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing.

(B) in the case of quarterly Statutory Statements, upon the earlier of (x) ten (10) days after the regulatory filing date or (y) sixty (60) days after the close of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of such Regulated Insurance Company, in each case such Statutory Statements being certified by a Financial Officer of such Regulated Insurance Company and prepared in accordance with SAP.

(ii) Promptly following the delivery or receipt, as the case may be, by any Regulated Insurance Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries, copies of (A) each registration, filing or submission made by or on behalf of any Regulated Insurance Company with any Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority, except for policy form or rate filings and other ordinary course

 

54


immaterial communications, (B) each examination and/or audit report submitted to any Regulated Insurance Company by any Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority, (C) all information which the Lenders may from time to time reasonably request with respect to the nature or status of any deficiencies or violations reflected in any examination report or other similar report, and (D) each report, order, direction, instruction, approval, authorization, license or other notice which the Borrower or any Regulated Insurance Company may at any time receive from any Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority, in each of (A) through (D) that is material to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as reasonably determined by the board of directors of the Borrower, a duly authorized committee thereof or a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

(iii) Promptly following notification thereof from a Governmental Authority, notification of the suspension, limitation, termination or non-renewal of, or the taking of any other materially adverse action in respect of, any material Insurance License.

(h) Rating Information . Promptly after A.M. Best Company shall have announced a downgrade in the financial strength rating of any Regulated Insurance Company, written notice of such rating change.

(i) Other Information . Promptly following any request therefor, such other information or existing documents regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement (including any information required under the Act), as the Lenders may reasonably request from time to time.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a), 5.01(b) or 5.01(d) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which the Administrative Agent has access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent, if the Administrative Agent requests, in writing, the Borrower deliver such paper copies, until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in every instance the Borrower shall be required to provide paper copies of the certificate of a Financial Officer required by Section 5.01(c) to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 5.02 Notices of Material Events . Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender prompt written notice of the following:

(a) the occurrence of any Default;

(b) the filing or commencement of, or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any threat or notice of intention of any Person to file or commence, any action, suit or proceeding, whether at law or in equity by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority (i) against or affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) with respect to any Loan Document;

(c) (x) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower and

 

55


its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount; and (y) that any contribution in excess of the Threshold Amount required to be made with respect to a Foreign Pension Plan has not been timely made, or that the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower may incur any liability in excess of the Threshold Amount pursuant to any Foreign Pension Plan (other than to make contributions in the ordinary course of business).

(d) any other development that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer or other executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

SECTION 5.03 Existence; Conduct of Business .

(a) Do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence, except as otherwise expressly permitted under Section 6.03 or Section 6.05 or, in the case of any Subsidiary, where the failure to perform such obligations, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Do or cause to be done all things necessary to obtain, preserve, renew, extend and keep in full force and effect the rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises, authorizations, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names material to the conduct of its business; maintain and operate such business in substantially the manner in which it is presently conducted and operated; and at all times maintain, preserve and protect all property material to the conduct of such business and keep such property in good repair, working order and condition (other than wear and tear occurring in the ordinary course of business) and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all needful and proper repairs, renewals, additions, improvements and replacements thereto necessary in order that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 5.03(b) shall prevent (i) sales of property, consolidations or mergers by or involving the Borrower or any Subsidiary in accordance with Section 6.03 or Section 6.05; (ii) the withdrawal by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of its qualification as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction where such withdrawal, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or (iii) the abandonment by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any rights, franchises, licenses, trademarks, trade names, copyrights or patents that such Person reasonably determines are not useful to its business or no longer commercially desirable.

SECTION 5.04 Obligations and Taxes .

(a) Obligation . Pay its Indebtedness and other obligations promptly and in accordance with their terms and pay and discharge promptly when due all Taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, as well as all lawful claims for labor, services, materials and supplies or otherwise that, if unpaid, might give rise to a Lien other than a Lien permitted under Section 6.02 upon such properties or any part thereof; provided that such payment and discharge shall not be required with respect to any such Tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim so long as (i) the validity or amount thereof shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings timely instituted and diligently conducted, (ii) the Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves or other appropriate provisions with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP, and (iii) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

56


(b) Filing of Returns . Timely and correctly file all material Tax returns required to be filed by it. Withhold, collect and remit all Taxes that it is required to collect, withhold or remit.

SECTION 5.05 Insurance . Maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.

SECTION 5.06 Books and Records; Inspection Rights .

(a) Keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and/or SAP, as applicable, and all Requirements of Law are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities.

(b) The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit the Administrative Agent (or if an Event of Default is continuing, any Lender) and any representatives or independent contractors designated by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss affairs, finances, accounts and condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary with the officers thereof and advisors therefor (including independent accountants), all at the expense of the Borrower and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided, however , that unless an Event of Default exists, the Borrower shall only be required to pay for one (1) such visit by the Administrative Agent and its representatives and independent contractors per fiscal year of the Borrower and provided , further , that when an Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of its representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the sole expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower may place reasonable limits on access to information which is proprietary or constitutes trade secrets and need not disclose any information if such disclosure would be prohibited by a confidentiality agreement entered into by the Borrower on an arm’s length basis and in good faith.

SECTION 5.07 Compliance with Laws . Comply with all Requirements of Law and decrees and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property (including, without limitation, the Act), except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.08 Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of the Loan only for the purposes set forth in Section 3.18 and not in contravention of any Requirements of Law or of any Loan Document.

SECTION 5.09 Further Assurances . The Borrower shall promptly and duly execute and deliver to the Lenders such documents and assurances and take such further action as the Lenders may from time to time reasonably request in order to carry out more effectively the intent and purpose of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to establish, protect and perfect the rights and remedies created or intended to be created in favor of the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 5.10 Financial Strength Ratings . The Borrower shall ensure that each Regulated Insurance Company that is material to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, has in effect, at all times (except to the extent such Regulated Insurance Company no longer exists as a result of a transaction expressly permitted by Section 6.03 or Section 6.05), a current financial strength rating of no less than “A-” from A.M. Best Company, if such Regulated Insurance Company is rated; provided that the requirements of this Section 5.10 shall apply to the Regulated Insurance Companies, as a group, to the

 

57


extent the Regulated Insurance Companies are rated as a group (and not individually) by A.M. Best Company.

SECTION 5.11 Covenant to Give Security . The Borrower will cause the Applicable Pledge Percentage of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of (i) each Regulated Insurance Company and (ii) each Material Subsidiary that is either a Domestic Subsidiary or a First Tier Foreign Subsidiary, in each case to be subject at all times to a first priority, perfected Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent to secure the Obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Pledge Agreements or such other pledge documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request; provided that no such pledge of the Equity Interests of any such First Tier Foreign Subsidiary shall be required hereunder to the extent such pledge is prohibited by applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that no Pledge Agreement in respect of the pledge of Equity Interests of a Material Subsidiary which is a First Tier Foreign Subsidiary shall be required until the date that is sixty (60) days after the Effective Date (or such later date as is agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion).

With respect to (i) any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the Effective Date that is (x) a Regulated Insurance Company or (y) a Material Subsidiary or (ii) any existing Subsidiary that becomes a Regulated Insurance Company or a Material Subsidiary (any such Subsidiary referred to in clause (i) or clause (ii) immediately above shall be referred to herein as a “ New Subsidiary ”), then the Borrower shall, with respect to each such New Subsidiary that is a Regulated Insurance Company or Material Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary or a First Tier Foreign Subsidiary, as the case may be, at the Borrower’s sole expense, promptly (but in any event, (A) in the case of clause (i) immediately above, within thirty (30) days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent shall agree in writing in its sole discretion) after such Person becomes a Subsidiary after the Effective Date and (B) in the case of clause (ii) immediately above, within thirty (30) days (in the case of a Domestic Subsidiary) or sixty (60) days (in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary) (or, in each case, such longer period as the Administrative Agent shall agree in writing in its sole discretion) after such Subsidiary becomes a Regulated Insurance Company or a Material Subsidiary, as the case may be), do the following:

(a) notify the Administrative Agent of such formation, creation or acquisition;

(b) if the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary shall be the direct holder and owner of the Equity Interests of such New Subsidiary, then the Borrower shall (or shall cause such Domestic Subsidiary to) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a Pledge Agreement in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties with respect to the Applicable Pledge Percentage of all of the outstanding Equity Interests of such New Subsidiary; provided that no such pledge of the Equity Interests of a First Tier Foreign Subsidiary shall be required hereunder to the extent such pledge is prohibited by applicable law;

(c) the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent the certificates, if any, representing all of the Equity Interests of such New Subsidiary, together with undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed and delivered in blank by a duly authorized officer of the holder(s) of such Equity Interests;

(d) subject to Section 5.11(b) above, the Borrower shall (i) execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, to the Administrative Agent such Pledge Agreement or such other documents, and take or cause to be taken, such actions, in each case as the Administrative Agent shall deem necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a Lien on the Equity Interests of such New Subsidiary subject to no Liens other than Liens created by the Pledge Agreements, and (ii) take all actions as the Administrative Agent shall deem necessary or

 

58


advisable to cause such Lien to be duly perfected to the extent required by the relevant Pledge Agreement in accordance with all applicable Requirements of Law; and

(e) subject to Section 5.11(b) above, the Borrower shall take all such other actions and execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all such other documents, instruments, agreements, opinions and certificates, including those which are similar to those delivered on the Effective Date, as reasonably requested by Administrative Agent.

ARTICLE VI

Negative Covenants

Until the Commitments have expired or terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have expired or terminated and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that the Borrower will not, and the Borrower will not cause or permit any Subsidiaries to:

SECTION 6.01 Indebtedness . Incur, create, assume or suffer to exist or otherwise become liable in respect of any Indebtedness, except that the following shall be permitted:

(a) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and set forth in Schedule 6.01 and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness with Indebtedness of a similar type that does not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;

(c) Indebtedness in respect of Capital Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Obligations for fixed or capital assets within the limitations set forth in Section 6.02(d), and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof; provided , however , that the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness permitted by this Section 6.01(c) shall not exceed $15,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

(d) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Regulated Insurance Company under Swap Obligations to the extent permitted by Section 6.06;

(e) Indebtedness constituting Investments permitted by Section 6.04(d);

(f) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;

(g) (i) Indebtedness resulting from the endorsements of instruments for deposit in the ordinary course of business, (ii) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations in respect of purchasing card and credit card arrangements and (iii) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of performance bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds and similar obligations, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(h) any repurchase obligations of the Borrower or any Regulated Insurance Company under any Repurchase Agreement and any Repurchase Liability of the Borrower or any Regulated Insurance Company; provided , however , that the aggregate amount of all such obligations and

 

59


Repurchase Liabilities permitted by this Section 6.01(h) shall not exceed $150,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(i) Indebtedness which represents an extension, refinancing or renewal of any of the Indebtedness described in Section 6.01(j), (k) or (l); provided that, (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness is not greater than the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced or renewed, (ii) the interest rate of such Indebtedness is not higher than the interest rate of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced or renewed (other than an increase of such interest rate to the then current market interest rate for such type of Indebtedness, as applicable), (iii) such Indebtedness may be secured by the Liens that secured the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced or renewed; provided such Liens do not extend to any additional property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, (iv) no Subsidiary is required to become obligated with respect thereto unless previously obligated on such refinanced Indebtedness, (v) such Indebtedness does not result in a shortening of the maturity of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced or renewed, (vi) the terms of any such Indebtedness are not less favorable to the obligor thereunder than the original terms of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced or renewed and (vii) if the Indebtedness that is extended, refinanced or renewed was subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, then the terms and conditions of the extension, refinancing or renewal Indebtedness must include subordination terms and conditions that are at least as favorable to the Lenders as those that were applicable to the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced or renewed;

(j) Indebtedness of a Person that becomes a Subsidiary or Indebtedness attaching to assets that are acquired by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case after the Effective Date in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, and any extensions, refinancings and renewals of such Indebtedness in accordance with Section 6.01(i); provided that (i) such Indebtedness existed at the time such Person became a Subsidiary or at the time such assets were acquired and, in each case, was not created in contemplation of or in connection with such Permitted Acquisition, (ii) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed in any respect by the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than by any such Person that so becomes a Subsidiary), (iii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing prior to the assumption of such Indebtedness or would arise after giving effect (including giving effect on a pro forma basis) thereto and (iv) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (j) and clause (k) below shall not exceed $20,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(k) unsecured Indebtedness in respect of obligations to make Deferred Acquisition Payments, and extensions, refinancings and renewals of such Indebtedness in accordance with Section 6.01(i); provided that the sum of the aggregate amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (k) and clause (j) above shall not exceed $20,000,000 at any time outstanding; provided further that, if the aggregate amount of all such obligations to make Deferred Acquisition Payments exceeds $10,000,000 at any one time, then such excess amount shall be subordinated to the Obligations on terms and conditions, and pursuant to documentation, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided , further , that any payments in respect of such Indebtedness shall be subject to Sections 6.07(b) and 6.13(a)(iv);

(l) in the case of Reliant, the Reliant Indebtedness and any extension, refinancing or renewal of any of such Reliant Indebtedness in accordance with Section 6.01(i); provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Reliant Indebtedness shall not exceed $1,500,000 outstanding at any time, and (ii) any payments in respect of such Reliant Indebtedness shall be subject to Section 6.13(a)(iii);

(m) Indebtedness of ACAI with respect to the ACAI Preferred Stock;

(n) with respect to any Specified Life Settlement Subsidiary, any Indebtedness or obligations of such Specified Life Settlement Subsidiary; provided that neither the Borrower nor any

 

60


Subsidiary shall be liable, directly or indirectly, for any such Indebtedness or obligations or otherwise give security therefor;

(o) the Reliant Deferred Acquisition Payment;

(p) FHLB Loans incurred in the ordinary course of business and on customary terms and conditions; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (p) shall not exceed $20,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(q) Guarantees by any Subsidiary of the Borrower in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided , that if the Indebtedness that is being guaranteed is unsecured and/or subordinated to the Obligations, the guaranty shall also be unsecured and/or subordinated to the Obligations; provided further that the aggregate principal amount of Guarantees permitted by this clause (q) shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding; and

(r) other unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $10,000,000 at any time outstanding.

SECTION 6.02 Liens . Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except:

(a) Permitted Encumbrances;

(b) Liens under any Loan Documents;

(c) Liens on any property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary existing on the Effective Date and not contemplated by any of subsections (a) and (b)  above of this Section 6.02 and set forth in Schedule 6.02 ; provided that (i) such Liens shall not apply to any other property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary and (ii) such Liens shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the Effective Date and (iii) such Liens shall not be renewed, extended or spread in any way;

(d) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(c); provided that (i) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost or fair market value, whichever is lower, of the property being acquired on the date of acquisition;

(e) Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding operating leases or consignments; provided such Liens extend solely to the assets subject to such leases or consignments;

(f) Liens securing collateralized Repurchase Agreements constituting a borrowing of funds by the Borrower or any Regulated Insurance Company in the ordinary course of business for investment purposes in accordance with the Investment Policy of the Borrower or such Regulated Insurance Company, as applicable;

(g) Liens in favor of Access Plans, Inc., an Oklahoma corporation, granted by Reliant on the Equity Interests (and proceeds thereof) of America’s Health; provided that (i) such Liens secure only the Reliant Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(l), and (ii) such Liens do not attach to, encumber or spread to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

61


(h) Liens existing on any property or asset of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement after the date hereof prior to the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary or Liens existing on any property or assets of any Person acquired in accordance with the terms of this Agreement after the date hereof prior to the time such property or assets are acquired; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such Person becoming a Subsidiary or such property or assets being acquired, (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary or such property or assets are acquired, (iv) such Lien shall only secure only Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(j) and (v) the principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens does not at any time exceed $5,000,000; and

(i) the Permitted Tax Incentive Financing Transactions.

SECTION 6.03 Fundamental Changes . Enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolutions), except that, so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom:

(a) any Wholly Owned Subsidiary or any other Person may merge or consolidate with or into the Borrower; provided that the Borrower is the surviving or continuing Person of such transaction;

(b) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge or consolidate with or into any other Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided , however , that, if any Subsidiary party to such transaction is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the surviving or continuing Person of such transaction shall be a Wholly Owned Subsidiary; provided , further , that, if any Subsidiary party to such transaction is a Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower, the surviving or continuing Person of such transaction shall be a Domestic Subsidiary;

(c) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs at any time; provided that, in the case of a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of affairs of a Domestic Subsidiary, all of its assets, if any, and ongoing business are distributed or transferred to (i) the Borrower or (ii) any Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary; and

(d) any Person (other than the Borrower) may merge into any Subsidiary of the Borrower, provided that such Subsidiary of the Borrower is the surviving or continuing Person of such transaction.

SECTION 6.04 Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions . Purchase, hold or acquire (including pursuant to any merger with any Person that was not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary prior to such merger) any Equity Interest, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, Guarantee any obligations of, make or permit any capital contribution to, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, any other Person, or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any assets of any other Person constituting a business unit or all or a substantial part of the business of, such Person (the foregoing is collectively referred to as “ Investments ”), except that the following shall be permitted:

(a) Investments existing on the Effective Date and identified on Schedule 6.04 ;

 

62


(b) Investments in Eligible Investments; provided that such Investments shall be made solely for investment purposes for the investment portfolio of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in accordance with the Investment Policy of the Borrower and in the ordinary course of business;

(c) advances to officers, directors and employees of the Borrower and any Subsidiaries of the Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding, for travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes;

(d) (i) Investments by the Borrower in any Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary (other than Investments made by the Borrower for the purposes set forth in Section 6.04(k)), (ii) Investments by any Subsidiary in any Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary, (iii) Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary in any other Foreign Subsidiary and (iv) Investments by GMAC Insurance Management Corporation in any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Guarantees constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01;

(f) Guarantees by the Borrower of Capital Lease Obligations of any Subsidiary permitted by Section 6.01;

(g) mergers and acquisitions permitted by Section 6.03;

(h) Swap Obligations permitted by Section 6.06;

(i) Permitted Acquisitions by the Borrower or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary; provided that (x) the aggregate Acquisition Consideration (excluding the Cash Loss Reserve Portion thereof, if any) for all such Permitted Acquisitions made by the Borrower and/or its Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiaries shall not exceed, in the aggregate, $50,000,000 in any fiscal year of the Borrower and (y) the aggregate Acquisition Consideration (excluding the Cash Loss Reserve Portion thereof, if any) for all such Permitted Acquisitions made by Wholly Owned Subsidiaries that are Foreign Subsidiaries shall not exceed, in the aggregate, $10,000,000 during the term of this Agreement; provided further that, to the extent any portion of the Acquisition Consideration paid in connection with any such Permitted Acquisitions is funded with any Equity Issuance Proceeds, such Acquisition Consideration shall be determined exclusive of such Equity Issuance Proceeds, so long as such Equity Issuance Proceeds are applied toward the payment of the applicable Acquisition Consideration substantially concurrently with the consummation of the transaction giving rise to such Equity Issuance Proceeds;

(j) Repurchase Agreements and Repurchase Transactions;

(k) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from such Investment, Investments by the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the Effective Date in any Specified Life Settlement Subsidiary in the form of cash contributions or payments to enable the applicable Specified Life Settlement Subsidiary to acquire new life insurance policies or to pay life insurance premiums in respect of life insurance policies owned by such Specified Life Settlement Subsidiary; provided that (i) such cash contributions or payments are used by the applicable Specified Life Settlement Subsidiary to acquire new life insurance policies or to pay such life insurance premiums and (ii) the aggregate amount of all Investments made pursuant to this Section 6.04(k) since the Effective Date shall not exceed $20,000,000;

(l) Strategic Investments; provided , however , that the aggregate amount of all such Investments made pursuant to this Section 6.04(l) shall not exceed $25,000,000 during the term of this Agreement; and provided further that no single Strategic Investment (or series of related Strategic

 

63


Investments) in any single Person or its related or affiliated Persons shall be in an aggregate amount in excess of $10,000,000;

(m) Investments by the Borrower or any Regulated Insurance Company to the extent such Investments are required by the terms of the Borrower’s or such Regulated Insurance Company’s membership in the FHLB for purposes of incurring FHLB Loans;

(n) loans and advances made by the Borrower or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary after the Effective Date to agents, brokers, producers, insurance intermediaries, sub-producers, sales representatives and similar Persons with whom the Borrower or such Wholly Owned Subsidiary has business dealings in respect of the line of business in which the Borrower and such Wholly Owned Subsidiary is engaged, in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice of the Borrower; provided that, in no event shall the aggregate principal amount of all such loans and advances exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding; and

(o) the Permitted Tax Incentive Financing Transactions.

SECTION 6.05 Dispositions . Make any Disposition or enter into any agreement to make any Disposition, except:

(a) Dispositions of used, worn out, obsolete or surplus property by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business that is, in the reasonable judgment of the Borrower, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the conduct of its business;

(b) Dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Dispositions by any Subsidiary of all or any of its business, property or assets to the Borrower or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary;

(d) (i) mergers and acquisitions permitted by Section 6.03; and (ii) transfers or dispositions permitted by Section 6.03(c);

(e) licenses or sublicenses by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of intellectual property and general intangibles, including, without limitation, any proprietary software of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and licenses, leases or subleases by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of other property, in each case in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(f) any sale or other disposition of cash or Eligible Investments; provided , however, that, in the case of Eligible Investments, such sale or disposition shall be made solely for and in connection with the Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s, as applicable, investment portfolio and in accordance with the Investment Policy of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable;

(g) ceding of insurance or reinsurance in the ordinary course of business;

(h) other Dispositions of any assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted pursuant to the foregoing in this Section 6.05; provided that (A) no Default then exists or would result therefrom and (B) such assets to be Disposed pursuant to this Section 6.05(h), together with all assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries previously Disposed pursuant to this Section 6.05(h), do not in the aggregate constitute a Substantial Portion of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; and

 

64


(i) Dispositions of Investments made in compliance with Section 6.04; and

(j) any Specified Life Settlement Subsidiary may issue and sell any of its Equity Interest in connection with an IPO or a Rule 144A Offering of such Specified Life Settlement Subsidiary.

SECTION 6.06 Swap Agreements . Enter into any Swap Agreement, except for the following:

(a) Swap Agreements entered into by the Borrower or any Regulated Insurance Company from time to time in connection with the Borrower’s or such Regulated Insurance Company’s investment portfolio and in accordance with the Investment Policy of the Borrower or such Regulated Insurance Company, as applicable;

(b) Swap Agreements entered into to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Borrower or any Regulated Insurance Company has actual exposure (other than those in respect of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any Regulated Insurance Companies); and

(c) Swap Agreements entered into in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of the Borrower or any Regulated Insurance Company.

SECTION 6.07 Restricted Payments . Declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, except that, so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of any action described below or would result therefrom:

(a) the Borrower may declare and pay dividends with respect to its Equity Interests payable solely in additional shares of its common stock;

(b) in respect of obligations of the Borrower to make Deferred Acquisition Payments, the Borrower may make such Deferred Acquisition Payments to the appropriate payee in respect thereof, so long as (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from such payments and (ii) such Deferred Acquisition Payments are permitted to be made under the subordination provisions, if any, applicable thereto;

(c) Subsidiaries may declare and pay dividends ratably with respect to their Equity Interests;

(d) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments pursuant to and in accordance with stock option plans or other benefit plans for management or employees of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

(e) the Borrower and any Subsidiary may make any payment (even if such payment is in the form of a Restricted Payment) to the Borrower or another Subsidiary that is required to be made with respect to or in connection with the terms of any tax sharing, tax allocation or other similar tax arrangement or agreement entered into among the Borrower and its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries;

(f) ACAI may make payments on or in respect of the ACAI Preferred Stock; and

 

65


(g) the Borrower may make any Restricted Payment, including, without limitation, payments with respect to Borrower Preferred Stock, that is funded solely with Equity Issuance Proceeds.

SECTION 6.08 Transactions with Affiliates . Sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except the following shall be permitted:

(a) transactions with any of its Affiliates (other than transactions permitted by one or more of clauses (b) through (h) below) at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties or at such prices and on terms and conditions that are consistent with past practices;

(b) transactions may be entered into between or among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries not involving any other Affiliate of the Borrower to the extent such transaction is expressly permitted pursuant to this Agreement;

(c) transactions may be entered into between or among two or more Subsidiaries of the Borrower not involving any other Affiliate of the Borrower;

(d) any Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.07;

(e) Investments permitted by Sections 6.04(d) and 6.04(i);

(f) any transactions permitted by Section 6.03;

(g) transactions existing on the Effective Date and described on Schedule 6.08 and any amendments thereto that are not materially adverse to the Lenders, as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, a duly authorized committee thereof or any Responsible Officer of the Borrower; and

(h) the Permitted Tax Incentive Financing Transactions.

SECTION 6.09 Restrictive Agreements . Directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets, or (b) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its capital stock or to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by insurance law and related regulations or other law or by this Agreement, (ii) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions existing on the Effective Date identified on Schedule 6.09 (but shall apply to any extension or renewal of, or any amendment or modification expanding the scope of, any such restriction or condition), (iii) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, (iv) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (v) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in leases and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof, (vi) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any tax sharing, tax allocation or similar tax arrangement or agreement entered into among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (vii) the foregoing shall not apply to

 

66


restrictions or conditions imposed by the Permitted Tax Incentive Financing Transactions so long as such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness.

SECTION 6.10 Nature of Business . Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the Effective Date (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the Insurance Business and asset management activities) or any business related or incidental thereto; provided , however , that only the Specified Life Settlement Subsidiaries and ACAI (through the Specified Life Settlement Subsidiaries) shall be permitted to engage in the life settlement business or any businesses substantially related or incidental thereto.

SECTION 6.11 Accounting Changes; Fiscal Year . Make any change in (i) its accounting policies or financial reporting practices except as required or permitted by GAAP or SAP, as the case may be, in effect from time to time or (ii) its fiscal year.

SECTION 6.12 Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of the Loans, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulations T, U and X of the Board) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.

SECTION 6.13 Prepayments, Etc. of Other Indebtedness; and Modifications of Certain Other Agreements . (a) Directly or indirectly make, or agree or offer to pay or make any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) of or in respect of principal of or interest on any Indebtedness, or any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancelation or termination of any Indebtedness, except the following shall be permitted:

(i) payments of Indebtedness created under the Loan Documents;

(ii) payments of regularly scheduled interest and principal payments as and when due in respect of any other Indebtedness (other than (x) the ACP Re Note and (y) payments in respect of any Indebtedness prohibited by the subordination provisions thereof), provided that such Indebtedness is permitted by Section 6.01;

(iii) Reliant may make payments in respect of the Reliant Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.1(n), so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from such payments;

(iv) Deferred Acquisition Payments, if such payment is permitted by Section 6.07; and

(v) payment of the Reliant Deferred Acquisition Payment;

(b) Amend, modify or waive, or permit the amendment, modification or waiver of, any provision of any agreement, document or instrument executed and delivered in connection with the ACP Re Note to the extent that any such amendment, modification or waiver would (i) permit the ACP Re Note to mature before, or require any scheduled amortization or other scheduled payments of principal prior to, the date that is 181 days after the Maturity Date, (ii) allow the ACP Re Note to not be subordinated to payment of the Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or (iii) be adverse in any material respect to the interests of the Lenders.

 

67


(c) Except as may be required by any Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority, terminate, amend, waive or modify any of its Organizational Documents (including (x) by the filing or modification of any certificate of designation and (y) any election to treat any Pledged Equity as a “security” under Section 8-103 of the UCC other than concurrently with the delivery of certificates representing such Pledged Equity to the Administrative Agent), other than any such amendments or modifications which are not adverse in any respect to the interest of the Lenders or which are required in connection with a transaction permitted by Section 6.03.

SECTION 6.14 Financial Covenants .

(a) Consolidated Net Worth . The Borrower will not permit the Consolidated Net Worth at any time to be less than the sum of (i) $365,000,000 plus (ii) 50% of Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for each fiscal year of the Borrower (beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012) for which such Consolidated Net Income is positive plus (iii) an amount equal to 50% of the aggregate amount of all cash proceeds from any issuance of any Equity Interests of the Borrower from the Effective Date to such date of determination.

(b) Consolidated Leverage Ratio . The Borrower will not permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at any time to exceed 0.30 to 1.00.

(c) Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . The Borrower will not permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower during any period set forth below to be less than 1.25 to 1.00.

(d) Risk-Based Capital . The Borrower will not permit “total adjusted capital” (within the meaning of the Insurance Model Act as of the Effective Date) of any of its existing or future U.S. Regulated Insurance Companies, in each case, as determined as of the end of each fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012, to be less than 200.0% of the applicable “Company Action Level RBC” (within the meaning of the Model Act) for such Regulated Insurance Company.

(e) Consolidated Surplus . The Borrower will not permit the Consolidated Surplus at any time to be less than the sum of (i) $275,000,000 and (ii) 50% of Consolidated Net Income of the Regulated Insurance Companies for each fiscal year of the Borrower (beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012) for which such Consolidated Net Income is positive.

(f) Minimum Rating . The Borrower will not permit or suffer the financial strength rating of each Regulated Insurance Company (other than National Health Insurance Company) by A.M. Best Company to be less than “A-” at any time to the extent such Regulated Insurance Company is rated by A.M. Best Company; provided that the requirements of this Section 6.14(f) shall apply to the Regulated Insurance Companies, as a group, to the extent the Regulated Insurance Companies are rated as a group (and not individually) by A.M. Best Company.

(g) Calculations . For purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.14(c), with respect to any Test Period during which a Permitted Acquisition or an Asset Sale has occurred: (a) the components of Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated with respect to such Test Period on a Pro Forma Basis as if each such Permitted Acquisition had been consummated on the first day of such Test Period and as if each such Asset Sale had been consummated on the day immediately prior to the first day of such Test Period; and (b) Consolidated Interest Expense shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis to give effect to any Indebtedness incurred, assumed or permanently repaid or extinguished during the relevant Test Period in connection with any

 

68


Permitted Acquisitions and Asset Sales as if such incurrence, assumption, repayment or extinguishing had been effected on the first day of such Test Period.

SECTION 6.15 Limitation on Creation of Subsidiaries . After the Effective Date, establish, create or acquire any additional Subsidiaries without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent; provided that, without such consent, the Borrower may: (i) establish or create one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of the Borrower; and (ii) establish, create or acquire one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries in connection with an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 6.04, so long as, in each case with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) above in this Section 6.15, the Borrower complies with the provisions of Section 5.11, if applicable.

SECTION 6.16 Limitation on Creation of Immaterial Subsidiaries . The Borrower shall not at any time have Immaterial Subsidiaries whose aggregate Subsidiary Net Worth exceeds ten percent (10%) of Consolidated Net Worth.

ARTICLE VII

Events of Default

If any of the following events (“ Events of Default ”) shall occur:

(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;

(b) the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Article) payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of three (3) Business Days;

(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any amendment or modification hereof or waiver hereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect when made or deemed made;

(d) the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.02, 5.03 (with respect to the Borrower’s existence), 5.06(b) or 5.08 or in Article VI;

(e) the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those specified in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this Article), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) consecutive calendar days after the earlier of (i) actual knowledge of the Borrower of such default and (ii) notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower;

(f) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable;

 

69


(g) any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this subsection (g) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness;

(h) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(i) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall (A) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (B) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Article, (C) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, (D) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (E) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (F) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

(j) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

(k) there is entered against the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (A) one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (as to all such judgments and orders) exceeding $6,000,000 (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance, has been notified of the potential claim and does not dispute coverage), or (B) any one or more non-monetary final judgments that have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and in case of either (A) or (B), (x) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (y) there is a period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect;

(l) one or more ERISA Events or noncompliance with respect to Foreign Pension Plans shall have occurred that when taken together with all other such ERISA Events and noncompliance with respect to Foreign Pension Plans that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and its ERISA Affiliates in an aggregate amount exceeding (i) the Threshold Amount in any year or (ii) the Threshold Amount for all periods;

(m) a Change in Control shall occur;

(n) any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or the satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, shall cease to be in full force and effect; or the Borrower (or any Person by, through or on behalf of the Borrower), shall contest in any manner the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document; or the Borrower shall deny that it has any or further liability or obligation under any

 

70


provision of any Loan Document, or purport to revoke, terminate or rescind any provision of any Loan Document; or

(o) any security interest and Lien purported to be created by any Pledge Agreement shall cease to be in full force and effect, or shall cease to give the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the Liens, rights, powers and privileges purported to be created and granted under such Pledge Agreements (including a perfected first priority security interest in and Lien on the Pledged Equity covered thereby (except as otherwise expressly provided in such Pledge Agreements or in this Agreement)) in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, or shall be asserted by the Borrower or any Subsidiary not be a valid, perfect, first priority (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or such Pledge Agreements) security interest in or Lien on the Pledged Equity covered thereby;

(p) any one or more Insurance Licenses of the Borrower or any of its Regulated Insurance Companies shall be suspended, limited or terminated or shall not be renewed, or any other action shall be taken by any Governmental Authority, and such suspension, limitation, termination, non-renewal or action, either individually or in the aggregate, has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect; or

(q) the Indebtedness under any obligations to make Deferred Acquisition Payments or any other subordinated Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary constituting Material Indebtedness, in each case shall cease (or the Borrower or an Affiliate of the Borrower shall so assert), for any reason, to be (or shall be asserted by the Borrower or any Subsidiary not to be) validly subordinated to the Obligations as provided in agreements, if any, evidencing or relating to such subordinated Indebtedness or the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall have made a Deferred Acquisition Payment in violation of the subordination provisions governing such Deferred Acquisition Payment;

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other Obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other Obligations accrued hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, exercise any rights and remedies provided to the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the UCC.

 

71


ARTICLE VIII

The Administrative Agent

Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf, including execution of the other Loan Documents, and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

The bank serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.

The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing as directed by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02), and (c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection with any Loan Document, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in any Loan Document, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, (v) the creation, perfection or priority of Liens on the Pledged Equity or the existence of the Pledged Equity or (vi) or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

 

72


The Administrative Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), to appoint a successor; provided, that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required in the event a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent.

Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

None of the Lenders, if any, identified in this Agreement as a Syndication Agent or Documentation Agent shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of such Lenders shall have or be deemed to have a fiduciary relationship with any Lender. Each Lender hereby makes the same acknowledgments with respect to the relevant Lenders in their respective capacities as Syndication Agent or Documentation Agent, as applicable, as it makes with respect to the Administrative Agent in the preceding paragraph.

The Lenders are not partners or co-venturers, and no Lender shall be liable for the acts or omissions of, or (except as otherwise set forth herein in case of the Administrative Agent) authorized to act for, any other Lender. The Administrative Agent shall have the exclusive right on behalf of the Lenders to enforce the payment of the principal of and interest on any Loan after the date such principal or interest has become due and payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

In its capacity as Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent is a “representative” of the Secured Parties within the meaning of the term “secured party” as defined in the New York Uniform

 

73


Commercial Code. Each Lender authorizes the Administrative Agent to enter into each of the Pledge Agreements to which it is a party and to take all action contemplated by such documents. Each Lender agrees that no Secured Party (other than the Administrative Agent) shall have the right individually to seek to realize upon the security granted by any Pledge Agreement, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties upon the terms of the Pledge Agreements. In the event that any Pledged Equity is hereafter pledged by any Person as collateral security for the Obligations, the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized, and hereby granted a power of attorney, to execute and deliver on behalf of the Secured Parties any Loan Documents necessary or appropriate to grant and perfect a Lien on such Pledged Equity in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties. The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion, to release any Lien granted to or held by the Administrative Agent upon any Pledged Equity (i) as described in Section 9.02(d); (ii) as permitted by, but only in accordance with, the terms of the applicable Loan Document; or (iii) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders, unless such release is required to be approved by all of the Lenders hereunder. Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release particular types or items of Pledged Equity pursuant hereto. Upon any sale or transfer of assets constituting Pledged Equity which is permitted pursuant to the terms of any Loan Document, or consented to in writing by the Required Lenders or all of the Lenders, as applicable, and upon at least five (5) Business Days’ prior written request by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall (and is hereby irrevocably authorized by the Lenders to) execute such documents as may be necessary to evidence the release of the Liens granted to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties herein or pursuant hereto upon the Pledged Equity that was sold or transferred; provided, however, that (i) the Administrative Agent shall not be required to execute any such document on terms which, in the Administrative Agent’s opinion, would expose the Administrative Agent to liability or create any obligation or entail any consequence other than the release of such Liens without recourse or warranty, and (ii) such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect or impair the Obligations or any Liens upon (or obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of) all interests retained by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, including (without limitation) the proceeds of the sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Pledged Equity.

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

SECTION 9.01 Notices . (a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and subject to paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower, to it at American Capital Acquisition Corporation, 59 Maiden Lane, 38 th Floor, New York, NY 10038, Attention of Michael H. Weiner, Chief Financial Officer (Telecopy No. (336) 435-403; Telephone No. (212) 380-9492;

(ii) if to the Administrative Agent, to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., JPMorgan Loan Services, 10 South Dearborn Street, 7 th Floor, Chicago, IL 60603-2003, Attention of Joyce P. King (Telecopy No. (888) 292-9533), with a copy to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 10 South Dearborn Street, 9 th Floor, Chicago, IL 60603, Attention of Svetlana Skopcenko (Telecopy No. (312) 325-3190);

 

74


(iii) if to the Issuing Bank, to it at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., JPMorgan Loan Services, 10 South Dearborn Street, 7 th Floor, Chicago, IL 60603-2003, Attention of Debra Williams (Telecopy No. (312) 385-7098); and

(iv) if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

(b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article II unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

(c) Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.

SECTION 9.02 Waivers; Amendments . (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement, or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.18(b) or (d) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, (v) change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender or (vi) except as provided in clause (d) of this Section or in any Pledge Agreement, release all or substantially all of the Pledged Equity, without the

 

75


written consent of each Lender; provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement and any other Loan Document may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (x) to add one or more credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Revolving Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (y) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders and Lenders.

(d) The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its sole discretion, to release any Liens granted to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiary on any Pledged Equity (i) upon the termination of all the Commitments, payment and satisfaction in full in cash of all Obligations, (ii) constituting property being sold or disposed of if the Borrower certifies to the Administrative Agent that the sale or disposition is made in compliance with the terms of this Agreement (and the Administrative Agent may rely conclusively on any such certificate, without further inquiry), (iii) constituting property leased to the Borrower or any Subsidiary under a lease which has expired or been terminated in a transaction permitted under this Agreement, or (iv) as required to effect any sale or other disposition of such Pledged Equity in connection with any exercise of remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Article VII. Any such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect, or impair the Obligations or any Liens (other than those expressly being released) upon (or obligations of the Borrower in respect of) all interests retained by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including the proceeds of any sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Pledged Equity.

(e) If, in connection with any proposed amendment, waiver or consent requiring the consent of “each Lender” or “each Lender directly affected thereby,” the consent of the Required Lenders is obtained, but the consent of other necessary Lenders is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is necessary but not obtained being referred to herein as a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”), then the Borrower may elect to replace a Non-Consenting Lender as a Lender party to this Agreement, provided that, concurrently with such replacement, (i) another bank or other entity which is reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall agree, as of such date, to purchase for cash the Loans and other Obligations due to the Non-Consenting Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption and to become a Lender for all purposes under this Agreement and to assume all obligations of the Non Consenting Lender to be terminated as of such date and to comply with the requirements of clause (b) of Section 9.04, and (ii) the Borrower shall pay to such Non Consenting Lender in same day funds on the day of such replacement (1) all interest, fees and other amounts then accrued but unpaid to such Non-Consenting Lender by the Borrower hereunder to and including the date of termination, including without limitation payments due to such Non-Consenting Lender under Sections 2.15 and 2.17, and (2) an amount, if any, equal to the payment which would have been due to such Lender under Section 2.16 on the day of such replacement had the Loans of such Non-Consenting Lender been prepaid on such date rather than sold to the replacement Lender.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein the Administrative Agent may, with the consent of the Borrower only, amend, modify or supplement this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency.

SECTION 9.03 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver . (a) The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates,

 

76


including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent, in connection with the syndication and distribution (including, without limitation, via the internet or through a service such as Intralinks) of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of one firm as counsel for the Administrative Agent (and, in addition to such firm, any local counsel engaged in each relevant jurisdiction by such firm), one firm as counsel for the Issuing Bank (and, in addition to such firm, any local counsel engaged in each relevant jurisdiction by such firm), and one additional firm as counsel for the Lenders (and, in addition to such firm, any local counsel engaged in each relevant jurisdiction by such firm) and additional counsel as the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender or group of Lenders reasonably determines are necessary in light of actual or potential conflicts of interest or the availability of different claims or defenses, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement and any other Loan Document, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

(b) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of any Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee. This Section 9.03(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses or damages arising from any non-Tax claim.

(c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount (it being understood that the Borrower’s failure to pay any such amount shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof); provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case

 

77


may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank in its capacity as such.

(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee (i) for any damages arising from the use by others of information or other materials obtained through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems (including the Internet), or (ii) on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.

(e) All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than fifteen (15) days after written demand therefor.

SECTION 9.04 Successors and Assigns . (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of:

(A) the Borrower (provided that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof); provided , further, that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee;

(B) the Administrative Agent; and

(C) the Issuing Bank.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not

 

78


be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, provided that this clause shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans;

(C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500, such fee to be paid by either the assigning Lender or the assignee Lender or shared between such Lenders; and

(D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower and its affiliates and their Related Parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws.

For the purposes of this Section 9.04(b), the term “ Approved Fund ” has the following meaning:

Approved Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.

(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount (and stated interest) of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms

 

79


hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Issuing Bank and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that if either the assigning Lender or the assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.05(c), 2.06(d) or (e), 2.07(b), 2.18(e) or 9.03(c), the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(c) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged; (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations; and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that affects such Participant. The Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 2.17(f) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.17(f) shall be delivered to the participating Lender)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Sections 2.18 and 2.19 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section; and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.15 or 2.17, with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.18(d) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans, Letters of Credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan, Letter of Credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person

 

80


whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(d) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

SECTION 9.05 Survival . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any provision hereof or thereof.

SECTION 9.06 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic imaging shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.07 Severability . Any provision of any Loan Document held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions thereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 9.08 Right of Setoff . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or

 

81


demand, provisional or final and in whatever currency denominated) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all of the Obligations held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under the Loan Documents and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

SECTION 9.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process . (a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

(b) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County, Borough of Manhattan, and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against the Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

SECTION 9.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

SECTION 9.11 Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

 

82


SECTION 9.12 Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors, in each case who need to know such Information in connection with the Loan Documents and the Transactions (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii)any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower. For the purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Borrower relating to the Borrower or its business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower; provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

SECTION 9.13 USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.

SECTION 9.14 Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable Requirements of Law (collectively the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

SECTION 9.15 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), the Borrower acknowledges and agrees that:

 

83


(i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Lenders are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower, on the one hand, and the Lenders and their Affiliates, on the other hand, (B) the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) the Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) each of the Lenders and their Affiliates is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower or any of its Affiliates and (B) no Lender or any of its Affiliates has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except, in the case of a Lender, those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) each of the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and no Lender or any of its Affiliates has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower or its Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Borrower hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against each of the Lenders and their Affiliates with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

SECTION 9.16 Appointment for Perfection . Each Lender hereby appoints each other Lender as its agent for the purpose of perfecting Liens, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, in assets which, in accordance with Article 9 of the UCC or any other applicable law can be perfected only by possession. Should any Lender (other than the Administrative Agent) obtain possession of any Pledged Equity, such Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent thereof, and, promptly upon the Administrative Agent’s request therefor shall deliver such Pledged Equity to the Administrative Agent or otherwise deal with such Pledged Equity in accordance with the Administrative Agent’s instructions.

SECTION 9.17 Termination of Commitments under Existing Credit Agreement . Each of the Borrower and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as “Lender” thereunder, hereby agrees that, as of the Effective Date, all of the commitments to extend credit under the Existing Credit Agreement will be terminated automatically and any and all required notices and notice periods in connection with such termination are hereby waived and of no further force and effect.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

84


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

AMERICAN CAPITAL ACQUISITION
CORPORATION, as the Borrower
By   /s/ Michael Weiner
  Name: Michael Weiner
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., individually as a Lender, as the Issuing Bank and as Administrative Agent
By   /s/ Hector J. Varona
  Name: Hector J. Varona
  Title: Vice President
KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, individually as a Lender and as Syndication Agent
By   /s/ James Cribbet
  Name: James Cribbet
  Title: Senior Vice President
FIRST NIAGARA BANK, N.A., individually as a
Lender and as Documentation Agent
By   /s/ David Reading
  Name: David Reading
  Title: First Vice President
ASSOCIATED BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender
By   /s/ Edward J. Chidiac
  Name: Edward J. Chidiac
  Title: Senior Vice President

Signature Page to Credit Agreement

American Capital Acquisition Corporation


Schedule 1.01 – Permitted Tax Incentive Financing Transactions

Although the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower folds 50% of the Equity Interests of East Ninth & Superior, LLC and 800 Superior, LLC, neither is a Subsidiary of the Borrower as their accounts are not consolidated with those of the Borrower and the Borrower does not Control either entity

 

   

Guaranty by the Borrower of 50% of the $5,000,000 unsecured loan from the State of Ohio to East Ninth & Superior, LLC.

 

   

Indemnification agreement by the Borrower in favor of AmTrust Financial Services, Inc. with respect to its guaranty of four QLICI Loans in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $9,400,000 from CNMIF II (I), LLC to 800 Superior, LLC.

 

   

Indemnification agreement by the Borrower in favor of AmTrust Financial Services, Inc. with respect to its guaranty of three QLICI Loans in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10,000,000 from Key Community Development New Markets IV LLC to 800 Superior, LLC.

 

   

Equity Investment by the Borrower in the amount of $3,292,000 representing 50% of the Equity Interests of East Ninth & Superior, LLC.

 

   

Equity Investment by Integon National Insurance Company in the amount of $1,979,779.50 representing 50% of the Equity Interests of 800 Superior, LLC.

 

   

Equity Investment by the Borrower in the amount of $687,960 representing 50% of the Equity Interests in 800 Superior NMTC Investment Fund II, LLLC.

 

   

Lease between 800 Superior, LLC and GMAC Insurance Management Corporation.

 

   

All documents evidencing the foregoing.


SCHEDULE 2.01

COMMITMENTS

 

LENDER

   COMMITMENT  

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

   $ 25,000,000   

KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

   $ 25,000,000   

FIRST NIAGARA BANK, N.A.

   $ 20,000,000   

ASSOCIATED BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

   $ 20,000,000   

AGGREGATE COMMITMENT

   $ 90,000,000.00   


Schedule 3.11

Acquisition Agreements with Deferred Acquisition Payments

Membership Interest Purchase Agreement by and between Robert J. Seda and GMAC Insurance Management Corporation dated as of February 16, 2012.

Stock Purchase Agreement by and between Reliant Financial Group, LLC, and Access Plans, Inc. dated as of February 17, 2012.

Purchase Agreement by and among GMAC Insurance Management Corporation, Byron Storms and Torrence A. Conroy relating to ClearSide General Insurance Services, LLC dated as of June 14, 2012 (“Clearside Purchase Agreement”).

GMAC Seller Obligations (being repaid on or about the Effective Date).


Schedule 3.15

Subsidiaries

Part A

Michael Karfunkel (27.64%) and the Michael Karfunkel 2005 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust (GRAT) (72.36%) own 100% of Borrower’s outstanding common stock. Through its subsidiary, AmTrust International Insurance, Ltd., AmTrust Financial Services, Inc. controls 53,053.66 shares of Series A Preferred stock that are convertible into 21.25% of Borrower’s common stock.

Part B

 

Subsidiary

  Jurisdiction of
Organization/
Formation
 

Type of

Entity

 

Persons holding

direct ownership

interests in such

Subsidiary

  Percentage
Ownership

GM Motor Club, Inc.

  North Carolina  

corporation

 

American Capital Acquisition Corporation

  100%

GMAC Insurance Company Online, Inc.

  Missouri  

corporation

 

American Capital Acquisition Corporation

  100%

MIC General Insurance Corporation

  Michigan  

corporation

 

American Capital Acquisition Corporation

  100%

National General Assurance Company

  Missouri  

corporation

 

American Capital Acquisition Corporation

  100%

National General Insurance Company

  Missouri  

corporation

 

American Capital Acquisition Corporation

  100%

GMAC Insurance Management Corporation

  Delaware  

corporation

 

American Capital Acquisition Corporation

  100%

GMAC Insurance Marketing, Inc.

  Missouri  

corporation

 

GMAC Insurance Management Corporation

  100%

Integon Casualty Insurance Company

  North Carolina  

corporation

 

GMAC Insurance Management Corporation

  100%

Integon General Insurance Corporation

  North Carolina  

corporation

 

GMAC Insurance Management Corporation

  100%

Integon Indemnity Corporation

  North Carolina  

corporation

 

GMAC Insurance Management Corporation

  100%

National Health Insurance Company

  Texas  

corporation

 

Integon Indemnity Corporation

  100%

Integon National Insurance Company

  North Carolina  

corporation

 

GMAC Insurance Management Corporation

  100%

1100 Compton, LLC

  Delaware  

limited liability company

 

Integon National Insurance Company

  100%

Integon Preferred Insurance Company

  North Carolina  

corporation

 

GMAC Insurance Management Corporation

  100%

New South Insurance Company

  North Carolina  

corporation

 

GMAC Insurance Management Corporation

  100%

GMACI Sales Management Corp

  Ohio  

corporation

 

GMAC Insurance Management Corporation

  100%

GMAC Insurance Georgia, LLC

  Delaware  

Limited liability company

 

National General Insurance Company

New South Insurance Company
MIC General Insurance Corporation

  29.75%

15.5%

24.875%


     

Integon Indemnity Corporation

Integon National Insurance Company Integon General Insurance Corporation
Third party

  7%

5.75%

3.5%

 

13.625%

Clearside General Insurance Services, LLC

  California  

limited liability company

 

GMAC Insurance Management Corporation

  100%

Velapoint, LLC

  Washington  

limited liability company

 

GMAC Insurance Management Corporation

  100%

Reliant Financial Group, LLC

  Oregon  

limited liability company

 

Velapoint, LLC

  100%

America’s Health Care/Rx Plan Agency, Inc.

  Delaware  

corporation

 

Reliant Financial Group, LLC

  100%

Care Financial of Texas, LLC

  Texas  

limited liability company

 

America’s Health Care/Rx Plan Agency, Inc.

  100%

The Association Benefits Solution, LLC

  Delaware  

limited liability company

 

Integon Indemnity Corporation

  100%

Association of Independent Beverage Distributors, LLC

  Delaware  

limited liability company

 

The Association Benefits Solution, LLC

  100%

Distributor Innovations and Benefit Savings Solutions, LLC

  Delaware  

limited liability company

 

The Association Benefits Solution, LLC

  100%

Red Partners Operating Solutions, LLC

  Delaware  

limited liability company

 

The Association Benefits Solution, LLC

  100%

Alliance of Professional Service Organizations, LLC

  Delaware  

limited liability company

 

The Association Benefits Solution, LLC

  100%

Distributors Insurance Company PCC

  Delaware  

corporation

 

The Association Benefits Solution, LLC

  100%

AIBD Insurance Company IC

  Delaware  

corporation

 

Distributors Insurance Company PCC

  100%

Professional Services Captive Corporation IC

  Delaware  

corporation

 

Distributors Insurance Company PCC

  100%

GMACI Re Limited

  Bermuda  

limited liability exempted company

 

American Capital Acquisition Corporation

  100%

ACAC Holdings Luxembourg

  Luxembourg  

limited liability company

 

GMACI Re Limited

  100%

ACAC Lux RE I

  Luxembourg  

limited liability company

 

ACAC Holdings Luxembourg

  100%

ACAC Capital Limited

  Nevada  

corporation

 

GMACI Re Limited

  100%


ACAC (Nevis) Limited

  Nevada  

corporation

 

GMACI Re Limited

  100%

American Capital

Acquisition Investments, Limited

  Bermuda  

limited liability exempted company

 

GMACI Re Limited

  100% of the common stock
     

Integon National Insurance Company

  100% of the preferred stock

GMACI Holdings BM, Limited

  Bermuda  

limited liability exempted company

 

American Capital Acquisition Corporation

  100%

GMACI Reinsurance Broker Limited

  Bermuda  

limited liability exempted company

 

GMACI Holdings BM, Limited

  100%

GMACI Insurance Management Limited

  Bermuda  

limited liability exempted company

 

GMACI Holdings BM, Limited

  100%


Schedule 6.01

Existing Indebtedness

Obligations of the Borrower under the ACP Re Note

Deferred Acquisition Payment of approximately $650,000 under the Clearside Purchase Agreement

GMAC Seller Obligations (being repaid on or about the Effective Date)


Schedule 6.02

Existing Liens

None.


Schedule 6.04

Existing Investments

Velapoint, LLC owns 50% interest in AgentCubed, LLC

American Capital Acquisition Investments, Ltd. owns 50% interest in AMT Capital Alpha, LLC

American Capital Acquisition Investments, Ltd. owns 50% interest in Tiger Capital, LLC

GMAC Insurance Georgia, LLC is owned by National General Insurance Company (29.75%), New South Insurance Company (15.5%), MIC General Insurance Corporation (24.875%), Integon Indemnity Corporation (7.0%), Integon National Insurance Company (5.75%), Integon General Insurance Corporation (3.5%) and a third party (13.625%)


Schedule 6.08

Transactions with Affiliates

 

 

Intercompany Agreement

  

Parties to the Agreement

  

Effective
Date

Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement    Amtrust Underwriters, Inc. & GMAC Insurance Management Corporation    3/4/2011
Asset Management Agreement    AII Insurance Management Limited, American Capital Acquisition Corporation, and GMAC Insurance Management Corporation on behalf of Insurers    3/1/2010
Asset Management Agreement   

AII Ins Management Limited, GMAC Insurance Management Corporation, Agent Alliance Insurance Company, GM Motor Club, and GMAC Insurance Marketing, Inc.

 

The Association Benefits Solution, LLC, Distributors Insurance Company PCC, AIBD Insurance Company IC, Professional Services Captive Corporation IC, Association of Independent Beverage Distributors, Distributor Innovations & Benefit Savings Solutions, Red Partners Operating Solutions, Alliance of Professional Service Organizations, ClearSide General Insurance Services, Velapoint, LLC, Reliant Financial Group, LLC, America’s Health Care/Rx Plan Agency, Inc., Care Financial of Texas, and National Health Insurance Company were added to the agreement by signing a Joinder Agreement

   9/1/2011
Personal & Commercial Automobile Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement    Integon National on behalf of participants in the Company Pool and the Subscribing Reinsurers (Maiden Insurance Company Ltd., Technology Insurance Company, Inc & ACP Re, Ltd.)    3/1/2010
Reinsurance Trust Agreement    ACP Re, Integon National Insurance Company, & JP Morgan Chase Bank    11/29/2010
Management Services Agreement   

American Capital Acquisition Corporation, American Capital Acquisition Investments, Ltd, GM Motor Club, GMAC Insurance Marketing, Inc & GMAC Insurance Management Corporation

 

The Association Benefits Solution, LLC, Distributors Insurance Company PCC, AIBD Insurance Company IC, Professional Services Captive Corporation IC, Association of Independent Beverage Distributors,

   5/19/2011


   Distributor Innovations & Benefit Savings Solutions, Red Partners Operating Solutions, Alliance of Professional Service Organizations, ClearSide General Insurance Services, Velapoint, LLC, Reliant Financial Group, LLC, America’s Health Care/Rx Plan Agency, Inc., Care Financial of Texas, and National Health Insurance Company were added to the agreement by signing a Joinder Agreement   
Amended & Restated Management Services Agreement    Integon Indemnity, Integon General, New South, Integon Preferred, Integon National, Integon Casualty, NGIC, NGAC, GMAC Online, MICG, Agent Alliance Ins Co & GMACI    1/1/2012
Amended & Restated Reinsurance Agreement    Integon Indemnity, Integon General, New South, Integon Preferred, Integon National, Integon Casualty, NGIC, NGAC, GMAC Online, MICG, Agent Alliance & GMACI    1/1/2012
Tax Allocation Agreement    Integon Indemnity, Integon General, New South, Integon Preferred, Integon National, Integon Casualty, NGIC, NGAC, GMAC Online, MICG, GMACI, GMAC Ins. Mktg & GMMC    3/1/2010
Tax Allocation Agreement   

ACAC, ACAI, & Agent Alliance Ins Company

 

The Association Benefits Solution, LLC, Distributors Insurance Company PCC, AIBD Insurance Company IC, Professional Services Captive Corporation IC, Association of Independent Beverage Distributors, Distributor Innovations & Benefit Savings Solutions, Red Partners Operating Solutions, Alliance of Professional Service Organizations, ClearSide General Insurance Services, Velapoint, LLC, Reliant Financial Group, LLC, America’s Health Care/Rx Plan Agency, Inc., and Care Financial of Texas were added to the agreement by signing a Joinder Agreement

   9/1/2011
Lease Maiden Lane – 38th Floor    59 Maiden Lane Associates, LLC & GMACI   

5/1/2010, amended on 7/30/2012

Master Services Agreement    Amtrust North America & GMACI    2/22/2012
Consulting and Marketing Agreement    Risk Services, LLC & Integon National    7/1/2012
Reinsurance Agreement    Integon National & Agent Alliance Insurance Company    11/9/2012


Schedule 6.09

Restrictions

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of American Capital Acquisition Company, effective November 24, 2009


EXHIBIT A

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

This Assignment and Assumption (the “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [ Insert name of Assignor ] (the “ Assignor ”) and [ Insert name of Assignee ] (the “ Assignee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, the “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including any letters of credit and guarantees included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

1.      Assignor:

    

2.      Assignee:

    
   [and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [identify Lender] 1 ]

3.      Borrower(s):

   American Capital Acquisition Corporation

4.      Administrative Agent:

   JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement

5.      Credit Agreement:

   The Credit Agreement dated as of February 20, 2013 among American Capital Acquisition Corporation, the Lenders parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto

 

1   Select as applicable.


6. Assigned Interest:

 

Aggregate Amount of

Commitment/Loans for all

Lenders

   Amount of Commitment/
Loans Assigned
     Percentage Assigned of
Commitment/Loans 2
 

$

   $           %   

$

   $           %   

$

   $           %   

Effective Date:                     , 20         [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]

By:    
  Title:
ASSIGNEE
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
By:    
  Title:

Consented to and Accepted:

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank

By:    
  Title:
[Consented to:] 3

 

AMERICAN CAPITAL ACQUISITION     CORPORATION

By:    
  Title:

 

 

2   Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.
3   To be added only if the consent of the Borrower is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

2


ANNEX I

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

1. Representations and Warranties .

1.1 Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

1.2 Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Credit Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and (v) if it is a Non-U.S. Lender, attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

2. Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

3. General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this


Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

 

2


EXHIBIT B

OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE LOAN PARTIES


EXHIBIT C

LIST OF CLOSING DOCUMENTS

AMERICAN CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORPORATION

CREDIT FACILITIES

February 20, 2013

LIST OF CLOSING DOCUMENTS 4

A. LOAN DOCUMENTS

 

1. Credit Agreement (the “ Credit Agreement ”) by and among American Capital Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the institutions from time to time parties thereto as Lenders (the “ Lenders ”) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as Administrative Agent for itself and the other Lenders (the “ Administrative Agent ”), evidencing a revolving credit facility to the Borrower from the Lenders in an initial aggregate principal amount of $90,000,000.

SCHEDULES

Schedule 1.01 – Permitted Tax Incentive Financing Transactions

Schedule 2.01 – Commitments

Schedule 3.11 – Acquisition Agreements with respect to Deferred Acquisition Payments

Schedule 3.15 – Subsidiaries

Schedule 6.01 – Existing Indebtedness

Schedule 6.02 – Existing Liens

Schedule 6.04 – Existing Investments

Schedule 6.08 – Transactions with Affiliates

Schedule 6.09 – Restrictions

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A – Form of Assignment and Assumption

Exhibit B – Form of Opinion of Borrower’s Counsel

Exhibit C – List of Closing Documents

Exhibit D-1 – Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Not Partnerships)

Exhibit D-2 – Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Partnerships)

Exhibit D-3 – Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (Non-U.S. Participants That Are Not Partnerships)

Exhibit D-4 – Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (Non-U.S. Participants That Are Partnerships)

Exhibit E – Form of Pledge Agreement

 

 

4   Each capitalized term used herein and not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the above-defined Credit Agreement. Items appearing in bold and italics shall be prepared and/or provided by the Borrower and/or Borrower’s counsel.


2. Notes executed by the Borrower in favor of each of the Lenders, if any, which has requested a note pursuant to Section 2.10(e) of the Credit Agreement.

 

3. Pledge Agreement executed by the Borrower and each Subsidiary party thereto (collectively, the “ Loan Parties ”), together with pledged stock certificates, stock powers executed in blank, pledge instructions and acknowledgments, as appropriate .

Schedule I – List of Pledged Stock Interests

Schedule II – List of Pledged LLC Interests

Schedule III – List of Pledged Partnership Interests

Schedule IV – List of Pledged Other Equity Interests

Schedule 3.03 – List of Required Registrations, Recordations and Filings

Schedule 3.06(a) – Certain Pledgor Information

Schedule 3.06(b) – Changes to Pledgor Information

Exhibit A – Form of Issuer Control Agreement

Exhibit B – Form of Joinder Amendment

B. CORPORATE DOCUMENTS

 

4. Certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of each Loan Party certifying (i) that there have been no changes in the Certificate of Incorporation or other charter document of such Loan Party, as attached thereto and as certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State (or analogous governmental entity) of the jurisdiction of its organization, since the date of the certification thereof by such governmental entity, (ii) the By-Laws or other applicable organizational document, as attached thereto, of such Loan Party as in effect on the date of such certification, (iii) resolutions of the Board of Directors or other governing body of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of each Loan Document to which it is a party, and (iv) the names and true signatures of the incumbent officers of each Loan Party authorized to sign the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (in the case of the Borrower) authorized to request a Borrowing or the issuance of a Letter of Credit under the Credit Agreement.

 

5. Good Standing Certificate for each Loan Party from the Secretary of State of the jurisdiction of its organization.

C. OPINIONS

 

6. Opinion of Thompson Hine LLP, counsel for the Loan Parties.

D. CLOSING CERTIFICATES AND MISCELLANEOUS

 

7. A Certificate signed by the President, a Vice President or a Financial Officer of the Borrower certifying the following: (i) all of the representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in the Credit Agreement are true and correct and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing.

 

8. Subordination Agreement in respect of the ACP Re Note.

 

2


EXHIBIT D-1

FORM OF U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE

(For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of February 20, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among American Capital Acquisition Corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (v) the interest payments in question are not effectively connected with the undersigned’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

Date:                     , 20[    ]


EXHIBIT D-2

FORM OF U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE

(For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of February 20, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among American Capital Acquisition Corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement, neither the undersigned nor any of its partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (v) none of its partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (vi) the interest payments in question are not effectively connected with the undersigned’s or its partners/members’ conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of its partners/members claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

Date:                     , 20[    ]


EXHIBIT D-3

FORM OF U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE

(For Non-U.S. Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of February 20, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among American Capital Acquisition Corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (v) the interest payments in question are not effectively connected with the undersigned’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

Date:                     , 20[    ]


EXHIBIT D-4

FORM OF U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE

(For Non-U.S. Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of February 20, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among American Capital Acquisition Corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (v) none of its partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (vi) the interest payments in question are not effectively connected with the undersigned’s or its partners/members’ conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of its partners/members claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

Date:                     , 20[    ]


EXHIBIT E

PLEDGE AGREEMENT

dated as of February 20, 2013

by and among

AMERICAN CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORPORATION,

GMAC INSURANCE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

and

CERTAIN OF THEIR RESPECTIVE SUBSIDIARIES PARTY HERETO,

as Pledgors,

and

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
ARTICLE I   
THE SECURITY INTERESTS   
Section 1.01    Terms Defined in the Credit Agreement      1   
Section 1.02    Terms Defined in the UCC      1   
Section 1.03    Additional Definitions      2   
Section 1.04    Terms Generally      8   
ARTICLE II   
THE SECURITY INTERESTS   
Section 2.01    Grant of Security Interests      8   
Section 2.02    Security Interests Absolute      9   
Section 2.03    Continuing Liability of the Pledgors      10   
Section 2.04    Filing Authorization      10   
Section 2.05    Continuing Security Interests      10   
ARTICLE III   
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES   
Section 3.01    Title to Collateral      11   
Section 3.02    Power to Transfer      11   
Section 3.03    Validity, Perfection and Priority of Security Interests      11   
Section 3.04    Collateral      11   
Section 3.05    No Consents      12   
Section 3.06    Pledgor Information      12   
ARTICLE IV   
COVENANTS   
Section 4.01    Delivery of Collateral      13   
Section 4.02    Additional Collateral      13   
Section 4.03    Disposition of Collateral      14   
Section 4.04    Change of Name, Identity, Structure or Location      14   
Section 4.05    UCC Article 8      14   
Section 4.06    Further Actions      14   
Section 4.07    Information Regarding Collateral      15   
Section 4.08    Protect Collateral      15   
ARTICLE V   
DISTRIBUTIONS ON COLLATERAL; VOTING; CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING   
PLEDGED EQUITY INTERESTS   
Section 5.01    Right to Receive Distributions on Collateral; Voting      15   
Section 5.02    Certain Agreements of Pledgors As Issuers and Holders of Pledged Equity Interests      17   


ARTICLE VI
GENERAL AUTHORITY; REMEDIES
Section 6.01    General Authority    18
Section 6.02    Remedies upon Event of Default    18
Section 6.03    Securities Act    19
Section 6.04    Other Rights of the Administrative Agent    20
Section 6.05    Limitation on Duty of Administrative Agent in Respect of Collateral    21
Section 6.06    Waiver and Estoppel    21
Section 6.07    Application of Proceeds    22
ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 7.01    Notices    22
Section 7.02    No Waivers; Non-Exclusive Remedies    22
Section 7.03    Compensation and Expenses of the Administrative Agent; Indemnification    23
Section 7.04    Amendments and Waivers    25
Section 7.05    Successors and Assigns; Assignments    25
Section 7.06    Governing Law    25
Section 7.07    Severability    26
Section 7.08    Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness    26
Section 7.09    Additional Pledgors    26
Section 7.10    Termination    27
Section 7.11    Obligations Absolute    27

Schedules:

 

Schedule I

         List of Pledged Stock Interests

Schedule II

         List of Pledged LLC Interests

Schedule III

         List of Pledged Partnership Interests

Schedule IV

         List of Pledged Other Equity Interests

Schedule 3.03

         List of Required Registrations, Recordations and Filings

Schedule 3.06(a)

         Certain Pledgor Information

Schedule 3.06(b)    

         Changes to Pledgor Information
Exhibits:     

Exhibit A

         Form of Issuer Control Agreement

Exhibit B

         Form of Joinder Agreement

 

2


PLEDGE AGREEMENT

This PLEDGE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ), dated as of February 20, 2013, by and among AMERICAN CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), GMAC INSURANCE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation and a Subsidiary of the Borrower (“ GMAC Insurance Management Corporation ”), and the other Subsidiaries from time to time party hereto pursuant to a Joinder Agreement (as defined below) (the “ Additional Subsidiaries ”, and together with the Borrower and GMAC Insurance Management Corporation, the “ Pledgors ”, and each a “ Pledgor ”), and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as contractual representative (together with any of its successors and assigns, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for itself and for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement identified below).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent have entered into the Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) by and between the Borrower, the financial institutions party thereto as Lenders from time to time and the Administrative Agent;

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement that each Pledgor execute and deliver the applicable Loan Documents, including this Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Borrower and each other Pledgor will receive substantial benefits from the credit facility provided for under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and each is, therefore, willing to enter into this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, this Agreement is given by each Pledgor in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to secure the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations (as defined herein).

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

THE SECURITY INTERESTS

Section 1.01 Terms Defined in the Credit Agreement . Capitalized terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have, as used herein, the respective meanings provided for therein.

Section 1.02 Terms Defined in the UCC . Unless otherwise defined herein or in the Credit Agreement or the context otherwise requires, the following terms, together with any uncapitalized terms used herein which are defined in the UCC (as defined below), have the respective meanings provided in the UCC: (i) Certificated Security; (ii) Investment Property; (iii) Payment Intangibles; (iv) Proceeds; (v) Securities Intermediary; (vi) Security; (vii) Security Certificate; and (viii) Uncertificated Security.


Section 1.03 Additional Definitions . Terms defined in the introductory section hereof have the respective meanings set forth therein. The following additional terms, as used herein, have the following respective meanings:

Additional Subsidiaries ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.

Administrative Agent ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereof.

Applicable Insurance Regulations ” means, with respect to each Regulated Insurance Company, the applicable statutes, rules, and regulations of, and administrative and judicial precedents or authorities promulgated by, the Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authorities that pertain to any Sale Transfer of any Equity Interests of such Regulated Insurance Company.

Borrower ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.

Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01 .

Delivery ” and the corresponding term “ Delivered ” when used with respect to Collateral means:

(i) in the case of Collateral constituting Certificated Securities, transfer thereof to the Administrative Agent or its nominee or custodian by physical delivery to the Administrative Agent or its nominee or custodian, such Collateral to be in suitable form for transfer by delivery, and accompanied by undated instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank;

(ii) in the case of Collateral constituting Uncertificated Securities, (A) registration thereof on the books and records of the issuer thereof in the name of the Administrative Agent or its nominee or custodian (who may not be a Securities Intermediary) or (B) the execution and delivery by the issuer thereof of an effective agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (each an “ Issuer Control Agreement ”), pursuant to which such issuer agrees that it will comply with instructions originated by the Administrative Agent or such nominee or custodian without further consent of the registered owner of such Collateral or any other Person;

(iii) in the case of Pledged Equity Interests which do not constitute Securities, (A) compliance with the provisions of clause (i) above for each such item of Collateral which is represented by a certificate and (B) compliance with the provisions of clause (ii) above for each such item of Collateral which is not evidenced by a certificate; and

(iv) in the case of cash, transfer thereof to the Administrative Agent or its nominee or custodian by physical delivery to the Administrative Agent or its nominee or custodian;

and in each case and in any other cases, such additional or alternative or other procedures as may be reasonably appropriate to grant control of, or otherwise perfect a security interest in, any Collateral in favor of the Administrative Agent or its nominee or custodian, consistent with changes in applicable Law or regulations or the interpretation thereof.

Discharge of Secured Obligations ” means (i) the expiration or termination of the Commitments and (ii) the payment and satisfaction in full in cash of all Secured Obligations.

 

2


Excluded Property ” means, collectively, all Equity Interests of each Person that satisfies each of the following criteria: any Person that is (i) not a Subsidiary that is a Regulated Insurance Company, (ii) not a Material Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary and (iii) not a Material Subsidiary that is a First Tier Foreign Subsidiary.

Federal Securities Laws ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.03 .

General Intangibles ” means all “general intangibles” (as defined in the UCC), including, without limitation, (i) all Payment Intangibles and other obligations and indebtedness owing to any Pledgor in respect of Collateral and (ii) all interests in limited liability companies and/or partnerships which interests do not constitute Securities.

GMAC Insurance Management Corporation ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.

Insolvency Proceeding ” means (i) any voluntary or involuntary case or proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law with respect to any Loan Party, (ii) any other voluntary or involuntary insolvency, reorganization or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceeding with respect to any Loan Party or with respect to a material portion of their respective assets, (iii) any liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or winding up of any Loan Party whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy or (iv) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshalling of assets and liabilities of any Loan Party.

Issuer Control Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Delivery”.

Joinder Agreement ” means an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

Law ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretations or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directives, requests, licenses, approvals, certificates, notifications, registrations, exemptions, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

Loan Parties ” means, collectively, each Pledgor and the Borrower.

Permitted Liens ” means the Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Pledged Equity Collateral ” means, collectively, the Pledged Stock Collateral, the Pledged LLC Collateral, the Pledged Partnership Collateral and the Pledged Other Equity Collateral; provided , however , that Pledged Equity Collateral shall not include any Excluded Property.

Pledged Equity Interests ” means, collectively, the Pledged Stock Interests, the Pledged LLC Interests, the Pledged Partnership Interests and the Pledged Other Equity Interests; provided , however , that Pledged Equity Interests shall not include any Excluded Property.

Pledged LLC Collateral ” means, with respect to each Pledgor:

(i) (A) all interests in any limited liability company, including membership interests, and each series or class thereof (including, without limitation, all limited liability

 

3


company interests described on Schedule II (as such Schedule may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time)) now owned or hereafter owned or acquired by such Pledgor and (B) all additional or substitute interests in any limited liability company and any series or class thereof from time to time issued to or otherwise acquired by such Pledgor in any manner in respect of any of the foregoing (all of the foregoing in clauses (A) and (B) above are collectively referred to as the “ Pledged LLC Interests ”); provided , however , that Pledged LLC Interests shall not include any Excluded Property;

(ii) all certificates representing any of the Pledged LLC Interests;

(iii) all dividends, distributions, cash, instruments, options, warrants, securities, returns of capital or principal, income, interest, profits and other property and proceeds from time to time received or receivable or otherwise made upon or distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such Pledged LLC Interests;

(iv) all right, title and interest of such Pledgor in each limited liability company to which any Pledged LLC Interest relates, including, without limitation:

(A) all interests of such Pledgor in the capital of such limited liability company and in all profits, losses and assets, whether tangible or intangible and whether real, personal or mixed, of such limited liability company, and all other distributions to which such Pledgor shall at any time be entitled in respect of such Pledged LLC Interests;

(B) all other payments due or to become due to such Pledgor in respect of Pledged LLC Interests, whether under any limited liability company agreement or operating agreement or otherwise and whether as contractual obligations, damages, insurance proceeds or otherwise;

(C) all of such Pledgor’s claims, rights, powers, privileges, authority, options, security interests, liens and remedies, if any, under any limited liability company agreement or operating agreement, or at Law or otherwise in respect of such Pledged LLC Interests;

(D) all present and future claims, if any, of such Pledgor against any such limited liability company for moneys loaned or advanced, for services rendered or otherwise; and

(E) all of such Pledgor’s rights under any limited liability company agreement or operating agreement or at Law to exercise and enforce every right, power, remedy, authority, option and privilege of such Pledgor relating to such Pledged LLC Interests, including any power to terminate, cancel or modify any limited liability company agreement or operating agreement, to execute any instruments and to take any and all other action on behalf of and in the name of such Pledgor in respect of such Pledged LLC Interests and any such limited liability company, to make determinations, to exercise any election (including, without limitation, election of remedies) or option to give or receive any notice, consent, amendment, waiver or approval, together with full power and authority to demand, receive, enforce, collect or give receipt for any of the foregoing or for any assets of any such limited liability company, to enforce or execute any checks or other instruments or orders, to file any claims and to take any other action in connection with any of the foregoing;

 

4


and, in each case to the extent not otherwise included in the foregoing, all cash and non-cash Proceeds thereof.

Pledged Other Equity Collateral ” means, with respect to each Pledgor:

(i) (A) all equity or other ownership interests of any Person (including any joint venture) (herein referred to as the “ Other Entity ”) (other than Pledged LLC Interests, Pledged Partnership Interests or Pledged Stock Interests) and each series or class thereof (including, without limitation, all equity and other ownership interests described on Schedule IV hereto (as such Schedule may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time)) now owned or hereafter owned or acquired by such Pledgor and (B) all additional or substitute equity or other ownership interests and any series or class thereof from time to time issued to or otherwise acquired by such Pledgor in any manner in respect of any of the foregoing (all of the foregoing in clauses (A) and (B) above are collectively referred to as the “ Pledged Other Equity Interests ”); provided , however , that Pledged Other Equity Interests shall not include any Excluded Property;

(ii) all certificates representing any of the Pledged Other Equity Interests;

(iii) all dividends, distributions, cash, instruments, options, warrants, securities, returns of capital or principal, income, interest, profits and other property and proceeds from time to time received or receivable or otherwise made upon or distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such Pledged Other Equity Interests;

(iv) all right, title and interest of such Pledgor in each Other Entity to which any Pledged Other Equity Interest relates, including, without limitation:

(A) all interests of such Pledgor in the capital of such Person and in all profits, losses and assets, whether tangible or intangible and whether real, personal or mixed, of such Other Entity, and all other distributions to which such Pledgor shall at any time be entitled in respect of such Pledged Other Equity Interests;

(B) all other payments due or to become due to such Pledgor in respect of Pledged Other Equity Interests, whether under the operating agreement, any other agreement pertaining to the company or otherwise and whether as contractual obligations, damages, insurance proceeds or otherwise;

(C) all of such Pledgor’s claims, rights, powers, privileges, authority, options, security interests, liens and remedies, if any, under the Organizational Documents pertaining to such Other Entity or, or at Law or otherwise in respect of such Pledged Other Equity Interests;

(D) all present and future claims, if any, of such Pledgor against such Other Entity for moneys loaned or advanced, for services rendered or otherwise; and

(E) all of such Pledgor’s rights under the Organizational Documents of such Other Entity or at Law to exercise and enforce every right, power, remedy, authority, option and privilege of such Pledgor relating to such Pledged Other Equity Interests, including any power to terminate, cancel or modify such Organizational Documents or, to execute any instruments and to take any and all other action on behalf of and in the name of such Pledgor in respect of such Pledged Other Equity Interests and

 

5


any such Other Entity, to make determinations, to exercise any election (including, without limitation, election of remedies) or option to give or receive any notice, consent, amendment, waiver or approval, together with full power and authority to demand, receive, enforce, collect or give receipt for any of the foregoing or for any assets of any such Other Entity, to enforce or execute any checks or other instruments or orders, to file any claims and to take any other action in connection with any of the foregoing.

and, in each case to the extent not otherwise included in the foregoing, all cash and non-cash Proceeds thereof.

Pledged Partnership Collateral ” means, with respect to each Pledgor:

(i) (A) all partnership interests and each series or class thereof (including, without limitation, all partnership interests described on Schedule III (as such Schedule may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time)) now owned or hereafter owned or acquired by such Pledgor and (B) all additional or substitute partnership interests and any series or class thereof from time to time issued to or otherwise acquired by such Pledgor in any manner in respect of any of the foregoing (all of the foregoing in clauses (A) and (B) above are collectively referred to as the “ Pledged Partnership Interests ”); provided , however , that Pledged Partnership Interests shall not include any Excluded Property;

(ii) all certificates representing any of the Pledged Partnership Interests;

(iii) all dividends, distributions, cash, instruments, options, warrants, securities, returns of capital or principal, income, interest, profits and other property and proceeds from time to time received or receivable or otherwise made upon or distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such Pledged Partnership Interests;

(iv) all right, title and interest of such Pledgor in each partnership to which any Pledged Partnership Interest relates, including, without limitation:

(A) all interests of such Pledgor in the capital of such partnership and in all profits, losses and assets, whether tangible or intangible and whether real, personal or mixed, of such partnership, and all other distributions to which such Pledgor shall at any time be entitled in respect of such Pledged Partnership Interests;

(B) all other payments due or to become due to such Pledgor in respect of Pledged Partnership Interests, whether under any partnership agreement or otherwise and whether as contractual obligations, damages, insurance proceeds or otherwise;

(C) all of such Pledgor’s claims, rights, powers, privileges, authority, options, security interests, liens and remedies, if any, under any partnership agreement, or at Law or otherwise in respect of such Pledged Partnership Interests;

(D) all present and future claims, if any, of such Pledgor against any such partnership for moneys loaned or advanced, for services rendered or otherwise; and

(E) all of such Pledgor’s rights under any partnership agreement or at Law to exercise and enforce every right, power, remedy, authority, option and privilege of such Pledgor relating to such Pledged Partnership Interests, including any

 

6


power to terminate, cancel or modify any partnership agreement, to execute any instruments and to take any and all other action on behalf of and in the name of such Pledgor in respect of such Pledged Partnership Interests and any such partnership, to make determinations, to exercise any election (including, without limitation, election of remedies) or option to give or receive any notice, consent, amendment, waiver or approval, together with full power and authority to demand, receive, enforce, collect or give receipt for any of the foregoing or for any assets of any such partnership, to enforce or execute any checks or other instruments or orders, to file any claims and to take any other action in connection with any of the foregoing;

and in each case to the extent not otherwise included in the foregoing, all cash and non-cash Proceeds thereof.

Pledged Stock Collateral ” means, with respect to each Pledgor:

(i) (A) all shares of capital stock and other Securities and each series or class thereof (including, without limitation, all shares of capital stock and Securities described on Schedule I (as such Schedule may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time)), now owned or hereafter owned or acquired by such Pledgor and (B) all additional or substitute shares of capital stock or other equity interests of any class or series of any issuer from time to time issued to or otherwise acquired by such Pledgor in any manner in respect of any of the foregoing (all of the foregoing in clauses (A) and (B) above are collectively referred to as the “ Pledged Stock Interests ”); provided , however , that Pledged Stock Interests shall not include any Excluded Property;

(ii) all certificates representing any of the Pledged Stock Interests;

(iii) all dividends, distributions, cash, instruments, options, warrants, securities, returns of capital or principal, income, interest, profits and other property and proceeds from time to time received or receivable or otherwise made upon or distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such Pledged Stock Interests;

and in each case to the extent not otherwise included in the foregoing, all cash and non-cash proceeds thereof.

Pledgor ” and “ Pledgors ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.

Sale Transfer ” means, with respect to any asset, any transfer, sale, or assignment of such asset. Solely for purposes of this definition, “Sale Transfer” shall not include any grant or assignment of a Lien on, or any pledge of, such asset as collateral security.

Secured Obligations ” means all the Obligations (including any interest, fees and other amounts that accrues after the commencement by or against any Loan Party of any Insolvency Proceeding naming such Loan Party as the debtor in such Insolvency Proceeding and any amounts that would otherwise become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. §362(a) (and any successor provision thereof), now existing or hereafter arising, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether due or not due, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, determined or undetermined, and whether recovery upon such Obligations may be or hereafter become unenforceable or shall be an allowed or disallowed claim under any Debtor Relief Law.

Securities Act of 1933 ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

7


Security Interests ” means the pledge and collateral assignment of the Collateral made, and the security interests in the Collateral granted, under this Agreement.

Subsidiary Pledgor ” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a Pledgor hereunder.

Supporting Obligation ” has the meaning set forth in the UCC.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided that if by reason of mandatory provisions of Law, the perfection, the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of the Security Interests in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in a jurisdiction other than New York, “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

Section 1.04 Terms Generally . Sections 1.01 (other than the definition of “UCC”) and 1.03 of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein, mutatis mutandis , as if a part hereof and shall be applicable to this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

THE SECURITY INTERESTS

Section 2.01 Grant of Security Interests . To secure the payment and performance in full of all Secured Obligations, each Pledgor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, a security interest in, and each Pledgor hereby pledges and collaterally assigns to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, all of such Pledgor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired, created or arising, whether tangible or intangible, and regardless of where located (all of which are collectively referred to as the “ Collateral ”):

(i) all Pledged Equity Collateral;

(ii) all Investment Property, General Intangibles, Payment Intangibles, contract rights and certificates evidencing, constituting or representing any of the Pledged Equity Collateral;

(iii) all Supporting Obligations in respect of any of the Pledged Equity Collateral;

(iv) all books, records and other documentation of such Pledgor relating to any of the Pledged Equity Collateral; and

(v) all Proceeds of each of the foregoing and all substitutions and replacements of each of the foregoing;

provided , however , that the Collateral shall not include (i) any Excluded Property and (ii) with respect to each Affected Foreign Subsidiary of any Pledgor, the applicable Pledged Equity Interests thereof having voting power in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of such Pledged Equity Interests; provided further that no pledge of the Equity Interests of a First Tier Foreign Subsidiary shall be required hereunder to the extent such pledge is prohibited by applicable Law.

 

8


Section 2.02 Security Interests Absolute . All rights of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, all security interests hereunder and all obligations of each Pledgor hereunder are unconditional and absolute and independent and separate from any other security for or guaranty of the Secured Obligations, whether executed by such Pledgor, any other Loan Party or any other Person. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Pledgor hereunder shall not be released, discharged or otherwise affected or impaired by:

(i) any extension, renewal, settlement, compromise, acceleration, waiver or release in respect of any obligation of any other Loan Party under any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument evidencing or securing any Secured Obligation, by operation of Law or otherwise;

(ii) any change in the manner, place, time or terms of payment of any Secured Obligation or any other amendment, supplement or modification to any Loan Document (other than this Agreement) or any other agreement or instrument evidencing or securing any Secured Obligation;

(iii) any release, non-perfection or invalidity of any direct or indirect security for any Secured Obligation, any sale, exchange, surrender, realization upon, offset against or other action in respect of any direct or indirect security for any Secured Obligation or any release of any other obligor or Loan Parties in respect of any Secured Obligation;

(iv) any change in the existence, structure or ownership of any Loan Party, or any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment, composition, liquidation or other similar proceeding affecting any other Loan Party or its assets or any resulting disallowance, release or discharge of all or any portion of any Secured Obligation;

(v) the existence of any claim, set-off or other right which any Loan Party may have at any time against any other Loan Party, the Administrative Agent or any other Person, whether in connection herewith or any unrelated transaction;

(vi) any invalidity or unenforceability relating to or against any other Loan Party for any reason of any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument evidencing or securing any Secured Obligation or any provision of applicable Law or regulation purporting to prohibit the payment by any other Loan Party of any Secured Obligation;

(vii) any failure by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party: (A) to file or enforce a claim against any Loan Party or its estate (in a bankruptcy or other proceeding); (B) to give notice of the existence, creation or incurrence by any Loan Party of any new or additional indebtedness or obligation under or with respect to the Secured Obligations; (C) to commence any action against any Loan Party; (D) to disclose to any Loan Party any facts which such Administrative Agent or such Secured Party may now or hereafter know with regard to any Loan Party; or (E) to proceed with due diligence in the collection, protection or realization upon any collateral securing the Secured Obligations;

(viii) any direction as to application of payment by any other Loan Party or any other Person;

(ix) any subordination by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party of the payment of any of the Secured Obligations to the payment of any other liability (whether matured or unmatured) of any Loan Party to its creditors;

 

9


(x) any act or failure to act by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party under this Agreement or otherwise which may deprive any Loan Party of any right to subrogation, contribution or reimbursement against any other Loan Party or any right to recover full indemnity for any payments made by such Loan Party in respect of the Secured Obligations; or

(xi) any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind by any Loan Party or the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party or any other Person or any other circumstance whatsoever which might, but for the provisions of this clause, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of any Loan Party’s obligations hereunder, except that a Loan Party may assert the defense of Discharge of Secured Obligations.

Each Pledgor has irrevocably and unconditionally delivered this Agreement to the Administrative Agent, and the failure by any other Person to sign this Agreement or a pledge agreement similar to this Agreement or otherwise shall not discharge the obligations of any Pledgor hereunder.

This Agreement shall remain fully enforceable against each Pledgor irrespective of any defenses that any other Loan Party may have or assert in respect of the Secured Obligations, including, without limitation, failure of consideration, breach of warranty, payment, statute of frauds, statute of limitations, accord and satisfaction and usury, except that a Pledgor may assert the defense of Discharge of Secured Obligations.

Section 2.03 Continuing Liability of the Pledgors . The Security Interests are granted as security only and shall not subject the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to, or transfer or in any way affect or modify, any obligation or liability of any Loan Party with respect to any of the Collateral or any transaction in connection therewith.

Section 2.04 Filing Authorization .

(a) Each Pledgor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to file at any time and from time to time in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements and amendments thereto that contain the information required by Article 9 of the UCC of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment relating to the Collateral, including (i) whether such Pledgor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Pledgor, and (ii) any financing or continuation statements or other documents without the signature of such Pledgor where permitted by law, including the filing of a financing statement describing the Collateral. Each Pledgor agrees to provide all information described in the immediately preceding sentence to the Administrative Agent promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent.

(b) Each Pledgor ratifies and authorizes the filing by the Administrative Agent of any financing statements filed prior to the date hereof.

Section 2.05 Continuing Security Interests . This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in and lien on the Collateral and shall remain in full force and effect until terminated in accordance with Section 7.10 . Each of the Pledgors agrees that its obligations hereunder and the Security Interests shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as applicable, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of all or any part of the Secured Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of any Pledgor or otherwise.

 

10


ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Pledgor represents and warrants that:

Section 3.01 Title to Collateral . Such Pledgor is the legal, record and beneficial owner of, and has good and marketable title to, all of the Collateral pledged by it hereunder, free and clear of any Liens other than the Permitted Liens. Other than financing statements or other similar or equivalent documents or instruments with respect to the Security Interests and Permitted Liens, no financing statement, mortgage, security agreement or similar or equivalent document or instrument covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record in any jurisdiction in which such filing or recording would be effective to perfect a Lien on such Collateral. No Collateral is in the possession or control of any Person asserting any claim thereto or security interest therein, except that the Administrative Agent or its nominee or custodian may have possession and/or control of the Collateral as contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents.

Section 3.02 Power to Transfer . Such Pledgor has rights in or the power to transfer rights in the Pledged Collateral; provided , that any Sale Transfer of any of the Pledged Equity Interests of any Regulated Insurance Company shall be subject to the Applicable Insurance Regulations.

Section 3.03 Validity, Perfection and Priority of Security Interests . The Security Interests constitute valid security interests under the UCC securing the Secured Obligations. Other than with respect to the Pledged Equity Interests of any First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary, upon Delivery of all certificates representing the Pledged Equity Collateral to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the provisions hereof and due filing of UCC financing statements stating that the same covers the Collateral in the Office of the Secretary of State (or similar office as appropriate) of the state of organization of each Pledgor, the Security Interests shall constitute perfected security interests in all right, title and interest of such Pledgor in the Collateral (subject to the requirements of Section 9-315 of the UCC with respect to any proceeds of Collateral and to the further requirement that additional steps may be necessary to perfect the Security Interests in dividends or other distributions in kind), in each case prior to all other Liens and rights of others therein except for Permitted Liens, and, to the extent control of such Collateral may be obtained pursuant to Article 8 and/or Article 9 of the UCC, the Administrative Agent will have control of the Collateral subject to no adverse claims of any Person. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.03 , on and as of the date hereof no registration, recordation or filing with any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or necessary for the validity or enforceability hereof or for the perfection of the Security Interests. The Security Interests are prior to all Liens on the Collateral other than Permitted Liens.

Section 3.04 Collateral .

(a) Schedules I , II , III and IV hereto (as such Schedules may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time by delivery of any such amended, supplemented or modified Schedule certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower) set forth (i) all of the Pledged Equity Interests owned by such Pledgor, respectively, (ii) the name and jurisdiction of organization of, and the ownership interest (including percentage owned and number of shares, units or other equity interests) of such Pledgor in the Pledged Equity Interests issued by each of such Pledgor’s direct Subsidiaries which are required to be included in the Collateral and pledged hereunder and (iii) all other Pledged Equity Interests directly owned by such Pledgor that are required to be included in the Collateral and pledged hereunder. Such Pledgor holds all such Collateral directly (i.e., not through a Subsidiary, Securities Intermediary or any other Person).

 

11


(b) All Collateral consisting of Pledged Equity Interests has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and non-assessable and is subject to no options to purchase or similar rights of any Person.

(c) Except as set forth on Schedules I , II , III and IV , all Collateral consisting of Pledged Equity Interests constitutes 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock or membership interests, partnership interests or other equity or ownership interests of the respective issuers thereof.

(d) Except as set forth on Schedules I , II , III and IV hereto: (i) no issuer of Collateral has outstanding any security convertible into or exchangeable for any shares of its capital stock or any of its membership interests, partnership interests or other equity or ownership interests or any warrant, option, convertible security, instrument or other interest entitling the holder thereof to acquire any such shares or interests or any security convertible into or exchangeable for such shares or interests; (ii) there are no voting trusts, stockholder agreements, proxies or other agreements in effect with respect to the voting or transfer of such shares of its capital stock or any of its membership interests, partnership interests or other equity or ownership interests; (iii) there are no Liens or agreements, arrangements or obligations to create or give any Lien relating to any such shares of capital stock or any such membership interests, partnership interests or other equity or ownership interests, other than the Security Interests; and (iv) except for any Applicable Insurance Regulations and any applicable federal securities laws and blue sky laws and similar laws with respect to First-Tier Foreign Subsidiaries as in effect in their jurisdiction of organization, there are no restrictions on the transferability of any Pledged Equity Interests to the Administrative Agent or with respect to the foreclosure, transfer or disposition thereof by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party.

(e) No Pledgor is now or will become a party to or otherwise bound by any agreement, other than this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, which restricts in any adverse manner the rights of the Administrative Agent or any other present or future holder of any Collateral with respect thereto.

Section 3.05 No Consents . No consent of any other Person (including, without limitation, any stockholder or creditor of such Pledgor or any of its Subsidiaries) and no order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any Governmental Authority is required to be obtained by such Pledgor in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, or in connection with the exercise of the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement, except as may be required to perfect the Security Interests or in connection with the disposition of the Collateral by Laws affecting the offering and sale of securities generally and except for approvals required pursuant to the Applicable Insurance Regulations in connection with any Sale Transfer of any Pledged Equity Interests of any Regulated Insurance Company.

Section 3.06 Pledgor Information .

(a) Schedule 3.06(a) sets forth under the appropriate headings: (i) the full legal name of such Pledgor; (ii) all trade names or other names under which such Pledgor currently conducts business; (iii) the type of organization of such Pledgor; (iv) the sole jurisdiction of organization of such Pledgor; (v) its organizational identification number, if any; and (vi) the addresses where the chief executive office and its places of business are located. All books and records concerning such Pledgor’s Collateral are located at its chief executive office at the address set forth on Schedule 3.06(a) .

 

12


(b) Except as provided on Schedule 3.06(b) , such Pledgor has not changed its name, jurisdiction of organization, chief executive office or sole place of business or its corporate or organizational structure in any way (e.g., by merger, consolidation, change in corporate form or otherwise) and has not done business under any other name, in each case, within the past five (5) years.

(c) Such Pledgor has not, within the last five (5) years, become bound (whether as a result of merger or otherwise) as debtor under a security agreement, pledge agreement or other collateral document entered into by another Person, which has not heretofore been terminated other than this Agreement.

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

Each Pledgor covenants and agrees with the Administrative Agent that, until the Discharge of Secured Obligations, each Pledgor will comply with the following:

Section 4.01 Delivery of Collateral .

(a) All Proceeds of Collateral shall be Delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and all certificates or instruments representing Collateral shall be delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, together with undated instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank (or an endorsement duly executed in blank); provided that, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Pledgor may retain any Collateral which it is otherwise entitled to receive and retain pursuant to Section 5.01 . The Administrative Agent shall have the right upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, and upon notice to the applicable Pledgor, to cause any or all of the Collateral to be transferred of record into the name of the Administrative Agent or its nominee. All Collateral delivered hereunder (including pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence) shall be accompanied by any required transfer tax stamps.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each Pledgor agrees that all Pledged Equity Interests (other than with respect to the Pledged Equity Interests of First-Tier Foreign Subsidiaries to the extent not otherwise certificated) shall be evidenced by certificates of ownership and, to the extent that any such Pledged Equity Interest is not so evidenced, then the applicable Pledgor shall immediately cause such Pledged Equity Interests to become certificated and (if applicable) take such actions as are required pursuant to Section 4.05 , and then, once certificated, shall cause such certificate(s) to be immediately delivered to the Administrative Agent or its nominee or custodian.

Section 4.02 Additional Collateral .

(a) Such Pledgor will cause each issuer of the Collateral that is a Subsidiary of such Pledgor not to issue any stock, other securities, limited liability company membership interests, partnership interests, or other equity interests or instruments in addition to or in substitution for the Pledged Equity Interests issued by such issuer (in each case to the extent that such items constitute Collateral), except to such Pledgor.

(b) In the event that (a) Pledgor obtains any Pledged Equity Interests of any Person or (b) any issuer of Collateral at any time issues any additional or substitute stock, other securities, limited liability company membership interests, partnership interests, joint venture interests or other equity or ownership interests or instruments to such Pledgor, in each case, that do not constitute Excluded Property, then, in each case, such Pledgor will accept the same in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and will, within three (3) Business Days (i) Deliver all such items (including

 

13


any additional or new or substitute Pledged Equity Interests and any certificates and any instruments) (in each case to the extent that such items represents or constitutes Collateral) to the Administrative Agent to hold as Collateral hereunder, and (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate executed by an authorized officer of such Pledgor describing such Pledged Equity Interests, attaching such supplements to Schedules I through IV hereto as are necessary to cause such Schedules to be complete and accurate at such time and certifying that such Pledged Equity Interests have been duly pledged to the Administrative Agent hereunder. Each Pledgor hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to attach each such supplement to this Agreement and agrees that all Pledged Equity Interests listed on any such supplement delivered to the Administrative Agent shall for all purposes hereunder be considered Collateral.

Section 4.03 Disposition of Collateral . Such Pledgor will not (a) sell, exchange, assign or otherwise Dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any Collateral (nor permit any of the foregoing to occur) or (b) create or suffer to exist any Lien on any Collateral (nor permit any of the foregoing to occur), except, in each case with respect to clauses (a) and (b) above, as expressly permitted under the Credit Agreement.

Section 4.04 Change of Name, Identity, Structure or Location . Such Pledgor shall give prompt written notice to the Administrative Agent (and in any event not later than 15 days prior to any change described below in this Section 4.04 ) of: (i) any change in the location of such Pledgor’s chief executive office or principal place of business; (ii) any change in the location of books and records pertaining to the Collateral owned by such Pledgor; (iii) any change in such Pledgor’s name; (iv) any changes in such Pledgor’s identity or structure in any manner which might make any financing statement filed hereunder incorrect or misleading; (v) any change in such Pledgor’s jurisdiction of organization; and (vi) any change in such Pledgor’s registration as an organization (or any new such registration).

Section 4.05 UCC Article 8 . Such Pledgor will take all actions necessary to cause the limited liability company agreement, operating agreement, partnership agreement or similar governing document of each issuer of Pledged Equity Interests to provide specifically at all times that: (i) each Pledged Equity Interest is a security and shall be governed by Article 8 of the applicable UCC; (ii) each certificate representing a Pledged Equity Interest shall bear a legend to the effect that such membership, partnership or other interest (as applicable) is a security and is governed by Article 8 of the applicable UCC; and (iii) no consent of any member, manager, partner or other Person shall be a condition to the admission as a member or partner, as applicable, of the issuer of any transferee (including the Administrative Agent) that acquires ownership of any Pledged Equity Interest as a result of the exercise by the Administrative Agent of any remedy hereunder or under applicable law.

Section 4.06 Further Actions .

(a) Such Pledgor shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, and each Pledgor hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to file (with or without such Pledgor’s signature), at any time and from time to time, all amendments to financing statements, assignments, continuation financing statements, termination statements, and other documents and instruments, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, to effect a transfer of a perfected first priority lien on and security interest in and pledge of the Collateral owned by such Pledgor to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to the UCC and to continue perfected, maintain the priority of or provide notice of the security interest of the Administrative Agent in the Collateral. Each Pledgor will cooperate with the Administrative Agent in obtaining control (as defined in the UCC) of the Collateral consisting of Investment Property if requested by the Administrative Agent. All of the foregoing shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors.

 

14


(b) Without limiting the foregoing, such Pledgor shall, from time to time at its expense, take such further actions, and execute and/or deliver to the Administrative Agent such additional financing statements, amendments, assignments, agreements, supplements, powers and instruments, as the Administrative Agent may in its reasonable judgment deem necessary or appropriate in order to create, perfect, preserve and protect the security interest in the Collateral owned by such Pledgor as provided herein and the rights and interests granted to the Administrative Agent hereunder, to carry into effect the purposes hereof or better to assure and confirm the validity, enforceability and priority of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral or permit the Administrative Agent to exercise and enforce its rights, powers and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral owned by such Pledgor, including the filing of financing statements, continuation statements and other documents (including this Agreement) under the UCC (or other similar laws) in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the security interest created hereby and the execution and delivery of control agreements, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and in such offices wherever required by Law to perfect, continue and maintain the validity, enforceability and priority of the security interest in the Collateral owned by such Pledgor as provided herein and to preserve the other rights and interests granted to the Administrative Agent hereunder, as against third parties, with respect to the Collateral owned by such Pledgor. All of the foregoing shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors.

Section 4.07 Information Regarding Collateral . Such Pledgor will, promptly upon request, provide to the Administrative Agent all information and evidence it may reasonably request concerning the Collateral to enable the Administrative Agent to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 4.08 Protect Collateral . Such Pledgor will warrant and defend the rights and title herein granted onto the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, in and to the Collateral (and all right, title and interest represented by the Collateral) against the claims and demands (other than Permitted Liens) of all Persons whomsoever.

ARTICLE V

DISTRIBUTIONS ON COLLATERAL; VOTING; CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING

PLEDGED EQUITY INTERESTS

Section 5.01 Right to Receive Distributions on Collateral; Voting .

(a) So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

(i) Each Pledgor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting, management, administration and other consensual rights pertaining to the Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided , however , that no Pledgor shall in any event exercise or refrain from exercising any such rights in any manner if such action would violate or be inconsistent with any of the terms of this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or would have the effect of impairing the position or interests of the Administrative Agent hereunder or thereunder, or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ii) Each Pledgor shall be entitled to receive and retain, and to utilize free and clear of the Lien hereof, any and all dividends, interest, principal, distributions, cash, instruments, property and other payments and distributions paid on, or made upon or in respect of, the Collateral, but only if and to the extent that such dividends, interest, distributions, principal, cash, instruments, property, payments and distributions are paid, made or distributed in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents

 

15


and applicable Laws; provided , however , that, to the extent not constituting Excluded Property, any and all:

(A) dividends, interest and other payments and distributions paid or payable, in each case, other than in cash in respect of, and instruments and other noncash property received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, or in exchange for, or in redemption of, any Collateral;

(B) dividends, interest and other payments and distributions paid or payable, in each case, other than in cash in respect of, and instruments and other noncash property received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, or in exchange for, any Collateral in connection with a partial or total liquidation or dissolution or in connection with a reduction of capital, capital surplus or paid-in-surplus;

(C) stock, securities, limited liability company interests, partnership interests, other equity or ownership interests, promissory notes or other instruments or property paid, received or distributed in respect of any Pledged Equity Interests by way of share-split, spin-off, split-up, reclassification, combination of shares or similar rearrangement; and

(D) stock, securities, limited liability company interests, partnership interests, other equity or ownership interests, promissory notes or other instruments or noncash property paid, received or distributed in respect of the Collateral by reason of any consolidation, merger, exchange of shares, exchange for Pledge Equity Interests or any part thereof, redemption thereof, conveyance of assets, liquidation or similar reorganization;

shall be promptly (and in any event within three (3) Business Days) Delivered to the Administrative Agent or its nominee or custodian to hold as Collateral hereunder and shall, if received by any Pledgor, be received in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, be segregated from the other property or, if applicable, funds of such Pledgor and shall be promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days) Delivered, in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent) to the Administrative Agent or its nominee or custodian to hold as Collateral.

(iii) The Administrative Agent shall, upon receiving a written request from any Pledgor accompanied by a certificate signed by an authorized officer of such Pledgor stating that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to such Pledgor or as specified in such request all proxies, powers of attorney, consents, ratifications and waivers and other instruments as such Pledgor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Pledgor to exercise the voting and other rights which it is entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.01(a)(i) and to receive the dividends, interest, principal, distributions, cash, instruments, property or other payments or distributions which it is authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section 5.01(a)(ii) in respect of any of the Collateral which is registered in the name of the Administrative Agent or its nominee.

(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default:

 

16


(i) All rights of each Pledgor to exercise the voting, management, administration and other consensual rights which it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.01(a)(i) shall immediately cease, and, subject to the Applicable Insurance Regulations, all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent, who shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights, and such Pledgor shall take all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect such right of the Administrative Agent.

(ii) All rights of each Pledgor to receive the dividends, interest, principal, distributions, cash, instruments, property and other payments and distributions which it would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section 5.01(a)(ii) shall immediately cease, and, subject to the Applicable Insurance Regulations, all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent, which shall thereupon have the sole right to receive and hold as Collateral such dividends, interest, principal, distributions, cash, instruments, property and other payments and distributions.

(c) All dividends, interest, principal, distributions, cash, instruments, property and other payments and distributions which are received by any Pledgor contrary to the provisions of Section 5.01(b)(ii) shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Pledgor and shall immediately be Delivered or otherwise paid over or delivered to the Administrative Agent as Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement).

(d) Each Pledgor shall, at its sole cost and expense, from time to time execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent appropriate instruments as the Administrative Agent may request in order to permit the Administrative Agent to exercise the voting, management, administration and other consensual rights which it may be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.2(b)(i) and to receive all dividends, interest, principal, distributions, cash, instruments, property and other payments and distributions which it may be entitled to receive under Section 5.2(b)(ii) .

Section 5.02 Certain Agreements of Pledgors As Issuers and Holders of Pledged Equity Interests .

(a) In the case of each Pledgor which is an issuer of any Collateral, such Pledgor agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement relating to the Collateral issued by it and will comply with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to it.

(b) In the case of each Pledgor which is a partner, member or shareholder, as the case may be, in a partnership, limited liability company or other entity, such Pledgor hereby consents to the extent required by the applicable Organizational Document to the pledge by each other Pledgor, pursuant to the terms hereof, of the Collateral in such partnership, limited liability company or other entity and, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, to the transfer of such Collateral to the Administrative Agent or its nominee or custodian and to the substitution of the Administrative Agent or its nominee or custodian as a substituted partner, member or shareholder in such partnership, limited liability company or other entity with all the rights, powers and duties of a general partner, limited partner, member or shareholder, as the case may be.

ARTICLE VI

GENERAL AUTHORITY; REMEDIES

 

17


Section 6.01 General Authority . Each Pledgor hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent and any officer or agent thereof as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, in the name of such Pledgor, Administrative Agent or otherwise, for the sole use and benefit of the Administrative Agent, but at such Pledgor’s expense, to the extent permitted by Law, to exercise at any time and from time to time while an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all or any of the following powers with respect to all or any of the Collateral; such power, being coupled with an interest and is irrevocable until the Discharge of Secured Obligations:

(i) to take any and all reasonably appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to carry out the terms of this Agreement;

(ii) to receive, take, indorse, assign and deliver any and all checks, notes, drafts, acceptances, documents and other negotiable and non-negotiable instruments taken or received by such Pledgor as, or in connection with, the Collateral;

(iii) to demand, sue for, collect, receive and give acquittance for any and all monies due or to become due on or by virtue of any Collateral;

(iv) to commence, settle, compromise, compound, prosecute, defend or adjust any claim, suit, action or proceeding with respect to, or in connection with, the Collateral;

(v) to sell, transfer, assign or otherwise deal in or with the Collateral or the Proceeds thereof, as fully and effectually as if the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner thereof;

(vi) to extend the time of payment of any or all of the Collateral and to make any allowance and other adjustments with respect thereto;

(vii) to vote all or any part of the Pledged Equity Interests (whether or not transferred into the name of the Administrative Agent) and give all consents, waivers and ratifications in respect of the Collateral; and

(viii) to do, at its option, but at the expense of the Pledgors, at any time or from time to time, all acts and things which the Administrative Agent deems reasonably necessary to protect or preserve the Collateral and to realize upon the Collateral.

Section 6.02 Remedies upon Event of Default .

(a) If any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to it in this Agreement and in any other agreement securing, evidencing or relating to the Secured Obligations (including, without limitation, the right to give instructions or a notice of sole control to an issuer subject to an Issuer Control Agreement): (i) exercise all rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC (whether or not in effect in the jurisdiction where such rights are exercised) and, in addition, (ii) without demand of performance or other demand or notice of any kind (except as herein provided or as may be required by mandatory provisions of Law) to or upon any Pledgor or any other Person (all of which demands and/or notices are hereby waived by each Pledgor), (A) apply all cash, if any, then held by it as Collateral as specified in Section 6.07 and (B) if there shall be no such cash or if such cash shall be insufficient to pay all the Secured Obligations in full or cannot be so applied for any reason or if the Administrative Agent determines to do so, collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral and/or sell, assign, give

 

18


an option or options to purchase or otherwise dispose of and deliver the Collateral (or contract to do so) or any part thereof in one or more parcels (which need not be in round lots) at public or private sale or at broker’s board or on any securities exchange, at any office of the Administrative Agent or elsewhere in such manner as is commercially reasonable and as the Administrative Agent may deem best, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, without assumption of any credit risk and at such price or prices as the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably satisfactory.

(b) If any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall give each Pledgor not less than 10 days’ prior notice of the time and place of any sale or other intended disposition of any of the Collateral, except any Collateral which threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market. Any such notice shall (i) in the case of a public sale, state the time and place fixed for such sale, (ii) in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral, or the portion thereof being sold, will first be offered for sale, (iii) in the case of a private sale, state the day after which such sale may be consummated, (iv) contain the information specified in Section 9-613 of the UCC, (v) be authenticated and (vi) be sent to the parties required to be notified pursuant to Section 9-611(c) of the UCC; provided that, if the Administrative Agent fails to comply with this sentence in any respect, its liability for such failure shall be limited to the liability (if any) imposed on it as a matter of Law under the UCC. The Administrative Agent and each Pledgor agree that such notice constitutes reasonable notification within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the UCC. Except as otherwise provided herein, each Pledgor hereby waives, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, notice and judicial hearing in connection with the Administrative Agent’s taking possession or disposition of any of the Collateral.

(c) The Administrative Agent may be the purchaser of any or all of the Collateral so sold at any public sale (or, if the Collateral is of a type customarily sold in a recognized market or is of a type which is the subject of widely distributed standard price quotations, at any private sale). Each Pledgor will execute and deliver such documents and take such other action as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or reasonably advisable in order that any such sale may be made in compliance with Law. Upon any such sale, the Administrative Agent shall have the right to deliver, assign and transfer to the purchaser thereof the Collateral so sold. Each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the Collateral so sold to it absolutely and free from any claim or right of whatsoever kind. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary bankers hours and at such place or places as the Administrative Agent may fix in the notice of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Administrative Agent may determine. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any such sale pursuant to any such notice. The Administrative Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for the sale, and such sale may be made at any time or place to which the same may be so adjourned without further notice. In the case of any sale of all or any part of the Collateral on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Administrative Agent until the selling price is paid by the purchaser thereof, but the Administrative Agent shall not incur any liability in the case of the failure of such purchaser to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in the case of any such failure, such Collateral may again be sold upon like notice.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to marshal any of the Collateral.

Section 6.03 Securities Act . In view of the position of the Pledgors in relation to the Collateral, or because of other present or future circumstances, a question may arise under the Securities Act of 1933, as now or hereafter in effect, or any similar statute hereafter enacted analogous in purpose or effect (such Act and any such similar statute as from time to time in effect being herein called the

 

19


Federal Securities Laws ”) with respect to any disposition of the Collateral permitted hereunder. Each Pledgor understands that compliance with the Federal Securities Laws might very strictly limit the course of conduct of the Administrative Agent if the Administrative Agent were to attempt to dispose of all or any part of the Collateral, and might also limit the extent to which or the manner in which any subsequent transferee of any Collateral could dispose of the same. Similarly, there may be other legal restrictions or limitations affecting the Administrative Agent in any attempt to dispose of all or part of the Collateral under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws or similar Law analogous in purpose or effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 6.03 would apply if, for example, the Administrative Agent were to place all or any part of the Collateral for private placement by an investment banking firm, or if such investment banking firm purchased all or any part of the Collateral for its own account, or if the Administrative Agent placed all or any part of the Collateral privately with a purchaser or purchasers.

Accordingly, each Pledgor expressly agrees that the Administrative Agent is authorized, in connection with any sale of any Collateral, if it deems it advisable so to do, (i) to restrict the prospective bidders on or purchasers of any of the Collateral to a limited number of sophisticated investors who will represent and agree that they are purchasing for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale of any of such Collateral, (ii) to cause to be placed on certificates for any or all of the Collateral or on any other securities pledged hereunder a legend to the effect that such security has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and may not be disposed of in violation of the provision of said Act and (iii) to impose such other limitations or conditions in connection with any such sale as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with said Act or any other Law. Each Pledgor covenants and agrees that it will execute and deliver such documents and take such other action as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or reasonably advisable in order that any such sale may be made in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933 and all other applicable Laws. Each Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that such limitations may result in prices and other terms less favorable to the seller than if such limitations were not imposed, and, notwithstanding such limitations, agrees that any such sale shall not be deemed to have been made in a commercially unreasonable manner solely by virtue of such sale being private, it being the agreement of the Pledgors and the Administrative Agent that the provisions of this Section 6.03 will apply notwithstanding the existence of a public or private market upon which the quotations or sales prices may exceed substantially the price at which the Administrative Agent sells the Collateral. The Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to delay a sale of any Collateral for a period of time necessary to permit the issuer of any securities contained therein to register such securities under the Federal Securities Laws, or under applicable state securities laws, even if the issuer would agree to do so.

Section 6.04 Other Rights of the Administrative Agent .

(a) If any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent, instead of exercising the power of sale conferred upon it pursuant to Section 6.02 , may exercise any rights and remedies at law and/or in equity, and may proceed by a suit or suits at Law or in equity to foreclose the Security Interests and sell the Collateral, or any portion thereof, under a judgment or decree of a court or courts of competent jurisdiction, and may in addition institute and maintain such suits and proceedings as the Administrative Agent may deem appropriate to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Agreement.

(b) If any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, without notice to any Pledgor or any party claiming through any Pledgor, without regard to the solvency or insolvency at such time of any Person then liable for the payment of any of the Secured Obligations, without regard to the then value of the Collateral and without requiring any bond from any complainant in such proceedings, be entitled as a matter of right to

 

20


the appointment of a receiver or receivers (who may be the Administrative Agent) of the Collateral or any part thereof, and of the profits, revenues and other income thereof, pending such proceedings, with such powers as the court making such appointment shall confer, and to the entry of an order directing that the profits, revenues and other income of the property constituting the whole or any part of the Collateral be segregated, sequestered and impounded for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, and each Pledgor irrevocably consents to the appointment of such receiver or receivers and to the entry of such order.

Section 6.05 Limitation on Duty of Administrative Agent in Respect of Collateral . Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody thereof, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to exercise any rights or take any steps to preserve the rights of any Pledgor in the Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or bailee or any income thereon or as to the preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto, nor shall the Administrative Agent be liable to any Pledgor or any other Person for failure to meet any obligation imposed by Section 9-207 of the UCC or any successor provision. Each Pledgor agrees to the extent it may lawfully do so that the Administrative Agent shall at no time be required to, nor shall the Administrative Agent be liable to any Pledgor for any failure to, account separately to any Pledgor for amounts received or applied by the Administrative Agent from time to time in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession or control if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Administrative Agent accords its own property, and (i) shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or damage to any of the Collateral, or for any diminution in the value thereof, by reason of the act or omission of any agent or bailee selected by the Administrative Agent in good faith (absent gross negligence and willful misconduct) or (ii) shall not have any duty or responsibility for ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relative to any Collateral, whether or not the Administrative Agent has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters.

Section 6.06 Waiver and Estoppel .

(a) Each Pledgor agrees, to the extent it may lawfully do so, that it will not at any time in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any appraisal, valuation, stay, extension, moratorium, turnover or redemption Law, or any Law permitting it to direct the order in which the Collateral shall be sold, now or at any time hereafter in force which may delay, prevent or otherwise affect the performance or enforcement of this Agreement, and each Pledgor hereby waives all benefit or advantage of all such Laws to the extent permitted by Law.

(b) Each Pledgor, to the extent it may lawfully do so, on behalf of itself and all who claim through or under it, including without limitation any and all subsequent creditors, vendees, assignees and lienors, waives and releases all rights to demand or to have any marshalling of the Collateral upon any sale, whether made under any power of sale granted herein or pursuant to judicial proceedings or under any foreclosure or any enforcement of this Agreement, and consents and agrees that all of the Collateral may at any such sale be offered and sold as an entirety.

(c) Each Pledgor waives, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, presentment, demand, protest, promptness, diligence, and any notice of any kind (except the notices expressly required hereunder or in the other Loan Documents) in connection with this Agreement and any action taken by the Administrative Agent with respect to the Collateral.

 

21


(d) Each Pledgor waives, to the extent permitted by Law, all claims, damages and demands against the Administrative Agent arising out of the repossession, retention, sale or application of proceeds of any sale of the Collateral.

(e) Each Pledgor waives, to the extent permitted by Law, and agrees not to assert any right to require the Administrative Agent to proceed against any other Pledgor, any guarantor or any other Person, to proceed against or exhaust any collateral or other security held for the Secured Obligations (except to the extent required by applicable Law), to give notice of or institute any public or private sale, foreclosure, or other disposition of any collateral or security for the Secured Obligations, including to comply with applicable provisions of the UCC or any equivalent provision of any other applicable Law in connection with the sale, foreclosure, or other disposition of any collateral or to pursue any other right, remedy, power or privilege of the Administrative Agent whatsoever, or give any Pledgor any other notice with respect to the foregoing, except, in each case as expressly required hereunder or in the other Loan Documents.

(f) Each Subsidiary Pledgor waives, to the extent permitted by law, all suretyship rights and defenses.

Section 6.07 Application of Proceeds . The proceeds of any sale of, or other realization upon, all or any part of the Collateral by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent (including any proceeds received and held pursuant to Section 5.01 ) shall be applied as provided in Section 2.18(b) of the Credit Agreement. It is understood that the Borrower shall remain liable to the extent of any deficiency between the amount of the proceeds of the Collateral and the amount of the Secured Obligations.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.01 Notices . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be given in accordance with Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement, and with respect to GMAC Insurance Management Corporation at the address set forth below:

GMAC Insurance Management Corporation

500 West 5 th  Street

Winston-Salem, NC 27101-2728

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Facsimile No: (336) 435-0403

Section 7.02 No Waivers; Non-Exclusive Remedies . No failure or delay on the part of the Administrative Agent to exercise, no course of dealing with respect to, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or privilege under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other document or agreement contemplated hereby or thereby and no course of dealing between the Administrative Agent and any of the Pledgors shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege hereunder or under any Loan Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder or thereunder. The rights and remedies provided herein and in the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other remedies provided by Law. Without limiting the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall impair the right of the Administrative Agent to exercise any right of set-off or counterclaim it may have and to apply the amount subject to such exercise to the payment of any of the Secured Obligations. Each Pledgor agrees, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so under applicable Law, that any holder of a

 

22


participation in any Secured Obligation, whether or not acquired pursuant to the terms of any applicable Loan Document, may exercise rights of set-off or counterclaim or other rights with respect to such participation as fully as if such holder of a participation were a direct creditor of the Pledgor in the amount of such participation.

Section 7.03 Compensation and Expenses of the Administrative Agent; Indemnification .

(a) Expenses . The Pledgors, jointly and severally, agree (i) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated), and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including all fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel for the Administrative Agent, (ii) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties for all taxes which the Administrative Agent or such other Secured Party may be required to pay by reason of the security interests granted in the Collateral (including any applicable transfer taxes) or to free any of the Collateral from the lien thereof and (iii) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement, attempted enforcement, collection or preservation of any rights and remedies under this Agreement (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any “workout”, negotiations or restructuring in respect of the Secured Obligations and during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws), including all reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel (including the allocated charges of internal counsel); provided , however , that the Pledgors’ obligations under this Section 7.03(a) to pay fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel for the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be limited to fees, disbursements and other charges of (A) one firm as counsel for the Administrative Agent and (B) one additional firm as counsel for the other Secured Parties, (C) if necessary, one special counsel for the Administrative Agent for each relevant specialty and one local or foreign counsel for the Administrative Agent in each applicable jurisdiction and (D) additional counsel as the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party or group of Secured Parties reasonably determines are necessary in light of actual or potential conflicts of interest or the availability of different claims or defenses, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement, including its rights under this Section. The foregoing costs and expenses shall include all search, filing, recording, title insurance and appraisal charges and fees and taxes related thereto, and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and the costs of independent public accountants and other outside experts retained by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent. The agreements in this Section 7.03(a) shall survive the Discharge of Secured Obligations.

(b) Protection of Collateral . If any Pledgor fails to comply with the provisions of any Loan Document, such that the value of any Collateral or the validity, perfection, rank or value of the Security Interests are thereby diminished or put at risk, the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be required to, effect such compliance on behalf of such Pledgor, and the Pledgors shall reimburse the Administrative Agent for the costs thereof within ten (10) days of receipt of a reasonably detailed written invoice therefor. Any and all excise, property, sales and use taxes imposed by any state, federal or local authority on any of the Collateral, or in respect of the sale or other disposition thereof shall be borne and paid by the Pledgors. If any Pledgor fails to promptly pay any portion thereof when due, the Administrative Agent may, at its option, but shall not be required to, pay the same and the Pledgors agree to reimburse the Administrative Agent therefor on demand. All sums so paid or incurred by the Administrative Agent for any of the foregoing and any and all other sums for which any Pledgor may become liable hereunder and all costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees, legal expenses and court costs) reasonably incurred by the Administrative Agent in enforcing or protecting the Security Interests or

 

23


any of their rights or remedies under this Agreement, shall, together with interest thereon until paid at the rate applicable to interest at the highest rate applicable under the Loan Documents in respect of overdue obligations, be additional Secured Obligations.

(c) Indemnification . Each Pledgor, jointly and severally, agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless each Indemnitee from and against: (i) any and all claims, demands, actions or causes of action that may at any time (including at any time following the Discharge of Secured Obligations or the replacement of the Administrative Agent) be asserted or imposed against any Indemnitee, arising out of or in any way relating to or arising out of the ownership, purchasing, delivery, control, acceptance, financing, possession, sale, return or other disposition of the Collateral, any violation of Laws or any tort or contract claim; (ii) any administrative or investigative proceeding by any Governmental Authority arising out of or related to a claim, demand, action or cause of action described in clause (i) above; and (iii) any and all liabilities (including liabilities under indemnities), losses, penalties, damages, costs and expenses (including fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel) that any Indemnitee suffers or incurs as a result of the assertion of any foregoing claim, demand, action or cause of action or proceeding, or as a result of the preparation of any defense in connection with any foregoing claim, demand, action or cause of action or proceeding, in all cases, and whether or not an Indemnitee is a party to such claim, demand, action or cause of action, or proceeding; provided that no Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification for any such claim, demand, action, cause of action, proceeding, liabilities, losses, penalties, damages, costs or expenses to the extent such claim, demand, action, cause of action, proceeding, liabilities, losses, penalties, damages, costs or expenses is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable judgment to have been caused directly by such Indemnitee’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct; provided , further , that the Pledgors’ obligation under this Section 7.03(c) to pay fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel shall be limited to fees, disbursements and charges of (A) one counsel to the Administrative Agent and one counsel to the other Indemnitees taken as a whole, (B) in the case of any actual or potential conflict of interest, one counsel for such affected Indemnitee or group of Indemnitees, (C) if necessary, one special counsel for each relevant specialty, and (D) if necessary, one local or foreign counsel in each applicable jurisdiction. In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 7.03(c) applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Pledgor, its directors, shareholders or creditors or an Indemnitee or any other Person or any Indemnitee is otherwise a party thereto and whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated.

(d) Damage Waiver . To the extent permitted by applicable Law, no Pledgor shall assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the Transactions, the Loans or the use of the proceeds of the Loans.

(e) Payment of Amounts Due . All amounts due under this Section 7.03 shall be payable not later than fifteen (15) days after written demand therefor, which demand shall be accompanied by supporting documentation for such amounts.

(f) Survival . Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of the Pledgors hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the agreements and obligations of the Pledgors contained in this Section 7.03 shall survive the Discharge of Secured Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

 

24


Section 7.04 Amendments and Waivers . No provision of this Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by each Pledgor and the Administrative Agent; provided , however , that the addition or release of any Pledgor hereunder shall not constitute an amendment, change, discharge, termination or waiver affecting any Pledgor other than the Pledgor so added or released and it being further understood and agreed that any supplement to Schedules I through IV hereto delivered pursuant to Section 4.02 shall not require the consent of any Pledgor or the Administrative Agent. No waiver of any term, covenant or provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless given in writing by the Administrative Agent. Any amendment, modification or supplement of or to, or any waiver of, any provision of this Agreement in each case (if so given in accordance with the forgoing in this subsection) shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which made or given.

Section 7.05 Successors and Assigns; Assignments . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Pledgor, the Administrative Agent and their respective successors and assigns. No Pledgor may assign, transfer, hypothecate or otherwise convey its rights, benefits, obligations or duties hereunder without the prior express written consent of the Administrative Agent. Any such purported assignment, transfer, hypothecation or other conveyance by any Pledgor without the prior express written consent of the Administrative Agent shall be null and void. In the event of an assignment of all or any of the Obligations, the rights hereunder, to the extent applicable to the indebtedness so assigned, may be transferred with such indebtedness.

Section 7.06 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial . (a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS, OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) Each Pledgor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any Pledgor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Each Pledgor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in the first sentence of paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement or any

 

25


other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

(e) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

Section 7.07 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 7.08 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

Section 7.09 Additional Pledgors . It is understood and agreed that any New Subsidiary that is required by Section 5.11 of the Credit Agreement to execute a counterpart of this Agreement after the date hereof shall automatically become a Pledgor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Pledgor hereunder by executing a Joinder Agreement and delivering the same to the Administrative Agent. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such Joinder Agreement, such New Subsidiary shall take all such actions and deliver to the Administrative Agent all such certificates, instruments, documents and agreements as such New Subsidiary would have been required to deliver to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date of this Agreement had such New Subsidiary been a party hereto on the date of this Agreement, including those required pursuant to Section 5.11 of the Credit Agreement. Such additional materials shall include, among other things, supplements to Schedules I , II , III and IV hereto (which Schedules shall thereupon automatically be amended and supplemented to include all information contained in such supplements) such that, after giving effect to the Joinder Agreement of such New Subsidiary, each of Schedules I , II , III and IV hereto is true, complete and correct with respect to such New Subsidiary as of the effective date of such Joinder Agreement. The execution and delivery of any such Joinder Agreement, and the amendment and supplementation of the Schedules hereto as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, shall not require the consent of any other Pledgor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Pledgor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Pledgor as a party to this Agreement.

 

26


Section 7.10 Termination . When the Discharge of Secured Obligations shall occur, the Security Interests shall terminate. Upon any such termination of the Security Interests, the Administrative Agent will, promptly after request by the Pledgors, and at the sole cost and expense of any Pledgor, execute and deliver to the applicable Pledgor such documents as such Pledgor shall reasonably request to evidence the termination of the Security Interests. Any such documents shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.

Section 7.11 Obligations Absolute . All obligations of each Pledgor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

(i) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment, composition, liquidation or the like of any other Pledgor;

(ii) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(iii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(iv) any pledge, exchange, release or non-perfection of any other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to any departure from any guarantee, for all or any of the Secured Obligations;

(v) any exercise, non-exercise or waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege under or in respect hereof, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document except as specifically set forth in a waiver granted pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.04 ; or

(vi) any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Pledgor other than Discharge of Secured Obligations.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

27


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first written above.

 

PLEDGORS:
AMERICAN CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORPORATION
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:
GMAC INSURANCE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
INTEGON INDEMNITY CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature to Pledge Agreement]


ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

[Signature to Pledge Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

to Pledge Agreement

FORM OF ISSUER CONTROL AGREEMENT

This CONTROL AGREEMENT , dated as of [            ], 20[            ] (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof, this “ Control Agreement ”), by and among [PLEDGOR NAME], a [            ] (the “ Pledgor ”), JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as administrative agent (together with its successor or assigns, the “ Administrative Agent ”), and [ISSUER NAME], a [            ] (together with its successors, the “ Issuer ”).

Reference is made to that certain Pledge Agreement, dated as of February 20, 2013 (as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “ Pledge Agreement ”), by and among the Pledgor, the other pledgors party thereto, and the Administrative Agent, under which the Pledgor [will pledge] [has pledged] to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, and [will grant] [has granted] a security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, in, all right, title and interest of the Pledgor in, to and under any and all (i) Pledged LLC Interests, (ii) Pledged Partnership Interests and (iii) Pledged Other Equity Interests, in each case issued from time to time by the Issuer, whether now existing or hereafter from time to time acquired by the Pledgor (all of such Pledged LLC Interests, Pledged Partnership Interests and Pledged Other Equity Interests being herein collectively referred to as the “ Pledged Interests ”) to secure the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations. Capitalized terms defined or otherwise used in the Pledge Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have, as used herein, the respective meanings provided for therein.

The Pledgor desires that the Issuer enter into this Agreement to perfect the security interest of the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, in the Pledged Interests, to vest in the Administrative Agent control of the Pledged Interests and to provide for the rights of the parties under this Control Agreement.

Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Control by the Administrative Agent . The Pledgor hereby irrevocably agrees that, for so long as this Control Agreement remains in effect, the Administrative Agent shall have exclusive control (within the meaning of Section 8-106 of the UCC) of the Pledged Interests. In furtherance of such agreement, the Pledgor hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Issuer, and the Issuer hereby agrees, (i) to comply with any and all instructions (within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(12) of the UCC) originated by the Administrative Agent regarding any or all of the Pledged Interests without further consent by the Pledgor or any other Person, and (ii) subject to the provisions of Section 2 hereof, (A) not to comply with any instructions regarding any or all of the Pledged Interests originated by any Person other than the Administrative Agent or a court of competent jurisdiction and (B) to distribute as instructed by the Administrative Agent redemptions, dividends, interest, principal, distributions, cash, instruments, property and other payments and distributions from time to time paid, made or distributed with respect to any Pledged Interests. In the case of any conflict between any instruction originated by the Administrative Agent and any instruction originated by any other Person, the Issuer shall comply only with the instruction originated by the Administrative Agent.

 

Exhibit A-4


Section 2. Maintenance of Pledged Interests . In addition to, and not in lieu of, the obligation of the Issuer to honor instructions and entitlement orders as agreed in Section 1 hereof, the Issuer and the Administrative Agent agree as follows:

(a) Subject to the rights of the Pledgor described herein, the Issuer agrees that, from and after the date hereof, the Pledged Interests shall be under the exclusive dominion and control of the Administrative Agent.

(b) Upon notice by the Administrative Agent, the Issuer shall notify the Pledgor that the Pledged Interests are subject to the sole control of the Administrative Agent and, thereafter, the Issuer will not accept any direction or instructions with respect to the Pledged Interests from any Person other than the Administrative Agent, unless otherwise ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction.

(c) Until such time as the Issuer receives a notice of sole control delivered by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2(b) hereof, the Pledgor may exercise all voting rights pertaining to the Pledged Interests.

(d) Until such time as the Issuer receives a notice of sole control delivered by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2(b) hereof, the Pledgor may direct the Issuer with respect to the distribution of redemptions, dividends, interest, principal, distributions, cash, instruments, property, and other payments and distributions on Pledged Interests.

Section 3. No Liability of Issuer . This Control Agreement shall not subject the Issuer to any obligation or liability except as expressly set forth herein. In particular, the Issuer need not investigate whether the Administrative Agent is entitled under the Pledge Agreement or otherwise to give an instruction or notice of sole control.

Section 4. Representations and Warranties of the Issuer . The Issuer hereby represents and warrants that:

(a) Except for the claims and interests of the Administrative Agent, the other Secured Parties and the Pledgor in the Pledged Interests, the Issuer does not know of any claim to, or interest in, any Pledged Interests. If any Person asserts any Lien, encumbrance or adverse claim (including any writ, garnishment, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process) against any Pledged Interest, the Issuer will promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Pledgor thereof.

(b) The security interest of the Administrative Agent in the Pledged Interests has been registered on the books and records of the Issuer.

(c) There are no other agreements entered into between the Issuer and the Pledgor with respect to the Pledged Interests, and the Issuer has not entered into, and until the termination of this Control Agreement will not enter into, any agreement with any other Person relating to the Pledged Interests pursuant to which it has agreed or will agree to comply with instructions originated by such other Person.

(d) This Control Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

Exhibit A-5


(e) The pledge by the Pledgor of, and the granting by the Pledgor of a security interest in, the Pledged Interests to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, does not violate the charter, by-laws, partnership agreement, operating agreement or any other agreement governing the Issuer or the Pledged Interests.

(f) Pledged Interests are fully-paid and nonassessable.

Section 5. Notices . All notices, requests or other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile transmission or similar writing) and shall be given to such party:

 

  (i) in the case of the Administrative Agent, at:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

10 S. Dearborn, 9th floor

Chicago, IL 60603

Attention: Svetlana Skopcenko

Facsimile No.: (312) 386-7632

Telephone No.: (312) 325-3190

E-Mail Address: Svetlana.Skopcenko@chase.com

 

  (ii) in the case of the Pledgor, at:

[Name of Pledgor]

[Address]

Attention:

Facsimile No.:

Telephone No.:

E-Mail Address:

 

  (iii) in the case of the Issuer, at:

[Name of Issuer]

[Address]

Attention:

Facsimile No.:

Telephone No.:

E-Mail Address:

Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective (i) if given by facsimile transmission, when transmitted to the facsimile number specified in this paragraph and confirmation of receipt is received, (ii) if given by mail, 48 hours after such communication is deposited, certified mail, return receipt requested, in the mails with appropriate first class postage prepaid, addressed as aforesaid or (iii) if given by other means, when delivered at the address specified in this paragraph. Rejection or refusal to accept, or the inability to deliver because of a changed address of which no notice was given shall not affect the validity of notice given in accordance with this paragraph.

Section 6. Conflict with Other Agreements . In the event of any conflict between this Control Agreement (or any portion hereof) and any other agreement now existing or hereafter entered into, the terms of this Control Agreement shall prevail.

 

Exhibit A-6


Section 7. Amendments and Waivers . Any provision of this Control Agreement may be amended, changed, discharged, terminated or waived if, but only if, such amendment, change, discharge, termination or waiver is in writing and is signed by the Administrative Agent, the Issuer and the Pledgor.

Section 8. Successors and Assigns . This Control Agreement shall be binding upon each of the parties hereto and inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent and its successors and assigns. In the event of an assignment of all or any of the Secured Obligations, the rights hereunder, to the extent applicable to the Indebtedness so assigned, may be transferred with such Indebtedness.

Section 9. Governing Law . This Control Agreement shall be construed in accordance with, and governed by, the law of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflict of laws, other than Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York.

Section 10. Severability .

(a) All rights, remedies and powers provided in this Control Agreement may be exercised only to the extent that the exercise thereof does not violate any applicable provision of Law, and all the provisions of this Control Agreement are intended to be subject to all applicable mandatory provisions of Law which may be controlling and be limited to the extent necessary so that they will not render this Control Agreement invalid, unenforceable in whole or in part, or not entitled to be recorded, registered or filed under the provisions of any applicable Law.

(b) If any provision hereof is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, (i) the other provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect in such jurisdiction and shall be liberally construed in favor of the Administrative Agent in order to carry out the intentions of the parties hereto as nearly as may be possible; and (ii) the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of such provisions in any other jurisdiction.

Section 11. Counterparts; Effectiveness . This Control Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Control Agreement shall become effective when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof executed by itself, the Issuer and the Pledgor. This Control Agreement may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile or “PDF” file and if so transmitted or signed shall, subject to requirements of Law, have the same force and effect as a manually signed original and shall be binding on the Administrative Agent, the Issuer and the Pledgor.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

Exhibit A-7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Control Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first written above.

 

PLEDGOR:     [PLEDGOR NAME]
    By:  

 

      Name:
      Title:

 

Exhibit A-8


ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:    

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as

Administrative Agent

    By:  

 

      Name:
      Title:

 

Exhibit A-9


ISSUER:     [ISSUER NAME]
    By:  

 

      Name:
      Title:

 

Exhibit A-10


EXHIBIT B

to Pledge Agreement

FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT

[Name of New Subsidiary]

[Address of New Subsidiary]

                                                   , 20     

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

10 S. Dearborn, 9th floor

Chicago, IL 60603

Attention: Svetlana Skopcenko

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Pledge Agreement, dated as of February 20, 2013 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Pledge Agreement ”; unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Pledge Agreement), by American Capital Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), GMAC Insurance Management Corporation, a Delaware corporation and a Subsidiary of the Borrower (“ GMAC Insurance Management Corporation ”), and each other Subsidiary of the Borrower who may from time be a party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Pledge Agreement. The New Pledgor acknowledges it has received a copy of the Pledge Agreement and that it has read and understands the terms thereof.

This Joinder Agreement supplements the Pledge Agreement and is delivered by the undersigned, [            ], a [            ] (the “ New Pledgor ”), pursuant to Section 7.09 of the Pledge Agreement.

The New Pledgor hereby agrees to be bound as a Pledgor to the Pledge Agreement by all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in the Pledge Agreement to the same extent that it would have been bound if it had been a signatory to the Pledge Agreement on the date of the Pledge Agreement. The Pledgor hereby agrees that each reference to a “Pledgor” or “Pledgors” or “Loan Party” or “Loan Parties” in the Pledge Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall include the Pledgor. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the New Pledgor hereby (i) grants to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, and hereby pledges and collaterally assigns to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral, as security for the due and punctual payment and performance in full of all Secured Obligations, and (ii) expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Pledgor under the Pledge Agreement. The New Pledgor hereby makes each of the representations and warranties and agrees to each of the covenants applicable to the Pledgors contained in the Pledge Agreement.

Annexed hereto are supplements to each of the schedules to the Pledge Agreement with respect to the New Pledgor. Such supplements shall be deemed to be part of the Pledge Agreement.

This Joinder Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of


which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS, OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

[Signature Page Follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Pledgor has caused this Joinder Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first written above.

 

[NAME OF NEW PLEDGOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED

AS OF THE DATE ABOVE FIRST WRITTEN BY:

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

as the Administrative Agent

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Schedules to be attached]

Exhibit 10.2

CONSENT AND AMENDMENT NO. 1

Dated as of April 11, 2013

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of February 20, 2013

THIS CONSENT AND AMENDMENT NO. 1 (this “ Consent and Amendment ”) is made as of April 11, 2013 and shall, upon satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 2 below be effective as of the date hereof (the “ Amendment No. 1 Effective Date ”) by and among American Capital Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the financial institutions listed on the signature pages hereof and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”), under that certain Credit Agreement dated as of February 20, 2013 by and among the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the requisite Lenders and the Administrative Agent consent to certain transactions and agree to make certain modifications to the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Lenders party hereto and the Administrative Agent have so agreed on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth above, the terms and conditions contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Borrower, the Lenders party hereto and the Administrative Agent hereby agree to enter into this Consent and Amendment.

1. Consent . The Borrower has informed the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that ACAC Holdings Luxembourg S.a.r.l., a Luxembourg company, intends to purchase (the “ Acquisition ”) all of the outstanding Equity Interests of Euro Accident Health & Care Insurance Aktiebolag, a Swedish limited liability company (the “ Target ”), for aggregate initial consideration in an amount not to exceed $25,000,000 (and a potential earn-out based on future EBITDA of the Target as set forth in the purchase agreement and such other agreements entered into in respect of the Acquisition (the “ Acquisition Documents ”)), of which not more than $20,000,000 shall be proceeds of Loans made under the Credit Agreement and that the Borrower will provide a performance guarantee with respect to the performance by ACAC Holdings Luxembourg S.a.r.l. under the Acquisition Documents (all of the foregoing, the “ Transaction ”). The Borrower has requested the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders to consent (the “ Consent ”) to and agree that (i) ACAC Holdings Luxembourg S.a.r.l. may consummate the Transaction and ii) for purposes of determining compliance with Section 6.04 of the Credit Agreement, the Transaction shall be deemed to constitute a Permitted Acquisition made pursuant to Section 6.04(i)(x) of the Credit Agreement. Effective as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, and notwithstanding anything contained in the Credit Agreement, including Sections 5.08 and 6.04 of the Credit Agreement, to the contrary, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders party hereto hereby grant


the Consent.

2. Amendments to Credit Agreement . Effective as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a) The definition of “Consolidated Net Income” appearing in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is amended to add the phrase “or, solely for purposes of any determination made in respect of Section 6.14(e), SAP” at the end thereof.

(b) The definition of “Strategic Investment” appearing in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is amended to delete the phrase “less than 50%” appearing therein and to replace such phrase with “50% or less”.

3. Conditions of Effectiveness . The effectiveness of this Consent and Amendment is subject to the conditions precedent that the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of this Consent and Amendment duly executed by the Borrower, the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent and (ii) payment and/or reimbursement of the Administrative Agent’s and its affiliates’ fees and expenses (including, to the extent invoiced, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Administrative Agent) in connection with this Consent and Amendment.

4. Representations and Warranties of the Borrower . The Borrower hereby represents and warrants as follows:

(a) This Consent and Amendment and the Credit Agreement as amended hereby constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower and are enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

(b) As of the date hereof and giving effect to the terms of this Consent and Amendment, (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) the representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, are true and correct as of the date hereof.

5. Reference to and Effect on the Credit Agreement .

(a) Upon the effectiveness hereof, each reference to the Credit Agreement in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

(b) Except with respect to the subject matter hereof and as set forth herein, each Loan Document and all other documents, instruments and agreements executed and/or delivered in connection therewith, and all of the terms and provisions thereof, are and shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

(c) Except with respect to the subject matter hereof and as set forth herein, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Consent and Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Credit Agreement, the Loan Documents or any other documents, instruments and agreements executed and/or delivered in connection therewith.

 

2


6. Governing Law . This Consent and Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

7. Headings . Section headings in this Consent and Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Consent and Amendment for any other purpose.

8. Counterparts . This Consent and Amendment may be executed by one or more of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Consent and Amendment has been duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

AMERICAN CAPITAL ACQUISITION
    CORPORATION, as the Borrower
By:  

/s/ Peter Rendall

Name:   Peter Rendall
Title:   Treasurer

 

Signature Page to Consent and Amendment No. 1 to

Credit Agreement dated as of February 20, 2013

American Capital Acquisition Corporation


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

individually as a Lender and as Administrative Agent

By:  

/s/ Thomas A. Kiepura

Name:   Thomas A. Kiepura
Title:   Senior Credit Executive

 

Signature Page to Consent and Amendment No. 1 to

Credit Agreement dated as of February 20, 2013

American Capital Acquisition Corporation


KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ James Cribbet

Name:   James Cribbet
Title:   Senior Vice President

 

Signature Page to Consent and Amendment No. 1 to

Credit Agreement dated as of February 20, 2013

American Capital Acquisition Corporation


FIRST NIAGARA BANK, N.A.,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ David Reading

Name:   David Reading
Title:   First Vice President

 

Signature Page to Consent and Amendment No. 1 to

Credit Agreement dated as of February 20, 2013

American Capital Acquisition Corporation


ASSOCIATED BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Liliana Huerta

Name:   Liliana Huerta
Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to Consent and Amendment No. 1 to

Credit Agreement dated as of February 20, 2013

American Capital Acquisition Corporation

Exhibit 10.3

AMENDMENT NO. 2

Dated as of August 6, 2013

to

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of February 20, 2013

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of August 6, 2013 and shall, upon satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 2 below be effective as of the date hereof (the “ Amendment No. 2 Effective Date ”) by and among National General Holdings Corp. (formerly known as American Capital Acquisition Corporation), a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the financial institutions listed on the signature pages hereof and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”), under that certain Credit Agreement dated as of February 20, 2013 by and among the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the requisite Lenders and the Administrative Agent agree to make certain modifications to the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Lenders party hereto and the Administrative Agent have so agreed on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth above, the terms and conditions contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Borrower, the Lenders party hereto and the Administrative Agent hereby agree to enter into this Amendment.

1. Amendments to Credit Agreement . Effective as of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a) The Credit Agreement is amended to delete each reference to “American Capital Acquisition Corporation” appearing therein and to replace each such reference with “National General Holdings Corp. (formerly known as American Capital Acquisition Corporation)”.

(b) The definition of “Change in Control” appearing in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is amended to delete each reference to “65%” appearing therein and to replace each such reference with “60%”.

(c) Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is amended to add the following definitions thereto in the proper alphabetical order and, where applicable, replace the corresponding previously existing definitions:

Impacted Interest Period ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “LIBO Rate”.


Interpolated Rate ” means, at any time, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) to be equal to the rate that results from interpolating on a linear basis between: (a) the LIBOR Screen Rate for the longest period (for which the LIBOR Screen Rate is available) that is shorter than the Impacted Interest Period and (b) the LIBOR Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which the LIBOR Screen Rate is available) that exceeds the Impacted Interest Period, in each case, at such time.

LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any applicable Interest Period, the London interbank offered rate as administered by the British Bankers Association (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate for Dollars) for a period equal in length to such Interest Period as displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen that displays such rate (or, in the event such rate does not appear on a Reuters page or screen, on any successor or substitute page on such screen that displays such rate, or on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion; in each case the “ LIBOR Screen Rate ”) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; provided that, if the LIBOR Screen Rate shall not be available at such time for such Interest Period (an “ Impacted Interest Period ”), then the LIBO Rate shall be the Interpolated Rate at such time, subject to Section 2.14.

LIBOR Screen Rate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “LIBO Rate”.

(d) Section 2.14(a) of the Credit Agreement is amended to (i) add the phrase “and binding” immediately following the phrase “shall be conclusive” appearing therein and (ii) add the parenthetical “(including, without limitation, by means of an Interpolated Rate)” immediately following the phrase “reasonable means” appearing therein.

(e) Section 2.15(a)(i) of the Credit Agreement is amended to add the phrase “, liquidity” immediately following the phrase “insurance charge” appearing therein.

(f) Section 6.04(k) of the Credit Agreement is amended to delete the amount “$20,000,000” appearing therein and to replace such amount with “$45,000,000”.

(g) Section 6.07 of the Credit Agreement is amended to (i) delete the word “and” appearing at the end of clause (f) thereof, (ii) delete the period appearing at the end of clause (g) thereof and to replace such period with “; and” and (iii) add the following as a new clause (h) thereof:

(h) the Borrower may declare and pay any cash dividend so long as immediately after giving effect (including giving effect on a pro forma basis) to such dividend (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (ii) the Borrower would be in compliance with Section 6.14.

(h) Section 6.14(d) of the Credit Agreement is amended to (i) delete the phrase “any of its existing or future U.S. Regulated Insurance Companies, in each case” appearing therein and to replace such phrase with “Integon National Insurance Company (and its successors and assigns)” and (ii) delete the phrase “for such Regulated Insurance Company” appearing therein.

 

2


2. Conditions of Effectiveness . The effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the conditions precedent that the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of this Amendment duly executed by the Borrower, the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent and (ii) payment and/or reimbursement of the Administrative Agent’s and its affiliates’ fees and expenses (including, to the extent invoiced, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Administrative Agent) in connection with this Amendment.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Borrower . The Borrower hereby represents and warrants as follows:

(a) This Amendment and the Credit Agreement as amended hereby constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower and are enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

(b) As of the date hereof and giving effect to the terms of this Amendment, (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) the representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, are true and correct as of the date hereof.

4. Reference to and Effect on the Credit Agreement .

(a) Upon the effectiveness hereof, each reference to the Credit Agreement in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

(b) Except with respect to the subject matter hereof and as set forth herein, each Loan Document and all other documents, instruments and agreements executed and/or delivered in connection therewith, and all of the terms and provisions thereof, are and shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

(c) Except with respect to the subject matter hereof and as set forth herein, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Credit Agreement, the Loan Documents or any other documents, instruments and agreements executed and/or delivered in connection therewith.

5. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

6. Headings . Section headings in this Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purpose.

7. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed by one or more of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

NATIONAL GENERAL HOLDINGS CORP.
(formerly known as American Capital Acquisition Corporation), as the Borrower
By:  

/s/ Michael Weiner

Name:   Michael Weiner
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to

Credit Agreement dated as of February 20, 2013

National General Holdings Corp.


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
individually as a Lender and as Administrative Agent
By:  

/s/ Hector J. Varona

Name:   Hector J. Varona
Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to

Credit Agreement dated as of February 20, 2013

National General Holdings Corp.


FIRST NIAGARA BANK, N.A.,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ David Reading

Name:   David Reading
Title:   First Vice President

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to

Credit Agreement dated as of February 20, 2013

National General Holdings Corp.


ASSOCIATED BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Liliana Huerta

Name:   Liliana Huerta
Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to

Credit Agreement dated as of February 20, 2013

National General Holdings Corp.

Exhibit 10.4

PERSONAL AND COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE QUOTA SHARE

REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

(hereinafter referred to as the “Agreement”)

between

INTEGON NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY

Winston-Salem, North Carolina

For and on behalf of the participants in the Company Pool

(hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Company”)

and

The Reinsurers subscribing to the respective Interests and Liabilities Contract to which this Agreement is attached (each subscribing reinsurer is referred to hereinafter, individually, as a “Subscribing Reinsurer” and collectively as the “Reinsurer”)

WITNESSETH:

The Reinsurer hereby reinsures the Company to the extent and on the terms and conditions and subject to the exceptions, exclusions and limitations hereinafter set forth.

ARTICLE I

BUSINESS COVERED

The Company shall cede to the Reinsurer and the Reinsurer shall accept from the Company, a 50% quota share participation of Losses Incurred by the Company Pool under new and renewal policies becoming effective on or after 12:01 A.M. March 1, 2010, (hereinafter called “Policies”) on business classified by the Company as Private Passenger and Commercial Automobile business (as hereinafter defined).

As respects business subject to this Agreement, the liability of the Reinsurer for Net Loss(es) shall never exceed $5,000,000 (i.e., 50% of $10,000,000) each Occurrence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the limit for each Occurrence set forth herein shall not apply to an Extra Contractual Obligation or Excess of Original Policy Limit Loss to the extent that the Company has excess of loss reinsurance which covers part, but not 100% of such Extra Contractual Obligation or Excess of Original Policy Limit Loss.


ARTICLE II

COMMENCEMENT AND TERMINATION

 

A. This Agreement shall be effective from 12:01 A.M., Eastern Standard Time, March 1, 2010, to 12:01 A.M., Eastern Standard Time, March 1, 2013, and shall automatically renew for successive three-year periods thereafter unless terminated, cancelled or commuted earlier in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Each three year period shall be hereinafter referred to as an “Agreement Term.” In the event that this Agreement is terminated prior to or as of the end of an Agreement Term, the final Agreement Term shall be the period from the beginning of such Agreement Term through the termination date or the end of the run-off period, if any, whichever is later.

 

B. If the Reinsurer or Company elects to not renew this Agreement for a successive Agreement Term, it shall give written notice to the other party hereto and to the North Carolina Department of Insurance, Missouri Department of Insurance, Michigan Department of Insurance and California Department of Insurance not less than nine months prior to the expiration of such current Agreement Term.

 

C. Unless otherwise mutually agreed by the parties, at the termination of this Agreement, the reinsurance hereunder on Policies in force on the effective date of termination shall remain in full force and effect until expiration, cancellation or the next anniversary of such Policies, whichever first occurs.

 

D. Notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement as hereinabove provided, the provisions of this Agreement shall continue to apply until all obligations and liabilities incurred by each party prior to such termination shall be fully performed and discharged.

ARTICLE III

TERRITORY

This Agreement applies only to Policies issued in the United States of America. In addition, this Agreement is extended to apply to automobiles temporarily within the Canadian borders as well as incidental exposures elsewhere, provided that the principal exposure under the Policy is within the United States of America.

 

Page 2 of 39


ARTICLE IV

WARRANTIES

The Company warrants that the following shall apply throughout the term of this Agreement, or so deemed:

 

  1. The Company shall retain net for its own account at least 50% of Losses Incurred each Policy, each Occurrence on all business ceded hereunder.

 

  2. Except as set forth below, during the initial Agreement Term and each subsequent Agreement Term, the Net Earned Premium ceded hereunder shall not exceed the following amounts (the “Premium Cap”):

 

  (a) For the first calendar year or part thereof, the Premium Cap shall be $550,000,000.

 

  (b) For each calendar year thereafter, the Premium Cap shall increase by an amount equal to 10% of (i) the Premium Cap for the previous calendar year or (ii) actual Net Earned Premium ceded for the previous calendar year, whichever is higher;

Each Subscribing Reinsurer shall be promptly notified in writing by the Company when the premium reaches 75% of the Premium Cap. It is the intent of the parties that the Reinsurer shall reinsurer all Covered Business, notwithstanding the Premium Cap, subject to each Subscribing Reinsurer’s good faith management of its capital requirements. In the event that the Premium Cap is exceeded and a Subscribing Reinsurer determines in good faith that it cannot assume its pro-rata share of such excess premium, such Subscribing Reinsurer’s participation for such calendar year, at its option, may be reduced to a percentage, which when multiplied by the Company’s Net Earned Premium equals no less than the Premium Cap. In the event a Subscribing Reinsurer exercises its option not to participate in any calendar year in any excess premium ceded (a “Non-Participating Reinsurer”), such Subscribing Reinsurer shall promptly notify the Company and each other Subscribing Reinsurer of its exercise of such option and the other Subscribing Reinsurers, subject to the Company’s written consent, may elect to assume all or any portion of the Non-Participating Reinsurer’s share of the applicable excess premium ceded by prompt written notice to the Company.

In the event that the Premium Cap is exceeded and a Subscribing Reinsurer exercises its option not to participate, the Company shall provide prompt written notice of the Non-Participating Reinsurer’s exercise of its right to the North Carolina Department of Insurance.

 

  3.

In the event the Company issues Policies that cover new product lines of business other than those set forth in the Business Covered article herein,

 

Page 3 of 39


  including any new business written on behalf of the Company by managing general agents (hereinafter collectively “Additional Business”), the Company shall offer to the Reinsurer the opportunity to reinsure any such Additional Business. If the Reinsurer elects, in its sole discretion, to so reinsure any Additional Business, such Additional Business shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement other than (a) the date and time as of which the reinsurance of such Additional Business shall be effective; (b) the ceding commission allowed in respect of such Additional Business and (c) the maximum Policy limits of such Additional Business that may be ceded hereunder, which terms and conditions described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) shall be mutually agreed by the parties.

 

  4. The maximum Policy limits ceded hereunder shall be as follows:

Private Passenger Auto

 

  a) Automobile Bodily Injury Liability: $1,000,000 per person/$1,000,000 per occurrence or $2,000,000 where mandated by state statute

 

  b) Automobile Property Damage Liability: $1,000,000 per occurrence or $2,000,000 where mandated by state statute

 

  c) Automobile Bodily Injury Liability and/or Automobile Property Damage Liability, combined single limit: $1,000,000 each occurrence or $2,000,000 where mandated by state statute

 

  d) Physical Damage: As per company underwriting guidelines

 

  e) Personal Injury Protection: Statutory limits

 

  f) Uninsured/Underinsured Motorist Bodily Injury: $1,000,000 per person/$1,000,000 each occurrence or $2,000,000 where mandated by state statute

 

  g) Medical Payments: $100,000 per occurrence

 

  5. The Company shall make commercially reasonable efforts to purchase and maintain in effect during the term of this Agreement excess of loss reinsurance, recoveries under which shall inure to the benefit of this Agreement with the following retentions and limits:

 

  a) Property:

Retention: $10 million (per occurrence)

Limit: $20 million (per occurrence)

Extra Contractual/Excess Policy Limits: 90%

 

Page 4 of 39


  b) Casualty:

Retention: $5 million (per occurrence)

Limit: $50 million (per occurrence)

Extra Contractual/Excess Policy Limits: 90%

The Company shall confer with the Subscribing Reinsurers prior to purchasing excess of loss reinsurance with higher retentions or lower limits than set forth above.

 

  6. The Company shall provide thirty (30) days prior written notice to each Subscribing Reinsurer of any reductions in the rates on policies reinsured hereunder and shall consider, in good faith, the position of the Subscribing Reinsurers with respect thereto.

ARTICLE V

EXCLUSIONS

 

A. The reinsurance provided under this Agreement does not apply to and specifically excludes:

 

  1. All lines of business not specifically covered under this Agreement.

 

  2. All reinsurance assumed by the Company, except pursuant to the Company Pool and reinsurance assumed from Motors Insurance Corporation (“MIC”), CIM Insurance Corporation (“CIM”) and MIC Property and Casualty Insurance Corporation (“MICPC”) in connection with the acquisition by American Capital Acquisition Corporation of the Company Pool participants.

 

  3. Insolvency and financial guarantees.

 

  4. Risks written on a deductible, excess or excess of self-insured retention when such retained, primary or underlying amounts are greater than $25,000.

 

  5. Business derived from any pool (excluding the Company Pool), association, including joint underwriting association, syndicate, exchange, plan, fund or other facility directly as a member, subscriber or participant, or indirectly by way of reinsurance or assessments; provided this exclusion shall not apply to automobile assigned risks which may be currently or subsequently covered hereunder and which are specifically identifiable.

 

  6.

Liability of the Company and Company Pool arising from participation or membership, whether voluntary or involuntary, in any insolvency fund,

 

Page 5 of 39


  including any guarantee fund, association, pool, plan or other facility which provides for the assessment of, payment by, or assumption by the Company of a part or the whole of any claim, debt, charge, fee or other obligations of an insurer, or its successors or assigns, which has been declared insolvent by any authority having jurisdiction.

 

  7. Third party bodily injury, personal injury or property damage liabilities, loss expenses, fines and penalties arising out of toxic or harmful substances including but not limited to asbestos, dioxin, polychlorinated biphenyls, manganese and silica as follows:

 

  (i.) inhaling, ingesting or prolonged physical exposure to such substances or goods or products containing same; or

 

  (ii.) the use of such substances in constructing or manufacturing any good, product or structure; or

 

  (iii.) the removal of such substances from any good, product or structure; or

 

  (iv.) the manufacture, transportation, storage or disposal of such substances or goods or products containing same.

 

  8. Any loss, cost or expense arising out of or related to, either directly or indirectly to terrorism as per the Terrorism Exclusion attached hereto.

 

  9. Any loss or liability arising out of or related to mold as per the Mold Exclusion attached hereto.

 

  10. All liability beyond circumscribed policy provisions, including but not limited to punitive, exemplary, consequential or compensatory damages (other than Excess of Original Policy Limit Loss awarded a third party claimant, if covered under this Agreement) resulting from an action of an insured or assignee against the Company, its agents or employees, (except for Extra Contractual Obligations coverage if provided under this Agreement).

 

  11. “Self-Insurance” or “self-insured obligations”, howsoever styled, of the Company, its affiliates or subsidiaries, or any insurance wherein the Company, its affiliates or subsidiaries, are named as the insured party, either alone or jointly with some other party.

 

  12.

Loss or damage arising out of or resulting as a consequence of or related to war, whether or not declared, invasion, hostilities, acts of foreign enemies, revolution, civil war, rebellion, insurrection, bombardment or any use of military or usurped power, or martial law or confiscation, nationalization or damage of property by order of any government, military or other public

 

Page 6 of 39


  authority. This exclusion shall apply whether or not there is another cause of loss which may have contributed concurrently or in any sequence to a loss.

 

  13. Loss or liability excluded by the provisions of the following clauses. The word “Reinsured” used therein means “Company”.

 

  a. Nuclear Incident Exclusion Clauses – Physical Damage – Reinsurance – U.S.A;

 

  b. Nuclear Incident Exclusion Clauses – Physical Damage – Reinsurance – Canada Reinsurance – No. 4;

 

  c. Nuclear Incident Exclusion Clause Liability – Reinsurance – USA (NMA 1590);

 

  d. Nuclear Incident Exclusion Clause Liability – Reinsurance – Canada (NMA 1979);

 

  e. Nuclear Incident Exclusion Clause – Reinsurance – No. 4.

 

  14. Loss, damage or expenses of whatsoever nature directly or indirectly caused by, contributed to by, resulting from, arising out of or in connection with biological or chemical substances, nuclear reaction or radiation, radioactive contamination, or the threat thereof, regardless of any other cause or event contributing concurrently or in any other sequence to the loss.

 

  15. Seepage and Pollution as per the “Pollution And Seepage Exclusion Clause” attached to and forming a part of this Agreement;

 

  16. Vehicles used in or while in practice or preparation for a prearranged racing, speed, exhibition or demolition contest.

 

  17. Fire, Police, Emergency or Municipal vehicles except for vehicles owned by the insured and used when responding to an emergency.

 

  18. All vehicles classified as “Public Vehicles”.

 

  19. Vehicles hauling goods for others operating frequently and regularly beyond a radius of 1,000 miles.

 

  20. The rental or leasing of vehicles to others without a driver.

 

  21. Commercial automobiles over 66,000 lbs gross vehicle weight or gross combination weight as defined in the manuals of the Insurance Services Office, other than vehicles of unibody construction.

 

Page 7 of 39


  22. Vehicles primarily engaged in transporting and distributing fireworks, fuses, nitroglycerine, explosives, ammunitions, ammonium nitrate, natural or artificial fuel gas, butane, propane or liquefied petroleum gases, gasoline, diesel and other petroleum products.

 

  23. Vehicles in connection with:

 

  (i.) Driving schools and driver education;

 

  (ii.) Bobtail liability;

 

  (iii.) Churches, schools, public entity, day care vans and/or buses;

 

  (iv.) Commercial buses;

 

  (v.) Garbage and/or waste haulers other than vehicles used for recycling;

 

  (vi.) Messenger or delivery services or other activities that operate under time constraints.

 

B. The exclusions set forth in items 23(i) through (vi). above shall not apply if the excluded class or operations are minor or incidental exposures that constitute less than 10% of the regular operations of the insured.

 

C. If the Company is inadvertently bound on any risk excluded under items 23(i) through (vi). above, and the risk is not reinsured elsewhere, the reinsurance provided under this Agreement shall apply to such risk until discovery by a member of the Company’s underwriting department of the existence of such risk and 30 days thereafter or such time period as mandated by state statute.

 

D. Risks excluded hereunder may be individually submitted by the Company to the Subscribing Reinsurers for inclusion hereunder, and if specially accepted in writing by all of the Subscribing Reinsurers, such business shall then be covered under the terms of this Agreement, except to the extent the terms of this Agreement are modified by the special acceptance.

ARTICLE VI

REINSURANCE PREMIUM

 

A. As a condition precedent to the Reinsurer’s obligations hereunder, the Company shall pay to the Reinsurer an amount equal to 50% of the Company’s Net Earned Premium with respect to Policies written or renewed with an effective date on or after the inception of this Agreement.

 

B. The Reinsurer shall be credited with its exact proportion of the original premiums received by the Company, prior to disbursement of any dividends, but after deduction of premiums, if any, ceded by the Company for inuring reinsurance.

ARTICLE VII

CEDING COMMISSION

 

Page 8 of 39


A. The Reinsurer shall allow the Company a provisional ceding commission of 32.5% of all Net Earned Premium ceded to the Reinsurer hereunder. The Company shall allow the Reinsurer return commission on return premiums at the same rate.

 

B. The provisional commission allowed to the Company shall be adjusted periodically in accordance with the provisions set forth herein.

 

C. The first adjustment period shall be from the inception date of this Agreement through December 31, 2010 and each subsequent 12 month period shall be a separate adjustment period (each an “Adjustment Period and, collectively, “Adjustment Periods”). However, if this Agreement is terminated, the final adjustment period shall be from the beginning of the then current Adjustment Period through the date of termination if this Agreement is terminated on a “cutoff” basis, or the end of the runoff period if this Agreement is terminated on a “runoff” basis. The first calculation of adjusted commission for an Adjustment Period shall be made as of the date that is 12 months after the end of such Adjustment Period (the “Initial Calculation Date”).

 

D. The adjusted commission rate shall be calculated as follows and be applied to Net Earned Premium for the Adjustment Period under consideration:

 

  1. If the Actual Loss Ratio for the Adjustment Period is 64.5% or greater, the adjusted commission rate for the Adjustment Period under consideration shall be a minimum commission of 30.5%;

 

  2. If the Actual Loss Ratio for the Adjustment Period is less than 64.5%, but equal to or greater than 62.5%, the adjusted commission rate for such Adjustment Period under consideration shall be 30.5%, plus the difference in percentage points between 62.5% and the Actual Loss Ratio for such Adjustment Period;

 

  3. If the Actual Loss Ratio for the Adjustment Period is less than 62.5%, but greater than 60.5%, the adjusted commission rate for such Adjustment Period under consideration shall be 32.5%, plus the difference in percentage points between 60.5% and the Actual Loss Ratio for such Adjustment Period;

 

  4. If the Actual Loss Ratio for the Adjustment Period is 60.5% or less, the adjusted commission rate for such Adjustment Period shall be 34.5%.

 

E.

The Reinsurer shall calculate and report the adjusted commission on Net Earned Premium within 30 days after the Initial Calculation Date, and within 30 days after the end of each subsequent calendar year thereafter until all losses subject hereto have been finally settled. Each such calculation shall be based on cumulative transactions hereunder from the beginning of the Adjustment Period under consideration through the date of adjustment. If the adjusted commission on Net Earned Premium for the Adjustment Period under consideration, as of the date of

 

Page 9 of 39


  adjustment, is less than commissions previously allowed by the Reinsurer on Net Earned Premium for the same Adjustment Period, the Company shall remit the difference to the Reinsurer as promptly as possible after receipt and verification of the Reinsurer’s report. If the adjusted commission on Net Earned Premium for the Adjustment Period under consideration as of the date of adjustment, is greater than commissions previously allowed by the Reinsurer on Net Earned Premium for the same Adjustment Period, the Reinsurer shall remit the difference to the Company as promptly as possible after receipt of the Company’s written verification of the Reinsurer’s report.

 

F. It is expressly agreed that the ceding commission allowed the Company includes provision for all unallocated loss expenses, dividends, commissions, taxes (exclusive of Federal Excise Taxes), assessments and all other expenses of whatever nature, except allocated Loss Adjustment Expense.

ARTICLE VIII

NET RETAINED LINES

 

A. This Agreement applies only to that portion of any policy which the Company retains net for its own account (before giving effect to the Company’s retrocession to the participants in the Company Pool), and in calculating the amount of any loss hereunder and also in computing the amount or amounts in excess of which this Agreement attaches, only loss or losses in respect of that portion of any policy which the Company retains net for its own account (before giving effect to the Company’s retrocession to the participants in the Company Pool) shall be included.

 

B. The amount of the Reinsurer’s liability hereunder in respect of any loss or losses shall not be increased by reason of the inability of the Company to collect from any other reinsurer(s), whether specific or general, any amounts which may have become due from such reinsurer(s), whether such inability arises from the insolvency of such other reinsurer(s) or otherwise.

ARTICLE IX

EXTRA CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

 

A.

This Agreement shall protect the Company within the limits hereof, where the Losses Incurred includes any Extra Contractual Obligations. The term “Extra Contractual Obligations” is defined as those liabilities not covered under any other provision of this Agreement and which arise from the Company’s handling of any claim on business covered hereunder, together with any legal costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith, such liabilities arising because of, but not limited to, the following: failure by the Company to settle within the Policy limit, or by reason of alleged or actual negligence, fraud, or bad faith in rejecting an offer of settlement or in the preparation of the defense or in the trial or any action against its

 

Page 10 of 39


  insured or reinsured, or in the preparation or prosecution of an appeal consequent upon such action.

 

B. The date on which any Extra Contractual Obligation is incurred by the Company shall be deemed, in all circumstances, to be the date of the original loss that gave rise to the Extra Contractual Obligation.

 

C. This Article shall not apply where the Extra Contractual Obligation has been incurred due to an adjudicated finding of fraud or a criminal act of a member of the Board of Directors or an executive corporate officer of the Company acting individually or collectively or in collusion with any individual or organization.

 

D. Recoveries from any form of insurance or reinsurance, whether collectible or not, which protects the Company against claims which are the subject matter of this Article, and any contribution, subrogation or recovery shall inure to the benefit of the Reinsurer and shall be deducted first to determine the amount of the Company’s Net Loss(es).

 

E. If any provision of this Article shall be rendered illegal or unenforceable by the laws, regulations or public policy of any state, such provision shall be considered void in such state, but this shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement or the enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

ARTICLE X

EXCESS OF ORIGINAL POLICY LIMITS

 

A. This Agreement shall protect the Company, within the limits hereof, in connection with Losses Incurred in excess of the limit of its original Policy including any legal costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith (“Excess of Original Policy Limit Loss”), such loss in excess of the limit having been incurred because of failure by it to settle within the policy limit or by reason of alleged or actual negligence, fraud, or bad faith in rejecting an offer of settlement or in the preparation of the defense or in the trial of any action against its insured or reinsured or in the preparation or prosecution of an appeal consequent upon such action.

 

B. Such loss in excess of the Company’s policy limit, including any legal costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith, shall be added to the amount of the Company’s policy limit and the sum thereof shall be considered one loss.

 

C. This Article shall not apply where the Excess of Original Policy Limit Loss has been incurred due to an adjudicated finding of fraud or a criminal act of a member of the Board of Directors or an executive corporate officer of the Company acting individually or collectively or in collusion with any individual or organization.

 

Page 11 of 39


D. Recoveries from any form of insurance or reinsurance, whether collectible or not, which protects the Company against claims which are the subject matter of this Article and any contribution, subrogation or recovery shall inure to the benefit of the Reinsurer and shall be deducted first to determine the amount of the Company’s Net Loss(es).

 

E. If any provision of this Article shall be rendered illegal or unenforceable by the laws, regulations or public policy of any state, such provision shall be considered void in such state, but this shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement or the enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

ARTICLE XI

LOSS NOTICES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSE

 

A. The Company shall promptly advise the Reinsurer of all bodily injury losses involving the following:

 

  1. Fatality;

 

  2. Spinal cord injuries (quadriplegia, paraplegia);.

 

  3. Serious brain damage (seizure, coma or physical/mental impairment);

 

  4. Severe burn injuries resulting in disfigurement or scarring;

 

  5. Total or partial blindness in one or both eyes;

 

  6. Amputation of a limb or multiple fractures;

 

  7. Major organ (such as heart, lungs);

 

  8. Any claim involving Extra Contractual Obligations, Excess of Original Policy Limits or Declaratory Judgments.

 

B. The Company shall have the obligation to investigate and defend any claim affecting this Agreement and to pursue such claim to final determination.

 

C. When so requested in writing, the Company shall afford the Reinsurer or its representatives an opportunity to be associated with the Company, at the expense of the Reinsurer, in the defense of any claim, suit or proceeding involving this reinsurance, and the Company and the Reinsurer shall cooperate in every respect in the defense of such claim, suit or proceeding.

 

Page 12 of 39


D. In addition to the Reinsurer’s limit of liability for Net Loss(es), the Reinsurer shall be liable to the Company for its pro rata share of Loss Adjustment Expenses, which are not included as part of the Policy limit of the Company’s Policies.

ARTICLE XII

DEFINITIONS

 

A. “Private Passenger and Commercial Automobile Business” shall mean liability for third party bodily injury, third party property damage, personal injury protection, medical payments, uninsured/underinsured motorists coverage and physical damage. It is understood that the classes of business reinsured under this Agreement are deemed to include coverages required for non-resident drivers under the motor vehicle financial responsibility law or the motor vehicle compulsory insurance law or any similar law of any state or province, following the provisions of the Company’s policies when they include or are deemed to include so-called “Out of State Insurance” provisions.

 

B. “Occurrence” shall mean each accident or occurrence or series of accidents or occurrences arising out of one event.

 

C. “Agreement Term” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Paragraph A of Article II, Commencement and Termination.

 

D. “Net Loss(es)” shall mean the actual sums paid by the Company in settlement of losses for which the participants in the Company Pool are liable under Policies written by such Company Pool participants, including Loss Adjustment Expenses which are included as part of the Policy limits, 100% of Extra Contractual Obligation and 100% of Excess of Original Policy Limit Loss, less all salvages and subrogations and other similar recoveries and all claims on inuring insurances or reinsurance, whether collectible or not. In the event of the insolvency of the Company, Net Loss(es) shall include sums which the Company has incurred for which it is liable and payment shall be made by the Reinsurer in accordance with the Insolvency Article of this Agreement

 

E. “Loss Adjustment Expense(s)” shall mean all costs and expenses allocable to a specific claim covered under this Agreement that are paid by the Company in the investigation, appraisal, adjustment, settlement, litigation, defense or appeal of such claim, including court costs and costs of supersedeas and appeal bonds, and shall include a) pre-judgment interest, unless included as part of the award or judgment; b) post-judgment interest; and c) legal expenses and costs paid in connection with declaratory judgment actions connected thereto. Loss Adjustment Expense shall not include salaries and expenses of the Company’s officials or employees nor its office, administrative or overhead expenses.

 

Page 13 of 39


F. The term “Net Earned Premium” as used herein shall mean the Company’s net premiums written (i.e. gross written premium of the Company for the classes of business reinsured hereunder, including premiums assumed by the Company from the participants in the Company Pool pursuant to the Reinsurance Pooling Agreement dated March 1, 2010 less cancellations and return premiums, and less premiums ceded by the Company for reinsurance which inures to the benefit of this Agreement) during the period for which computation is being made, less the net unearned premiums at the end of the period, said unearned premium to be calculated on a monthly pro rata basis.

 

G. “Losses Incurred” as used herein shall mean Net Losses and Loss Adjustment Expense paid as of the effective date of calculation, plus the ceded reserves for losses and Loss Adjustment Expense outstanding as of the same date, all as respects losses occurring during the Adjustment Period under consideration.

 

H. “Actual Loss Ratio” as to any Adjustment Period means the ratio of Losses Incurred to Net Earned Premium for such Adjustment Period.

 

I. “Company Pool” means the pool formed by Reinsurance Pooling Agreement dated March 1, 2010, among the direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of American Capital Acquisition Corporation of which the Company is the lead pool member.

 

J. “Adjustment Period” has the meaning ascribed to it in Paragraph C of Article VII, Ceding Commission.

 

K. “Policy(ies)” has the meaning ascribed to it in Article I, Business Covered.

 

L. “Initial Calculation Date” has the meaning ascribed to it in Paragraph C of Article VII, Ceding Commission.

ARTICLE XIII

SALVAGE AND SUBROGATION

 

A. The Company shall enforce its rights to salvage and/or subrogation relating to any loss covered hereunder, a part of which loss was sustained by the Reinsurer, and to prosecute all claims arising out of such rights.

 

B. All salvage and subrogation recoveries recovered or received subsequent to a loss settlement under this Agreement shall be applied as if recovered and received prior to the said settlement; and all necessary adjustments shall be made by the parties hereto.

 

C.

The Company hereby agrees to enforce such rights, but in case the Company shall refuse or neglect to do so, the Reinsurer is hereby authorized and empowered to

 

Page 14 of 39


  bring any appropriate action in the name of the Company or its policyholders, or otherwise to enforce such rights.

ARTICLE XIV

REPORTS AND REMITTANCES

 

A. Within 30 days after the end of each quarter, the Company shall report to the Reinsurer:

 

  1. Net written premium for the quarter;

 

  2. Ceded Net Earned Premium for the quarter;

 

  3. Commission allowed on (2) above;

 

  4. Ceded losses and loss adjustment expense paid during the quarter;

The positive balance of (2) less (3) less (4) shall be remitted by the Company to the Reinsurer with its report. Any balance shown to be due the Company shall be remitted by the Reinsurer within 10 days after receipt and verification of the Company’s report.

 

B. Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Company shall report to the Reinsurer:

 

  1. a Premium Statement and a Loss Statement for the subject month on forms mutually acceptable to the parties;

 

  2. an underwriting income statement for the subject month, broken down by business segment.

 

C. Annually, the Company shall furnish the Reinsurer with such information as the Reinsurer may require to complete its Annual Statutory Statement.

 

Page 15 of 39


ARTICLE XV

OFFSET

The Company and the Reinsurer, each at its option, may offset any balance or balances, whether on account of premiums, claims and losses, loss expenses or salvages due from one party to the other under this Agreement or under any other reinsurance contract heretofore or hereafter entered into between the Company and the Reinsurer, whether acting as assuming reinsurer or as ceding company, provided, however, that in the event of the insolvency of a party hereto, offsets shall only be allowed in accordance with applicable statutes and regulations.

ARTICLE XVI

SPECIAL TERMINATION

 

A. The Company may terminate a Subscribing Reinsurer’s share in this Agreement by giving 60 days notice in writing to the Subscribing Reinsurer by certified mail, return receipt requested, and the North Carolina Department of Insurance, Missouri Department of Insurance, Michigan Department of Insurance and the California Department of Insurance in the event that the subscribing Reinsurer:

 

  1. has become insolvent or has been placed into liquidation or receivership (whether voluntary or involuntary), or there has been instituted against it proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, rehabilitator, conservator, or trustee in bankruptcy, or other agent known by whatever name, to take possession of its assets or control of its operations; or

 

  2. has its financial condition impaired by whichever is greater, either (a) 50% of the amount of surplus at the inception of this Agreement or (b) 50% of the amount at the latest anniversary, or has lost any part of, or has reduced its paid-up capital; or

 

  3. has become merged with, acquired or controlled by any company, corporation, or individual(s) not controlling the party’s operations previously; or

 

  4. ceases writing new and renewal business; or

 

  5. The Subscribing Reinsurer is thirty (30) or more days in arrears on payment due to the Company under this Agreement and has not cured such breach within thirty (30) days following written notice thereof from the Company (unless the amount not so paid is the subject of a good faith dispute).

 

B.

The Company may terminate this Agreement nine months from the effective date of an initial public offering (“IPO”) by itself, or its direct or indirect parent company by giving notice in writing to the Reinsurer by certified mail, return

 

Page 16 of 39


  receipt requested, and the North Carolina Department of Insurance, Missouri Department of Insurance, Michigan Department of Insurance and California Department of Insurance, within thirty (30) days of the effective date of the IPO. For the purposes of this Agreement, the effective date of an IPO shall be (i) the date of the issuance of stock by the Company or its direct or indirect parent company in a private placement pursuant to exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which is subject to a registration rights agreement or (ii) the issuance of stock by the Company or its direct or indirect parent company pursuant to a Form S-1 Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

C. A subscribing Reinsurer may terminate its participation in this Agreement by giving 60 days notice in writing to the Company and the other subscribing Reinsurers by certified mail, return receipt requested, and the North Carolina Department of Insurance in the event that:

 

  1. the Company, including all participants of the Pool, have become merged with, acquired or controlled by any company, corporation, or individual(s) not controlling the party’s operations previously; or

 

  2. all of the participants in the Company Pool cease writing new and renewal business.

 

  3. the Company effects a reduction in the net retained share of the business reinsured hereunder without the written consent of the subscribing Reinsurers; or

 

  4. the Company fails to remit premiums in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

D. Notice of termination under Paragraph C shall not be effective unless the notice is in writing, provides that termination shall be effective not less than sixty (60) days from the date of the notice and receipt of the notice of termination is acknowledged in a writing signed by the party to whom the notice is directed, or, in the event that the party refuses to acknowledge receipt of such notice in writing, upon reasonable proof by the party giving notice that such notice was received by the party to whom the notice is directed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a party upon receipt of a notice of termination, may consent to an effective date of termination which is less than sixty (60) days from the date of the notice.

 

E. In the event of cancellation, the Reinsurer shall remain liable for losses occurring prior to such cancellation date, but all liability shall terminate hereunder as to losses occurring subsequent to the cancellation date. However, in the case of failure to remit premium, termination shall be effective as at the date through which premium has been paid.

 

Page 17 of 39


ARTICLE XVII

ACCESS TO RECORDS

The Company shall place at the disposal of the Reinsurer at all reasonable times, and the Reinsurer shall have the right to inspect through its designated representatives, during the term of this Agreement and thereafter, all books, records and papers of the Company in connection with any reinsurance hereunder, or the subject matter hereof. The Reinsurer shall provide reasonable access to the domiciliary insurance regulators of each of the participants in the Company Pool, at all reasonable times, and such domiciliary insurance regulators shall have the right to inspect through their designated representatives, during the term of this Agreement and thereafter, all books, records and papers of the Reinsurer relating to the subject Company Pool participant in connection any reinsurance hereunder, or the subject matter hereof.

ARTICLE XVIII

ERRORS AND OMISSIONS

Errors and omissions on the part of the Company shall not invalidate the reinsurance under this Agreement, provided such errors or omissions are corrected promptly after discovery thereof, but the liability of the Reinsurer under this Agreement or any exhibits or endorsements attached hereto shall in no event exceed the limits specified herein, nor be extended to cover any risks, perils or classes of insurance or reinsurance generally or specifically excluded herein.

ARTICLE XIX

CURRENCY

 

A. Whenever the word “Dollars” or the “$” sign appears in this Agreement, they shall be construed to mean United States Dollars and all transactions under this Agreement shall be in United States Dollars.

 

B. Amounts paid or received by the Company in any other currency shall be converted to United States Dollars at the rate of exchange at the date such transaction is entered on the books of the Company.

ARTICLE XX

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

This Agreement is solely between the Company and the Reinsurer, and in no instance shall any other party have any rights under this Agreement, except as the parties may otherwise expressly agree, and as expressly provided otherwise in the Insolvency Article.

 

Page 18 of 39


ARTICLE XXI

TAXES

The Company shall be liable for all taxes on premiums reported to the Reinsurer under this Agreement, except income taxes of the Reinsurer, and will reimburse the Reinsurer for such taxes where the Reinsurer is required to pay same.

ARTICLE XXII

FEDERAL EXCISE TAX

(This Article applies only to those reinsurers, excepting Underwriters at Lloyd’s London and other reinsurers exempt from Federal Excise Tax, who are domiciled outside the United States of America.)

The Reinsurer agrees to allow for the purpose of paying the Federal Excise Tax, 1% (one percent) of the premium payable hereon to the extent such premium is subject to the Federal Excise Tax. In the event of any return premium becoming due hereunder, the Reinsurer will deduct from the amount of the return premium the same percentage as it allowed.

ARTICLE XXIII

GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina, exclusive of its conflicts of law rules.

ARTICLE XXIV

UNAUTHORIZED REINSURANCE

 

A. If the Company will be denied full statutory credit for reinsurance ceded to a subscribing Reinsurer pursuant to the credit for reinsurance laws or regulations in any applicable jurisdiction, that subscribing Reinsurer will secure an amount equal to the Obligations through one or more of the following: (i) a Letter of Credit which meets the requirements of the NAIC and applicable state insurance laws and regulations; (ii) assets held in trust pursuant to reinsurance trust agreement, which meets the requirements of the NAIC and applicable state insurance laws and regulations (a “Reinsurance Trust”); or (iii) cash. The subscribing Reinsurer shall determine, in its sole discretion, which funding mechanism or combination of funding mechanisms to utilize; provided that the Company receives full credit for the subscribing Reinsurer’s reinsurance.

 

Page 19 of 39


B. The amount secured shall be equal to the Obligations, plus any additional amount required for the Company to receive full credit for this reinsurance and shall be adjusted quarterly. Upon default by a Reinsurer of sums due and owing to a Company, the Company, as provided in this section 9, may appropriate as much of the Letter of Credit, Reinsurance Trust assets and/or cash as necessary to eliminate the default. The Company may, however, at its discretion, require payment of any sum in default, and it shall be no defense to any such claim that the Company might have had recourse to the Letter of Credit, Reinsurance Trust assets and/or cash.

 

C. The Company and the Reinsurers hereby agree that the Letter of Credit, Reinsurance Trust and/or cash, provided pursuant to this Agreement may be drawn upon at any time, notwithstanding any other provisions herein contained. The Letter of Credit, Reinsurance Trust and/or cash may be utilized by Company or any successor by operation of law, including, without limitation, any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator of the Company for any of the following reasons:

 

  (i) To reimburse the Company for the Reinsurer’s share of Obligations under this Agreement, the payment of which is due under the terms of this Agreement and which has not been otherwise paid;

 

  (ii) To make refund of any sum which is in excess of the actual amount required to pay the Reinsurer’s share of Obligations under this Agreement;

 

  (iii) To fund an account with the Company for the Reinsurer’s share of Obligations under this Agreement; and

 

  (iv) To pay any other amounts due to the Company under this Agreement.

 

D. “Obligations” as used herein shall mean:

 

  (i) Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses paid by the Company, but not recovered from the Reinsurers;

 

  (ii) Outstanding loss reserves;

 

  (iii) Incurred but not reported losses (“IBNR”); and

 

  (iv) Loss Adjustment Expense reserves.

 

Page 20 of 39


ARTICLE XXV

SERVICE OF SUIT

(This Article only applies to reinsurers domiciled outside of the United States and/or unauthorized in any state, territory, or district of the United States having jurisdiction over the Company. The foregoing is not intended to conflict with, or override, the obligation of the parties hereto to arbitrate their disputes as provided by the Arbitration Article).

 

A. It is agreed that in the event of the failure of the Reinsurer hereon to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Reinsurer hereon, at the request of the Company, will submit to the jurisdiction of a court of competent jurisdiction within the United States. Nothing in this Article constitutes or should be understood to constitute a waiver of the Reinsurer’s rights to commence an action in any court of competent jurisdiction in the United States, to remove an action to a United States District Court, or to seek a transfer of a case to another court as permitted by the laws of the United States or of any state in the United States. It is further agreed that service of process in such suit may be made upon Lawrence F. Metz, Esq., Senior Vice President and General Counsel, Maiden Holdings, Ltd., 6000 Midlantic Drive, Suite 200S, Mount Laurel, NJ 08054, , and that in any suit instituted, the Reinsurer will abide by the final decision of such court or of any appellate court in the event of an appeal.

 

B. The above-named are authorized and directed to accept service of process on behalf of the Reinsurer in any such suit and/or upon the request of the Company to give written undertaking to the Company that they will enter a general appearance upon the Reinsurer’s behalf in the event such a suit shall be instituted.

 

C. Further, pursuant to any statute of any state, territory or district of the United States which makes provision therefore, the Reinsurer hereon hereby designates the Superintendent, Commissioner or Director of Insurance or other officer specified for that purpose in the statute, or his successor or successors in office, as its true and lawful attorney upon whom may be served any lawful process in any action, suit or proceeding instituted by or on behalf of the Company or any beneficiary hereunder arising out of this Agreement of reinsurance, and hereby designates the above-named as the person to whom the said officer is authorized to mail such process or a true copy thereof.

ARTICLE XXVI

INSOLVENCY

In the event of the Insolvency of one or more of the reinsured companies, this reinsurance shall be payable on the basis of reported claims allowed by the court overseeing the liquidation against the company under the contract or contracts reinsured without diminution because of the insolvency of the company, directly to the company or to its

 

Page 21 of 39


domiciliary receiver except (1) where this Agreement specifically provides another payee of such reinsurance in the event of the insolvency of the company or (2) where the Reinsurer with the consent of the direct insured or insureds has assumed such policy obligations of the company as direct obligations of the Reinsurer to the payees under such policies and in substitution for the obligations of the company to such payees. It is agreed, however, that the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the company shall give written notice to the Reinsurer of the pendency of a claim against the company indicating the policy or bond reinsured which claim would involve a possible liability on the part of the Reinsurer within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the conservation or liquidation proceeding or in the receivership, and that during the pendency of such claim, the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses that it may deem available to the company or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor. The expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable, subject to the approval of the Court, against the company as part of the expense of conservation or liquidation to the extent of a pro rata share of the benefit which may accrue to the company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

ARTICLE XXVII

ARBITRATION

 

A. As a condition precedent to any right of action hereunder, any dispute arising out of this Agreement shall be submitted to the decision of a board of arbitration composed of two arbitrators and an umpire, meeting in Winston-Salem, North Carolina unless otherwise agreed.

 

B. The members of the board of arbitration shall be active or retired disinterested officials of insurance or reinsurance companies. Each party shall appoint its arbitrator and the two arbitrators shall choose an umpire before instituting the hearing. If the respondent fails to appoint its arbitrator within four weeks after being requested to do so by the claimant, the latter shall also appoint the second arbitrator. If the two arbitrators fail to agree upon the appointment of an umpire within four weeks after their nominations, each of them shall name three, of whom the other shall decline two and the decision shall be made by drawing lots.

 

C. The claimant shall submit its initial brief within 20 days from appointment of the umpire. The respondent shall submit its brief within 20 days after receipt of the claimant’s brief and the claimant may submit a reply brief within 10 days after receipt of the respondent’s brief.

 

D.

The board shall make its decision with regard to the custom and usage of the insurance and reinsurance business. The board shall issue its decision in writing based upon a hearing in which evidence may be introduced without following strict rules of evidence but in which cross examination and rebuttal shall be allowed. The board shall make its decision within 60 days following the termination of the hearings unless the parties consent to an extension. The majority decision of the

 

Page 22 of 39


  board shall be final and binding upon all parties to the proceeding. Judgment may be entered upon the award of the board in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

E. If more than one reinsurer is involved in the same dispute, all such reinsurers shall constitute and act as one party for purposes of this clause and communications shall be made by the Company to each of the reinsurers constituting the one party, provided, however, that nothing therein shall impair the rights of such reinsurers to assert several, rather than joint defenses or claims, nor be construed as changing the liability of the reinsurers under the terms of this Agreement from several to joint.

 

F. Each party shall bear the expense of its own arbitrator and shall jointly and equally bear with the other party the expense of the umpire. The remaining costs of the arbitration proceedings shall be allocated by the board.

 

G. It is agreed that the jurisdiction of the arbitrators to make or render any decision or award shall be limited by the limit of liability expressly hereinbefore set forth, and that the arbitrators shall have no jurisdiction to make any decision or render any award exceeding such expressly stated limit of liability of the Reinsurer, nor do they have the jurisdiction to authorize any punitive, exemplary or consequential damage awards between the parties hereto.

ARTICLE XXVIII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

A. Headings

The headings in this Agreement are for the convenience of reference only and shall not affect its interpretation.

 

B. Preparation

This Agreement has been jointly prepared by the parties hereto and the terms hereof shall not be construed in favor of or against any such party by reason of its participation in such preparation.

 

C. Reasonableness and Utmost Good Faith

Each of the parties hereto shall act reasonably and in utmost good faith on all matters within the terms of this Agreement.

 

D. Enforceability

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto do hereby agree that this Agreement, and each and every provision hereof, is and shall be enforceable by and between them according to its terms.

 

Page 23 of 39


E. Authority

The Company and the Reinsurer each warrant that it is duly authorized to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement.

 

F. Rights

The Reinsurer does not waive any rights under this Agreement in connection with any act of fraud, misrepresentation, or material non-disclosure by the Company.

 

G. No Implied Waiver

No consent or waiver, express or implied, by any party to or of any breach or default by any other party in the performance by such other party of its obligations hereunder shall be deemed or construed to be a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance of obligations hereunder by such other party. Failure on the part of any party to complain of any act of any other party or to declare any other party in default, irrespective of how long such failure continues, shall not constitute a waiver by such first party of its rights hereunder.

 

H. Amendments and Alterations

This Agreement may be changed, altered or amended as the parties may agree, subject to the prior approval of the North Carolina Insurance Department, Missouri Insurance Department, Michigan Insurance Department and California Insurance Department, to the extent such approval is required, provided such change, alteration or amendment is evidenced in writing by an endorsement executed by the Company and the Reinsurer and attached to this Agreement.

 

I. Agency Agreement

If more than one reinsured company is named as a party to this Agreement, the first named company shall be deemed the agent of the other reinsured companies for purposes of sending or receiving notices required by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and for purposes of remitting or receiving any monies due any party.

 

J. Survival

Any obligation by one party to make payment to the other party shall survive the termination of the Agreement.

 

K. Entire Agreement

This written Agreement and the underwriting information provided for its formation and mutually agreed letters of intent, clarification and/or understanding,

 

Page 24 of 39


if any, constitute the entire agreement between the parties. However, in no event shall there be any provision that provides a guarantee of profit, directly or indirectly, from the Reinsurer to the Company or from the Company to the Reinsurer.

 

L. Assignment

This Agreement may not be assigned by any party without the written consent of the other parties and the prior approval of the North Carolina Insurance Department, Missouri Insurance Department, Michigan Insurance Department and California Insurance Department, to the extent such approval is required.

 

M. Notices

Any notice and other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, sent by facsimile transmission (and immediately after transmission confirmed by telephone), or sent by certified, registered or express mail, postage prepaid; provided, however, that the party delivering a communication by facsimile transmission shall retain the electronically generated confirmation of delivery, showing the telephone number to which the transmission was sent and the date and time of the transmission. Any such notice shall be deemed given when so delivered personally or sent by facsimile transmission (and immediately after transmission confirmed by telephone), or, if mailed, on the date shown on the receipt thereof, as follows (or to such other address or facsimile number as the party shall furnish the other party in accordance with this paragraph):

If to the Company, to:

GMAC Insurance Management Corporation

500 West Fifth Street

Winston-Salem, NC 27101-2728

Att’n: Don Bolar

with a copy to:

American Capital Acquisition Corp.

59 Maiden Lane, 21 st Floor

New York, New York 10038

Att’n: Barry Karfunkel

 

Page 25 of 39


If to the Reinsurer, to:

Maiden Insurance Company Ltd

Schroders House

131 Front Street, 2nd Floor

Hamilton HM 12, Bermuda

Telephone: 441-292-7090

Fax 441-292-0471

Technology Insurance Company, Inc.

59 Maiden Lane, 6 th Floor

New York, New York 10038

Att’n: General Counsel

MK Re, Ltd.

7 Reid Street, Suite 400

Hamilton

Bermuda

With a copy to:

Maiden Insurance Company Ltd

48 Par-la-Ville Road, Suite 1141

Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda

Attention: Lawrence Metz

 

Page 26 of 39


TERRORISM EXCLUSION

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary within this reinsurance agreement or any endorsement thereto, it is agreed that this reinsurance agreement excludes loss, damage, cost, or expense directly or indirectly caused by, contributed to by, resulting from, or arising out of or in connection with any act of terrorism, as defined herein, regardless of any other cause or event contributing concurrently or in any other sequence to the loss.

An act of terrorism includes any act, or preparation in respect of action, or threat of action designed to influence the government de jure or de facto of any nation or any political division thereof, or in pursuit of political, religious, ideological, or similar purposes to intimidate the public or a section of the public of any nation by any person or group(s) of persons whether acting alone or on behalf of or in connection with any organization(s) or government(s) de jure or de facto, and which:

 

(i) involves violence against one or more persons; or

 

(ii) involves damage to property; or

 

(iii) endangers life other than that of the person committing the action; or

 

(iv) creates a risk to health or safety of the public or a section of the public; or

 

(v) is designed to interfere with or to disrupt an electronic system.

This reinsurance agreement also excludes loss, damage, cost, or expense directly or indirectly caused by, contributed to by, resulting from, or arising out of or in connection with any action in controlling, preventing, suppressing, retaliating against, or responding to any act of terrorism.

Notwithstanding the above and subject otherwise to the terms, conditions, and limitations of this reinsurance agreement in respect of all business classified as Personal lines and Commercial Lines, this reinsurance agreement will pay actual loss or damage (but not related cost or expense) caused by any act of terrorism provided such act is not directly or indirectly caused by, contributed to by, resulting from, or arising out of or in connection with biological, chemical, or nuclear pollution or contamination.

Any loss reimbursement the Company receives from the United States Government under the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 (the “Terrorism Act”) as a result of a loss occurrence commencing during the term of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of this Agreement in the proportion that the Company’s insured losses (as defined in the Terrorism Act) in that loss occurrence under policies reinsured under this Agreement bear to the Company’s total insured losses in that loss occurrence.

If a loss reimbursement received by the Company under the Terrorism Act is based on the Company’s insured losses in more than one loss occurrence and the United States Government does not designate the amount allocable to each loss occurrence, the reimbursement shall be pro rated in the proportion that the Company’s insured losses in

 

Page 27 of 39


each loss occurrence bear to the Company’s total insured losses rising out of all loss occurrences to which the recovery applies.

 

Page 28 of 39


MOLD EXCLUSION

This Agreement does not apply to loss or liability in any way or to any extent arising out of the actual or alleged presence or actual, alleged or threatened presence of fungi including, but not limited to, mold, mildew, mycotoxins, microbial volatile organic compounds or other “microbial contamination”. This includes:

a. Any supervision, instruction, recommendations, warnings, or advice given or which should have been given in connection with the above; and

b. Any obligation to share damages with or repay someone else who must pay damages because of such injury or damage.

For purposes of this exclusion, “microbial contamination” means any contamination, either airborne or surface, which arises out of or is related to the presence of fungi, mold, mildew, mycotoxins, microbial volatile organic compounds or spores, including, without limitation, Penicillium, Aspergillus, Fusarium, Aspergillus Flavus and Stachybotrys chartarum.

Losses resulting from the above causes do not in and of themselves constitute an event unless arising out of one or more of the following perils, in which case this exclusion does not apply.

Fire, lightning, explosion, aircraft or vehicle impact, falling objects, windstorm, hail, tornado, cyclone, hurricane, earthquake, volcano, tsunami, flood, freeze or weight of snow.

If this reinsurance contract includes cover for Extra Contractual Obligations or Excess of Policy Limit payments, then such losses which arise out of claims resulting from the above causes may be included in Ultimate Net Loss but only up to a maximum of 25% of the Ultimate Net Loss.

As a condition precedent to coverage hereunder, notice of any claims arising hereunder must be given by the Company to the Reinsurer, in writing, within 24 months after the commencement date of the loss occurrence to which such claims relate.

 

Page 29 of 39


POLLUTION AND SEEPAGE EXCLUSION CLAUSE

This Agreement does not apply to:

 

(1) Pollution, seepage, contamination or environmental impairment insurances, however styled.

 

(2) Loss or damage caused directly or indirectly by pollution, seepage, contamination or environmental impairment, unless said loss or damage follows as a result of a loss caused directly by a peril covered hereunder.

 

(3) Expenses resulting from any governmental direction or request that material present in or part of or utilized on an Insured’s property be removed or modified, except as provided in (5) below.

 

(4) Expenses incurred in testing for and / or monitoring pollutants.

 

(5) Expenses incurred in removing debris, unless

 

  (a) the debris results from a loss caused directly by a peril covered hereunder, and

 

  (b) the debris to be removed is itself covered hereunder, and

 

  (c) the debris is on an insured’s premises, subject, however to a limit of US$5,000 plus 25% of (i) the property damage loss, any risk, any one location, any one original insured, and (ii) any deductible applicable to the loss.

 

(6) Expense incurred to extract pollutants from land or water at the Insured’s premises unless (i) the release, discharge or dispersal of pollutants results from a loss caused by a peril covered hereunder, and (ii) such expenses shall not exceed US$10,000.

 

(7) Loss of income due to any increased period of time required to resume operations resulting from enforcement of any law regulating the prevention, control, repair, clean-up or restoration of environmental damage.

 

(8) Claim under paragraphs (2), and / or (5) and / or (6) above, unless notice thereof is given to the Company within 180 days after the date of the loss occurrence to which such claims relate, or the expiration date of the original policy, whichever is earlier.

“Pollutants” shall mean any solid, liquid, gaseous or thermal irritant or contaminant, including smoke, vapor, soot, fumes, acids, alkalis, chemicals and waste. Waste includes materials to be recycled, reconditioned or reclaimed.

 

Page 30 of 39


POOLS, ASSOCIATIONS AND SYNDICATES EXCLUSION CLAUSE

SECTION A

It is agreed that the following is excluded hereunder:

 

(1) All business derived directly or indirectly from any Pool, Association or Syndicate which maintains its own reinsurance facilities.

 

(2)

Any Pool or Scheme, (whether voluntary or mandatory) formed after 1 st  March, 1968 for the purpose of insuring property whether on a country-wide basis or in respect of designated areas. This exclusion shall not apply to so-called Automobile Insurance Plans or other Pools formed to provide coverage for Automobile Physical Damage.

SECTION B

It is agreed that business written by the Reinsured for the same perils, which is known at the time to be insured by, or in excess of underlying amounts placed in the following Pools, Associations or Syndicates, whether by way of insurance or reinsurance, is excluded hereunder.

Industrial Risk Insurers

Associated Factory Mutuals

Improved Risk Mutuals

Any Pool, Association or Syndicate formed for the purpose of writing oil, gas or petro-chemical plants and/or oil or gas drilling rigs.

United States Aircraft Insurance Group

Canadian Aircraft Insurance Group

Associated Aviation Underwriters

American Aviation Underwriters

Section B does not apply:

 

(1) Where the Total Insured Value over all interest of the risk in question is less than $250,000,000.

 

(2) to interests traditionally underwritten as Inland Marine or Stock and/or Contents written on a Blanket Basis.

 

(3) to Contingent Business Interruption, except when the Reinsured is aware that the key location is known at the time to be insured in any Pool, Association or Syndicate named above.

 

Page 31 of 39


(4) to risks as follows:

offices, hotels, apartments, hospitals, educational establishments, public utilities (other than railroad schedules) and builder’s risks on the classes of risks specified in this subsection (4) only.

Where this Clause attaches to Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreements, the following SECTION C is added:

SECTION C

Nevertheless the Reinsurers specifically agree that liability accruing to the Reinsured from its participation in residual market mechanisms including but not limited to,

 

(1) The following so-called “Coastal Pools”

Alabama Insurance Underwriting Association

Florida Windstorm Underwriting Association

Louisiana Insurance Underwriting Association

Mississippi Windstorm Underwriting Association

North Carolina Insurance Underwriting Association

South Carolina Windstorm and Hail Underwriting Association

Texas Catastrophe Property Insurance Association

 

(2) All “Fair Plan” and “Rural Risk Plan” Business,

for all perils otherwise protected hereunder shall not be excluded, except that this reinsurance does not include any increase in such liability resulting from:

 

  (i) The inability of any other participant in such residual market mechanisms including but not limited to “Coastal Pool” and/or “Fair Plan” and/or “Rural Risk Plan” to meet its liability.

 

  (ii) Any claim against such residual market mechanisms including but not limited to “Coastal Pool” and/or “Fair Plan” and/or “Rural Risk Plan” or any participant therein, including the Reinsured whether by way of subrogation or

otherwise, brought by or on behalf of any insolvency fund (as defined in the Insolvency Funds Exclusion Clause incorporated in this Agreement).

SECTION D

Notwithstanding SECTION C above, in respect of the FWUA, FPCJUA and RPCJUA, where an assessment (calculated pursuant to the legislation governing the FWUA, FPCJUA and RPCJUA as at 31 December, 1994) is made against the Reinsured by the FWUA, the FPCJUA, the RPCJUA, or any combination thereof, the maximum loss that the Reinsured may include in the Ultimate Net Loss in respect of any loss occurrence

 

Page 32 of 39


hereunder shall not exceed the percentage of the assessment that is directly attributable to the loss occurrence and which the Reinsured must pay to the FWUA, the FPCJUA and RPCJUA specifically for the calendar year in which the loss occurrence occurs. For the purposes of this section, the percentage of the assessment directly attributable to the loss occurrence should be determined by dividing the occurrence loss for the relevant entity (FWUA, FPCJUA or RPCJUA) by the total losses for the year for the relevant entity and multiplying the resultant number by the Reinsured’s assessment from the relevant entity. Any assessment or percentage of an assessment payable in subsequent calendar years in respect of the loss occurrence may not be included in the Ultimate Net Loss hereunder. Moreover, notwithstanding SECTION C above, in respect to the FWUA, FPCJUA and the RPCJUA, the Ultimate Net Loss hereunder shall not include any monies expended to purchase bonds as a consequence of being a member of the FWUA, the FPCJUA or the RPCJUA.

In the event that the legislation governing the FWUA, the FPCJUA or the RPCJUA as at 31 December, 1994, is amended the parties hereto agree to immediate discussion at the request of either party for a suitable revision in the terms of the Agreement. Failing agreement on such revision within thirty days after such a request, it is agreed that a Reassured’s assessments by the FWUA, the FPCJUA or the RPCJUA shall, for the purposes of this section, be calculated as if the amendment had not taken place.

 

Page 33 of 39


Interests and Liabilities Contract

(hereinafter referred to as the “Contract”)

of

Technology Insurance Company, Inc.

(hereinafter referred to as the “Subscribing Reinsurer”)

with respect to the

Personal and Automobile Quota Share Agreement

Effective: March 1, 2010

(hereinafter referred to as the “Agreement”)

Issued to

Integon National Insurance Company

Winston-Salem, North Carolina

(the “Company”)

For and on behalf of the participants in the Company Pool

 

  1. The Subscribing Reinsurer shall have a 20% share in the Interests and Liabilities of the Reinsurer (as defined in the Agreement) as set forth in the Agreement attached hereto.

 

  2. This Contract shall be effective from 12:01 a.m., Eastern Standard Time, March 1, 2010 to 12:01 a.m. Eastern Standard Time, March 1, 2013, and shall automatically renew for successive three-year periods thereafter unless terminated, cancelled or commuted earlier in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  3. The share of the Subscribing Reinsurer in the interests and liability of the Reinsurer shall be several and not joint with the share of any other subscribing reinsurer. In no event shall the Subscribing Reinsurer participate in the interests and liabilities of the other subscribing reinsurers.

In Witness Whereof , the parties hereto by their duly authorized representatives have executed this Contract effective March 1, 2010.


INTEGON NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY
(For and on behalf of the participants in the Company Pool)
BY:   /s/ Mike Weiner
ITS:   Chief Financial Officer
DATE: September 27, 2010
TECHNOLOGY INSURANCE COMPANY, INC.
BY:   /s/ Stephen Ungar
ITS:   Secretary
DATE: August 16, 2010


Interests and Liabilities Contract

(hereinafter referred to as the “Contract”)

of

Maiden Insurance Company Ltd

(hereinafter referred to as the “Subscribing Reinsurer”)

with respect to the

Personal and Automobile Quota Share Agreement

Effective: March 1, 2010

(hereinafter referred to as the “Agreement”)

Issued to

Integon National Insurance Company

Winston-Salem, North Carolina

(the “Company”)

For and on behalf of the participants in the Company Pool

 

  1. The Subscribing Reinsurer shall have a 50% share in the Interests and Liabilities of the Reinsurer (as defined in the Agreement) as set forth in the Agreement attached hereto.

 

  4. This Contract shall be effective from 12:01 a.m., Eastern Standard Time, March 1, 2010 to 12:01 a.m. Eastern Standard Time, March 1, 2013, and shall automatically renew for successive three-year periods thereafter unless terminated, cancelled or commuted earlier in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  5. The share of the Subscribing Reinsurer in the interests and liability of the Reinsurer shall be several and not joint with the share of any other subscribing reinsurer. In no event shall the Subscribing Reinsurer participate in the interests and liabilities of the other subscribing reinsurers.

In Witness Whereof , the parties hereto by their duly authorized representatives have executed this Contract effective March 1, 2010.


INTEGON NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY

(For and on behalf of the participants in the Company Pool)

 

BY:   /s/ Mike Weiner
ITS:   Chief Financial Officer
DATE: September 27, 2010
MAIDEN INSURANCE COMPANY LTD.
BY:   /s/ David A. Lamneck
ITS:   Senior Vice President / CUO
DATE: September 30, 2010


Interests and Liabilities Contract

(hereinafter referred to as the “Contract”)

of

MK Re Ltd

(hereinafter referred to as the “Subscribing Reinsurer”)

with respect to the

Personal and Automobile Quota Share Agreement

Effective: March 1, 2010

(hereinafter referred to as the “Agreement”)

Issued to

Integon National Insurance Company

Winston-Salem, North Carolina

(the “Company”)

For and on behalf of the participants in the Company Pool

 

  1. The Subscribing Reinsurer shall have a 30% share in the Interests and Liabilities of the Reinsurer (as defined in the Agreement) as set forth in the Agreement attached hereto.

 

  6. This Contract shall be effective from 12:01 a.m., Eastern Standard Time, March 1, 2010 to 12:01 a.m. Eastern Standard Time, March 1, 2013, and shall automatically renew for successive three-year periods thereafter unless terminated, cancelled or commuted earlier in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  7. The share of the Subscribing Reinsurer in the interests and liability of the Reinsurer shall be several and not joint with the share of any other subscribing reinsurer. In no event shall the Subscribing Reinsurer participate in the interests and liabilities of the other subscribing reinsurers.

In Witness Whereof , the parties hereto by their duly authorized representatives have executed this Contract effective March 1, 2010.


INTEGON NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY

(For and on behalf of the participants in the Company Pool)

 

BY:   /s/ Mike Weiner
ITS:   Chief Financial Officer
DATE: September 27, 2010
MK Re Ltd.
BY:   /s/ Michael F. Bott
ITS:   Vice President
DATE: August 31, 2010

Exhibit 10.5

ADDENDUM No. 1

to the

PERSONAL AND COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE QUOTA SHARE

REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

(hereinafter referred to as the “Agreement”)

between

INTEGON NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY

Winston-Salem, North Carolina

(hereinafter referred to as the “Company”)

and

The Reinsurers subscribing to the respective Interests and Liabilities Contract to which this Agreement is attached (each subscribing reinsurer is referred to hereinafter, individually, as a “Subscribing Reinsurer” and collectively as the Reinsurer ”)

Effective, 12:01 A.M., Eastern Standard Time on October 1, 2012, this Agreement shall be amended as follows:

 

I. ARTICLE IV,WARRANTIES, Paragraph 1 is revised to read as follows:

The Company and the direct and indirect subsidiaries of American Capital Acquisition Corporation shall retain net for their own account at least 50% of the Losses Incurred each Policy, each Occurrence on all business ceded hereunder.

 

II. ARTICLE VII, CEDING COMMISSION is revised to read as follows:

ARTICLE VII

CEDING COMMISSION

 

  A. The Reinsurer shall allow the Company a provisional ceding commission of 32.0% of all Net Earned Premium ceded to the Reinsurer hereunder. The Company shall allow the Reinsurer return commission on return premiums at the same rate.

 

  B. The provisional commission allowed to the Company shall be adjusted periodically in accordance with the provisions set forth herein.


  C. The first adjustment period shall be from the inception date of this Agreement through December 31, 2010 and each subsequent 12 month period shall be a separate adjustment period, with the final separate adjustment period being a 14 month period (each an “Adjustment Period” and, collectively, “Adjustment Periods”). However, if this Agreement is terminated, the final adjustment period shall be from the beginning of the then current Adjustment Period through the date of termination if this Agreement is terminated on a “cutoff” basis or the end of the runoff period if this Agreement is terminated on a “runoff” basis. The first calculation of adjusted commission for an Adjustment Period shall be made as of the date that is 12 months after the end of such Adjustment Period (the “Initial Calculation Date”).

 

  D. The adjusted commission rate shall be calculated as follows and be applied to Net Earned Premium for the Adjustment Period under consideration:

 

  1. If the Actual Loss Ratio for the Adjustment Period is 64.5% or greater, the adjusted commission rate for the Adjustment Period under consideration shall be a minimum commission of 30.0%;

 

  2. If the Actual Loss Ratio for the Adjustment Period is less than 64.5%, but equal to or greater than 62.0%, the adjusted commission rate for such Adjustment Period under consideration shall be 32.5%, minus the difference in percentage points between 62.0% and the Actual Loss Ratio for such Adjustment Period;

 

  3. If the Actual Loss Ratio for the Adjustment Period is less than 62.0%, but greater than 60.0% the adjusted commission rate for such Adjustment Period under consideration shall be 32.5% plus the difference in percentage points between 62.0% and the Actual Loss Ratio for such Adjustment Period;

 

  4. If the Actual Loss Ratio for the Adjustment Period is 60.0% or less, the adjusted commission rate for such Adjustment Period shall be 34.5%.

For an abundance of clarity, an illustration of the sliding scale is attached as Exhibit A .

 

  E. The Reinsurer shall calculate and report the adjusted commission on Net Earned Premium within 30 days after the Initial Calculation Date, and within 30 days after the end of each subsequent calendar year thereafter with respect to each Adjustment Period until all losses subject hereto have been finally settled. Each such calculation shall be based on cumulative transactions hereunder from the beginning of each Adjustment Period under consideration through the date of adjustment. With respect to the first Adjustment Period, remittance of adjusted commission on Net Earned Premium, if any, shall commence 24 months after the end of the first Adjustment Period. With respect to all Adjustment Periods other


than the first Adjustment Period, remittance of adjusted commission on Net Earned Premium, if any, shall be made 12 months after the end of the final Adjustment Period. If the adjusted commission on Net Earned Premium for the Adjustment Period under consideration, as of the date remittance is due, is less than commissions previously allowed by the Reinsurer on Net Earned Premium for the same Adjustment Period, the Company shall remit the difference to the Reinsurer on or before March 1, after receipt and verification of the Reinsurer’s report. If the adjusted commission on Net Earned Premium for the Adjustment Period under consideration as of the date remittance is due, is greater than commissions previously allowed by the Reinsurer on Net Earned Premium for the same Adjustment Period, the Reinsurer shall remit the difference to the Company on or before March 1, after receipt of the Company’s written verification of the Reinsurer’s report. For an abundance of clarity, an illustration of the timing of annual calculations and payments is attached as Exhibit B .

 

  F. It is expressly agreed that the ceding commission allowed the Company includes provision for all unallocated loss expenses, dividends, commissions, taxes (exclusive of Federal Excise Taxes), assessments and all other expenses of whatever nature, except allocated Loss Adjustment Expense.

 

III. Item G. of Article XII, Definitions is revised to read as follows:

 

  G. “Losses Incurred” as used herein shall mean Net Losses and Loss Adjustment Expense paid as of the effective date of calculation, plus the ceded reserves for losses and Loss Adjustment Expense (including reserves for incurred but not reported losses) outstanding as of the same date, all as respects losses occurring during the Adjustment Period under consideration plus the change in Losses Incurred from the preceding Adjustment Period.

 

IV. The following sentence shall be added to the end of Item I. of Article XII:

For all purposes of this Agreement, with respect to all periods following January 1, 2012, it is understood that references to the Company Pool and retrocessions to the Company Pool shall no longer be deemed to be included in the Agreement as following such date, pursuant to the Amended & Restated Reinsurance Pooling Agreement dated January 1, 2012 among the affiliates of the Company, there is no longer any retrocession to the members of the Company Pool. All other references to the Company Pool following January 1, 2012 shall be deemed to be references to the Company.

 

V. Item B. of Article XVI. Special Termination is revised to read as follows:

The Company may terminate this Agreement sixty (60) days from the commencement date of an initial public offering (“IPO”) by itself, or its direct or indirect parent company by giving notice in writing to the Reinsurer by certified mail, return receipt requested, and the North Carolina Department of Insurance,


Missouri Department of Insurance, Michigan Department of Insurance and California Department of Insurance, within thirty (30) days of the commencement date of the IPO. For the purposes of this Agreement, the commencement date of an IPO shall be (i) the date of the issuance of stock by the Company or its direct or indirect parent company in a private placement pursuant to exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which is subject to a registration rights agreement or (ii) the filing of a Form S-1 Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended with respect to the issuance of stock by the Company or its direct or indirect parent company.

 

VI. All references to MK Re, Ltd in the Agreement shall be deemed to be references to ACP Re, Ltd.

All other terms and conditions remain unchanged.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto represented by their duly authorized representatives have executed this Amendment.

 

INTEGON NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY

By:  

/s/ Michael Weiner

Name:   Michael Weiner
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

MAIDEN INSURANCE COMPANY LTD.

By:  

/s/ David A. Lamneck

Name:   David A. Lamneck
Title:   SVP and Chief Underwriting Officer
TECHNOLOGY INSURANCE COMPANY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Stephen Ungar

Name:   Stephen Ungar
Title:   Secretary
ACP RE, LTD.
By:  

/s/ Michael Weiner

Name:   Michael Weiner
Title:   Chief Financial Officer


Exhibit A

Sliding Scale and Ceding Commission Matrix

 

Loss Ratio    Ceding Commission  

64.5% or greater

     30.0 %  Minimum  

64.0%

     30.5

63.5%

     31.0

63.0%

     31.5

62.5%

     32.0 %  Provisional  

62.0%

     32.5

61.5%

     33.0

61.0%

     33.5

60.5%

     34.0

60.0% or less

     34.5 %  Maximum  


Exhibit B

Timing of Annual Calculations and Payments

 

Loss Year    2010    2011    2012    2013    2014    2015    2016    2017 and
thereafter
    

2010

         C/P    C/P    C/P    C/P    C/P    C/P   

2011

            C    C    C    C    C/P   
                           Ultimate until
losses are
finally settled

2012

               C    C    C    C/P   

2013

                  C    C    C/P   

2014

                     C    C/P   

2015

                        C/P   

C = Calculation P = Cash Payment

 

* The 2010 Loss Year covers the initial Adjustment Period from the inception date of the Agreement until December 31, 2010. The 2015 Loss Year covers the Adjustment Period commencing January 1, 2015 and ending March 1, 2016.

Exhibit 10.6

MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Master Services Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), dated February 22, 2012, is made by and between AmTrust North America, Inc., having its principal place of business at 5800 Lombardo Center, Cleveland, Ohio 44131 (“ AmTrust ”), and GMAC Insurance Management Corporation, having its principal place of business at 500 West Fifth Street, Winston-Salem, NC 27101-2728 (“ GMACI ”).

WHEREAS, on March 1, 2010, AFSI completed a strategic investment in ACAC;

WHEREAS, in connection with AFSI’s strategic investment in ACAC, AFSI agreed to develop for use by ACAC and its Affiliates, including GMACI, a personal lines insurance policy management system at cost plus 20% and to license such system to ACAC and its Affiliates for an amount equal to 1.25% of gross premiums plus support service costs;

WHEREAS, from March 1, 2010, AmTrust has worked with GMACI to develop a personal lines insurance policy management system for use by GMACI, its Affiliates and GMACI Authorized Users in GMACI’s operations;

WHEREAS, as of January 1, 2012, a substantial portion of GMACI’s business is being processed through the personal lines insurance policy management system;

WHEREAS, AmTrust and GMACI desire to enter into this Agreement with respect to all services provided by AmTrust relating to the subject matter of this Agreement from March 1, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”) and to (i) develop a software product meeting the specifications agreed to by AmTrust and GMACI, (ii) license such software product from AmTrust, (iii) obtain support services with respect to the software product, and (iv) provide such other services to GMACI and its Affiliates to which the parties may agree from time to time, and AmTrust desires to perform such services and license such software product to GMACI, in each case, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, agreements, warranties and representations made and contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS

1.1. ACAC : American Capital Acquisition Corporation, the parent company of GMACI.

1.2. Acceptance : As set forth in Section 3.2(b) of this Agreement.

1.3. Acceptance Date : The date on which Acceptance of a Deliverable in whole or in part occurs in accordance with Section 3.2(b) hereof.

1.4. Affiliate : A person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with any person; provided however, that for purposes of this definition, AmTrust and GMACI shall not be considered “Affiliates.” For purposes of this definition “control” means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person, whether through the ownership of securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

-1-


1.5. AFSI : AmTrust Financial Services, Inc., the corporate parent of AmTrust.

1.6. Business Day : Any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banks in the State of New York are permitted to be closed.

1.7. Change of Control of ACAC : (i) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of ACAC or GMACI with or into any person other than an Affiliate in which holders of ACAC’s or GMACI’s voting securities, as the case may be, immediately prior to such merger or consolidation will not, directly or indirectly, continue to hold more than 50% of the outstanding securities of ACAC or GMACI, as the case may be, (ii) the acquisition by any person or any group of persons (other than existing stockholders or an Affiliate), acting together in any transaction or related series of transactions (and expressly excluding any registered public offering of the securities of ACAC or GMACI), of such quantity of ACAC’s or GMACI’s voting securities, as the case may be, as causes such person, or group of persons, to own beneficially, directly or indirectly, as of the time immediately after such transaction or series of transactions, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of ACAC or GMACI, as the case may be, or (iii) a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all or substantially all of ACAC’s or GMACI’s, as the case may be, assets to any person other than an Affiliate.

1.8. Change of Control of AmTrust : (i) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of AFSI with or into any other person in which (a) holders of AFSI’s voting securities immediately prior to such merger or consolidation will not, directly or indirectly, continue to hold more than 50% of the outstanding securities of AFSI and (b) the chief executive officer of AFSI immediately prior to such merger or consolidation will not continue to serve in such position, (ii) the acquisition by any person or any group of persons (other than existing stockholders), acting together in any transaction or related series of transactions (and expressly excluding a public offering), of such quantity of AFSI’s voting securities as causes such person, or group of persons, to own beneficially, directly or indirectly, as of the time immediately after such transaction or series of transactions, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of AFSI, or (iii) a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all or substantially all of AFSI’s assets.

1.9. Confidential Information:  All nonpublic data and information (including trade secrets, functional and technical specifications, designs, drawings, translations, analysis, research, processes, computer programs, beta versions, algorithms, methods, ideas, “know how,” and other technical information, sales and marketing research, materials, plans, projects, and other business information, accounting and financial information, personnel records, other information concerning the products, services and business of the parties, and information concerning third-party suppliers or customers of the parties) of a party hereto that is disclosed or made available (in writing, orally, visually, electronically or otherwise) to the other party hereto pursuant to this Agreement and that, (a) due to its character or nature, reasonable people in a like position and under like circumstances would consider to be confidential; or (b) has been reduced to tangible or written form and marked as confidential or proprietary or, if disclosed orally or visually, was identified as confidential by the disclosing party at the time of such disclosure; provided, however, that Confidential Information does not include any data or information which (1) is already known to the Receiving Party at the time of first disclosure, as evidenced by written records existing at the time of first disclosure, without restriction as to use or disclosure, (2) has become generally known to the public through no wrongful act of the Receiving Party; (3) has been rightfully received by the Receiving Party from a third party without restriction as to use or disclosure and without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality; or (4) is

 

-2-


independently developed by the Receiving Party without use, directly or indirectly, of the Confidential Information received from the other party hereto. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be deemed Confidential Information.

1.10. Deliverables : All work product created by AmTrust hereunder and required to be delivered or to be made available to GMACI pursuant to a Work Statement, including, without limitation, the Software Deliverable and the Documentation.

1.11. Documentation : The documentation for the Software Deliverable supplied by AmTrust to assist GMACI in the use of such Software Deliverable.

1.12. Error : Any failure of the Deliverables or an omission, defect or deficiency in the Deliverables, (i) (a) that renders the Deliverables inoperable or materially impairs its functionality or performance or (b) that causes it not to conform to applicable Specifications in a material way, and (ii) is reproducible by AmTrust.

1.13. Fees : The Development Fee, License Fees, Support Services Costs and any other fees, costs, charges or amounts due under this Agreement.

1.14. GMACI Authorized Users : (a) Insurance agents, brokers and other intermediaries appointed or designated by GMACI or an Affiliate in connection with the sale and servicing of insurance policies issued by such Affiliates; (b) existing and potential holders of one or more policies issued by such Affiliates; and (c) employees, contractors and consultants of GMACI and its Affiliates.

1.15. Initial Work Statements : The Work Statements attached hereto as Work Statement No. 1 and No. 2 pursuant to which AmTrust shall develop the Software Deliverable in accordance with the Software Deliverable Specifications and provide support services for the Software Deliverable.

1.16. Intended Purpose : To provide a personal lines insurance policy management system for use in its operation by GMACI, its Affiliates and GMACI Authorized Users and related services.

1.17. Law : Any directive, legislative enactment, order, ordinance, regulation, rule or other binding restriction of or by any governmental body.

1.18. License Fee : Fees payable by GMACI to AmTrust for the license of the Software Deliverable as set forth and defined in the Initial Work Statement.

1.19. Regulatory Approval : Approval by the domiciliary insurance regulator of each insurance company under the management of GMACI under statutes and regulations which govern the management of insurers within a holding company system.

1.20. Release Event : If AmTrust (a) ceases to provide the Support Services (or fails to appoint a third-party designee acceptable to GMACI); or (b) materially breaches the Agreement and such breach entitles GMACI to terminate this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.2 hereof.

 

-3-


1.21. Services : All services provided by AmTrust pursuant to this Agreement and a Work Statement including, without limitation, the Support Services and any software development services other than the development of the Software Deliverable.

1.22. Software Deliverable : The personal lines insurance policy management system to be developed by AmTrust as contemplated by the Initial Work Statement required to be delivered to GMACI.

1.23. Software Deliverable Specifications : The functional and technical specifications of the Software Deliverable as are set forth in the Initial Work Statement.

1.24. Source Code : The human readable version of a software program that requires compilation or other manipulations before it can be executed by a computer and all corresponding source documentation, including application programming interface specifications, database scripts, release notes and build procedures.

1.25. Specifications : With respect to any Deliverable under a Work Statement, the specifications set forth in such Work Statement.

1.26. Support Services : The maintenance support services contemplated by Work Statement No. 2.

1.27. Third Party Service Providers : Vendors or other third party service providers to GMACI and its Affiliates that require access to or use of the Deliverables (whether input or output) in order to provide products or services to GMACI and its Affiliates.

1.28. Work Statement : The description of Services or Deliverables to be provided under the Agreement, which may contain Specifications, schedules, milestones, payments or any other terms and conditions as mutually agreed to by the parties. Work Statements issued hereunder will be incorporated into and subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

2. SOFTWARE DELIVERABLE.

2.1. Development of Software Deliverable .

(a) AmTrust shall develop and deliver the Software Deliverable and Documentation in accordance with the Specifications set forth in the Initial Work Statement, as the same may change from time to time during the Term, with the mutual consent of AmTrust and GMACI, and all other terms and conditions of this Agreement. AmTrust will use its commercially reasonable efforts to meet each milestone set forth in the Initial Work Statement for delivering each Phase (as defined in the Initial Work Statement) of the Software Deliverable.

(b) AmTrust will, by software hosting, make available for GMACI’s use, and GMACI agrees to receive from AmTrust, the Software Deliverable and each part thereof upon completion of such part via electronic means and not on physical media.

2.2. Grant of License .

(a) During the term of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, including payment of all applicable Fees, AmTrust hereby grants to GMACI:

 

-4-


(i) a non-exclusive non-transferable unlimited user and site license (a) to use and interact with (solely as contemplated by this Section 2.2) the Software Deliverable for the Intended Purpose; (b) to permit the usage of and interaction with (solely as contemplated by this Section 2.2) the Software Deliverable by GMACI Affiliates and GMACI Authorized Users for the Intended Purpose; and (c) to use and interact with (solely as contemplated by this Section 2.2) the Documentation solely in connection with the operation of the Software Deliverable; and

(ii) a non-exclusive, non-transferable unlimited user and site license to access and use other AmTrust proprietary software programs which are required to provide functionality to the Software Deliverable (“ Other AmTrust Programs ”) to be used solely in connection with the license to the Software Deliverable granted to GMACI above in Section 2.2(a)(i). All information regarding Other AmTrust Programs is Confidential Information of AmTrust and as such is protected by the confidentiality provisions contained in this Agreement.

(b) The license granted pursuant to Section 2.2(a) hereof shall commence on the Acceptance Date of each Phase and the Documentation, respectively, and continue in effect for the Term or until this Agreement is earlier terminated in accordance with its terms. GMACI will cooperate with AmTrust and take all commercially reasonable steps to prevent the unauthorized use of or access to the Software Deliverable and Other AmTrust Programs.

(c) Except as may otherwise be specified in the Initial Work Statement and as otherwise provided pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof, GMACI shall not have any right, title, or interest in the Software Deliverable, Documentation, and Other AmTrust Programs except for those rights expressly granted to GMACI hereunder or under the Initial Work Statement. AmTrust reserves all rights not expressly granted by it to GMACI under this Agreement.

2.3. Maintenance and Support Services . From and after the Acceptance Date of the Software Deliverable, AmTrust shall provide Support Services for the Software Deliverable as set forth in Work Statement No. 2 during the Term in consideration of the payment of the Fees and upon such other terms and conditions set forth in Work Statement No. 2. The Support Services shall commence on the Acceptance Date of the first Phase pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof and shall continue in effect for the Term or until this Agreement is earlier terminated in accordance with its terms.

3. DELIVERABLES AND SERVICES.

3.1. Work Statements .

(a) From time to time, GMACI may request and AmTrust may agree to develop other Deliverables or provide additional Services to GMACI. The parties shall negotiate and execute a new Work Statement describing the Services and/or Deliverables to be provided and any other terms and conditions applicable to such Work Statement, with the exception of the Development Fee, which shall be as provided pursuant to Section 9.1(a) hereof, for all Deliverables hereunder.

(b) A Work Statement may only be modified or amended in a Work Statement amendment executed by a duly authorized representative of each of GMACI and AmTrust, which amendment shall set forth, if applicable, the proposed change, and the expected effects, if any, the change will have on the project cost, schedule and other matters.

 

-5-


(c) Unless otherwise provided in an applicable Work Statement, GMACI’s Affiliates and their respective employees are entitled to use the Deliverables and/or Services identified in a Work Statement in accordance with this Agreement and are entitled to all rights, benefits, and protections granted to GMACI pursuant to this Agreement with respect to such Deliverables and/or Services. GMACI is responsible for compliance by its Affiliates with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement unless otherwise specified in a Work Statement. Additionally, GMACI’s Affiliates may contract directly with AmTrust for Services by executing a Work Statement subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, except that all references to “GMACI” in the Agreement shall mean the Affiliate that executes the Work Statement.

3.2. Testing and Acceptance .

(a) Unless otherwise specifically provided in a Work Statement, GMACI shall accept any Deliverable when it satisfies the criteria for Acceptance (as defined below).

(b) Unless otherwise specifically provided in a Work Statement, “ Acceptance ” of a Deliverable (or, in the case of the Software Deliverable, Acceptance of a Phase) will be deemed to have occurred upon the earliest of the following to occur: (i) the use of the Deliverable for the Intended Purpose for a period of twelve (12) months; or (ii) modification of the Deliverable by GMACI or any third party.

3.3. Reproduction of Errors by AmTrust . AmTrust may attempt to reproduce any Errors identified by GMACI or AmTrust in the Deliverables. Fees for reproducing or attempting to reproduce any Error shall be (a) if prior to Acceptance, included among the Development Fee for any Deliverable, and (b) if following Acceptance, in the case of the Software Deliverable, at the Support Services Costs, and, in the case of all other Deliverables, at such maintenance or other support fees set forth in the applicable Work Statement.

3.4. Conditions of Use .

(a) GMACI shall not copy any Deliverable, including the Software Deliverable and Documentation, except for (i) such copies as may be reasonably necessary for the use of the Deliverables as permitted in this Agreement (including in connection with network redundancy); (ii) such copies or portions thereof as may be generated as part of the normal operation of the Deliverable; and (iii) back-up and archival copies as may be reasonably necessary to support GMACI’s permitted use under this Agreement in a test/development environment, staging environment, backup environment and a disaster recovery environment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GMACI may make copies of the Documentation as GMACI reasonably determines to be necessary to support GMACI and to exercise its rights hereunder. GMACI shall not remove any of AmTrust’s proprietary rights notices or any of those of AmTrust’s licensors in each such copy of a Deliverable, and all such copies shall be and at all times shall remain the property of AmTrust and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(b) Except as may otherwise be agreed to in a Work Statement, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, GMACI shall not have the right to (i) resell any Deliverable; (ii) grant any license to, sublicense, or permit any third party other than a Third Party Service Provider or, in the case of the Software Deliverable, a GMACI Authorized User, the right to use, any Deliverable; or (iii) use the Software Deliverable for other than the Intended Purpose. GMACI shall not modify, disassemble, reverse compile, or otherwise reverse

 

-6-


engineer any Deliverable except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement. GMACI shall not sell, transfer, publish, disclose, display, copy, or otherwise make available to any third party, or translate or make derivative works of, any Deliverable except as expressly permitted by this Agreement.

(c) AmTrust acknowledges GMACI’s reliance on Third Party Service Providers throughout its environment, including the environment in which the Deliverables, Services and/or Software are to be used. Unless otherwise provided in an applicable Work Statement, AmTrust acknowledges that Third Party Service Providers have all rights to access and use the Deliverables and/or Services as are granted to GMACI under this Agreement, solely to the extent necessary to support the business operations of GMACI and its Affiliates, without any further notification or accounting to AmTrust. GMACI is responsible for compliance by such Third Party Service Providers with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

3.5. Order of Precedence . If there is any conflict between the Agreement and any Work Statement, the conflict will be resolved by giving effect first to the Agreement and second to the applicable Work Statement, except the Work Statement will control as to the particulars of such Work Statement. A Work Statement may modify the terms of the Agreement only with respect to Services or Deliverables under that particular Work Statement.

3.6. AmTrust Personnel . Personnel employed by AmTrust shall possess necessary skills for performance under the Agreement. AmTrust shall at all times enforce proper discipline and good order among personnel under its control. GMACI reserves the right to reasonably request the immediate withdrawal or replacement of any member of AmTrust’s staff working under this Agreement. It shall be the sole and exclusive responsibility of AmTrust to: (a) pay all salary, benefits, and other employment-related compensation to its employees and all other personnel retained by it in connection with the Deliverables and the Services; and (b) pay all payroll taxes and other costs based on payroll, including, Social Security, Unemployment, Disability Benefits Insurance and Worker’s Compensation where required.

4. OWNERSHIP; CONFIDENTIALITY AND SECURITY.

4.1. Ownership of Deliverables . AmTrust reserves all rights not expressly granted by it to GMACI under this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein or in a Work Statement, AmTrust shall own all right, title and interest in and to all or any portion of the Deliverables in whatever stage of completion as they may exist from time to time. In the event ownership could be construed otherwise, GMACI, at AmTrust’s sole cost and expense, shall take all actions reasonably necessary to evidence ownership of the Deliverables in AmTrust. Except as otherwise provided in a Work Statement, no Deliverable, in whole and in part, shall be deemed works made for hire of GMACI, and all right, title and interest in and to the copyright therein shall belong solely to AmTrust. To the extent ownership in all or any portion of a Deliverable is unintentionally transferred to GMACI, GMACI shall assign, and hereby assigns, exclusively to AmTrust, all right, title and interest in and to such Deliverable. GMACI agrees, at AmTrust’s sole cost and expense, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and to do all such other acts and things, as may be reasonably requested by AmTrust from time to time to secure and preserve AmTrust’s rights hereunder, or to enforce, defend or confirm AmTrust’s rights.

4.2. Software Deliverable .

 

-7-


(a) Provided that at the expiration of the Agreement as of the end of the Initial Term or thereafter (i) the total Development Fees and License Fees paid by GMACI pursuant to this Agreement exceed $100 million and (ii) GMACI is not in material breach of any provisions of this Agreement or any Work Statement and GMACI has paid and continues to pay in full all amounts due under this Agreement and all Work Statements, AmTrust shall (x) be deemed to have granted to GMACI a fully paid-up, perpetual, non-exclusive, non-transferable unlimited user and site license: (i) to use and interact with (solely as provided for in Section 2.2) the Software Deliverable for the Intended Purpose; (ii) to permit the usage of (solely as provided for in Section 2.2) the Software Deliverable by GMACI Affiliates and GMACI Authorized Users for the Intended Purpose; (iii) to use (solely as provided for in Section 2.2) the Documentation solely in connection with the operation of the Software Deliverable; (iv) the Source Code for the Software Deliverable and (v) subject to 9.4, ensure that, upon such expiration, that GMACI shall be able to continue to use the personal lines system for its Intended Purpose. To the extent that AmTrust provides GMACI software consisting of Other AmTrust Systems, AmTrust (x) shall be deemed to have granted to GMACI a fully paid-up, perpetual, non-exclusive, non transferable unlimited user and site license to such Other AmTrust Systems and (y) shall not be required to provide GMACI the Source Code for the Other AmTrust Systems.

(b) In the event of a Change of Control of ACAC, the license granted to GMACI in accordance with Section 4.2 (a) above shall be limited to the business of GMACI as it existed at the time of such Change of Control. For the purposes of this Section 4.2(b), the “business of GMACI as it existed at the time of such Change of Control” means the continuation of the business in a scope and manner consistent with the conduct of the business prior to such Change of Control.

4.3. Source Code Escrow .

(a) Upon completion of the Software Deliverable, the parties shall establish a third-party escrow account for the purpose of depositing and securing the Source Code for release to GMACI in the event of a Release Event.

(i) The deposit account for the underlying escrow agreement will contain the Source Code for all of the components of the Software Deliverable developed by AmTrust for GMACI, including, to the extent that they exist, the Source Code, object code (application executable), access instructions to any third party utilities, deployment instructions, configuration settings, a description of the hardware infrastructure and runtime build instructions and GMACI’s data (according to the agreed upon recovery time/point objectives).

(ii) The deposit account for the underlying escrow agreement will contain the Source Code for the Other AmTrust Programs, including to the extent they exist, the Source Code, object code (application executable), access instructions to any third party utilities, deployment instructions, configuration settings, a description of the hardware infrastructure and runtime build instructions.

In the event of any conflict between the agreement governing the third-party escrow account and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall govern. The Parties agree that the escrow agreement to be entered into in accordance with this section should be considered supplementary to this Agreement, in accordance with the terms of 11 U.S.C § 365(n).

 

-8-


(b) In the event of a Release Event, AmTrust or the escrow agent will provide to GMACI within fourteen (14) days of GMACI’s written request one (1) copy of the most current version of the Source Code for the Software Deliverable and all necessary information to allow GMACI to recompile, modify, maintain, and enhance the Software Deliverable without the aid of AmTrust; and one (1) copy of the most current version of the Source Code for the Other AmTrust Programs for use by GMACI only until the end of the term during which the Release Event occurred. In order to ensure compliance with the foregoing, AmTrust will on an annual basis update and supplement the Source Code to ensure that all revisions, corrections, enhancements, and other changes that AmTrust has developed for the Software Deliverable and Other AmTrust Programs are deposited in the deposit account. In addition, AmTrust shall, upon the written request of GMACI, update and supplement the Source Code within an annual period if AmTrust determines, in its sole discretion, that it is commercially reasonable to do so. The license granted pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof expressly includes the right to use the Source Code version of the Software Deliverable received under this section as necessary to enhance, maintain, create derivative works, and otherwise modify the Software Deliverable.

4.4. GMACI Data . All data and information of GMACI submitted by GMACI to AmTrust, or otherwise in AmTrust’s possession or accessible by AmTrust, including Customer Information (as defined below) (“ GMACI Data ”), are and shall remain GMACI’s property. Without limiting any obligations hereunder, including those provided under Section 4.5 hereof, GMACI’s Data shall not be (a) used by AmTrust other than in connection with providing the Services; (b) disclosed, sold, assigned, leased or otherwise provided to third parties by AmTrust; or (c) commercially exploited by AmTrust.

4.5. Confidentiality .

(a) Confidentiality Obligations . Any party receiving Confidential Information from the other (a “ Receiving Party ”) in connection with this Agreement or a Work Statement shall use the Confidential Information of the party disclosing the same (a “ Disclosing Party ”) solely to fulfill its obligations and exercise its rights under this Agreement and, without the prior written consent of the Disclosing Party (or as otherwise permitted hereunder), shall not disclose, release or otherwise make available any of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information to any third party. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Receiving Party may disclose the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information to its Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, representatives, subcontractors or agents (each, an “ Agent ”), if reasonably necessary for the purpose of performing its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that such Agents are informed of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information and such Agents are subject to confidentiality obligations similar to those in this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in the Agreement or a Work Statement, all Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party shall remain at all times the sole and exclusive property of the Disclosing Party. The Receiving Party shall use the same measures used to protect the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information as it uses to protect its own Confidential Information, but in no event less than commercially reasonable measures. The Receiving Party shall give the Disclosing Party notice promptly upon learning of any unauthorized use or disclosure of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information.

(b) Return of Confidential Information . The Receiving Party (including its Agents), promptly upon the written request of the Disclosing Party, shall destroy or return to the Disclosing Party all of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, if any, in its possession or control, provided that GMACI need only return the Deliverables at such time as this

 

-9-


Agreement is terminated or expires; provided, however, that the Receiving Party may retain one (1) copy of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information solely for archival, audit, disaster recovery, legal and/or regulatory purposes. At the written request of the Disclosing Party, the Receiving Party shall certify to the Disclosing Party its compliance with the foregoing in writing.

(c) Permitted Disclosures . If the Receiving Party (including its Agents) is requested or required by a valid discovery request, subpoena, court order or governmental action to disclose any Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party, the Receiving Party shall, unless legally prohibited, provide the Disclosing Party with prompt written notice of such request or requirement so that the Disclosing Party may seek an appropriate protective order or other remedy. If such protective order or other remedy is not obtained, the Receiving Party shall be permitted to disclose only the minimum amount of Confidential Information that is legally required to be disclosed to comply with the legal obligation as determined by such party’s legal counsel and such disclosure shall not be deemed a breach of this Agreement.

(d) Customer Information . Without limiting any obligations hereunder, AmTrust acknowledges and agrees that any information regarding GMACI’s customers that is acquired by AmTrust in connection with its activities under this Agreement, including, without limitation, all “non-public personal information” (as such term is defined in the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act Public Law 106-102, 113 Stat. 1338 (the “ GLB Act ”)), customer and customer prospect information, sales information, and customer lists and updates (including customer names, addresses and telephone numbers) (collectively, “ Customer Information ”), will be considered Confidential Information of GMACI and all right, title and interest in such Customer Information is owned by GMACI. AmTrust will use such Customer Information only as necessary to provide the Deliverables and perform the Services in accordance with this Agreement and will comply with any and all Laws, including the GLB Act.

4.6. Injunctive Relief . The parties acknowledge and agree that any breach or threatened breach of Sections 4.4 or 4.5 may cause the aggrieved party immediate and irreparable harm for which monetary damages alone will be inadequate compensation. Accordingly, the aggrieved party shall be entitled, in addition to any other remedies available at law or in equity, to immediate injunctive relief without requiring a cure period and without the necessity of posting a bond or other security.

4.7. Physical and Data Security Policies .

(a) When AmTrust is performing Services on GMACI’s premises, AmTrust will comply and will cause each of its Subcontractors to comply with GMACI’s security, safety, and fire protection procedures.

(b) AmTrust shall establish and maintain safeguards against the destruction, loss, alteration or unauthorized disclosure of GMACI Data and Customer Information in AmTrust’s or its Subcontractor’s possession to the extent it protects its own similar information. Notwithstanding anything to contrary in this Agreement, AmTrust shall not provide Customer Information in any form to any third party (including any Subcontractor) without GMACI’s prior written consent. AmTrust shall be responsible to protect and to ensure all Subcontractors protect all Customer Information in the manner and to the extent it protects its own similar information.

4.8. Disaster Recovery Plan . During the Term of this Agreement, AmTrust shall (a) submit to GMACI a disaster recovery plan that is reasonably designed to, inter alia , minimize

 

-10-


disruption to any of the Services provided hereunder in the event of a business interruption or disaster affecting the Services; (b) periodically test and update (upon GMACI’s approval) such plan to reflect changes in technology and industry standards; (c) notify GMACI as soon as practicable following the occurrence of a business interruption or disaster affecting the Services; and (d) use best efforts to reinstate the Services as soon as practicable following a business interruption or disaster.

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF AMTRUST

5.1. Power and Authority . AmTrust represents and warrants to GMACI that: (a) AmTrust is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; (b) it has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions and perform its obligations contemplated hereby; (c) the execution, delivery and performance by AmTrust of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action; and (d) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by AmTrust and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of it, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general equitable principles.

5.2. Right to Grant License . AmTrust represents and warrants to GMACI that (a) AmTrust has, or prior to the applicable Acceptance Date will have, all such rights as are necessary for AmTrust to grant the rights and licenses to the Deliverables, including the Software Deliverable and Documentation, in the manner set forth in this Agreement; and (b) that there is no claim, litigation or proceeding pending or threatened against AmTrust with respect to the Software Deliverable and Documentation, or any component thereof, alleging infringement of any patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret or any proprietary right of any person or entity.

5.3. Compliance with Laws . AmTrust represents and warrants to GMACI that the Software Deliverable and Documentation do not violate any Laws commonly applicable to software products and that the Services will be provided in full compliance with applicable Law.

5.4. Performance . AmTrust represents and warrants that: (a) the Services will be performed in a diligent and workmanlike manner, by individuals of suitable training and skill; (b) the Services and all Deliverables, including the Software Deliverable and Documentation, will comply with applicable Specifications and will have the functionality and operate in accordance with the Specifications on the Acceptance Date and for a period of thirty (30) days after the Acceptance Date (unless a different warranty period is set forth in the applicable Work Statement); and (c) no program containing malicious or detrimental hidden files, virus, malware or other malicious computer program, hardware-limiting, software-limiting or Services-limiting function not part of standard configuration (including any key, node lock, time-out or other similar functions) or containing any automatically replicating, transmitting or activating computer program not part of normal function of the program has been or will be coded or introduced into the Deliverables, hardware, tools, equipment or any similar item.

5.5. Disclaimer . EXCEPT FOR THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, AMTRUST MAKES, AND GMACI RECEIVES FROM AMTRUST, NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WITH RESPECT TO ANY DELIVERABLES OR SERVICES. AMTRUST SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ANY AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

 

-11-


6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF GMACI

6.1. GMACI Power and Authority . GMACI represents and warrants to AmTrust that: (a) GMACI is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; (b) it has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions and perform its obligations contemplated hereby; (c) the execution, delivery and performance by GMACI of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action; and (d) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by GMACI and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of it, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general equitable principles.

6.2. GMACI’s Use of Deliverables . GMACI’s use of the Deliverables shall at all times be in compliance with applicable Laws and AmTrust shall have no liability for any non-compliance by GMACI. GMACI shall be responsible for ensuring that its use of the Deliverables complies with any Law applicable to GMACI.

7. INDEMNIFICATION

7.1. AmTrust’s Duty to Defend and Indemnify . Subject to Section 7.2 below, AmTrust shall indemnify, defend and hold GMACI and its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents (the “ Indemnitees ”) harmless from and against any claims, suits, actions, or demands and all losses, liabilities, penalties, damages, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and any settlement amounts, (collectively “ Claims ”) arising from (a) any allegations by a third party that the Deliverables when used as permitted under this Agreement, infringe upon or misappropriate the intellectual property rights of such third party, including any patent, copyright, trademark, or trade secret right (collectively, “ Infringement Claims ”); provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any Infringement Exceptions; (b) any personal injury, death or property damage arising out of the performance of this Agreement by AmTrust, its employees, agents, subcontractors or representatives; (c) any grossly negligent act or omission or any willful misconduct of AmTrust or its Agents in the performance of their obligations under this Agreement; and (d) any material breach of this Agreement.

7.2. Notice, Defense, and Settlement . In the event of a third party Claim against an Indemnitee for which such Indemnitees are entitled to indemnification from AmTrust hereunder, (a) the Indemnitee shall give AmTrust reasonably prompt written notice of any such third-party Claim stating the nature and basis of such Claim and the amount thereof, in reasonable detail, to the extent then known by the Indemnitee; provided , that any failure or delay by the Indemnitee in providing such notice will not relieve AmTrust of its obligations hereunder except to the extent that such delay or failure adversely affects AmTrust’s ability to defend against, minimize or eliminate losses arising out of such Claim; (b) AmTrust shall have the right to control the defense and settlement of such Claim; and (c) the Indemnitees shall reasonably cooperate with AmTrust in the defense or settlement of any such Claim at AmTrust’s expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, AmTrust shall not consent to the entry of any judgment, or enter into any settlement, with respect to any Claim, without the prior written consent of the Indemnitees, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided , that no consent shall be necessary to the extent the entry of judgment or settlement (w) includes an unconditional release of the Indemnitees with respect to such Claim; (x) does not acknowledge or lay blame or fault on the Indemnitees; (y) does not impose any monetary obligations other than those to be paid by AmTrust; and (z) does not prevent GMACI from continuing to use the

 

-12-


Software Deliverable on the terms and conditions set forth herein or otherwise impose any non-monetary restrictions or prohibitions on GMACI. The foregoing shall not prohibit an Indemnitee from participating in the defense or settlement of any such Claim at its own expense and with its own choice of counsel but subject to, at all times, control of the defense and settlement remaining with AmTrust.

7.3. Additional Obligations for Infringement Claims . Should any Deliverable become, or in AmTrust’s reasonable opinion be likely to become, the subject of an Infringement Claim, AmTrust shall have the right, at its own expense, to: (a) obtain for GMACI the right to continue using the Deliverable pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, or (b) replace or modify the Deliverable so that it becomes non-infringing but substantially equivalent in function and performance. If, after reasonably diligent efforts, AmTrust is unable to obtain the rights to use or replace or modify the Software Deliverable or Documentation pursuant to Section 7.3(a) or (b), GMACI may immediately terminate this Agreement upon written notice. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event will GMACI be charged any Fees or other costs or expenses in connection with AmTrust’s performance under (a) or (b) of this Section 7.3. If, after reasonably diligent efforts or in the event that AmTrust determines it is not commercially reasonable to perform under (a) or (b), then AmTrust may terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice. In the event of such termination (whether initiated by GMACI or AmTrust), AmTrust shall refund to GMACI all of the Design Fees paid prior to the effective date of such termination. Following such termination, GMACI shall have no future obligation for, Trial Period Fees, License Fees or Support Service Costs.

7.4. Exclusions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, AmTrust shall have no obligation, and shall not be responsible for, any Infringement Claim (a) to the extent that such Infringement Claim (i) was caused by the equipment, software, or intellectual property of GMACI or its Affiliates; or (ii) results from compliance with any method or process required by GMACI pursuant to a Work Statement; (b) if GMACI or its agents has modified the Deliverable; (c) is based upon a use of the Software Deliverable or Documentation other than for the Intended Purpose or as permitted by this Agreement; or (d) to the extent that such Claim or any damages related thereto arise from GMACI’s or its Affiliate’s failure to use the replacement or modification of the Deliverable provided pursuant to Section 7.3(b) (each of the foregoing being an “ Infringement Exception ”). GMACI shall indemnify, defend and hold AmTrust and its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents (the “ AmTrust Indemnitees ”) harmless from and against any third-party Infringement Claims arising from an Infringement Exception and the provisions of Section 7.2 shall apply mutatis mutandis .

7.5. Allocation of Risk . The Parties agree and acknowledge that the foregoing provisions of this Section 7 reflect the allocation of risk between the parties and sets forth GMACI’s sole and exclusive rights and remedies, and AmTrust’s sole and exclusive obligations and liability, under this Agreement with respect to any infringement, misappropriation, dilution or other violation of the intellectual property rights of any third party. Pricing under this Agreement was determined based upon the provisions of this Section 7. The obligations contained in this Section 7 shall terminate sixty (60) days following the expiration of any applicable statute of limitation applying to such Claim.

7.6. Other Indemnification; Notice . Due to the lack of privity of contract between AmTrust and GMACI’s consultants and outsourcing vendors, GMACI shall indemnify, defend and hold the AmTrust Indemnitees harmless from and against any Claims arising from any acts or omissions of any of GMACI’s Agents (any of the foregoing acts or omissions being a “ Agent

 

-13-


Act or Omission ”) solely to the extent that GMACI would otherwise be liable for such actions or omission had GMACI itself directly been responsible for such act or omission. In the event of an Agent Act or Omission for which the AmTrust Indemnitees are entitled to indemnification from GMACI hereunder, the provisions of Section 7.2 shall apply mutatis mutandis .

8. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

8.1. AGGREGATE LIABILITY . SUBJECT ONLY TO SECTION 8.3, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AGGREGATE LIABILITY OF AMTRUST ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF FEES ACTUALLY RECEIVED BY AMTRUST FROM GMACI HEREUNDER DURING THE PRIOR TWELVE (12) MONTHS SUBJECT TO SECTION 8.3 AND EXCEPT FOR GMACI’S OBLIGATIONS TO PAY FEES DUE HEREUNDER AND ANY COST OF COLLECTION ASSOCIATED THEREWITH, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AGGREGATE LIABILITY OF GMACI ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF FEES ACTUALLY RECEIVED BY AMTRUST FROM GMACI HEREUNDER DURING THE PRIOR TWELVE MONTHS.

8.2. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES . SUBJECT TO SECTION 8.3, IN NO EVENT SHALL AMTRUST BE LIABLE TO GMACI, OR GMACI BE LIABLE TO AMTRUST, FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR PUNITIVE LOSSES OR DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOSSES OR DAMAGES FOR ANY LOST REVENUES, PROFITS, OR DATA), EVEN IF SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OR MADE AWARE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH LOSSES OR DAMAGES AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE CLAIM IS BASED ON PERFORMANCE OR NON-PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE DELIVERABLE OR ANY CUSTOMIZATION, BREACH OF CONTRACT OR WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY.

8.3. EXCEPTIONS . NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE LIMITS OF LIABILITY SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 8 AND OTHERWISE IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL NOT APPLY TO (I) A BREACH OF A PARTY’S CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 4.5 HEREOF, (II) ANY PERSONAL INJURY, DEATH OR PROPERTY DAMAGE CAUSED BY A PARTY, (III) GMACI’S BREACH OF THE LICENSE GRANTED BY AMTRUST HEREUNDER, OR (IV) ANY INFRINGEMENT CLAIM (AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED IN SECTION 7.1 HEREOF).

9. FEES, TAXES, EXPENSES AND PAYMENTS

9.1. Fees .

(a) For development of all Deliverables under this Agreement until such Deliverables are being used for the Intended Purpose, GMACI shall be charged for the actual costs (including overhead allocation) incurred by AmTrust plus an additional twenty percent (20%) thereof (the “ Design Fee ”). The Design Fee is exclusive of any out-of-pocket expenses which will be reimbursable pursuant to Section 9.4 of the Agreement. As set forth in the applicable Work Statement, GMACI shall pay a Trial Period Fee upon use of a Deliverable for the Intended Purpose prior to Acceptance of the Deliverable. The Design Fee shall be incurred until such time as all development as set forth in the Specifications is substantially completed, including continuing development while a Trial Period Fee is in effect.

 

-14-


(b) For use of any Deliverable under this Agreement following Acceptance, the license fee set forth in the applicable work statement (the “ License Fee ”). Except as otherwise provided in a Work Statement, the License Fee set forth in Work Statement No. 1 is intended to cover all Services related to the Intended Purpose.

(c) For provision of all Services under this Agreement, including the Support Services, GMACI shall be charged the actual cost incurred by AmTrust in performing such Services (excluding out-of-pocket expenses, which are reimbursable in accordance with Section 9.4 hereof) (the “ Support Services Costs ”). The Support Services Costs shall begin to accrue at such time as the relevant Services commence pursuant to the applicable Work Statement.

(d) To the extent a Fee is based upon the actual costs incurred, the actual costs shall include the compensation and benefits for any employee or consultant providing the Services, provided that the costs associated with any such employee or consultant providing less than one hundred percent (100%) of his or her working hours in providing the Services shall be pro-rated.

9.2. Payment . Except as may otherwise be set forth in a Work Statement, all Fees payable by GMACI to AmTrust under this Agreement shall be payable in full within sixty (60) days of GMACI’s receipt of an invoice therefor from AmTrust. All invoices due to AmTrust under this Agreement will reference this Agreement. Any payment by GMACI is without prejudice to its right to contest the accuracy of any such invoice.

9.3. Taxes . GMACI shall be responsible for any sales taxes, use taxes, goods and services taxes which are applicable to the Services provided to GMACI pursuant to this Agreement. AmTrust shall be responsible for all other taxes and charges, including, without limitation, taxes on net income of AmTrust, such as franchise, gross receipts, capital or similar tax that is based or assessed on net profit or loss arising from AmTrust’s performance under this Agreement. To the extent collected by AmTrust, AmTrust agrees to timely remit any such taxes to the proper authorities.

9.4. Expenses . Except as may otherwise be provided in a Work Statement, GMACI shall reimburse AmTrust for all reasonable and necessary travel and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations hereunder; out-of-pocket expenses shall be reimbursed without mark-up or premium. Upon request, AmTrust shall provide reasonable documentary support for all expenses submitted to GMACI for payment.

9.5. Access and Audit Rights .

(a) Each party shall maintain complete and accurate records of and supporting documentation related to the performance of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement and each Work Statement for the periods prescribed by applicable Law. Each party agrees to provide the other with such documentation and other information with respect as the second party may reasonably request to verify compliance with the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) During the Term hereof, upon reasonable request, GMACI shall have the right upon at least two (2) Business Days’ prior written notice, to have reasonable access to the premises of AmTrust on an annual basis to: (i) examine data and any other records, documents or other relevant information relating to the provision of the Services; (ii) verify the security of GMACI Confidential Information; (iii) examine the systems that process and store GMACI Confidential Information; and (iv) be satisfied that the terms and conditions of this Agreement

 

-15-


are being complied with. Such inspections or examinations may be conducted by GMACI’s personnel or by an Agent of GMACI approved by AmTrust (such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). This inspection shall be performed in a manner that shall not unreasonably disrupt AmTrust’s business practices. The costs of such inspection shall be borne by GMACI, provided, however, that in the event that such inspection reveals a material breach of this Agreement, in addition to any other rights and remedies that GMACI may have, AmTrust shall promptly reimburse GMACI for the out-of-pocket costs incurred by GMACI in performing such inspection as well as payment for the time of the personnel who performed such inspection.

(c) During the Term, upon reasonable request, AmTrust shall have the right upon at least two (2) Business Days’ prior written notice, to have reasonable access to the premises of GMACI to: (i) inspect and examine GMACI’s books and records to verify the accuracy and compliance by GMACI with the payment provisions of this Agreement and any applicable Work Statement, and (ii) to verify GMACI’s usage (or non-usage) of the any Deliverable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and any applicable Work Statement. Such inspections or examinations may be conducted by AmTrust’s personnel or by an Agent of AmTrust approved by GMACI (such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). This inspection shall be performed in a manner that shall not unreasonably disrupt GMACI’s business practices. The costs of such inspection and examination shall be borne by AmTrust; provided, however, that in the event that such inspection and examination reveals (y) an underpayment in excess of five percent (5%) of the amount actually paid, then GMACI shall promptly reimburse AmTrust for all costs and expenses associated with such inspection and examination and pay the amount of any underpayment plus interest at the prime rate as reported in the Wall Street Journal or, in the event that the Wall Street Journal is not available or no longer publishing the prime rate, as reported by an equivalent source as determined by AmTrust, from the original due date thereof; or (z) a material violation of the usage restrictions, then GMACI shall promptly, in addition to any other rights and remedies that AmTrust may have, reimburse AmTrust for the out-of-pocket costs incurred by AmTrust in performing such inspection, as well as payment for the time of the personnel who performed such inspection.

10. INSURANCE

10.1. Required Coverages . During the Term of this Agreement and for at least one (1) year thereafter, AmTrust shall maintain, at its sole cost and expense, insurance of the types and amounts set forth below:

(a) Workers’ Compensation at statutory limits and Employer’s Liability with limits of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence;

(b) Commercial General Liability, including (i) bodily injury (including death), (ii) property damage, including, without limitation, all contractual liability for such injury or damage assumed by AmTrust under this Agreement (iii) products and completed operations, and (iv) personal and advertising injury including contractual liability coverage, in an amount not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence and Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) in the aggregate. This policy will cover liability arising from premises, operations and independent contractors; and

(c) Professional Liability Insurance with a combined single limit of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence. Such insurance shall cover any and all

 

-16-


errors, omissions or negligent acts in the delivery of products and services under this Agreement. The Professional Liability Insurance retroactive coverage date will be no later than the Effective Date.

10.2. Insurance Requirements . All insurance policies required must be issued by companies who hold a current Financial Strength Rating of not less than “A-” and Financial Size Category Rating of not less than “VII” according to the latest edition of A.M. Best’s Key Rating Guide. AmTrust’s insurance may be provided on the basis of primary and umbrella/excess coverage. AmTrust will ensure that (a) the Commercial General Liability insurance policies listed above contain a waiver of subrogation against GMACI, (b) the Commercial General Liability policy names GMACI as an additional insured, and (c) GMACI is to receive notice in writing of any cancellation, material modification or non-renewal of the relevant policies. Within thirty (30) days of any request by GMACI (but no more frequently than annually unless a prior violation has occurred), AmTrust will furnish to GMACI certificates of insurance and such other documentation relating to such policies as GMACI may reasonably request.

11. TERM AND TERMINATION

11.1. Term . The initial term of this Agreement shall be from the Effective Date until the ten (10) year anniversary of the Acceptance of all Phases of the Initial Work Statement (the “ Initial Term ”) and shall be automatically renewed thereafter for subsequent five (5) year terms (each, a “ Renewal Term ”; generally, with the Initial Term, a “ Term ”) unless twelve (12) months’ notice prior to the expiration of the current Term is given of a party’s intent not to renew. A Work Statement shall be effective as to the Deliverable and/or Service provided for therein for the term provided in the applicable Work Statement unless no such term is given, in which case, this Section 11.1 shall control.

11.2. Termination for Cause . The provisions of Section 11.1 notwithstanding:

(a) This Agreement or a Work Statement may be terminated by either party immediately upon written notice if the other party materially breaches this Agreement or the Work Statement and such other party fails to cure such breach (assuming such breach is curable) within thirty (30) days from receipt of a first written notice that sets forth the material breach.

(b) If either party repeatedly fails to perform any of its obligations under or breaches this Agreement or a Work Statement, regardless of whether such failures or breaches are cured, and where they have a material effect, the non-defaulting party may, upon notice to the defaulting party, terminate this Agreement or such Work Statement as of the date specified in such notice.

(c) If either party becomes or is declared insolvent or bankrupt, is the subject of any proceedings relating to its liquidation or insolvency or for the appointment of a receiver for it, makes an assignment for the benefit of all or substantially all of its creditors, or enters into an agreement for the composition, extension, or readjustment of all or substantially all of its obligations, then the other party may, by giving written notice thereof to such party, terminate this Agreement and all Work Statements as of a date specified in such notice of termination.

(d) (i) In the event of a proposed Change of Control of AmTrust to a competitor of GMACI or any of its Affiliates, as GMACI shall determine in good faith in its reasonable discretion, GMACI shall have the option, but not the obligation, to terminate this Agreement within six (6) months of such Change of Control. For purposes of Section 11.2

 

-17-


(d)(i), “competitor” means a person or firm or group of persons or firms that transact business in the personal lines of insurance and offers products and services similar to GMACI, which constitutes more than ten (10) percent of its total business.

(ii) In the event of a proposed Change of Control of GMACI to a competitor of AmTrust or any of its Affiliates, as AmTrust shall determine in good faith in its reasonable discretion, AmTrust shall have the option, but not the obligation, to terminate this Agreement within six (6) months of such Change of Control. For purposes of Section 11.2(d)(ii), “competitor” means a person or firm or group of persons or firms that transact business in the commercial property and casualty lines of insurance, including workers’ compensation, automobile, liability, property, package, umbrella and inland marine, and offers products and services similar to AmTrust, which constitutes more than ten (10) percent of its total business.

(e) This Agreement will terminate automatically upon the occurrence of a Release Event.

11.3. Consequences of Termination or Expiration . Subject to the terms of Section 4.2(a) and Section 11.4, upon termination by AmTrust pursuant to Section 11.2(a) or (b) or expiration of this Agreement, GMACI shall (i) immediately cease all use of the applicable Deliverables (including the Software Deliverable) following the Termination Assistance Period (defined below), (ii) deliver promptly to AmTrust all copies of the applicable Deliverables and other materials, information, equipment, technical configurations and specifications supplied by AmTrust in connection with this Agreement or irretrievably delete all of the same, and (iii) certify to AmTrust in writing that it has complied with each of items (i) and (ii).

11.4. Termination Assistance . In connection with any termination or expiration of this Agreement for any reason, and notwithstanding any Dispute between the parties, AmTrust will continue to provide to GMACI such Deliverables and/or Services which were previously provided by AmTrust and any new services (any new services agreed to by the parties will be provided for in a Work Statement in accordance with Section 3.1 of this Agreement) that GMACI may require to orderly transition the affected Services to a new supplier (the “ Termination Assistance Services ”) for a period of up to twenty-four (24) months following the termination or expiration of this Agreement (the “ Termination Assistance Period ”). AmTrust will provide to GMACI and any designated third party, to the extent available, applicable requirements, standards, policies, operating procedures and other documentation relating to the affected Deliverables or Services. If requested by GMACI, AmTrust will (i) assist GMACI in developing a termination assistance plan setting forth the methodology, approach, deliverables and timelines that the parties will use to deliver the Termination Assistance Services and (ii) assist GMACI as required to migrate data to any system replacing the Software Deliverable. Any Termination Assistance Services shall be provided at the same Fees set forth in the applicable Work Statement. For up to three (3) months after the Termination Assistance Period, at no charge to GMACI, AmTrust will answer all reasonable and pertinent verbal or written questions from GMACI regarding the Services on an “as needed” basis as agreed to by GMACI and AmTrust, and deliver to GMACI any remaining GMACI-owned reports and documentation still in AmTrust’s possession. AmTrust agrees that it has an obligation to provide GMACI with Termination Assistance Services to the extent GMACI continues to pay AmTrust the Fees set forth in the applicable Work Statement, and AmTrust’s quality and level of performance during the Termination Assistance Period will continue to adhere to the requirements in the Agreement and each applicable Work Statement.

 

-18-


11.5. Survival . Termination of this Agreement shall not affect any right or remedy under this Agreement to the extent the same had accrued prior to the termination date. Sections 1 (Definitions), 4.1 (Ownership), 4.3 (Confidentiality), 4.4 (Injunctive Relive) 7 (Indemnification), 8 (Limitation of Liability), 9.5(a) (Access and Audit Rights), 10 (Insurance), 11 (Term and Termination) and 12 (General Provisions), as well as such other provisions as may be necessary to interpret the same, shall survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement.

12. GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1. Entire Agreement; Amendments; Waivers. This Agreement (including each Work Statement and Exhibit attached hereto) constitutes the entire agreement between AmTrust and GMACI with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior agreements, statements, purchase orders, covenants, understandings, representations, warranties, and undertakings, whether written or oral, between them regarding such matters, including that certain Stockholders Agreement entered into by and among ACAC, and certain of its investors, including AFSI. This Agreement may not be amended, in whole or in part, except by an instrument in writing signed by both AmTrust and GMACI. Any such Amendment shall be subject to prior Regulatory Approval, to the extent such Regulatory Approval is required by applicable Law. Failure of either party to insist upon strict compliance with any part of this Agreement shall not be considered a waiver of such compliance and shall not prevent either party from subsequently insisting upon strict compliance or from exercising its, his or her rights hereunder with respect to any past, present or future instances of non-compliance. Any waiver must be in writing to be effective.

12.2. Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of AmTrust and GMACI and their respective permitted legal representatives, successors, and assigns. Neither party may assign this Agreement, or any rights or obligations hereunder, without the prior written consent of the other party (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and any attempted assignment, transfer or delegation in contravention of this Section shall be null and void; provided, however , that either party may assign this Agreement to an Affiliate without consent.

12.3. Governing Law; Dispute Resolution .

(a) This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina, without regard to its conflicts of law principles.

(b) The parties will attempt in good faith to promptly address and resolve by negotiation any dispute, legal controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its subject matter, interpretation, performance or enforcement (whether in contract, statute, tort (such as negligence) or otherwise) (each a “ Dispute ”). If necessary for resolution, the Dispute will be escalated to appropriate senior management of each party. If the parties are unable to resolve the Dispute within twenty-one (21) days after referral (or such other period to which the parties may agree) to senior management, the parties may pursue available legal and equitable remedies consistent with this Agreement

(c) Any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement may be brought only in the federal and state courts located in the State of North Carolina. GMACI and AmTrust hereby irrevocably consent and submit to the non-exclusive personal jurisdiction of states courts of North Carolina and of the Federal district courts for the District of North Carolina and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such action, suit or proceeding,

 

-19-


any claim that such party is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of such court, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the action, suit or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the action, suit or proceeding is improper, or that this Agreement or that the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court.

(d) No remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy, and each and every such remedy will be cumulative and in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise.

12.4. Notices . Any notice required by this Agreement will be in writing and sent to the other party by hand delivery, by facsimile or by nationally recognized overnight courier service to the addresses of the parties provided below, as the same may be updated by delivery of a notice consistent with the terms hereof. All notices will be deemed given or delivered (a) in the case of hand delivery, when actually received, (b) in the case of facsimile, on the first Business Day after the date on which successful confirmation of the transmission of the facsimile occurs, and (c) in the case of overnight courier, on the next Business Day following delivery to such courier.

 

If to GMACI:

 

GMAC Insurance Management Corporation

59 Maiden Lane, 23rd Floor

New York, New York 10038

Attention : Chairman

Fax : (212) 380-9499

 

  

If to AmTrust:

 

Christopher M. Longo

Chief Information Officer

AmTrust North America, Inc.

5800 Lombardo Center

Cleveland, Ohio 44131

Fax :

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to :    with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to :

General Counsel

GMAC Insurance Management Corporation

59 Maiden Lane, 23rd Floor

New York, NY 10038

Fax : (212) 380-9499

  

Stephen Ungar

General Counsel

AmTrust Financial Services, Inc.

59 Maiden Lane, 6th Floor

New York, New York 10038

Fax : (212) 220-7130

12.5. Subcontractors . AmTrust may use consultants, subcontractors and other third parties (each, a “ Subcontractor ”) to satisfy any of its obligations under this Agreement without GMACI’s prior written consent. AmTrust shall be fully responsible for all Deliverables and Services, including any Deliverables and Services that may be provided partially or in full by Subcontractors, for compliance by such Subcontractors with the terms of this Agreement and each Work Statement. AmTrust is responsible for all payments to AmTrust Subcontractors relating to performance or nonperformance under this Agreement.

 

-20-


12.6. Independent Contractors .

(a) The parties are and shall be independent contractors to one another, and nothing herein shall be deemed to cause this Agreement to create an agency, partnership or joint venture between the parties. Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed as creating or establishing the relationship of employer and employee between GMACI and either AmTrust or any employee or agent of AmTrust. Neither party shall have any right or authority to assume or create any obligations or to make any representations or warranties on behalf of any other party, whether express or implied, or to bind the other party in any respect whatsoever.

(b) AmTrust shall withhold and pay all amounts required for any employer or employee tax or contribution, including state and federal income tax, unemployment insurance and disability insurance, for all employees of AmTrust. No employee or consultant of AmTrust shall be entitled to any of GMACI’s employee benefits by reason of such persons performing work under this Agreement on behalf of AmTrust, it being the sole responsibility of AmTrust alone to compensate such persons for such work.

12.7. Force Majeure . Neither party shall be liable to the other for any failure or delay in the performance under this Agreement caused by events beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the party affected or its employees, representatives, agents or contractors and which said party is unable to prevent or provide against by the exercise of reasonable diligence including: acts of God, war, civil disturbances, riots, floods, fires, explosions or other catastrophes. The party suffering such occurrence shall immediately notify the other party and the time for performance of each party’s obligations hereunder shall be extended for so long as such even continues.

12.8. Modification and Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to make it enforceable under applicable law. If any such provision is not enforceable as set forth in the preceding sentence, the unenforceability of such provision shall not affect the other provisions of this Agreement, but this Agreement shall be construed as if such unenforceable provision had never been contained herein. In such instance, the parties shall replace such unenforceable provision with a provision as close as possible to the original meaning and intent of such unenforceable provision while still being enforceable.

12.9. Construction . The Section headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, will not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement, and will not be referred to in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. Any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting Party will not be used in the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the words “include” and “including” and variations thereof, will not be deemed to be terms of limitation, but rather will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” Unless expressly stated otherwise, whenever a Party’s approval or consent is required under this Agreement, such Party may grant or withhold its consent or approval in its discretion, and references in this Agreement to a Party’s “discretion” mean such Party’s sole and absolute discretion. Except as expressly stated otherwise, all references in this Agreement to “Sections” are intended to refer to

 

-21-


Sections of this Agreement. The English language version of this Agreement will be used in construing and interpreting this Agreement if this Agreement is ever translated into any other language.

12.10. Counterparts; Facsimile Signature Pages . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but which collectively will constitute one and the same instrument. A signature sent by telecopy or facsimile transmission shall be as valid and binding upon the Party as an original signature of such Party.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives, on the following date and year.

 

AmTrust North America, Inc.

   

GMAC Insurance Management Corporation

By:   /s/ Stephen Ungar     By:      /s/ Michael Karfunkel
Name:   Stephen Ungar     Name:      Michael Karfunkel
Title:   General Counsel and Secretary     Title:      Chairman
Date:   February 22, 2012     Date:      February 22, 2012

 

-22-


EXHIBITS AND ATTACHMENTS

 

Work Statement #1

   Develop of Software Deliverable

Appendix 1

   Specifications

Appendix 2

   Phases

Work Statement #2

   Support Services

Appendix 1

   Help Desk User Interface Guide

Work Statement #3

   Hosting Oracle EBS

 

-23-


Exhibit A

Initial Work Statement

Work Statement #1

This Work Statement #1 is executed effective March 1, 2010 pursuant to the Master Services Agreement (“ Agreement ”) between GMAC Insurance Management Corporation (“ GMACI ”) and AmTrust North America, Inc. (“ AmTrust ”) dated February 22, 2012, in connection with the development of the Software Deliverables and the Documentation. Unless otherwise specified, all capitalized terms shall have the meaning given to them in the Agreement.

 

1. Work Administration

 

1.1 AmTrust Point of Contact:

 

Name/Title    Christopher M. Longo
Address:   

AmTrust North America, Inc.

5800 Lombardo Center

Cleveland, OH 44131

Phone:    (216) 328-6114
E-mail    clongo@amtrustgroup.com

1.2 GMACI Project Manager:

 

Name/Title    Darri Hill
Address:   

GMAC Insurance Management Corporation

500 W. Fifth Street

Winston-Salem, NC 27101

Phone:    (336) 435- [     ]
E-mail    darri.hill@gmacinsurance.com

 

2. Deliverables and Specifications:

Development of the Software Deliverable and the Documentation (the “ System ”), the Specifications for which are attached hereto as Appendix 1 “Base Software Deliverables” and are made part of this Work Statement. The System will be developed and delivered to GMACI in Phases (as defined below).

 

3. Work Schedule and Project Duration:

Periodic status meetings will be held between AmTrust and GMACI as follows:

System Development Team – weekly meetings

Executive Steering Committee – monthly meetings

Michael Karfunkel, Barry Zyskind, Larry Pentis and Christopher Longo – at least monthly

 

-24-


The Software Deliverable shall be developed and delivered in accordance with the phases set forth in Appendix 2 (each, a “ Phase ”). Changes to the Specifications of the Software Deliverables may affect the final delivery dates as set forth in Appendix 2 .

 

4. Acceptance Criteria/Procedures:

The regular use of the System for a period of twelve (12) months from January 1, 2012.

 

5. Fees:

Development Fees: For each Phase, the Development Fees shall include the Design Fee and the Trial Period Fee. The “ Design Fee ” is the actual costs incurred (including overhead allocation) by AmTrust in developing that Phase plus an additional twenty percent (20%) thereof from March 1, 2010 through December 31, 2011. The “ Trial Period Fee ” is one and one-quarter percent (1.25%) of the gross premiums written by GMACI and its Affiliates for business processed through the System and related Support Service Costs from first use of the System until Acceptance . The Development Fees are exclusive of any out-of-pocket expenses which will be reimbursable pursuant to Section 9.4 of the Agreement.

The Development Fees shall be paid monthly in arrears with the payment for any calendar month due within thirty (30) days of the end of the subsequent calendar month. With respect to the Trial Period Fee, GMACI shall remit payment based on earned premium for the subject month, but shall remain liable for gross written premium, net of cancellations and return premium. Within thirty (30) days of the end of each calendar month, GMACI shall deliver to AmTrust a report (the “ Monthly Report ”) indicating with respect to such just completed calendar month: the amount of earned premium and gross premium written by GMACI and its Affiliates during the calendar month being reported. A failure of GMACI to timely submit the Monthly Report shall not relieve GMACI of its obligation to timely pay the Design Fee.

License Fee : After Acceptance, the fee for licensing the System shall be one and one quarter percent (1.25%) on the gross premiums written by GMACI and its Affiliates on the System, in addition to Support Service Costs. The License Fee is exclusive of any out-of-pocket expenses which will be reimbursable pursuant to Section 9.4 of the Agreement.

The License Fee shall be paid monthly in arrears with the payment for any calendar month due within thirty (30) days of the end of subsequent calendar month. GMACI shall remit payment for the License Fee based on earned premium for the subject month, but shall remain liable for gross written premium, net of cancellations and return premium. Within thirty (30) days of the end of each calendar month, GMACI shall deliver to AmTrust a report (the “ Monthly Report ”) indicating with respect to such just completed calendar month: the amount of gross premium written by GMACI and its Affiliates during the calendar month being reported. A failure of GMACI to timely submit the Monthly Report shall not relieve GMACI of its obligation to timely pay the License Fee.

Fees for Support Services set forth in Work Statement No. 2 (“ Support Services Costs ”) are the actual cost incurred (including overhead allocation) by AmTrust in performing such services (excluding out-of-pocket expenses, which are reimbursable in accordance with the terms of the Agreement). Support Services Costs shall begin to accrue at such time as the Support Services commence in accordance with Work Statement #2.

 

-25-


AmTrust North America, Inc.

    GMAC Insurance Management Corporation
By:  

/s/ Stephen Ungar

    By:   

/s/ Michael Karfunkel

Name:   Stephen Ungar     Name:    Michael Karfunkel
Title:   Secretary and General Counsel     Title:    Chairman
Date:   February 22, 2012     Date:    February 22, 2012

 

-26-


APPENDIX 1

to

Initial Work Statement

Work Statement #1

Master Services Agreement by and between

AmTrust North America, Inc. and GMAC Insurance Management Corporation

BASE SOFTWARE DELIVERABLES

 

Requirements

  

Components

Agent General Requirements    New Business:
  

¨       New Quote Creation

  

•     Quick (Fast) Quote

  

•     Full Quote

  

¨       Bind quote

  

¨       Issue Quote

   Service:
  

¨       Policy Search

  

¨       Endorsement Quote

  

¨       Endorsement Bind/Issue

  

¨       Policy Reset

  

•     Exceptions

  

•     Backdated/OOS

  

¨       Automated Proof Follow Up.

Billing – General    Apply Installment Payment
  

¨       Send Invoice

  

¨       Pay Plans

  

¨       Prorate/Shortrate Cancellations

Forms   
Policy Administration    Renewal
   Non-Renew
   Cancel

 

-27-


   Cancel Pend
   Reinstate/Rewrite
   Send Correspondence
Rules/Rating/Compliance    PPA
   RV
   Specialty Product (MC and CV)
Reporting   
eCommerce    User Portal
   Quoting
Integration    Data Warehouse
Technical    Application:
  

¨       User Interface

  

¨       Application Architecture

   Infrastructure:
  

¨       Scalability/High Availability

   Operational:
  

¨       Connectivity/Support

   Migratration

 

-28-


Work Statement #2

Support Services

This Work Statement #2 is an exhibit to that certain Master Services Agreement entered into by and between AmTrust North America, Inc. and GMAC Insurance Management Corporation, dated February 22, 2012 (the “ Agreement ”) and establishes the terms and conditions under which AmTrust agrees to provide Support Services for the Software Deliverable during the Term. Unless otherwise specified, all capitalized terms shall have the meaning given to them in the Agreement.

1. BASIC OBLIGATIONS

1.1. AmTrust shall support the Software Deliverable in accordance with its Specifications and other Deliverables in accordance with the following terms and conditions. The Support Services (as defined below) shall continue in effect for the Term or until the Agreement is earlier terminated in accordance with its terms.

1.2. Services to be provided are (the “ Support Services ”):

 

   

Maintaining and Operating the System and related services.

 

   

E-mail and telephone-based support service to cause Software Deliverable to perform in accordance with its current design.

 

   

Correction of Errors in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

   

Updates as described in Section 3 below.

2. SUPPORT PROCEDURES

2.1. GMACI will designate persons on its technical support staff who will be authorized to contact AmTrust under this Work Statement and will provide AmTrust with the names and phone numbers of authorized persons and their successors (“ GMACI Technical Support Contacts ”). GMACI will only designate qualified IT personnel as GMACI Technical Support Contacts. GMACI Technical Support Contacts should be knowledgeable about the Software Deliverable and GMACI’s technical environment on which the Software Deliverable is being operated, in order to help resolve the issue being reported. GMACI Technical Support Contact should have baseline information regarding the issue being reported and an ability to assist AmTrust in diagnosis and triaging of the issue.

2.2 Requests for Support Services must be made by GMACI Technical Support Contacts in accordance with AmTrust’s Help Desk User Interface Guide (the “ Guide ”) in the form attached as Appendix 1 and as amended from time to time. AmTrust will respond to each such request within the applicable time frame set forth in the Guide. Response time commitments do not constitute a promise that a request for Support Services will be fully resolved within the stated time frame; rather the response time commitment indicates the maximum period within which AmTrust will respond upon receipt of a request. AmTrust shall use commercially reasonable efforts to answer questions and correct Errors and other problems (or to provide suitable Workarounds).

 

-29-


3. UPDATES

AmTrust shall make available to GMACI all Updates that AmTrust may develop for the Software Deliverable.

4. SUPPORT SERVICES CONDITIONS

4.1. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, AmTrust’s obligation to provide Support Services for the Software Deliverable is subject to the following conditions:

(a) GMACI shall be in compliance with all of the terms of the Agreement including the timely payment of all Fees and the usage of the Software Deliverable is in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(b) GMACI shall provide such information, assistance and access that AmTrust or its representatives may reasonably request to enable AmTrust to perform the Support Services.

(c) Under no circumstances will AmTrust be responsible for supporting or correcting any Errors in the Software Deliverable resulting from any modifications made to the Software Deliverables other than by AmTrust, and AmTrust will not be liable for any loss or damage of any nature directly or indirectly caused by such modifications.

(d) GMACI shall promptly install or adopt all Updates and New Releases and, with respect to any Errors, all patches, bug-fixes, or Problem Corrections provided by AmTrust; provided, the foregoing shall not include any Updates or New Releases which have been made available to GMACI for the first time within one (1) year of the time such Support Services are requested.

5. DEFINITIONS

In addition to the capitalized terms otherwise defined in this Agreement, the capitalized terms listed below mean the following:

5.1. Fix : Any modification(s) to the operating procedures, system configuration, Source Code, or executable version of the Software Deliverable that permanently corrects an Error, excluding Workarounds, such that the Software Deliverable performs substantially in accordance with its Specifications in all material respects.

5.2. Problem Correction : The correction or resolution of an Error or other problem. It may include Fixes or Workarounds, if appropriate.

5.3. Update : Any enhancement developed by AmTrust to the Software Deliverable.

5.4. Workaround: A temporary patch or procedure that avoids, but does not directly resolve an Error, and allows functioning of the Software Deliverable substantially in accordance with the Specifications. A Workaround does not constitute a permanent fix.

 

-30-


AmTrust North America, Inc.    GMAC Insurance Management Corporation
By:  

/s/ Stephen Ungar

   By:   

/s/ Michael Karfunkel

Name:   Stephen Ungar    Name:    Michael Karfunkel
Title:   Secretary and General Counsel    Title:    Chairman
Date:   February 22, 2012    Date:    February 22, 2012

 

-31-


APPENDIX 1

to

Support Services

HELP DESK USER INTERFACE GUIDE

 

-32-

Exhibit 10.7

AMERICAN CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORPORATION

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Effective as of February 26, 2010

As Amended on December 14, 2012

1. DEFINED TERMS

Exhibit A, which is incorporated by reference, defines the terms used in the Plan and sets forth certain operational rules related to those terms.

2. PURPOSE

The Plan has been established to advance the interests of the Company by providing for the grant to Participants of Stock-based Awards.

3. ADMINISTRATION

The Administrator has discretionary authority, subject only to the express provisions of the Plan, to interpret the Plan; determine eligibility for and grant Awards; determine, modify or waive the terms and conditions of any Award; prescribe forms, rules and procedures; and otherwise do all things necessary to carry out the purposes of the Plan. Determinations of the Administrator made under the Plan will be conclusive and will bind all parties.

4. LIMITS ON AWARDS UNDER THE PLAN

A maximum of 10,106 shares of Stock may be delivered in satisfaction of Awards under the Plan, as adjusted pursuant to Section 7(b). Any shares subject to an Award that are forfeited, that expire or that otherwise lapse without being exercised shall be again available for Awards under the Plan. Stock delivered under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or previously issued Shares acquired by the Company.

5. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

The Administrator will select Participants from among the Listed Employees, which shall be subject to adjustment by the Board to reflect the termination of employment and replacement of any of the Listed Employees and further adjusted in the event the Company consummates any significant mergers and acquisitions or other accretive transactions (including for avoidance of doubt, the hiring of one or more key personnel), as determined in the sole discretion of the Board. Eligibility for Awards is limited to individuals described in the first sentence of this Section 5. All grants will be subject to compliance with U.S. federal and state securities laws and/or the laws of the applicable foreign jurisdiction in which the Participant resides and/or performs services.

6. RULES APPLICABLE TO AWARDS

 

1


(a) All Awards

(1) Award Provisions . The Administrator will determine the terms of all Awards, subject to the limitations provided herein. By accepting (or under such rules as the Administrator may prescribe, being deemed to have accepted) an Award, the Participant agrees to the terms of the Award and of the Plan. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, awards of an acquired company that are converted, replaced or adjusted in connection with the acquisition may contain terms and conditions that are inconsistent with the terms and conditions specified herein, as determined by the Administrator.

(2) Fair Market Value . In determining the fair market value of any share of Stock under the Plan, the Administrator shall make the determination, (i) if at the applicable reference date the Stock is not readily tradable on an established securities market, in accordance with Treas. Regs. §1.409A-1(b)(5)(iv)(B), and (ii) in every other case, using a methodology permitted under Treas. Regs. §1.409A-1(b)(5)(iv)(A).

(3) Transferability. Awards may not be transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or except as provided in an Award agreement.

(4) Vesting, Etc. The Administrator may determine the time or times at which an Award will vest or become exercisable and the terms on which an Award will remain exercisable. Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting or exercisability of an Award, regardless of any adverse or potentially adverse tax or other consequences resulting from such acceleration. Unless the Administrator expressly provides otherwise or except as provided by the terms of an Award, the following rules will apply if a Participant’s Employment ceases:

(A) Immediately upon the cessation of Employment, all Awards held by the Participant will immediately cease to be exercisable and will immediately terminate except as otherwise provided at (B), (C), or (D) below.

(B) Subject to (C), (D) and (E) below, all Awards held by the Participant immediately prior to the cessation of the Participant’s Employment, to the extent then exercisable, will remain exercisable for the shorter of (i) a period of 30 days or (ii) the period ending on the latest date on which such Award could have been exercised without regard to this Section 6(a)(4), and will thereupon immediately terminate.

(C) If termination of Employment occurs by reason of death, all Awards held by the Participant immediately prior to the Participant’s death, to the extent then exercisable, will remain exercisable for the shorter of (i) the one-year period ending with the first anniversary of the Participant’s death or (ii) the period ending on the latest date on which such Awards could have been exercised without regard to this Section 6(a)(4), and will thereupon immediately terminate.

(D) If termination of Employment occurs by reason of Disability, all Awards held by the Participant immediately prior to the Participant’s Disability, to the extent then exercisable, will remain exercisable for the shorter of (i) a

 

2


period of 180 days following the termination due to Disability, or (ii) the period ending on the latest date on which such Awards could have been exercised without regard to this Section 6(a)(4), and will thereupon immediately terminate.

(E) For the avoidance of doubt, all Awards held by a Participant immediately prior to the cessation of the Participant’s Employment will immediately terminate upon such cessation if such cessation of Employment is in connection with an act or failure to act constituting Cause.

(5) Taxes . Any exercise of an Award shall be conditioned upon satisfaction of all tax withholding requirements as determined by the Administrator. The Administrator will make such provision for the withholding of taxes as it deems necessary.

(6) Rights Limited . Nothing in the Plan will be construed as giving any person the right to continued employment or services with the Company or its Affiliates, or any rights as a stockholder except as to shares of Stock actually issued under the Plan. The loss of existing or potential profit in an Award will not constitute an element of damages in the event of termination of Employment for any reason, even if the termination is in violation of an obligation of the Company or any Affiliate to the Participant

(7) Section 409A . Each Award shall contain such terms as the Administrator determines, and shall be construed and administered, such that the Award is exempt from the requirements of Section 409A.

(b) Awards Requiring Exercise

(1) Time And Manner Of Exercise . Unless the Administrator expressly provides otherwise, an Award requiring exercise by the holder will not be deemed to have been exercised until the Administrator receives a notice of exercise (in form acceptable to the Administrator) signed by the appropriate person and accompanied by any payment required under the Award. If the Award is exercised by any person other than the Participant, the Administrator may require satisfactory evidence that the person exercising the Award has the right to do so.

(2) Exercise Price . The exercise price (or the base value from which appreciation is to be measured) of each Award requiring exercise shall be 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Stock subject to the Award, determined as of the date of grant, or such higher amount as the Administrator may determine in connection with the grant.

(3) Payment Of Exercise Price . When the exercise of an Award is to be accompanied by payment of the exercise price shall be paid as follows: (a) by cash or check acceptable to the Administrator, (b) by such other means, if any, as may be acceptable to the Administrator, or (c) as provided in an Award.

( 4) Maximum Term . The maximum term of each Award shall be ten (10) years from the date of grant.

 

3


7. EFFECT OF CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

(a) Mergers, etc. Except as otherwise provided in an Award, the following provisions shall apply in the event of a Change of Control and, in respect of paragraph (a)(2) below, such other significant transactions as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion:

(1) Assumption or Substitution. If the Change of Control is one in which there is an acquiring or surviving entity, the Administrator may provide for the assumption of some or all outstanding Awards or for the grant of new awards in substitution therefor by the acquiror or survivor or an affiliate of the acquiror or survivor.

(2) Cash-Out of Awards . If the Change of Control (or significant transaction) is one in which holders of Stock will receive upon consummation a payment (whether cash, non-cash or a combination of the foregoing), the Administrator may provide for payment (a “cash-out”), with respect to some or all Awards or any portion thereof, equal in the case of each affected Award or portion thereof to the excess, if any, of (A) the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock times the number of shares of Stock subject to the Award or such portion, over (B) the aggregate exercise or purchase price under the Award or such portion, in each case on such payment terms (which need not be the same as the terms of payment to holders of Stock) and other terms, and subject to such conditions, as the Administrator determines.

(3) Acceleration of Awards. Other than Awards assumed pursuant to Section 7(a)(1) above, each Award will become fully exercisable prior to a Change of Control, on a basis that gives the holder of the Award a reasonable opportunity, as determined by the Administrator, following exercise of the Award to participate as a stockholder in the Change of Control.

(4) Termination of Awards Upon Consummation of a Change of Control . Each unexercised Award will terminate upon consummation of a Change of Control, other than Awards assumed pursuant to Section 7(a)(1) above.

(5) Additional Limitations . Any share of Stock and any cash or other property delivered pursuant to Section 7(a)(2) above with respect to an Award may, in the discretion of the Administrator, contain such restrictions, if any, consistent with Section 409A, as the Administrator deems appropriate to reflect any performance or other vesting conditions to which the Award was subject and that did not lapse (and were not satisfied) in connection with the Change of Control.

(b) Changes in, Distributions with Respect to and Redemptions of Stock.

(1) Basic Adjustment Provisions. In the event of a share dividend, share split or consolidation of shares (including a reverse share split), recapitalization or other change in the Company’s capital structure (including any equity restructuring within the meaning of SFAS No. 123R), the Administrator shall make appropriate adjustments to the maximum number of shares specified in Section 4(a) that may be delivered under the Plan and shall also make appropriate adjustments to the number and kind of shares or securities subject to Awards then outstanding or subsequently granted, any exercise prices relating to Awards and any other

 

4


provision of Awards affected by such change.

(2) Certain Other Adjustments . The Administrator may also make adjustments of the type described in Section 7(b)(1) above to take into account distributions to stockholders other than those provided for in Section 7(a) and 7(b)(1), or any other event, if the Administrator determines that adjustments are appropriate to avoid distortion in the operation of the Plan and to preserve the value of Awards made hereunder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, upon the occurrence of a cash distribution with respect to the Stock that constitutes a “corporate transaction” described at Treas. Regs. §1.424-1(a)(3)(ii) (an “extraordinary dividend”), as determined by the Administrator, the Administrator will cause the Company to take appropriate action as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion to reflect such extraordinary dividend.

(3) Continuing Application of Plan Terms . References in the Plan to shares of Stock will be construed to include any shares or securities resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 7.

8. LEGAL CONDITIONS ON DELIVERY OF STOCK

The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Stock pursuant to the Plan or to remove any restriction from shares of Stock previously delivered under the Plan until: (i) the Company is satisfied that all legal matters in connection with the issuance and delivery of such shares have been addressed and resolved; (ii) if the outstanding Stock is at the time of delivery listed on any stock exchange or national market system, the shares to be delivered have been listed or authorized to be listed on such exchange or system upon official notice of issuance; and (iii) all conditions of the Award have been satisfied or waived. If the sale of Stock has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Company may require, as a condition to exercise of the Award, such representations or agreements as counsel for the Company may consider appropriate to avoid violation of such Act. The Company may require that certificates evidencing Stock issued under the Plan bear an appropriate legend reflecting any restriction on transfer applicable to such Stock, and the Company may hold the certificates pending lapse of the applicable restrictions.

9. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

The Administrator may at any time or times amend the Plan or any outstanding Award for any purpose which may at the time be permitted by law, and may at any time terminate the Plan as to any future grants of Awards; provided, that except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan the Administrator may not, without the Participant’s consent, alter the terms of an Award so as to affect materially and adversely the Participant’s rights under the Award, unless the Administrator expressly reserved the right to do so at the time of the Award. Any amendments to the Plan shall be conditioned upon stockholder approval only to the extent, if any, such approval is required by applicable law (including the Code), as determined by the Administrator.

10. OTHER COMPENSATION ARRANGEMENTS

The existence of the Plan or the grant of any Award will not in any way affect the right of

 

5


the Company or an Affiliate to Award a person bonuses or other compensation in addition to Awards under the Plan.

11. MISCELLANEOUS

(a) Waiver of Jury Trial . By accepting an Award under the Plan, each Participant waives any right to a trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim concerning any rights under the Plan and any Award, or under any amendment, waiver, consent, instrument, document or other agreement delivered or which in the future may be delivered in connection therewith, and agrees that any such action, proceedings or counterclaim shall be tried before a court and not before a jury. By accepting an Award under the Plan, each Participant certifies that no officer, representative, or attorney of the Company has represented, expressly or otherwise, that the Company would not, in the event of any action, proceeding or counterclaim, seek to enforce the foregoing waivers.

(b) Limitation of Liability . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, neither the Company, nor any Affiliate, nor the Administrator, nor any person acting on behalf of the Company, any Affiliate, or the Administrator, shall be liable to any Participant or to the estate or beneficiary of any Participant or to any other holder of an Award by reason of any acceleration of income, or any additional tax, asserted by reason of the failure of an Award to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 or Section 409A or by reason of Section 4999 of the Code; provided, that nothing in this Section 11(b) shall limit the ability of the Administrator or the Company to provide by separate express written agreement with a Participant for a gross-up payment or other payment in connection with any such tax or additional tax.

12. GOVERNING LAW

Except as otherwise provided by the express terms of a sub-plan described in Section 12, the provisions of the Plan and of Awards under the Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

6


EXHIBIT A

Definitions Of Terms

The following terms, when used in the Plan, will have the meanings and be subject to the provisions set forth below:

“Administrator”: A committee designated by the Board. The Administrator may delegate ministerial tasks to such persons as it deems appropriate. In the event of any such delegation, the term “Administrator” shall include the person or persons so delegated to the extent of such delegation.

“Affiliate”: with respect to any specified Person that is not a natural Person, any other Person which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person (for the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise)

“Award”: A Stock Option or such other equity award as the Administrator may grant.

“Board”: The Board of Directors of the Company.

“Cause”: In the case of any Participant who is party to an employment or severance-benefit agreement that contains a definition of “Cause,” the definition set forth in such agreement shall apply with respect to such Participant under the Plan. In the case of any other Participant, “Cause” shall mean (i) a material breach by the Participant of the Participant’s duties and responsibilities, or (ii) the commission by the Participant of a felony involving moral turpitude, or (iii) the commission by the Participant of theft, fraud, embezzlement, material breach of trust or any material act of dishonesty involving the Company or its subsidiaries, or (iv) a significant violation by the Participant of the code of conduct of the Company or its subsidiaries or of any statutory or common law duty of loyalty to the Company or its subsidiaries.

“Change of Control”: (i) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other Person in which holders of the Company’s voting securities immediately prior to such merger or consolidation will not, directly or indirectly, continue to hold at least 25% of the outstanding securities of the Company, (ii) the acquisition by any Person or any group of Persons (other than existing stockholders), acting together in any transaction or related series of transactions (and expressly excluding a Public Offering), of such quantity of the Company’s voting securities as causes such Person, or group of Persons, to own beneficially, directly or indirectly, as of the time immediately after such transaction or series of transactions, 75% or more of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company, or (iii) a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

“Code”: the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. References to the Code shall include any regulations promulgated thereunder.


“Company”: American Capital Acquisition Corporation.

“Disability”: In the case of any Participant who is a party to an employment or severance-benefit agreement that contains a definition of “Disability,” the definition set forth in such agreement shall apply with respect to such Participant under the Plan. In the case of any other Participant, “Disability” shall mean a disability that would entitle a Participant to long-term disability benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan to which the Participant participates.

“Employee”: Any person who is employed by the Company or a subsidiary.

“Employment”: A Participant’s employment or other service relationship with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company. Employment will be deemed to continue, unless the Administrator expressly provides otherwise, so long as the Participant is employed by, or otherwise is providing services to the Company or its Affiliates. If a Participant’s employment or other service relationship is with an Affiliate and that entity ceases to be an Affiliate, the Participant’s Employment will be deemed to have terminated when the entity ceases to be an Affiliate unless the Participant transfers Employment to the Company or its remaining Affiliates.

“Fair Market Value”: Fair market value determined in accordance with Section 6(a)(2).

“Listed Employees” : key Employees approved by the Board to participate in the Plan, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 5.

“Person”: Any individual, partnership, corporation, company, association, trust, joint venture, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, entity or division, or any government, governmental department or agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Plan”: The American Capital Acquisition Corporation 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time and in effect.

“Public Offering” : a public offering and sale of Common Stock for cash pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Section 409A”: Section 409A of the Code.

“Stock”: Common Stock of the Company.

“Stock Option”: An option entitling the recipient to acquire shares of Stock upon payment of the exercise price.

“Transfer” : any sale, pledge, assignment, encumbrance or other transfer or disposition of any Shares to any other person, whether directly, indirectly, voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of law, pursuant to judicial process or otherwise.

 

8

Exhibit 10.8

 

Name:   
Type:   

Date of Grant:

  

Number of Shares of Common Stock subject to Option:

  

Price Per Share:

  

AMERICAN CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORPORATION

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STATUTORY TIME-BASED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

This agreement (the “ Agreement ”) evidences a stock option granted by American Capital Acquisition Corporation (the “ Company ”) to the undersigned (the “ Optionee ”), pursuant to and subject to the terms of the American Capital Acquisition Corporation 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), which is incorporated herein by reference.

1. Grant of Stock Option. The Company grants to the Optionee on [            ] (the “ Date of Grant ”) an option (the “ Stock Option ”) to purchase, on the terms provided herein and in the Plan, the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company set forth above (the “ Shares ”) with an exercise price per Share as set forth above, in each case subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan in respect of transactions occurring after the date hereof. The Stock Option evidenced by this Agreement is intended to be a statutory option (that is, an option that is to be treated as a stock option described in subsection (b) of Section 422 of the Code) to the extent permitted by Section 422 of the Code.

2. Meaning of Certain Terms . Except as otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meaning as in the Plan. The following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

  (a) Beneficiary ” means, in the event of the Optionee’s death, the beneficiary named in the written designation (in form acceptable to the Administrator) most recently filed with the Administrator by the Optionee prior to the Optionee’s death and not subsequently revoked, or, if there is no such designated beneficiary, the executor or administrator of the Optionee’s estate. An effective beneficiary designation shall be treated as having been revoked only upon receipt by the Administrator, prior to the Optionee’s death, of an instrument of revocation in form acceptable to the Administrator.

 

  (b) Option Holder ” means the Optionee or, if as of the relevant time the Stock Option has passed to a Beneficiary, the Beneficiary.

3. Vesting; Method of Exercise; Treatment of the Stock Option Upon Cessation of Employment .

 

  (a)

Generally . As used herein with respect to the Stock Option or any portion thereof, the term “vest” means to become exercisable and the term “vested” as applied to

 

1


  any outstanding Stock Option means that the Stock Option is then exercisable, subject in each case to the terms of the Plan. Unless earlier terminated, relinquished or expired, the Stock Option shall vest in accordance with the terms of Schedule A.

 

  (b) Exercise of the Stock Option . No portion of the Stock Option may be exercised until such portion vests. Each election to exercise any vested portion of the Stock Option shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and shall be in writing, signed by the Option Holder (subject to any restrictions provided under the Plan). Each such written exercise election must be received by the Company at its principal office or by such other party as the Administrator may prescribe and be accompanied by payment in full as provided in the Plan. The exercise price may be paid (i) by cash or check acceptable to the Administrator, (ii) by cashless exercise whereby the Option Holder directs the Administrator to withhold that number of shares under the Award having a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price, or (iii) by such other means, if any, as may be acceptable to the Administrator. In the event that the Stock Option is exercised by a person other than the Optionee, the Company will be under no obligation to deliver shares hereunder unless and until it is satisfied as to the authority of the Option Holder to exercise the Stock Option. The latest date on which the Stock Option or any portion thereof may be exercised shall be the 10th anniversary of the Date of Grant (the “ Final Exercise Date ”) and if not exercised by such date the Stock Option or any remaining portion thereof will thereupon immediately terminate.

 

  (c) Treatment of the Stock Option Upon Cessation of Employment . If the Optionee’s Employment ceases, the Stock Option to the extent not already vested will be immediately forfeited, and any vested portion of the Stock Option that is then outstanding will be treated as follows:

(i) Subject to clauses (ii), (iii), and (iv), the Stock Option to the extent vested immediately prior to the cessation of the Optionee’s Employment will remain exercisable until the earlier of (A) the 30th day following the date of such cessation of Employment, or (B) the Final Exercise Date, and will thereupon immediately terminate.

(ii) The Stock Option, to the extent vested immediately prior to Optionee’s death, will remain exercisable until the earlier of (A) the first anniversary of the Optionee’s death or (B) the Final Exercise Date, and will thereupon immediately terminate.

(iii) The Stock Option, to the extent vested immediately prior to termination of Optionee’s Employment as a result of Disability, will remain exercisable until the earlier of (A) the 180th day following the termination due to Disability, or (B) the Final Exercise Date, and will thereupon immediately terminate.

 

2


(iv) In the event of the cessation of Optionee’s Employment in connection with an act or failure to act constituting Cause, the Stock Option will immediately terminate and be forfeited immediately prior to such cessation of Employment.

4. Tag Along Rights and Drag Along Rights .

 

  (a) Tag Along Rights . If the Majority Holder proposes to Transfer an amount of Shares equal to an aggregate of 20% or more of the Shares then currently outstanding to any Person (a “ Prospective Buyer ”):

(i) Notice . The Majority Holder shall deliver a written notice (the “ Tag Along Notice ”) to each holder of Shares including as applicable the Option Holder with respect to any Shares held by the Option Holder issued under this Award (“ Award Shares ”)(each such holder, a “ Tag Along Holder ”) at least ten (10) business days prior to such proposed Transfer. The Tag Along Notice shall include:

(1) The principal terms of the proposed sale (the “ Sale ”) insofar as it relates to such Shares, including (i) the number of the Shares to be purchased from the Majority Holder, (ii) the fraction expressed as a percentage, determined by dividing the number of Shares to be purchased from the Majority Holder by the total number of Shares owned by the Majority Holder (the “ Tag Along Sale Percentage ”), (iii) the maximum and minimum per Share purchase price and (iv) the name and address of the Prospective Buyer; and

(2) An invitation to each Tag Along Holder to make an offer to include in the Sale an additional number of Shares held by such Tag Along Holder (in any event not to exceed the Tag Along Sale Percentage of the total number of Shares held by such Tag Along Holder), on the same terms and conditions as the Majority Holder shall sell each of its Shares.

(ii) Exercise . Within ten business days after the date of the Tag Along Notice, each Tag Along Holder desiring to make an offer to include Shares in the Sale (each a “ Participating Seller ” and, together with the Majority Holder, collectively, the “ Tag Along Sellers ”)) shall furnish a written notice (the “ Tag Along Offer ”) to the Majority Holder offering to include an additional number of Shares (not in any event to exceed the Tag Along Sale Percentage of the total number of Shares held by such Participating Seller) which such Participating Seller desires to have included in the Sale. Each Tag Along Holder who does not accept the Majority Holder’s invitation to make an offer to include Shares in the Sale shall be deemed to have waived all of his, her or its rights with respect to such Sale.

(iii) Irrevocable Offer . The offer of each Participating Seller contained in his or her Tag Along Offer shall be irrevocable, and, to the extent such offer is accepted, such Participating Seller shall be bound and obligated to sell in the Sale on the same terms and conditions as the Majority Holder, up to such number of Shares as such Participating Seller shall have specified in his or her Tag Along Offer; provided , however , that if the principal terms of the Sale change with the result that the per Share price shall be less than the minimum per Share price set forth in the

 

3


Tag Along Notice or the other principal terms shall be materially less favorable to the Tag Along Sellers than those set forth in the Tag Along Notice, each Participating Seller shall be permitted to withdraw the offer contained in his or her Tag Along Offer and shall be released from his, her or its obligations thereunder.

(iv) Reduction of Shares Sold . The Majority Holder shall attempt to obtain the inclusion in the Sale of the entire number of Shares that each of the Tag Along Sellers requested to have included in the Sale. In the event the Majority Holder shall be unable to obtain the inclusion of such entire number of Shares in the Sale, the number of Shares to be sold in the Sale shall be allocated among the Tag Along Sellers in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective number of Shares held by each Tag Along Seller.

(v) Additional Compliance . If prior to consummation of the Sale, the terms of the Sale shall change with the result that the per Share price to be paid in such proposed Sale shall be greater than the maximum per Share price set forth in the Tag Along Notice or the other principal terms of such proposed Sale shall be materially more favorable to the Tag Along Sellers than those set forth in the Tag Along Notice, the Tag Along Notice shall be null and void, and it shall be necessary for a separate Tag Along Notice to be furnished, and the terms and provisions of this Section 4(a) separately complied with, in order to consummate such Sale pursuant to this Section 4(a); provided , however , that in the case of such a separate Tag Along Notice, the applicable period to which reference is made in Sections 4(a)(i) and 4(a)(ii) hereof shall be five business days. If the Majority Holder has not completed the Sale by the end of the 180th day following the date of the Tag Along Notice, each Participating Seller shall be released from his or her obligations under his or her Tag Along Offer, the Tag Along Notice shall be null and void, and it shall be necessary for a separate Tag Along Notice to be furnished, and the terms and provisions of this Section 4(a) separately complied with, in order to consummate such Sale, unless the failure to complete such proposed Sale resulted from any failure by any Participating Seller to comply with the terms of this Section 4.(a).

 

  (b) Drag Along Rights . If the Majority Holder proposes to sell to a Prospective Buyer (other than an Affiliate of the Majority Holder) an amount of Shares equal to an aggregate of 20% or more of the Shares then currently outstanding, each holder of Shares hereby agrees, if requested by the Majority Holder, to sell a percentage of Shares held by such holder of Shares that is equal to the percentage of Shares owned by the Majority Holder that are proposed to be sold by the Majority Holder to the Prospective Buyer (the “ Drag Along Sale Percentage ”), directly or indirectly, to the Prospective Buyer in the manner and on the terms set forth in this paragraph 4(b).

(i) Exercise . If the Majority Holder elects to exercise its rights under paragraph 4(b), the Majority Holder shall furnish a written notice (the “ Drag Along Notice ”) to each other holder of Shares. The Drag Along Notice shall set forth the principal terms of the Sale insofar as it relates to such Shares including (A) the

 

4


number of Shares to be acquired from the Majority Holder, (B) the Drag Along Sale Percentage, (C) the per Share consideration (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may be expressed as a formula or otherwise) to be received in the Sale and (D) the name and address of the Prospective Buyer. If the Majority Holder consummates the Sale to which reference is made in the Drag Along Notice, each other holder of Shares (each a “ Participating Seller ”, and, together with the Majority Holder, collectively, the “ Drag Along Sellers ”) shall be bound and obligated to sell the Drag Along Sale Percentage of his or her Shares in the Sale on the same terms and conditions as the Majority Holder shall sell each Share.

 

  (c) Miscellaneous . The following provisions shall apply to any Sale to which paragraphs 4(a) or 4(b) apply:

(i) Certain Legal Requirements . In the event the consideration to be paid in exchange for Shares in a Sale includes any securities, and the receipt thereof by a Participating Seller would require under applicable law (a) the registration or qualification of such securities or of any person as a broker or dealer or agent with respect to such securities or (b) the provision to any Tag Along Seller or Drag Along Seller of any information regarding the Company, such securities or the issuer thereof, such Participating Seller shall not have the opportunity to sell Shares in such Sale. In such event, the Majority Holder shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cause to be paid to such Participating Seller in lieu thereof, against surrender of the Shares which would have otherwise been sold by such Participating Seller to the Prospective Buyer in the Sale, an amount in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of such Shares as of the date such securities would have been issued in exchange for such Shares.

(ii) Further Assurances . Each Participating Seller, whether in his or her capacity as a Participating Seller, stockholder, officer or director of the Company, or otherwise, shall take or cause to be taken all such actions as may be necessary or reasonably desirable in order expeditiously to consummate each Sale and any related transactions, including, without limitation, executing, acknowledging and delivering consents, assignments, waivers and other documents or instruments; furnishing information and copies of documents; filing applications, reports, returns, filings and other documents or instruments with governmental authorities; and otherwise cooperating with the Majority Holder and the Prospective Buyer; provided , however , that Participating Sellers shall be obligated to become liable in respect of any representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities or otherwise to the Prospective Buyer solely to the extent provided in the immediately following sentence. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Participating Seller agrees to execute and deliver such agreements as may be reasonably specified by the Majority Holder to which the Majority Holder will also be party, including, without limitation, agreements to (a) (I) make individual representations, warranties, covenants and other agreements, on a several basis, as to the unencumbered title to its Shares and the power, authority and legal right to Transfer such Shares and the absence of any adverse claim with respect to such Shares and (II) be liable, on a several basis, without limitation as to such representations,

 

5


warranties, covenants and other agreements, (b) be liable (whether by purchase price adjustment, indemnity payments or otherwise) in respect of representations, warranties, covenants and agreements in respect of the Company and its subsidiaries; provided , however , that the aggregate amount of liability described in this clause (b) in connection with any Sale of Shares shall not exceed the lesser of (I) such Participating Seller’s pro rata portion of any such liability, to be determined in accordance with such Participating Seller’s portion of the total number of Shares included in such Sale or (II) the proceeds allocated to such Participating Seller in connection with such Sale and (c) be liable in respect of claims for fraud, willful breach and intentional misconduct to the extent such claims are not limited against the Majority Holder.

 

  (d) Sale Process . The Majority Holder shall, in its sole discretion, decide whether or not to pursue, consummate, postpone or abandon any proposed Sale and the terms and conditions thereof. Neither the Majority Holder nor any Affiliate of any the Majority Holder shall have any liability to any other holder of Shares arising from, relating to or in connection with the pursuit, consummation, postponement, abandonment or terms and conditions of any Sale.

 

  (e) Closing . The closing of a Sale to which paragraphs 4(a) or 4(b) hereof apply shall take place at such time and place as the Majority Holder shall specify by notice to each Participating Seller. At the closing of such Sale, each Participating Seller shall deliver the certificates evidencing the Shares to be sold by such Participating Seller, duly endorsed, or with stock (or equivalent) powers duly endorsed, for transfer with signature guaranteed, free and clear of any adverse claim, with any stock (or equivalent) transfer tax stamps affixed, against delivery of the applicable consideration.

 

  (f) Tag Along and Drag Along Shares . For avoidance of doubt, only outstanding Shares (and not Shares underlying unexercised Options) shall be included in determining the number of Shares subject to the Tag Along Rights and Drag Along Rights.

 

  (g) Period . The foregoing provisions of this Section 4 shall expire upon the earlier of the closing of (a) a Change of Control and (b) a Public Offering.

5. Call Option . Upon any cessation of Employment, the Company shall have the right to purchase for cash all of the Award Shares held by the Option Holder on the following terms (the “ Call Option ”):

 

  (a) Termination other than for Cause; Resignation for Good Reason . If an Optionee’s cessation of Employment is for any reason other than for Cause (including as a result of death or Disability), or if an Optionee resigns his or her employment for Good Reason, the Company (or its designated assignee) shall have the right, on one or more occasions, at any time up to and including the date that is one year following the later to occur of (x) the later of cessation of such Optionee’s Employment and the last date on which any Option is exercisable by such

 

6


Optionee, and (y) the date that is six (6) months plus one (1) day following the most recent acquisition of Shares from the Company by such Optionee, to purchase from such Optionee (or Optionee’s estate or permitted transferee), and upon the exercise of such call right the Optionee (or Optionee’s estate or permitted transferee) shall sell to the Company (or its designated assignee), all of the Award Shares as of the date as of which such call right is exercised at a price equal to the Call Value (as defined in Section 12 of this Agreement) of the Shares being sold.

 

  (b) Termination for Cause; Resignation other than for Good Reason . If an Optionee’s cessation of Employment is for Cause or the Optionee resigns other than for Good Reason, the Company shall have the right, on one or more occasions, at any time up to and including the date that is one year following the later to occur of (x) the later of termination of such Optionee’s employment and the last date on which any Option is exercisable by the Optionee, and (y) the date that is six (6) months plus one (1) day following the most recent acquisition of Award Shares from the Company by the Optionee, to purchase from the Optionee (or Optionee’s estate or permitted transferee), and upon the exercise of such call right the Optionee shall sell to the Company (or its designated assignee), all of the Award Shares held by such Optionee (or Optionee’s estate or permitted transferee) as of the date as of which such call right is exercised at a price equal to the price paid, if any, by such Optionee (or his estate or permitted transferee) for such Award Shares.

 

  (c) Notices, Etc . Any Call Option may be exercised by delivery of written notice thereof (the “ Call Notice ”) to the Optionee (or Optionee’s estate or permitted transferee) no later than the end of the applicable period specified in this Section 5. The Call Notice shall state that the Company has elected to exercise the Call Option, the number of Award Shares with respect to which the Call Option is being exercised and the price or date for determining the price of such shares.

 

  (d) The closing of any purchase and sale of Award Shares pursuant to this Section 5 shall take place as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event not later than 30 days after delivery of the Call Notice at the principal office of the Company, or at such other time and location as the parties to such purchase may mutually determine.

 

  (e) At the closing of any purchase and sale of Award Shares following the exercise of any Call Option, the holders of Shares to be sold shall deliver to the Company a certificate or certificates representing the Shares to be purchased by the Company, duly endorsed, or with stock (or equivalent) powers duly endorsed, for transfer with signature guaranteed, free and clear of any lien or encumbrance, with any necessary stock (or equivalent) transfer tax stamps affixed, and the Company shall pay to such holder by check or wire transfer of immediately available federal funds the purchase price of the Shares being purchased by the Company. The delivery of a certificate or certificates for Shares by any Person selling Shares pursuant to any Call Option shall be deemed a representation and warranty by such Person that: (i) such Person has full right, title and interest in and to such Shares; (ii) such Person has all necessary power and authority and has taken all necessary action to sell such

 

7


Shares as contemplated; (iii) such Shares are free and clear of any and all liens or encumbrances and (iv) there is no adverse claim with respect to such Shares.

 

  (f) If (i) any payment of cash is required upon the purchase of Award Shares by the Company upon the exercise of any Call Option or (ii) any payment on a promissory note issued under this paragraph 5(f) comes due, and, in either case, such payment would constitute, result in or give rise to a breach or violation of the terms or provisions of, or result in a default, event of default or right or cause of action under, any guarantee, financing or security agreement, indenture or document entered into by the Company or any of its subsidiaries and in effect on such date in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money or debt security, would be prohibited under Section 160 (“ Section 160 ”) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), or would otherwise violate the DGCL (or if the Company or any such subsidiary reincorporates in another jurisdiction, the applicable business corporation law of such jurisdiction), then, to the extent permitted by Section 160:

(i) in the case of a cash payment due at a closing of any purchase of Award Shares by the Company upon the exercise of any Call Option, the Company will issue a promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of such payment, the principal amount of which note will be due and payable on demand (subject to subsection 5(f)(iii)(below) and interest will accrue thereon at a rate equal to the prime rate (as reported in the Wall Street Journal Eastern Edition);

(ii) in the case of a cash payment in respect of a promissory note issued under this Section 5(f), notwithstanding any of the provisions of such note, including without limitation, the stated maturity of such note and the stated date on which interest payments are due, such payment will not become due and payable until such time as such payment can be made without violating any such agreement or applicable law; and

(iii) notwithstanding the terms of any promissory note issued pursuant to this Section 5(f), the Company must pay off the promissory note at the earlier of (i) a Change of Control, (ii) a Public Offering (but only to the extent of the net proceeds received by the Company in such Public Offering), (iii) five (5) business days after the date on which a cash payment paying off such promissory note could be made (1) without (immediately or with notice or the lapse of time or both) constituting, resulting in or giving rise to any breach or violation of the terms or provisions of, or result in a default, event of default or right or cause of action under, any guarantee, financing or security agreement, indenture or document entered into by the Company or any of its subsidiaries and in effect on such date in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money or debt security, (2) that would not be prohibited under Section 160, and (3) that would not otherwise violate the DGCL (or if the Company or any such subsidiary reincorporates in another jurisdiction, the applicable business corporation law of such jurisdiction), and (iv) the date on which any cash dividend or distribution is made in respect of Shares. At any such time, the Company shall promptly notify the holder of such promissory note and make a

 

8


payment on each such promissory note. If more than one such promissory note is outstanding at the time of payment, payment shall be made to the holders of all such promissory notes on a pro rata basis determined by reference to the outstanding principal amounts of such promissory notes.

 

  (g) Period . The foregoing provisions of this Section 5 shall expire upon a Public Offering.

6. Stockholder Lock-Up . In connection with each underwritten Public Offering the current or future holder of any Award Shares hereby agrees to be bound by and, if requested, to execute and deliver a lock-up agreement with the underwriter(s) of such Public Offering (the “ Principal Lock-Up Agreement ”) restricting such holder’s right to Transfer any Shares.

7. Legends, etc . Shares issued upon exercise of the Stock Option or otherwise delivered in satisfaction of the Stock Option shall bear the following legends:

THE VOTING OF THE SHARES OF STOCK REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE, AND THE SALE, ENCUMBRANCE OR OTHER DISPOSITION THEREOF, ARE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF AN EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN AND STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT TO WHICH THE ISSUER AND CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS ARE PARTY, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE INSPECTED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER OR OBTAINED FROM THE ISSUER WITHOUT CHARGE.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED IN A PRIVATE PLACEMENT, WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT COVERING THE TRANSFER OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, THAT REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT IS NOT REQUIRED.

8. Transfer of Stock Option . The Stock Option may not be transferred except as permitted under Section 6(a)(3) of the Plan or Sections 4 or 5 of this Award.

9. Withholding . The exercise of the Stock Option may give rise to “wages” subject to withholding. The Optionee expressly acknowledges and agrees that the Optionee’s rights hereunder, including the right to be issued shares upon exercise, are subject to the Optionee promptly paying to the Company in cash (or by such other means as may be acceptable to the Administrator in its discretion) all taxes required to be withheld.

10. Effect on Employment . Neither the grant of the Stock Option, nor the issuance of shares upon exercise of the Stock Option, shall give the Optionee any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any of its Affiliates, affect the right of the Company or any of its

 

9


Affiliates to discharge or discipline such Optionee at any time, or affect any right of such Optionee to terminate his or her Employment at any time.

11. Governing Law . This Agreement and all claims or disputes arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic substantive laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws provision or rule that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

12. Other Definitions :

 

  (a) Affiliate ” shall mean with respect to any specified Person that is not a natural Person, any other Person which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person (for the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise).

 

  (b) Call Value ”: the price based upon the net tangible book value of the Common Stock determined based upon the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year-end financials prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

  (c) Majority Holder ”: the Person or Persons holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the equity interests of the Company on a fully diluted basis.

 

  (d) Person ”: any individual, partnership, corporation, company, association, trust, joint venture, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, entity or division, or any government, governmental department or agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

  (e) Public Offering ”: a public offering and sale of Common Stock for cash pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

This Agreement shall be null and void unless and until the undersigned agrees hereby to become a party to, and be bound by the terms of this Agreement and to be subject to the terms of the Plan.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

10


Effective as of the [            ] day of [            ].

 

Company     AMERICAN CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORPORATION
    By:      
Optionee      
    By:      

 

11


Schedule A

Time Vesting Schedule

The Stock Option, unless earlier terminated or forfeited, shall vest (i) as to [        ]% of the total number of Shares subject to the Stock Option on the first anniversary of [            ] (the “Effective Date”); and (ii) as to an additional [        ]% of the total number of Shares subject to the Stock Option on each of the [                    ] anniversary of the Effective Date.

Exhibit 10.9

AMENDMENT TO

STATUTORY TIME-BASED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

WHEREAS, National General Holdings Corp. (f/k/a American Capital Acquisition Corporation, the “ Company ”) had previously granted to the undersigned (the “ Optionee ”), a stock option subject to the terms of the American Capital Acquisition Corporation 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), which such grant was evidenced by a Statutory Time-Based Stock Option Agreement with a Date of Grant of                     (the “ Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, in connection with a private offering (the “Offering”) of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“common stock”), the Company effected a 286.216945929846 to 1 stock split with respect to its common stock;

WHEREAS, the stock split described above will cause both the number of shares covered by the Agreement and the exercise price per share to be adjusted; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the closing of the Offering and the transactions contemplated thereby, certain other amendments to the Agreement are necessary and advisable.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Optionee hereby amend the Agreement in the following respects:

1. Revise the portion of the schedule appearing at the top of the Agreement regarding the “Number of Shares of Common stock subject to Option” and the “Price Per Share” to read as follows:

 

Number of Shares of Common Stock subject to Option:    See Schedule B
Price Per Share:    See Schedule B

 

2. Delete Section 4 and substitute therefor the following:

4. [RESERVED]

 

3. Revise Section 7 to read as follows:

7. Legends, etc . Shares issued upon exercise of the Stock Option or otherwise delivered in satisfaction of the Stock Option shall bear the following legend:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED IN A PRIVATE PLACEMENT, WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT COVERING


THE TRANSFER OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, THAT REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT IS NOT REQUIRED.

4. Revise Section 8 to read as follows:

8. Transfer of Stock Option . The Stock Option may not be transferred except as permitted under Section 6(a)(3) of the Plan.

5. Attach to the Agreement immediately after Schedule A the attachment hereto labeled as “Schedule B”.

This Amendment shall be effective this 11 th day of June, 2013.

 

NATIONAL GENERAL HOLDINGS CORP.
Company
By:      
  Name:
  Title:

Optionee

By:  

   

 

2


Schedule B

 

Number of Shares of Common Stock subject to Option:
Price Per Share:

Incentive Stock Options

The portion of this Stock Option intended to be a stock option described in subsection (b) of Section 422 of the Code is             shares, and the portion of this Stock Option intended to be a nonqualified Stock Option is             shares.

 

3

Exhibit 10.10

NGHC 2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN


NGHC 2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

     Page  

1. Purpose

     1   

2. Definitions

     1   

3. Administration

     4   

4. Stock Subject to Plan

     6   

5. Eligibility; Per-Person Award Limitations

     6   

6. Specific Terms of Awards

     7   

7. Performance-Based Compensation

     13   

8. Certain Provisions Applicable to Awards

     15   

9. Change in Control

     16   

10. Additional Award Forfeiture Provisions

     16   

11. General Provisions

     18   


NGHC 2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purpose . The purpose of this 2013 EQUITY Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) is to aid National General Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Company ”), in attracting, retaining, motivating and rewarding certain employees, non-employee directors and Consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates, to provide for equitable and competitive compensation opportunities, to recognize individual contributions and reward achievement of Company goals, and promote the creation of long-term value for stockholders by closely aligning the interests of Participants with those of stockholders. The Plan authorizes stock and cash-based incentives for Participants.

2. Definitions . In addition to the terms defined in Section 1 above and elsewhere in the Plan, the following capitalized terms used in the Plan have the respective meanings set forth in this Section:

(a) “ Affiliate ” means any entity that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company.

(b) “ Award ” means a grant of an Option, SAR, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Stock granted as a bonus or in lieu of another award, Dividend Equivalent, Other Stock-Based Award or Performance Award, or cash award, together with any related right or interest, granted to a Participant under the Plan.

(c) “ Award Agreement ” means an agreement, either in written or electronic format, in such form and with such terms and conditions as may be approved by the Committee, which evidences the terms and conditions of an Award granted pursuant to this Plan.

(d) “ Beneficiary ” means the legal representatives of the Participant’s estate entitled by will or the laws of descent and distribution to receive the benefits under a Participant’s Award upon a Participant’s death, provided that, if and to the extent authorized by the Committee, a Participant may be permitted to designate a Beneficiary, in which case the “Beneficiary” instead will be the person, persons, trust or trusts (if any are then surviving) which have been designated by the Participant in his or her most recent written and duly filed beneficiary designation to receive the benefits specified under the Participant’s Award upon such Participant’s death.

(e) “ Board ” means the Company’s Board of Directors.

(f) “Change in Control” means the first to occur of any of the following events:

(i) the date any one person, or more than one “person” acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the twelve-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person(s)) ownership of Common Stock possessing 50% or more of the total voting power of the Common Stock of the Company;

(ii) individuals who at any time during the term of this Agreement constitute the board of directors of the Company (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any

 

1


reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least 75% of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company, if any, in which such person is named as a nominee for director, shall be, for purposes of this clause (ii) considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board;

(iii) the consummation of any consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party, if following such consolidation or merger, stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation or merger shall not beneficially own securities representing at least 51% of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving or continuing corporation; or

(iv) the consummation of any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or in a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Company, other than to an entity (or entities) of which the Company or the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction beneficially own securities representing at least 51% of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities.

Notwithstanding clause (i) above, in no event shall a Change in Control occur as the result of any transfer of shares of Common Stock between or among Michael Karfunkel, Barry Karfunkel or Robert Karfunkel or any of their relatives, any charitable foundations controlled by them, or any trusts or other estate planning vehicles established by or for the benefit of any of these individuals or any of their relatives, including, but not limited to, the Michael Karfunkel 2005 GRAT, a trust formed under the laws of the State of New York pursuant to an Agreement dated June 28, 2005, between Michael Karfunkel, as grantor, and Michael Karfunkel and Leah Karfunkel, as initial Trustees (as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions thereof, the “Trust Agreement”), and any trust or estate planning vehicle into which the property of the Michael Karfunkel 2005 GRAT may pass pursuant to the Trust Agreement.

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, however, in any circumstance or transaction in which compensation resulting from or in respect of an Award would result in the imposition of an additional tax under Code Section 409A if the foregoing definition of “Change in Control” were to apply, but would not result in the imposition of any additional tax if the term “Change in Control” were defined herein to mean a “change in control event” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5), then “Change in Control” shall mean a “change in control event” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5), but only to the extent necessary to prevent such compensation from becoming subject to an additional tax under Code Section 409A.

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. References to any provision of the Code or regulation thereunder shall include any successor provisions and regulations, and reference to regulations includes any applicable guidance or pronouncement of the Department of the Treasury and Internal Revenue Service.

(h) “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board. If there is no Compensation Committee in existence, the Board shall serve as the Committee.

 

2


(i) “ Consultant ” means any person engaged by the Company or an Affiliates to render services to such entity as a consultant or advisor.

(j) “ Covered Employee ” means an Eligible Person who is a Covered Employee as specified in Section 11(j).

(k) “ Grant Date ” means the date specified by the Committee upon which a grant of Options, SARs, Performance Awards, or grant or sale of Restricted Stock Awards, Other Stock Awards or cash awards pursuant to the Plan will become effective (which date will not be earlier than the date on which the Committee takes action with respect thereto).

(l) “ Dividend Equivalent ” means a right, granted under this Plan, to receive cash, Stock, other Awards or other property equal in value to all or a specified portion of the dividends paid with respect to a specified number of shares of Stock.

(m) “ Effective Date ” means the effective date specified in Section 11(p).

(n) “ Eligible Person ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.

(o) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. References to any provision of the Exchange Act or rule (including a proposed rule) thereunder shall include any successor provisions and rules.

(p) “ Fair Market Value ” means the fair market value of Stock, Awards or other property as determined in good faith (or under procedures established) by the Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Fair Market Value of Stock shall be the officially-quoted closing selling price of the Stock, or if no selling price is quoted the bid price on the principal stock exchange or market on which Stock is traded on the day immediately preceding the day as of which such value is being determined or, if there is no sale on that day, then on the last previous day on which a sale was reported. The Committee is authorized to adopt another fair market value pricing method, provided such method is stated in the applicable Award Agreement, and is in compliance with the fair market value pricing rules set forth in Section 409A of the Code.

(q) “ Incentive Stock Option ” or “ ISO ” means any Option designated as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422 and qualifying thereunder.

(r) “ Option ” means a right, granted under the Plan, to purchase Stock.

(s) “ Other Stock-Based Awards ” means Awards granted to a Participant under Section 6(h).

(t) “ Participant ” means a person who has been granted an Award under the Plan which remains outstanding, including a person who is no longer an Eligible Person.

(u) “ Performance Award ” means a conditional right, granted to a Participant under Sections 6(j) and 7, to receive cash, Stock or other Awards or payments.

(v) “ Performance Period ” means, with respect to any Performance Award, the period of time established by the Committee at the end of which the achievement of one or more measurable performance objectives established for a performance measure relating to such

 

3


Performance Award or to be evaluated or measured, and which have a duration of no less than one year.

(w) “ Performance Share ” means an Award made under, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this Plan, denominated in shares of Stock, the value of which at the time it is payable is determined as a function of the extent to which applicable performance criteria have been achieved.

(x) “ Performance Unit ” means any Performance Award denominated in units having a value as determined by the Committee, which is earned during the Performance Period.

(y) “ Prior Plan ” shall mean the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. Upon shareholder approval of this Plan pursuant to Section 11(p), no further grants of awards will be made under the Prior Plan.

(z) “ Restricted Stock ” means Stock granted under the Plan which is subject to certain restrictions and/or to a risk of forfeiture.

(aa) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” or “ RSU ” means a right, granted under the Plan, to receive Stock, cash or other Awards or a combination thereof at the end of a specified deferral period.

(bb) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3, as from time to time in effect and applicable to Participants, promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(cc) “ Stock ” means the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, and any other equity securities of the Company that may be substituted or resubstituted for Stock pursuant to Section 11(c).

(dd) “ Stock Appreciation Rights ” or “ SAR ” means the right to receive the difference between the fair market value of a Share on the date of exercise and in Exercise Price payable in cash or Shares, subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee granted pursuant to this Plan to which shall not have the term of more than 10 years.

(ee) “ Substitute Awards ” means Awards granted upon assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding Awards previously granted by a company or other entity acquired by the Company or any Affiliate or with which the Company or any Affiliate combines.

(ff) “ 10% Shareholder ” means an individual who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its parent or any of its subsidiaries. In determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.

3. Administration .

(a) Authority of the Committee . Subject to the provisions of this Plan, the Committee shall have authority to administer and interpret the Plan, to select employees for participation, to interpret any Award Agreement, to prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan and any Award Agreement, and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. Any determination by the

 

4


Committee pursuant to any Plan provision or of any Award Agreement will be final and conclusive. No member of the Committee will be liable for any such action or determination made in good faith. In exercising its discretion, the Committee may use such objective or subjective factors as it determines to be appropriate in its sole discretion. To the extent permitted by law, the Committee may from time to time delegate all or any part of its authority under this Plan to a subcommittee. The extent of any such delegation, references in this Plan to the Committee will be deemed to be references to such subcommittee. The Committee may delegate to one or more of its members or more officers of the Company the authority, subject to the terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine, to (a) designate employees to be recipients of Awards under the Plan and (b) determine the size of any Awards; provided that (x) the Committee shall not delegate such responsibilities for Awards granted to an employee who was an officer, Director, or 10% beneficial owner of any class of the Company’s equity securities that is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as determined by the Board in accordance with Section 16 of the Exchange Act; (y) the resolution providing for such authorization sets forth the total number of Shares such officer(s) may grant; and (z) the officer(s) shall report periodically to the Committee regarding the nature and scope of the Awards granted pursuant to the authority delegated.

(b) Manner of Exercise of Committee Authority . The express grant of any specific power to, and the taking of any action by, the Committee, shall not be construed as limiting any of its power or authority. The Committee may act through subcommittees, including for purposes of perfecting exemptions under Rule 16b-3 or qualifying Awards under Code Section 162(m) and the regulations thereunder (“ Section 162(m) ”) as performance-based compensation, in which case the subcommittee shall be subject to and have authority under the charter applicable to the Committee, and the acts of the subcommittee shall be deemed to be acts of the Committee hereunder. The Committee may delegate the administration of the Plan to one or more officers or employees of the Company, and such administrator(s) may have the authority to execute and distribute Award Agreements or other documents evidencing or relating to Awards granted by the Committee under this Plan, to maintain records relating to Awards, to process or oversee the issuance of Stock under Awards, to interpret and administer the terms of Awards and to take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate for the administration of the Plan and of Awards under the Plan, provided that in no case shall any such administrator be authorized (i) to grant Awards under the Plan, (ii) to take any action that would result in the loss of an exemption under Rule 16b-3 for Awards granted to or held by Participants who at the time are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act in respect of the Company or that would cause Awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) to fail to so qualify, (iii) to take any action inconsistent with Section 157 and other applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) to make any determination required to be made by the Committee under the governance standards of the exchange upon which the Stock is listed. Any action by any such administrator within the scope of its delegation shall be deemed for all purposes to have been taken by the Committee and, except as otherwise specifically provided; references in this Plan to the Committee shall include any such administrator. The Committee (and, to the extent it so provides, any subcommittee) shall have sole authority to determine whether to review any actions and/or interpretations of any such administrator, and if the Committee shall decide to conduct such a review, any such actions and/or interpretations of any such administrator shall be subject to approval, disapproval or modification by the Committee.

(c) Limitation of Liability . The Committee and each member thereof, and any person acting pursuant to authority delegated by the Committee, shall be entitled, in good faith, to rely or act upon any report or other information furnished by any executive officer, other

 

5


officer or employee of the Company or a subsidiary or Affiliate, the Company’s independent auditors, consultants or any other agents assisting in the Plan’s administration. Committee members, any person acting pursuant to authority delegated by the Committee, and any officer or employee of the Company or a subsidiary or Affiliate acting at the direction or on behalf of the Committee or a delegee shall not be personally liable for any action or determination taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and shall, to the extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by the Company with respect to any such action or determination.

4. Stock Subject to Plan.

(a) Overall Number of Shares Available for Delivery . The total number of shares of Stock reserved for delivery in connection with Awards under this Plan shall be the sum of (i) 4,973,928 shares, and (ii) shares that become available under the Prior Plan after the Effective Date due to cancellation, forfeiture, or expiration (or net settlement or settlement other than in Stock). Stock issued or to be issued under the Plan shall be authorized but unissued shares, or, to the extent permitted by applicable law, issued shares that have been reacquired by the Company. The total number of shares available is subject to adjustment as provided in Section 11(c).

(b) Share Counting Rules . The Committee may adopt reasonable counting procedures to ensure appropriate counting, avoid double counting and make adjustments in accordance with this Section 4(b). To the extent that an Award under the Plan is canceled, expired, forfeited, settled in cash, settled by issuance of fewer shares than the number underlying the award, or otherwise terminated without delivery of shares to the Participant, the shares retained by or returned to the Company will be available under the Plan. In addition, in the case of any Award granted in assumption of or in substitution for an award of a company or business acquired by the Company or a subsidiary or Affiliate or with which the Company or a subsidiary or Affiliate combines, shares issued or issuable in connection with such Substitute Award shall not be counted against the number of shares reserved under the Plan.

5. Eligibility; Per-Person Award Limitations .

(a) Eligibility . Awards may be granted under the Plan only to Eligible Persons. For purposes of the Plan, an “ Eligible Person ” means (i) an employee of the Company or any subsidiary or Affiliate, including any person who has been offered employment by the Company or a subsidiary or Affiliate, provided that no prospective employee may receive any payment or exercise any right relating to an Award until such person has commenced employment with the Company or a subsidiary or Affiliate, or (ii) any non-employee directors of the Company; or (iii) any Consultant. An employee on leave of absence may be considered as still in the employ of the Company or a subsidiary or Affiliate for purposes of eligibility for participation in the Plan, if so determined by the Committee. For purposes of the Plan, a joint venture in which the Company or a subsidiary has a substantial direct or indirect equity investment shall be deemed an affiliate, if so determined by the Committee. Holders of Awards who will become Eligible Persons granted by a company or business acquired by the Company or a subsidiary or Affiliate, or with which the Company or a subsidiary or Affiliate combines, are eligible for grants of Substitute Awards granted in assumption of or in substitution for such outstanding awards previously granted under the Plan in connection with such acquisition or combination transaction, if so determined by the Committee.

 

6


(b) Limitations on Shares of Stock Subject to Awards and Cash Awards . During any time when the Company has a class of equity security registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act:

(i) Options/SARs. The maximum number of shares of Stock subject to Options or SARs that can be awarded under the Plan to any Eligible Person for an Award is 800,000 per calendar year.

(ii) Performance Awards . (a) For share-based Performance Awards, the maximum number of shares that may be earned by any Eligible Person shall be 200,000 shares for each year of duration of such award (by example and not limitation, a two-year share-based Performance Award shall have a maximum payout of 400,000 shares); and (b) for cash-based Performance Awards (or any other Performance Award for which the preceding share-based limitation would not be effective), the maximum amount that may be earned by any Eligible Person shall be $3 million per year of duration of the Performance Award, provided that the amount of shares earned pursuant to any Performance Award may not exceed 600,000 shares (excluding Dividend Equivalents, if any), or $9,000,000 as applicable.

(iii) Certain Other Share-Based Awards. The maximum number of shares that can be awarded under the Plan (other than pursuant to any Option, SAR or Performance Share award covered by sections (i) and (ii) above), to any Eligible Person for an Award under this Plan is 250,000 per calendar year.

(iv) Annual Incentive . The maximum amount that may be earned as an Annual Incentive Award or other cash Award in any operating period by any person eligible for an Award shall be $4 million.

The preceding limitations in this section are subject to adjustment as provided in this Plan, and each applies exclusively of one another, as different types of Awards may be made to the same executive during the applicable compensation period.

6. Specific Terms of Awards.

(a) General . Awards may be granted on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6. In addition, the Committee may impose on any Award or the exercise thereof, at the date of grant or thereafter (subject to Sections 11(e) and 11(j)), such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine. The Committee shall retain full power and discretion with respect to any term or condition of an Award that is not mandatory under the Plan, subject to Section 11(j). The Committee shall require the payment of lawful consideration for an Award to the extent necessary to satisfy the requirements of the Delaware General Corporation Law, and may otherwise require payment of consideration for an Award except as limited by the Plan.

(b) Recapture . The Company may retain the right in an Award Agreement to cause the forfeiture of any gain realized by a Participant on account of actions taken by the Participant in violation or breach or in conflict with any employment agreement, noncompetition agreement, non-solicitation agreement or any confidentiality obligation with respect to the Company or any Affiliate, or otherwise in competition with the Company or any Affiliate, to the extent specified in such Award Agreement applicable to the Participant. In addition, the Company may terminate

 

7


and cause the forfeiture of an Award if the Participant is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate and is terminated for Cause as defined in the Award Agreement or the Plan, as applicable.

Furthermore, if the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company, as a result of misconduct, with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, the individual subject to automatic forfeiture under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and any Participant who knowingly engaged in the misconduct, was grossly negligent engaging in misconduct, knowingly failed to prevent the misconduct or was grossly negligent in failing to prevent misconduct, shall reimburse the Company the amount of any payment and settlement of a Award earned or accrued during the 12-month period following the first public issuance or filing with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (whichever first occurred) of the financial document that contained such material noncompliance.

(c) Options . The Committee is authorized to grant Options to Participants on the following terms and conditions:

(i) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of Stock purchasable under an Option (including both ISOs and non-qualified Options) shall be determined by the Committee, provided that, notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary such exercise price shall be (A) fixed as of the Grant Date, and (B) not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date (110% of Fair Market Value in the case of a recipient of an ISO who is a 10% Shareholder). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Substitute Award granted in assumption of or in substitution for an outstanding award granted by a company or business acquired by the Company or a subsidiary or Affiliate, or with which the Company or a subsidiary or Affiliate combines, may be granted with an exercise price per share of Stock other than as required above.

(ii) No Repricing . No amendment or modification may be made to an outstanding Option, including by replacing, exchange or cancellation of Options for cash or another award type, that would be treated as a repricing under the rules of the stock exchange on which the Stock is listed, in each case, without the approval of the Company’s stockholders, provided that, appropriate adjustments may be made to outstanding Options pursuant to this Plan to achieve compliance with applicable law, including Section 409A (a “ Repricing ”).

(iii) Option Term ; Time and Method of Exercise. The Committee shall determine the term of each Option, provided that in no event shall the term of any Option exceed a period of ten years from the Grant Date. The Committee shall determine the time or times at which or the circumstances under which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part. In addition, the Committee shall determine the methods by which the exercise price may be paid or deemed to be paid and the form of such payment (subject to Sections 11(e) and 11(j), including without limitation, cash, Stock (including by withholding Stock deliverable upon exercise), other awards granted under other plans of the Company or any subsidiary or Affiliate, or other property (including through broker-assisted “cashless exercise” arrangements, to the extent permitted by applicable law), and the methods by or forms in which Stock will be delivered or deemed to be delivered in satisfaction of Options to Participants.

 

8


(iv) ISOs. An Option shall constitute an Incentive Stock Option only (i) if the recipient of such Option is an employee of the Company or any subsidiary or Affiliate; (ii) to the extent specifically provided in the related Award Agreement; and (iii) to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time the Option is granted) of the shares of Stock with respect to which all Incentive Stock Options held by Participant become exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under the Plan and all other plans of the Participant’s employer and its Affiliates) does not exceed $100,000. This limitation shall be applied by taking Options into account in the order in which they were granted.

(d) Stock Appreciation Rights . The Committee is authorized to grant SARs to Participants on the following terms and conditions:

(i) Right to Payment. An SAR shall confer on the Participant to whom it is granted a right to receive, upon exercise thereof, shares of Stock having a value equal to the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the date of exercise (or, in the case of a “Limited SAR,” the Fair Market Value determined by reference to the change in control price, as defined under the applicable award agreement) over (B) the exercise or settlement price of the SAR as determined by the Committee. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted to Participants from time to time either in tandem with or as a component of other Awards granted under the Plan (“ tandem SARs ”) or not in conjunction with other Awards (“ freestanding SARs ”) and may, but need not, relate to a specific Option granted under Section 6(b). The per share price for exercise or settlement of SARs (including both tandem SARs and freestanding SARs) shall be determined by the Committee, but in the case of SARs that are granted in tandem to an Option shall not be less than the exercise price of the Option and in the case of freestanding SARs shall be (A) fixed as of the Grant Date, and (B) not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date.

(ii) No Repricing. No amendment or modification may be made to any outstanding SAR, including by replacing, exchange or cancellation of SARs for cash or another award type, that would be treated as a Repricing without the approval of the Company’s stockholders, provided that, appropriate adjustments may be made to outstanding SARs pursuant to this Plan if necessary to achieve compliance with applicable law, including Code Section 409A.

(iii) Other Terms. The Committee shall determine the term of each SAR, provided that in no event shall the term of an SAR exceed a period of ten years from the Grant Date. The Committee shall determine at the date of grant or thereafter, the time or times at which and the circumstances under which a SAR may be exercised in whole or in part (including based on future service requirements), the method of exercise, method of settlement, method by or forms in which Stock will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants, and whether or not a SAR shall be free-standing or in tandem with any other Award. Limited SARs that may only be exercised in connection with a change in control or termination of service following a change in control as specified by the Committee may be granted on such terms, not inconsistent with this Section 6(d), as the Committee may determine . The Committee may require that an outstanding Option be exchanged for an SAR exercisable for Stock having vesting, expiration, and other terms substantially the same as the Option, so long

 

9


as such exchange will not result in additional accounting expense to the Company.

(e) Restricted Stock . The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Stock to Participants on the following terms and conditions:

(i) Award and Restrictions . Subject to Section 6(e)(ii), Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability, risk of forfeiture and other restrictions, if any, as the Committee may impose, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances, in such installments or otherwise and under such other circumstances as the Committee may determine at the date of grant or thereafter. Except to the extent restricted under the terms of the Plan and any Award Agreement relating to the Restricted Stock, a Participant granted Restricted Stock shall have all of the rights of a stockholder, including the right to vote the Restricted Stock and the right to receive dividends thereon (subject to any mandatory reinvestment or other requirement imposed by the Committee).

(ii) Forfeiture. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, upon termination of employment or service during the applicable restriction period, Restricted Stock that is at that time subject to restrictions shall be forfeited and reacquired by the Company; provided that the Committee may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock will lapse in whole or in part, including in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes.

(iii) Limitation on Vesting . The grant, issuance, retention, vesting and/or settlement of Restricted Stock shall occur at such time and in such installments as determined by the Committee or under criteria established by the Committee. Subject to Section 10, the Committee shall have the right to make the timing of the grant and/or the issuance, ability to retain, vesting and/or settlement of Restricted Stock subject to continued employment, passage of time and/or such performance conditions as deemed appropriate by the Committee; provided that the grant, issuance, retention, vesting and/or settlement of a Restricted Stock Award that is based in whole or in part on performance conditions and/or the level of achievement versus such performance conditions shall be subject to a performance period of not less than one year, and any Award based solely upon continued employment, service or the passage of time shall vest over a period not less than three years from the date the Award is made, provided that such vesting may occur ratably over the three-year period. The foregoing minimum vesting conditions need not apply (A) in the case of the death, disability or, if provided for in the applicable Award Agreement, retirement of the Participant or termination in connection with a Change in Control, (B) with respect to up to an aggregate of 5% of the shares of Stock authorized under the Plan, which may be granted (or regranted upon forfeiture) as Restricted Stock or RSUs without regard to such minimum vesting requirements, and (C) with respect to non-employee director awards.

(iv) Certificates for Stock . Restricted Stock granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates

 

10


representing Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, the Committee may require that such certificates bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, that the Company retain physical possession of the certificates, and that the Participant deliver a stock power to the Company, endorsed in blank, relating to the Restricted Stock.

(v) Dividends and Splits. As a condition to the grant of an Award of Restricted Stock, the Committee may require that any dividends paid on a share of Restricted Stock shall be either (A) paid with respect to such Restricted Stock at the dividend payment date in cash, in kind, or in a number of shares of unrestricted Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends, or (B) automatically reinvested in additional Restricted Stock or held in kind, which shall be subject to the same terms as applied to the original Restricted Stock to which it relates. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, Stock distributed in connection with a Stock split or Stock dividend, and other property distributed as a dividend, shall be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Stock with respect to which such Stock or other property has been distributed.

(f) Restricted Stock Units . The Committee is authorized to grant RSUs to Participants, subject to the following terms and conditions:

(i) Award and Restrictions . Subject to Section 6(f)(ii), RSUs shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability, risk of forfeiture and other restrictions, if any, as the Committee may impose, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances (including based on achievement of performance conditions and/or future service requirements), in such installments or otherwise and under such other circumstances as the Committee may determine at the date of grant or thereafter. A Participant granted RSUs shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder, including the right to vote, until Stock shall have been issued in the Participant’s name pursuant to the RSUs, except that the Committee may provide for dividend equivalents pursuant to Section 6(f)(iii) below.

(ii) Limitation on Vesting . The grant, issuance, retention, vesting and/or settlement of RSUs shall occur at such time and in such installments as determined by the Committee or criteria established by the Committee. Subject to Section 10, the Committee shall have the right to make the timing of the grant and/or the issuance, ability to retain, vesting and/or settlement of RSUs subject to continued employment, passage of time and/or such performance conditions as deemed appropriate by the Committee; provided that the grant, issuance, retention, vesting and/or settlement of an RSU that is based in whole or in part on performance conditions and/or the level of achievement versus such performance conditions shall be subject to a performance period of not less than one year, and any Award based solely upon continued employment or the passage of time shall vest over a period not less than three years from the date the Award is made, provided that such vesting may occur ratably over the three-year period. The foregoing minimum vesting conditions need not apply (A) in the case of the death, disability or, if provided for in the applicable Award Agreement, retirement of the Participant or termination in connection with a Change in

 

11


Control, (B) with respect to up to an aggregate of 5% of the shares of Stock authorized under the Plan, which may be granted (or regranted upon forfeiture) as Restricted Stock or RSUs without regard to such minimum vesting requirements, and (C) with respect to non-employee director awards.

(iii) Dividend Equivalents. At its discretion, the Committee may award dividend equivalents, on the specified number of shares of Stock covered by an Award of RSUs. Such dividend equivalents shall be either (A) paid with respect to such RSUs at the dividend payment date in cash or in shares of unrestricted Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends, or (B) deferred with respect to such RSUs, either as a cash deferral or with the amount or value thereof automatically deemed reinvested in additional RSUs, other Awards or other investment vehicles having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends, as the Committee shall determine or permit a Participant to elect.

(g) Bonus Stock and Awards in Lieu of Obligations . The Committee is authorized to grant Stock as a bonus, or to grant Stock or other Awards in lieu of obligations of the Company or a subsidiary or Affiliate to pay cash or deliver other property under the Plan or under other plans or compensatory arrangements, subject to such terms as shall be determined by the Committee.

(h) Dividend Equivalents . The Committee is authorized to grant Dividend Equivalents to a Participant with respect to any share-based award (including Performance Awards), and may provide that Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or distributed when accrued or shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Stock, Awards, or other investment vehicles, and subject to restrictions on transferability, risks of forfeiture and such other terms as the Committee may specify. If paid as shares, Dividend Equivalents shall not be counted towards any per-person Award limitation hereunder.

(i) Other Stock-Based Awards . The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Participants such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Stock or factors that may influence the value of Stock, including, without limitation, convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into Stock, purchase rights for Stock, Awards with value and payment contingent upon performance of the Company or business units thereof or any other factors designated by the Committee, and Awards valued by reference to the book value of Stock or the value of securities of or the performance of specified subsidiaries or affiliates or other business units. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards. Stock delivered pursuant to an Award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section 6(i) shall be purchased for such consideration, paid for at such times, by such methods, and in such forms, including, without limitation, cash, Stock, other Awards, notes, or other property, as the Committee shall determine. Cash awards, as an element of or supplement to any other Award under the Plan, may also be granted pursuant to this Section 6(i).

(j) Performance Awards . Performance Awards, denominated in cash or in Stock or other Awards, may be granted by the Committee in accordance with Section 7.

 

12


7. Performance-Based Compensation.

(a) Performance Awards Generally . Performance Awards may be denominated as a cash amount, number of shares of Stock, or specified number of other Awards (or a combination) which may be earned upon achievement or satisfaction of performance conditions specified by the Committee. In addition, the Committee may specify that any other Award shall constitute a Performance Award by conditioning the right of a Participant to exercise the Award or have it settled, and the timing thereof, upon achievement or satisfaction of such performance conditions as may be specified by the Committee. The Committee may use such business criteria and other measures of performance as it may deem appropriate in establishing any performance conditions, and may exercise its discretion to reduce or increase the amounts payable under any Award subject to performance conditions, except as limited under Sections 7(b) and 7(c) in the case of a Performance Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m).

(b) Performance Awards Granted to Covered Employees . If the Committee determines that a Performance Award to be granted to an Eligible Person who is designated by the Committee as likely to be a Covered Employee should qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m), the grant, exercise and/or settlement of such Performance Award shall be contingent upon achievement of a pre-established performance goal and other terms set forth in this Section 7(b).

(i) Performance Goal Generally . The performance goal for such Performance Awards shall consist of one or more business criteria and a targeted level or levels of performance with respect to each of such criteria, as specified by the Committee. The performance goal shall be objective and shall otherwise meet the requirements of Section 162(m), including the requirement that the level or levels of performance targeted by the Committee result in the achievement of performance goals being “substantially uncertain.” The Committee may determine that such Performance Awards shall be granted, exercised and/or settled upon achievement of one or more performance goals. Performance goals may differ for Performance Awards granted to any one Participant or to different Participants.

(ii) Business Criteria. For purposes of this Plan, a “performance goal” shall mean any one or more of the following business criteria, in each case as specified by the Committee: (1) gross or net revenue, premiums collected, new annualized premiums, and investment income; (2) any earnings or net income measure, including earnings from operations, earnings before taxes, earnings before interest and/or taxes and/or depreciation, statutory earnings before realized gains (losses), or net income available to common shareholders, (3) operating earnings per common share (either basic or diluted); (4) return on assets, return on investment, return on capital, return on invested capital, return on equity, or return on tangible equity; (5) economic value created; (6) combined ratio, loss ratio or other financial ratios; (7) operating margin or profit margin; (8) stock price or total stockholder return; (9) book value; and (10) strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified market penetration, total market capitalization, business retention, new product generation, geographic business expansion goals, cost targets (including cost of capital), customer satisfaction, employee satisfaction, management of employment practices and employee benefits, supervision of litigation and

 

13


information technology, and goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures of subsidiaries, affiliates or joint ventures. The targeted level or levels of performance with respect to such business criteria may be established at such levels and in such terms as the Committee may determine, in its discretion, including in absolute terms, on a per share basis (either basic or diluted), as a goal relative to performance in prior periods, or as a goal compared to the performance of one or more comparable companies or an index covering multiple companies.

(iii) Performance Period; Timing for Establishing Performance Goal s . Achievement of performance goals in respect of such Performance Awards may be measured over a performance period of up to one year or more than one year, as specified by the Committee. A performance goal shall be established not later than the earlier of (A) 90 days after the beginning of any performance period applicable to such Performance Award or (B) the time 25% of such performance period has elapsed.

(iv) Performance Award Pool . The Committee may establish a Performance Award pool, which shall be an unfunded pool, for purposes of measuring the Company’s performance. The amount of such Performance Award pool shall be based upon the achievement of a performance goal or goals based on one or more of the business criteria set forth in Section 7(b)(ii) during the given performance period, as specified by the Committee. The Committee may specify the amount of the Performance Award pool as a percentage of any of such business criteria, a percentage thereof in excess of a threshold amount, or as another amount which need not bear a strictly mathematical relationship to such business criteria.

(v) S ettlement of Performance Awards; Other Terms . Settlement of Performance Awards shall be in cash, Stock, other Awards or other property, in the discretion of the Committee. The Committee may, in its discretion, increase or reduce the amount of a settlement otherwise to be made in connection with such Performance Awards, but may not exercise discretion to increase any such amount payable to a Covered Employee in respect of a Performance Award. Any settlement which changes the form of payment from that originally specified shall be implemented in a manner such that the Performance Award and other related Awards do not, solely for that reason, fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m). The Committee shall specify the circumstances in which such Performance Awards shall be paid or forfeited in the event of termination of employment by the Participant or other event (including a Change in Control) prior to the end of a performance period or settlement of such Performance Awards.

(vi) Recapture Rights . If at any time after the date on which a Participant has been granted or becomes vested in an Award pursuant to the achievement of a performance goal under Section 7, the Committee determines that the earlier determination as to the achievement of the performance goal was based on incorrect data and that in fact the performance goal had not been achieved or had been achieved to a lesser extent than originally determined and a portion of an Award would not have been granted, vested or paid, given the correct data, then (i) such portion of the Award that was granted shall be forfeited and any

 

14


related shares (or if such shares were disposed of the cash equivalent) shall be returned to the Company as provided by the Committee, (ii) such portion of the Award that became vested shall be deemed to be not vested and any related shares (or if such shares were disposed of the cash equivalent) shall be returned to the Company as provided by the Committee, and (iii) such portion of the Award paid to the Participant shall be paid by the Participant to the Company upon notice from the Company as provided by the Committee.

(c) Written Determinations . Determinations by the Committee as to the establishment of performance goals, the amount potentially payable in respect of Performance Awards, the level of actual achievement of the specified performance goals shall be recorded in writing in the case of Performance Awards intended to qualify under Section 162(m). Specifically, the Committee shall certify in writing, in a manner conforming to applicable regulations under Section 162(m), prior to settlement of each such Award granted to a Covered Employee, that the performance objective relating to the Performance Award and other material terms of the Award upon which settlement of the Award was conditioned have been satisfied.

8. Certain Provisions Applicable to Awards.

(a) Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem, and Substitute Awards . Awards granted under the Plan may, in the Committee’s discretion, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution or exchange for, any other Award or any award granted under another plan of the Company, any subsidiary or Affiliate, or any business entity to be acquired by the Company or a subsidiary or Affiliate, or any other right of a Participant to receive payment from the Company or any subsidiary or Affiliate. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards or awards may be granted either as of the same time as or a different time from the grant of such other Awards or awards. Subject to Sections 11(e) and 11(j), the Committee may determine that, in granting a new Award, the in-the-money value or fair value of any surrendered Award or award or the value of any other right to payment surrendered by the Participant may be applied to reduce the exercise price of any Option, grant price of any SAR, or purchase price of any other Award.

(b) Term of Awards . The term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee, subject to the express limitations set forth in the Plan.

(c) Form and Timing of Payment under Awards; Deferrals . Subject to the terms of this Plan and any applicable Award document, payments to be made by the Company or a subsidiary or Affiliate upon the exercise of an Option or other Award or settlement of an Award may be made in such forms as the Committee shall determine, including without limitation, cash, Stock, other Awards or other property, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis. The settlement of any Award may be accelerated, and cash paid in lieu of Stock in connection with such settlement, in the Committee’s discretion or upon occurrence of one or more specified events. Installment or deferred payments may be required by the Committee (subject to Section 11(e)) or permitted at the election of the Participant on terms and conditions established by the Committee. Payments may include, without limitation, provisions for the payment or crediting of reasonable interest on installment or deferred payments or the crediting of Dividend Equivalents or other amounts in respect of installment or deferred payments denominated in Stock.

(d) Limitation on Vesting of Certain Awards . Subject to Section 8, Restricted Stock will vest over a minimum period of three years (i) except in the event of a Participant’s

 

15


death, disability, or, (ii) if provided for in the applicable Award Agreement, upon retirement, change in control, or other special circumstances. The foregoing notwithstanding, (i) Restricted Stock as to which either the grant or vesting is based on, among other things, the achievement of one or more performance conditions generally will vest over a minimum period of one year except in the event of a Participant’s death, disability, or, if provided for in the applicable Award Agreement, retirement, or in the event of a change in control or other special circumstances, and (ii) up to 5% of the shares of Stock authorized under the Plan may be granted as Restricted Stock without any minimum vesting requirements. For purposes of this Section 8(d), (i) a performance period that precedes the grant of the Restricted Stock will be treated as part of the vesting period if the participant has been notified promptly after the commencement of the performance period that he or she has the opportunity to earn the Award based on performance and continued service, and (ii) vesting over a three-year period or one-year period will include periodic vesting over such period if the rate of such vesting is proportional (or less rapid) throughout such period.

(e) Cash Settlement of Awards. Unless otherwise prohibited by the Committee in the Award Agreement, the Company may deliver cash in full or partial satisfaction, payment and/or settlement upon exercise, cancellation, forfeiture or surrender of any Award.

9. Change in Control. The Committee may set forth in any Award Agreement the effect, if any, that a Change in Control or other, similar transaction shall have on any awards granted under this Plan.

10. Additional Award Forfeiture Provisions.

(a) Forfeiture of Options and Other Awards and Gains Realized Upon Prior Option Exercises or Award Settlements . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, each Award granted hereunder, other than Awards granted to non-employee directors, shall be subject to the following additional forfeiture conditions, to which the Participant, by accepting an Award hereunder, agrees. If any of the events specified in Section 10(b)(i), (ii), or (iii) occurs (a “ Forfeiture Event ”), all of the following forfeitures will result:

(i) The unexercised portion of each Option held by the Participant, whether or not vested, and any other Award not then settled will be immediately forfeited and canceled upon the occurrence of the Forfeiture Event; and

(ii) The Participant will be obligated to repay to the Company, in cash, within five business days after demand is made therefor by the Company, the total amount of Award Gain (defined below) realized by the Participant upon each exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award that occurred on or after (A) the date that is six months prior to the occurrence of the Forfeiture Event, if the Forfeiture Event occurred while the Participant was employed by the Company or a subsidiary or Affiliate, or (B) the date that is six months prior to the date the Participant’s employment by the Company or a subsidiary or Affiliate terminated, if the Forfeiture Event occurred after the Participant ceased to be so employed.

For purposes of this Section, the term “ Award Gain ” shall mean (i) in respect of a given Option exercise, the product of (X) the Fair Market Value per share of Stock at the date of such exercise (without regard to any subsequent change in the market price of shares) minus the exercise price times (Y) the number of shares as to which the Option was exercised at that date, and (ii) in respect of

 

16


any other settlement of an Award granted to the Participant, the Fair Market Value of the cash or Stock paid or payable to Participant (regardless of any elective deferral) less any cash or the Fair Market Value of any Stock or property (other than an Award or award which would have itself then been forfeitable hereunder and excluding any payment of tax withholding) paid by the Participant to the Company as a condition of or in connection such settlement.

(b) Events Triggering Forfeiture . The forfeitures specified in Section 10(a) will be triggered upon the occurrence of any one of the following Forfeiture Events at any time during Participant’s employment by the Company or a subsidiary or Affiliate, or during the one-year period following termination of such employment:

(i) Non-Competition; Non-solicitation . Participant, acting alone or with others, directly or indirectly, (A) engages, either as employee, employer, consultant, advisor, or director, or as an owner, investor, partner, or stockholder unless Participant’s interest is insubstantial, in any business in an area or region in which the Company conducts business at the date the event occurs, which is directly in competition with a business then conducted by the Company or a subsidiary or Affiliate; (B) induces any agent, producer, affinity group, customer or supplier of the Company or a subsidiary or Affiliate, with which the Company or a subsidiary or Affiliate has a business relationship, to curtail, cancel, not renew, or not continue his or her or its business with the Company or any subsidiary or Affiliate; or (C) induces, or attempts to influence, any employee of or service provider to the Company or a subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate such employment or service. The Committee shall, in its discretion, determine which lines of business the Company conducts on any particular date and which third parties may reasonably be deemed to be in competition with the Company. For purposes of this Section 10(b)(i), a Participant’s interest as a stockholder is insubstantial if it represents beneficial ownership of less than five (5%) percent of the outstanding class of stock, and a Participant’s interest as an owner, investor, or partner is insubstantial if it represents ownership, as determined by the Committee in its discretion, of less than five (5%) percent of the outstanding equity of the entity;

(ii) Non-Disclosure . Participant discloses, uses, sells, or otherwise transfers, except in the course of employment with or other service to the Company or any subsidiary or Affiliate, any confidential or proprietary information of the Company or any subsidiary or Affiliate, including without limitation information regarding the Company’s current and potential customers, organization, employees, finances, and methods of operations and investments, so long as such information has not otherwise been disclosed to the public or is not otherwise in the public domain (other than by Participant’s breach of this provision), except as required by law or pursuant to legal process, or Participant makes statements or representations, or otherwise communicates, directly or indirectly, in writing, orally, or otherwise, or takes any other action which may, directly or indirectly, disparage or be damaging to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or their respective officers, directors, employees, advisors, businesses or reputations, except as required by law or pursuant to legal process; or

(iii) Litigation Cooperation . Participant fails to cooperate with the Company or any subsidiary or Affiliate in any way, including without limitation, by making

 

17


himself or herself available to testify on behalf of the Company or such subsidiary or Affiliate in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, or otherwise fails to assist the Company or any subsidiary or Affiliate in any way, including, without limitation, in connection with any such action, suit, or proceeding by providing information and meeting and consulting with members of management of, other representatives of, or counsel to, the Company or such subsidiary or Affiliate, as reasonably requested.

(c) Agreement Does Not Prohibit Competition or Other Participant Activities . Although the conditions set forth in this Section 10 shall be deemed to be incorporated into an Award, a Participant is not thereby prohibited from engaging in any activity, including competition with the Company and its subsidiaries and Affiliates. Rather, the non-occurrence of the Forfeiture Events set forth in Section 10(b) is a condition to the Participant’s right to realize and retain value from his or her compensatory Options and Awards, and the consequence under the Plan if the Participant engages in an activity giving rise to any such Forfeiture Event are the forfeitures specified herein. The Company and Participant shall not be precluded by this provision or otherwise from entering into other agreements concerning the subject matter of Sections 10(a) and 10(c).

(d) Recapture of Awards. If the Board learns of any intentional misconduct by a Participant which directly contributes to the Company having to restate all or portion of its financial statements, the Board may, in its sole discretion, require the Participant to reimburse the Company for the difference between any Awards paid to the Participant based on achievement of financial results or subsequently the subject of restatement and the amount the Participant would have earned as awards under the Plan based on the financial results as restated.

(e) Committee Discretion . The Committee may, in its discretion, waive in whole or in part the Company’s right to forfeiture under this Section, but no such waiver shall be effective unless evidenced by a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. In addition, the Committee may impose additional conditions on Awards, by inclusion of appropriate provisions in the document evidencing or governing any such Award.

11. General Provisions.

(a) Compliance with Legal and Other Requirements . The Company may, to the extent deemed necessary or advisable by the Committee and subject to Section 11(j), postpone the issuance or delivery of Stock or payment of other benefits under any Award until completion of such registration or qualification of such Stock or other required action under any federal or state law, rule or regulation, listing or other required action with respect to any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Stock or other Company securities are listed or quoted, or compliance with any other Company obligation, as the Committee may consider appropriate, and may require any Participant to make such representations, furnish such information and comply with such other conditions as it may consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of Stock or payment of other benefits in compliance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations, listing requirements, or other obligations.

(b) Limits on Transferability; Beneficiaries . No Award or other right or interest of a Participant under the Plan shall be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered or subject to any lien, obligation or liability of such Participant to any party (other than the Company or a subsidiary or Affiliate), or assigned or transferred by such Participant otherwise

 

18


than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or to a Beneficiary upon Participant’s death, and such Awards or rights that may be exercisable shall be exercised during the Participant’s lifetime only by Participant or his or her guardian or legal representative. A Beneficiary, transferee, or other person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Participant shall be subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award document applicable to such Participant, except as otherwise determined by the Committee, and to any additional terms and conditions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee.

(c) Adjustments . In the event of any change in the outstanding shares of Stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend, split, spinoff, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination, extraordinary dividend, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding shares of Stock as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration, or other equity restructuring within the meaning of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 718, Stock Compensation (formerly, FASB Statement 123R), appropriate adjustments shall be made to (i) the aggregate number of shares with respect to which Awards may be made under the Plan, (ii) the terms and the number of shares and/or the exercise price or settlement price of any outstanding Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units, and (iii) the share limitations set forth in Sections 4(a) and 5(b). The Committee shall also make appropriate adjustments described in (i)-(iii) of the previous sentence in the event of any distribution of assets to shareholders other than a normal cash dividend. Adjustments, if any, and any determination or interpretations, made by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive. Conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall be deemed to have been effected for adequate consideration. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of any class or securities convertible into shares of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares subject to an Award. In addition, the Committee is authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards (including performance-based Awards and performance goals and any hypothetical funding pool relating thereto) in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, events described in the preceding sentence, as well as acquisitions and dispositions of businesses and assets, or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles) affecting any performance conditions; provided that no such adjustment shall be authorized or made if and to the extent that the existence of such authority (i) would cause Options, SARs, or Performance Awards granted under the Plan to Participants designated by the Committee as Covered Employees and intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) to otherwise fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder, or (ii) would cause the Committee to be deemed to have authority to change the targets, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation 1.162-27(e)(4)(vi), under the performance goals relating to Options, SARs or Performance Awards granted to Covered Employees and intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m).

(d) Tax Provisions.

(i) Withholding. The Company and any subsidiary or Affiliate is authorized to withhold from any Award granted, any payment relating to an Award under the Plan, including from a distribution of Stock, or any payroll or other payment to a Participant, amounts of withholding and other taxes due or potentially payable in connection with any transaction or event involving an Award, or to require a Participant to remit to the Company an amount in cash or other property

 

19


(including Stock) to satisfy such withholding before taking any action with respect to an Award, and to take such other action as the Committee may deem advisable to enable the Company and Participants to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Award. This authority shall include authority to withhold or receive Stock or other property and to make cash payments in respect thereof in satisfaction of a Participant’s withholding obligations, either on a mandatory or elective basis in the discretion of the Committee, or in satisfaction of other tax obligations. The Company can delay the delivery to a Participant of Stock under any Award to the extent necessary to allow the Company to determine the amount of withholding to be collected and to collect and process such withholding.

(ii) Required Consent to and Notification of Code Section 83(b) Election . No election under Section 83(b) of the Code (to include in gross income in the year of transfer the amounts specified in Code Section 83(b)) or under a similar provision of the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States may be made unless expressly permitted by the terms of the Award document or by action of the Committee in writing prior to the making of such election. In any case in which a Participant is permitted to make such an election in connection with an Award, the Participant shall notify the Company of such election within ten days of filing notice of the election with the Internal Revenue Service or other governmental authority, in addition to any filing and notification required pursuant to regulations issued under Code Section 83(b) or other applicable provision.

(iii) Requirement of Notification Upon Disqualifying Disposition Under Code Section 421(b) . If any Participant shall make any disposition of shares of Stock delivered pursuant to the exercise of an ISO under the circumstances described in Code Section 421(b) (i.e., a disqualifying disposition), such Participant shall notify the Company of such disposition within ten days thereof.

(e) Changes to the Plan . The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or the Committee’s authority to grant Awards under the Plan without the consent of stockholders or Participants; provided that, any amendment to the Plan shall be submitted to the Company’s stockholders for approval not later than the earliest annual meeting for which the record date is at or after the date of such Board action:

(i) if such stockholder approval is required by any federal or state law or regulation or the rules of the New York Stock Exchange or any other stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Stock may then be listed or quoted; or

(ii) if such amendment would increase the number of shares reserved for issuance and delivery under the Plan; or

(iii) if such amendment would alter the provisions of the Plan restricting the Company’s ability to grant Options or SARs with an exercise price that is not less than the Fair Market Value of Stock; or

(iv) in connection with any action to amend or replace previously granted Options or SARs in a transaction that constitutes a Repricing.

 

20


The Board may determine to submit other amendments to the Plan to stockholders for approval; however, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such Board (or Committee) action may materially and adversely affect a Participant’s rights under any outstanding Award. With regard to other terms of Awards, the Committee shall have no authority to waive or modify any Award term after the Award has been granted to the extent the waived or modified term would be mandatory under the Plan for any Award newly granted at the date of the waiver or modification.

(f) Right of Setoff . The Company or any subsidiary or Affiliate may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, deduct from and set off against any amounts the Company or a subsidiary or Affiliate may owe to the Participant from time to time (including amounts payable in connection with any Award), such amounts owed by the Participant to the Company, including amounts owed under Section 10(a); provided, however, that no such setoff shall be permitted if it would constitute a prohibited “acceleration” or “deferral” of a payment hereunder within the meaning of Code Section 409A. Participant shall remain liable for any part of Participant’s payment obligation not satisfied through such deduction and setoff. By accepting any Award granted hereunder, Participant agrees to any deduction or setoff under this Section 11(f).

(g) Unfunded Status of Awards; Creation of Trusts . To the extent that any Award is deferred compensation, the Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for deferred compensation with respect to such Award. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant or obligation to deliver Stock pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company; provided that the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts and deposit therein cash, Stock, other Awards or other property, or make other arrangements to meet the Company’s obligations under the Plan. Such trusts or other arrangements shall be consistent with the “unfunded” status of the Plan unless the Committee otherwise determines with the consent of each affected Participant.

(h) Nonexclusivity of the Plan. Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor its submission to the Company’s stockholders for approval shall be construed as limiting the authority of the Board or its committees to adopt other incentive arrangements, apart from the Plan, as it deems desirable, including incentive arrangements and awards which do not qualify under Section 162(m).

(i) Payments in the Event of Forfeitures; Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award. The Committee shall determine whether cash, other Awards or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares.

(j) Certain Limitations on Awards to Ensure Compliance with Code Section 409A.

(i) To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Plan and any Awards made hereunder comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, so that the income inclusion provisions of Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code do not apply to the Participants. This Plan and any Awards made hereunder shall be administered in a manner consistent with this intent. To the extent that a Participant would be subject to the additional 20% excise tax imposed on certain nonqualified deferred compensation plans as a result of an Award under this Plan, to the extent permitted by law, the Plan and/or the applicable Award

 

21


Agreement shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to avoid application of the 20% excise tax. Any reference in this Plan to Section 409A of the Code will also include any regulations or any other formal guidance promulgated with respect to such Section by the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the Internal Revenue Service.

(ii) Neither a Participant or any of a Participant’s creditors or beneficiaries shall have the right to subject any deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) payable under this Plan and granted hereunder to any anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment or garnishment. Except as permitted under Section 409A of the Code, any deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) payable to a Participant or for a Participants benefit under this Plan and granted hereunder may not be reduced by, or offset against, any amount owing by a Participant to the Company its subsidiaries or Affiliates.

(iii) If, at the time of a Participant’s separation from service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), (i) the Participant shall be a specified employee (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and using the identification methodology selected by the Company from time to time) and (ii) the Company shall make a good faith determination that an amount payable hereunder constitutes deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) the payment of which is required to be delayed pursuant to the six-month delay rule set forth in Section 409A of the Code, to avoid taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company shall not pay such amount on the otherwise scheduled payment date but shall instead pay such amount, without interest, on the first business day of the seventh month after such six-month period.

(iv) Participants shall be solely responsible and liable for satisfaction of all taxes and penalties may be imposed on a Participant or for Participant’s account in connection with this Plan and grants hereunder (including any taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code), and neither the Company nor any of its affiliates shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold the Participant harmless from any or all of such taxes or penalties.

(k) Governing Law and Venue . The construction and operation of this Plan are governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to principles of conflicts or choice of law rules or principles that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction, and any litigation arising out of this Plan shall be brought in the State of New York or the US District Court for the Southern District of New York.

(l) Awards to Participants Outside the United States . The Committee may modify the terms of any Award under the Plan made to or held by a Participant who is then resident or primarily employed outside of the United States in any manner deemed by the Committee to be necessary or appropriate in order that such Award shall conform to laws, regulations, and customs of the country in which the Participant is then resident or primarily employed, or so that the value and other benefits of the Award to the Participant, as affected by foreign tax laws and other restrictions applicable as a result of the Participant’s residence or employment abroad shall be comparable to the value of such an Award to a Participant who is

 

22


resident or primarily employed in the United States. An Award may be modified under this Section in a manner that is inconsistent with the express terms of the Plan, so long as such modifications will not contravene any applicable law or regulation or result in actual liability under Section 16(b) for the Participant whose Award is modified.

(m) Limitation on Rights Conferred under Plan . Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as (i) giving any Eligible Person or Participant the right to continue as an Eligible Person or Participant or in the employ or service of the Company or a subsidiary or Affiliate, (ii) interfering in any way with the right of the Company or a subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate any Eligible Person’s or Participant’s employment or service at any time (subject to the terms and provisions of any separate written agreements), (iii) giving an Eligible Person or Participant any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan or to be treated uniformly with other Participants and employees, or (iv) conferring on a Participant any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company unless and until the Participant is duly issued or transferred shares of Stock in accordance with the terms of an Award or an Option is duly exercised. Except as expressly provided in the Plan and an Award document, neither the Plan nor any Award document shall confer on any person other than the Company and the Participant any rights or remedies thereunder.

(n) Severability; Entire Agreement . If any of the provisions of the Plan or any Award document is finally held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable (whether in whole or in part), such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent, but only to the extent, of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, and the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby; provided, that, if any of such provisions is finally held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable because it exceeds the maximum scope determined to be acceptable to permit such provision to be enforceable, such provision shall be deemed to be modified to the minimum extent necessary to modify such scope in order to make such provision enforceable hereunder. The Plan and any agreements or documents designated by the Committee as setting forth the terms of an Award contain the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter thereof and supersede all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations and warranties between them, whether written or oral with respect to the subject matter thereof.

(o) Electronic Delivery and Signatures.

(i) Any reference in an Award Agreement or the Plan to a written document includes without limitation any document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s or an Affiliate’s intranet or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company or an Affiliate.

(ii) The Committee and any Participant may use facsimile and PDF signatures in signing any Award or Award Agreement, in exercising any Option or Stock Appreciation Right, or in any other written document in the Plan’s administration. The Committee and each Participant are bound by facsimile and PDF signatures, and acknowledge that the other party relies on facsimile and PDF signatures.

(p) Plan Effective Date and Termination . The Plan shall become effective upon the closing of the 144A offering described in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum dated May 15, 2013, provided that the shareholders of the Company shall have approved the Plan in accordance with applicable law prior to the closing. Unless earlier terminated by action of the

 

23


Board of Directors, the authority of the Committee to make grants under the Plan shall terminate on the date that is ten years after the date on which the shareholders of the Company have approved the Plan, and the Plan will remain in effect until such time as no Stock remains available for delivery under the Plan or as set forth above and the Company has no further rights or obligations under the Plan with respect to outstanding Awards under the Plan.

 

24

Exhibit 10.11

NGHC 2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Your stock option grant by National General Holdings Corp. (the “ Company ”) is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in (i) this Award Agreement, and (ii) the NGHC 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in the Plan, and have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

Award of Stock Options    You have been granted an Option (the “ Option ”), subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan, to purchase                      shares of the Company’s Stock.
Exercise Price    The exercise price with respect to your Option is $             per share, such exercise price payable on terms and conditions and in a form as determined by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion consistent with the terms of the Plan and this Award Agreement.
Grant Date    The effective date of this grant is                     .
Term    The term of your Option will expire at the close of business on                      (no later than the 10th anniversary of the Grant Date). Your Option will expire earlier if your Employment with the Company terminates, as described below.
Vesting   

Your Option shall vest as follows:                    .

 

This Option is only exercisable before it expires and then only with respect to the vested portion of the Option. You may exercise this Option, in whole or in part, to purchase a whole number of vested shares in accordance with the Plan and this Agreement.

 

Except as provided in this Agreement, or in any other agreement between you and the Company, no additional Options will vest after your Employment has terminated.

Termination of Employment   

If your Employment (as defined below) terminates for any reason, other than retirement, death, Disability or Cause, then your Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the 90th day after your termination date (or the next business day if the 90th day after your termination date falls on a weekend or holiday).

 

Employment ” means that you are currently (i) an employee of the Company, (ii) are a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, or (iii) are otherwise providing services to the Company.


Termination for Cause   

If your Employment is terminated for Cause (as defined below), then you shall immediately forfeit all rights to your Option and the Option shall expire immediately upon your termination.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall have the meaning set forth in the employment between you and the Company (or an Affiliate), provided that if there is no employment agreement, “Cause” shall mean:

 

(a) willful misconduct or gross negligence;

 

(b) conviction of a felony or conviction of a crime involving moral turpitude;

 

(c) any act constituting fraud or the misappropriation or embezzlement of money or other property of the Company; and

 

(d) any willful act or course of conduct constituting an abuse of office or authority which has a material adverse impact on the Company’s reputation or financial condition.

Retirement    If your Employment has been in effect for at least five years and your Employment terminates due to your: (i) retirement on or after your sixty-fifth birthday; or (ii) retirement on or after your fifty-fifth birthday with the consent of the Company, your Option will automatically vest as to the number of Options that would have vested had you remained in Employment for the 12-month period immediately following your retirement and your Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date 12 months after the date of your retirement (or the next business day if the date 12 months after the date of your retirement falls on a weekend or holiday).
Death   

If your Employment terminates because of your death, your Option will automatically vest as to the number of Options that would have vested had you remained in Employment for the 12-month period immediately following your death and your Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date 12 months after the date of death (or the next business day if the date 12 months after the date of death falls on a weekend or holiday).

 

If you die during the 90-day period in connection with a regular termination of Employment described above, and a vested portion of your Option has not yet been exercised, then your Option will instead expire on the date 12 months after your termination date.

 

During the 12 month period above, your estate or heirs may exercise the vested portion of your Option.

Disability   

If your Employment terminates because of your Disability (defined below), your Option will automatically vest as to the number of Options that would have vested had you remained in Employment for the 12 month period immediately following your Disability and your Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date 12 months after the date of termination (or the next business day if the date 12 months after the date of termination falls on a weekend or holiday).

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” shall mean the award holder is unable to perform the duties of their service (or other services) (i) for a period of 90 consecutive days, or (ii) any 120 days during any consecutive 12 month

 

2


   period.
Termination without Cause within 12 Months of Change in Control    Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, if your Employment with the Company (or any affiliate) is terminated by the Company without Cause within 12 months following the effective date of a “Change in Control”, the Board of Directors may accelerate the vesting of all or any portion of your Option that is unvested.
Notice of Exercise    When you wish to exercise this Option, you must notify the Company in writing. Such exercise will only become effective upon the Company’s receipt of such written instructions.
Recapture Rights    In the event that you violate any of your obligations pursuant to the Confidentiality, Non-Competition, or Non-Solicitation provisions of this Agreement, you agree to return, within five days of receipt of written demand from the Company, any gains you realize from the exercise of all or any portion of the Option within the 6 months immediately preceding such violation, and any remaining portion of your Option shall be immediately forfeited, whether vested or unvested.
Confidentiality   

During your Employment, you will have access to confidential or proprietary data or information of the Company (and its affiliates) and its operations. You agree that you will not at any time divulge or communicate the Confidential Information (defined below) to any person, nor shall you direct any employee to divulge or communicate to any person (other than to a person bound by confidentiality obligations similar to those contained herein and other than as necessary in performing your duties hereunder), or use to the detriment of the Company (or any of its affiliates) or for the benefit of any other person, any Confidential Information. This restriction shall survive your Employment hereunder, whether by the normal expiration thereof or otherwise.

 

The term “Confidential Information” shall mean all information, whether or not reduced to written or recorded form, that is related to the Company and that is not generally known or accessible to members of the public and/or competitors of the Company nor intended for general dissemination, whether furnished by the Company or compiled by the employee, including, without limitation, relating to the Company’s (or any affiliate’s) financial performance, customers, existing or proposed future projects, prospects, or business strategies, personnel information, financial information, customer lists, supplier lists, trade secrets, information regarding operations, systems, services, know-how, computer and any other processed or collated data, computer programs, pricing, marketing and advertising data.

 

You understand the Company intends to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information notwithstanding that employees of the Company may have free access to the information for the purpose of performing their duties with the Company, and notwithstanding that employees not expressly bound by agreements similar to this agreement may have access to such information for job purposes. You acknowledge that Confidential Information need not be marked as such to preserve the confidential nature of the information.

Non-Competition    You acknowledge that (a) in the course of your Employment with the

 

3


  

Company and its affiliates, you have, and will continue to, become familiar with the Company’s and its affiliates’ trade secrets, methods of doing business, business plans and other valuable confidential and proprietary information concerning the Company, its affiliates, their customers and business partners and that your services have been and will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company and its affiliates. In consideration thereof and of this Award, during your Employment with the Company or an affiliate and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, you shall not, without the Company’s prior written approval, become engaged, directly or indirectly, as a director, officer, employee or 5% or more stockholder or equity interest owner in, partner in, or consultant to, any business that is directly competitive with the business of the Company (or any affiliate) in any area or region where the Company (or any affiliate) conducts business ( “Competition” ).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, you shall not be deemed to be in Competition with the Company if you provide evidence satisfactory to the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, that you: (i) work in a separate division, department or unit that does not compete with the business of the Company (or any affiliate); and (ii) will not have contact with the division, department or unit that does compete with the business of the Company (or any affiliate). If you received your Option grant as a non-employee member of the Company’s Board of Directors, this provision will not apply to you unless your Employment is terminated for Cause (as defined above).

Non-Solicitation    During Employment and for a period of two (2) years thereafter, you shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, on your own behalf or on behalf of any other person, firm, corporation or business entity: (a) induce or attempt to induce any agent, broker, affinity group or policyholder of the Company (or any affiliate), or any prior agent, affinity group or policyholder that was an agent, affinity group or policyholder within twelve (12) months of such contact, to withdraw, decrease or cancel its business with the Company (or any affiliate) or otherwise terminate any written or oral agreement or understanding or other relationship with the Company (or any affiliate); (b) solicit or attempt to solicit, service or attempt to service, or for the purpose of obtaining the business of any agent, broker, affinity group or policyholder of the Company (or any affiliate), or any prior agent, affinity group or policyholder that was an agent, broker, affinity group or policyholder within twelve (12) months of such contact, to the extent the business solicited is similar to, or competitive with, the business of the Company (or any affiliate), engage in discussions or other communications with (regardless of who initiates such discussions or communications) any person, firm or entity that was an actual or prospective agent, broker, affinity group or policyholder of the Company during any part of the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding termination of Employment if you participated, directly or indirectly, in the solicitation or servicing of that agent, broker, affinity group or policyholder or prospective agent, broker, affinity group or policyholder, or supervised or managed those who did, during your Employment with the Company at any time during such twelve (12) month period immediately preceding your termination of Employment; (c) solicit or attempt to solicit, hire or attempt to hire, or communicate with, any person who is an employee, individual consultant or independent contractor of the Company (or any affiliate), or any prior employee, individual consultant or independent contractor that was an employee, consultant or independent contractor within

 

4


   twelve (12) months of such contact, with the purpose or intent of attracting such person from the employ of the Company (or any affiliate); or (d) induce or attempt to induce any person who is an employee, individual consultant or independent contractor of the Company (or any affiliate) to terminate or limit his or her Employment or other relationship with the Company (or any affiliate), or any prior employee, individual consultant or independent contractor that was an employee, individual consultant or independent contractor within twelve (12) months of such contact.
Form of Payment   

Upon exercise of your Option, you must submit payment of the Option price for the shares you are purchasing. Payment may be made via (i) cash; (ii) to the extent permitted by law, a “cashless” exercise, by which you deliver an irrevocable direction to a licensed securities broker to sell Stock and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate Option price and any applicable withholding taxes; or (iii) as otherwise permitted by the Administrator.

 

“Administrator” shall mean one or more officers or employees of the Company to whom the Committee may delegate the authority to execute and distribute Award Agreements or other documents evidencing or relating to Awards granted by the Committee under the Plan, to maintain records relating to Awards, to process or oversee the issuance of Stock under Awards, to interpret and administer the terms of Awards and to take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate for the administration of the Plan and of Awards under the Plan, other that those specified in Section 3(b)(i) – (iii) of the Plan.

 

5


Withholding Taxes    In the event that the Company determines that any federal, state, local or foreign tax or withholding payment is required relating to the exercise or sale of shares arising from this grant, the Company shall have the right to require such payments from you, or withhold such minimum statutory amounts from other payments due to you from the Company. Payment of your withholding or other taxes may be made via one of the forms of payment for exercise set forth above, or as otherwise determined by the Administrator.
Transfer of Option    The Option is non-transferable by you. Any attempt by you to transfer this Option will result in the Option becoming invalid, except upon your death by the laws of descent and distribution.
No Employment Rights    Neither your Option nor this Agreement give you the right to be retained by the Company in any capacity and your Employment may be terminated at any time and for any reason.
Shareholder Rights    You have no rights as a shareholder of the Company unless and until the Stock relating to your exercise has been issued (or an appropriate book entry has been made). Except as described in the Plan, no adjustments are made for dividends or other rights if the applicable record date occurs before your Stock is issued (or an appropriate book entry has been made).
Applicable Law    This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, with consent to jurisdiction by you in the State of New York.
Data Privacy   

To administer the Plan, the Company may process personal data about you. Such data includes the information provided in this Agreement, other appropriate personal and financial data about you such as home address and business addresses and other contact information, payroll information and any other information deemed appropriate by the Company to facilitate the administration of the Plan.

 

By accepting this award, you consent to the Company’s processing of such personal data and the transfer of such data outside the country in which you work or are employed, including, with respect to non-U.S. residents, to the United States, to transferees who shall include the Company and other persons designated by the Company to administer the Plan.

Consent to Electronic Delivery    Certain statutory materials relating to the Plan may be delivered to you in electronic form. By accepting this grant, you consent to electronic delivery and acknowledge receipt of these materials, including the Plan.
Non-Qualified Stock Option    This Option is not intended to be an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and will be interpreted accordingly.

This Agreement is not a stock certificate or a negotiable instrument.

 

6


By accepting your grant, you agree to the terms and conditions in this Agreement and in the Plan, and agree that the Plan will control in the event any provision of this Agreement should appear to be inconsistent with the terms and conditions in the Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date and year below.

 

NATIONAL GENERAL HOLDINGS CORP.    
    Date:    
By:    
Its:    
OPTIONEE    
    Date:    
Name:    

 

7

Exhibit 10.12

NGHC 2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Your stock option grant by National General Holdings Corp. (the “ Company ”) is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in (i) this Award Agreement, and (ii) the NGHC 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in the Plan, and have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

Award of Stock Options    You have been granted an Option (the “Option”), subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan, to purchase                     shares of the Company’s Stock.
Exercise Price    The exercise price with respect to your Option is $                     per share, such exercise price payable on terms and conditions and in a form as determined by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion consistent with the terms of the Plan and this Award Agreement.
Grant Date    The effective date of this grant is                     .
Term    The term of your Option will expire at the close of business on                      (no later than the 10th anniversary of the Grant Date, or the 5th anniversary in the case of a 10% Shareholder). Your Option will expire earlier if your Employment with the Company terminates, as described below.
Vesting   

Your Option shall vest as follows:                    .

 

This Option is only exercisable before it expires and then only with respect to the vested portion of the Option. You may exercise this Option, in whole or in part, to purchase a whole number of vested shares in accordance with the Plan and this Agreement.

 

Except as provided in this Agreement, or in any other agreement between you and the Company, no additional Options will vest after your Employment has terminated.

Tax Matters (Incentive Stock Option)    The Option granted hereby is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option will not qualify as an “incentive stock option,” among other events, (i) if you dispose of the Stock acquired pursuant to the Option at any time during either of the two-year period following the Grant Date or the one-year period following the date on which the Option is exercised; (ii) except in the event of the Participant’s death or disability, as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, if the Participant is not employed by the Company (or any affiliate) at all times during the period beginning on the date of this Agreement and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of exercise of the Option; or (iii) to the extent the aggregate fair


   market value (determined as of the time the Option is granted) of the Common Stock subject to “incentive stock options” which become exercisable for the first time in any calendar year exceeds $100,000. To the extent that the Option does not qualify as an “incentive stock option,” it shall not affect the validity of the Option and shall constitute a separate non-qualified stock option.
Termination of Employment   

If your Employment (as defined below) terminates for any reason, other than retirement, death, Disability or Cause, then your Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the 90th day after your termination date (or the next business day if the 90th day after your termination date falls on a weekend or holiday).

 

“Employment” means that you are currently (i) an employee of the Company, (ii) are a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, or (iii) are otherwise providing services to the Company.

Termination for Cause   

If your Employment is terminated for Cause (as defined below), then you shall immediately forfeit all rights to your Option and the Option shall expire immediately upon your termination.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Caus e” shall have the meaning set forth in the employment between you and the Company (or an Affiliate), provided that if there is no employment agreement, “ Caus e” shall mean:

 

(a) willful misconduct or gross negligence;

 

(b) conviction of a felony or conviction of a crime involving moral turpitude;

 

(c) any act constituting fraud or the misappropriation or embezzlement of money or other property of the Company; and

 

(d) any willful act or course of conduct constituting an abuse of office or authority which has a material adverse impact on the Company’s reputation or financial condition.

Retirement    If your Employment has been in effect for at least five years and your Employment terminates due to your: (i) retirement on or after your sixty-fifth birthday; or (ii) retirement on or after your fifty-fifth birthday with the consent of the Company, your Option will automatically vest as to the number of Options that would have vested had you remained in Employment for the 12-month period immediately following your retirement and your Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date 12 months after the date of your retirement (or the next business day if the date 12 months after the date of your retirement falls on a weekend or holiday).
Death   

If your Employment terminates because of your death, your Option will automatically vest as to the number of Options that would have vested had you remained in Employment for the 12-month period immediately following your death and your Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date 12 months after the date of death (or the next business day if the date 12 months after the date of death falls on a weekend or holiday).

 

If you die during the 90-day period in connection with a regular termination of Employment described above, and a vested portion of your Option has not yet been exercised, then your Option will instead expire on the date 12 months after

 

2


  

your termination date.

 

During the 12-month period above, your estate or heirs may exercise the vested portion of your Option.

Disability   

If your Employment terminates because of your Disability (defined below), your Option will automatically vest as to the number of Options that would have vested had you remained in Employment for the 12-month period immediately following your Disability and your Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date 12 months after the date of termination (or the next business day if the date 12 months after the date of termination falls on a weekend or holiday).

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean the award holder is unable to perform the duties of their service (or other services) (i) for a period of 90 consecutive days, or (ii) any 120 days during any consecutive 12-month period.

Termination without Cause within 12 Months of Change in Control    Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, if your Employment with the Company (or any affiliate) is terminated by the Company without Cause within 12 months following the effective date of a “Change in Control,” the Board of Directors may accelerate the vesting of all or any portion of your Option that is unvested.
Notice of Exercise    When you wish to exercise this Option, you must notify the Company in writing. Such exercise will only become effective upon the Company’s receipt of such written instructions.
Recapture Rights    In the event that you violate any of your obligations pursuant to the Confidentiality, Non-Competition, or Non-Solicitation provisions of this Agreement, you agree to return, within five days of receipt of written demand from the Company, any gains you realize from the exercise of all or any portion of the Option within the 6 months immediately preceding such violation, and any remaining portion of your Option shall be immediately forfeited, whether vested or unvested.
Confidentiality   

During your Employment, you will have access to confidential or proprietary data or information of the Company (and its affiliates) and its operations. You agree that you will not at any time divulge or communicate the Confidential Information (defined below) to any person, nor shall you direct any employee to divulge or communicate to any person (other than to a person bound by confidentiality obligations similar to those contained herein and other than as necessary in performing your duties hereunder), or use to the detriment of the Company (or any of its affiliates) or for the benefit of any other person, any Confidential Information. This restriction shall survive your Employment hereunder, whether by the normal expiration thereof or otherwise.

 

The term “Confidential Information” shall mean all information, whether or not reduced to written or recorded form, that is related to the Company and that is not generally known or accessible to members of the public and/or competitors of the Company nor intended for general dissemination, whether

 

3


  

furnished by the Company or compiled by the employee, including, without limitation, relating to the Company’s (or any affiliate’s) financial performance, customers, existing or proposed future projects, prospects, or business strategies, personnel information, financial information, customer lists, supplier lists, trade secrets, information regarding operations, systems, services, know-how, computer and any other processed or collated data, computer programs, pricing, marketing and advertising data.

 

You understand the Company intends to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information notwithstanding that employees of the Company may have free access to the information for the purpose of performing their duties with the Company, and notwithstanding that employees not expressly bound by agreements similar to this agreement may have access to such information for job purposes. You acknowledge that Confidential Information need not be marked as such to preserve the confidential nature of the information.

Non-Competition    You acknowledge that (a) in the course of your Employment with the Company and its affiliates, you have, and will continue to, become familiar with the Company’s and its affiliates’ trade secrets, methods of doing business, business plans and other valuable confidential and proprietary information concerning the Company, its affiliates, their customers and business partners and that your services have been and will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company and its affiliates. In consideration thereof and of this Award, during your Employment with the Company or an affiliate and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, you shall not, without the Company’s prior written approval, become engaged, directly or indirectly, as a director, officer, employee or 5% or more stockholder or equity interest owner in, partner in, or consultant to, any business that is directly competitive with the business of the Company (or any affiliate) in any area or region where the Company (or any affiliate) conducts business (“ Competition ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, you shall not be deemed to be in Competition with the Company if you provide evidence satisfactory to the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, that you: (i) work in a separate division, department or unit that does not compete with the business of the Company (or any affiliate); and (ii) will not have contact with the division, department or unit that does compete with the business of the Company (or any affiliate). If you received your Option grant as a non-employee member of the Company’s Board of Directors, this provision will not apply to you unless your Employment is terminated for Cause (as defined above).
Non-Solicitation    During Employment and for a period of two (2) years thereafter, you shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, on your own behalf or on behalf of any other person, firm, corporation or business entity: (a) induce or attempt to induce any agent, broker, affinity group or

 

4


   policyholder of the Company (or any affiliate), or any prior agent, affinity group or policyholder that was an agent, affinity group or policyholder within twelve (12) months of such contact, to withdraw, decrease or cancel its business with the Company (or any affiliate) or otherwise terminate any written or oral agreement or understanding or other relationship with the Company (or any affiliate); (b) solicit or attempt to solicit, service or attempt to service, or for the purpose of obtaining the business of any agent, broker, affinity group or policyholder of the Company (or any affiliate), or any prior agent, affinity group or policyholder that was an agent, broker, affinity group or policyholder within twelve (12) months of such contact, to the extent the business solicited is similar to, or competitive with, the business of the Company (or any affiliate), engage in discussions or other communications with (regardless of who initiates such discussions or communications) any person, firm or entity that was an actual or prospective agent, broker, affinity group or policyholder of the Company during any part of the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding termination of Employment if you participated, directly or indirectly, in the solicitation or servicing of that agent, broker, affinity group or policyholder or prospective agent, broker, affinity group or policyholder, or supervised or managed those who did, during your Employment with the Company at any time during such twelve (12) month period immediately preceding your termination of Employment; (c) solicit or attempt to solicit, hire or attempt to hire, or communicate with, any person who is an employee, individual consultant or independent contractor of the Company (or any affiliate), or any prior employee, individual consultant or independent contractor that was an employee, consultant or independent contractor within twelve (12) months of such contact, with the purpose or intent of attracting such person from the employ of the Company (or any affiliate); or (d) induce or attempt to induce any person who is an employee, individual consultant or independent contractor of the Company (or any affiliate) to terminate or limit his or her Employment or other relationship with the Company (or any affiliate), or any prior employee, individual consultant or independent contractor that was an employee, individual consultant or independent contractor within twelve (12) months of such contact.
Form of Payment   

Upon exercise of your Option, you must submit payment of the Option price for the shares you are purchasing. Payment may be made via (i) cash; (ii) to the extent permitted by law, a “cashless” exercise, by which you deliver an irrevocable direction to a licensed securities broker to sell Stock and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate Option price and any applicable withholding taxes; or (iii) as otherwise permitted by the Administrator.

 

Administrator ” shall mean one or more officers or employees of the Company to whom the Committee may delegate the authority to execute and distribute Award Agreements or other documents evidencing or relating to Awards granted by the Committee under the Plan, to maintain records relating to Awards, to process or oversee the issuance of Stock under Awards, to interpret and administer the terms of Awards and to take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate for the administration of the Plan and of Awards under the Plan, other that those specified in Section 3(b)(i) – (iii) of the Plan.

Withholding Taxes    In the event that the Company determines that any federal, state, local or foreign tax or withholding payment is required relating to the exercise or sale of shares arising from this grant, the Company shall have the right to require such payments from you, or withhold such minimum statutory amounts from other payments due to you from the Company. Payment of your withholding or other taxes may be made via one of the forms of payment for exercise set forth above, or as otherwise determined by the Administrator.

 

5


Transfer of Option    The Option is non-transferable by you. Any attempt by you to transfer this Option will result in the Option becoming invalid, except upon your death by the laws of descent and distribution.
No Employment Rights    Neither your Option nor this Agreement give you the right to be retained by the Company in any capacity and your Employment may be terminated at any time and for any reason.
Shareholder Rights    You have no rights as a shareholder of the Company unless and until the Stock relating to your exercise has been issued (or an appropriate book entry has been made). Except as described in the Plan, no adjustments are made for dividends or other rights if the applicable record date occurs before your Stock is issued (or an appropriate book entry has been made).
Applicable Law    This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, with consent to jurisdiction by you in the State of New York.
Data Privacy   

To administer the Plan, the Company may process personal data about you. Such data includes the information provided in this Agreement, other appropriate personal and financial data about you such as home address and business addresses and other contact information, payroll information and any other information deemed appropriate by the Company to facilitate the administration of the Plan.

By accepting this award, you consent to the Company’s processing of such personal data and the transfer of such data outside the country in which you work or are employed, including, with respect to non-U.S. residents, to the United States, to transferees who shall include the Company and other persons designated by the Company to administer the Plan.

Consent to Electronic Delivery    Certain statutory materials relating to the Plan may be delivered to you in electronic form. By accepting this grant, you consent to electronic delivery and acknowledge receipt of these materials, including the Plan.

This Agreement is not a stock certificate or a negotiable instrument.

 

6


By accepting your grant, you agree to the terms and conditions in this Agreement and in the Plan, and agree that the Plan will control in the event any provision of this Agreement should appear to be inconsistent with the terms and conditions in the Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date and year below.

 

NATIONAL GENERAL HOLDINGS CORP.    
    Date:    
By:    
Its:    

EMPLOYEE

   
    Date:    
Name:    

 

7

Exhibit 10.13

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE AND THE INDEBTEDNESS EVIDENCED HEREBY ARE SUBORDINATE IN THE MANNER AND TO THE EXTENT SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 20, 2013 AMONG THE HOLDER AND JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT IN CONNECTION WITH THE CREDIT AGREEMENT DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 20, 2013 AMONG AMERICAN CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORPORATION, THE SENIOR LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY THERETO AND JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, TO THE SENIOR OBLIGATIONS (AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED IN SAID SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT) (INCLUDING INTEREST) OWED BY AMERICAN CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORPORATION TO THE HOLDERS OF SENIOR OBLIGATIONS (AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED IN SAID SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT), AND EACH HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF SHALL BE BOUND BY THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT, AND ANY AMENDMENTS TO THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL BE NULL AND VOID AND OF NO EFFECT WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF SUCH ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.

Second Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note

 

$18,700,000.00      Effective as of February 20, 2013

WHEREAS, pursuant to (i) an Amended & Restated Promissory Note effective as of January 27, 2012 in the principal amount of $14,700,000, and (ii) a promissory note effective as of September 5, 2012 in the principal amount of $4,000,000 ((i) and (ii) collectively, the “Original Promissory Notes”), the undersigned American Capital Acquisition Corporation (“Maker”) has previously promised to pay to the order of ACP Re Ltd. (“Holder”) an aggregate amount of $18,700,000 in principal together with interest thereon on the maturity dates set forth in each of the Original Promissory Notes;

WHEREAS, each of Holder and Maker desire, among other things, to extend the maturity dates of the Original Promissory Notes by amending and restating the Original Promissory Notes in their entirety by entry into this Second Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note (this “Note”).

NOW THEREFORE, THE ORIGINAL PROMISSORY NOTES ARE HEREBY AMENDED AND RESTATED IN THEIR ENTIRETY AS FOLLOWS:

For value received, the undersigned promises to pay to the order of the Holder, the sum of (i) the principal amount of $18,700,000.00, (ii) interest from the date of this Note until payment thereof at the rate of 3.0% per annum on such principal amount and (iii) all


accrued and outstanding interest to the date hereof under each of the Original Promissory Notes, all such principal amount and interest to be payable on January 1, 2017 (the “Maturity Date”). Payment shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America at such place or places as Holder may from time to time designate in writing.

The undersigned waives presentment, demand for performance, notice of nonperformance, protest, notice of protest and notice of dishonor. This Note is being delivered in and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

This Note is a binding obligation of the undersigned, enforceable in accordance with the terms hereof. Changes in and additions to this Note may be made or compliance with any term, covenant, agreement, condition or provision set forth herein may be omitted or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the undersigned and the Holder.

This Note is given in substitution for, and not in repayment of, the Original Promissory Notes and is not intended to constitute, and does not constitute, a novation or satisfaction of the obligations represented by the Original Promissory Notes.

[Remainder of page left blank; signature page follows.]


Effective as of the date first above written.

AMERICAN CAPITAL ACQUISITION     CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Peter Rendall
  Peter Rendall, Treasurer
AGREED AND ACCEPTED:
ACP RE LTD.
By:   /s/ Michael H. Weiner
  Michael H. Weiner, Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 10.14

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Agreement, made and entered into as of this 6 th day of August, 2013 (“Agreement”), among and between National General Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the individual listed on the signature page hereof (the “Indemnitee”);

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that he will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that he will not be so indemnified; and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is willing to serve, for or on behalf of the Company, on the condition that he be so indemnified;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Service by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees to continue to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law).

SECTION 2. Indemnification - General. The Company shall indemnify, and advance Expenses (as hereinafter defined) to Indemnitee as provided by applicable law in effect on the date hereof and to such greater extent as applicable law may thereafter from time to time permit. The rights of Indemnitee provided under the preceding sentence shall include, but shall not be limited to, the rights set forth in the other Sections of this Agreement.

The indemnification provided under this Agreement is in addition to and not in lieu of any other indemnification provided to Indemnitee by any other agreement or by operation of law.

SECTION 3. Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 3 if, by reason of his Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any threatened, pending, or completed Proceeding (as hereinafter defined), other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

SECTION 4. Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 4 if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification against such expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company if applicable law prohibits such indemnification; provided, however, that, if applicable law so permits, indemnification against Expenses shall nevertheless be made by the Company in such event if and only to the extent that the Court in which such Proceeding shall have been brought or is pending, shall determine.

SECTION 5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly


successful in such Proceeding, but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For the purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by settlement or dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

SECTION 6. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

SECTION 7. Advancement of Expenses. The Company shall advance all reasonable Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding within twenty (20) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.

SECTION 8. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and the public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnity is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Secretary of the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 8(a) hereof, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change in Control (as hereinafter defined) shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel (as hereinafter defined) in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), or (B) if a quorum of the Board of Directors consisting of Disinterested Directors is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, such quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (C) by the stockholders of the Company; or (iii) as provided in Section 9(b) of this Agreement; and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination.

Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorney’s fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.


(c) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 8(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 8(c). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors, and the Company shall give written notice to the Indemnitee advising him of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board of Directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may within seven (7) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or the Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection. Such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 17 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. If such written objection is made, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 8(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Supreme Court of the State of New York in New York County or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the Court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom an objection is so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 8(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 8(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 8(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 19(a)(iii) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

SECTION 9. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a) If a Change in Control shall have occurred, in making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 8(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person or entity or any determination contrary to that presumption.

(b) If the person or entity empowered or selected under Section 8 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such sixty (60) day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided further, that the foregoing provisions or this Section 9(b) shall not apply (i) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 8(b) of this Agreement and (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination the Board of Directors has resolved to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy (70) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders (i) is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purposes of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat, or (ii) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to made by the Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 8(b) of this Agreement.


(c) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendre or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely effect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any Criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

SECTION 10. Remedies of Indemnitee

(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement, (iii) the determination of entitlement of indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 8(b) of this Agreement and such determination shall not have been made and delivered in a written opinion within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, or (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore, or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 8 or 9 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of New York, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of his entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 10(a). The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration, commenced pursuant to this Section 10 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 10 the Company shall have the burden of proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

(c) If a determination shall have been made or deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 8 or 9 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 10, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 10 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 10, seeks a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Company, and shall be indemnified by the Company against, any and all expense (of the types described in the definition of Expense in Section 17 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by him, but only if he prevails therein. If it shall be determined in said judicial adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advancement of expenses sought, the expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication or arbitration shall be appropriately prorated.


SECTION 11. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof shall be effective as to any Indemnitee with respect to any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or termination.

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies.

(c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

SECTION 12. Duration of Agreement. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) 10 years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director and/or officer, or (b) the final termination of all pending Proceedings in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement relating thereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his heirs, executors and administrators.

SECTION 13. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reasons whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provisions held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

SECTION 14. Exception to Right of Indemnification or Advancement of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Agreement with respect to any Proceeding, or any claim therein: (i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; (ii) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; (iii) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (a) the Board of Directors of the Company authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (b) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under the DGCL; or (iv) if a


final decision by a court of law having jurisdiction in the matter shall determine that such indemnification is not lawful.

SECTION 15. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

SECTION 16. Heading. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

SECTION 17. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “Change in Control” means a change in control of the Company shall be deemed to have occurred if after the Effective Date (i) any “person” other than principal shareholders or an affiliate thereof as of the Effective Date is or becomes the “beneficial owner” directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or (ii) the Company is a party to a merger, consolidation, sale of assets or other reorganization, as a consequence of which members of the Board of Directors in office immediately prior to such a transaction or event constitute less than a majority of the Board of Directors thereafter.

Company in this Section 17(a) shall mean National General Holdings Corp. and any related or affiliated company in which the Indemnitee is an officer, director or employee.

(b) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

(c) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(d) “Effective Date” means August 6, 2013.

(e) “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorney’s fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding.

(f) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or member of a law firm, which is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither currently is, nor in the past five years has been retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the forgoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(g) “Proceeding” includes any action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing or any other proceeding, including any appeal thereof, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, except one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

SECTION 18. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this


Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

SECTION 19. Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees as promptly as practicable to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation , subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder.

SECTION 20. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipt for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

 

  (a) If to the Indemnitee, to:

The address of the respective Indemnitee located on the signature page at the end of this Agreement.

 

  (b) If the Company, to:

59 Maiden Lane, 38 th Floor

New York, NY 10038

Attn: General Counsel

SECTION 21. Governing Law. The parties agree that this Agreement shall be Governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.

 

ATTEST    

NATIONAL GENERAL HOLDINGS

CORP.

By:     By:

 

   

 

    Name:
Secretary     Title:
    INDEMNITEE
   

 

  Address:  

 

   

 

Exhibit 10.15

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement” ) is made as of the 1 st day of January 2013 (the Effective Date ) by and between Byron Storms, an individual having an address at 11050 Appomattox Court, Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91737 ( “Executive” ), and GMAC Insurance Management Corporation, a Delaware corporation, having an address at 500 West Fifth Street, Winston-Salem, NC 27101 (the “ Company ”; collectively, the Parties ).

R E C I T A L S:

WHEREAS , the Parties desire to enter into this Agreement in order to set forth the terms and conditions of Executive’s employment with the Company following the date of this Agreement, intending to supersede any prior employment agreement, written or oral between Executive and the Company or any of its affiliates.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and in consideration of the mutual covenants and obligations herein contained, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES

1.1 Employment . The Company hereby agrees to employ Executive and Executive hereby accepts such employment on the terms and conditions set forth herein. Upon the Effective Date, this Agreement shall supersede any and all prior agreements, written or oral, between the Parties regarding any aspect of Executive’s employment relationship with the Company or its affiliates.

1.2 Term of Employment Agreement . This Employment Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and end on the second anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Initial Term ”). The Employment Agreement shall automatically renew for one or more additional two-year terms unless either party notifies the other party at least 120 days prior to the end of the then current term of an intent not to renew. The Initial Term and any renewal terms are referred to herein as the “ Contract Term .”

1.3 “At-Will” Employment . Executive’s employment with the Company is deemed “at will,” meaning that Executive may resign, or the Company may terminate Executive’s employment, at any time with or without notice and for any or for no reason. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to alter the “at-will” nature of Executive’s employment, nor shall anything in this Agreement be construed as providing Executive with a definite term of employment. This provision may only be amended by a written instrument executed by both the Company and Executive.

1.4 Position and Title . It is the intention for Executive to serve as President of the Company or such other position as determined by the Chairman & Chief Executive Officer of the Company from time to time and shall serve in such position at the pleasure of the


Chairman & Chief Executive Officer. Executive shall perform those duties generally required of persons in this position or such other duties as the Company may from time to time direct. Executive will report to Michael Karfunkel, or to any other individual that the Company shall, in its discretion, designate from time to time, which person shall be the Chairman or Chief Executive Officer of the Company. If elected a director or officer of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, Executive shall serve in such positions with no additional compensation.

1.5 Office Location . Executive shall be employed at the Company’s North Carolina office, which is presently located in Winston-Salem, North Carolina, subject to such travel requirements as the performance of Executive’s duties may require. It is anticipated and understood that Executive’s position will require substantial travel. In the event that Executive is requested by the Company to change his primary office location to the Cleveland, Ohio area to be based in the Company’s Cleveland, Ohio regional office, Executive agrees to do so.

1.6 Devotion of Time . Executive shall devote his full business time and attention, skills and best efforts to the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder and shall not, during Executive’s employment by the Company, be employed by or otherwise engaged in any other business activity requiring any of his time; provided , however , that Executive may, to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement, devote such amount of time as does not, in the discretion of the Company, interfere or compete with the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement by: (a) investing Executive’s personal assets in such manner as will not require services to be rendered by Executive in the operation of the affairs of the companies in which investments are made, or (b) engaging in charitable, community or political activities, including serving on the boards of directors or committees of related organizations.

ARTICLE II

COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

In exchange for the full, complete and satisfactory performance of Executive’s services, the Company shall provide Executive with the following compensation and benefits. Unless otherwise set forth to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company is not bound to provide or continue any level, or kind, of compensation or benefit.

2.1 Base Salary . The Company will pay to Executive a salary at the annual rate of $750,000 (the “Base Salary” ), payable in conformity with the Company’s customary compensation payment practices; as such practices may be adjusted from time to time.

2.2 Incentive Bonus . Executive will be eligible to earn a bonus equal to 5% of the increase in underwriting income of the auto business (which for the avoidance of doubt shall not include, income from the life settlement, health or accident businesses) of the 10 regulated insurers owned directly or indirectly by American Capital Acquisition Corporation (“ ACAC ”) on the date of this Agreement for the applicable calendar year as compared to the underwriting income of the auto business of the 10 regulated insurers owned directly or indirectly by ACAC on the date of this Agreement for the immediately prior calendar year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall receive a minimum bonus with respect to any

 

- 2 -


calendar year of not less than 50% of the bonus received with respect to 2012 and a maximum amount equal to three times Executive’s Base Salary as of the end of the Fiscal Year. Any bonus paid to Executive pursuant to this subsection shall be paid within two and one-half (2  1 / 2 ) months after the end of the Fiscal Year and shall be subject to applicable payroll deductions and withholdings.

2.3 Benefits . Executive shall be entitled to participate in all savings and retirement plans, policies and programs as may be made available by the Company to executives generally. In addition, Executive shall be entitled to participate on the same basis with all other employees in the Company’s standard benefits packages, including group health, disability and life insurance programs. Executive understands that such benefits are provided by the Company at the Company’s discretion and may be changed, increased, decreased or eliminated on an organization-wide basis from time to time.

2.4 Housing . Executive will be provided with a house to live in the Winston-Salem area, so long as his primary place of employment remains in the Winston-Salem, North Carolina area. In the event that Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated or this Agreement is not renewed, Executive may continue to stay in such residence for 30 days following termination, provided that Executive pays the Company monthly rent at market rates as determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion during such period. Executive will consult with his own tax advisors with respect to any tax ramifications of being provided with housing by the Company.

2.5 Reimbursement . The Company shall reimburse Executive upon presentation of vouchers and other supporting documentation as the Company may require, for reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Executive relating to the business or affairs of the Company or the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, provided , however , that the incurring of such expenses shall have been approved in accordance with the Company’s regular reimbursement procedures and practices in effect from time to time.

2.6 Taxes and Withholdings . The Company shall withhold from Executive’s compensation all applicable amounts for federal, state and local taxes and withholdings as required by applicable laws.

2.7 Pooled Time Off . Executive will be eligible to earn pooled time off days each calendar year in accordance with the Company’s policies for senior executives in effect from time to time. The Executive may use pooled time off days at any time during the year, whether or not vested with management approval. Pooled Time Off must be taken in accordance with the policies of the Company.

ARTICLE III

TERM AND TERMINATION

3.1 Termination . For purposes of determining whether Executive is eligible for severance pay on termination from the Company, the following definitions will apply:

 

- 3 -


3.2(a) Termination For Cause . For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall include, but not be limited to, the following: (i) Executive’s habitual or gross negligence in the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities with the Company, including a failure by Executive to perform such duties and responsibilities, provided such performance or neglect is not corrected (assuming it is correctable) by Executive within twenty (20) business days after receipt of written notice from the Company; (ii) any material breach by Executive of this Agreement or any other agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates to which Executive is a party, provided such performance or neglect is not corrected (assuming a reasonable person would believe it is correctable) by Executive within twenty (20) business days after receipt of written notice from the Company; (iii) Executive’s breach of a fiduciary duty to the Company or failure to act in the best interests of the Company; (iv) the arrest (following an investigation of the facts which results in a determination by the Company of the Executive’s culpability) of, conviction of, or admission by, Executive of a felony or crime involving moral turpitude, whether or not committed in the course of performing services for the Company; (v) the commission by Executive of any acts of moral turpitude, including the commission by Executive of embezzlement, theft or any other fraudulent act; or (vi) Executive’s material violation of the Company’s policies, provided such violation is not corrected (assuming a reasonable person would believe it is correctable) by Executive within twenty (20) business days after receipt of written notice from the Company. An act, failure to act or course of conduct shall be considered “grossly negligent” if done, or omitted to be done, by Executive without a reasonable belief that such action, omission or course of conduct was in the best interest of the Company. Any written notice shall set forth in reasonable detail, the facts and circumstances claimed to constitute Cause.

(a) Termination Due to Death or Disability . Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate upon Executive’s death or, at the election of the Company by written notice to Executive, upon any Disability of Executive. As used in this Agreement, the term “Disability” shall mean the inability or failure of Executive to perform the essential functions of the position with or without reasonable accommodation as a result of a mental or physical condition for a period of ninety (90) or more days (whether or not consecutive) during any twelve (12) month period. In the event of a termination due to Disability, Section 5.3 will not apply to Executive unless Company elects for Section 5.3 to apply and pays Executive Base Salary and current health insurance benefit (with the Executive continuing to make his or her co-pay) for the Non-Compete Period (as defined in Section 5.3), all as determined in good faith by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such termination for disability shall not violate any Federal, State of local law.

(b) Termination Without Cause . Any termination by the Company, other than a termination for Cause or a termination due to death or Disability or Executive’s resignation, will be deemed a termination without Cause. In the event of such termination, the Company shall pay to Executive severance (in accordance with normal payroll practices) at a per annum rate equal to the Base Salary in effect at the time of such termination for a period of 12 months following such termination (even if such 12 month period extends past the end of the Contract Term then in effect); provided however , that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Executive under this section 3.2(c) unless Executive has delivered to the Company a release of all claims in form and substance reasonably satisfactory

 

- 4 -


to the Company and the release shall have become effective and irrevocable under all applicable law. Executive shall not be entitled to receive severance under any other plans maintained by the Company for a termination without Cause. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Company’s obligation to pay Executive’s Base Salary will immediately terminate upon: (i) the parties’ mutual agreement to waive enforcement of the Section 5.3 Non-Compete; or (ii) Executive’s commencement of new or alternative employment (including consulting arrangements), which will reduce the Company’s obligation to continue to pay Executive’s Base Salary by the base salary received by Executive from such new or alternative employment (or consulting arrangement) for the remainder of the period of time during which severance is due under this Section. In the event Executive accepts such new or alternative employment during such period of time, Executive agrees to inform the Company of such employment prior to commencing such employment.

(c) Termination for Good Reason . Executive may resign and terminate his employment with the Company for “ Good Reason .” Executive shall have “Good Reason” to effect a termination in the event that the Company (i) reduces Executive’s Base Salary, or (ii) requires Executive to relocate more than 50 road miles from Executive’s office (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall mean the Company’s office in Cleveland, Ohio in the event Executive changes his primary office location to such office as set forth in Section 1.5) or any subsequent office to which the Executive moves with the Executive’s consent; provided that Executive provides written notice to the Company as to the details of the basis for such Good Reason within thirty (30) days following the date on which Executive alleges the event giving rise to such Good Reason occurred and the Company fails to provide a reasonable cure within thirty (30) days after its receipt of such notice. In the event of such termination, Executive will receive the payments and benefits described in Section 3.2(c) . The Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Executive under this Section 3.2(d) unless Executive has delivered to the Company a release of all claims in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the release shall have become effective and irrevocable under all applicable law.

In the event (each, a “ Non-Compete Event ”) there is (i) a diminishment of Executive’s position and functional responsibilities in a substantial and negative manner or (ii) a non-renewal of the Agreement by the Company, then Executive may terminate this Agreement; provided that the Executive provides written notice to the Company as to the details of the basis for such Non-Compete Event within thirty (30) days following the date on which Executive alleges the event giving rise to such Non-Compete Event occurred and the Company fails to provide a reasonable cure within thirty (30) days after its receipt of such notice. In the event of such termination for a Non-Compete Event, no severance will be due hereunder, but the non-compete in Section 5.3 will not apply unless the Company agrees to pay the Executive the Executive’s Base Salary for the term of the Non-Compete Period. In the event of a non-renewal of the Agreement by the Company and Executive doesn’t terminate within thirty (30) days of notice of such non-renewal and the Executive’s employment is subsequently terminated then no severance will be due hereunder, but the non-compete in Section 5.3 will not apply unless the Company agrees to pay the Executive the Executive’s Base Salary for the term of the Non-Compete Period.

 

- 5 -


ARTICLE IV

EFFECTS OF TERMINATION

In the event Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Sections 3.2(a) or 3.2(b), the Company shall have no obligations to Executive except (i) for continuation of health insurance benefits to the extent required by applicable law, and (ii) that Executive shall be paid any Base Salary earned, but unpaid, as the date of termination, any earned but unused vacation, reimbursed for any expenses incurred up to the date of termination and otherwise payable under Section 2.5 . In the event Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Sections 3.2(c) or 3.2(d) herein, then Executive shall be entitled to receive all payments described in such sections as well as (i) continuation of health insurance benefits to the extent required by applicable law, and (ii) any Base Salary earned, but unpaid, as the date of termination and reimbursed for any expenses incurred up to the date of termination and otherwise payable under Section 2.5 .

ARTICLE V

CONFIDENTIALITY AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

5.1 Confidentiality . In the course of Executive’s employment, Executive has had and will have access to confidential or proprietary data or information of the Company (and its affiliates) and its operations. Executive agrees that he will not at any time divulge or communicate to any person, nor shall Executive direct any employee to divulge or communicate to any person (other than to a person bound by confidentiality obligations similar to those contained herein and other than as necessary in performing Executive’s duties hereunder), or use to the detriment of the Company (or any of its affiliates) or for the benefit of any other person, any of such confidential or proprietary data or information. The provisions of this Section 5.1 shall survive Executive’s employment hereunder, whether by the normal expiration thereof or otherwise. The term “confidential or proprietary data or information” as used in this Agreement shall mean all information, whether or not reduced to written or recorded form, that is related to the Company and that is not generally known or accessible to members of the public and/or competitors of the Company nor intended for general dissemination, whether furnished by the Company or compiled by Executive, including, without limitation, information related to the financial performance of the Company (or any affiliate), information concerning the customers of the Company (or any affiliate), the existing or proposed future projects, prospects, or business strategies of the Company (or any affiliate), personnel information, financial information, customer lists, supplier lists, information relating to producer or affinity group relationships or identities, trade secrets, information regarding operations, systems, services, know-how, computer and any other processed or collated data, computer programs, pricing, marketing and advertising data. Executive understands that it is the Company’s intention to maintain the confidentiality of this information notwithstanding that employees of the Company may have free access to the information for the purpose of performing their duties with the Company, and notwithstanding that employees who are not expressly bound by agreements similar to this agreement may have access to such information for job purposes. Executive acknowledges that it is not practical, and shall not be necessary, to mark such information as “confidential,”

 

- 6 -


nor to transfer it within the Company by confidential envelope or communication, in order to preserve the confidential nature of the information.

5.2 Intellectual Property . Executive agrees that Executive will at all times promptly disclose to the Company, in such form and manner as the Company may reasonably require, any inventions, improvements or procedural or methodological innovations, programs methods, forms, systems, services, designs, marketing ideas, products or processes (whether or not capable of being trade-marked, copyrighted or patented) conceived or developed or created by Executive during or in connection with Executive’s employment hereunder and which relate to the business of the Company or any affiliates ( “Intellectual Property” ). Executive agrees that all such Intellectual Property shall be the sole property of the Company. To the extent possible, any Intellectual Property made or conceived by Executive shall be deemed a “work made for hire” within the meaning of § 101 of the Federal Copyright Act, as amended; with the exception of inventions (including works of authorship) Executive develops entirely on Executive’s own time without using the Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities or trade secret information, and that do not relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice to the Company’s business, or to the actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Company, or to any work performed by Executive for the Company. Executive further agrees that Executive will execute such instruments and perform such acts as may reasonably be requested by the Company to transfer to and perfect in the Company all legally protectible rights in such Intellectual Property.

5.3 Non-Compete . While employed by the Company and for a period of one (1) year thereafter (the “ Non-Compete Period ”), Executive shall not, without the prior written approval of the Company, become engaged or become interested, directly or indirectly, as a director, officer, employee or 5% or more stockholder or equity interest owner in, partner in, or consultant to, any business which is competitive with or similar to the business of the Company or any of its affiliates in any state in the United States (except in the states of North Dakota, South Dakota, Wyoming and Montana) where the Company or any of its affiliates conducts business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be prohibited from employment or service with an entity that engages in a competing business if Executive provides evidence satisfactory to the Company, in its sole discretion, that Executive:

(a) (i) works in a separate division, department or unit that does not compete with the business of the Company (or any of its affiliates); and (ii) will not have contact with the division, department or unit that does compete with the business of the Company (or any of its affiliates) or

(b) works for or owns an insurance agency which does not compete with the business of the Company (or any of its affiliates). For purposes of this Agreement, AmTrust Financial Services, Inc. and its subsidiaries and Maiden Holdings Ltd. and its subsidiaries are not deemed to be affiliates of the Company.

5.4 Non-Solicitation . While employed by the Company and for a period of two (2) years thereafter, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, on Executive’s own behalf or on behalf of any other person: (a) induce or attempt to induce any agent, producer, affinity group

 

- 7 -


or policyholder of the Company (or any of its affiliates), or any prior agent, producer, affinity group or policyholder that was an agent, producer, affinity group or policyholder within twelve months of such contact, to withdraw, decrease or cancel its business with the Company (or any of its affiliates) or otherwise terminate any written or oral agreement or understanding or other relationship with the Company (or any of its affiliates); (b) solicit the business of any customer of the Company (or any of its affiliates), or any prior agent, producer, affinity group or policyholder that was an agent, producer, affinity group or policyholder within twelve months of such contact, to the extent the business solicited is similar to, or competitive with, the business of the Company (or any of its affiliates); (c) solicit or attempt to solicit, or hire or attempt to hire, any person who is an employee, individual consultant or independent contractor of the Company (or any of its affiliates), or any prior employee, individual consultant or independent contractor that was an employee, consultant or independent contractor within twelve months of such contact; or (d) induce or attempt to induce any person who is an employee, individual consultant or independent contractor of the Company (or any of its affiliates) to terminate or limit his or her employment or other relationship with the Company (or any of its affiliates), or any prior employee, individual consultant or independent contractor that was an employee, individual consultant or independent contractor within twelve months of such contact.

5.5 Acknowledgments.

(a) Executive acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Company transacts property and casualty insurance business through its affiliates, (ii) the Company and its affiliates have long-term relationships with their customers that were in many instances developed at considerable expense and difficulty over several years of close and continuing involvement, and (iii) the Company and its affiliates have acquired at considerable expense the benefits and goodwill associated with such relationships.

(b) Executive agrees that following Executive’s employment with the Company, the Company shall have the right to communicate the terms of this Agreement to any prospective or current employer of Executive. Executive waives any right to assert any claim for damages against the Company or any officer, employee or agent of the Company arising from such disclosure of the terms of this Agreement.

(c) Executive acknowledges that the purposes of this Article V would be frustrated by measuring the period of restriction from the date of termination of employment where Executive failed to honor the Agreement until directed to do so by court order. Therefore, should legal proceedings have to be brought by the Company against Executive to enforce this Agreement and should the Company prevail in obtaining injunctive or other equitable relief against Executive, the period of restriction under this Article V all be deemed to be extended for a period equal to the period of violation by Executive.

(d) The provisions of this Article V shall be independent of any other provision of this Agreement, and the existence of any claim or cause of action by Executive against the Company, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of this Article V by the Company.

 

- 8 -


5.6 Return of Property . All written materials, records and documents made by Executive or coming into Executive’s possession during Executive’s employment concerning any products, processes or equipment, manufactured, used, developed, investigated or considered by the Company (or any of its affiliates) or otherwise concerning the business or affairs of the Company (or any of its affiliates), shall be the sole property of the Company (or such affiliate), and upon termination of Executive’s employment, or upon request of the Company during Executive’s employment, Executive shall promptly deliver same to the Company. In addition, upon termination of Executive’s employment, or upon request of the Company during Executive’s employment, Executive will deliver to the Company all other Company property in Executive’s possession or under Executive’s control, including but not limited to, financial statements, marketing and sales data, patent applications, drawings and other documents, and all Company credit cards and automobiles.

5.7 Equitable Relief . With respect to the covenants contained in Article V of this Agreement, Executive agrees that any remedy at law for any breach of said covenants may be inadequate and that the Company shall be entitled to seek specific performance or any other mode of injunctive and/or other equitable relief (without the requirement of posting a bond) to enforce its rights hereunder or any other relief a court might award.

ARTICLE VI

EMPLOYEE’S REPRESENTATIONS

Executive represents and warrants that he is not a party to any other employment, non-competition, or other agreement or restriction which could interfere with his employment with the Company or his or the Company’s rights and obligations hereunder, and that his employment with the Company and the performance of his duties hereunder will not breach the provisions of any contract, agreement, or understanding to which Executive is party or any duty owed by Executive to any other person.

ARTICLE VII

NOTICES

All demands, notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered or sent by facsimile machine (with a confirmation copy sent by one of the other methods authorized in this Section), commercial (including FedEx) or the U.S. Postal Service overnight delivery service, or, deposited with the U.S. Postal Service mailed first class, registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, as set forth below:

 

- 9 -


If to the Company, addressed to:

GMAC Insurance Management Corporation

500 West Fifth Street

Winston-Salem, NC 27101

Attention: Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

Telephone No: 212-380-9495

Facsimile No.: 212-380-9499

With a copy to:

GMAC Insurance Management Corporation

500 West Fifth Street

Winston-Salem, NC 27101

Attention: General Counsel

Telephone No: 212-380-9479

Facsimile No.: 212-380-9499

If to Executive, addressed to:

Byron Storms

11050 Appomattox Court

Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91737

Notices shall be deemed given upon the earlier to occur of (i) receipt by the party to whom such notice is directed; (ii) if sent by facsimile machine, on the day such notice is sent if sent (as evidenced by the facsimile confirmed receipt) prior to 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time and, if sent after 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time, on the day after which such notice is sent; (iii) on the first business day following the day the same is deposited with the commercial carrier if sent by commercial overnight delivery service; or (iv) the fifth day following deposit thereof with the aforesaid Postal Service as aforesaid. Each party, by notice duly given in accordance therewith may specify a different address for the giving of any notice hereunder.

ARTICLE VIII

ENFORCEMENT AND WAIVERS

8.1 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with laws of the State of North Carolina without regard to conflict or choice of law principles applicable therein. Any action, suit or other proceeding initiated by any party under or in connection with this Agreement must be brought in any Federal or State court in the State of North Carolina and both parties consent to the jurisdiction and venue of any Federal or State court in the State of North Carolina and agree that North Carolina is a convenient forum within which to litigate such dispute.

8.2 Waivers . No delay in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right. A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one

 

- 10 -


occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

ARTICLE IX

COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A OF THE CODE

The provisions of this Article IX shall apply solely to the extent that a payment under this Agreement is subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”).

9.1 General Suspension of Payments . If Executive is a “specified employee,” as such term is defined within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, any payments or benefits payable or provided as a result of Executive’s termination of employment that would otherwise be paid or provided prior to the first day of the seventh month following such termination (other than due to death) shall instead be paid or provided on the earlier of (i) the six months and one day following Executive’s termination, (ii) the date of Executive’s death, or (iii) any date that otherwise complies with Section 409A of the Code. In the event that Executive is entitled to receive payments during the suspension period provided under this Section, Executive shall receive the accumulated benefits that would have been paid or provided under this Agreement within the suspension period on the earliest day that would be permitted under Section 409A of the Code.

9.2 Release Payments . In the event that Executive is required to execute a release to receive any payments from the Company that constitute nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, payment of such amounts shall not be made or commence until the sixtieth (60th) day following such termination of employment. Any payments that are suspended during the sixty (60) day period shall be paid on the date the first regular payroll is made immediately following the end of such period.

9.3 Reimbursement Payments . The following rules shall apply to payments of any amounts under this Agreement that are treated as “reimbursement payments” under Section 409A of the Code: (i) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement in one calendar year shall not limit the available reimbursements for any other calendar year (other than an arrangement providing for the reimbursement of medical expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code); (ii) Executive shall file a claim for all reimbursement payments not later than thirty (30) days following the end of the calendar year during which the expenses were incurred, (iii) the Company shall make such reimbursement payments within thirty (30) days following the date Executive delivers written notice of the expenses to the Company; and (iv) Executive’s right to such reimbursement payments shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other payment or benefit.

9.4 Separation from Service . For purposes of this Agreement, any reference to “termination” of Executive’s employment shall be interpreted consistent with the meaning of the term “separation from service” in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and no portion of the Severance Payments shall be paid to Executive prior to the date such Executive incurs a separation from service under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code.

 

- 11 -


9.5 Installment Payments . For purposes of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (including without limitation Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), all payments made under this Agreement (whether severance payments or otherwise) will be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment under this Agreement will at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment.

9.6 General . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, it is intended that the severance benefits and other payments payable under this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Code provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5), and 1.409A-(b)(9) and this Agreement will be construed to the greatest extent possible as consistent with those provisions. The commencement of payment or provision of any payment or benefit under this Agreement shall be deferred to the minimum extent necessary to prevent the imposition of any excise taxes or penalties on the Company or Executive.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Captions . The captions of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, limit or affect the scope or substance of any section of this Agreement.

10.2 Severability . In the case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall in no way be affected or impaired thereby. In addition, should a court of competent jurisdiction declare any of the covenants set forth in Article V unenforceable, the parties agree to the extent permitted under the law of the State of North Carolina that such court shall be authorized to modify such covenants so as to render the remaining covenants and the modified covenants valid and enforceable to the maximum extent possible, and as so modified, to enforce this Agreement in accordance with its terms. In accordance with and subject to the foregoing, if any provision of this Article X shall be held to be excessively broad, it shall be limited to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law.

10.3 Gender and Number . The gender and number used in this Agreement are used as reference terms only and shall apply with the same effect whether the parties are of the masculine, neuter or feminine gender, corporate or other form, and the singular shall likewise include the plural.

10.4 Assignment . This Agreement may be assigned by the Company. The obligations of Executive are personal and shall not be assigned or delegated by Executive.

10.5 Amendment and Modification . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by both the Company and Executive. No waiver by either party of any breach by the other or any provision hereof shall be deemed to be a waiver of any later or other breach thereof or as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

- 12 -


10.6 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement. The terms and conditions of the employment with the Company as set forth herein are integrated with and supersede any contrary verbal discussions concerning conditions of employment.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

- 13 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

EXECUTIVE:

/s/ Byron Storms

Byron Storms

GMAC Insurance Management Corporation

By:   /s/ Michael Karfunkel
  Michael Karfunkel
  Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

 

- 14 -

Exhibit 10.16

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement” ) is made as of the 1 st day of January 2013 ( the Effective Date ”) by and between Michael Weiner, an individual having an address at 19 Wingate Drive, New City, NY 10956 ( “Executive” ), and GMAC Insurance Management Corporation, a Delaware corporation, having an address at 500 West Fifth Street, Winston-Salem, NC 27101 (the “ Company ”; collectively, the Parties ).

R E C I T A L S:

WHEREAS , the Parties desire to enter into this Agreement in order to set forth the terms and conditions of Executive’s employment with the Company following the date of this Agreement, intending to supersede any prior employment agreement, written or oral between Executive and the Company or any of its affiliates.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and in consideration of the mutual covenants and obligations herein contained, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES

1.1 Employment . The Company hereby agrees to employ Executive and Executive hereby accepts such employment on the terms and conditions set forth herein. Upon the Effective Date, this Agreement shall supersede any and all prior agreements, written or oral, between the Parties regarding any aspect of Executive’s employment relationship with the Company or its affiliates.

1.2 Term of Employment Agreement . This Employment Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and end on the second anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Initial Term ”). The Employment Agreement shall automatically renew for one or more additional two-year terms unless either party notifies the other party at least 120 days prior to the end of the then current term of an intent not to renew. The Initial Term and any renewal terms are referred to herein as the “ Contract Term .”

1.3 “At-Will” Employment . Executive’s employment with the Company is deemed “at will,” meaning that Executive may resign, or the Company may terminate Executive’s employment, at any time with or without notice and for any or for no reason. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to alter the “at-will” nature of Executive’s employment, nor shall anything in this Agreement be construed as providing Executive with a definite term of employment. This provision may only be amended by a written instrument executed by both the Company and Executive.

1.4 Position and Title . It is the intention for Executive to serve as Chief Financial Officer of the Company or such other position as determined by the Chairman & Chief Executive Officer of the Company from time to time and shall serve in such position at the pleasure of the Chairman & Chief Executive Officer. Executive shall perform those duties


generally required of persons in this position or such other duties as the Company may from time to time direct. Executive will report to Michael Karfunkel, or to any other individual that the Company shall, in its discretion, designate from time to time. If elected a director or officer of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, Executive shall serve in such positions with no additional compensation.

1.5 Office Location . Executive shall be employed at the Company’s New York office, which is presently located in New York, New York, subject to such travel requirements as the performance of Executive’s duties may require. It is anticipated and understood that Executive’s position will require substantial travel, including spending substantial time in the Company’s Winston-Salem, North Carolina office.

1.6 Devotion of Time . Executive shall devote his full business time and attention, skills and best efforts to the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder and shall not, during Executive’s employment by the Company, be employed by or otherwise engaged in any other business activity requiring any of his time; provided , however , that Executive may, to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement, devote such amount of time as does not, in the discretion of the Company, interfere or compete with the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement by: (a) investing Executive’s personal assets in such manner as will not require services to be rendered by Executive in the operation of the affairs of the companies in which investments are made, or (b) engaging in charitable, community or political activities, including serving on the boards of directors or committees of related organizations.

ARTICLE II

COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

In exchange for the full, complete and satisfactory performance of Executive’s services, the Company shall provide Executive with the following compensation and benefits. Unless otherwise set forth to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company is not bound to provide or continue any level, or kind, of compensation or benefit.

2.1 Base Salary . The Company will pay to Executive a salary at the annual rate of $400,000 (the “Base Salary” ), payable in conformity with the Company’s customary compensation payment practices; as such practices may be adjusted from time to time.

2.2 Incentive Bonus . Executive will be eligible to earn a bonus with respect to each calendar year, with a target range from .5x – 1.5x Executive’s Base Salary, as determined based on Executive’s performance during such calendar year and the recommendation of the Chairman & Chief Executive Officer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall receive a minimum bonus with respect to any calendar year of not less than 50% of the bonus received with respect to 2012 and a maximum amount equal to three times Executive’s Base Salary as of the end of the Fiscal Year. Any bonus paid to Executive pursuant to this subsection shall be paid within two and one-half (2  1 / 2 ) months after the end of the Fiscal Year and shall be subject to applicable payroll deductions and withholdings.

 

- 2 -


2.3 Benefits . Executive shall be entitled to participate in all savings and retirement plans, policies and programs as may be made available by the Company to executives generally. In addition, Executive shall be entitled to participate on the same basis with all other employees in the Company’s standard benefits packages, including group health, disability and life insurance programs. Executive understands that such benefits are provided by the Company at the Company’s discretion and may be changed, increased, decreased or eliminated on an organization-wide basis from time to time.

2.4 Reimbursement . The Company shall reimburse Executive upon presentation of vouchers and other supporting documentation as the Company may require, for reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Executive relating to the business or affairs of the Company or the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, provided , however , that the incurring of such expenses shall have been approved in accordance with the Company’s regular reimbursement procedures and practices in effect from time to time.

2.5 Taxes and Withholdings . The Company shall withhold from Executive’s compensation all applicable amounts for federal, state and local taxes and withholdings as required by applicable laws.

2.6 Pooled Time Off . Executive will be eligible to earn pooled time off days each calendar year in accordance with the Company’s policies for senior executives in effect from time to time. The Executive may use pooled time off days at any time during the year, whether or not vested with management approval. Pooled Time Off must be taken in accordance with the policies of the Company.

ARTICLE III

TERM AND TERMINATION

3.1 Termination . For purposes of determining whether Executive is eligible for severance pay on termination from the Company, the following definitions will apply:

3.2 (a) Termination For Cause . For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall include, but not be limited to, the following: (i) Executive’s habitual or gross negligence in the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities with the Company, including a failure by Executive to perform such duties and responsibilities, provided such performance or neglect is not corrected (assuming it is correctable) by Executive within twenty (20) business days after receipt of written notice from the Company; (ii) any material breach by Executive of this Agreement or any other agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates to which Executive is a party, provided such performance or neglect is not corrected (assuming a reasonable person would believe it is correctable) by Executive within twenty (20) business days after receipt of written notice from the Company; (iii) Executive’s breach of a fiduciary duty to the Company or failure to act in the best interests of the Company; (iv) the arrest (following an investigation of the facts which results in a determination by the Company of the Executive’s culpability) of, conviction of, or admission by, Executive of a felony or crime involving moral turpitude, whether or not committed in the course of performing services for the Company; (v) the commission by Executive of any acts of moral

 

- 3 -


turpitude, including the commission by Executive of embezzlement, theft or any other fraudulent act; or (vi) Executive’s material violation of the Company’s policies, provided such violation is not corrected (assuming a reasonable person would believe it is correctable) by Executive within twenty (20) business days after receipt of written notice from the Company. An act, failure to act or course of conduct shall be considered “grossly negligent” if done, or omitted to be done, by Executive without a reasonable belief that such action, omission or course of conduct was in the best interest of the Company. Any written notice shall set forth in reasonable detail, the facts and circumstances claimed to constitute Cause.

(a) Termination Due to Death or Disability . Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate upon Executive’s death or, at the election of the Company by written notice to Executive, upon any Disability of Executive. As used in this Agreement, the term “Disability” shall mean the inability or failure of Executive to perform the essential functions of the position with or without reasonable accommodation as a result of a mental or physical condition for a period of ninety (90) or more days (whether or not consecutive) during any twelve (12) month period. In the event of a termination due to Disability, Section 5.3 will not apply to Executive unless Company elects for Section 5.3 to apply and pays Executive Base Salary and current health insurance benefit (with the Executive continuing to make his or her co-pay) for the Non-Compete Period (as defined in Section 5.3), all as determined in good faith by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such termination for disability shall not violate any Federal, State of local law.

(b) Termination Without Cause . Any termination by the Company, other than a termination for Cause or a termination due to death or Disability or Executive’s resignation, will be deemed a termination without Cause. In the event of such termination, the Company shall pay to Executive severance (in accordance with normal payroll practices) at a per annum rate equal to the Base Salary in effect at the time of such termination for a period of 12 months following such termination (even if such 12 month period extends past the end of the Contract Term then in effect); provided however , that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Executive under this Section 3.2(c) unless Executive has delivered to the Company a release of all claims in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the release shall have become effective and irrevocable under all applicable law. Executive shall not be entitled to receive severance under any other plans maintained by the Company for a termination without Cause. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Company’s obligation to pay Executive’s Base Salary will immediately terminate upon: (i) the parties’ mutual agreement to waive enforcement of the Section 5.3 Non-Compete; or (ii) Executive’s commencement of new or alternative employment (including consulting arrangements), which will reduce the Company’s obligation to continue to pay Executive’s Base Salary by the base salary received by Executive from such new or alternative employment (or consulting arrangement) for the remainder of the period of time during which severance is due under this Section. In the event Executive accepts such new or alternative employment during such period of time, Executive agrees to inform the Company of such employment prior to commencing such employment.

(c) Termination for Good Reason . Executive may resign and terminate his employment with the Company for “ Good Reason .” Executive shall have “Good Reason” to

 

- 4 -


effect a termination in the event that the Company (i) reduces Executive’s Base Salary, or (ii) requires Executive to relocate more than 50 road miles from Executive’s office or any subsequent office to which the Executive moves with the Executive’s consent; provided that Executive provides written notice to the Company as to the details of the basis for such Good Reason within thirty (30) days following the date on which Executive alleges the event giving rise to such Good Reason occurred and the Company fails to provide a reasonable cure within thirty (30) days after its receipt of such notice. In the event of such termination, Executive will receive the payments and benefits described in Section 3.2(c) . The Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Executive under this Section 3.2(d) unless Executive has delivered to the Company a release of all claims in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the release shall have become effective and irrevocable under all applicable law.

In the event (each, a “ Non-Compete Event ”) there is (i) a diminishment of Executive’s position and functional responsibilities in a substantial and negative manner or (ii) a non-renewal of the Agreement by the Company, then Executive may terminate this Agreement; provided that the Executive provides written notice to the Company as to the details of the basis for such Non-Compete Event within thirty (30) days following the date on which Executive alleges the event giving rise to such Non-Compete Event occurred and the Company fails to provide a reasonable cure within thirty (30) days after its receipt of such notice. In the event of such termination for a Non-Compete Event, no severance will be due hereunder, but the non-compete in Section 5.3 will not apply unless the Company agrees to pay the Executive the Executive’s Base Salary for the term of the Non-Compete Period. In the event of a non-renewal of the Agreement by the Company and Executive doesn’t terminate within thirty (30) days of notice of such non-renewal and the Executive’s employment is subsequently terminated then no severance will be due hereunder, but the non-compete in Section 5.3 will not apply unless the Company agrees to pay the Executive the Executive’s Base Salary for the term of the Non-Compete Period.

ARTICLE IV

EFFECTS OF TERMINATION

In the event Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Sections 3.2(a) or 3.2(b), the Company shall have no obligations to Executive except (i) for continuation of health insurance benefits to the extent required by applicable law, and (ii) that Executive shall be paid any Base Salary earned, but unpaid, as the date of termination, any earned but unused vacation, reimbursed for any expenses incurred up to the date of termination and otherwise payable under Section 2.4 . In the event Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Sections 3.2(c) or 3.2(d) herein, then Executive shall be entitled to receive all payments described in such sections as well as (i) continuation of health insurance benefits to the extent required by applicable law, and (ii) any Base Salary earned, but unpaid, as the date of termination and reimbursed for any expenses incurred up to the date of termination and otherwise payable under Section 2.4 .

 

- 5 -


ARTICLE V

CONFIDENTIALITY AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

5.1 Confidentiality . In the course of Executive’s employment, Executive has had and will have access to confidential or proprietary data or information of the Company (and its affiliates) and its operations. Executive agrees that he will not at any time divulge or communicate to any person, nor shall Executive direct any employee to divulge or communicate to any person (other than to a person bound by confidentiality obligations similar to those contained herein and other than as necessary in performing Executive’s duties hereunder), or use to the detriment of the Company (or any of its affiliates) or for the benefit of any other person, any of such confidential or proprietary data or information. The provisions of this Section 5.1 shall survive Executive’s employment hereunder, whether by the normal expiration thereof or otherwise. The term “confidential or proprietary data or information” as used in this Agreement shall mean all information, whether or not reduced to written or recorded form, that is related to the Company and that is not generally known or accessible to members of the public and/or competitors of the Company nor intended for general dissemination, whether furnished by the Company or compiled by Executive, including, without limitation, information related to the financial performance of the Company (or any affiliate), information concerning the customers of the Company (or any affiliate), the existing or proposed future projects, prospects, or business strategies of the Company (or any affiliate), personnel information, financial information, customer lists, supplier lists, information relating to producer or affinity group relationships or identities, trade secrets, information regarding operations, systems, services, know-how, computer and any other processed or collated data, computer programs, pricing, marketing and advertising data. Executive understands that it is the Company’s intention to maintain the confidentiality of this information notwithstanding that employees of the Company may have free access to the information for the purpose of performing their duties with the Company, and notwithstanding that employees who are not expressly bound by agreements similar to this agreement may have access to such information for job purposes. Executive acknowledges that it is not practical, and shall not be necessary, to mark such information as “confidential,” nor to transfer it within the Company by confidential envelope or communication, in order to preserve the confidential nature of the information.

5.2 Intellectual Property . Executive agrees that Executive will at all times promptly disclose to the Company, in such form and manner as the Company may reasonably require, any inventions, improvements or procedural or methodological innovations, programs methods, forms, systems, services, designs, marketing ideas, products or processes (whether or not capable of being trade-marked, copyrighted or patented) conceived or developed or created by Executive during or in connection with Executive’s employment hereunder and which relate to the business of the Company or any affiliates ( “Intellectual Property” ). Executive agrees that all such Intellectual Property shall be the sole property of the Company. To the extent possible, any Intellectual Property made or conceived by Executive shall be deemed a “work made for hire” within the meaning of § 101 of the Federal Copyright Act, as amended; with the exception of inventions (including works of authorship) Executive develops entirely on Executive’s own time without using the Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities or trade secret information, and that do not relate at the time of conception or

 

- 6 -


reduction to practice to the Company’s business, or to the actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Company, or to any work performed by Executive for the Company. Executive further agrees that Executive will execute such instruments and perform such acts as may reasonably be requested by the Company to transfer to and perfect in the Company all legally protectible rights in such Intellectual Property.

5.3 Non-Compete . While employed by the Company and for a period of one (1) year thereafter (the “ Non-Compete Period ”), Executive shall not, without the prior written approval of the Company, become engaged or become interested, directly or indirectly, as a director, officer, employee or 5% or more stockholder or equity interest owner in, partner in, or consultant to, any business which is competitive with or similar to the business of the Company or any of its affiliates in any state in the United States (except in the states of North Dakota, South Dakota, Wyoming and Montana) where the Company or any of its affiliates conducts business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be prohibited from employment or service with an entity that engages in a competing business if Executive provides evidence satisfactory to the Company, in its sole discretion, that Executive:

(a) (i) works in a separate division, department or unit that does not compete with the business of the Company (or any of its affiliates); and (ii) will not have contact with the division, department or unit that does compete with the business of the Company (or any of its affiliates) or

(b) works for or owns an insurance agency which does not compete with the business of the Company (or any of its affiliates). For purposes of this Agreement, AmTrust Financial Services, Inc. and its subsidiaries and Maiden Holdings Ltd. and its subsidiaries are not deemed to be affiliates of the Company.

5.4 Non-Solicitation . While employed by the Company and for a period of two (2) years thereafter, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, on Executive’s own behalf or on behalf of any other person: (a) induce or attempt to induce any agent, producer, affinity group or policyholder of the Company (or any of its affiliates), or any prior agent, producer, affinity group or policyholder that was an agent, producer, affinity group or policyholder within twelve months of such contact, to withdraw, decrease or cancel its business with the Company (or any of its affiliates) or otherwise terminate any written or oral agreement or understanding or other relationship with the Company (or any of its affiliates); (b) solicit the business of any customer of the Company (or any of its affiliates), or any prior agent, producer, affinity group or policyholder that was an agent, producer, affinity group or policyholder within twelve months of such contact, to the extent the business solicited is similar to, or competitive with, the business of the Company (or any of its affiliates); (c) solicit or attempt to solicit, or hire or attempt to hire, any person who is an employee, individual consultant or independent contractor of the Company (or any of its affiliates), or any prior employee, individual consultant or independent contractor that was an employee, consultant or independent contractor within twelve months of such contact; or (d) induce or attempt to induce any person who is an employee, individual consultant or independent contractor of the Company (or any of its affiliates) to terminate or limit his or her employment or other relationship with the Company (or any of its affiliates), or any prior employee, individual consultant or

 

- 7 -


independent contractor that was an employee, individual consultant or independent contractor within twelve months of such contact.

5.5 Acknowledgments.

(a) Executive acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Company transacts property and casualty insurance business through its affiliates, (ii) the Company and its affiliates have long-term relationships with their customers that were in many instances developed at considerable expense and difficulty over several years of close and continuing involvement, and (iii) the Company and its affiliates have acquired at considerable expense the benefits and goodwill associated with such relationships.

(b) Executive agrees that following Executive’s employment with the Company, the Company shall have the right to communicate the terms of this Agreement to any prospective or current employer of Executive. Executive waives any right to assert any claim for damages against the Company or any officer, employee or agent of the Company arising from such disclosure of the terms of this Agreement.

(c) Executive acknowledges that the purposes of this Article V would be frustrated by measuring the period of restriction from the date of termination of employment where Executive failed to honor the Agreement until directed to do so by court order. Therefore, should legal proceedings have to be brought by the Company against Executive to enforce this Agreement and should the Company prevail in obtaining injunctive or other equitable relief against Executive, the period of restriction under this Article V all be deemed to be extended for a period equal to the period of violation by Executive.

(d) The provisions of this Article V shall be independent of any other provision of this Agreement, and the existence of any claim or cause of action by Executive against the Company, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of this Article V by the Company.

5.6 Return of Property . All written materials, records and documents made by Executive or coming into Executive’s possession during Executive’s employment concerning any products, processes or equipment, manufactured, used, developed, investigated or considered by the Company (or any of its affiliates) or otherwise concerning the business or affairs of the Company (or any of its affiliates), shall be the sole property of the Company (or such affiliate), and upon termination of Executive’s employment, or upon request of the Company during Executive’s employment, Executive shall promptly deliver same to the Company. In addition, upon termination of Executive’s employment, or upon request of the Company during Executive’s employment, Executive will deliver to the Company all other Company property in Executive’s possession or under Executive’s control, including but not limited to, financial statements, marketing and sales data, patent applications, drawings and other documents, and all Company credit cards and automobiles.

5.7 Equitable Relief . With respect to the covenants contained in Article V of this Agreement, Executive agrees that any remedy at law for any breach of said covenants may be

 

- 8 -


inadequate and that the Company shall be entitled to seek specific performance or any other mode of injunctive and/or other equitable relief (without the requirement of posting a bond) to enforce its rights hereunder or any other relief a court might award.

ARTICLE VI

EMPLOYEE’S REPRESENTATIONS

Executive represents and warrants that he is not a party to any other employment, non-competition, or other agreement or restriction which could interfere with his employment with the Company or his or the Company’s rights and obligations hereunder, and that his employment with the Company and the performance of his duties hereunder will not breach the provisions of any contract, agreement, or understanding to which Executive is party or any duty owed by Executive to any other person.

ARTICLE VII

NOTICES

All demands, notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered or sent by facsimile machine (with a confirmation copy sent by one of the other methods authorized in this Section), commercial (including FedEx) or the U.S. Postal Service overnight delivery service, or, deposited with the U.S. Postal Service mailed first class, registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, as set forth below:

If to the Company, addressed to:

GMAC Insurance Management Corporation

500 West Fifth Street

Winston-Salem, NC 27101

Attention: Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

Telephone No: 212-380-9495

Facsimile No.: 212-380-9499

With a copy to:

GMAC Insurance Management Corporation

500 West Fifth Street

Winston-Salem, NC 27101

Attention: General Counsel

Telephone No: 212-380-9479

Facsimile No.: 212-380-9499

 

- 9 -


If to Executive, addressed to:

Michael Weiner

19 Wingate Drive

New York, NY 10956

Notices shall be deemed given upon the earlier to occur of (i) receipt by the party to whom such notice is directed; (ii) if sent by facsimile machine, on the day such notice is sent if sent (as evidenced by the facsimile confirmed receipt) prior to 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time and, if sent after 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time, on the day after which such notice is sent; (iii) on the first business day following the day the same is deposited with the commercial carrier if sent by commercial overnight delivery service; or (iv) the fifth day following deposit thereof with the aforesaid Postal Service as aforesaid. Each party, by notice duly given in accordance therewith may specify a different address for the giving of any notice hereunder.

ARTICLE VIII

ENFORCEMENT AND WAIVERS

8.1 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with laws of the State of North Carolina without regard to conflict or choice of law principles applicable therein. Any action, suit or other proceeding initiated by any party under or in connection with this Agreement must be brought in any Federal or State court in the State of North Carolina and both parties consent to the jurisdiction and venue of any Federal or State court in the State of North Carolina and agree that North Carolina is a convenient forum within which to litigate such dispute.

8.2 Waivers . No delay in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right. A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

ARTICLE IX

COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A OF THE CODE

The provisions of this Article 9 shall apply solely to the extent that a payment under this Agreement is subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”).

9.1 General Suspension of Payments . If Executive is a “specified employee,” as such term is defined within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, any payments or benefits payable or provided as a result of Executive’s termination of employment that would otherwise be paid or provided prior to the first day of the seventh month following such termination (other than due to death) shall instead be paid or provided on the earlier of (i) the six months and one day following Executive’s termination, (ii) the date of Executive’s death, or (iii) any date that otherwise complies with Section 409A of the Code. In the event that Executive is entitled to receive payments during the suspension period provided under this

 

- 10 -


Section, Executive shall receive the accumulated benefits that would have been paid or provided under this Agreement within the suspension period on the earliest day that would be permitted under Section 409A of the Code.

9.2 Release Payments . In the event that Executive is required to execute a release to receive any payments from the Company that constitute nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, payment of such amounts shall not be made or commence until the sixtieth (60th) day following such termination of employment. Any payments that are suspended during the sixty (60) day period shall be paid on the date the first regular payroll is made immediately following the end of such period.

9.3 Reimbursement Payments . The following rules shall apply to payments of any amounts under this Agreement that are treated as “reimbursement payments” under Section 409A of the Code: (i) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement in one calendar year shall not limit the available reimbursements for any other calendar year (other than an arrangement providing for the reimbursement of medical expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code); (ii) Executive shall file a claim for all reimbursement payments not later than thirty (30) days following the end of the calendar year during which the expenses were incurred, (iii) the Company shall make such reimbursement payments within thirty (30) days following the date Executive delivers written notice of the expenses to the Company; and (iv) Executive’s right to such reimbursement payments shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other payment or benefit.

9.4 Separation from Service . For purposes of this Agreement, any reference to “termination” of Executive’s employment shall be interpreted consistent with the meaning of the term “separation from service” in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and no portion of the Severance Payments shall be paid to Executive prior to the date such Executive incurs a separation from service under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code.

9.5 Installment Payments . For purposes of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (including without limitation Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), all payments made under this Agreement (whether severance payments or otherwise) will be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment under this Agreement will at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment.

9.6 General . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, it is intended that the severance benefits and other payments payable under this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Code provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5), and 1.409A-(b)(9) and this Agreement will be construed to the greatest extent possible as consistent with those provisions. The commencement of payment or provision of any payment or benefit under this Agreement shall be deferred to the minimum extent necessary to prevent the imposition of any excise taxes or penalties on the Company or Executive.

 

- 11 -


ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Captions . The captions of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, limit or affect the scope or substance of any section of this Agreement.

10.2 Severability . In the case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall in no way be affected or impaired thereby. In addition, should a court of competent jurisdiction declare any of the covenants set forth in Article V unenforceable, the parties agree to the extent permitted under the law of the State of North Carolina that such court shall be authorized to modify such covenants so as to render the remaining covenants and the modified covenants valid and enforceable to the maximum extent possible, and as so modified, to enforce this Agreement in accordance with its terms. In accordance with and subject to the foregoing, if any provision of this Article X shall be held to be excessively broad, it shall be limited to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law.

10.3 Gender and Number . The gender and number used in this Agreement are used as reference terms only and shall apply with the same effect whether the parties are of the masculine, neuter or feminine gender, corporate or other form, and the singular shall likewise include the plural.

10.4 Assignment . This Agreement may be assigned by the Company. The obligations of Executive are personal and shall not be assigned or delegated by Executive.

10.5 Amendment and Modification . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by both the Company and Executive. No waiver by either party of any breach by the other or any provision hereof shall be deemed to be a waiver of any later or other breach thereof or as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement.

10.6 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement. The terms and conditions of the employment with the Company as set forth herein are integrated with and supersede any contrary verbal discussions concerning conditions of employment.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

- 12 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

EXECUTIVE:
/s/ Michael Weiner
Michael Weiner
GMAC Insurance Management Corporation
By:   /s/ Michael Karfunkel
  Michael Karfunkel
  Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

 

-13-

Exhibit 10.17

PORTFOLIO TRANSFER AND

QUOTA SHARE REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

THIS PORTFOLIO TRANSFER AND QUOTA SHARE REINSURANCE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is effective as of January 1, 2013, (the “Effective Date”) by and between Wesco Insurance Company, a Delaware domiciled insurance company (the “Company”), and National Health Insurance Company, a Texas domiciled insurance company (the “Reinsurer”) (collectively, the “Parties”).

WHEREAS , as more particularly set forth herein, the Company and the Reinsurer wish to enter into a quota share arrangement pursuant to which the Reinsurer will reinsure: (i) 100% of the Company’s existing obligations with respect to the accident and health programs set forth on Schedule A (the “Business”) with respect to Existing Contracts, as defined below, written by the Company prior to the Effective Date, including a loss portfolio transfer of all losses incurred and all unearned premium as of the Effective Date in exchange for an amount equal to 100% of the Company’s loss and loss adjustment expense reserves and unearned premium reserves, if any, related to the Existing Contracts, less the UEP Ceding Commission as hereinafter defined, and (ii) 100% of the Business fronted by the Company on behalf of the Reinsurer after the Effective Date (including business Fronted by the Company in accordance with Section 4(c)), less the Fronted Ceding Commission as hereinafter defined; and

WHEREAS , as more particularly set forth herein, the Reinsurer will administer the Business at no charge on behalf of the Company and itself in accordance with industry standards and Company’s guidelines and procedures.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual and several promises and undertakings herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Defined Terms.

The following terms shall have the respective meanings specified below throughout this Agreement.

“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph.

“Affiliate” (and, with a correlative meaning, “Affiliated”) means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such first Person. As used in this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or


other ownership interests, by contract, as trustee or executor, or otherwise). For purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall not be considered an affiliate of the Reinsurer.

“Claim” and “Claims” means any and all claims, requests, demands or notices made by or on behalf of policyholders, beneficiaries or third party claimants for the payment of Losses and any other amounts due or alleged to be due under or in connection with the Insurance Contracts.

“Company” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph.

“Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph.

“Existing Contracts” means all insurance and reinsurance contracts, policies, certificates, binders, slips, covers or other agreements of insurance, including all supplements, riders and endorsements issued or written in connection therewith and extensions thereto, whether or not in-force, issued, renewed, or written by or on behalf of the Company in connection with the Business prior to the Effective Date.

“Fronted Ceding Commission” means an amount equal to the five percent (5%) of Premiums written with respect to Fronted Contracts plus the related Fronting Acquisition Costs and Fronting Inuring Reinsurance Costs, in each case subject to any applicable commission or brokerage adjustments, which adjustments shall be accounted for and settled up as between the Parties as part of the monthly reporting pursuant to Section 3.4.

“Fronted Contracts” means, with respect to the Business and such additional business fronted by the Company pursuant to Section 4(c), all insurance and reinsurance contracts, policies, certificates, binders, slips, covers or other agreements of insurance, including all supplements, riders and endorsements issued or written in connection therewith and extensions thereto, whether or not in-force, fronted by the Company on behalf of the Reinsurer after the Effective Date for the twelve month period through and including December 31, 2013.

“Fronting Acquisition Costs” means the actual out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Company for amounts paid or payable by, or on behalf of, the Company to unaffiliated third parties to acquire the Fronted Contracts, including, without limitation, all commissions, brokerage payments, premium taxes and boards and bureau fees to the extent not paid directly by the Reinsurer or an Affiliate of the Reinsurer.

“Fronting Authority” means the authority conferred upon the Reinsurer and its designees to write Fronted Contracts, which shall expire on December 31, 2013.

“Fronting Inuring Reinsurance Costs” means any premium or premium deposit paid or payable by the Company for Inuring Reinsurance specifically for the benefit of the Business that shall not have been paid by the Reinsurer or one of its Affiliates.

“IBNR” has the meaning set forth in the definition for the term Loss Reserves.

“Insurance Contracts” means the Existing Contracts and the Fronted Contracts.

 

- 2 -


“Inuring Reinsurance” means all reinsurance agreements, treaties and contracts, including any renewals or extensions thereof to the extent such reinsurance agreements, treaties and contracts provide reinsurance coverage for the Existing Contracts or Fronted Contracts.

“Loss Reserves” shall mean as of the Effective Date the amount recorded on the books of the Company with respect to the Business, without taking into account the reinsurance ceded to the Reinsurer hereunder, on account of its actual or potential obligations for unpaid Losses as of the Effective Date, including, without limitation, amounts for incurred but not reported Losses (“IBNR”), calculated consistent with the established actuarial practices applied by the Company in respect of the Existing Contracts as of January 1, 2013, but in all cases consistent with the reserve requirements, statutory accounting rules and actuarial principles applicable to the Company under applicable law as of the date at issue.

“Loss Reserve Transfer” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a).

“Losses” shall mean liabilities and obligations to make payments to policyholders, beneficiaries and/or other third party claimants under the Existing Contracts and Fronted Contracts (including, without limitation, liabilities or assessments arising from the Company’s participation, if any, in any voluntary or involuntary pools, guaranty funds, or other types of government-sponsored or government-organized insurance funds) and all loss adjustment expenses and defense costs, including, without limitation, (i) all expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Company related to the investigation, appraisal, adjustment, litigation, defense or appeal of claims under or covered by the Existing Contracts, Fronted Contracts and/or coverage actions under or covered by the Existing Contracts or Fronted Contracts, (ii) all liabilities for consequential, exemplary, punitive or similar extra contractual damages, or for statutory or regulatory fines or penalties, or for any loss in excess of the limits arising under or covered by any Existing Contract or Fronted Contract, and (iii) court costs accrued prior to final judgment, prejudgment interest or delayed damages and interest accrued after final judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Losses” shall not include any liabilities or obligations incurred by or on behalf of the Company as a result of any fraudulent and/or criminal act by the Company or any of its Affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents following the Effective Date. Losses shall be net of all Inuring Reinsurance collected and paid to or for the benefit of the Company, unless the inability to collect any Inuring Reinsurance is due to any grossly negligent, willful, fraudulent or criminal act or omission to the extent attributable to the Company or any of its Affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents acting in such respective capacities, in which case the Reinsurer’s obligations hereunder to make a payment with respect to a Loss shall be reduced by the portion of any such Loss that would otherwise be covered by Inuring Reinsurance but for such act or omission by the Company, it being acknowledged by the Company and the Reinsurer that the Reinsurer shall be solely responsible for collecting amounts due under such Inuring Reinsurance and that the Company shall, at the Reinsurer’s expense, take such commercially reasonable actions as shall be requested in writing by the Reinsurer related to the collection of Inuring Reinsurance.

“Parties” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph.

 

- 3 -


“Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, firm, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, trust, estate, unincorporated organization, Government Entity or other entity.

“Portfolio Reserves” means an amount equal to 100% of the Loss Reserves as of December 31, 2012 attributable to the Existing Contracts for Losses occurring prior to the Effective Date.

“Premium(s)” means all gross written premium(s), considerations, deposits, premium adjustments, fees and similar amounts related to the Existing Contracts and Fronted Contracts, less cancellation and return premiums.

“Reinsurer” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph.

“Taxes” (or “Tax” as the context may require) means all United States federal, state, county, local, foreign and other taxes (including, without limitation, income taxes, payroll and employee withholding taxes, unemployment insurance, social security taxes, premium taxes, excise taxes, sales taxes, use taxes, gross receipts taxes, franchise taxes, ad valorem taxes, severance taxes, capital property taxes and import duties), and includes interest, additions to tax and penalties with respect thereto, whether disputed or not.

“UEP Ceding Commission” means an amount equal to the Unearned Acquisition Costs and the Unearned In-Force Inuring Reinsurance Costs with respect to Existing Contracts, subject to any applicable commission or brokerage adjustments, which adjustments shall be accounted for and settled up as between the Parties as part of the monthly reporting pursuant to Section 3.4.

“Unearned Acquisition Costs” means an amount equal to the actual out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Company for amounts paid or payable by, or on behalf of, the Company to acquire that portion of the Existing Contracts associated with the Unearned Premium Reserve, including all commissions and brokerage payments, premium taxes and boards and bureau fees.

“Unearned In-Force Inuring Reinsurance Costs” means an amount equal to the unearned portion (as determined by the Company) of any premium or premium deposit paid or payable by the Company for Inuring Reinsurance attributable to the Existing Contracts that shall not have been paid by the Reinsurer or one of its Affiliates.

“Unearned Premium Reserves” means the gross liability as of the Effective Date for the amount of collected Premium corresponding to the unexpired portion of all Existing Contracts, less the UEP Ceding Commission, whether or not paid as of the Effective Date, in each case as calculated a manner consistent with the Company’s quarterly financial statements dated as of December 31, 2012, prepared in accordance with statutory accounting practices and subject to any applicable Premium, commission or brokerage adjustments prior to or after the Effective Date pursuant to the underlying terms and conditions of any Insurance Contract or agent or broker contract related thereto, which adjustments shall be accounted for and settled as between the Parties as part of the monthly reporting pursuant to Section 3.4.

“UPR Transfer Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a)(ii).

 

- 4 -


Article 2

BUSINESS REINSURED

Section 2.1 Existing and Fronted Business.

(a) From and after the Effective Date, the Company hereby cedes, and the Reinsurer hereby assumes, one hundred percent (100%) of all Losses for which the Company is liable in respect of the Insurance Contracts. In addition, all Losses reinsured hereunder and any payments of Claims by the Reinsurer shall be net of Inuring Reinsurance collected and paid to or for the benefit of the Company, it being acknowledged by the Company and the Reinsurer that the Reinsurer shall be solely responsible for collecting amounts due under such Inuring Reinsurance, except as provided in Section 3.5, and that the Company shall, at the Reinsurer’s expense, take such commercially reasonable actions as shall be requested in writing by the Reinsurer related to the collection of Inuring Reinsurance.

(b) In the event the Reinsurer makes an indemnity payment on behalf of the Company directly to any policyholder, insured or third party pursuant to any Insurance Contract that pays in full a Loss, cost or expense under such Insurance Contract, such payment satisfies and extinguishes any and all obligation of the Reinsurer hereunder to indemnify the Company for such Loss, cost or expense. In no event shall the Reinsurer be obligated hereunder to indemnify with respect to any Loss, cost or expense under an Insurance Contract for an amount in excess of such Loss, cost or expense.

Section 2.2 Transfer of Portfolio Reserves.

Within thirty (30) days following the Effective Date, the Company shall provide the Reinsurer its initial calculation of the Portfolio Reserves and shall convey one hundred percent (100%) of the Portfolio Reserves to the Reinsurer by wire transfer of immediately available funds (the “Loss Reserve Transfer”). Within 90 days following the Effective Date, the Company (in consultation with the Reinsurer) shall provide the final calculation of the Portfolio Reserves and the relevant party shall true-up any difference between the initial calculation and the final calculation by wire transfer of immediately available funds.

ARTICLE 3

PAYMENTS, OFFSET, AND SECURITY

Section 3.1 Premium .

(a) Unearned Premium Reserves and Premiums.

(i) As full premium for the Existing Contracts ceded under this Agreement, the Company shall transfer to the Reinsurer one hundred percent (100%) of the Unearned Premium Reserves held by the Company relating to such ceded business (less any uncollected premium) and one hundred percent of all

 

- 5 -


Premiums collected by or on behalf of the Company on account of the Existing Contracts on or after the Effective Date but only to the extent such Premiums were not reflected in the Unearned Premium Reserves transferred to the Reinsurer pursuant to this Section 3.1.

(ii) Within ninety (90) days following the Effective Date, the Company shall provide the Reinsurer its calculation of the Unearned Premium Reserves and shall remit to the Reinsurer by wire transfer of immediately available funds an amount equal to such Unearned Premium Reserves (the “UPR Transfer Amount”). The Company also shall deliver to the Reinsurer a schedule of Premiums that shall not have been collected and with respect to which an amount shall be included in the Unearned Premium Reserve transferred as of the Effective Date (the “Uncollected Premium Schedule”). The Company shall cooperate with the Reinsurer in determining the Unearned Premium Reserves, the collection of premium and accounting for premium.

(b) The Company’s Fronted Business; Fronted Contract Premiums and Ceding Commissions . As premium for the Fronted Contracts ceded under this Agreement (the “Fronted Premiums”), the Company shall pay to the Reinsurer (to the extent the Reinsurer has not retained such Premiums directly pursuant to Article 4) by wire transfers of immediately available funds one hundred percent (100%) of the collected Premiums attributable to the Fronted Contracts, net of the Fronted Ceding Commissions. If, during any month, there are insufficient Premiums collected from which the Company may deduct any Fronting Acquisition Costs or Fronting Inuring Reinsurance Costs incurred by the Company during such month, then the Reinsurer shall reimburse the Company for such costs within ten (10) days following receipt of a written request for reimbursement from the Company, which request shall reasonably identify the Fronting Acquisition Costs and Fronting Inuring Reinsurance Costs for which the Company is seeking reimbursement.

Section 3.2 Offset Rights.

Except as otherwise expressly provided, each Party hereto, and each of its respective Affiliates at the time an offset is asserted, shall have, and may exercise at any time and from time to time, the right to offset any balance or balances due to the other Party or any of its Affiliates at the time an offset is asserted, arising under this Agreement, regardless of whether on account of Premiums, Ceding Commissions, or Losses related to or arising under the Existing Contracts or Fronted Contracts or any other amount related to or arising under this Agreement; provided , however , that in the event of the insolvency of a Party hereto or any of its Affiliates, offsets shall only be allowed in accordance with the provisions of applicable law.

Section 3.3 Premiums for Insurance Contracts

(a) The Reinsurer is authorized to collect Premiums for the Existing Contracts and Fronted Contracts from policyholders of the Company and may deposit such Premiums directly into one or more accounts designated by, and issued in the name of, the Reinsurer, net of any Ceding Commissions payable to the Company, which the Reinsurer shall remit to the Company in connection with the monthly settlements provided in Section 3.4. To the extent any

 

- 6 -


Premiums are collected directly by the Company, the Company shall so advise the Reinsurer and shall promptly remit them to the Reinsurer, net of any Ceding Commissions which shall be retained by the Company. The Reinsurer and the Company agree to maintain accounting and operational records and books in adequate detail so as to identify the specific Existing Contracts, Fronted Contracts and policyholders of the Company with respect to all collected Premiums.

(b) The Reinsurer shall: (i) timely pay any return premium coming due under the Existing Contracts or Fronted Contracts payable on or after the Effective Date; or (ii) promptly reimburse the Company for any of the foregoing amounts that are instead paid by the Company.

Section 3.4 Reports and Remittances.

(a) The Parties shall conduct monthly settlements based upon monthly bordereaux to be provided by or on behalf of the Reinsurer evidencing the amount due or to be due in a form, and containing such detail, as is agreed to by the Parties. The Company shall provide reasonable assistance to the Reinsurer in connection with the preparation of the monthly bordereaux and other reports required hereunder, including, without limitation, the preparation by the Company of such monthly bordereaux and reports through the period ended April 30, 2013. Such settlements shall take into account and fully settle any profit commission, return commission, loss corridor payment, or other similar premium or commission adjustments payable to or by the Company pursuant to the terms of any Insurance Contract or any agent or broker contract that relates to the Insurance Contracts, which adjustments, whether positive or negative, shall be credited to or charged against the Reinsurer, as the case may be. Each Party shall pay or credit in cash or its equivalent to the other all net amounts for which it may be liable under the terms and conditions of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt of each monthly bordereau.

(b) The Company and the Reinsurer shall furnish each other with such records, reports and information with respect to the Losses, Claims, Inuring Reinsurance, Unearned Premium Reserve, and the reinsurance contemplated hereby as may be reasonably required by the other Party to comply with any internal reporting requirements or reporting requirements of any governmental authority or to prepare and complete such Party’s quarterly and annual financial statements. In addition, the Reinsurer shall provide the Company with (i) monthly reports within thirty (30) days following the end of each month and in such form as agreed by the Parties, (A) identifying all Claims in excess of fifty thousand ($50,000) dollars or involving consequential, exemplary, punitive or similar extra contractual damages, or any loss in excess of the limits arising under or covered by any Existing Contract or Fronted Contract, and (B) identifying all adjustments to Premiums or Ceding Commissions, including any adjustments to third-party commissions or brokerage payments pursuant to the underlying terms of the Insurance Contracts or any agent or brokers contracts related thereto, and (ii) such additional information as may be reasonably requested by the Company with respect to any such reports.

(c) If the Company or the Reinsurer receives notice of, or otherwise becomes aware of, any inquiry, investigation, proceeding, from or at the direction of a governmental entity, or is served or threatened with a demand for litigation, arbitration, mediation or any other similar proceeding relating to the Insurance Contracts, the Company or the Reinsurer, as

 

- 7 -


applicable, shall promptly notify the other party thereof, whereupon the parties shall cooperate in good faith and use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such matter in a mutually satisfactory manner in light of all the relevant business, regulatory and legal facts and circumstances.

(d) Each Party shall have the right, through authorized representatives and upon reasonable advance notice during normal business hours, to periodically audit and inspect all books, records, and papers of the other Party solely in connection with the Insurance Contracts, the Inuring Reinsurance and any reinsurance hereunder or claims in connection therewith. Each Party shall treat the other Party’s books, records, and papers in confidence. A Party shall be permitted to conduct such audits no more frequently than semi-annually unless the Reinsurer’s A.M. Best rating at any time falls below A-, in which case the Company shall be permitted to audit the Reinsurer on a quarterly basis. In addition, if the Reinsurer’s A.M. Best rating falls below A-, the Company may place, at its expense, one or more employees or other authorized representatives on-site at the Reinsurer’s office facilities for the purpose of monitoring the Reinsurer’s performance under this Agreement. The Reinsurer shall provide such employee(s) or representative(s) with reasonable office accommodations and access to the Reinsurer’s officers, employees, books, records, and reports related to the Insurance Contracts to enable meaningful and proper oversight and monitoring of the Reinsurer’s performance and duties hereunder.

(e) The Reinsurer agrees that so long as this Agreement shall be in force, it will have capital and surplus of not less than the amount necessary to comply with the applicable laws of its domiciliary jurisdiction. The Reinsurer agrees to maintain reserves consistent with the applicable laws of any jurisdiction having regulatory authority over Reinsurer.

Section 3.5 Collection of Premiums.

Following the Effective Date, subject to Section 3.3(a), all Premiums collected by the Reinsurer or such Affiliate may be retained by the Reinsurer and all Premiums collected by the Company, net of the applicable Ceding Commission, shall be deposited directly into an account (or accounts) designated by, and issued in the name of, the Reinsurer from which accounts(s) funds shall be reported, monthly, to Company.

Section 3.6 Collateral for Ceded Losses.

In the event pursuant to applicable law of any state of the United States of America or the District of Columbia having jurisdiction over the Company, the Company is no longer able to take full reserve credit on its statutory financial statements for the reinsurance ceded to the Reinsurer, the Reinsurer shall promptly provide collateral for its obligations hereunder in the amount and form necessary for the Company to take full reserve credit on its statutory financial statements for the reinsurance provided hereunder on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Company and in accordance with applicable law.

 

- 8 -


ARTICLE 4

CLAIMS, UNDERWRITING AND OTHER ADMINISTRATION

(a) On and after the Effective Date, the Company will provide prompt notice to the Reinsurer or its designee of all Claims (but only to the extent such Claims are not otherwise known or reported to the Reinsurer or any of its Affiliates), and the Reinsurer or its designee will have the obligation to investigate and defend, as applicable, at its own expense, any Claim affecting this Agreement. At the request of the Reinsurer or such designee, the Company will jointly associate with the Reinsurer, at the expense of the Reinsurer, in the defense or control of any Claim, suit or proceeding involving this reinsurance, and the Company shall cooperate with the Reinsurer or such designee in every respect to procure the most favorable disposition of such claim, suit or proceeding. In addition, the Company shall have the right, at its sole option and expense, to monitor and consult with the Reinsurer regarding the defense or administration of any Claim, suit or proceeding.

(b) The Company grants to the Reinsurer, or one or more of the Reinsurer’s Affiliates designated by the Reinsurer, as of the Effective Date, authority in all matters relating to the administration of the Insurance Contracts and any Claims thereunder, including the authority (i) to pay Claims on behalf of the Company, (ii) to communicate directly with policyholders and to collect on behalf of the Company unpaid Premiums that relate solely to the Insurance Contracts, and (iii) to handle the placement, production, underwriting, service and management of the Insurance Contracts, including without limitation the authority to (A) solicit, accept and receive submissions for Fronted Contracts or renewals of Insurance Contracts; (B) secure, at its own expense, reasonable underwriting information through reporting agencies or other appropriate sources relating to each submission; (C) issue, renew and countersign Insurance Contracts and endorsements related thereto; (D) collect and receipt for the premiums on Insurance Contracts; (E) adjust and settle claims under the Insurance Contracts; (F) set and establish loss reserves for the Insurance Contracts; and (G) any and all other acts or duties that would otherwise be performed by the Company necessary and appropriate to the Insurance Contracts, to the extent such authority may be granted pursuant to applicable law and the Reinsurer, or one or more of the Reinsurer’s Affiliates designated by the Reinsurer, shall perform all such functions as outlined herein. In exercising such authorities, the Reinsurer or any such Affiliate may delegate the performance of any duty described above to a third party; provided that no such delegation shall relieve the Reinsurer of its obligations hereunder. Subject to the forgoing limitation, effective as of the Effective Date, the Company hereby appoints the Reinsurer as its attorney-in-fact with respect to the rights, duties and privileges and obligations of the Company in and to the Insurance Contracts, with full power and authority to act in the name, place and stead of the Company with respect to such contracts, including without limitation, the power to service such contracts, to adjust, defend, settle and to pay all Claims, to recover salvage and subrogation for any losses incurred and to take such other and further actions as may be necessary or desirable to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, provided, that the Reinsurer covenants to exercise such authority in a professional manner and to use the same level of care as is used in administering the Reinsurer’s other insurance business. As part of the foregoing, the Company grants full authority to the Reinsurer to adjust, settle or compromise all Losses hereunder, and all such adjustments, settlements and compromises shall be binding on the Company. The Company agrees to cooperate fully with the

 

- 9 -


Reinsurer in the transfer of such administration, and the Reinsurer agrees to be responsible for such administration.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Reinsurer shall not, pursuant to the Fronting Authority, enter into or accept and receive submissions for Fronted Contracts except for Fronted Contracts issued pursuant to the insurance programs listed on Schedule A without the express written consent of the Company. The Reinsurer shall have no authority to arrange, facilitate or bind reinsurance for the Company.

(d) The Company agrees that so long as (i) the Reinsurer is solvent, and (ii) the Reinsurer or its designee shall not be in material breach of its obligations to service and administer the Insurance Contracts or the Claims under this Agreement, the Company will not take action to prevent or limit the Reinsurer or its designee from servicing or administering the Insurance Contracts or the Claims as contemplated by this Agreement. If the Reinsurer (i) becomes insolvent, makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or becomes the subject of any voluntary or involuntary supervision, conservation, rehabilitation, liquidation or other similar proceeding, the Reinsurer’s authority under this Article 4 shall be automatically revoked and the Company shall handle, or retain a third-party administrator to handle, the administration and runoff of the Insurance Contracts and all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Company in taking back and administering the runoff of the Insurance Contracts shall constitute loss adjustment expenses fully reinsured under this Agreement. In all other circumstances, if the Reinsurer fails to cure a material breach of its servicing or other obligations hereunder within thirty (30) days following the Company’s written notice to Reinsurer of such breach, which notice shall in reasonable detail describe the nature of such breach or, if such breach shall not be reasonably susceptible to cure within such thirty (30) day period such additional reasonable time not exceeding an additional thirty (30) days as shall be necessary to cure such breach, the Company shall have the right to exercise its remedy options set forth in the last sentence of this paragraph. The remedies available to the Company, without prejudice to any other remedies otherwise available, shall include: (1) the Company shall have the option, at its sole discretion, (i) to revoke the Reinsurer’s authority hereunder and handle the administration and runoff of the Insurance Contracts directly or through its designee, or (2) to provide the Reinsurer with a list of three third-party administrators acceptable to the Company, and the Reinsurer shall, within thirty (30) days, contract (at the Reinsurer’s expense) with one of such listed third-party administrator to perform all of the Reinsurer’s claim-handling duties and all duties under this Article 4, with the terms of such contract subject to the agreement of the Company, which agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld; or (3) should the Reinsurer fail to comply with the foregoing clause (2), the Company shall have the option, at its sole discretion, to revoke all or a portion of the Reinsurer’s authority pursuant to this Article 4, and to contract with one of the listed third-party administrators. In all cases, the reasonable expenses incurred by the Company pursuant to this Section 4(c) shall be deemed to constitute loss adjustment expenses fully reinsured under this Agreement.

(e) The Reinsurer shall maintain sufficient resources and adequate staffing levels of personnel with appropriate experience to administer the Insurance Contracts in a professional manner and shall administer the Insurance Contracts in accordance with all applicable laws. The Reinsurer shall not receive any compensation or be entitled to the

 

- 10 -


reimbursement of any expenses incurred in connection with its administration of the Business hereunder.

ARTICLE 5

REGULATORY MATTERS

At all times during the term of this Agreement, the Company and the Reinsurer shall hold and maintain all licenses and authorizations required under applicable law and otherwise take all actions that may be necessary to perform its obligations hereunder.

ARTICLE 6

DUTY OF COOPERATION & INDEMNITY; INURING REINSURANCE

Section 6.1 Cooperation.

Each Party hereto shall cooperate fully with the other in all reasonable respects in order to accomplish the objectives of this Agreement.

Section 6.2 Indemnity

This Agreement is an agreement for indemnity reinsurance solely between the Company and the Reinsurer and shall not create any legal relationship whatsoever between the Reinsurer and any Person other than the Company.

Section 6.3 Inuring Reinsurance

So long as the Reinsurer shall advance the costs and expenses thereof, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain in force Inuring Reinsurance on all Business written by the Reinsurer pursuant to the Fronting Authority as mutually agreed by the Parties through December 31, 2013.

ARTICLE 7

RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES

(a) As a condition precedent to any right of action hereunder, in the event of any dispute or difference of opinion hereafter arising with respect to this Agreement, it is hereby mutually agreed that such dispute or difference of opinion shall be submitted to arbitration. One Arbiter shall be chosen by the Company, the other by the Reinsurer, and an Umpire shall be chosen by the two Arbiters before they enter upon arbitration, all of whom shall be active or retired disinterested executive officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or Lloyd’s London Underwriters. In the event that either party should fail to choose an Arbiter within 30 days following a written request by the other party to do so, the requesting party may choose two Arbiters who shall in turn choose an Umpire before entering upon arbitration. If the two Arbiters fail to agree upon the selection of an Umpire within 30 days following their appointment, each

 

- 11 -


Arbiter shall nominate three candidates within 10 days thereafter, two of whom the other shall decline, and the decision shall be made by the American Arbitration Association.

(b) Each party shall present its case to the Arbiters within 30 days following the date of appointment of the Umpire. The Arbiters shall consider this Agreement as an honorable engagement rather than merely as a legal obligation and they are relieved of all judicial formalities and may abstain from following the strict rules of evidence. The decision of the Arbiters shall be final and binding on both parties; but failing to agree, they shall call in the Umpire and the decision of the majority shall be final and binding upon both parties. Judgment upon the final decision of the Arbiters may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.

(c) Each party shall bear the expense of its own Arbiter, and shall jointly and equally bear with the other the expense of the Umpire and of the arbitration. In the event that the two Arbiters are chosen by one party, as above provided, the expense of the Arbiters, the Umpire and the arbitration shall be equally divided between the two parties.

(d) Any arbitration proceedings shall take place at New York, New York or other location mutually agreed upon by the parties to this Agreement, but notwithstanding the location of the arbitration, all proceedings pursuant hereto shall be governed by the law of the state of New York.

ARTICLE 8

INSOLVENCY

In the event of the insolvency of the Company, this reinsurance shall be payable directly to the Company or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor on the basis of the amount of the claims allowed in the insolvency proceeding without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company or because the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company has failed or is unable to pay all or a portion of a claim, except where (a) this Agreement specifically provides another payee of such reinsurance in the event of the Company’s insolvency, provided that this exception shall only apply to the extent that the reinsurance proceeds due such payee are actually paid by the Reinsurer, or (b) the Reinsurer, with the consent of the direct insured or insureds, has assumed such policy obligations of the Company as direct obligations of the Reinsurer to the payees under such policies and in full and complete substitution for the obligations of the Company to such payees. It is agreed, however, that the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor shall give written notice to the Reinsurer of the pendency of a claim against the Company indicating the Insurance Contract which involves a possible liability on the part of the Reinsurer within reasonable time after such claim is filed in the conservation or liquidation proceeding or in the receivership and that, during the pendency of such claim, the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses that it may deem available to the Company or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor. The expenses thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable, subject to the Court’s approval, against the Company as part of the expense of the conservation or liquidation

 

- 12 -


to the extent of a pro rata share of the benefit that may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

ARTICLE 9

REGULATORY APPROVALS

The Company and the Reinsurer shall submit all necessary registrations, filings and notices with, and obtain all necessary consents, approvals, qualifications and waivers from, all governmental entities and other parties which may be required under applicable law as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Parties agree that where formal approval is required by any governmental entity, this Agreement shall not be effective as to any and all Insurance Contracts to be reinsured hereunder in such jurisdiction until such approval is obtained.

ARTICLE 10

DURATION

This Agreement shall not be subject to termination by any Party except (i) by written agreement between Reinsurer and the Company on the date indicated by such agreement, after receipt of any required approval from Government Entities, or (ii) upon the termination or expiration of the Fronting Authority, the expiration of all liability on all Insurance Contracts, and the complete performance by Reinsurer and the Company of all obligations and duties arising under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 11

FOLLOW THE FORTUNES

The Reinsurer’s liability shall attach simultaneously with that of the Company and shall be subject in all respects to the same risks, original terms and conditions, interpretations, waivers, and to the same cancellation of the Insurance Contracts as the Company is subject to, the true intent of this Agreement being that the Reinsurer shall, in every case to which this Agreement applies, follow the fortunes and follow the settlements of the Company.

Article 12

INDEMNIFICATION AND HOLD HARMLESS

Subject to the provisions of this agreement, the Reinsurer agrees to indemnify and hold the Company and its Affiliates, predecessors, successors and assigns (and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents) harmless from and against and in respect of all damages resulting from or relating to the Insurance Contracts and the Business.

 

- 13 -


ARTICLE 13

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.1 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be: (a) personally delivered; (b) sent by email or other electronic means of transmitting written documents; or (c) sent to the Parties at their respective addresses indicated herein by registered or certified U.S. mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, or by private overnight mail courier service. The respective addresses to be used for all such notices, demands or requests are as follows:

 

  (a) If to the Company, to:

Wesco Insurance Company

59 Maiden Lane

6 th Floor

New York, NY 10038

Attention: General Counsel

or to such other person or address as the Company shall furnish to the Reinsurer in writing.

 

  (b) If to the Reinsurer, to:

National Health Insurance Company

59 Maiden Lane, 38 th Floor

New York, New York 10038

Attention: General Counsel

or to such other person or address as the Reinsurer shall furnish to the Company in writing.

If personally delivered, such communication shall be deemed delivered upon actual receipt; if electronically transmitted pursuant to this paragraph, such communication shall be deemed delivered the next business day after transmission (and sender shall bear the burden of proof of delivery); if sent by overnight courier pursuant to this paragraph, such communication shall be deemed delivered upon receipt; and if sent by U.S. mail pursuant to this paragraph, such communication shall be deemed delivered as of the date of delivery indicated on the receipt issued by the relevant postal service, or, if the addressee fails or refuses to accept delivery, as of the date of such failure or refusal. Any Party to this Agreement may change its address for the purposes of this Agreement by giving notice thereof in accordance with this Section.

Section 13.2 Assignment; Parties in Interest.

(a) Assignment . Except as expressly provided herein, the rights and obligations of a Party hereunder may not be assigned, transferred or encumbered without the prior written consent of the other Party.

 

- 14 -


(b) Parties in Interest . This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except as provided in Section 3.2, nothing contained herein shall be deemed to confer upon any other Person any right or remedy under or by reason of this Agreement.

Section 13.3 Waivers and Amendments; Preservation of Remedies . This Agreement may be amended, superseded, canceled, renewed or extended, and the terms hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument signed by each of the Parties or, in the case of a waiver, by the Party waiving compliance. No delay on the part of any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any Party of any right, power, remedy or privilege, nor any single or partial exercise of any such right, power, remedy or privilege, preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other such right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that any Party may otherwise have under applicable law or in equity.

Section 13.4 Governing Law; Venue . This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State of New York excluding any choice of law rules that may direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. Subject to the provisions of Article 7, the Parties hereby stipulate that any action or other legal proceeding arising under or in connection with this Agreement may be commenced and prosecuted in its entirety in the federal or state courts sitting in New York, New York, each Party hereby submitting to the personal jurisdiction thereof, and the Parties agree not to raise the objection that such courts are not a convenient forum. Process and pleadings mailed to a party at the address provided in Section 13.1 shall be deemed properly served and accepted for all purposes.

Section 13.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 13.6 Entire Agreement; Merger . This Agreement and any exhibits, schedules and appendices attached hereto and thereto together constitute the final written integrated expression of all of the agreements among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and is a complete and exclusive statement of those terms, and supersede all prior or contemporaneous, written or oral, memoranda, arrangements, contracts and understandings between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof. Any representations, promises, warranties or statements made by any Party which differ in any way from the terms of this Agreement shall be given no force or effect. The Parties specifically represent, each to the other, that there are no additional or supplemental agreements or contracts between or among them related in any way to the matters herein contained unless specifically included or referred to in this Agreement. No addition to or modification of any provision of this Agreement shall be binding upon either Party unless embodied in a dated written instrument signed by both Parties.

 

- 15 -


Section 13.7 Exhibits and Schedules . All exhibits, schedules and appendices are hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement as if they were set forth at length in the text of this Agreement.

Section 13.8 Headings. The headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not constitute a part hereof.

Section 13.9 Severability . If any part of this Agreement is contrary to, prohibited by, or deemed invalid under applicable law or regulations, that provision shall not apply and shall be omitted to the extent so contrary, prohibited, or invalid; but the remainder of this Agreement shall not be invalidated and shall be given full force and effect insofar as possible.

Section 13.10 Expenses . Regardless of whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated, each of the Parties shall bear their own expenses and the expenses of its counsel and other agents in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 13.11 Currency. The currency of this Agreement and all transactions under this Agreement shall be in United States Dollars.

 

- 16 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as February 5, 2013 to be effective as of the Effective Date.

 

WESCO INSURANCE COMPANY
By  

/s/ Stephen Ungar

Name   Stephen Ungar
Title   Secretary
NATIONAL HEALTH INSURANCE COMPANY
By  

/s/ Mike Weiner

Name   Mike Weiner
Title   CFO

 

- 1 -


SCHEDULE A

Programs

Heartland Underwriters Program

Legend Aggregate Stop Loss Program

Unified Life Limited Medical Indemnity Program

Xchange Benefits Stop Loss

 

- 1 -

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES LIST

 

Entity Name

  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Formation

1100 Compton, LLC    Delaware
ACAC (Nevis) Limited    Nevis
ACAC Capital Limited    Nevis
ACAC Holdings Luxembourg, s.a.r.l.    Luxembourg
ACAC Lux RE I S.A.    Luxembourg
AIBD Insurance Company IC    Delaware
Alliance of Professional Service Organizations, LLC    Delaware
Allied Producers Reinsurance Company, Ltd    Bermuda
American Capital Acquisition Investments S.A.    Luxembourg
America’s Health Care/RX Plan Agency, Inc.    Delaware
Association of Independent Beverage Distributors, LLC    Delaware
Care Financial of Texas, LLC    Texas
Clearside General Insurance Services, LLC    California
Distributor Innovations and Benefit Savings Solutions, LLC    Delaware
Distributors Insurance Company PCC    Delaware
Euro Accident Health and Care Insurance Aktiebolag    Sweden
GM Motor Club, Inc.    North Carolina
Integon Casualty Insurance Company    North Carolina
Integon General Insurance Corporation    North Carolina
Integon Indemnity Corporation    North Carolina
Integon National Insurance Company    North Carolina
Integon Preferred Insurance Company    North Carolina
MIC General Insurance Corporation    Michigan
National General Assurance Company    Missouri
National General Holdings BM, Ltd    Bermuda
National General Insurance Company    Missouri
National General Insurance Luxembourg, S.A    Luxembourg
National General Insurance Management Ltd    Bermuda
National General Insurance Marketing, Inc.    Missouri
National General Insurance Online, Inc.    Missouri
National General Life Insurance Europe, S.A.    Luxembourg
National General Management Corp.    Delaware
National General Re Ltd    Bermuda
National General Reinsurance Broker Ltd    Bermuda
National Health Insurance Company    Texas
New South Insurance Company    North Carolina
Professional Services Captive Corporation IC    Delaware
Red Partners Operating Solutions, LLC    Delaware
Reliant Financial Group, LLC    Oregon
The Association Benefits Solution, LLC    Delaware
Velapoint, LLC    Washington

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

National General Holdings Corp.

New York, New York

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement of our reports dated May 13, 2013, relating to the consolidated financial statements and schedules of National General Holdings Corp., which are contained in this Prospectus.

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

New York, New York

August 7, 2013